1 i
:
,
‘
4 aod .
: y - . :
: '
’
‘
7 .
i
F
sa
‘
1 oh a
x ‘
é ; 2
‘
. + '
+
‘
u
‘ ¢* 7 ‘
. ‘
‘
+ ¢ . 2
ral toe *
‘ ‘
ae, or sr
” ee J ’ . iw rater e,
6y
: be eis
/ fetes alge
/ r haes
Pu tiashe
| matreea sd hat al
Oe, -
he
nm
; Sete ae
. eres ~
3 5 pan reiplalew so sf OP
. . * re hie cme
. oe a4 . eee my
* wien Pry te ve bye cae eas ny
BRM OP whee Se
ie
ve byte) et
or t
acely afew tage Flna
yi the weak Bey Aagtia wr
a “ ”
Oe 42's As rie
¥ tr “ee Sey ryy mye
roe dyiyrey rims ve
tee *
’
' r ‘
P ‘
rhe
. a re
\ yi need sasen
1, 4 Lees iC
“4
‘ 1)
uf ‘
Se rrrgager see
% "7
an pitts five Whey ty 3h ve:
ts
‘ : — 5, A
t « SiN bane 8 pp shee ty Sekai vpn
* a) are :
hire as hey ;
é ;
7 ,
Pree
1 ye age
RM Ae re ode Ot
Ce irs paw em aoe
#7 Sp lee ote
pees eee Ae Pie ee
nA beter pty es i sbgedee fi
ST aay. alee fe tek ie
re eH aA A Gat week
: rhe i 4
‘ yn
Tee
i
DS Ale,
a
pra |
Gy
ae y ha
bf ry,
ap fey 4
h
JOURN AL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
ZOOLOGY.
VOL. XXV. IS8bY/
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1896.
Dates of Publication of the several Numbers included in this Volume.
Non 58iupp: 1-55, published October 31, 1894.
,, 159-160, ,, 56-254, 5 December 29, 1894.
a 161, ,, 255-316, es July 31, 1895.
; 162, ,, 317-338, af February 28, 1896.
Pr 168, ,, 839-404, . July 30, 1896.
5 164, ,, 405-480, 5 November 5, 1896.
Re 165, ,, 481-622, ee December 31, 1896.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS,
RED LION COURT FLEET STREET.
5b
LIST OF PAPERS.
Page
ALtmaN, Prof. G. J., M.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.
Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix aspersa.
CONMEBOL CUE: i olele cio cece vs os rel eieyals eeevarcl aims sin ec uate OP 517
ASHMEAD, W. H.
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.,
OE Sree ae NII lor. aha AOS. ctaleiztelrd as ata diglstalenp sg iaals 56
BERNARD, H. M., M.A. (Cantab.), F.L.S., F.Z.S,
On the Spinning-glands in Phrynus; with an Account of the
so-called “ Penis” and of the Morphology of the Operculum.
T2ined WI00D) 0 Semaine peoonoombenoCoorone pHi OF ore 202
Brena, Lt.-Col. C. T., F.Z.S., F.E.S.
On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the
British Museum, with Descriptions of New Species and of a
New Genus of the Pompilide. (Communicated by W. F,
PGi bys File) py (Ee late ON oe ia ors age «ging sce ee ney gs 429
BrinGe, Prof. T. W., D.Sc.
The Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts. (Communicated by
Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plates XXI.-XXIII.). 530
Burne, R. H., B.A. (Oxon.), Assistant in Museum, Royal College
of Surgeons, London.
On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis. (Com-
municated by Prof. G. B. Howes, F.L.S.) (With 1 woodcut.) 48
iv
Page
Butter, ARTHUR G., Ph.D., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoolo-
gical Department, British Museum.
An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charazes in the
Collection of the British Museum ..........eee0008 vee. 348
Capmany, F., A.L.S., F.R.M.S., and T. Rupert Jonss, F.R.S.
On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina.
ita haere babi) See SUED ihn Doc duA Od oC 496
GaHaN, C. J., M.A., of the British Museum (Natural History).
On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia.
(Communicated by W. Percy Sladen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) ...... 285
Gitson, Gustave,. Professor of Zoology at the University of
Louvain.
On Segmentally-disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larve of the
Trichoptera. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes,
Sec, Lanny Soc.)! (With 2 woodcuts.) ......2. 20 tule sien 407
Gitson, Gustave, Professor, and J. Saponss, Assistant, at the
Zoological Institute of the University of Louvain.
The Larval Gills of the Odonata. (Communicated by Prof. G.
B. Howes, See. Linn. Soc.) (With 3 woodcuts.) .......... 413
Howarp, L. O.
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.,
A ANS 9) slevotsyeie sexe feaue a siene s hyonszelie hte legate nt aeiersleasielokesac- Veit ieee een 56
Jennines, A. VaueHAn, F.L.S., F.G.S., Demonstrator of Botany
and Geology in the Royal College of Science, Dublin.
On the True Nature of “ Mébiusispongia parasitica,” Duncan .. 317
On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astrorhizde.
(Blate oXG) maiiierr ee Ra ces ae a A eerie ies aes tetegepene pee) %0)
On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes, Milne- -
Edwards. (Plates XIII. & XIV.) ........., Peng Reais < 329
Jonzs, T. Rupert, F.R.S., and F. Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.MLS.
On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina.
(With 42 woodcuts.) 3.05 sls cteeim mies whee m cient le o's (o.sl6 ene 496
: Page
Krasy, W. F., F.L.S., F.ES.
On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut,
SOULMAADLA!. «5 oc erie eiatte Mere ie have gels wierieieistareni el tala cfs 279
Descriptions of New Species of Forficulide in the Collection of
the British Museum (Nat. Hist.), 8. Kensington. (Plate XX.). 520
Laurin, Matcor, B.Sc., F.L.S.
On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. (Plates III.-V., and
GOOGCUES,)).. < s:5i ciaetebr adrenal er acsa caval sw apstd A GaP Madore) Mepehocte 20
MrpDLEToN, Rosert Morrov, Jr., F.L.S., F.Z.S.
On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor ..........-e.002: 405
Pocock, R. I., of the British Museum (Natural History).
On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Anderson’s
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut,
South Arabia; with a Supplement upon some Scorpions
obtained in Egypt and the Eastern Soudan. (Communicated
by W. Percy Sladen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate IX. and a
SCG OCLC LUGS) here che. az suena apayrsrakclieg on ayeh a9apo el eUshael a retiua chery sanalibie Sie eLaks 292
List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden in
Pepa Ol ISON Cs, delves ties cae a Sasi nw ne ae cane oeeeats 316
Ritey, C. V., W. H. Asumeap, and L. O. Howarp.
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of
St. Vincent. (Communicated by David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.,
NLU: ii siisieldig)4) 9/002: 0) «a5 kaon, ol ehiier ea «ejay oye eer sian Sener eee 56
Sapones, J., Assistant, and G. Ginson, Professor at the Zoolo-
gical Institute of the University of Louvain.
The Larval Gills of the Odonata. (Communicated by Prof. G.
B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (With 3 woodcuts.) .......... 413
ScourFie.p, D. J.
Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. (Communicated
by L. C. Miall, F.R.S., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, York-
shire College, Leeds.) (Plates I. & ID.) .........eceeeeeee 1
SwinHoE, Colonel Coantes, F.LS., F.Z.S..
On Mimicry jn Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas. (Plates
XV.-XVIL.), pPeseeeeereneeeveeeet tones eeeesess eevee ereosse eee 839
vi
Page.
Tims, H. W. Maret, M.D., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Biology and
Comparative Anatomy, Westminster Hospital Medical School.
On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. (From the Huxley
Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science, London.)
(Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn, Soe.)
(Wath: woodcuts,)).:+ :m-. «ats4- seamen eee aaa 445
Warr, Enear R., F.L.S., Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney,
On the Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. (Plate XII.) 325
Wattasce, AtFrep R., LL.D., F.RS., F.L.S.
The Problem of Utility: Are Specific Characters always or
generally Useflt).t0 at melanie oie + 6) (c/a) alieielne eisai 481
Waters, ArTHuR Ws., F.L.S.
On Mediterranean and New-Zealand Retepore and a Fenestrate
Bryozaa... (Plates VIEGVE) siti. < ais. 2lbisialn nlp le eee . 256
West, G. §., A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge.
(From the Biological Laboratory, Roy. Coll. Sci. London.)
g On a New Species of Distomum. (Communicated by Prof. G.
iB: Howes,.Sec, Linn: Secs) (relate Xl) 2a 322
On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. (Communicated
by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XVIIL).... 419
vii
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
PLATE
Illustrating Mr. D. J. Scourfield’s
paper on Entomostraca and the
I. { SCAPHOLEBERIS MUCRONATA.
Surface-film of Water.
II. | NoropRoMAS MONACHA.
7 ae oF THE Prprpatri. Illustrating Mr. Malcolm
ay Laurie’s paper
v. ;
VI. MEDITERRANEAN RETHPORA. Illustrating Mr. A. W.
VII. | MEDITERRANBAN AND NEW Zasars | Waters’s paper.
Rererorz.
VIII. Spinnine-cuanps in Purynvs. Illustrating Mr. H. M. Bernard’s
paper.
IX. Scorpions or Haypr anp Arasia. Illustrating Mr. R. I. Pocock’s
paper.
X. Raapniwoscene conica on Botellina labyrinthica. Illustrating
Mr. A. Vaughan Jennings’s paper on a new Genus of Foram-
inifera of the Family Astrorhizide.
XI. Anatomy of Distomum Philodryadum, nu. sp., G. S. West. Tllust-
rating Mr. G. S. West’s paper on a new species of Distomum.
XII. Eao-casus or Cestracton—C. Philippi, Schneider, C. galeatus,
Giinther. Illustrating Mr. HE. R. Waite’s paper on the Ege-
cases of Port Jackson Sharks.
OvrozevxTEs Owent, Milne-Edwards. External Form of Adult
XITl. and Larva, appendages, &. (Ilustrating Mr. A. Vaughan
XIV. | Jennings’s paper on the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ouro-
\ zeuktes.
XV. : . ,
XVI Illustrating Colonel ©. Swinhoe’s paper on Mimicry 1n Burrer-
XVIL FiiEs of the Genus Hypolimnas.
XVIII. Eryrnroramprus Ascunariu. Illustrating Mr. G.S. West’s paper
on Opisthoglyphous Snakes.
XIX. Illustrating Lt.-Col. C. T. Bingham’s paper on Exotic Fossor1au
HYMENOPTERA.
XX. Illustrating Mr. W. F. Kirby’s paper on New and little-known
ForrFicuLipz.
XXI.
XXII Illustrating Prof. T. W. Bridge’s paper on the Mzstat Fins or
XXIIL. GanoiDs anp TELEOsTs.
ERRATA.
199, line 14 from top,
200, line 3 from top,
282, line 9, Dectisus vittatus, Klug, read Decticus vittatus, Klug.
3438, line 22, Hypolimnas mina, read H. mima, Trimen.
375, line 10, Charaxes pithodoris, Hewits., Ent. M. M. &c., read C. pytho-
doris, Hewits., &c.
375, line 11, Charaxes pithodoris, Hewits., substitute C. pithodoris,
Hewits. Exot. Butt. v. Charazes, pl. iv. figs. 18, 19 (1874).
375, line 12, read C. pythodorus, Kirby, &c., p. 748 (not p. 478).
432, line 20, for Hemepepsis read Hemipepsis.
477, line 3, for Micoconodon read Microconodon.
C. fumipennis, Ashm.
Eage 198, tine) irom bottom, Ceraphron fummipennis, Ashm., read
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. By D. J.
ScourFientp. (Communicated by L. C. Mratn, F.RS.,
F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Yorkshire College, Leeds.)
[Read ist March, 1894.]
(Puatzs I. & IT.)
ALTHoueH it has long been recognised that the curious physical
properties possessed by the surface-film of water render it of
considerable importance to many of the smaller aquatic animals,
the question of the specific relation of these creatures to
the surface-film seems to have been somewhat neglected by
naturalists. Many observations have of course been recorded
and some valuable suggestions made in this connection, notably
those by Prof. L. C. Miall, F.R.S., in his Lectures on ‘“‘ Some
Difficulties in the Life of Aquatic Insects” and on “The
Surface-film of Water and its relation to the Life of Plants and
Animals ”’*; but nothing that has yet been done can be consi-
dered to have exhausted the subject. On the contrary, it is
quite certain that a large amount of observational work is still
required among all classes of aquatic Invertebrates; and it is
mainly as asmall contribution towards this end that the following
notes and deductions concerning the freshwater Entomostraca
are now brought forward. Notwithstanding the necessary in-
* Reported in ‘ Nature,’ vol. xliv. p. 457, and vol. xlvi. p. 7.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 1.
2 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
clusion of special details and the tentative nature of some of the
ideas advanced, it is hoped that the present paper will prove, on
the whole, of some general interest.
Neglecting the Phyllopods, which have not been specially
studied, and the Copepods, which will be referred to later, the
remaining Entomostraca—Cladocera and Ostracoda—present so
much in common from the point of view of relation to the
surface-film, that it will be convenient to consider them together.
For instance, to a large number of animals belonging to both
these Orders the surface-film is an ever-present source of danger.
It must have been noticed by all collectors of pond-life that
whenever a gathering is made containing an abundance of these
forms, in a very short time a number of them will be found
floating on their sides at the surface in a helpless condition,
apparently quite incapable of getting back into the water by
their own exertions. From observations made on isolated speci-
mens it appears that the main chance such animals have of
regaining their normal habitat lies in moulting. If this be
possible to the animals shortly after their misadventure, they can
slip back into the water, leaving their cast carapaces still floating
at the surface. But if they are not nearly ready to moult, and
are also unable to get back by other means, such as violent dis-
turbance of the surface by the wind, for example, it need hardly
be pointed out that such an unnatural position can only mean a
more or less speedy death. The chief sufferers in this respect,
so far as my observations go, seem to be species of the genera
Daphnia, Ceriodaphnia, Simocephalus, Bosmina, Ewrycercus, and
Acroperus among the Cladocera, and of Cypria, Cypris, and Her-
petocypris among the Ostracoda, although others also may some-
times be found in this unfortunate state. Judging from the
usual paucity of these floating forms on the surface of open
waters, it seems probable, however, that, under natural conditions,
only a comparatively few lives are sacrificed in this way. But on
this point more extended inquiry is necessary before a definite
statement can be made. That an enormous number of Water-
fleas may occasionally perish from this cause, is clearly shown by
the following instance:—During the last summer Daphnia
Scheffert, Baird, occurred in astonishing abundance in the
London Docks, and when I visited the latter in July there was
a dark red scum, composed entirely of these animals, forming a
border from 1 to 2 feet in width along the quays, around the
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 3
ships, &¢., and even forming patches of many square yards in the
narrow channels connecting the “ basins.”
Whatever its ultimate value may be found to be as an element
in the life-histories of the various species, the means by which
this helpless floating at the surface is brought about is well worth
examination. That it cannot depend upon any single circumstance
seems probable from the following considerations :—(1) The
animals, although small, havea decidedly greater specific gravity
than water, as can be seen by the way in which they sink upon the
stopping of their swimming-organs when not in contact with the
surface; (2) they are completely immersed before the floating
takes place ; and (3) they possess considerable muscular energy,
which, if it were not counteracted by other circumstances, would
probably take them quickly below the surface. It will be found,
I believe, that there are several factors contributing in varying
degrees to the observed result. In the first place, the animals
subject to this undesirable connection with the surface-film have
highly-polished water-repellent shells. This can be directly seen
by an examination of floating specimens, and can be further
verified by experiment. For instance, if a fair-sized Daphnia or
Hurycercus or Cypris, that has been floating, be placed upon a
glass slip with a small drop of water, it will be found that a narrow
pointed strip of blotting-paper may be applied to the upperside
of the animal without getting wet. Under similar conditions,
bodies noi possessing water-repellent surfaces would have a film
of water passing completely over them, and the blotting-paper
would therefore draw up a continuous stream. Secondly, it is a
well-known fact that when a substance is partly immersed in a
liquid which cannot wet it, the surface-film of the liquid is drawn
downwards at the line of contact to form a descending capillary
curve. The effect of this, as explained in most text-books of
physics, is that the surface-film exerts an upward pull upon the
‘body against which the descending capillary curve is formed.
By putting these two points together, the first and most im-
portant step in the explanation of the floating of these Ento-
mostraca may be made. On the one hand, there are the animals
with water-repeNent shells, and, on the other, the property of
the surface-film to form a capillary depression when in contact
with water-repellent substances. The process, therefore, must
be as follows :—When an Entomostracan having one of these
waterproof jackets happens to pierce the surface-film, a capillary
1*
4 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
depression is at once formed of such size that it is at least suf-
ficient to sustain the difference in weight between the animal’s
body and water. In the case of large specimens, the capillary
depression can be readily seen with a pocket-lens. In the case
of very small forms, e. g. Bosmina, it is proved to exist by the
way in which they are repelled from a clean glass rod or tube;
for it is a familiar fact that while similar capillary curves attract,
dissimilar ones repel one another, and the capillary curve formed
against glass is of course an ascending one. A very simple
experiment may be made which illustrates the whole action on a
scale large enough to be watched by ordinary vision. If a lenti-
cular piece of some such water-repellent substance as parafiin-
wax be taken, say, about 2 inches in diameter, and weighted until
slightly heavier than water, it will be found that as soon as one
of its convex faces is pressed from below against the surface-film,
the latter rapidly retreats down the sloping sides, producing a:
large capillary depression, and that the wax then remains sus-
- pended from the surface. When it is remembered that, owing
to the small size of the Water-fleas, their area, compared with
that of the piece of wax, must be enormously greater in pro-
portion to their bulk, it will be seen that the suspending power
of the surface-film must also be comparatively greater in
their case; for, other things being equal, the force exerted
by the surface-film is proportional to the length of the line of
contact.
There are two other factors which, although they do not help.
in the actual floating, are of considerable importance, because
together they account very largely for the inability of the animals
to get below the surface when once caught by the film. One of
these is the tendency which they have, in common with all floating
bodies of approximately lenticular shape, to take up a horizontal
position, that being their only position of stable equilibrium ; and
the other, the situation and range of movement of their swimming-
organs. The tendency to turn upon their sides is obscured occa-
sionally in consequence of a more or less considerable departure
from the lenticular form, or by the possession of wide-spreading
antenne ; but it remains true, nevertheless, that in the great
majority of cases the animals are actually found floating in this
position. It will readily be seen that, when thus floating on their
sides, the Cladocera lose the use of one of their swimming-
antenne altogether, it is out of the water, and that both Cladocera
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 5
and Ostracoda are quite incapable of opposing the upward pull
of the capillary depression. The utmost they can do is to move
about horizontally at the surface.
There are probably still further factors concerned in the
floating, such as the amount of convexity of the shell and its
degree of water-repulsion ; but these seem only of minor import-
ance, and need not be dealt with here.
Thus far only the danger to which many of the Cladocera and
Ostracoda are exposed when accidentally coming into contact
with the surface-film has been considered. Attention must now
be directed, however, to some cases in which the peculiar pro-
perties of the latter have been so utilised as to play quite a
normal part in the economy of the animals concerned. It is
impossible to say at present to what extent this utilisation
prevails, as very few species have been properly examined from
this stand-point. The only genuine cases known to me, where
special modifications exist adapting the animals for a life in
contact with the surface-film, are to be found in the genera Sca-
pholeberis among the Cladocera, and Notodromas (including the
Australian Wewnhamia, King) among the Ostracoda. I have, it
is true, seen species belonging to other genera, e.g. Simocephalus
vetulus, O. F. M., and Peracantha truncata, O. F. M., apparently
suspended from the surface ; butit seems doubtful if these forms
actually make use of the properties of the surface-film ; at any
rate, they do not present any evident modifications for that
purpose. In the British Isles there is but a single representative
of each of the two genera mentioned, namely, Scapholeberis mu-
cronata, O. F. M. (Daphnia mucronata, Baird), and Notodromas
monacha, O. F. M. (Cypris monacha, Baird). These forms, not-
withstanding their wide structural differences, have several points
in common, correlated, no doubt, with a similar mode of life.
But these resemblances will be best appreciated when each
species is examined separately in some detail.
Taking, first, Scapholeberis mucronata, including both the
“ acute”’ and “ obtuse rostrata ’”’ varieties, it will be seen (PI. I.
fios. 1 and 2) that the most conspicuous of its characteristics are
the flattened and straight ventral margin, the two long posterior
ventral shell-spines, the elevated position of the eye, the remark-
able dark coloration of the shell, and the no less remarkable series
of modified sete on the ventral portions of the valves. Each of
these characteristics has doubtless some significance in connection
6 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
with the subject in hand, but only the two last seem to demand
special consideration.
A cursory examination will show that the dark colour alluded
to is not distributed uniformly over the whole body, but that
it occurs in definite patches. Viewed from the side (Pl. I.
fig. 1) there appears a small patch on the ventral face of the
head between the eye and the rostrum, another patch covering
the ventral third of the valves, which, although not quite reaching
the posterior margin, extends into the shell-spines, and a fainter
patch along the dorsal line of the body. The small antenne and
the ventral surfaces of all the joints of the large antenne, together
with the pre-anal portion of the post-abdomen, are also evidently
darkened. The front or vental view (Pl. I. fig. 2) shows all
the above mentioned areas, necessarily with the exception of the
dorsal one; and besides revealing the fact that the labrum is
also considerably blackened, it proves that the ventral patches
of colour are even larger than appeared from the side. A curious
little fact may be pointed out in passing, in relation to the patch
on the head, namely, that the colour is absent just over the small
eye-spot. This seems to show that the latter is really a func-
tional visual organ. The colour in all cases is produced in part
by a staining of the chitin, proved by the fact that the moulted
shell and appendages retain the characteristic dark areas, and in
part by a number of ovoid pigment granules contained in the
cells immediately underlying the chitinous integument. These
granules are distributed, it is true, all over the surface of the
body, but only sparingly in the uncoloured portions, while
under the darkened areas they are very abundant. Their colour
is not quite black, but rather a dark brown; and this is also the
case with the darkened portions of the carapace and appendages.
The physiological cause of these peculiar colour-markings is, so
far as | am aware, quite unknown. Their probable utility will
be seen, however, when the habits of the animal are considered
in a later part of this paper.
Passing now to an examination of the sete fringing the ventral
margins of the valves, it will be found that, when looked at from
the side (Pl. I. fig. 3), the anterior and posterior members of
the series are both longer and coarser than those in the middle.
The anterior ones can algo be seen to havea small branch directed
forward. But beyond this, and the fact that with dark-ground
illamination there is an appearance which suggests that an
e
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 7
extremely delicate membrane or series of hyaline scales is sup-
- ported by the setz, very little more can be made out by exami-
nation in this position. To really learn anything of the structure
and arrangement of the sete, they must be viewed from the
front, and even then, owing to the thickness and dark colour of
the animal, special care is needed to demonstrate the finer
details. The setz arise from a definite flattened area running
down the greater portion of the margin of each valve (PI. II.
fig. 1). This area, which is bounded by the edge of the valve and
a slight ridge almost parallel to it, represents, no doubt, an
origina! line of hexagonal shell-markings similar to those covering
the general surface of the valves. The sete, it will be noticed,
are not alike allthe way down, but are divided into three distinct
series.
The anterior series (Pl. IT. fig. 2) usually comprises about
twelve apparently tubular sete arranged ina single row. The
line of their bases occupies a median position on the flattened
area for the posterior half of its length; but anteriorly it curves
towards the edge of the valve. The first few sete are directed
forward, and at the same time are strongly curved inward;
but as the series is followed backward the amount of this cur-
vature decreases, and the general direction of the sete is also
gradually changed, so that those of the posterior half of the
series come to point outward. From the base of all except the
first two or three sete, a branch is given off which turns in the
opposite direction to that pursued by the main branch; and in .
nearly all cases each of the branches further gives rise to a little
subsidiary outgrowth directed forward. It sometimes happens
that the inner branch is widely separated from the other at the
base, and then the anterior series practically consists of a double
row for a large portion of its length. The last seta is, however,
always single, and possesses a short peduncle anterior to its
bifurcation. Besides the coarser branching, each seta produces
near its distal extremity, and the last also along its posterior
margin, a number of exceedingly fine processes, which are usually
grouped in bundles of three or four. They can be most easily
observed on the last seta (Pl. I. fig. 4); and in this case also a
slight break in the edge of the seta can occasionally be seen at
their point of origin. From their excessive delicacy it is still
uncertain whether these are simple hair-like outgrowths or only
corrugations in a hyaline membrane supported by the sete.
8 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
There is yet another point to be noticed in connection with this
anterior series of sete. At some distance beyond the outer
branches an excessively faint marking may be seen (see Pl. II.
fig. 2) running parallel to a line joining their tips, and consisting
of short closely-set lines. I believe this marking is really the
outer edge or fringe, so to speak, of a number of imbricated
hyaline scales supported by the sete. This is a point, however,
that has not been clearly demonstrated ; and the supposition is
based mainly upon comparison with the more evident scales found
im connection with the middle series of sete.
In the middle series there is always a distinctly double row of
comparatively short and nearly straight sete, pointing approxi-
mately backward, the sete of the inner line inclining somewhat
inward, and those of the outer line outward. They are arranged
in pairs, of which there are about twenty ; and the bases of the
sete of each pair are joined by a faint ridge. Where the sete of
the inner line project beyond the edge of the valve, they can be
seen to support a series of very delicate slightly overlapping
scales, the edges of which, under high magnification, have a similar
appearance to that noticed just beyond the tips of the sete of
the anterior series. A view of three of these scales is shown on
P]. I. fig. 3. Analogy would lead one to suppose that similar
scales would be found supported by the outer line of sete; and
such is actually the case, but these cannot be so readily observed.
Probably also the scales of each pair of sete join in the middle,
although this has not hitherto been certainly proved.
The posterior series usually comprises only two setz, pointing
backward, of which the anterior one is bifurcated and the
other simple. They are longer than those of the preceding
series, but give rise apparently to hyaline scales of identical
structure.
Before leaving this subject of the modified ventral sete, it
must be stated that in the male there is only a single row down
the whole length of each valve. The sete are essentially the
same in their coarser structure; but they seem to be simply
plumose instead of giving rise to hyaline scales. This appear-
ance may nevertheless be produced by a much greater fringing
of the edges of the scales than is the case in the female. If not,
these male sete evidently represent a stage in the evolution of
the more complicated structures already described.
From the foregoing description, especially of the sete fringing
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 9
the ventral margin of each valve, it becomes clear that Scapho-
leberis exhibits very considerable specialisation, and the question
naturally arises as to the meaning of the latter. To answer
this, attention must be turned to the living animals and their
peculiar mode of existence in relation to the surface-film. By
watching them in their native ponds, it may be seen, with a little
patience, that they have the habit of disporting themselves quite
close to the surface, especially in sunny weather; and this fact
has been noticed and recorded by many observers. But some-
thing more than this seems necessary to justify the elaborate
modifications described ; and it is therefore particularly fortunate
that by very simple means a most intimate connection with the
surface-film can be demonstrated. If a single individual be
isolated, say, in a watch-glass, and carefully observed, it will be
found sooner or later to come up and apply its straight ventral
margin close to the underside of the surface-film. In this position
it will usually continue to move about more or less rapidly for
considerable periods, very often, in fact, until purposely dis-
turbed, when it will at once dive below the surface. Occasionally,
when conditions are favourable, the animal may even be seen to
remain motionless at the surface, with its swimming-antenne
held rigidly almost at right angles to the body (PI. I. fig. 2).
But what does this mean? Since the animal is heavier than
water, it can only mean that the difference in weight between the
animal’s body and water is borne by the surface-film, and this
again further implies the existence of a capillary depression.
Such depression can be actually seen if looked for in the following
way :—Place the watch-glass containing the specimen in such a
position that the light from a lamp or window falls upon the
surface of the water at an angle anywhere between 20° and 30°
with the horizontal. If the eye, aided by a lens or low power of
the microscope, be now placed in the path of the reflected rays,
the surface will appear like a sheet of polished silver, upon which
the smallest speck of dust or break in continuity can be instantly
detected. Now whenever the animal comes into contact with
the surface-film, it will be found that there is a very evident
break, or rather several breaks, produced in the continuity of
the surface-film. Further, these breaks will be found to persist
as long as the contact is maintained, no matter whether the
animal be actively moving about/or stationary. It is not pre-
tended that these minute irregularities in the surface-film can be
10 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
readily made out to be capillary depressions. They must, how-
ever, be either depressions or elevations ; and since it is impos-
sible to imagine how the latter could sustain a weight, the
conclusion is inevitable that the irregularities seen are actually
depressions. But how can capillary depressions be formed by
such a small body coming from beneath the surface? So far as
I am aware, there is only one way in which a capillary depression
can be formed under these conditions, and that is by the piercing
of the surface-film by a more or less water-repellent substance.
By making the assumptions, therefore, that the minute chitinous
ventral setze and scales are water-repellent, and that they can be
forced through the surface-film by the muscular power of the
animal, neither of which can be considered a very large assumption,
itis manifest that a tolerably clear general notion may be formed
of the means by which Scapholeberis makes use of the surface-film.
The water-repellent scales and sete, pushed through the film,
give rise to a number of capillary depressions (apparently four,
produced, I believe, by the anterior and posterior groups of
ventral sete) which are large enough to support the animal, but
not too large to prevent it from breaking contact with the sur-
face and retreating below when required. While the principles
involved are thus essentially the same as in the case of the
helplessly floating forms already referred to, in this instance
they are turued to good account by means of special organs of
limited extent, the whole arrangement being under the control
of the animal.
Coming now to Notodromas monacha (PI. I. figs. 6 and 7) it
will be noticed that, from the present point of view, its chief
characteristics are the dark coloration of parts of the shell-
valves, and their flattened ventral surfaces. These, it will be
seen, are precisely analogous characters to those specially noted
in Scapholeberis.
The colour, although not so arranged as in the Cladoceran, is
nevertheless distributed in patches in a very definite manner.
On each valve there is a practically continuous band of varying
intensity stretching diagonally from the upper part of the
anterior margin to near the posterior end of the ventral margin,
from whence it turns forward and forms a band along the greater
part of the edge of the valve, covering very nearly the whole of
the flattened area. Two little isolated patches of colour algo
usually occur between the principal diagonal band and the pos-
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. ley
terior margin, just below the median line. It is quite clear, from
the arrangement described, that in spite of the approach of a
part of the coloration to the dorsal surface anteriorly, the bulk
of it is, as in Scapholeberis, markedly within the ventral halt of
the shell. I have not noticed an actual staining of the chitin in
this case, but the colour-patches are due to an enormous number
of minute dark brown granules closely packed within the cells
lying just under the shell, and the hexagonal shape of these cells
accounts for the zigzag edge of the darkened areas.
The second point to be detailed in relation to this animal,
namely, the flattened ventral margin, is very peculiar and deserves
careful attention. Examined from the side nothing can be seen
but a perfectly straight edge giving rise to a few slender seta,
but looked at from below it becomes evident at once that this
ventral portion of the shell is very much specialised (Pl. II. fig. 4).
The main features, as seen when the valves are closed, are thus
well described by Prof. G. 8S. Brady, F.R.S., in his “‘ Mono-
graph of the Recent British Ostracoda’’ * :—‘‘The ventral surface
is bounded by two conspicuous elevated arcuate ridges, one on
each valve, which together enclose a flattened lozenge-shaped
area. Parallel to the contact-margin of each valve runs another
straight but much less conspicuous ridge, which, towards the
front, curves outward and joins the external ridge at an acute
angle, the union of the two forming a slight elevation, from
which a single ridge runs forward, gradually merging ia tue
flattened encircling flange of the anterior border.” ‘This account
is given in connection with the male, but the arrangement is the
same in both sexes, the only difference being that the modified
area is comparatively larger in the female than in the male.
In addition to the two chitinous ridges, there are also, on the
ventral portion of each valve, some lines of simple sete. By
far the longest of these is the one running quite close to and
parallel with the inner ridge on its outer side. ‘The others are
found in the somewhat semicircular depression formed by the
bending of the inner to join the outer ridge, which depression,
by the way, is most strikingly similar, both in position and shape,
to that found on the anterior part of the shell-valves of Scapho-
leberis.
The habits of Motodromas are almost identical with those of
* Transactions of the Linnean Society, vol. xxvi. 1868.
12 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
Scapholeberis, at least in so far as they relate to the surface-film,
and many authors have long since recorded that animals be-
longing to this genus often swim about just under the surface.
I have myself seen groups of WV. monacha, in a quiet stream,
moving about close under the surface, much in the same way as
groups of Whirligig-beetles move about on the surface, though
more leisurely. But observations of this sort are not sufficient to
reveal much about the exact relation of this species to the sur-
face-film and the specific action of its modified ventral area with
the curious ridges. For this purpose the same methods must be
used as in the previous case. Close attention to the movements
of an isolated specimen will show that although it swims nearly
vertically, the moment it touches the surface it assumes a hori-
zontal position, back downwards, thus bringing its straight
ventral margin into close contact with the surface-film. This
action is obviously precisely similar to that already noticed
in Scapholeberis, In this position the animal may continue to
move about for an indefinite period, usually rather briskly, but
sometimes so leisurely that no doubt is left in the observer's
mind that the weight of its body is actually supported by the
surface-film. To make as sure as possible of this point, the
surface can be examined with the reflected beam of light as
already described, and then it will be found that little irregu-
larities are formed whenever the animal comes to the surface,
and that these last as long as contact is maintained. ‘There are
usually three such to be seen—two lateral ones anteriorly, and a
median one some distance farther back. Here, again, there can
be no reasonable doubt that these little irregularities are really
capillary depressions, and that they also must owe their origin
to the piercing of the surface-film by the ventral ridges, or
rather perhaps only the anterior parts of them, and by the
extremities of a pair of feet or the caudal rami. The two assump-
tions that these parts are water-repellent and that they can be
pushed through the surface-film are as necessary here to complete
the argument as in the case of Scapholeberis, although in regard
to the first it may be noted that the general surface of the shell
of Notodromas can be easily shown to be water-repellent, and
this of course greatly increases the probability that the same is
true of the ridges.
It is not to be imagined that the explanation just given of the
means by which the surface-film is utilised, clears up all the
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 13
curious problems that suggest themselves in connection with the
modifications of the two forms described. No certain answer
can be given, for instance, as to the reason for the division of
the ventral sete in Scapholeberis mucronata into three sections,
or about the function of its shell-spines, although it is almost
certain that they are both related in some way or another to the
animal’s peculiar habits. Again, there is the strange rectangular
plate projecting from the posterior end of the ventral margin of
the left valve in Notodromas monacha; while it seems probable
enough that this plate also is related to the use made by the
animal of the surface-film, nothing is definitely known about
it at present.
Leaving these and similar queries, it will be useful to turn to
a consideration of the benefits derived from a close connection
with the surface. The most important of these are certainly the
support afforded, the probable abundant food-material obtained,
and the easiness of respiration. The first is very evident, for,
owing to the greater specific gravity of these animals than water,
a large amount of muscular effort is required to enable them to
maintain themselves at any particular level, apart altogether
from making onward or upward progress, and this will naturally
be entirely saved by suspension from the surface. In regard to
the food-supply, two questions arise which need answering before
any special indebtedness of the animals to the surface-film on
this account can be demonstrated:—(1) Can particles of food
floating on the surface be appropriated ? and (2) What is the
extent to which such particles occur in that position? The first
question can be answered in the affirmative without hesitation.
If a little finely-divided material, such as flour, be lightly dusted
upon the water, it can be seen, if the animals are watched under
the microscope when they come to the surface, that the floating
eranules are taken between the shell-valves in a continuous
stream owing to the current produced by the branchial append-
ages ; and from this stream any particles suitable for food would
evidently be picked out in the usual way. The second question
is not quite so easily answered. Direct observation does indeed
show that a number of small fragments of all descriptions can
actually be seen upon the surface of all open waters, especially
near their margins, but these would only be available for food to
a very small extent by the animals under review, which no doubt
depend much more largely upon particles so minute as to be
14 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
practically invisible to the naked eye. That such minute par-
ticles also occur upon the surface of ponds and ditches &e. is,
however, rendered fairly certain by the fact that im all
situations there is known to be a continuous rain of fine dust,
a proportion of which is always organic in origin. There is
another source of surface-food particles which must be men-
tioned, although its value in this case is unknown. Some
Bacteria in the zoogloea state often form extensive patches on
still surfaces, and these frequently afford a sort of rendezvous
for numerous small forms of life such as Rhizopods and Infu-
soria. On the whole, it seems reasonable to suppose that the
surface-film does supply these animals with abundant and varied
food-material, for which, too (and this, after all, is the crucial
point), there is, so far as is yet known, very little competition.
It has occurred to me that this peculiar power of obtaining food
from the surface may largely explain why these animals are
never seen far from the shore. From their structure it might
be supposed that they could live equally well at any part of the
surface of a piece of water, no matter how large, and so probably
they could if food were equally abundant in all parts. But,
owing to the surface-drift produced by movements of the air,
the middle portions of the area of even small ponds, if not too
much sheltered, are always much cleaner than the marginal
portions. The third advantage mentioned, namely the compara-
tive easiness of respiration, following as it does directly from
the perfect aeration of the surface-water, demands no special
comment.
As a contrast to the foregoing advantages, it should be re-
marked that there seems to be one very probable disadvantage
attaching to this mode of life. It can scarcely be doubted that
the animals using the surface-film for the purpose of support
are much exposed to the attacks of predaceous insects living
upon the surface, such as the Whirligig-beetles (Gyrinus). Un-
fortunately no positive proof of this has yet been obtained. Tf,
however, this view is subsequently substantiated, as seems
probable enough, the remarkable darkening of these creatures
on and near the ventral surface could then be interpreted as an
example of protective coloration, for it can be readily observed
that their dark colour renders them very inconspicuous in their
normal habitats, when seen from above.
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 15
In addition to the several characters in common already given,
there is one other which merits a passing notice, depending, as it
probably does, largely upon the similar habits of the two species
under consideration. It has been observed that in this country
both are to be found only during the warmer half of the year *,
This is not a very striking fact in the case of Scapholeberis,
because such a limitation of the period of activity is the rule
rather than otherwise among the Cladocera; but it is more
noticeable with WNotodromas, as the Ostracoda do not furnish
many other examples of periodicity, and even such occur appa-
rently in the colder, rather than in the warmer, part of the year.
It will readily be seen that the periodicity found to exist is very
advantageous in both these particular cases, for the power the
animals possess of attaching themselves to the surface-film would
be nearly useless during most of the winter, owing either to the
ice or to the comparatively disturbed state of the surface of the
water when not frozen.
The surface-utilising habit is so very peculiar and so strangely
limited among the Cladocera and Ostracoda, that any evidence
relative to its origin would possess more than ordinary interest.
Possibly nothing definite will ever be known about the stages of
its evolution, but certain suggestions may be made which seem
to throw a little light upon the matter, or at any rate to con-
siderably narrow the problem. In the first place, it appears
almost certain that the habit did not arise under marine con-
ditions, because a nearly smooth water-surface is an essential,
even now, for its exhibition. Secondly, itis tolerably certain that
of freshwater forms only those having approximately straight
ventral margins could have been able, in the first instance, to
use the surface-film to advantage. This, coupled with the fact
that both Scapholeberis and Notodromas can attach themselves to
the sides of a glass vessel with their ventral margins towards the
glass, leads me to think that the forms from which the present
species have been derived were in the habit of crawling over the
surfaces of weeds, &c., much as Graptoleberis testudinaria,
Fischer, does now, and had been modified in the same direction.
* See Baird’s ‘Natural History of the British Entomostraca,’ pp. 100 and
154. Also the author’s paper on “The Entomostraca of Wanstead Park,” in
the Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Olub, ser. 2, vol. v. p. 165.
16 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
This assumption is perhaps less necessary in the case of Woto-
dromas because of the general prevalence of a nearly straight
ventral margin among the Ostracoda, but it is essential for
Scapholeberis. Thirdly, of freshwater forms having nearly
straight ventral margins, only those Cladocera accustomed to
swim in a somewhat reversed position, and those Ostracoda
swimming in the same way, or at least vertically, could, it would
~ seem, have taken advantage of the surface-film by means of their
ventral shell-margins.
There is only one other point that need be mentioned before
leaving this part of the subject. It has been pointed out ina
previous part of the paper that to many of the Cladocera the
surface-film is a source of danger; yet to these very same forms
there is one indirect way in which the surface-film is probably
beneficial, not perhaps to individuals, but to the species. The
envelopes of the ephippial or resting eggs of these creatures
possess the same water-repellent power characteristic of the
carapaces from which they are developed, and in virtue of this
they are often found floating on the surface, although really of
greater density than water. By this means their dispersal must
be greatly facilitated, and their transmission from pond to pond
rendered possible, even without the drying-up of the particular
pieces of water in which they are produced.
The relation of the Copepoda to the surface-film of water
is all that now remains to be considered. The first fact that
presents itself in this connection is that never by any chance can
an animal belonging to the freshwater division of this order be
found floating on the surface in the helpless condition common
among the Cladocera and Ostracoda. This may seem puzzling
at first, but the apparent explanation is that the coverings of
these Copepods do not repel water. A similar experiment to
that already mentioned, where a little strip of blotting-paper
was applied to the body of an animal lying in a minute quantity
of water on a glass-slip, will prove that the water extends ina
film quite over the body of such a form as Cyclops or Diaptomus.
Why it is that with presumably the same covering-material the
bodies of some Entomostraca should thus exhibit no power of
water-repulsion, while the bodies of others, as already shown, are
highly water-repellent, remains quite unknown.
In spite of the foregoing peculiarity of their coats, some
Copepods are able to suspend themselves from the surface-flm.
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. EG
I have observed several species of Cyclops do this, but there are
only two in which the habit appears to be in any degree a
constant one, namely C. ségnatus, Koch (not including C. tenui-
cornis, Claus, although this form does sometimes suspend itself
from the surface), and C. prasinus, Jurine (= C. magnoctavus,
Cragin). When one of the former is closely watched, it will be
seen that the animal suspends itself from the surface by means
of the long sete on the second pair of antenne, exactly in the
same way as it would do from a piece of weed. It should be
especially noticed that the action is simply one of suspension, the
animal always remaining quite motionless after taking up this
position. Under the microscope there will be no difficulty in
seeing that the two longest of the terminal sete of each of the
second antennx have penetrated the surface-film, and are lying
upon it for a small part of their length. If the reflected
beam of light be used, as previously recommended, it will be
found that four minute irregularities in the surface-film exist
where the setz break through.
Since animals of this type are denser than water, though but
slightly, these irregularities must be capillary depressions. It
follows, therefore, that in all probability the explanation of the
surface-using power of these species of Cyclops is exactly the
same in principle as in the previous cases, notwithstanding that
it has not been proved directly that the antennal setz alluded
to are water-repellent. One very curious point must not be
omitted in regard to C. szgnatus and C. prasinus, as it is one
which these forms have in common with Scapholeberis and Noto-
dromas, but which at the same time distinguishes them from
all other species of Cyclops known to me. It is that they are
normally very dark-coloured, sometimes appearing almost black
to the naked eye. The pigment producing this dark colour,
while not by any means uniformly distributed over the bodies of
these two species, is not so markedly ventral as is the case in
either Scapholeberts or Notodromas. As, however, they do not
bring any definite area of their bodies into contact with the
surface-film, but simply hang from it obliquely, the view that
here also the dark colour is protective may be provisionally
accepted. Beyond the support afforded in water free from
weeds, and the probable easiness of respiration, it is difficult to
see what benefits these species of »Cyclops derive from their
power of clinging to the surface-film. They may, of course, also
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY VOL. XXV. 2
18 MR. D. J. SCOURFIELD ON ENTOMOSTRACA
be able to secure additional morsels of food floating on the
surface, but so far this has not been observed.
There is yet another way in which the surface-film is utilised
by some Copepods. In these instances the animals do not
break the surface at all, but make use of the property which
a small drop of water possesses of tenaciously adhering to
even vertical and overhanging surfaces of solids, by reason of
the tension of its enclosing surface-film. The process by which
the animals referred to make use of this property is as follows :—
When they attempt, as they often do, to force their way up the
side, for instance, of a glass vessel, above the general level of the
contained water, they become surrounded by a small quantity of
water, which most persistently clings to them and to the glass,
thereby binding them, so to speak, to the latter. By means of
the support thus afforded, some Copepods can raise themselves
up the sides of a glass vessel far above the water, and they
no doubt raise themselves in a similar way up the exposed
parts of the stems &c. of some water-plants. The forms that do
this most constantly are certain species of Canthocamptus, e. g.
C. minutus, O. F. M., and of Cyclops, e. g. C. affinis, G. O. Sars,
and C. phaleratus, Koch. The last-named species affords perhaps
the best example of all. I have repeatedly watched individuals
wriggle their way up the sides of a bottle partly filled with
water, until they have reached the underside of the cork, where
they would stay for very long periods. It may be said quite
confidently that, in captivity at least, this species spends more of
its time above than below the water ; yet its powers of locomotion
in this way are not unlimited, for it is practically unable to force
itself over dry surfaces. As to the advantages, disadvantages,
and other problems connected with such a semi-aquatic mode of
existence, nothing definite is known, and so here for the present
the subject must be left.
Briefly summarised, the principal views advanced in this paper
are as follows:—(1) To many Entomostraca the surface-film of
water is a very dangerous element in their environment. To
this category belong large numbers of the Cladocera and Ostra-
coda. (2) To some others, on the other hand, the surface-film
affords peculiar advantages. This class includes, so far as is yet
known, only a few specially modified Cladocera and Ostracoda,
and some Copepoda, which do not, however, present any apparent
AND THE SURFACE-FILM OF WATER. 19
structural modifications. (8) In all cases (except where some
Copepods possibly make use of the properties of the surface-film
to attach themselves to aquatic plants above the general water-
level) the relation to the surface-film, whether beneficial or
the reverse, depends fundamentally upon the same physical
principles, namely, the upward pull of the surface-film when
forming a capillary depression, and the possession by the animals
of water-repellent shells, ridges, scales, or sete, capable of pene-
trating the surface-film and producing capillary depressions.
In conclusion I wish to express my best thanks to Prof. L. C.
Miall, F.R.S., for his kind sympathy shown during the progress
of this inquiry, and for many helpful suggestions.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate I,
Fig. 1. Scapholeberis mucronata, 2. Side view. x 55.
2. The same. Ventral view as seen when in contact with the surface-film.
Xx 55.
3. The same. Ventral margin. 110.
4, The same. Last of the anterior series of ventral sete. x 1000.
5. The same. Diagrammatic section across the flattened ventral margins of
the valves, showing sete and hyaline scales.
6. Notodromas monacha, 2. Side view. X35.
7, The same. Ventral view as seen when in contact with the surface-film.
x35.
8. The same. Diagrammatic section across the flattened ventral margins
of the valves showing ridges.
Prats II,
Fig. 1. Scapholeberis mucronata, 2. Front view of ventral margin. 200.
2. The same. Anterior series of setze of ventral margin. 700.
3. The same. Three setz# with hyaline scales from inner row of middle
series. 700.
4, Notodromas monacha, 9. View of ventral flattened area. X85.
9*
20 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi.
By Matcoum Lawris, B.Sc., F.L.S.
{Read 1st February, 1894.]
(Puatzs ITI.—V.)
I. Anatomy oF Thelyphonus.
THE internal anatomy of the Pedipalpi has, so far as my
knowledge of the literature goes, never been described in any
great detail *; and though the following notes do not pretend to
touch on more than a few points, it seemed worth while to record
them, if only by way of calling attention to the need for further
investigation. That my material was limited in quantity and
badly preserved, is the only excuse I can offer for the incom-
pleteness of my observations, any attempts to trace the distri-
bution of the nerves or the details of the reproductive system
having been in vain. Sections through the whole animal were
tried with some small specimens; but, apart from the difficulty
of cutting an animal so abundantly provided with chitin, the
inside was found to have lost all minute structure, and it was
almost impossible to discriminate between the various organs.
Before entering on the subject of this paper, I wish to make a
protest against the indiscriminate way in which Arthropod
appendages are named. To take an example: an appendage is
spoken of as “ the third leg.” Now this may mean (1) the third
appendage; (2) the third postoral limb, 7. e. appendage iv.;
(3) the third walking-leg, which is in Scorpions appendage v.,.
and in forms like Phrynus, in which appendage iii. is modified for
tactile purposes, it may be either appendage v. or appendage vi.
Tf one follows the same name through the Crustacea, the result is
even more bewildering. The use also of terms such as antenne,
mandibles, &c. is objectionable, as implying homologies with
other groups which are by no means certain; and it would be a
great gain if writers would simply talk of the appendages by their
number. 7
The hard parts of Thelyphonus are pretty well known, thanks
to the works of systematic zoologists ; but it will perhaps not be
out of place to give a brief description of the chief points, especially
as there are one or two new details to be noted. The sclerites of
the dorsal surface may be dismissed in a few words as consisting
* The only figures with which I am acquainted are those of Blanchard in
‘ L’Organisation du Regne animal.’
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI, 21
of the carapace, behind which come nine band-like sclerites, the
body ending in the three narrow, cylindrical sclerites of the tail.
The second to eighth sclerites show depressions which indicate
the points of attachment of the dorso-ventral muscles. On the
ventral surface the carapace is bent over in front for a short
distance. This infolded part is marked by a strong median
longitudinal ridge which helps to separate the bases of the
chelicere.
The chelicere (Pl. IV. fig. 18) are two-jointed, the distal joint
being claw-shaped; it is strongly articulated to the first joint
at the upper edge and folds down across its end, the point
reaching to the lower edge. The proximal joint is roughly
rectangular, as seen from the side, the length being about twice
the breadth. In section the shape is an elongated oval, the
long axis being dorso-ventral in direction. The surface of this
joint is smooth except toward the distal end, where itis furnished,
on the inner side, with a thick crop of hairs. The chelicere are
not articulated to the rest of the skeleton, but attached by thin
membrane to the thick membrane which forms the front of the
cephalothorax in such a way as to be capable of being retracted
for more than half their length (Pl. IIT. fig. 1).
The second pair of appendages are very powerful, and consist
of six joints. In the middle line the first joints are fused
together for about two thirds of their length, thus completely
shutting in the mouth behind. Being thus fused, the first joint
can no longer function as a jaw, as it does in the Scorpions,
and the biting-function is consequently taken on by the second
joint. Anterior to the point where the fusion ceases, the inner
‘surface of the first joint has an organ corresponding to what has
been termed the pseudotrachea in Scorpions and Phalangide*,
and which Gaubert+ has shown to existin Phrynus. This organ
consists in Thelyphonus (PI. 1V. fig. 18, p.s.t.) of a trapezoidal area
of thin skin closely covered with hairs. Except along the ventral
margin the hairs are stout, with a well-marked central cavity,
and. covered with minute secondary hairs which give them a
feathery appearance. Along the ventral’ margin is a ridge
bearing stronger hairs, which, however, have not the feathery
structure. Atthe anterior end is a small chitinous plate covered
with short spines and bearing one or two long bristles which are
* Macleod, Bull. de l’Acad. Belg. vol. viii.
t Gaubert, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xiii. p. 140.
22 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
attached in the middle of circular thin areas, while just in front
of this plate is a large bunch of simple bristles.
In the membranous area, bounded below and at the sides by
the basal joints of the second pair of appendages, and at the
top by the carapace, lies the opening of the mouth (fig. 18, m.).
This is at the end of a short cylindrical tube, and is set round
with hairs. The tube is strengthened below by a small chitinous
plate with serrate anterior margin (fig. 13, m.t.s.), and above by
the stronger and more important epistoma or camerostome.
This epistome passes back through the membranous body-wall
and projects into the interior of the thorax as three spines which
reach as far back as the brain. These spines serve for the
attachment of muscles connected with the stomodeum.
The rest of the ventral surface of the thorax is covered by
two sternal pieces and the basal joints of the three walking-legs,
which are fused to the body. The third appendage, which is
long and slender and tactile in function, is attached close under
the carapace to a membranous area lying between the second
and fourth appendages. The posterior sternal piece is a trun-
cated triangle in form, the posterior margin being bent up dorsally.
Just beyond the end of this bent-up portion is a separate trans-
verse piece of chitin, to which the dorso-ventral muscle from the
second dorsal sclerite is attached.
The majority of the ventral abdominal sclerites want no special
description, being almost precisely similar to the dorsal ones.
This, however, is not the case with the first and second. The
first sclerite, which we may term the genital plate, covers the
ventral surface of the first two segments. The genital duct
opens behind it, and under it at each side lies the first pair of
lung-books. Round the posterior margin the chitin is bent in
for a short distance in the middle line, but considerably more
towards the sides. There are no dorso-ventral muscles inserted
in this plate, those of the second tergite being, as mentioned
above, inserted in front of it.
The second ventral sclerite (Pl. IV. fi, g. 14) corresponds to the
third tergite ; but owing to the great development of the genital
plate it lies somewhat behind its proper position. The third
ventral sclerite is narrower than the rest, for the same reason.
The second sclerite resembles the first in covering a pair of lung-
books which are situated at the sides, as well as in having the
posterior margin bent in. This bent-in portion is very narrow
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 23
except at two points, one on each side of the middle line, where it
runs forward into triangular processes. To the middle of the
front edge of this sclerite is attached a chitinous plate, which runs
forward forming the dorsal wall of the genital vestibule. The
dorso-ventral muscles from the third tergite are attached on each
side of this process.
There is little doubt that the genital plate corresponds to
the genital plate of the Scorpion, and is an appendage; and I
am inclined to consider the second sclerite as also an appendage.
If, as I have tried to show in the Scorpion * and as Macleod +
maintains in Spiders, the lung-books are derived from the ad-
hesion of abdominal appendages to the ventral surface, there
must have been an appendage here in the course of development,
and at a comparatively late stage in the development of Phrynust
this plate has quite a different appearance from the succeeding
segments. The inturned posterior margin also and the absence
ofa dorso-ventral muscle inserted in the plate itself are sugges-
tive, though I would not attach too much weight to the muscle
as the points of insertion of such structures readily change. If
this plate is to be regarded as an appendage, the anterior chi-
tinous process to which the dorso-ventral muscle is attached
naturally suggests itself as the corresponding sternite. This
point also I would not lay much stress on until the development
of this region is better known.
Internal Anatomy.
The greater part of the cavity of the abdomen is occupied by
the enormous digestive gland—the so-called liver—which forms
a solid mass concealing at first sight everything except the heart
and a few muscles.
The heart (Pl. III. fig. 1) is about the same size from end to end
of the abdomen, disappearing at the posterior end beneath a conical
mass of muscle connected with the three caudal segments, and
anteriorly passing into the thorax, about halfway up which it
passes in among the folds of the stomach. Injection being im-
possible, no attempt was made to trace the further course of
either end of the heart. A meshwork of small vessels, consisting
of a pair of longitudinal vessels at each side with a transverse
vessel in each somite, lies on the surface of the digestive gland,
and is probably part of the blood-system.
* Zool. Anz. 1892. t Arch. Biol. vol.-v. t Vide infra, p. 34.
QA - MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
‘Underneath the heart lies the gut, which merits a somewhat
full description. It commences at the mouth with a long
stomodeum, which is lined by a thin chitinous cuticle. The
anterior part of this stomodzum has muscles passing dorsally
and laterally from it to be attached to three chitinous processes,
which run back from the epistoma (camerostome) nearly as far’
as the brain. There is no appearance of a dilatation into a
sucking-stomach such as is found in the Scorpion. A transverse
section of the stomodeum (PI. IIL. fig. 2 z) shows a folding-down of
the dorsal side like the typhlosole of a worm. The sides of this
down-folding are straight and covered with cuticle of the same
thickness as that lining the walls of the stomodzum, while the free
ventral edge of the fold is irregular in form and covered by much
thinner cuticle. The only function I can suggest for this fold
is that it acts in some way as a valve to assist in sucking.
Just behind the brain the stomodzum opens into the mesenteron
(figs. 1 and 2). The first (thoracic) portion of this is expanded
into wide lateral diverticula, which extend over the brain in front.
and the coxal gland at the sides. Hach diverticulum is divided
into five lobes, the cavity of most of which seems to be a simple
space. The front diverticulum, however, and perhaps portions
of the others, is cut up by a meshwork of tissue (fig. 1 a), the
object of which is, I imagine, to afford a greater surface. The
histology of this region I have not been able to study in any
great detail; but it is evident that the thoracic diverticula are
very different in structure from the abdominal diverticula or
“liver.” In addition to these lateral diverticula, there are two
median ones from the ventral surface (fig. 2, m.d.g.). These
pass through the entosternite, one going through the large oval
anterior aperture in it and the other through the smaller posterior
aperture (fig.4). Ventral to the entosternite, these diverticula run
forwards between it and the thoracic ganglion as simple tubes.
The middle portion of the mesenteron opens into the large
diverticula of the digestive gland or “liver.” There appear to
be four pairs of these diverticula, the last one being very much
the largest and opening from the gut about the fourth free
seoment. Behind the fourth segment the gut runs as a narrow
tube as far as the seventh segment, and then expands into the’
large hourglass-shaped stercoral pocket (fig. 3). The peculiar
shape of this stercoral pocket is due to its being compressed
by the dorso-ventral muscles of the eighth free segment. The
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 25
posterior part is a great deal larger than the anterior, and fills the
greater part of the ninth free segment. The epithelium lining
the stercoral pocket (P1.IV. fig. 15) consists of flat cells containing
numerous granules, which stain darkly with hematoxylin along
the outer edge. They are very similar to the cells lining the
rest of the intestine. The Malpighian tubes arise near the pos-
terior end of the stercoral pocket and run forward along the
“sides of its ventral surface. They are somewhat coiled and
closely attached to the pocket by connective tissue. In section’
they are found to possess an indistinct lumen surrounded by
large cells with distinct oval granular nuclei. Occasionally
darkly staining granules appear in the protoplasm, but for the
most part it is apparently structureless (Pl. IV. fig. 16). The
coils of the Malpighian tubes are surrounded and held together
by fibrous-looking connective tissue.
The proctodcum isa short straight tube running back through
segments 10-12 to open below the telson. A slight thickening
marks its junction with the mesenteron close behind the stercoral
pocket. The epithelium lining it is thrown into folds, and con-
sists of long cells with apparently a cuticle over their outer
surface (PI. IV. fig.17). The distinction between these cells and
those lining the stercoral pocket is quite evident, and the tran-
sition from one form to the other somewhat abrupt.
In describing the stercoral pocket as part of the mesenteron, I
have been influenced by the character of the epithelium lining it
and passing forward into the intestine without any break, while
differing so markedly from that lining the proctodeum, and also
by the point of origin of the Malpighian tubes. The condition
of things in the embryos of Phrynus, which are described below,
admits of little doubt as to the origin of the stercoral pocket
from the mesenteron.
The entosternite, which is so characteristic of Arachnids, de-
serves a few words of description in this form (PI.III. fig.4). It lies
between the gut and the thoracic ganglion, and is best described
as an elongated plate drawn out into a number of processes.
The front margin of it lies immediately behind the cerebral
ganglion, and a pair of processes run forward one on each side.
A large oval foramen perforates the plate near its front end,
through which the anterior median diverticulum of the gut
passes. Near the level of the posterior end of this foramen a
second pair of processes passes onward and dorsalward. little
26 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
behind the large oval foramen lies a small subcircular one, through
which the posterior median diverticulum of the gut passes, and a
third pair of processes is given off at about the level of the front
of this circular foramen. Behind this second foramen the ento-
sternite is a solid plate. At first it narrows somewhat, but soon
expands again and runs out into the fourth and last pair of
processes. This entosternite is more complicated than is usual
in Arachnids, and this is probably to be correlated with the
greater development of the thorax and its appendages. The
processes into which it is drawn out serve for the attachment of
muscles. The first pair of processes has muscles from it to the
large second pair of appendages, while the other three serve for
the muscles of the three walking-legs, the thin third pair of
appendages being without any special process.
The nervous system is almost entirely concentrated in the
thorax. The cerebral ganglia are small oval structures placed
far back in the thorax (PI. ITI. fig. 4) and giving rise to two pairs
of optic nerves. The far back position of these structures is due
to the large chelicere which, when drawn in, occupy almost the
whole of the region in front of the brain. The three processes
from the epistoma, of which mention has been made, also reach
as far as the brain. The thoracic ganglion (fig. 5) is subtrian-
gular in form, and gives rise to the nerves for the greater part of
the body. ‘The origin of the nerves to the first two appendages
could not be clearly made out, as the front part of the ganglion
is somewhat entangled in chitinous processes which come in
from the floor of the thorax. The nerves to appendages iil. to
vi., however, are quite distinct, and the posterior end of the
ganglion finally gives off a paired nerve-cord, alongside of which
run a number of fine nerves, the course and distribution of
which I failed to trace. The nerve-cord runs straight back with-
out any ganglia till it reaches the ninth free segment, in which
there is a small oval ganglion lying on the top of the right stink-
sac (fig. 6). A nerve passes out laterally from each side of this
ganglion, and a pair pass also posteriorly into the tail.
The reproductive organs have been recently described *, but as
the paper only gives two schematic figures it is not of much
assistance in dissecting out these parts. Both the specimens
which I dissected were males, and their reproductive organs
were disposed as follows:—The testes are a pair of straight
* Biol. Centralbl. ix.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPAULPI. 27
tubes which lie side by side near the middle line, reaching as far
back as the eighth free segment. In the third and fourth free
segments they become narrowed into short vasa deferentia,
which open into the enormous seminal vesicles situated one on
each side of the first segment (fig. 8). These seminal vesicles
open in the middle into what may be termed the genital vestibule,
which runs straight back to open to the exterior at the posterior
edge of the genital plate. The dorsal wall of the posterior part
of this genital vestibule is formed by the median anterior process
of the third segment. Hach of the seminal vesicles contains two
hard brown structures in the form of curved grooved rods. One
pair of these rods is united in a plate-like expansion in the
middle line. The other pair seem to be independent of each
other. No muscles could be found in connection with these
structures, and their function—except in so far as they serve to
keep the seminal vesicles dilated—is not evident. The walls of
the genital vestibule are strengthened by two curved chitinous
bars (fig. 8, cl), which seem independent of the genital plate,
though coming into close contact with its inturned margin at
their posterior ends. A small ring of chitin (Pl. III. fig. 8, c’)
also lies in the dorsal wall of the vestibule in front of the median
anterior process of the third segment.
Underneath the testes, underneath even the nerve-cord, lies,
in the middle line, the right sac of the stink-gland (fig. 6). It is
in contact on the ventral side with the body-wall and reaches
forward as far as the fourth segment, and the width is about
half that of the space between the dorso-ventral muscles. Traced
backwards, it narrows considerably in the tail-segments, and
passing to the right of the rectum opens close to the middle line
between the anus and the base of the telson. The walls of this
sac are thin and translucent, and are thickened by a number of
longitudinal white strands, which are due to the internal wall of
the sac being folded into complex longitudinal ridges (fig. 6 a).
These ridges suggest that the walls of the sac secrete the odorous
fluid ; but the free surface is covered by a well-marked cuticle
which is very impervious to staining fluids, and one would sup-
pose equally so to secretions. The left sae of the stink-gland
lies outside the left dorso-ventral muscles, and the narrow pos-
terior end passes to the left of the rectum to open close to the
aperture of the right one. It does not reach so far forward as
the right one, but ends in the middle of the fifth segment. The
28 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
structure and appearance are precisely similar to what has
already been described. This asymmetrical arrangement of what
one must regard as a morphologically symmetrical structure
is interesting on account of its rarity. The Arthropoda are
essentially bilaterally symmetrical animals, and yet here we have
a bulky organ disposed in a completely unsymmetrical way, and
that without appreciably affecting any of the other organs in the
same region of the body. The extreme ventral position of these
sacs is also worth noticing, as it is but seldom that any structure
of importance comes to lie between the nerve-cord and ‘the
ventral surface.
Twisting about on both sides of the central or right stink-sac,
but more especially on the right side, where there is more room,
is a convoluted mass of fine tubules. The convolutions are so
complicated and the tubules so fragile, that I have not been able
to ascertain how many tubules are present or whether they
branch or anastomose. This last is probably not the case, as I
could scarcely have failed to get some trace of branching if it were
present. I have traced two of these tubules apparently opening
into the distal, 7.e. anterior, end of the left stink-sac, and have
little doubt that others open similarly into the right one. I take
these tubules to be the purely secretive part of the stink-gland,
and imagine that they discharge their secretion into the sacs,
from which it is ejected in considerable quantities when necessary.
The coral gland (P1. III. figs. 2 and 4, cow.) lies in the thorax on
either side of the entosternite, the processes of which pass dorsal
to it. Itis an elongated body with a wavy outline, and the con-
volutions of the tube of which it is composed may be seen on
the surface. At the front end it gives off a duct which runs
alongside the foremost process of the entosternite, and then
curving outwards passes into the base of the third appendage.
I have been quite unable to find any aperture on the external
surface in this region, but there is a considerable membranous
area in which such an aperture might easily be overlooked. At
the same time it is quite possible that the duct may be closed in
the adult, or only open at special seasons as in Mygale.
The lung-books are situated, as has been already stated, towards
the sides, beneath the first and second abdominal sclerites. The
lamelle lie for the most part horizontally, though curving up a
little towards the outside. Each lamella has a comparatively
short posterior edge where it abuts on the air-space (fig. 8).
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 29
The two sides run forward, diverging from each other, the outer
side being the longer, and the anterior edge runs obliquely
forward and outward. A thin chitinous cuticle covers both sides of
each lamella, between the two layers of which is the blood-space.
Occasional cellular columns pass across the blood-space from one
cuticle to the other. The cuticle on the dorsal side of each
lamella is covered towards the free margin (Pl. IV. fig. 9) by a
number of vertical chitinous rods, the summits of which are united
to form an arcade structure. Further away from the free margin
these rods become smaller (fig. 10), and seem to be firmly
attached to the ventral surface of the overlying lamella. Whether
the ordinary small rods are actually continuous with the chitin
of the overlying lamella, I cannot be sure, but certain thicker
rods which occur here and there certainly are continuous. There
is in this region no appearance of an arcade structure. The
free edge of each lamella is enormously thickened (fig. 9), the
thickened rim tending to run into sharp points on the dorsal
surface and along the edge, while it is smoother and more solid
on the ventral surface. The arcade structure gradually dies out
towards the edge, though it persists for some distance along the
thickened portion.
The posterior side of the air-chamber is bounded by a mem-
branous wall, which is strengthened by a network of curved
chitinous bars (P1].IV.fig.11). These bars are every here and there
drawn up into blunt processes, and small knobs of chitin make
their appearance on the membrane within the meshes. At the
sides of the air-chamber where the ends of the free edges of the
lamellz are attached to it, the wall is enormously thickened
(fig. 12) and drawn out into irregular conical processes. The
surface of this part of the wali is further closely covered with
stiff hairs.
The structure of these lamelle differs from that described by
Berteaux * for Spiders chiefly in the greatly thickened free
margin. In other respects the similarity is very close.
Caudal Organ.—On the dorsal surface of the last segment lies a
pair of oval white spots, which have been called the apertures of
the stink-glands (fig. 1, c.o.). Sections through this portion of the
integument, however, show that there is no aperture at this point.
The chitinous cuticle is much thinner than elsewhere (Pl. III.
fig. 7), and the underlying layer of cells shows an entirely
* La Cellule, vol. v.
30 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
different form. Over the rest of the body the hypodermis con-
sists of somewhat flattened cells with circular nuclei, but in the
region of this caudal organ the cells are columnar with large
oval nuclei. In one dissection I thought I could trace a nerve
to these cells, but I could not be certain. The appearance of
these columnar cells suggests a sense-organ rather than a gland,
and indeed we have found the stink-gland to be an entirely
different structure. What sense this organ serves is, however,
not so clear. It is almost certainly not an organ of sight, as
there is no pigment in or around the cells and the overlying
cuticle shows no modification for any optical purpose. It is
. probably then either auditory, olfactory, or for the sense of tem-
perature, as are the lyriform organs of Spiders according to
Gaubert *, but which must be left undecided until the minute
structure can be investigated on properly preserved material and
experiments made on the live animal.
IJ. Som Empryos or Phrynus.
While examining the Pedipalpi m the British Museum col-
lection, Mr. Pocock directed my attention to a few specimens of
Phrynus which had embryos attached to them. Inasmuch as
practically nothing is known of the development of these forms f,
it seemed well worth while to examine what embryos there were,
though the number of specimens and state of preservation were
evidently not such as to make anything approaching a satisfactory
account possible. Through the kindness of Dr. Giinther I have
been able to cut sections through four stages, and have made out
a few points which are, I think, not devoid of interest. Unfor-
tunately, two of the four stages were too badly preserved to show
anything, so my results are based on two somewhat late stages.
The development of Phrynus takes place, not, as usually stated,
within the mother, but the embryos are carried in a sac formed
of dark brown transparent gelatinous-looking material attached
to the ventral surface of the mother (Pl. V. fig. 18). Theabdomen
is concave on the ventral surface where this sac is present, and the
dorso-ventral measurement is so much reduced that it seems a
question how the organs necessary for existence can be contained
* Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, vol. xiii.
+ Bruce, Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. vi. 1886, describes only
a few points, and that without figures.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 31
in it. By what means the sac is formed and attached, I have
not been able to find out. It coincides in shape with the
abdomen, of which it covers all except the first two segments.
The anterior part of it and the sides are thin, but the greater
part of the ventral surface is covered by a roughly quadrilateral
thicker portion, the margin of which is thicker than the rest. At
the posterior end—at least in Phrynus reniformis, in a specimen
of which the sac was best preserved—this thickened portion
runs out into two short acute triangular processes. This method
of carrying the young agrees with what is known of the habits of
Thelyphonus.
As mentioned above, the only embryos of which I have been
able to cut sections are in a comparatively advanced stage of
development. One specimen of Phrynus reniformis, however, in the
British Museum was apparently at an early stage (PI. V. fig. 19).
In surface view it consisted, as nearly as one could ascertain, of
a large cephalic lobe followed by seven or more paired white
blocks, extending round about half of the spherical egg. It was
evident that only the thicker parts of the embryo were visible,
and I take it that the paired blocks are the mesoblastic somites of
the embryo, while the cephalic lobe is due to the thickening to
form the brain. In the absence of sections, however, any attempt
to determine these characters can scarcely be trustworthy.
The older embryos have already the limbs well developed, and
the body has undergone reversion similar to what occurs in Spiders
(Pl. V. figs. 20 and 21). Just above and a little in front of the
base of the fourth pair of limbs is seen a sac-like expansion, the
surface of which, as also that of the body and legs in the imme-
diate neighbourhood, is covered with a dark layer, apparently
formed by the coagulation of some liquid excretion. In section
the sac is seen to be hollow, but it was not possible to trace the
cavity into connection with that of any other organ. The cuticle
covering the sac is peculiar in that it is covered with blunt,
conical, hollow processes which I believe are perforated. The
cells forming the wall of the sac having drawn away from it
owing to preservation, it was impossible to say whether processes
from them extend into the cuticular processes or not, but I am
inclined to think that such processes existed.
The presence of this sac was noticed by Bruce *, and a similar
* Bruce, A. J., “Observations on the Nervous System of Insects,” &c.
Johns Hopkins University Circulars, vol. vi.
382 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
organ has been described in Galeodes by Croneberg *. Bruce
considers it to be asense-organ, while Croneberg compares it with
the paired processes in Asellus, which probably represent the
remains of the shell.
Bruce has described a cellular amnion round his embryos. Of
this I can find no distinct trace, but it may have atrophied at an
earlier stage.
The embryo appears, however, to cast off at least one cuticle
in the course of development. This cuticle follows roughly the
outlines of the body, and seems to be cast off during the later
stages of the process of reversion, as there are cross partitions
between the layer covering the cephalothorax and that over the
abdomen. Between these two layers, and therefore outside this
cuticle, there are traces in one of my embryos of a thin-walled sac
with granular contents, but whether this is the remains of a still
earlier cuticle or not I am unable to say.
The Gut (Pl. V. fig. 21).
The gut is composed, as usual, of three well-marked divisions—
Stomodzum, Mesenteron, and Proctodeum. The stomodeum is
a narrow tube extending from the mouth to a little behind the
brain. In front of the brain there are attached to it powerful
muscles running dorsally to be inserted in the carapace behind
the median eyes. Lateral muscles are also present in this region,
which no doubt has a suctorial function, though there is no sign
of any dilatation to form a sucking stomach. Close behind the
brain and just in front of the junction between the stomodeum
and the mesenteron are inserted some more muscles which also
pass dorsally to the carapace.
The anterior part of the mesenteron—. e. the part lying in the
cephalothorax—is dilated to form a sort of stomach as in Thely-
phonus. The dilatation seems to take the form of a single pair
of lateral outgrowths, very similar at this stage to the lobes of
the “liver.” A small median ventral outgrowth is also present,
and reminds one of the median processes in Thelyphonus. The
middle part of the mesenteron is very short, only extending as
far back as the fourth free segment. There are four pairs of
diverticula forming the so-called liver, of which the first three
divide almost immediately into a dorsal and ventral portion.
The “liver” lobes of these three are small and well defined, the
* Croneberg, Zool. Anz. 10 Jahrg. 1887.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 383
ventral part of the first two being much smaller than the dorsal.
They are placed in front of the first dorso-ventral muscle (7. e. the
muscle of the second segment), and between the first and second,
and the second and third dorso-ventral muscles respectively. The
fourth diverticulum is very much larger than the others, and
runs back along each side of the gut, somewhat dorsal to it. It
opens into four secondary lobes on the ventral side, lying in the
4th, 5th, 6th, and 7th segments respectively, and is continued,
though much reduced in size, as far as the posterior end of the
body.
Behind this middle section of the mesenteron comes a con-
siderable length of narrow intestine, which expands about the
seventh segment into a great oval stercoral pocket which reaches
to the posterior end of the body. This stercoral pouch is in
absolute continuity with the rest of the gut, and is, I have no
doubt, derived from the hypoblast.
The proctodzum consists of a solid mass of cells, which comes
into contact with the closed posterior end of the stercoral pocket.
The cells are, however, quite different in appearance from those
lining the stercoral pocket, and though in contact, the line of
demarcation is perfectly distinct.
The Nervous System.
T have been able to make out but little as regards the develop-
ment of the nervous system, as in my younger stage it is practically
fully formed, though, as is usually the case with embryos, far
larger in proportion than in the adult. The ganglion for the
chelicerz is quite distinct from the brain in my embryos. Gan-
glion, by the way, used in this sense has exactly the opposite
meaning to that in Vertebrata. In the latterit means a collection
of nerve-cells, while in the Arthropod cephalothoracie nervous
svstem it means a mass of white substance among the nerve-cells.
Behind the ganglion for the chelicere are five, somewhat larger
similar ganglia appertaining to the five other appendages. Then
come six very small separate masses of white substance, and
finally a single elongated mass from which the nerve-cord runs
out. I have not found in these stages any distinct division of
the cerebral ganglion into three, such as has been described
for Limulus * and Spiders. The distinction between the cells
forming the dorsal mass of the cerebral ganglion and those lying
* Patten, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxv.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 3
By MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
on its sides is well marked here, as in Scorpions, the former
being smaller and more closely packed.
The central eyes are formed, as in Scorpions * and Spiders‘,
by an in-pushing from in front of where the eye is about to be
formed, the dorsal wall of which in-pushing forms the retinal cells,
while the ventral wall forms a layer of flattened cells bounding
the retina on its ventral side. The nervous system being already
separated from the skin in my younger embryo, I cannot say
whether or not part of the cerebral ganglion is formed from theoptic
in-pushing as in Scorpions. Asin other Arachnids, the central
eyes are diplostichous and the lateral eyes monostichous, the latter
being formed by a modification of the hypodermis-cells in situ.
Coxal Gland.
The earlier stages of this structure are not represented in my
specimens. In the younger it is already a considerably coiled
tube. The tube is lined by cubical epithelium, the cells of which
have round lightly-granular nuclei. Towards the front end a
duct passes from the coiled tube and opens to the exterior on the
posterior face of the basal joint of the third appendage (Pl. V.
fig. 23). The epithelium lining the duct differs from that of the
coiled tube, the nuclei being more closely packed, somewhat
larger, oval, and more darkly staining. They resemble pretty
closely the nuclei of the hypodermis, and as the duct has a thin
cuticular lining, it probably represents the ectodermal part of the
coxal gland. No trace of an enlarged terminal sac, such as that
described by Faussek { in Phalangium, could be found, but it
may be present in younger stages.
The Respiratory Organs.
The lung-books in the Pedipalpi are two in number, the first
lying under the large genital plate, and the second under the next
sclerite, which corresponds to the third free segment. An early
stage of development is shown in PI. V. fig. 22, which is a longi-
tudinal section to one side of the middle line. i. is the genital
plate, and ii. the sclerite immediately behind it. The two
resemble one another so closely that a description of one of them
will serve for both. iui. then, consists of a distinct outgrowth
* Laurie, Q. J. M.S. vol. xxxi., and Parker, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard,
vol. xill.
t Locy, Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, vol. xii.
{ Faussek, Travaux de la Soc. d. Nat. St. Pétersb, vol, xxii. (Russian) ;
Abstract in Bicl. Centralbl. 1892.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 35
from the body-wall, the cavity of which contains at this stage a
certain number of mesoderm-cells. The hypodermis over the
greater part of it is very much like that of the rest of the body.
On the posterior surface, z.e. the surface next to the body-wall,
however, the inner two-thirds is thickened, and the cells of the
thickened portion are beginning to arrange themselves in rows
more or less at right angles to the surface of the outgrowth.
This is the beginning of the Jung-book. That this lung-book.
belongs to the segment to which it is at this stage attached and
not to the one behind it is, I think, fairly certain. With regard
to the first lung-book, which appears to be attached to the
posterior surface of the genital plate, it is not so evident to
which segment it belongs. The genital plate covers the ventral
surface of the first two segments, and the lung-book may either
be attached to the genital plate, and therefore belong morpho-
logically to the first segment, of which the genital plate is the
appendage, or it may be the sole survival of the appendage of the
second segment, which has otherwise entirely disappearad. This
last I have suggested as being the case in the Eurypteride*; and
1 believe it to be the correct explanation in these forms also, but
only an examination of earlier stages can prove it. At all events,
it is pretty certain that the first lung-book belongs to segments
i. or il., and not to segment i. It is therefore not homologous
with the first lung-book of the Scorpion, which does belong to
seoment ii., but is either the homologue of the pectines of the
Scorpion, z.e. appendage 11., or is a special structure, the appendage
of segment ii. having entirely vanished. The former is evidently
more probable a priori t.
Of the development of the other organs I have not been able
to make out anything of importance. The whole of this paper is,
I feel, calculated rather to show what we may expect when the
embryology of this group is properly worked out than to say
what actually happens. Jf I have shown what important results
a study of these forms will almost certainly give us, and how
heavily handicapped any attempt to deal with the morphology of
the Arachnida must be until such a study has been made, I
have done all that I expected with the material at my disposal.
* Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii.
t A paper on the “ Development of the Lungs in Spiders,” by O. L. Simmons
in the Am. Journ. Sci. Nat. for August 1894, shows very similar structures, and
the author’s conclusions agree for the most part with mine.
3*
36 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS.
In the following pages I only propose to consider a few points |
in Arachnid morphology on which it seems to me that my
observations bave thrown some light. Many points—such as the
existence of a number of pre-oral segments in the embryo—I
have not dealt with, because it seems better to wait for further
observations rather than to try and generalize on a manifestly
insufficient basis.
Post-oral Thoracic Appendages.
Gaubert *, in his recent paper on the Arachnids, treats of the
limbs of the terrestrial forms at some length, but his conclusions
do not appear satisfactory to me. He considers the typical
walking-leg of the Arachnids to consist of six segments, the
articulations between which are capable of dorgso-ventral motion.
Antero-posterior motion has been acquired in most forms, but
always by the formation of a secondary joint, which has arisen in
various parts of the leg in different forms. Thus, in Pedipalpi,
Phalangide, and Spiders the fourth segment has been divided ;
in Scorpions the fifth, and in Galeodes the third. That secondary
jointing does take place in some forms is certain, but that all the
articulations capable of antero-posterior motion are due to it I
doubt. In the figure on p. 37 I have drawn a number of legs of
different forms, a glance at which will make my views clearer than
pages of description. The numbers above each figure are those of
the segments of the limb as I interpret them, those in brackets
below are according to Gaubert. The articulation capable of
antero-posterior movement is marked with an asterisk. In a pri-
mitive limb, then, for a type of which I will take that of one of
the HEurypterids, we have seven segments, of which the first is
modified for mastication, and the articulations of which are
capable of movement in any direction. Appendage i1. seems, in
contradistinetion to the rest, to have only six segments in all
forms. The following are the chief modifications which have
taken place in the various orders :—
(a) Hurypterids— Appendage i. may have a tactile function,
asin Slimonia. Appendage vi. is always larger than the rest and
usually flattened to form the swimming-foot. In Stylomerus, v.
and vi. are enormously elongated. An epicoxite is present in
some of the limbs.
* Ann, Sci. Nat. sér.'7, vol. xiii.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 317
(b) Limulus.—The masticatory function is retained throughout.
Appendage ii, has six segments and is chelate. Appendages
iii.—vi. are always described as having six segments, but there 1s
distinct evidence of a fusion of segments 4 and 5. Appendages
lii—y. are chelate, while vi. bears a number of spines at the
- articulation between 6 and 7, and also at the end of 7. There is,
Fig. 1. Péerygotus. Fig.2. Limulus. Fig.3. Scorpion. Fig. 4. Thelyphonus.
Fig. 5. Spider. Fig. 6. Galeodes. Fig. 7. Pseudoscorpion.
further, a curious outgrowth from the external side of segment
i., which seems to be of importance, as it is well developed at a
comparatively early stage*, but the morphological significance
* Kingsley, Journ. Morph. vii.
388 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
of which is unknown. An epicoxite is present in appendages
lil.—v.
(c) Scorpions.—The masticatory function has been lost, except
in appendage u., though the expanded first joint persists in 111.
and iv., and serves to shut in the mouth behind. An epicoxite
is present in i1.* The tbird segment has an ascending position,
the fourth is almost horizontal. The articulation between 5 and
6 is modified for antero-posterior motion.
Pedipalpi.—The masticatory function is retainedin appendage
il. in Phrynus, but not in Thelyphonus, in which the first joints
of this limb are fused and perform the function of appendages ii.
and iv. of the Scorpion. Appendage ii. is modified as a tactile
organ, the last four joints in Phrynus and the last three in Thely-
phonus being secondarily segmented. The first segment of
appendages iv.—vi. 1s fused to the body—more completely in
Thelyphonus than in Phrynus. Segment 3 is ascending in direc-
tion in these limbs, and the rest descending. Articulation 4-5
is modified for antero-posterior motion, and segment 7 forms a
three-jointed tarsus. Appendage vi. in the Phrynide undergoes
secondary segmentation of segment 5inmany forms. Phrynichus
(ceylonicus) has the segment normal; Damon (medius) has it
divided into two; Tarantula pumilis (C. L. Koch) has three
segments in this region, and Phrynus Grayi (?) four f.
Araneide.—These are similar in arrangement to the Pedipalpi,
except that segment 7 is not divided up into atarsus. Appendage
ii. is tactile, not prehensile, and undergoes curious modifications
in the male.
Phalangide.—The masticatory function is retained by append-
ages il. and 111., while appendage iv. has still a process projecting
towards the middle line. The rest of the limbs are similar to
those of Spiders, except that segment 7 is divided into a many-
jointed tarsus.
Galeodes—The masticatory function is entirely lost. Ap-
pendage ii. is slightly modified for tactile purposes, having
practically lost the claw and apparently segment 7. This loss of
a segment is curiously in contrast with the multiplication of
segments in the corresponding limb of the Pedipalpi. In append-
ages iii. and iv. an additional joint is intercalated between
segments 2 and 3. This may be due to division of segment 2,
* Lankester, Q. J. M. S. xxi. ;
t Karsch, ‘Zur Kenntniss der Tarantuliden,” Arch, f. Naturg. vol. i.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 39
but more likely, as Gaubert suggests, to division of segment 3.
Antero-posterior motion takes place between this additional
segment and 38. In appendages y. and vi. a second segment is
intercalated in this region. Whether the intercalated segment
is connected with a horseshoe-shaped strip of chitin which
strengthens articulation 2-3 in the Pedipalpi or not, is an interest-
ing point which must remain for the present unsolved.
Pseudoscorpions.—In these minute forms the masticatory func-
tion has been lost, except in appendage 11. In the other limbs
segments 3 and 4 are fused together, their line of junction being
* marked by a groove, while segment 7 is so reduced as to have
been overlooked by everyone except Croneberg. The limbs are
exceptional in that the division between the ascending and
descending portions of the limb occurs at articulation 4-5 instead
of articulation 3-4.
Acarina.—The limbs here seem to have only six segments, but
my researches have not led me to any conclusion as to which
segment is lost. Appendages i. and 1. are variously modified in
connection with the modes of life of the different forms. As
being a degenerate group derived probably from the neighbour-
hood of the Phalangide (Bernard says from the Araneidz) they
need not detain us here.
To summarize the results obtained from the above brief
account of the appendages, the terrestrial forms seem to differ
from the aquatic ones (Limulus and Eurypteride) m that the
majority of the appendages have lost their masticatory function.
This confinement of mastication to a smaller area seems to me a
natural result of terrestrial life in such forms as these, which
suck in their food in a liquid form, since a contingency to
be by all means avoided is evidently that the juices on which
they subsist should dry up. Beyond this the modifications cf
the appendages would seem to unite the Pedipalpi, Phalangide,
and Araneide together as a natural group. The Scorpions differ
from them on one side, and Galeodes, as usual, stands alone on
the other, though apparently showing affinities to the Pedipalpi.
The condition of things in the Pseudoscorpions points either to
their type of limb being independently derived from a compara-
tively primitive form, or to their having passed through a much
simplified stage, like the Acarma, I think the latter more pro-
bable, though I wish it to be distinctly understood that I do not
propose to derive the Pseudoscorpions from the Acarina.
40 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
Abdominal Appendages and Respiratory Organs.
The full number of abdominal appendages (six) only persist as
such in Lemulus. In this form they are somewhat modified, the
plates of each pair being connected in the middle line. That this
connection is secondary is evident from Kingsley’s * figures, which
show the abdominal appendages quite distinct from each other in
early stages. The other aquatic forms, the Eurypterids, differ from
Limulus in the segmentation of the abdomen. The firstappendage
is fused in the middle, and bears a well-developed median lobe,
which probably has some function in connection with repro-
duction, and is in some forms at any rate capable of partial
invagination. The second abdominal segment is covered by this
genital operculum and has no plate-like appendage, though it
bears a number of branchial lamelle. The third to sixth seg-
ments bear paired plates with branchial lamellz on their posterior
surfaces. The sternites persist in these segments; at all events in
Slimonia—and this, one would expect, as a segmented abdomen
demands greater strength than one in which the segments are
fused together as they are in Limulus.
T have stated elsewhere t what I believe to be the case as
regards the morphology of the anterior abdominal segments
in Scorpio and the Pedipalpi. To recapitulate briefly, the
Scorpions have all the segments well-developed, the second seg-
ment bearing the pectines, and the third to sixth having lung-
books. The genital plate is small and does not overlap the
second segment. In the Pedipalpi the genital plate covers two
segments as in Hurypterids, the second of which bears the first
pair of lung-books, which consequently lie under the genital
plate. The third segment is also covered by an appendage under
which lie the second pair of lung-books. I think the anatomy
and still more the development, as described above, fully bear
out this view. There can be no doubt that the first pair of lung-
books in the embryo Phrynus belong to the region covered by
the genital plate and not to the third segment. The first pair of
luvg-books in the Pedipalpi thus correspond to the pectines of
Scorpions. Another difference between the lung-books of these
forms seems to be that in Scorpio they are formed, as I have
elsewhere maintained ¢, from paired appendages not united in
* Journ. Morph. vii.
+ Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii.
{ Zool. Anz. 1892, no. 386.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. AL
the middle line, but in the Pedipalpi the appendages stretch
right across, as Macleod * suggested tor spiders.
This view differs from that which has recently been set forth
by Pocock +, who regards all the sclerites as sternites, and
considers that the ventral side of the second abdominal segment
has been crushed out by the great development of the first, which
extends so far back as to cover part of the third segment,
including the first pair of lung-books. The second sternite, that
of the third segment, has, according to him, been pushed back
by the same growth so as to cover the second pair of lung-books,
which belong to the fourth segment.
Schizonotus, which I have unfortunately not had an oppor-
tunity of studying, is thus described by Pocock :—‘‘ There appears
usually to be a single pair of respiratory stigmata situated
behind the first sternite, as in Thelyphonus. The posterior pair
that are developed in Thelyphonus appear to be functionless, but
upon the third, fourth, and fifth sterna (morphologically the
fourth, fifth, and sixth), close to the posterior margin and behind
the muscular impressions, a pair of dusky patches are visible.
These appear to be some internal organs seen through the semi-
transparent cuticle, and I believe they are the homologues of the
three posterior pairs of lung-sacs of the Scorpion”. If this
interpretation of these structures be correct, we have here traces
of the posterior abdominal appendages which have entirely dis-
appeared in Thelyphonus and Phrynus.
In Spiders the same arrangement is found as in the Pedipalpi.
This is particularly clear in that curiously primitive form Liphis-
tiws, which has been recently described by Pocock §. In this
form the segmentation of the abdomen is marked on the dorsal
side by nine (Schiddte) chitinous tergites. On the ventral side
there are two large chitinous plates, the anterior of which covers
the genital aperture and the first pair of lung-books, while the
posterior covers the second pair of lung-books. These two
chitinous plates I would regard as the two appendages which are
found in the Pedipalpi. A further argument in favour of my
view is that the lung-books have been described as developing in
connection with the appendages of the second abdominal segment.
* Arch. de Biol. vol. v.
t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. vol. xi. 1893.
t Tom. cit. p. 4.
§ Op. cit. vol. x. 1892.
42 MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
In the Dipneumones the posterior pair of lung-books are replaced
by tracheze which, according to this view, have developed by
an extension of the air-chamber of the lung-sae, as has been
suggested by Macleod *.
Two pairs of abdominal appendages seem to be converted into
Spinning mammille in the Araneina. In Liphistius they occupy
a normal position on the ventral surface of the abdomen, but in
the higher forms, in which the segmentation of the abdomen has
been entirely lost, they are shifted to a posterior position. This
accounts for five appendages of the abdomen, which ig all that
seem to appear in the embryo. It may be advanced as an argu-
ment against my view, that if we consider the second lung-book
as belonging to the fourth abdominal segment instead of the
third, then we have, with the spinning mammille, all six abdo-
minal appendages accounted for; but it seems to me more likely,
without considering other reasons, that the sixth appendage has
vanished than that the second has disappeared without leaving
any trace.
In the other Arachnids the lung-books are replaced by
tracheee. Of Galeodes, the pons asinorum of all who have tried
to deal with Arachnid morphology, I do not intend to speak here.
The presence of stigmata leading into trachee between the
fourth and fifth thoracic appendages is perplexing, not to say
bewildering. I fully agree with Bernard in considering this
form of great importance, though I do not feel convinced of its
being primitive in most respects. We must wait, however, till we
have a more careful and detailed account of its anatomy than has
yet been published before we can speculate as to its morphology
with any hope of success.
It has often been maintained that the lung-books of Arachnida
are derived from trachez and not from branchie ; but this view
cannot, I think, be accepted. The fact that lung-books are cha-
racteristic of the two most primitive orders—the Scorpions and
the Pedipalpi—while in the Spiders, in which both are present, it
is the higher forms—the Dipneumones—which have trachee,
‘affords a strong argument against it. It is said that the inde-
pendent development of trachez so closely resembling each other
in the Insects and Arachnids cannot be thought of as possible; but
* Arch. de Biol. vol. v.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 43
if we attempt to begin from trachez we find that lung-books, more
closely resembling each other, have to be independently developed
twice, or more probably three times, so we are not much advanced.
Further, the similarity between the trachee of Arachnids and
Insects has been much overrated. It seems to depend mostly on
the spiral thickening, which is present in both cases: but a
thickening of some sort is evidently a mechanical necessity in
these structures, and also the “ spiral’ is very poorly developed
in many Arachnids. The difference of position, too, must have
some morphological significance,—the trachee of Insects &c.
arising outside the attachment of the appendages, while those
of Arachnids are inside. Bernard * would derive the trachex of
both forms from setiparous sacs, and makes a great point of the
thoracic stigmata of Galeodes. Galeodes is a difficult problem,
whichever view we take, but far too little is known of its anatomy
(and still less of its development) to make it a safe basis for
generalizing from. It is to be hoped that Dr. Bernard’s forth-
coming paper on this form will give us some surer ground on
which to base our speculations. He talks of the “ fascinating but
seductive” hypothesis that the lung-books are derived from
branchiz ; but it seems to me that a plentiful supply of seti- ~
parous sacs, capable of developing at will into lung-books,
trachee, or coxal glands, affords a still more “ fascinating”
hypothesis, and is, I am afraid, equally seductive. I do not
think that, in face of the development of the lung-books in
Phrynus, where they evidently arise as foldings of the posterior
wall of an appendage, it is possible to entertain the idea that they
are derived trom setiparous sacs, aud they do not seem to give
much indication of being derived from trachee. Itis unfortunate
that the development of the trachez in Arachnids has never been
fully described, for I cannot but think that it would give some
indication as to whether they are primitive or derived from lung-
books 7.
The Coxal Gland.
There can be little doubt now but that this structure is
morphologically a nephridium. It has been shown to develop in
part from the mesoderm, and in the earlier stages to open into
* Zool. Jahrb. vol. v., and Ann. & Mag. N. H. vol. xi. 1893.
t Vide Simmons, Am. J. Sci. Nat., Aug. 1894, and Ann. & Mag. N. H., Sept. 1894.
4A. MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
the ccelomic cavity in Limulus, Scorpio, Phalangium, and Spiders,
and the structure in the adults is much the same in all these forms.
Bernard * again suggests setiparous sacs as the origin of the coxal
glands, but I do not think he can have understood the significance
of what has been described in their development. Setiparous sacs,
partly developed from the mesoderm and opening freely into the
ccelom, do not commend themselves to one as morphological pro-
babilities. The differences in the various forms have been so fully
treated of by Sturany f that it seems unnecessary to recapitulate
the details here. The one point on which I wish to lay some
stress is the difference which exists as to the segment to which
the coxal gland belongs. In the Scorpion and Limulus it opens
at the base of the fifth pair of appendages. Kowalevsky and
Schulgin ¢ describe it as belonging to the third in Androctonus
ornatus; but my sections of Huscorpius italicus and Centrurus
leave no possibility of doubt that in these forms it is the fifth, and
as they themselves seem not very certain, I think it probable that
they were mistaken. In Phalangiwm, Phrynus (supra), and
Spiders this organ opens at the base of the third pair of append-
ages. Bertkau$ says he has seen ducts to the fifth pair of
appendages in Atypus, and Sturany says also that the gland opens
on the fifth in the Tetrapneumones. In Pseudoscorpions it
opens on the “ third leg ”—which, I presume, means the fifth
pair of appendages—according to Bernard.
It seems, then, that while the coxal glands are serially homo-
logous in different forms, they belong to different segments, and
by this character alone the Arachnida would be divided into two
sections—one containing the Scorpions and Limulus, in which the
gland opens on the fifth appendages, and the other the rest of the
group, in which there is a gland in the third segment, with the
possible exception of some Spiders and Pseudoscorpions. A
gland may also be present in the fifth segment in these forms. The
antennary and shell-glands of Crustacea are no doubt structures of
the same kind but belonging to different segments, 7. e. either the
second and fifth or first and fourth, according as one does or does
not count the first antennx as somatic appendages. Consequently,
* Ann, & Mag. vol. xii. 1893.
+ Arb. Zool. Inst. Wien, vol. ix.
t Biol. Centralbl. vi.
§ Arch, mikr. Anat. vol. xxiv., and Zool. Anz. xcii.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPI. 45
we must regard both the Crustacea and the two sections of
Arachnida as having for their common ancestor a form with
nephridia in each segment.
The Gut.
The only point on which I wish to make a few remarks in this
connection is the origin of the stercoral pocket as I have described
it above. There is no doubt in my mind that in Phrynus it is
formed from the mesenteron. The position of the Malpighian
tubes, which I discovered after I had completed the section
dealing with Phrynus, as running in close contact with the wall
of the stercoral pocket, to open into it at its posterior end,
is absolutely conclusive, though the evidence from histological
structure and anatomical relations in Phrynus and Thelyphonus
was pretty strong already. In Spiders, however, it is always
described as being formed from the proctodzum ; and the question
arises whether the stercoral pocket in Spiders is not analogous
with that of Pedipalpi, or whether the development has not been
properly described. I incline to the latter view. That the deve-
lopment of this part of the gut is not quite straightforward is, I
think, evident from the fact that Kishinouye%, in his elaborate
paper on the development of Araneina, describes it as formed from
the unpaired caudal ceelom. Such a startling suggestion as this
certainly requires independent confirmation, and I think that
possibly Kishinouye has mistaken the early formed posterior part
of the gut for celom. However this may be, Kishinouye’s figures
seem to make it pretty clear that the stercoral pocket has no
connection with the proctodeum, which at this stage is represented
by a solid plug of cells, just as it is in Phrynus. The formation
of the Malpighian tubes in the Spider hag also never been quite
satisfactorily described, and if they run in close contact with the
stercoral pocket, as they do in Phrynus, they might easily be
mistaken as opening into the anterior end of the pocket. Kishi-
nouye admits that he is not satisfied with his observations on the
origin of these structures, and the description by other observers
is hardly more satisfactory than his. Locy’s description tT is brief,
and his figures are capable of a different interpretation to that
which he gives them: fig. 57, in particular, séems rather in favour
* Journ. Coll. Sci. Jap."
t Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard, xii.
46 ; MR. M. LAURIE ON THE
of my view. Balfour* gives a very short account of this region,
and dces not say whether the stercoral pocket is formed from
the proctodeum or not; and Morin gives no figures, and his
account is brief and inconclusive. The point at all events will
bear re-investigation.
ConcLusion.
The ultimate summing-up of all morphological work is its
embodiment in a classification which shail express the true
relations of forms to each other. This I do not feel prepared to
do as regards the Arachnids; but a few points may be touched
upon. I have elsewhere t given some reasons for dividing the
terrestrial forms into two subclasses similar to those suggested
by Pocock ¢, and for considering the Scorpions as more nearly
related to Limulus, and the rest of the Arachnids to the Hury-
pterids. A further argument may be found in the apparently
invariable presence of a coxal gland on the third appendage in
the latter section. The development of lung-books from branchiz
twice over would seem the chief difficulty in this view; but if, as
I have tried to show, the first lung-books of Pedipalpi are egui-
valent to the pectines of Scorpions, the same difficulty faces us if
we try the old hypothesis.
The mutual relations of the forms constituting the second
subclass (termed by Pocock “Lipoctena”’) is not quite clear. That
the Arachnids and Pedipalpi are closely related is evidenced by
their possession of two pairs of respiratory organs, a stercoral
pocket, similar chelicerx, legs segmented in the same way, and a
not very different disposition of the eyes. Beyond these two the
different orders do not seem to show any very special relations to ~
each other, and one is met at the outset by the difficulty con-
cerning trachee. These are the common possession of the
Phalangide, Spiders, Pseudoscorpions, and Galeodes That the
trachee of Spiders have developed within the limits of that order
is, 1 think, indisputable, as the Tetrapneumones, or at all events
Liphistius, must be admitted as being the lower forms. But no
possible arrangement enables one to derive the Phalangide,
Pseudoscorpions, and Gialeodes from the Dipneumones without
violating every rule of morphological probability. It must be
= @). dio ING [Sb Se
+ Trans. R. 8. Edinb. vol. xxxvii.
¢ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist, vol. xi.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPT. 47
admitted that trachee have been formed from lune-books twice
at least within the limits of the Arachnida. As I have already
pointed out, any attempt to derive lung-books from trachew lands
one in an equally awkward position. The three remaining
orders—Phalangids, Pseudoscorpions, and Solifugee—are unfor-
tunately the three about whose morphology we know least. They
seem absolutely marked off from each other—the Phalangide by
their extraordinary reproductive apparatus ; the Solifugee by the
segmentation of the carapace and the presence of thoracic stig-
mata; and the Pseudoscorpions by the absence of both of these
sets. For these reasons I have refrained from attempting to
construct a phylogenetic tree in this place, as it seems useless
to try any arrangement of the Lipoctena (Pocock) until more is
known both of their structure and development.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate IIT.
Fig. 1. Thelyphonus, opened from the dorsal surface. The superficial muscles
of the thorax have been removed. i.—vi., appendages; ¢.0., caudal
organ ; d.c.m., dorsal tail-muscle; d.v.m.s., dorso-ventral muscle of
eighth free segment; g, thoracic expansion of gut; Az., heart;
0.¢c., central eyes.
la. Portion of trabecular tissue from anterior lobe of gut.
2. Transverse section of thorax of small Thelyphonus. cox., coxal gland ;
ent., entostermite; g and g’, diverticula of gut; m.d.g., anterior
median diverticulum of gut; 7.g., thoracic nerve-ganglion ; s¢., sto-
modzum.
2a. Transverse section through stomodzum in front of fig. 2
3. Stercoral pocket and proctodeum.
4, Thorax after removal of the gut. c.e., cerebral ganglia; cor., coxal
gland ; coz.d., duct of coxal gland ; ent., entosternite.
5. Cerebral and thoracic ganglia. iii—vi., nerves to appendages;
optic nerves ; o¢s., cesophagus.
6. Posterior portion of abdomen after removal of gut and digestive
gland. 2.g., nerve-ganglion; 7., rectum; /.s.s. and 7.s.s., left and
right sacs of stink-gland ; s.g., coiled tubes of stink-gland.
6a. Section through part of wall of stink-sac.
7. Section through caudal organ.
sense-cells.
8. Anterior segments of abdomen. The anterior process of the second
sclerite has been removed so as to open the genital vestibule. cl and
c°, chitinous ur ports of the genital vestibule ; ge.v., genital ect
Ib. 1 and (0.2, first and second ievinectualeS sé.v., dilatation of yag
deferens ; x, hard structure in s¢.v.
0C.,
cu., cuticle; hy., hypodermis; s.c.,
48 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH
Prats LV.
Fig. 9. Section of the free edges of two lamelle of the lung-book. ,
10. Section through lamellz of lung-book near their base.
11. Part of the wall of the air-space towards the centre.
12. Section of wall of air-space towards the side.
13. Side view of mouth and surrounding parts. The left first and second
appendages have been removed and the thorax Jaid open. i. and ii.,
right first and second appendages; car., carapace ; eps., epistome;
m., mouth ; p.s.¢., sense-organ on base of appendage ii.
14. Ventral sclerites of second and third free segments, viewed from
inside.
15. Section of wall of stercoral pocket.
16. Section of one of the Malpighian tubes.
17. Section of epithelium of proctodzum.
Puate V.
Fig. 18. Ventral surface of abdomen of Phrynus reniformis, with egg-sac.
19. Young embryo of Phrynus reniformis: surface view.
20. Side view of embryo of Phrynus annulatipes, x9. 1.0., lateral organ.
21. Schematic longitudinal vertical section of Phrynus annulatipes, x. 48
0.c., median eye; gen.a., genital aperture; Stc., stercoral pocket ;
Pr., proctodzum.
22. Longitudinal section of first four abdominal segments. x 4/4.
23. Longitudinal section through front part of coxal gland and duct.
On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis. By R. H.
Burne, B.A. Oxon., Assistant in Museum, Royal College of
Surgeons, London. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Hows,
F.LS.)
[Read 5th April, 1894.]
In tropical countries, but more especially in India, where the
streams and tanks are liable to become dry in the hot season, a
number of the freshwater fishes have acquired the power of
living for a longer or shorter time out of water, and are thus
enabled either to migrate to places where water is more abundant,
or to bury themselves deep down in the mud to await the re-
vivifying rains. Many years ago * reports that fish were often
dug up in spots that had been dry for months, or were found
* For the early literature of this subject see Boake, Journ. Ceylon Branch
Asiat. Soc. 1865, and Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 274.
SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 49
wandering far from any water, stirred the curiosity of naturalists,
and finally led to the recognition, as accessory respiratory organs,
of certain structural modifications occurring in these fishes.
For some time the exact method by which this respiration was
effected remained doubtful. However, during the last twenty-five
or thirty years numerous interesting experiments have been per-
formed by Day and others * upon most of these Indian freshwater
fishes, which tend to prove that the modifications in the pha-
ryngeal region of these creatures (epibranchial and other organs)
do not contain water for moistening the gills as was originally
supposed, but air for purposes of direct aerial respiration Tt. In
certain other air-breathing fishes, 7. e. the bony Ganoids and the
Dipnoi, the same end is attained by a modification of the swim-
bladder.
Further details upon this subject are unnecessary, as my
object is merely to draw attention to the fact that among fishes
bearing no close relationship to each other there are to be found
specialized organs differing in ther morphological characters,
but which are all, physiologically speaking, lungs.
In the East-Indian rivers there is to be found a curious air-
breathing Siluroid, by name Saccobranchus, in which the accessory
respiratory organ takes the form of a pair of long narrow air-
pouches, which lie along the back on either side of the vertebral
column above the transverse processes, and extend for three
parts the length of the fish, from the branchial chamber to within
four inches of the tail. Venous blood is conveyed directly from
the heart to the air-sacs by branches of a pair of the afferent
branchial arteries, and returned, after oxygenation, into the
aorta.
Hyrtl£, who has worked out the anatomy of this fish, describes
the arrangement of the branchial arteries with reference to the
air-sacs as follows :— The fourth left branchial artery surpasses
* Day, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1868, p. 274, and Journ. Linn. Soe. (Zool.) vol. xiii.
p- 198; Dobson, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1874, p. 312.
t From his researches on the blood-supply to the supra- hemnehial chamber
in the Ophiocephalidx, Hyrtl considers that this organ is not for breathing
air, but is probably a water-reservoir for moistening the gills. (Hyrtl, ‘ Ueber
das Labyrinth und die Aortenbogen der Gattung Ophiocephalus,” Sitz. Akad.
Wiss. Bd. x. 1853, p. 148.)
+ Hyrtl, “ Zur Anatomie von Saccobranchus singio,” Sitz. Akad. Wiss. 1853,
Bd. xi. Heft 1, p. 502.
LINN. JOURN —ZOOLOGY, VOI). XXV. 4
50 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH
all the others on the same side in magnitude. The right, on the
contrary, is smaller than all preceding it on its side. The left
fourth branchial artery leaves the fourth gill-arch to pass to the
ventral wall of the dorsal respiratory sac, on which it passes to the
hinder end of the sac, giving off alternating side-twigs. On the
right, the artery passing to the respiratory sac is not a pro-
longation of the fourth, but of the first branchial artery, and
runs not on the ventral, but on the dorsal wali of the sac.”
This statement of Hyrtl’s is endorsed by Hubrecht*, who dis-
sected one of these fishes at the request of Day when the latter
was working at the physiology of this apparatus.
u
Hii
Day
sll
Branchial region (nat. size) of Saccobranchus fossilis, showing the arrangement,
of the branchial arteries, seen from the ventral aspect.—1, 11, 111, 1v, branchial
arteries ; 7.s., respiratory sacs.
In a specimen of Saccobranchus fossilis in the Museum of the
Royal College of Surgeons (No. 1061 G), which I dissected last
year, the branchial arteries do not answer to this description,
for here the arteries are quite symmetrical on either side. The
* Day, Journ. Linn. Soc. (Zool.) vol. xiii. p, 198.
SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 51
fourth on both sides is considerably larger than the others, and,
after coursing along the fourth gill-arch, is continued upon the
ventral wall of its respective air-sac. The first, second, and third
go to their several gills in the ordinary way. The first on the
right does not differ in size from its companion on the left, and
rapidly diminishes in calibre in its course along the gill, so that
I was unable to trace it more than half an inch or so.
Unfortunately it was not possible to inject this fish; but the
vessels were sufficiently conspicuous to leave no doubt in my
mind as to the accuracy of this observation.
It is to be observed that Hyrtl made his observations upon
Saccobranchus singio, so that it is possible that this distribution
of the branchial vessels may have a specific significance, and not
be merely a case of individual variation.
With reference to this arrangement of the aortic arches in
Saccobranchus, it is interesting to briefly review the work that
has already been done in connection with the blood-supply to
organs of aerial respiration in fishes and the higher Vertebrata.
Beginning at the top of the scale and working downwards, we
find that a general law has been laid down by Boas* to the effect
that in the Amphibia and all higher Vertebrata the pulmonary
artery is always derived from the fourth branchial aortie arch f.
This generalization is considerably strengthened by van Bem-
meln’s { discovery in embryonic Reptilia and Aves of two gill-
clefts and an aortic arch lying between the systemic and pulmonary
arteries ; and still further by Zimmermann’s § demonstration of
an aortic arch in the same position in embryos of the rabbit
and Man.
Coming now to the Dipnoi, amphibious fishes whose swim-
bladder has been modified for purposes of aerial respiration,
matters become complicated by the reduction and compression of
the branchial apparatus. It is possible, however, in Ceratodus,
* Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vii. 1882, p. 488, ‘‘ Ueber den Conus Arteriosus
und die Arterienbogen der Amphibien ;” and Morph. Jahrb. Bd. xiii. 1887-88,
p. 115, ‘‘ Ueber die Arterienbogen der Wirbelthiere.”
t That is, the 6th visceral aortic arch. For simplicity’s sake I count from
the 1st branchial aortic arch.
{ Van Bemmeln, “ Die Visceraltaschen und Aortenbogen bei Reptilien und
Vogeln,” Zool. Anzeig. 1886, pp. 528 & 543.
§ Zimmermann, “‘ Ueber einen zwischen Aorten- und Pulmonatbogen gele-
genen Kiemenarterienbogen beim Kaninchen,” Anatomisch. Anzeig. 1889,
p. 720.
52 Mh. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH
the member of the family least modified in this respect, to make
out that the swim-bladder is supplied from the fourth aortic
arch*. In Protopterus + this is no longer possible, as the efferent
branchial vessels have become fused on either side into a common
trunk, from the posterior face of which the puimonary artery
arises. The branchial compression is still more advanced in
Lepidosiren t, the remaining member of the family; so much so
indeed, that the pulmonary artery apparently takes its origin
from the third aortic arch. Whether this is really the case 1
must leave an open question, although the great resemblance
between the aortic arches in this fish and in some of the lower
Amphibia § would incline one to think not.
In the two Ganoids Polypterus and Amia|| the pulmonary
artery takes its origin, according to Boas 4], as a large branch of
the fourth efferent branchial vessel. The main trunk of this
vessel, after giving off the pulmonary artery, passes on in a
reduced condition, and joins the third efferent branchial vessel.
Thus Boas regards the pulmonary artery of these fish as a deri-
vative of the fourth branchial aortic arch alone.
In contradiction to this, it appears, from the figure of the
aortic arches of Amia given by Ramsay Wright, that the third
aortic arch is also involved in the formation of the pulmonary
artery. This effect is produced by the connection between the
third and fourth efferent branchial vessels being represented
as a branch of the third, and not a continuation of the fourth
efferent branchial vessel. A very slight alteration in the drawing
is enough to accomplish this ; for if the connection in question
is drawn sloping from the third branchial vessel towards the
middle line, it appears to be part of the third arch; if away
from the middle line ever so slightly, it would be called a conti-
nuation of the fourth arch.
* Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. 1880, p. 321, “ Ueber Herz und Arterien-
bogen bei Ceratodus und Protopterus.”
+ Parker (W. N.), ““On the Anatomy and Physiology of Protopterus annec-
tens,’ Trans. Roy. Irish Acad. yol. xxx., in which paper other references will
also be found.
t Hyrtl, Lepidosiren paradoxa, and Bischoff, “‘ Sur le Lepidosiren paradoxa,”
Ann. Sci. Nat. (Zool.) vol. xiv. 1840, p. 116.
§ Bischoff, 7. ¢.
|| Johannes Miller, “ Beitrage zu Bau und Grenzen der Ganoiden,” Abhandl.
Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844, p. 117; Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. p. 321.
«| Boas, Morph. Jahrb. Bd. vi. pp. 542 & 3d.
SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 53
Having regard to the fact that Ramsay Wright’s figure is a
diagram in the Introduction to a General Natural History of
Fishes’ *, but that Boas, on the other hand, was working specially
upon the aortic arches of these Ganoids, it seems to me that we
are justified in electing to follow Boas in this matter, and, with
him, to look upon the pulmonary artery of Polypterus and Amia
as a derivative of the fourth aortic arch alone f.
Finally, we come to the mixed group of tropical freshwater fishes
in which a modification of the pharyngeal region does duty as a
lung. The anatomy of the epibranchial organ of the Labyrinthici
has been worked out by Zografft; and as regards the blood-
supply to that structure, he succeeded, after several disappoint-
ments, in proving that the blood is brought to the epibranchial
organ by the fourth aortic arch.
The suprabranchial chamber of the Ophiocephalide, which so
much resembles that of the Labyrinthici, according to Hyrtl
does not receive its blood from the heart, although the fourth
branchial artery passes through it. From the subsequent experi-
ments that have been performed on these fishes, it is very
probable that Hyrtl was mistaken, and that these chambers are
organs for the respiration of air. In this connection it is
well to remember that Zogratf found great difficulty in injecting
the blood-vessels to the epibranchial organ in the Labyrinthici.
Now, as ‘to Saccobranchus, we have seen that Hyrtl and
Hubrecht found that the blood was carried to the respiratory
sacs by the first aortic arch on one side, and the fourth on the
other. In my specimen, on the contrary, it was supplied by the
fourth on both sides.
The peculiar spirally-coiled epibranchial organ of Heterotis
Ehrenbergii, one of the Osteoglosside §, receives its blood from
the fourth aortic arch, as also does that of Chanos salmoneus
(Lutodeira chanos ot Hyrtl)||. In the Cuchia eel, Amphipnous
* Ramsay Wright, ‘Standard Natural History,’ vol. iii. p. 48.
+ Boas, Morph. Jabrb, Bd. vi. pp. 342 & 381.
+ Zograff, Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. vol. xxviii. 1888, p. 501, “‘On the Con-
struction and Purpose of the so-called Labyrinthine Apparatus of the Laby-
yinthic Fishes.”
§ Hyrtl, Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. viii. 1854, p. 73, “ Beitrag zur Anatomie
yon Heterotis Ehrenbergii.”
|| Hyrtl, “Ueber das Epigonale Iiemenorgan von Lutodeira chanos,”
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. xxi. 1863, p. 1.
54 MR. R. H. BURNE ON THE AORTIC-ARCH
cuchia*, the two respiratory bladders on either side of the neck
obtain their blood-supply from the first pair of branchial aortic
arches.
In looking through the above list, one is at once struck by the
frequency with which the pulmonary artery is derived from
the fourth aortic arch ; and this not only when the lungs are in
all probability homologous structures, but in creatures having
different kinds of air-breathing organs, some of which can bear
no morphological relationship to each other.
There certainly are exceptions, but they are comparatively
very few; in fact, even including Lepidosiren, which, from the
compressed condition of its branchial apparatus, ought scarcely to
be used as an argument either way, they only amount to three ;
and even of these three we have seen that one, 1. e. Saccobranchus,
is sometimes found in what may be called the normal condition.
The general tendency appears to be that any organs modified to
act as lungs, no matter what may be their morphological cha-
racters, are supplied with blood by the fourth branchial aortic
arch. In the higher Vertebrata this is the case without exception ;
and even among fishes, where presumably the organ specialized
for breathing air is not so firmly established, this is still the
case, although liable to variation.
Saccobranchus and Amphipnous agree in respect to the origin
of their afferent pulmonary vessel from the afferent branchial
system; and therefore it is specially interesting to note that
S. singio is abnormal in the partial realization of that character
(origin of pulmonary artery from the first branchial arch) which
is diagnostic of Amphipnous.
It has been suggested to me by my friend and late teacher
Prof. Howes, that the variations occurring in the pulmonary
artery of these fishes may find a parallel in the variability which
he observed in the first appearances of the epiglottis in the
Amphibia *. So far as I am aware, this may very well be the
case, since there appears to be considerable liability to variation
in organs that are in the initial stages of their development, and,
so to speak, still on their trial.
* Hyrtl, “ Ueber den Amphibienkreislauf von Amphipnous und Monopterus,”
Denkschr. Akad. Wiss. Bd. xiv. 1857, p. 39.
+ G. B. Howes, “ On a hitherto unrecognized Feature in the Larynx of the
Anurous Amphibia,” P. Z. 8. 1887, p. 491.
SYSTEM OF SACCOBRANCHUS FOSSILIS. 55
I cannot conclude without tendering my warmest thanks to
Prof. Howes for the trouble he has taken in helping me with this
paper, and for many kindly suggestions and corrections.
Nore (25 Sept., 1894:).—Since writing the above, my attention
has been called to two short papers by Jobert on the aerial
respiration of certain fishes of the Amazon (Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 6,
vol. v. art. 8, & vol. vii. art. 5). In three instances (Callichthys,
Hypostomos, and Doras) aerial respiration is effected by means of
a peculiarly modified portion of the intestine which receives its
blood-supply from the aorta; the blood, however, is partly venous,
as the afferent and efferent branchial vessels are continuous and
allow the blood to pass directly from one to the other. In the
ease of two other fishes (Hrythrinus and Sudis) the swim-bladder
functions as a lung, receiving venous blood from the mesenteric
veins, and also arterial blood from the aorta. It will be noticed
that all these fishes, as regards their pulmonary blood-supply,
are exceptions to the general tendency indicated above: that this
should be so, especially in the case of the intestinal breathers, is
not a matter for surprise; here, if anywhere, one would expect
to find variation, for the distance of the modified organ from the
pharynx suggests the probability that the blood-supply to the
newly acquired lung might be procured from some already exist-
ing neighbouring vessel, rather than directly from the distant
aortic arch.— A. H. B.
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XxV 5
56 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of
St. Vincent. By C. V. Rinny, W. H. Asumeap, and L. O.
Howarp. (Communicated by D. Snare, F.L.S., on behalf
of the Committee for Investigating the Flora and Fauna of
the West-Indian Islands.)
[Read 29th June, 1893.]
Inrropuction. By C. V. Riney.
Ween the parasitic Hymenoptera and Rhynchota collected by
Mr. Herbert H. Smith in the island of St. Vincent were sent to
me some time ago by the West India Committee for study, I
hoped to find time to work upon the collection myself, parti-
cularly in certain groups in which I have leng taken an especial
interest. This hope has proved vain, owing to the pressure of
more urgent duties. While, however, I have been able to do but
comparatively little work myself, I take pleasure in transmitting
herewith a Report on the parasitic Hymenoptera by two of my
assistants, Messrs. W. H. Ashmead and L. O. Howard, both
of whom are well-known workers in this group of insects.
Mr. Ashmead has studied the Braconide, Ichneumonidex, Proc-
totrypide, and part of the Chalcidide, the latter family
possessing the largest number of forms. Mr. Howard has taken
up the remainder of the Chalcidide, comprising the subfamilies
Chalcidine, Eucharine, Perilampine, Encyrtine, Elasmine,
Aphelinine, Pirenine, and Elachisting. Six new genera and
299 new species are characterized. I have myself studied but
have not yet completed the work on the Microgasterine in the
Braconide, and the Hupelmine in the Chalcidide ; and hope to
send before long a supplementary Report on these subfamilies.
The material collected by Mr. Smith has proved to be of very
considerable interest. The groups containing the smaller Hy-
menoptera have been so little collected, especially in the western
hemisphere, that generalizations bearing upon the geographical
range of species can hardly be attempted as yet, and such gene-
ralizations as may be made will have little value. It is inter-
esting to note, however, that although the very large majority of
the forms are new to science, a number of the old species
collected in this island by the Rev. Lansdown Guilding during
his residence there, and subsequently described by Francis
OF THE ISLAND OF §8T. VINCENT. 57
Walker, have been refound. A few of the old Fabrician species
have also been recognized, while a number of forms common
within the limits of the United States are also contained in the
collection. These last are evidently species of wide distribution,
since the characteristic fauna of St. Vincent must much more
nearly resemble that of northern South America than of North
America, or even of the subtropical portion of the Floridian
peninsula.
It will appear from the portion of the Report contributed by
Mr. Ashmead that nine of the species are common to St. Vincent
and the United States, six occurring in the State of Florida, while
the other three have a more northern range. In the Chalcidids
studied by Mr. Howard nearly three fourths are new, although
not necessarily of subtropical limits. Nine of the previously de-
scribed forms are characteristically tropical or subtropical ; one,
curiously enough, has never before been found except in North
Europe, and must evidently be considered an introduced species
in St. Vincent; while fourare North American, two being found
commonly throughout the United States, one only in the district
of Columbia, and one in Florida. The following list is, I believe,
a fairly complete one of the previously described parasitic
Hymenoptera found on the island of St. Vincent, those marked
with a * having been previously reported, while those without
the * are now recorded for the first time from the collection on
which Messrs. Ashmead and Howard have reported ; so that with
the descriptive papers the list will comprehend all the parasitic
Hymenoptera so far known from the island.
List of previously described Parasitic Hymenoptera found in
St. Vincent.
Family CYNIPIDA.
Subfamily EvucorLin&.
Evucoiua, Westwood.
E. basalis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iv. p. 5.
Evcoi.ipgEa, Ashmead.
E. canadensis, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. xiv. p. 154.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 6
58 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Subfamily FicitTinz.
SoLEenaspis, Ashmead.
S. bifoveolata, Cr. (Aspicera), Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 7. :
Family BRACONID.
Subfamily SpaTHINA.
STENOPHASMUS, Smith.
(2) S. pusillus, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 85.
Subfamily HecaABoLinz.
Herterospitus, Haliday.
*H, questor, Hal.
Subfamily AGATHIDINA.
Micropus, Nees.
M. varipes, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 65.
M. stigmaterus, Cr. 1. c. p. 65.
Subfamily ALysiinz.
AuystA, Latr.
A. analis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soe. Phil. iv. p. 88.
Family ICHNEUMONID.
Subfamily OPHIONINA.
Opuion, Fabdr.
O. flavum, Fab. Ent. Syst. ii. p. 179.
O. concolor, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 56.
O. cubensis, Nort. 1. c. p. 56.
ErpHosoma, Cresson.
E. annulator, Cy. l. ¢. p. 54.
Family EVANIIDA.
GASTERUPTION, Lair.
*G, Guildingii, Westw. Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1851, p. 219.
*G. rufipectus, Westw. 1. c. p. 219.
Evania, Fadr.
EE. appendigaster, Linn. Syst. Nat. i. p. 943.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 59
Family CHALCIDIDZ.
Subfamily EucHarinz.
Kapaa, Cameron.
K. furcata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 158.
OrasEmMa, Cameron.
O. stramineipes, Cam. Biol. Cent.-Am., Hymen. i. p. 105.
Subfamily EuRYTOMINZ.
Decatoma, Spinola.
*D. oretila, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 46.
IsosoMoDEs, Ashmead.
I. gigantea, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soe. Phil. xiii. p. 127.
Subfamily CHaLciDINZz.
SPILOCHALCIS, Thomson.
S. femoratus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 375, no. 10 (1775).
*S. fulvescens, Walk. Ent. Mag. i. p. 25.
Cuatctis, Fadr.
C. annulatus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167.
Noraspis, Walk.
*N. formiciformis, Walk. Ent. Mag. ii. p. 37.
ANTROCEPHALUS, Kirby.
A. punctigerus, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167.
Subfamily BLAsTOPHAGINA.
Iparnes, Walk.
*I. carme, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47.
PapHacus, Walk.
*P. sidero, Walk. 1. c. p. 48.
Subfamily SpPALANGIINA.
SPALANGIA, Lair.
S. nigra, Latr. Gen. Crust. et Ins. iv. p. 29.
S. drosophile, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. Phil. xiv. 1887, p. 199.
Isocratus, Forster.
I. vulgaris, Walk. Ent. Mag. x. p. 114.
6*
60 MR. C. V. RILEY ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Subfamily PrEROMALINA.
CyrToGastTER, Walk,
C. vulgaris, Walk. Ent. Mag. 1. p. 382.
Leaps, Haliday.
*T,. pulchricornis, Hal. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47.
STENOMALUS, Thomson.
S. muscarum, Walk. Brit. Mus. Cat. p. 42.
CatToLaccus, Thomson.
*C. helice, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xu. p. 46.
Subfamily ENcyRTINz.
Ainastius, Walk.
* 7A. hyettus, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xvii. 1846, p. 181.
Comys, Forster.
C. bicolor, How. U.S. Agric. Rep. 1880, p. 362, pl. 23. fig. 3.
LEPTOMASTIX, Forster.
L. dactylopui, How. Bull. V., Ent. Bur. U.S. Dept. Agric. p. 23-
Encyrtus, Dalman.
E. tiliaris, Dalman, Kongl. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1820, p. 171.
Subfamily APHELININ A.
CoccopHacus, Westwood.
C. Lecanii, Fitch, How. U. 8S. Agric. Rep. 1880, p. 360.
Subfamily ELAcHISsTIN a.
Evupiectrus, Westwood.
*E. furnius, Walk. Ann. & Mag. N. H. xu. p. 48.
STENOMESIUS, Westwood.
S. platynote, Howard in Hubbard’s ‘ Orange Insects,’ 1885, p. 217.
Subfamily EULopHINz. |
Hopiocrepts, Ashmead.
H. albiclavus, Ashm. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. i. p. 235.
re a
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 61
It may be well to call particular attention to the use of the
generic name Ashmeadia by Mr. Ashmead in the opening portion
of his section on the Hurytomine. In the ‘ Canadian Entomo-
logist ’ during the closing months of 1889 Messrs. Ashmead and
Howard discussed the priority of the use of the generic name
Rileya, Mr. Howard having proposed it for a peculiar Encyrtine
genus from California almost simultaneously with Mr. Ashmead’s
use of the same name for a Eurytomine genus from Florida.
Mr. Howard, considering Fleya, Ashmead, to be a synonym of
his own genus of the same name, proposed for the former the
name Ashmeadia. With a view of ending a useless controversy,
Mr. Ashmead, upon an expression of my own view, has consented
to recognize Ashmeadia for the Hurytomine genus, leaving
Mr. Howard’s Encyrtine genus in possession of the name
Rileya. In dedicating genera to individuals yet living, authors
might avoid such possible conflict did they but first obtain the
sanction of the person whom they intend to honour.
I cannot close these few notes of introduction without expressing
my own sense of the obligation under which entomologists gene-
rally must rest to the West India Committee for carrying on
this series of investigations ; and as the insect fauna of island
atter island is studied, the value of the results will proportionately
increase.
Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidae, the
Ichneumonide, the Proctotrypidex, and part of the Chalci-
dide.— Part I.* By Witt1am H. Asumeap.
Family CYNIPIDA.
Subfamily Evcortin a.
DieiypHosEeMa, Forster.
DIGLYPHOSEMA FLAVIPES, sp. 0.
Q. Length 12 to 2 millim. Polished black; mandibles and
palpi yellow ; antenne black or dark brown, the first joint yellow ;
legs, including coxe, yellow. Head transverse, including the
eyes a little wider than the thorax across from tegule to tegule,
* For Part IT. see p. 108.;
62 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
which is the widest part. Eyes large, oval, convex. Cheeks
distinctly margined, the lower portion finely, closely punctate.
Face smooth, with two impressed lines that start between the
base of the antenne and the eye and extend into the lateral
sutures of the clypeus ; there is also a grooved line separating the ~
cheeks from the face. Antenne 18-joited, submoniliform, as
long as the body, the joints decreasing in length toward the
tips. Thorax with two furrows that start from the anterior
angles of the mesonotum and converge and extend back to the
base of the scutellum, forming a long wedge-shaped carina; these
lines are not deeply impressed and are quite different from those
in my genus Hucoilidea. Collar visible above as a sharp carina.
Pronotum slightly impressed and finely aciculated or striated at
sides. Mesopleura smooth, highly polished, except a depression
and some striz just beneath the tegule ; it is separated from the
mesopectus by a straight line, and again divided at its basal one-
third by an impressed line running parallel with the mesopectal
suture. Metapleura scratched. Scutellum deeply foveated at
base; its cup large, elliptical, with an elliptical central depres-
sion, surrounded by a submarginal punctate line; the sides of
the cup finely, closely punctate. Metathorax short, depressed
at the middle, with a central keel and rather prominent posterior
lateral angles. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation yel-
lowish; the marginal cell is large and open along the margin,
the second abscissa of radius slightly curved and double the
length of the first. Abdomen polished black, slightly piceous
along the venter, slightly compressed, its tip abruptly truncate,
the tip of the hypopygium visible.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three female specimens.
EvucornipEa, Ashm.
EUCOILIDEA CANADENSIS, Ashm. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. vol. xiv.
p. 154 (1887).
Hab. Canada; St. Vincent.
Four specimens are in the collection that cannot be distin-
guished from the type originally described from Canada. Three
other specimens differ in having the legs entirely reddish yellow;
while the four specimens have the coxe and base of femora
black.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 63:
Agtaotoma, Forster.
Four species that evidently belong to this genus may be
recognized as follows :—
Females.
Species black, except sometimes the metathorax and
abdomen! Dasalliyin. secs sat eles devoe cote: Savere 2.
Species more or less pale rufous or brown.
Pale rufous, the occiput dusky.
Antenne longer than the body, the eight terminal
jomts very slightly thicker than the preceding, the
last joint one half longer than the penultimate ;
cup of scutellum very small, narrowed into a carina
anteriorly, its disk wholly foveated ............ A. pallida.
Head black, thorax dark brown, abdomen, legs, and
first four flagellar jomts pale rufous.
Antenne not longer than the body, the seven
terminal joints slightly thicker than the preceding,
the last joint one third longer than the penultimate ;
cup of scutellum elliptic, not narrowed into a carina
anteriorly, its disk foveated, but divided into two
parts by a transverse carina, the anterior part the
EDR Reig Boe SOC Cn On Tac heat Mee eOn Eeatinee A. variabilis.
2. Wholly black; legs and six basal joints of antennze
yellowish.
Antennz much longer than the body, the seven
terminal joints thicker than the preceding, the last
joint a little shorter than the penultimate ; cup of
scutelium elliptic, uot narrowed into a carina
anteriorly, its disk areolated ..........0s8e0 .. A. longicornis.
Metathorax, abdomen basally, and legs pale rufous or
brownish yellow.
Antenne scarcely longer than the body, the seven
terminal joints thicker than the preceding, the last
joint not longer than the penultimate; the cup of
scutellum small, elliptic, not narrowed into a carina
anteriorly, its disk smooth, polished, with a small
HOVER POSLELION VY arerteremer arteries eilete alcrelele as esis ais A. basalis.
Species black ....... 6G noroGid cup ano Hoe syonrsvehs) ever eler ees 2.
Species pale rufous.
Third antennal joint slightly longer than the fourth,
the joints beyond about four times as long as thick ;
64 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
cup of scutellum elliptic, its disk smooth, with a
small fovea posteriorly and about six submarginal
punctures anteriorly .....:......----sseeeneeee A. pallida.
Head and abdomen black, the thorax piceous.
Third antennal jomt not longer than the fourth, the
joints beyond the fourth very slightly longer and
thicker, about thrice as long as thick; cup of
Sonia linren a3 WN DACA” boon o0G00008acaK00b0G A. variabilis.
2 Metathorax and legs yellowish.
Third antennal jomt much longer than the fourth,
thickened and curved, the joints beyond the fourth
more than thrice as long as thick; cup of scutellum
Wony Gmail o soo cud sag ooa bods qvod aseacKnsa00% A. basalis.
AGLAOTOMA PALLIDA, sp. Nn.
6 @. Length 12 millim. Pale brown, polished, the occiput,
in the female, black. Face with some fine longitudinal lines along
the orbits. Antenne in female 13-jointed, as long as the body,
very slightly and gradually thickened toward tips, the joints
long, cylindric ; the first joint of funicle is scarcely longer than the
second: in male longer than the body, filiform, the joimts all
long, cylindric; the first joint of funicle is slightly longer than the
second and slightly bent, the following are a little contracted at
base and apex and all finely fluted. Thorax smooth, without
furrows, the prothorax visible above as a sharp, transverse
carina. Cup of scutellum in male elliptical, its dorsum with a
submarginal row of punctures and a fovea behind; laterally it is
closely punctulate : in the female the cup is very small, narrowed,
and extends into a carina anteriorly. Mesopleura polished, the
epimera separated, in the male smooth, in the female finely,
longitudinally aciculated. Metapleura smooth, bounded by a
carina posteriorly. Metathorax short, with lateral carine and
slightly pubescent. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation brown,
the marginal cell closed; the second abscissa of the radius is
only about one fifth the length of the first. Abdomen highly
polished, in male dark brown above, pale along the venter, with a
slight hairy girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and one female specimen.
The female of this species agrees exactly with Forster’s defini-
tion of the genus, but the male disagrees in not having the first
joint of funicle “ bermdassig verlangert.”
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 65
AGLAOTOMA VARIABILIS, Sp. 0.
3 9. Length 13 to 14 millim. Polished, the head black,
thorax brown; mandibles, four basal joints of flagellum, legs, and
abdomen rufous, the latter blackish above; in the male the
thorax is paler, the antenne, except the three terminal joints,
entirely black, the legs more yellowish. Antenne in female
13-jointed, as long as the body, subclavate, all the joints long,
cylindric, the seven terminal joints thicker than the preceding,
black, but scarcely forming a distinct club; in the male 15-
jointed, filiform, nearly twice as long as the body, all the flagellar
joints about equal in length, those in the middle being slightly
dilated. Scutellum profoundly foveated at base, with deep
channels around the cup, the latter with a pale margin and
impressed at base and apex; in the male the cup is slightly
larger, its dorsum smoother, foveated posteriorly and with six
submarginal punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, fringed, the
venation brown; the marginal cell is about two and a half times
as long as wide, closed, the second abscissa of radius about one
half longer than the first, both slightly curved. Abdomen highly
polished, scarcely longer than the thorax, with a woolly girdle at
base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
AGLAOTOMA LONGICORNIS, sp. U.
@. Length 2 millim. Polished black; six basal joints of
antennz, mandibles, and iegs reddish yellow. Antenne 13-
jointed, longer than the body, the flagellar joints all cylindric,
but the seven apical joints thicker than the basal joints, black,
fluted, and pubescent, a little more than thrice as long as thick;
the four basal joints are very slender, the first slightly the
shortest. Cup of scutellum elliptic, its dorsum areolated by
irregular raised lines. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation
yellow ; the marginal cell is very little more than twice as long
as wide ; the second abscissa of radius is about one third longer
than the second, both slightly curved.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
AGLAOTOMA BASALIS, sp. n.
32. Length 1 millim. Polished black; five basal antennal
66 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
joints and legs yellow; mandibles, metathorax, and base of abdo-
men rufous. Sometimes the whole abdomen is black. Antenne,
in female, scarcely longer than the body, 13-jointed, cylindric, the
seven apical joints slightly thickened, fuscous: in male 15-jointed,
twice as long as the body, fuscous, the joints all fluted ; the first
flagellar joint is one third longer than the second, curved, clavate.
The cup of the scutellum in the male is very small, narrowed ; in
the female larger, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, with a fovea
posteriorly and some punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline,
fringed, the venation pale brown; the marginal cell is closed,
about twice as long as wide, the abscissas of radius about equal
~ in length, the first being slightly curved.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and three female specimens.
GanasPis, Forster.
This genus, as recognized here, comes close to Aglaotoma; but
the antenne in the female are shorter, clavate, the six or seven
terminal joints enlarged, submoniliform, much as in Hewacola,
from which it differs, however, in having a closed radial cell.
In the male the first flagellar joint is scarcely longer than the
second, not or only slightly curved.
The two species may be tabulated as follows :—
Entirely pale ferruginous or honey-yellow ............ oe
Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, with the head black or
fuscous.
Six terminal jomts moniliform, black, and, except the
last, scarcely longer than thick.
First funicle-joit twice as long as the second, the
second and third equal, longer than thick, the
fourth and fifth small, moniliform. 9 ........ G. atriceps.
Three or four terminal joints black, and fully twice as
long as thick.
First funicle-joint very little longer than the second,
the following all ae: cylindric, thrice as long as
GNC) DS Sense cae vere We ofa ate InEUe eb ote s Mivia'e tate G. apicalis.
2. Antenne 15-jointed, filiform, the three apical joints
TID GC) saangacoobabaduo y rom otnd qos eb ang ub G. apicalis.
Antenne 13-jointed, the three apical joints fuscous. 2
wriateiny (Z)) so90Gn 680000 Baiada ner et aeey ctoreroxe -... G. apicalis.
OF THE ISLAND OF §8T. VINCENT. 67
GANASPIS ATRICEPS, sp. 0.
2. Length 12 millim. Pale ferruginous, polished, the head
and six terminal antennal joints black; mandibles and palpi
pale. Antenne 13-jointed, not longer than the thorax, the club
6-jointed, the joints, except the last, scarcely longer than thick,
black, delicately fluted ; the first joint of funicle is twice the length
of the second, the second and third equal, longer than thick, the
fourth and fifth moniliform, not longer than thick. The
scutellum at sides is finely rugose, its cup small, elliptic, with a
small fovea posteriorly. Metathorax short, finely rugose, with a
medial carina. Wings hyaline, fringed, the venation pale brown;
the marginal cell is closed, a little more than twice as long as
wide, the second abscissa of the radius being one third longer
than the first, both slightly curved; cubitus visible. Abdomen
not longer than the thorax, with the usual girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single female specimen.
GANASPIS APICALIS, Sp. 1.
3 @. Length 2 to 1 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey-
yellow ; the head in the female most frequently black or fuscous,
rarely entirely pale as in the male. Antenne in female 13-
jointed, about as long as the body, the six terminal joints
enlarged, at least twice as long as thick, fluted, the three or
four apical joints always black or fuscous; the first joint of
funicle is cylindrical, a little longer than the second, the joints
beyond, to the club, at least thrice as long as thick. In the male
the antenne are pale brown or slightly fuscous, 15-jointed,
nearly twice the length of the body, with the three terminal
joints always white. Scutellum at sides finely rugose; the cup
in the male is small, arched, its dorsum smooth and polished, with
only a small fovea posteriorly ; in the female sometimes with
two foveze and sometimes with a fovea posteriorly and punctures
anteriorly. Abdomen a little longer than the thorax, with a
woolly girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from several specimens.
From the difference observed above in the scutellar characters,
IT suspect this species may really represent two distinct species ;
but, as the specimens are hardly sufficient for me to determine
68 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
with certainty, I prefer for the present to let them remain
together.
CurestoseMa, Forster.
CHRESTOSEMA ROBUSTA, Sp. 0.
3 Q.- Length 14 to 14 millim. A small, robust, polished
black species. The head is transverse quadrate; the clypeus
small, convex; mandibles and trochanters, tips of femora, tibie,
and tarsi reddish yellow, the rest of the legs black. Antenne
in female filiform, submoniliform, shorter than the body, piceous,
13-jomted, the joints oblong-moniliform; the first funicle-joint
is narrowed and slightly shorter than the second, the following
joints are about the same thickness, but the five terminal joints are
shorter than the five preceding: in the male Jonger than the
body, filiform, the first funicle-joint is a little longer than the
second, the following oblong-moniliform, about three times as
long as thick. Thorax with two abbreviated, nearly parallel
furrows anteriorly, that do not extend posteriorly quite to the
middle of the mesonotum. The scutellum is separated from the
mesonotum by deep fovee ; its cup is high, large, and almost
round and centrally foveated, its sides vertically striated. Meso-
pleura smooth, with a small furrow below the tegule, the epimera
separated, polished. Metapleura, except a small rugose space just
above the coxe, smooth, polished, the posterior margin carinated
and pubescent, while on the disk isa faint impressed line. Meta-
thorax very short, vertical, and closely punctate, with a delicate
medial carina. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish; the
marginal cell is closed, short, not longer than wide, the second
abscissa of the radius being scarcely longer than the first and
slightly curved outwardly. Abdomen not longer than the thorax,
polished black, a slight pubescent girdle at base and with its tip
vertically truncate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male aud one female specimen.
CHRESTOSEMA PALLIDIPES, Sp. 0.
@. Length 11 millim. Differs from the above in having the
antenne and legs, including the coxe, entirely honey-yellow,
aithough the tips of the antenne are sometimes dusky; face
with two grooved lines, each line extending from the base of the
antenne to the base of the eye; while the cup of the scutellum
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 69
has only a small fovea posteriorly, with a submarginal row of
punctures, its sides being rugose, not vertically striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens.
Kaermotoma, Westwood.
KLEIDOTOMA INSULARIS, sp. 0.
2. Length 1 millim. Polished black; legs rufous, the middle
and posterior cox black, all the femora more or less dusky.
Antenne 13-jointed, black, the three terminal joints much
enlarged, fluted, the last the longest; the basal joint is a little
longer than the last, curved clavate, the second joint or the
pedicel is oval; the following joints to the club are very slender ;
the third or the first joint of funicle is twice as long as the second,
the joints following are rounded or moniliform and slightly
increase in size. Wings hyaline, not emarginate at apex, the
venation pale; the tip of the submarginal vein terminates in a
quadrate stigma, the marginal cell is open along the outer edge
and is nearly twice as long as wide, the first abscissa of radius
very oblique, a little longer than the second. Abdomen as long
as the thorax, polished, compressed, without a pubescent girdle
at base and with a very finely aciculated spot at base above.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female specimen.
TETRARHAPTA, Forster.
TETRARHAPTA RUFIPES, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1 millim. Polished black; antenne and legs
reddish yellow, the four terminal joints of antenne enlarged,
fluted, and fuscous. Antenne 13-jointed, the first joint scarcely
longer than the oval second ; the funicle-joints are slender, cylin-
drical, the first joint one third longer than the second, the joints
beyond becoming gradualy subequal; club 4-jointed, the joints
two and a half times as long as thick. The cup of the scutellum
is small, high, and narrowed, with a central fovea, the sides
closely punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent, with long marginal
ciliz, the venation brown; the marginal cell is closed, triangular,
slightly longer than wide, the first and second abscissas of the
radius straight and about of an equal length. Abdomen very
70 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
slightly longer than the thorax, polished, with a pubescent girdle
at the base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
- Described from a single specimen.
Prentracrita, Forster.
PENTACRITA OBSCURIPES, Sp. 0. .
9. Length 1 millim. Polished black; antennze brown; legs
reddish yellow, the middle and posterior cox black, their femora
more or less dusky or black. Antenne 18-jointed, the five
terminal joints enlarged, moniliform, the last jomt a little the
longest ; basal joint twice as long as the pedicel, which is rounded ;
the funicle-joints are more slender, submoniliform, the first about
twice the length of the second, the joints beyond very gradually
increasing in length and width to the club. ‘The cup of the
scutellum is very small, with a slight fovea posteriorly ; anteriorly
it is smooth, the sides rugose. Metathorax pubescent. Wings
hyaline, fringed, the venation yellow; the marginal cell is about one
half longer than its width, closed, the first abscissa straight and
slightly shorter than second, which is slightly curved outwardly.
Abdomen polished black, as long as the head and thorax together
and with a pubescent girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Leproprriina, Forster.
LEPTOPILINA MINUTA, Sp. N.
2. Length 4 millim. Polished black; antenne brown; legs
flavo-testaceous, the posterior femora brownish. Antenne 13-
jointed, about as long as the body, the seven terminal joints
cylindrical, about thrice as long as thick, and thicker than the
basal funicle-joints, which are slender; the first funicle-jomt
is about one third longer than the second; scape and pedicel
swollen, the latter globose. Scutellum rather high, slightly pro-
jecting over the metathorax, which is short, and abruptly declining
posteriorly ; the cup is small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, with a
few round punctures. Metathorax short, with two delicate
medial carine. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed, the apex with
a slight sinus, the venation pale brownish yellow ; the marginal
cell is closed, about twice as long as wide, the second abscissa of
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. Th
radius very slightly longer than the first. Abdomen not longer
than the thorax, polished, with a very slight pubescent girdle at
base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Heprameris, Forster.
HEPTAMERIS RUFIPES, sp. 0.
9g. Length13 millim. Polished black ; antennz brownish, the
two basal joints black; legs reddish yellow. Antenne 13-jointed,
subclavate, the seven terminal joints thicker than the preceding,
not fluted, the last joint the longest, one half longer than the pre-
ceding ; the first funicle-joint is one half longer than the second,
the second and third equal, the fourth as long as the first. Scu-
tellum at sides finely rugose, its cup elliptic, and connected with
the mesonotum by a delicate carina, its dorsum with a small fovea
posteriorly and with some punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline,
sparsely pubescent, and with short cilizw, the venation yellowish ;
the marginal cell is open along the outer margin, a little more
than one and a half times as long as wide, the second abscissa of
radius about one third longer than the first, both straight. Abdo-
men as long as the head and thorax together, black, polished,
piceous beneath towards the base, and with a distinct woolly girdle.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one specimen.
HEPTAMERIS FLAVIPES, sp. n.
¢. Length 12 millim. Differs from Z. rufipes in having
black antennz, except the three or four basal funicle joints, which
are piceous, the 7 apical joints fluted; the first funicle-joint is
only slightly longer than the second, the three following about
equal; the cup of scutellum is small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth,
not foveated: while the second abscissa of the radius is one and
a half times as long as the second; the metapleura pubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
Hyporeraria, Forster.
HYPOLETHRIA LONGICORNIS, sp. n.
@. Length 14 millim. Polished black; the five baysal joints
72. MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA .
of the antenne and the legs honey-yellow. Antenne 13-
jointed, longer than the body, all the flagellar joints long,
cylindric, the 7 or 8 terminal joints slightly thickened and
delicately fluted, averaging about thrice as long as thick; the
first funicle-joint is about as long as, or very slightly shorter
than, the second. Cup of scutellum large, broadly oval,
nearly round, its dorsum excavated and with some punctures,
the outer margin piceous. Abdomen as long as the thorax,
polished black, with a woolly girdle at base; the hypopygium
prominent, acute, ploughshare-shaped, piceous. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, the marginal cell closed, about two and a half times
as long as wide, the cubitus more or less distinct; the second
abscissa of the radius is about one and a half times as long as
the first, very slightly bent. One specimen has the apex of the
wings slightly emarginate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
Hexacona, Forster.
This genus is represented by three closely allied species, which
may be separated as follows :—
Females.
Dorsum of cup smooth, polished, with a small fovea
posteriorly and two punctures anteriorly; an-
tenne black.
Posterior coxee black, all femora dusky ........ H. solitaria.
Dorsum of cup smooth, polished, with a small fovea
posteriorly, and four punctures anteriorly; an-
tennz brown or fuscous.
All coxze and legs yellow or reddish yellow.
The five funicle-joimts together not longer than
the three basal joints of club, the four apical
joints of the funicle not longer than wide.... H. modesta.
The five funicle-joints together much longer than
the three basal joints of club, the four apical
joimts of funicle longer than wide........ H. Sancti- Vincenti.
Males.
First flagellar joint much longer than the second,
clavate, slightly curved.
Flagellar joints after the first thrice as long as
thick; the dorsum of cup with two punctures. H. solitaria.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 73
Flagellar joimts after the first less than thrice as
long as thick; the dorsum of cup with four
OLGAINGS -O Udore noone: oc eer cbc ec ocone H. Sancti- Vincent.
First flagellar jomt not longer than the second.
Flagellar jomts about twice as long as thick; the
dorsum of cup with four punctures ........ H. modesta.
HEXACOLA SOLITARIA, Sp. 0.
3 @. Length 1 millim. Polished black; mandibles rufous;
antennz black, the funicle-joints piceous; legs reddish yellow,
the posterior coxe and ail femora moré or less black or
dusky. Face with deep lateral clypeal sutures. Antenne
13-jointed, not reaching to the middle of the abdomen, the six
terminal joints enlarged; the five funicle-joints together are
scarcely longer than the three basal joints of club, the first joint
is almost twice as long as the second, the-second and the fol-
lowing moniliform ; the joints of the club, except the last, are
scarcely longer than thick, delicately fluted and pubescent. Cup
of scutellum small, elliptic, its dorsum smooth, polished, with a
small fovea posteriorly and two punctures, its sides being finely
longitudinally striated. Tegule black. Wings hyaline, strongly
fringed, the venation yellowish; the marginal cell is about once
and a half as long as wide, the outer margin open toward
the apex, the second abscissa of radius very slightly longer than
the first, straight, the second very slightly arched inwardly.
Abdomen as long as the thorax, polished, with a distinct woolly
girdle at base.
The antennez in the male are 15-jointed, brown-black, the third
joint being clavate, a little curved, and one third longer than the
fourth, the jomts beyond being about thrice as long as wide and
all fluted; legs reddish yellow; tegule piceous. Otherwise in
the scutellum, venation, &c. it is identical with the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens, a male and female.
HEXACOLA MODESTA, Sp. D.
3 2. Length #to1millim. Polished black; mandibles yel
lowish; antennz brown or piceous ; legs honey-yellow or reddis:
yellow, the femora rarely infuscated. Antenne 13-jointed, ex:
tending scarcely beyond the base of the abdomen, the six ter
minal joints enlarged, moniliform; the five funicle-joints together
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 7
74 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
are not longer than the three basal joints of the club, the first
joint the longest, the four following small, moniliform, not
longer than wide. Cup of scutellum small, elliptic, its dorsum
polished, with a small fovea posteriorly and four punctures
anteriorly, the sides aciculated. Tegule rufo-piceous. Wings
hyaline, strongly fringed, the venation pale brownish ; the mar-
ginal cell is about once and a half as long as wide, open along
the outer margin, the second abscissa of the radius about one
fourth longer than the first, both being straight. Abdomen as
in previous species, a little piceous beneath.
In the male the antenne are very long, brown or black, the
third joint not longer than the fourth, the joints beyond about
twice as long as thick, while the first abscissa of the radius is
very slightly bent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and seven female specimens.
Hexacora Sancori-VINCENTI, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to 14 millim. Polished black; mandibles
and palpi pale rufous; antenne brown, more or less dusky
toward the tips; legs yellow or reddish yellow. The antenne
are 13-jointed, extending fully to the middle of the abdomen,
the six terminal joints moniliform, longer than thick; the five
funicle-joints together are always much longer than the three basal
_ joints of the club, the joints longer than wide, the first one being
about twice as long as the second. Scutellum as in A. modesta.
Tegule piceous. Wings hyaline, strongly ciliated, the venation
yellowish; the marginal cell is less than twice as long as wide,
open along the margin, the first and second branches of the
radius about equal, slightly curved. Abdomen as in previous
species.
In the male.the antenne are much longer than the body,
brown, the third joint much longer than the fourth, slightly
curved, clavate, the following joints about twice as long as thick ;
the legs yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from many specimens.
RaHorPrRoMERts, Forster.
RHOPTROMERIS INSULARIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 12 millim. Polished black ; mandibles and palpi
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 75
yellowish; six basal joints of antenne pale brown, the seven
terminal joints black; legs yellow. Antenne 13-jointed, the
seven terminal joints enlarged, about one fourth longer than thick,
fluted ; the four funicle-joints are slender, the first the longest,
the following subequal, longer than thick. Scutellum rugose at
sides, the cup not large, elliptic, narrowed a little at base, the
outer margin yellow, the disk excavated. Wings hyaline, ciliated,
the venation pale; the marginal cell is less than once and a half
as long as wide, open along the outer margin, the second abscissa
of radius being but slightly longer than the first. Abdomen
scarcely longer than the thorax, polished, with a woolly girdle at
base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Evcora, Westw.
Several distinct species in this genus are in the collection, and
may be separated as follows :—
BWleMerAte=SIZEW SPECIES 666i 6< cya eens noes e+ see sate eae Ds
Large species.
Abdomen and legs rufous.
Dorsum of cup divided into two nearly equal parts by
a transverse carina.
Collar with a tuft of yellow hairs on each side, its
projecting ridge deeply emarginated at the
Te GIOy ese Apoacs St COG UCD Mesa COL DEG Oo gS E. basalis, Cr.
2. Legs, including coxee, yellowish or rufous.
Sides of scutellum areolated, its cup small, much elevated
posteriorly, and produced into a long carina ante-
riorly ; metathorax more or less rufous, pubescent,
SEEK HIGORS q coblpo bbe abe Coo ounce otigGin socks E. claripennis.
Sides of scutellum finely rugose, its cup rather large,
broadly oval, without a carina anteriorly, its dorsum
smooth, with a transverse fovea behind, and about
six punctures surrounding the margin anteriorly;
metathorax black, almost bare, its neck striated .. EH. ovalis.
Evcorna Basauis, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 5.
Hab. Cuba and St. Vincent.
A large series of this species was taken by Mr. Smith.
7%
76 ME. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
EUCOILA CLARIPENNIS, Sp. n.
Q. Length 23 millim. Polished black ; metathorax dull rufous ;
mandibles, antennz, except toward tips, and the legs rufous.
Antennz 18-jointed, gradually incrassated toward tips, sub-
moniliform, the four terminal joints black, the first flagellar
toint a little longer than the second. Collar with a tuft of
yellowish hairs at sides, the transverse ridge only slightly emar-
ginated. Scutellum piceous, areolated at the sides, the cup very
small, elevated posteriorly, and extending anteriorly into a carina..
Meiathorax carinated, pubescent. Wings hyaline, subpubescent,
but with a short marginal fringe; the marginal cell is a little less.
than twice as long as wide, the second abscissa of the radius:
being once and a half as long as the first, the latter slightly
curved. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together,
polished black, with a distinct woolly girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
EUcoILA OVALIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Polished black; mandibles and legs:
reddish yellow; antennz yellowish, the six apical joints fuscous..
Antenne 18-jointed, gradually incrassated toward tips, sub-
moniliform ; the first joint of funicle one third longer than the
second, cylindric, the four following subequal, the six terminal
joints fluted, about once and a half as long as thick, the last
the largest. Collar with a few pale glittering hairs at the sides,
the transverse ridge scarcely emarginated at the middle. Scu-
tellum finely rugose at the sides, the cup rather large, broadly
oval, with a pale rim, the dorsum smooth, with a small fovea
posteriorly and about six submarginal punctures anteriorly.
Metathorax short, nearly bare, carinated. Wings hyalipe, pu-
bescent, the venation yellow; the marginal cell is about once and
a half as long as wide, the second abscissa being about one
fourth longer than the first, straight; the first is very slightly
curved. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together,.
polished black, piceous along the venter, with a distinct woolly
girdle at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens. .
lod
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 77
(?) Evcorza cartnata, Cr. 1. c. p. 6.
Hab. Cuba.
ANECTOCLIS, Forster.
ANECTOCLIS sp.
@. Length 21 millim. Polished black; mandibles black;
antenne piceous; legs reddish yellow. Antenne 13-jointed,
submoniliform, gradually incrassated toward tips, the first fla-
gellar joint scarcely longer than the second. Transverse ridge
of collar deeply emarginated at the middle. Scutellum rugose
at sides, the cup elliptic, its margins pale, the dorsum with a
fovea posteriorly and several punctures anteriorly. Metathorax
short, pubescent, the metapleura with a pubescent ridge pos-
teriorly. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation yellow; the
marginal cell is about twice as long as wide, entirely open along
its outer margin, the second abscissa of radius very slightly
curved and almost twice as long as the first, which is straight.
Abdomen as long as the head and thorax together, polished
black, piceous beneath toward base, and with a woolly girdle
at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
HEexaprastra, Horster.
The genera Hexacola and Hexaplasta, Forster, are very similar,
and are separated upon very slight characters; it is often a matter
of guesswork to place the species, the slight difference in the cup
of the scutellum, used by Forster, being probably not sufficient
to separate them. Of the former he says :—‘Schildchen an der
Spitze zugerundet, scharf gestreift, der Napf nicht gross, elliptisch,
mit einem Griibchen am Hinterrande ;” of the latter :—‘“Schild-
chen kaum gestreift, Napf gross, flach, glatt und glanzend,
hinter mit einem runden Griibchen;” so that virtually the only
difference is in the size of the cup.
The following species, in having the cup large, agrees with
this definition, and is described under this genus.
HEXAPLASTA INCERTA, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 11 to 14 millim. Polished black; mandibles
and legs reddish yellow; antenne variable from piceous to
yellow, the terminal joints usually dusky or black. Antenne
78 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
13-jointed, the six terminal joints enlarged; the first joint of
funicle is a little longer than the second, the following all longer
than thick. Transverse ridge of the collar truncate, scarcely
emarginate at the middle. Scutellum rugose at the sides, the
cup large, broadly oval, the rim pale, the dorsum smooth,
polished, with a small fovea posteriorly and about six sub-
marginal punctures anteriorly. Wings hyaline, fringed, the vena-
tion yellow ; the marginal cell is usually closed, rarely slightly
open along the margin towards the apex, and less than twice as
long as wide; the first abscissa of the radius is a little shorter
than the second and slightly arched. Abdomen as long as the
head and thorax together, black, polished, with a hairy girdle
at base.
The male has long, brown-black, 15-jomted antenne, the
three basal joints paler ; the first flagellar joint is not longer than
the second, the following about equal, thrice as long as thick,
fluted, hairy.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and twenty female specimens.
Subfamily Fieri”.
SOLENASPIS, Ashmead.
SOLENASPIS BIFOVEOLATA, Or.
Aspicera bifoveolata, Cr. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. Davie
Hab. Cuba, St. Vincent.
Sixteen specimens of what is undoubtedly this species are in
the collection.
SOLENASPIS RUFIPES, Cr.
aspicera rufipes, Cr. 1. c. p. 7.
Hab. Cuba.
~
Subfamily Cyyreina.
Crnips, Linn.
Cynips(?) armatus, Or. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 4.
Hab. Cuba.
Without doubt this species will prove to be one of the
Figitids.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 79
Report on the Chalcidide of the Subfamilies Chalcidine, Eu-
charine, Perilampine, Encyrtine, Aphelinine, Pirenine,
Elasmine, and Elachistine. By L. O. Howarp.
Subfamily CHaLcrpiInz.
SprnocHacis, Thomson.
SPILOCHALCIS FEMORATUS.
Crabro femoratus, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 375, no. 10 (1775).
Sphex punctata, Fabr. Spec. Ins. i. p. 446 (1781).
? Chalcis fasciata, Oliv. Enc. Méth. v. p. 439, no. 9 (1790).
Smicra subpunctata, Walk. Ent. Mag. ii. p. 25 (1834).
Smicra nigropicta, Cress. Proc. Ent. Soc. Phil. iv. p. 55 (1865).
Smicra dorsivittata, Cameron, Biol. Cent.-Am., Hym.i. p. 90, pl. v. fig. 2.
Smicra femorata (Fabr.), Kirby, Linn. Journ., Zool. xvii. p. 66.
This handsome species is represented in a series of 29 male
and female specimens which show surprisingly little variation.
I have seen a single specimen from Jamaica.
SPILOCHALCIS FULVESCENS.
Smicra fulvescens, Walker, Ent. Mag. ii. p. 25.
Smicra fulvescens, Walker, Cresson, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. iv. p. 56.
The 109 male and female specimens which the St. Vincent
collection contains show an extraordinary variation in size, from
4 millim. to 12 millim. in length, but are otherwise constant.
SPILOCHALCIS NIGRITUS, sp. n.
Average length 3°3 millim.; expanse 5°6 milliim. Hind femora
with 17 teeth beneath; petiole of abdomen about one half the
length of the hind coxa. General colour black, with rather close,
short, whitish pubescence; mandibles yellow; a yellow spot at
insertion of antenne ; margin of eyes behind narrowly yellow,
and a short spot in middle of front eye-margin; two small con-
tiguous yellow spots in middle of hind margin of pronotum and
two still smaller on either side, one on hind margin and one
a little before and mesiad of this; a small yellow spot a little
before middle of each parapsidal furrow of mesoscutum; a larger
roundish yellow spot on each side of mesoscutellum ; an irregular
transversely oval light lemon-yellow spot each side of dorsum of
third abdominal segment (counting petiole as first); trochanters
faintly yellowish at tips; all femoro-tibial knees yellow; all
tibize yellow, with a black band in centre; all tarsi light yellow;
80 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
hind femora with a single small yellow spot above, and a larger
one just at knee. Wings hyaline, veins dark brown, the white
interruption at juncture of submarginal with marginal very
distinct.
Described from twenty male and female specimens from
St. Vincent. Comes nearest to S. forvina (Cresson).
SPILOCHALCIS MISTURATUS, Sp. 0.
Length 2°5 millim.; expanse 3:7 millim. Hind femora with
12 teeth below; petiole of abdomen one half as long as hind
coxa, spur at base below long and slender; terebra exserted, one
third as long as abdomen. Antenne yellow, brownish at tip;
head yellow, occiput dark brown, face with two faint brownish
longitudinal stripes, wider above than below; prothorax entirely
yellow ; megoscutum brown, rather bronzy, with two broad
yellow stripes down the mesial margin of the parapsidal sutures ;
mesoscutellum yellow, with a large central brown spot, scapule
brown; metanotum and petiole yellow; meso- and metapleura
and mesosternum dark brown, nearly black ; abdomen light brown,
darker at sutures, with a complete yeilow band on anterior border
of third segment; pygidium black at tip; all legs light yellow,
hind cox with a black spot above at base, and hind femora with
a brownish shade on outer basal half and another at curve of
tip ; teeth of hind femora black. Wings hyaline, veins dark
brown.
Described from three female specimens. St. Vincent.
Cuatcts, Habricius.
\
CHALCIS ANNULATUS.
Chalcis annulatus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ii. pp. 197-9 ; Systema Pieza-
torum, p. 167.
Length variable, the largest specimens measuring 6 millim.,
and the smallest 3 millim.; expanse of largest specimens from 9
to 10 millim. Cheeks very delicately punctured; genal sulcus
sharp and deep; clypeus with a few sparse round punctures,
and with a double impressed line just below its juncture with the
epicranium,; above this line is a single transverse row of round
punctures; vertex and dorsum of thorax closely and rather
coarsely punctate, the punctation of metanotum being almost
reticulate from its coarseness; abdomen smooth ; all body except
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 81
first abdominal segment with short yellowish pile, which is very
abundant at tip of mesoscutellum; on second abdominal segment
this pile is present only in two dorso-lateral patches, but in
following segments there is a deep fringe from the border of
each ; hind femora with 11 teeth below, first and eleventh
largest, the others well separated, except 8, 9, and 10, which are
shorter and close together. Colour black; tegule, with the ex-
ception of three minute black spots, bright yellow ; apical third
of front and middle femora bright yellow, the line of juncture
between the biack and the yellow on the outer surface oblique:
front and middle tibiw yellow except a black patch on the outer
middle ; all tarsi yellow; hind femora with a single rather large
yellow patch at upper tip extending into the black of the outer
surface for a little over one fourth the length of the femur ; hind
tibie black at base and with a sharp black band a little beyond
middle, being thus divided approximately into alternate black
and yellow fourths; wings hyaline, veins dark brown except
basal half of submarginal vein of hind wings, which is bright
yellow.
Eighteen male and female specimens from different parts of
the island of St. Vincent.
ANTROCEPHALUS, Kirby.
ANTROCEPHALUS PUNCTIGERUS.
Chalcis punctigera, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 167, no. 31. South America.
There is some doubt both as to the generic and specific placing
of this form, which is represented in the St. Vincent collection
by 29 males and 35 females. It corresponds closely with the very
brief diagnosis of the genus given by Kirby (Linn. Soe. Journ.,
Zool. xvii. p. 63), but this description is incomplete, and the types,
Halticella fascicornis, Walk., and H. diversicornis, Walk., be-
long to the South Asiatic fauna. It is plainly distinct, however,
from any other Chalcidine genus, as defined by Kirby. It is
the female antenna which is figured and described by Kirby.
That of the male differs considerably. It is apparently only 11-
jointed, since but one dividing suture in the club can be seen.
The scape is much shorter, being less than one fifth the length
of flagellum, and reaches only to middle of eyes. The pedicel is
very short, about as broad as neck of scape, and about as long as
broad. Joint 1 of funicle is suddenly broader, nearly twice as
82 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
broad as pedicel and twice as long as broad. The other funicle-
joints are stout, cylindrical, and all of the same diameter; joint 1
is longest, and the rest diminish gradually in length to 7. The
club is rounded at tip, and is slightly longer than joint 7 of
funicle. The generic description states that the hind femora are
unarmed, but the figure (pl. iv. fig. 25) shows a series of short,
close, and extremely minute teeth or bristles, 20 in number, on
the outer half of the lower border. This is substantially the
case with the St. Vincent specimens. The projections are ex-
ceedingly minute teeth about 35 in number.
Fabricius’s Chalcis punctigera has not, I believe, been re-
described ; hence we may sately apply the name to this form, since
the few words of description fit sufficiently well.
2. Length 3:3 millim.; expanse 5'8 millim. Head and
thorax with rather close, large, roundish punctures, and with
sparse light yellow pile; segments 3, 4, 5, and 6, and pygidium
of abdomen with close white pile ; pygidium with a slight central
longitudinal dorsal carina ; metascutellum with two median lon-
gitudinal parallel carinz ; attached to each of these at top and
bottom is an outwardly curved bow-shaped carina; rest of meta-
notum reticulate ; fimbria sparse, silvery white ; basal constricted
half of first abdominal segment longitudinally striate, with a
more marked central longitudinal carina. Colour black; pedicel
and funicle-joints 1-4 of antenna dark honey-yellow; tegule
brown ; all trochanters and tarsi honey-yellow; base and tip of
fore tibiz, all of middle femora and tibie, except median dark
band on each and extreme tips of hind tibiew, honey-yellow.
Wing-veins dark brown, nearly black; fore wings with two
irregular transverse fuscous patches, the proximal one much
darker and arising from the costal border coincident with
the marginal vein, broadening slightly and becoming lighter
towards anal margin and interrupted below middle by a hyaline
streak (the spurious cubital nervure); the distal one arises
from costal margin halfway between stigma and apex, gradually
widens, and merges proximally with proximal band costad of
the cubital hyaline streak which forms the anal limit of this
outer band.
3. Length and expanse slightly less on the average. Stri-
ation of base of abdomen more pronounced, forming five well-
marked longitudinal carine united at anterior ends; antenne
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 83
entirely black; middle femora and tibie honey-yellow only at
tips ; infuscation of wing lighter.
Notaspis, Walker.
NorasPISs FORMICIFORMIS.
Notaspis formiciformis, Walker, Ent. Mag. ii. p. 37. St. Vincent.
One of the most peculiar Chalcidids known. Represented by
18 specimens, one of which is labelled: “ Open swampy land near
sea, south end of Island: beaten from bushes, Sept. 27.”
Popaerion, Spinola.
PODAGRION BRASILIENSIS, sp. 0.
2. Length of body 2 millim.; ovipositor 1°6 millim.; expanse
3°7 millim.; greatest width of fore wing 0°58 millim. Head and
face regularly and not coarsely shagreened ; pro- and mesonotum
finely and closely punctate, and furnished with a few short, sparse,
white, scale-like hairs; metanotum not carinate, finely and closely
granulate ; abdomen smooth, shining, with a few similar white
hairs, which are also present on head, pleura, and coxe; ovi-
positor about as long as entire body; antenne regularly clavate,
funicle-joint 1 shorter than pedicel, 2-7 gradually increasing in
width ; club regularly ovate when seen from side, rather acute at
tip, as long as preceding five funicle-joints together ; (in one speci-
men the club is indented exteriorly from drying). General colour
greenish black, slightly metallic; antennal scape, pedicel, and
funicle-joints 3, 4, 5,6, and base of 7 bright honey-yellow ; funicle-
joints 1 and 2, apical two-thirds of 7, and all of club black or
dark brown; mandibles dark brown; distal one-third of fore
coxe, all of middle coxe, tip of hind coxe, all of fore and middle
femora, tibiz and tarsi, base and extreme tip of hind femora, tip
of hind tibiz, and all of hind tarsi honey-yellow, the colour quite
uniform, the fore femora alone somewhat darker.
Described from two female specimens from St. Vincent. The
specific name is derived from the fact that Mr. H. H. Smith has
also collected the form in Brazil, several specimens occurring in
a collection now in the hands of Mr. Ashmead.
84 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Subfamily Hucwarinam.
Kapata, Cameron.
KAPALA FURCATA.
Eucharis fureata, Fabr. Syst. Piez. p. 158.
Eucharis flabellata, Fabr. 1. c.; Walker, Entomologist, i. pl. P. fig. 2.
Chirocerus fureatus, Brullé, Nat. Hist. des Ins., Hym. iv. p. 571, t. 38.
fig. 5.
Thoracantha furcata, Hal. Entomologist, 1. pl. P. fig. 2.
Kapala fureata, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym. i. pl. v. fig. 17.
Costa Rica, Guatemala, Panama, South America.
One male and three females of this species were taken by
Mr. Smith. One of the females has an ant clasped in her jaws.
This is, perhaps, significant in view of the supposed parasitism
upon ants of members of this group.
OrasEeMa, Cameron.
ORASEMA STRAMINEIPES.
Orasema stramineipes, Cameron, Biol. Centr.-Am., Hym.i. p. 105, pl. v.
fig. 20.
Three specimens, 1 male and 2 female, from St. Vincent.
' ORASEMA MINUTISSIMA, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:1 millim.; expanse 2°8 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°46 milliim. Front and vertex delicately rugulose }
face finely shagreened, with a curved suture each side of facial
impression ; mesonotum rather strongly but finely granulate ;
metanotum smooth, with a median longitudinal carina and a
lateral somewhat oblique suture. General colour dark metallic
greenish blue; scape of antenne light straw-yellow, flagellum
dusky ; middle coxe metallic, fore and hind coxe fuscous; fore
femora light brown, middle and hind femora and all tibie and
tarsi light straw-yellow ; wing-veins very light, tegule yellowish.
3. Dimensions about the same, the long petiole compensating
for the shorter abdomen. Face more closely shagreened, curved
sutures nearly obsolete; mesonotum more strongly granulate ;
metanotum delicately shagreened, central carina very faint.
Flagellum of antenna darker than in female; all legs stramineous
except cox, which are metallic at base and yellowish at tip.
Described from 17 females, 5 males. St. Vincent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 85
Cuatcura, Kirby.
CHALCURA AMERICANA, Sp. Nn.
@. Length 2°4 millim.; expanse 5°2 millim. Face nearly
smooth below and at margins of eyes, with very faint interrupted
strie and very sparse punctures ; several rather strong longitu-
dinal grooves begin at insertion of antenne and extend parallel
with antennal groove nearly to occipital margin; disk of meso-
scutum coarsely reticulate, the cells irregularly pentagonal or
hexagonal, lengthening out obliquely on the parapsidal sutures,
and becoming longitudinally greatly lengthened on the meso-
scutellum, axille, pleura, and metanotum; petiole finely longi-
tudinally aciculate ; abdomen smooth, shining. General colour
shining black; all legs except coxe nearly white, faintly yellowish,
almost translucent ; coxe brown; antennal scape, pedicel, and
the plainly 3-jointed club bright honey-yellow; the six funicle-
joints brown, joints 5 and 6 somewhat lighter than the first four.
Wings hyaline ; fore wings absolutely devoid of marginal cilia;
wing-veins faintly coloured except stigma, which is brown; fore
wing below stigma with a faint, irregularly rounded, infuscated
patch.
Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent.
Subfamily PerinaMpPIna”.
Prritameus, Lar.
PERILAMPUS POLITIFRONS, sp. n.
6. Length 1-7 millim.; expanse 8 millim. Face smooth,
shining ; margin of antennal groove rounded, no carina; facial
grooves below insertion of antenne well marked; transverse
furrow between the facial grooves also pronounced; vertex
slightly and sparsely punctate; occiput very plainly transversely
striate, the striations parallel with the curve of the occipital
margin; antennz short, clavate, slightly hairy ; dorsum of thorax
‘coarsely, thickly, but shallowly punctate, but one row of these
punctures showing in middle of pronotum, each depression with
a slight central elevation, from which arises a short white hair:
axille delicately longitudinally striate ; outer border of parapsidal
suture smooth ; tip of mesoscutum not indented ; metascutellum
with a well-marked median longitudinal carina; nucha plainly
transversely striate; all pleura smooth; head and thorax with
86 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
sparse, short, white pubescence ; all femora and tibize somewhat
pubescent ; abdomen smooth, shining. General colour black ;
antennal flagellum light brown ; trochantero-femoral and femoro-
tibial articulations honey-yellow ; front and middle tibiz honey-
yellow at either extremity; hind femora entirely honey-yellow ;
all tarsi whitish; submarginal vein pale to the point where
upward bend begins, thence brown; other veins of fore wing
brown ; wing-membrane perfectly hyaline.
Described from two male specimens, St. Vincent. Differs from
other described species principally in the caputal characters.
Subfamily Encyrrin a.
Crrcuysius, Westw.
Syn. Aseirba, Cameron.
This genus, erected by Westwood in 1832 (‘ London and Edin-
burgh Philosophical Magazine and Journal of Science, vol. i.
July-December, 1832, p. 127) with very brief characters, for
Encyrtus urocerus, Dalm., is rejected by Mayr, who retains
urocerus in the genus Encyrtus. Thomson retains Cerchysius
with a somewhat indefinite diagnosis ; and as two species are
found in the St. Vincent material which possess in part the
characters of C. wrocerus, it is deemed best to use the generic
name Cerchysius, especially as the terebral characters alone
separate the forms from all other members of the true genus
Encyrtus. The characters which may be regarded as of generic
value and in which the following species agree are as follows :—
©. Head subsemiglobose; eyes widely separated; ocelli
forming a right-angled triangle ; antenne inserted below middle
of face, scape somewhat widened below and reaching to vertex ;
flagellum long, slender, and cylindrical, club very slightly en-
larged. Mesoscutum and scutellum somewhat flattened, together
somewhat tectiform, the scuto-scutellar furrow forming the
ridge; scapule meeting at apex. Abdomen triangular; terebra
exserted for at least half the length of abdomen proper. Legs
rather longer than normal, resembling in this respect those of
Leptomastix ; middle tibial spur not quite so long as first tarsal
joint. Wings with short marginal, postmarginal, and stigmal
veins, the latter subequal in length ; a narrow, oblique, hairless
streak extending from costal margin at stigmal vein to near
base of wing on anal margin. ©
3. Differs from female mainly in the funicle-joints of the
OF THE ISLAND OF 8T. VINCENT. 87
antenne, which are plano-convex dorsally and slightly concave
ventrally, subequal in length, each about three times as long as
broad, and each furnished with two whorls of long hair. The
spur of middle tibia rather longer than the corresponding first
tarsal joint.
Cameron’s genus Aseirba, placed by this author in the Eupel-
mine (Biol. Centrali-Americana, Hymenopt., i. p. 127, pl. vi.
fi. 13), seems, both from description and figure, to be asynonym
of Cerchysius.
CERCHYSIUS TEREBRATUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length (to tip of terebra) 2 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim.
Antennal scape nearly cylindrical, only very slightly widened
below. Head and mesoscutum glistening, very finely shagreened,
with sparse larger punctures and short sparse pubescence; meso-
scutellum deeply and closely, though finely shagreened, opaque ;
pleura and abdomen smooth, glistening ; terebra a little over half
the length of the abdomen, pubescent, especially toward tip.
General colour honey-yellow, legs somewhat lighter than body ;
mandibles brown; antennal scape black at base and with a dark
longitudinal dorsal streak; pedicel dark at base and with apical
half light honey-yellow; all funicle-joints dark brown, except
joint 2, which is light honey-yellow, with the exception of a
_ brownish apex, club light honey-yellow ; head sometimes slightly
infuscated ; sides of metascutellum and base of abdomen fuscous;
terebral sheaths black except at base; pygidium dusky at tip;
wing-veins dark.
3S. Length 1:1 millim. ; expanse 2°7 millim. Antennal scape
entirely black ; mesoscutellum with a central dusky patch ; meta-
scutum dusky ; metascutellum honey-yellow; dorsal surface of
abdomen infuscated. Otherwise agrees with female.
Described from two females and one male.
CERCHYSIUS PULCHRICORNIS, sp. n.
@. Length (to tip of terebra) 2 millim.; expanse 3°3 millim.
Scape considerably widened. Head and megonotum opaque,
densely and finely punctate, and clothed (particularly meso-
scutum) with rather close appressed pubescence. General colour
rather bright honey-yellow; antenne black, variegated with
silvery white as follows: a narrow band near base of scape, a
broader band at tip, apical half of pedicel, all of funicle-joints 2
88 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
and 6 and the club; terebral sheaths and tip of pygidium below
black, as in C. terebratus.
Described from one female specimen.
Ainastus, Walker.
This genus, proposed by Walker in 1846 for his Encyrtus
hyettus, has never been sufficiently described, and is not
recorded in any of the nomenclators. I have little or no doubt,
however, of the identity of a peculiar form contained in the
collection with H. hyettws, and have therefore drawn up the
following full generic description :—
@. Resembles in general appearance the female of Bothrio- —
thorax. Antenne strongly clavate ; scape rather short, reaching
only to middle of eye, with a very broad, leaf-like, inferior ex-
pansion; pedicel, funicle, and club together forming a regular
ovate, clavate mass, slightly flattened towards tip and rapidly
widening from the very narrow base of the pedicel to the articu-
lation of the first and second joints of the club, thence gradually
rounding off; each of the six funicle-joints much wider than long :
club nearly as long as entire funicle. Antennal grooves deep,
converging ; eyes very large, hairy, mainly lateral; genal sulcus
distinct, complete; front rather narrow above, widening rapidly
below ; ocelli forming a nearly equilateral triangle, lateral ocelli
touching border of eyes; entire head except occiput and facial
depression covered closely with large thimble-like depressions,
each with a very minute central piliferous tubercle; occipital
ridge very acute. Pronotum not visible in the specimen at hand;
mesoscutum short; mesoscutellum large, long, acutely margined,
rounded posteriorly, having a fine, sharp, longitudinal groove for
about one fifth its length at base; scapular sutures absent,
represented only by very faint depressed lines, visible only in a
strong light, but which can then be traced with difficulty and
indicate that the scapule are well separated at tips. Abdomen
short, triangular; terebra not extruded. Submarginal vein of
fore wings short; marginal very short, almost wanting ; stigmal
rather long, slender, very slightly curved, extending down at an
angle of about 40 degrees with the postmarginal, club very small ;
postmarginal somewhat longer than stigmal. Legs of the normal
Encyrtine type, rather short ; front tarsi especially short.
g. Differs from female in following particulars :—Antenne
more hairy and not so strongly clavate; pedicel plainly distinct
OF THE ISLAND OF 8ST. VINCENT. 89
from funicle, and joints of funicle are well separated, giving a
serrate appearance to the margin ; first funicle-joint very narrow ;
joint 2 suddenly wider; widest point of flagellum at about
joint 5 of funicle ; club short, not longer than the three preceding
funicle-joints together, obliquely truncate at tip, appearing acute
from side and rounded from above. Vertex broader than in
female. Pronotum narrow, entire. (This is probably also the
case with the female, in which it cannot be seen.) Abdomen
very short, not longer than mesoscutellum in specimens at
hand, in which, however, it is doubtless abnormally short through
drying.
ZENASIUS HYETTUS.
Encyrtus hyettus, Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xvii. (1846) p. 181.
St. Vincent.
@. Length 1°6 millim.; expanse 3°9 millim.; width of body
at tegule ‘07 milliim. Antennal scape closely pubescent above,
but not on leaf-like expansion; front also pubescent. Head
with large thimble-like punctures; mesonotum very faintly
shagreened, nearly smooth; abdomen smooth, shining; colour
uniform black, with bluish metallic reflections on dorsum of thorax;
all tarsi honey-yellow, final joint black ; middle tibial spur dark
brown, nearly black; fore wings dark fuscous, veins nearly black ;
hind margin also black; hind wings hyaline, veins dark brown.
3. Length varying from 0°88 millim. to 1:26 millim. ; expanse
varying from 2 millim. to 2°9 millim. Closely resembles the
female except in the distinctions pointed out in generic diagnosis,
but the metallic reflections are not so strong, and the fore wings
are only faintly suffused with fuscous, while the veins are
brown.
Redescribed from one female and four male specimens; one
labelled “‘ May,” another “South end,” and the rest with the
customary label.
HABROLEPOIDEA, gen. nov.
Q. Antenne 11-jointed; scape moderately long, with a slight
leaf-like expansion below; pedicel stout, nearly as broad as
long; the 6-jointed funicle short, compressed, all joints broader
than long, increasing slightly in width from 1 to 6, and also
slightly in length, joint 6 being longest; club flattened, oval,
widest at tip of first joint, considerably wider than sixth funicle-
joint and as long as entire funicle. Head flattened above, long
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV.
‘90 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
between the sharp occipital ridge and the rounded frontal ridge,
appearing triangular from side, the frontal ridge forming the
vertex of an obtuse-angled triangle, of which the facial side is a
trifle longer than the vertical, while the occipital side is much
the longest and is slightly convex ; eyes large and almost entirely
lateral, the ocellar space broad, and the ocelli at the angle of a
slightly obtuse-angled triangle; genal sulcus distinct but not
complete, reaching neither border of eye nor border of mouth.
Pronotum very short, completely hidden by occipital margin of
head in the only specimen at hand. Scapule just meeting at tip ;
mesoscutellum triangular, acute at tip, with two depressions
each side near tip, which may possibly be the result of shrivelling.
Abdomen subtriangular, flattened, terebra just visible. Marginal
vein of fore wings present, but shorter than stigmal; postmar-
ginal present, nearly as long as stigmal; stigmal rather long,
straight, slightly curved at tip, and forming a very acute angle
with the postmarginal.
HABROLEPOIDEA GLAUCA, Sp. N.
©. Length 0°93 millim.; expanse 2:2 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°35 millim. Head smooth, shining, with a very
faint striation and a few faint and very sparse fine punctures, a
row of small punctures at border of eyes. Mesonotum lustrous,
very faintly and finely reticulate. General colour dark brown,
black, or metallic ; head with steel-blue reflections, mesonotum
with golden-egreen reflections ; abdomen black ; antennz honey-
yellow, darker at articulations; all legs honey-yellow, coxz
black. Wings hyaline.
Described from one female specimen.
HoMALOPODA, gen. nov.
@. Antenne 9-jointed; scape reaching to vertex, cylin-
drical, slender ; pedicel slender, subcylindrical, nearly twice as
long as broad; the funicle-joints slender, cylindrical, subequal
in length, each longer than pedicel; club as long as the three
preceding funicle-joints together, very elongate-ovate, slightly
wider than funicle or somewhat flattened, in which case it is
considerably wider. Head with long flattened face and deep
antennal grooves converging towards vertex; genal sulcus dis-
tinct, from eye to mouth; vertex and dorsal surface of eyes flat,
making the head appear triangular from the side; eyes rather
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 91
close, not large and mainly dorsal, ocelli forming an acute-angled
triangle; occipital ridge rounded. Pronotum sharply incised in
middle; scapule narrow towards tips, barely meeting ; meso-
scutellum declivous, subtriangular, rather rounded at tip, and
having a sparse tuft of bristles ; metascutum very short. Fore
and middle legs normal, rather short; hind femora somewhat
enlarged, convex on the outer surface, plane on the inner ; hind
tibie flattened laterally. Wings fuscous, with oblique hairless
line below stigma and with several hyaline spots; submarginal
vein short, reaching margin before one half the wing-length ;
marginal short, obscured by brown bristles, but longer than the
short stigmal, which obliques into the wing-surface at an acute
angle with the post-costa; postmarginal wanting. Abdomen as
long as thorax, concave above, subtriangular, although somewhat
rounded towards apex; terebra exserted to about one sixth the
length of the abdomen.
This genus is one of the intermediate forms between the Hncyr-
tine and the Eupelmine, and presents in fact quite as many
Hupelmine as Encyrtine characters.
HoMALOPODA CRISTATA, Sp. 0.
@. Length varying from 1°11 millim. to1‘86 millim. ; expanse
varying from 2°26 millim. to 2°79 millim. Face lustrous, very
faintly shagreened ; vertex deeply, closely, and finely shagreened 5
mesoscutum as with face ; mesoscutellum as with vertex ; abdomen
smooth, shining. From the occipital ridge near the eyes arise
two slender blunt modified hairs or scales, plainly flattened
antero-posteriorly, and which may resemble the “schmale....
abgerundete Lamellen,” which occupy a similar position in the
European Habrolepis Dalmanni, Westw. Mesoscutellum with a
sparse tuft of bristles near tip. Wings fuscous, hyaline at base
and with six hyaline spots, three on either border of the wing,
and all touching wing-border except the proximal caudal one,
which is separated from border by a continuation of the fuscous ;
the two distal ones crescent-shaped and the others roundish, the
proximal one on the costal margin considerably smaller than
the others and situated halfway between beginning of fuscous
shading and stigmal vein ; middle costal hyaline spot beginning
just at stigmal vein, the middle caudal spot being just opposite
on caudal wing-border ; marginal vein with many dark bristles,
making a distinct brown patch at that point. General colour
gk
92 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
metallic greenish blue ; dorsal surface of head golden-green ;
mesoscutellum copper-coloured ; antennz very dark brown,
scape slightly metallic ; all legs black or slightly metallic, middle
and hind tarsi dirty white with terminal joint brown, fore tarsi
light brown.
Described from four female specimens, two labelled ‘“‘ Leeward
side.” One of these specimens lacks the apical pair of hyaline
spots on the wing, but should not be separated.
Comys, Forster.
CoMYS BICOLOR.
Comys bicolor, Howard, Report of the Entomologist, Annual Report
Department of Agriculture, 1880, p. 362.
Parasitic on the cosmopolitan Lecaniwm hesperidum and other
congeneric species in the United States.
Two female specimens, St. Vincent.
Lepromastix, Forster.
LEPTOMASTIX DACTYLOPII.
Leptomastix dactylopii, Howard, Bulletin 5, Division of Entomology,
U.S. Department of Agriculture (Washington, 1885), pp. 23, 24.
District of Columbia. One male, St. Vincent.
Coriposoma, Ratzeburg.
CopIDOSOMA DIVERSICORNIS, sp. n.
@. Length 1:4 millim.; expanse 2°6. millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°37 millim. Antennal club flattened dorso-ventrally,
rather longer than funicle-joints 5 and 6 together, and but slightly
wider than joint 6, slightly rounded at apex ; first funicle-joint
nearly twice as long as pedicel ; joint 2 of funicle slightly longer
than pedicel; joints 2, 3, 4, 5, and 6 subequal in length and
width. Punctation of head and thorax as usual. Marginal vein
of fore wings as long as stigmal. Ovipositor not extruded.
Colour black, without metallic reflections ; antennal scape brown,
with a whitish band at tip; pedicel, joints 1, 3, 4, 5, and 6 of
funicle, and base of club black; joint 2 of funicle and rest of
club silvery-white; tegule honey-yellow at tips, otherwise black ;
all cox black; fore and middle femora black at base, honey-
_ yellow beyond; hind femora black nearly to the honey-yellow tip ;
all tibiee and tarsi very light honey-yellow, the underside of the
middle tarsi appearing brownish from the numerous brown spines.
Described from two male specimens (216 and 207).
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 93
Encyrtvus, Dalm.
Table of Species.
All funicle-jomts of antennz wider than long.... . crassus, sp. nu.
All funicle-jomts not wider than long.
Club very broad, at least three times as wide as
precedinettunicle-jomt! waeasce: eects E. argentipes, sp. n.
Club not especially broad, but slightly broader
than preceding funicle-joint.
Head and mesoscutum very hairy..........- E. hirtus, sp. n.
Not especially hairy.
Antenne uniformly honey-yellow.
Wings partly infuscated.............. E. nitidus, sp. n.
\WWiES HVE ee Sdoboo cade moesddbene E. quadricolor, sp. n.
Antenne black, yellow at tip .......... E. flaviclavus, sp. n.
Amtenmnies LO Wie,.rarererne crete rel sielccevcrsy ere ore LE. tiliaris, Dalm.
ENCYRTUS CRASSUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1°37 millim.; expanse 2°8 millim. Belongs to
the same group as ZH. inquisitor, How. (Ann. Rept. Dept. Agr.
1880, p. 67, pl. xxiv. fig. 1), and the European #. clavellatus,
Dalm. Body short and stout. Antenne with the scape slightly
widened beneath ; joints 1-6 of the funicle gradually increasing
in width, all wider than long; pedicel 23 times longer than first
funicle-joint and somewhat wider; club broad, flattened, sub-
circular, as lone as three preceding funicle-joints together.
Front wide, ocelli forming an obtuse-angled triangle. Head and
mesonotum delicately shagreened. Marginal vein of fore wings
absent. General colour black, moderately lustrous, without
metallic reflections; antennal club with whitish pile at tip;
front and hind tarsi brown; middle tarsi and middle tibial spur
light honey-yellow, with claws only dark. Wings hyaline, veins
brown; a trace of a radial vein extends from tip of stigmal club
in a curved direction, reaching costal margin at a point nearly
halfway from stigmal club to tip of wing.
Described from one female specimen.
ENCYRTUS QUADRICOLOR, sp. 0.
3. Length 1:16 millim.; expanse 2°67 millim. Antenne in-
serted halfway between middle of face and mouth; scape sub-
cylindrical, not broadened, not long; pedicel twice as long as
broad ; all six funicle-joints of equal length with pedicel, but
increasing slightly in width from I to 6; club a little longer than
the two preceding funicle-joints together, oval, slightly flattened,
94 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
broader than joint 6; flagellum with very short pubescence.
Front very convex, almost angulate in middle; facial depression
very marked; genal sulcus complete, but very indistinct; eyes
sparsely hairy; vertex not narrow, ocelli forming a slightly
obtuse-angled triangle ; head with a very fine reticulated sculpture
and with a.gingle row of fine punctures around the margin of the
eyes; occipital ridge extremely sharp. Mesoscutum very finely
but closely and deeply shagreened and furnished with fine sparse
pubescence, opaque; mesoscutellum highly lustrous, nearly
smooth, slightly shagreened near base. Marginal, postmarginal,
and stigmal veins of the fore wings all nearly equal in length.
General colour bright honey-yellow; antennz brown, darkest on
upper surface of scape, pedicel, and club; head and pronotum
uniform black, with greenish-metallic lustre ; mesoscutum, except
lateral margins, a brilliant peacock-blue ; mesoscutellum golden-
green; abdomen dark, with a golden-green lustre; hind tarsi
dusky, nearly black.
Described from one male specimen.
ENCYRTIUS NITIDUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:4 millim.; expanse 2°6 millim. Resembles Z.
fuscipennis, Dalm., perhaps more closely than any other species.
Scape arising halfway between bend of face and mouth, sub-
cylindrical, not broadened, very short, only five times as long as
thick ; pedicel three times as long as thick and twice as long as
the somewhat narrower first funicle-joint; funicle-joints increas-
ing very slightly in length and more in width from I to 6; club
flattened, oval, as long as the two preceding funicle-joints together.
Front narrow between the eyes; ocelli forming an acute-angled
triangle; front and vertex very finely shagreened, with four rows
of punctures ; cheeks smooth ; genal sulcus absent. Mesoscutum
lustrous, very faintly shagreened, with sparse, short, whitish
pubescence; mesoscutellum densely punctulate at base, then
closely striate to tip, which is smooth and shining. Abdomen
flattened dorso-ventrally, acuminate, as long as head and thorax
together; ovipositor slightly extruded. Stigmal vein given
off at juncture of submarginal and costa, short, postmarginal
of equal length; a broad, oblique, hairless line below stigma,
across which passes obliquely towards costa a single row of
minute hairs. General colour black, with metallic-greenish or
bluish reflections; antenne honey-yellow, flagellum a little darker
than scape; front legs, including coxe, light honey-yellow ;
OF THE [SLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 95
middle cox metallic, yellowish at tip ; femora, tibie, tibial spur,
and tarsi honey-yellow, femora brownish at middle; hind coxe
honey-yellow, slightly darker at base, tibiz and tarsi honey-yellow,
femora dark except at tips. Wings hyaline; fore wings with a
dusky patch of an irregular trapezoidal form, beginning in the
middle opposite stigma and extending to tip, gradually widening,
occupying at widest portion of the wing about one-third of the
wing-width.
Described from five female specimens.
ENCYRTUS ARGENTIPES, Sp. n.
@. Length 0°7 millim.; expanse 16 millim. Agrees in some
structural details with H. brevicornis, Dalm., but differs in having
the antennal scape but slightly broadened, in the shape of the
head, and in coloration. The sole specimen is badly mounted and
this description is necessarily incomplete. Antenne inserted
a little below middle of face; scape short, very slightly widened
below in middle, pedicel very short; funicle conical, short, not
longer than club, the joints widening rapidly; club as long as
funicle, obliquely flattened, nearly circular. Facial impression
horseshoe-shaped, the central ridge rounded but pronounced ;
vertex flattened, narrow, the ocelli forming an acute-angled
triangle, the head appearing rather triangular from side, some-
what as in Habrolepis. Marginal vein of fore wings short, post-
marginal present, as long as stigmal, the latter forming a narrow
angle with the postmarginal. Head faintly shagreened; meso-
notum appearing smooth and glistening (the sculpturing, if any,
obscured by mounting medium). Colour shining black; antennal
scape silvery-white at tip, funicle silvery-white, with dense short
white pubescence, club black; all coxe black; all femora, tibiz,
and tarsi silvery-white, the femora with a black band at middle
and the tibie with a black band between middle and proximal
end. Wings hyaline.
Described from one female specimen. This species probably
belongs to a new genus; but, without specimens from which all
the characters can be studied, it seems inadvisable to establish one.
ENCYRTUS HIRTUS, sp. 0.
@. Length 0-9 millim.; expanse 2 millim.; greatest width of
fore wing 0°36 millim. Forms a new type in the genus, and will
doubtless eventually be separated generically. Antennal scape
short, stout, not widened below ; pedicel very narrow at proximal
end, two and one half times longer than its width at distal end ;
96 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
first funicle-joint one half as long as pedicel and nearly as
broad as long; joints 2 to 6 subequal in length, but increasing
somewhat in width, joint 6 being once and half broader than
long; club as long as three preceding funicle-joints together,
oval, its sutures distinct and its first joint slightly broader than
joint 6 of funicle, making the whole flagellum slightly clavate.
Head somewhat triangular when seen from side, the facial angle
below the middle; face and vertex hairy, delicately shagreened,
with a few sparse larger punctures; eyes hairy. Mesoscutum
finely granulate, well covered with short black hairs; meso-
scutellum smooth, shining, almost hairless; abdomen short,
smooth, circular in outline; legs short and stout; marginal,
stigmal, and postmarginal veins of fore wings subequal in length.
Colour: head and thorax to scuto-scutellar furrow of mesonotum
dull dark metallic green ; mesoscutellum and abdomen bright
metallic green, with golden reflections; all legs and antenne
honey-yellow.
3. Rather smaller than female, with which it almost exactly
agrees. Antenne with funicle-joints subequal in length, well
separated, and each with a double whorl of long hairs. Abdomen
subtriangular.
Described from two females and one male.
ENCYRTUS FLAVICLAYVTS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1:1 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim. Antennal scape
moderately long, slender, not widened ; pedicel short, its breadth
at tip equalling its length; funicle and club somewhat flattened
laterally ; joints 1, 2,3, 4, and 5 of funicle subequal in length
and width, each longer than broad and a little longer than pedicel;
joint 6 shorter; club oval, as long as funicle-joints 5 and 6
together ; face and vertex smooth, with a few sparse punctures ;
mesoscutum delicately transversely shagreened; mesoscutellum
with aciculate longitudinal punctation ; abdomen cordate, shorter
than thorax ; marginal and postmarginal veins of fore wing each
slightly longer than stigmal, the latter forming a very slight
angle with postmarginal. Colour: head and pleura metallic
purple; rest of body metallic green, mesoscutellum with a coppery
lustre; antennal scape honey-yellow; funicle and base of club
very dark brown; rest of club bright orange-yellow ; all legs
honey-yellow.
Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 97
ENCYRTUS TILIARIS.
Encyrtus tiliaris, Dalm. Vet. Ac. H. 1820, p. 174 (47); Nees, Hym.
Ichn. aff. Monogr. 1834, p. 235; Mayr, Die Eur. Encyrtiden, Verh. d.
z0ol.-bot. Ges. Wien, 1875, p. 722.
_Encyrtus conifer, Walk. Ent. Mag. iv. 1837, p. 461.
Encyrtus cupratus, Forst; ? Mayr, loc. cit.
Two females and one male of what seems to be this European
species. St. Vincent.
Subfamily APHELININA.
CoccopHaaus, Westwood.
CoccopHagus LeEcanit.
Platygaster Lecanii, Fitch, Fifth Report on the Insects of New York,
p. 25.
Coccophagus Lecanii, EZ. A. Smith, ‘American Naturalist,’ 1878, p. 661 ;
Seventh Report, State Entomologist of Illinois (1878), p. 130.
Coccophagus Lecanii (Fitch), Howard, Report of Entomologist, Annual
Report U.S. Department Agriculture, 1880, pp. 357, 358.
Two female specimens. St. Vincent.
In the United States this insect is parasitic upon Lecanium
quereitronis, Fitch (N. Y.), Pulvinaria innumerabilis, Rathvon
(Ils. and D.C.), and Lecanium hesperidum, Linn. (D.C. and
Cal.). The last-named is a cosmopolitan species and undoubtedly
occurs on the island of St. Vincent, since it has been found
on Jamaica and Montserrat.
Encarsta, Forster.
ENCARSIA FLAVICLAVA, Sp. 0.
2. Length 1 millim.; expanse1‘Smillim. Antennal flagellum
slightly clavate when seen from side; funicle-joints subequal in
length and increasing slightly in breadth from 1 to 4, joint 4
nearly as-broad as long; club oval; seen from above, the funicle
is parallel-sided and the club is much narrower through lateral
flattening ; terebra exserted for one-third length of abdomen;
abdomen with parallel sides to an abruptly conical tip. General
colour honey-yellow ; scape of antenne darker, pedicel and
funicle black, club light yellow; lateral borders of abdomen
brown ; a dark brown, nearly black, patch at lateral anal angles
of abdomen; venter of abdomen with brownish shades; wings
hyaline, veins light.
Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent.
98 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Subfamily Prreninz.
HERBERTIA*, gen. nov.
@. Antenne 10-jointed, inserted just above clypeus, short,
clavate ; scape short, slender, not reaching to middle of face;
fanicle-joints subequal in length, but increasing rapidly in width
from 1 to 5; club short, compact, acute at tip, flattened from
side; face below eyes short, gene straight; facial depression
deep and broad, occupying more than half the width of face
between eyes, its margin rounded; eyes hairy; ocelli large,
placed at the angles of a right-angled triangle ; occipital margin
rounded. Parapsidal furrows of mesoscutum sharp and com-
plete, continuous with axillar furrows ; axille widely separated ;
mesoscutum and scutellum rather flat, im the same longitudinal
plane, scutellum at tip and metanotum abruptly declivous; sub-
marginal vein of fore wing reaching costa at about one third the
wing-length, marginal a little longer than submarginal ; post-
marginal long, shading off almost imperceptibly, apparently
somewhat more than one third the length of marginal; stigmal
short, very oblique, about one third the length of postmarginal,
club not pronounced, uncus rather long, forming a little more
than a right angle with a shaft of stigmal; metanotum nearly
rectangular, a little narrower behind, the hinder angles sharp and a
little extended ; hind coxa with a pronounced dorsal tooth above
near tip as in some Chalcidine. Abdomen ovate, thick dorso-
ventrally ; second tergite occupying about half of the dorsum of
abdomen; pygidium rather large, projecting well beyond the
terminal ventral segments (urites) ; ovipositor generally extruded.
3. Very similar to female. Antennal flagellum shorter than
in female, club equally flattened, but broader and rounded at tip;
coxal projection less pronounced; metanotum more contracted
behind. Abdomen ovate, slightly truncate at tip, not flattened,
second tergite occupying less than half the dorsum.
Of the described Pirenine genera, this resembles most closely
Henicetrus, Thomson, which I know, however, from the very brief
description in ‘ Skandinaviens Hymenoptera,’ iv. p. 190.
HERBERTIA LUCENS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1°5 millim.; expanse 2°5 millim. Antennal scape
straight, slender, cylindrical ; pedicel twice as long as first funicle-
* From Herbert, the first name of Mr. H. H. Smith.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 99
joint, but slenderer; entire head, pro- and mesonotum closely
shagreened; metanotum smooth, central carina well marked,
ale marked by evident carine ; second tergite of abdomen per-
fectly smooth, glistening, other tergites dull, very faintly trans-
versely striate. General colour metallic green, with bright
golden reflections where punctation is lacking, as on mesopleura
and second tergite ; scape and pedicel of antenne metallic, funicle
and club dull brown with very short close pubescence; tegule
dark brown; all cox and femora metallic; all tibie and tarsi
yellowish white ; abdomen beyond second segment dull purplish
black, ovipositor light brown; wings hyaline, vems brown.
Head, pronotum, mesonotum, and abdomen beyond second seg-
ment with short whitish pubescence.
3. Resembles female, except that flagellum and club of antenne
are nearly black and the veins of fore wing are dark brown.
Described from nine female and five male specimens. St.
Vincent.
HROTOLEPSIA, gen. nov.
@. Antenne 11-jointed (club 3, funicle 6, pedicel and scape),
inserted at clypeal margin ; scape long, slender, reaching nearly
to anterior ocellus ; flagellum somewhat longer than scape, sub-_
clavate ; pedicel long, obconical, straight, as long as first three
funicle-joints ; first funicle-joint as broad as long, others subequal
in length and increasing very gradually in width; club bluntly
pointed; facial depression deep, its border sharp and slightly
elevated ; eyes naked; ocelli of moderate size, at angles of an
obtuse-angled triangle, the lateral ones tangent to the occipital
margin, which is slightly rounded. Parapsidal sutures indicated
only at anterior margin of mesoscutum; mesoscutum rather flat ;
mesoscutellum slightly elevated, not abruptly declivous; sub-
marginal vein of fore wing reaching costa at nearly one half the
wing-length, marginal two-thirds as long as submarginal; post-
marginal and stigmal subequal in length, the latter a trifle the
longer, about one fourth as long as marginal; stigmal curved,
club very slight, uncus very short; metanotum rounded, not
carinate, but bears at the middle of its anterior border a stout,
sharp, spine-like process, alee separated by delicate sutures ; hind
coxe not toothed. Abdomen ovate, very acute at tip, flattened
above, well rounded beneath ; second tergite excavated anteriorly
and occupying nearly the whole dorsum of abdomen; pygidium
as in Herbertia; ovipositor not exserted.
100 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
3. Greatly resembles female; pedicel of antenne not quite
so long in proportion to the funicle-joints which follow; spine-
like process of metanotum represented by a slight elevation only ;
club of stigmal vein of fore wings more pronounced than in
female ; abdomen bluntly rounded at tip; genital organs, when
exserted, fully two thirds the length of abdomen.
The habitus of this genus is much like that of the preceding,
in spite of the marked differences in structural detail. The head
in all of the 18 specimens of both genera is thrown forward, the
labium brought close to the fore cox, the occiput entirely ex-
posed, and the rather prominent and well-rounded pronotum
brought strongly into view.
HROTOLEPSIA COMPACTA, Sp. 0.
©. Length 1°8 millim.; expanse 3 millim. Head, pronotum,
and mesonotum finely shagreened, mesonotum with a few sparse
round punctures, slightly glistening ; pleura smooth, except
mesepimeron and propleuron, which are faintly granulate ; meta-
scutellum very finely granulate ; abdomen nearly smooth, shining ;
the long second abdominal tergite with two subparallel latero-
dorsal furrows extending from the cephalic nearly to the caudal
end of the segment ; between these furrows the cephalic end of
the tergite is delicately longitudinally striate, the striations arising
from the upturned cephalic border and fading away gradually
about the middle of the segment, the lateral ones being a little
longer than the central ones; ventral surface of abdomen
delicately longitudinally striate, except at lateral border; head,
mesonotum, and tip of abdomen with sparse whitish pubescence,
of which there is also quite a pronounced fringe on outer border
of hind coxee; metanotal fimbria well marked. General colour
dull black ; antennal scape and pedicel honey-yellow, the pedicel
shaded with brown above at base; all legs, except cox, uniform
honey-yellow, tip of hind femora a little darker; fore wings
slightly infuscated, the infuscation deeper in middle, veins dark
brown.
g. Somewhat smaller than female, which it resembles, how-
ever, in all other respects except usual sexual differences and
those pointed out in generic diagnosis.
Described from two female and two male specimens. St.
Vincent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 101
Subfamily Erasminz.
Erasmus, Westw.
Table of Species.
Head smooth, with very small sparse punctures.. EE. levifrons, sp. n.
Head with irregular depressions .......... ..+. EH. rugosus, sp. n.
Head with sparse large punctures.............. E. punctatulus, sp. nu.
Head with close large thimble-like punctures,
Head yellow, with round metallic frontal spot
centred by anterior ocellus ............ E. maculatus, sp. nu.
EMule yellow eeraci vale scle s aislsc'e ata slare eae he E. flavus, sp. n.
Head metallic.
Body nearly all yellow ...... a apetar dierstarere ters E. helvus, sp. nu.
Abdomen only yellow.................... EH. flaviventris, sp. n.
Body metallic.
Hind coxe with apical half yellow ...... E. Smithii, sp. n.
Elimdieoxceyallimetallie™ yo 2. crn anes ae E. punctatus, sp. n.
ELASMUS LEVIFRONS, sp. 0.
©. Length 2°2 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Face and vertex smooth, well rounded,
with small sparse round punctures; pronotum and mesoscutum
regularly scaly with appressed hairs ; mesoscutellum very finely
granulate, but shining; abdomen very faintly transversely striate,
longer than head and thorax together ; all pleura and hind coxe
hairless, shining, irregularly shagreened, the coxz more coarsely
than the pleura; middle and hind femora somewhat obliquely
longitudinally shagreened, middle femora with sparse appressed
hairs. Funicle-joints 1, 2, 3 of the antenne subequal in length
and width, all wider and longer than pedicel, but somewhat
shorter than club, which is slightly flattened and acuminate ;
first tarsal joint of fore legs about half as long as tibia; corre-
sponding joint of middle and hind legs as long as tibia. Two
dark brown subparallel longitudinal raised lines on dorsum of
fore and middle tibiz ; a series of five or six irregular longitudinal
closed cells formed by similar dark brown lines on hind tibie*;
middle tibial spur about 7 as long as first tarsal joint. General
colour dark metallic greenish-blue; antenne dark brown, scape
yellowish beneath; minute tip of scutellum yellowish white ;
* These dark brown or black raised lines, the peculiar arrangement of which
on the hind tibie affords such a good character in this genus, are, when examined
under a high power, seen to be rows of acute appressed spines situated so closely
together that their bases touch.
102 wR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
tegule yellowish white; distal half of fore coxe and tip of middie
coxee, all trochanters, all of fore femora, except brown shade on
proximal dorsal half, tips of middle and hind femora, all tibiz and
tarsi dirty white or yellowish white ; bristles of all tibiz and tarsi
dark brown. Wings hyaline; veins light brown, faint; cilia of
disk of wing very delicate; stigmal represented by a mere point.
6. Length 1:2 millim.; expanse 2°6 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°35 millim. Differs only in the ordinary sexual
differences of the genus; antennal branches subequal in length
and reaching to middle of antennal club; the long hairs on
branches dirty white.
Described from twelve female and eight male specimens.
ELASMUS RUGOSUS, sp. 0.
@. The single specimen of this species in the collection lacks
antenns and abdomen, but seems from general appearance to be
a female. Its length can only be surmised, but the insect is
apparently similar to the preceding in size. Hxpanse 2°6 millim.;
ereatest width of fore wing 0:34 millim. Differs from H. levifrons
as follows :—Face and vertex closely covered with large irregular
punctures; mesoscutellum smooth. No scutellar spot; the
raised dark brown lines on dorsum of hind tibie forming much
longer closed cells than in H. levifrons, the two largest occupying
almost its entire length, the proximal of the two being consider-
ably longer than the distal one ; fore legs entirely dirty yellowish
white; middle femora brown, whitish at tips; basal half of hind
femora whitish, apical half brown; distal tip of hind coxe
whitish; wing-veins dark brown, stigmal not distinct, discal
cilia closer and larger; disk slightly infuscated.
Described from one female (?) specimen.
ELASMUS PUNCTATULUS, Sp. 0.
6. Length 1:2 millim.; expanse 3:1 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Differs from #. levifrons as follows :—
Face and vertex with rather sparse round punctures, twice as large
as in H. levifrons, and yet each with a definite smooth expanse
about it. Scutellar spot orange-yellow, thin, crescent-shaped,
with a plain triangular membranous transparent appendix or
postscutellum ; the raised dark brown lines on dorsum of hind
tibie forming two subequal cells in the middle with a half cell
at either end. Antennal scape entirely dirty white; clypeal
margin of face yellowish; all fore legs, except base of cox,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 103
yellowish white ; middle and hind femora with merely a median
band of slightly metallic dark brown.
Described from one male specimen.
ELASMUS MACULATUS, sp. 0.
©. Length 2°2 millim.; expanse 3°7 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°44 millim. Face and head with close, deep, rather
large round punctures, almost thimble-like ; first tarsal joint of
fore legs one third as long as tibia; middle tibial spur half as long
as first tarsal joint; dark brown lines on dorsum of hind tibie
forming no closed cells, but a continuous series of loops resem-
bling three antique figures 5 superimposed. General colour dark
metallic greenish-blue ; antenne light brown, scape entirely
yellow; head and face yellow, except a large round spot of which
the anterior ocellus is practically the centre and which reaches
over the vertex and nearly to the eyes on either side; yellow
scutellar spot large, together with the postscutellum nearly
equalling the dark portion of the scutellum in length; tegule
light brown ; sides and venter of abdomen reddish yellow, except
at base and tip; all legs, including front and middle coxe,
yellowish white with a translucent effect; lower half of hind
coxe concolorous with femora, upper half metallic; wing-veins
dark brown. In other respects resembles LZ. levifrons.
Described from seven female specimens.
ELASMUS HELVUS, sp. n.
@. Length 1°6 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Face and vertex punctured as in
E. maculatus ; first tarsal joint one fourth as long as tibia; dark
brown lines on hind tibiz as in H. rugosus; middle tibial spur
about one third as long as first tarsal jomt. General colour
honey-yellow; all of head, pronotum, lateral angles of meso-
scutum, scuto-scutellar furrow of mesonotum, upper half of hind
cox, and last two joints of abdomen metallic blue-green; middle
and hind femora edged above by a narrow black line; antenne
brownish above, yellow below. Wing-veins dark brown, disk of
fore wings slightly infuscated ; stigmal vein very plain, straight,
and not knobbed, running obliquely into the disk for a distance
equal to about one sixth the width of the wing at that point;
a delicate circular fuscous patch just below stigma. In other
respects resembles H. levifrons.
Described from one female specimen.
104 MR. L. 0. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA,
ELASMUS FLAVUS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 2°7 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°34 millim, Resembles L. helvus, except in the fol-
lowing respects :—middle tibia one third longer than first tarsal
joint, its spur one half as long as first tarsal joint; hind tibize
one third longer than first tarsal joint, the dark lines on dorsal
surface forming two very narrow apposite closed longitudinal
cells, each extending the entire length of the tibia. Head yellow,
mesoscutellum (except bright yellow apex) metallic; metanotum
and irregular patches on sides of third and fourth abdominal
joints also metallic; hind cox with a narrow rim only of the
metallic colour. Wing-veins plain, stigmal normal.
Described from one male.
ELASMUS FLAVIVENTRIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:95 millim.; expanse 3°6 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°44 millim. Most resembles #. rugosus, from which
it differs as follows :—Face and vertex punctured as in L. macu-
latus ; scutellar spot very small; first tarsal joint of middle and
hind legs shorter than tibia; middle tibial spur rather more than
one third as long as corresponding first tarsal joint; hind coxe
whitish, except just at base; tip of hind femora whitish; distal
half of hind coxe whitish ; abdomen reddish yellow, except the
two metallic apical joints and a small brown spot each side on
the plane dorsum of segments 3 and 4. Stigmal vein of fore
wings plain, slightly longer than usual and slightly curved
towards apex of wing.
3. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3°6 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 044 millim. Antenna proper exceptionally
slender; scutellar spot absent, postscutellum alone showing a
slight yellow spot; middle femora metallic only on upper and
lower edge, disk yellowish.
Described from four females and one male.
Enasmus SMITHI, sp. n.
2. Length 1°8 millim.; expanse 3:4 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°39 millim. Differs from #. levifrons as follows :—
Face and vertex punctured as in H. maculatus ; abdomen shorter
than head and thorax together ; first tarsal jomt of middle and
hind legs slightly shorter than its tibia; middle tibial spur about
one third as long as first tarsal joint; dark lines of hind tibia
forming four closed cells, one long and one short covering the
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 105
length of the sclerite, and two short ones to the outside; post-
scutellum only yellow ; tegulz metallic at base ; all legs yellowish,
except metallic base of hind coxe; first and last two joints of
abdomen metallic, the others reddish yellow; wing-veins dark,
stigmal very distinct.
6. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3°1 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 0°37 millim. Differs from female, beyond the ordinary
sexual characters, only in having second joint of abdomen reddish
yellow, and all cox and femora metallic, except at tips.
_ Described from two females and three males. The males may
not belong to this species, and indeed in some respects resemble
more the following species—#. punctatus—than the females with
which I have associated them. ‘The balance of characters, how-
ever, places them here rather than with any of the other species
in the St. Vincent collection.
ELASMUS PUNCTATUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2:2 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim.; greatest width
of fore wing 49 millim. Differs from Z. levifrons as follows :—
Head and face punctured as in #. maculatus ; middle tibial spur
more than one third as long as first tarsal joint; dark lines on
hind tibia forming two narrow, wavy, longitudinal cells, side by
side, and each extending the whole length of the sclerite, just as
in #. flavus. Head, entire trunk, and all cox and femora uniform
dark metallic greenish-blue. Wing-veins dark, disk very slightly
infuscated. In two of the five specimens the front femora are
reddish at apical third, and the abdomen is reddish brown ventrally
at base.
Described from five females.
Subfamily EnacHistrn 2.
Evpiectrus, Westwood.
EUPLECTRUS FURNIUS.
Euplectrus furnius, Walker, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xii. p. 48 ( =bicolor,.
Swed.). St. Vincent.
Represented by three males and one female.
Walker suspected the identity of this species with EZ. bicolor
(Swederus) = Elachistus albiventris, Spinola,= Euplectrus maculi-
ventris, Westwood; but a careful comparison of Thomson’s
description of H. bicolor with Walker’s of E. furnius indicates.
that they differ in mesonotal characters.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. Q
106 MR. L. O. HOWARD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Miorroris, Thomson.
MIorRroPis NIGRICANS, sp. n.
@. Length 1°5 millim.; expanse 2:4 millim. .Head closely
shagreened ; eyes hairy; pronotum and mesonotum closely and
finely punctate ; the mesopostscutellum very finely rugose ; meta-
notum smooth, its central longitudinal carina dividing anteriorly
as well as posteriorly, the triangle formed by the anterior division
wider than the nucha enclosed by posterior division, and with a
slight spine-lke elevation of the carina at point of division; hind
coxe faintly striate; petiole rugose; first abdominal tergite
smooth, glistening ; other tergites very faintly reticulate. Colour
black; faint bluish reflections on head, pro- and mesonotum ;
antenne and legs fuscous, tibie becoming ferruginous; all cox
black ; wings hyaline, veins brown.
3. A single male, possibly of this species, but which is in such
condition as to preclude careful study, seems to differ only in
having the base of the abdomen yellowish above and below, fore
and hind femora black except at distal end, and all tibie and
middle femora very light yellowish white. -
Described from two females and one male (?). St. Vincent.
MI0TROPIS VERSICOLOR, Sp. 0.
3. Length 1-4 millim.; expanse 2-4 millim. Smooth, shining;
mesoscutum very faintly aciculate; eyes faintly hairy ; median
longitudinal carina faint, not dividing or projecting anteriorly,
nucha broader than in MW. nigricans. General colour bright
honey-yellow, head lighter than thorax, approaching lemon-yeilow;
antenne fuscous, with rather long lighter-coloured hairs; man-
dibles brown; occiput black; pronotum, except posterior lateral
angles, black; mesoscutum, except parapsides, black; meta-
seutellum with a broad, somewhat crescent-shaped black band,
following its anterior margin ; abdomen black, except at base and
tip, the black portion above including a large oval yellowish spot;
all tarsi fuscous ; wings hyaline, veins fuscous.
Described from one male. St. Vincent.
StenoMEsiIus, Westwood.
STENOMESIUS PLATYNOTA.
Miotropis platynote, Howard, Report on Insects affecting the Orange,
by H. G. Hubbard, Washington, Dept. Agriculture, 1885, p.217. Florida.
One male and one female in the St. Vincent collection are
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 107
referable to this species with some slight doubt, since faulty
mounting obscures some of the characters. The types were
reared in Florida from the larve of Platynota rostrana, Walker.
Exacuistus, Spinola.
ELACHISTUS CAUDATUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1 millim.; expanse 2 millim. Front very deeply
impressed ; eyes naked; mesoscutum very deeply and coarsely
pitted; mesoscutellum smooth; metanotum with undivided median
longitudinal carina, which is not specially elevated in front;
lower border of front and hind femora with a fringe of rather -
long delicate hairs; ovipositor extruded to a distance which is
nearly asx long as entire abdomen; abdomen flattened, oval,
rather strongly incised behind, flattened above. Colour black,
shining; face honey-yellow, occiput with black centre and yel-
lowish border to eyes; all coxe honey-yellow; other joints of
legs light yellow-brown. Abdomen piceous; wings hyaline,
veins translucent, colourless.
Described from one female specimen. St. Vincent.
This will evidently form a new genus. I know of no other
species in the subfamily Elachistine which has a similar ovipositor,
and there are probably other distinguishing characters. The
single specimen at hand, however, lacks antenne, and is other-
Wise in poor condition for generic description.
ELACHISTUS SCUTELLATUS, Sp. n.
@. Length 1:5 millim.; expanse 3 millim. Facial depression
broad, reaching nearly to margin of eyes, sharply defined just
below insertion of antenne by an acute transverse ridge; eyes
hairy ; ocelli forming slightly curved line ; head and face slightly
rugose ; head with sparse long hairs; pronotum and meso-
scutum slightly shagreened, with sparse large punctures ; meso-
scutellum with no indication of a median furrow, faintly longi-
tudinally and quite regularly striate ; median longitudinal carina
of the metanotum broad, not high, not acute, divided into the
two elements of the anterior transverse ridge ; nucha narrow.
surrounded by an elevated margin continuous with the median
longitudinal carina ; metanotal ale separated by slight but dis-
tinct oblique furrows converging posteriorly ; abdomen flattened,
oval, not incised; mesonotal bristles long. Colour black, sub-
opaque ; abdomen with a basal honey-yellow spot above and
below ; antennal scape and pedicel and all legs, except hind coxx
gx
108 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
~honey-yellow ; wings hyaline ; veins light brown, the stigmal club
rather darker and bearing a pronounced uncus.
Described from two female specimens. St. Vincent.
ELACHISTUS AUREUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:8 millim.; expanse 3°4 millim. Facial depression
similar to that of Z. scutellatus, except that the transverse ridge
below antennal insertion is lacking; sides of the depression
smooth and shining; front and vertex faintly shagreened and
with sparse round punctures; eyes sparsely hairy; mesoscutum
rather coarsely granulate; mesoscutellum nearly smooth, very
faintly reticulate; a shallow median longitudinal suture arises
from the anterior border of this sclerite and ends beyond its:
middle; metanotum irregularly, coarsely, and deeply reticulate in
centre; longitudinal carina faint; ale smooth; nucha broader
than in ZH. scutellatus ; abdomen long, ovate, flat. Colour bright
metallic green, with golden reflections ; antennal scape and all
legs yellowish white, somewhat translucent; hind coxe darker
near base; flagellum of antenne brownish; base of abdomen
metallic, segments 3 to 5 brownish ; wings hyaline, veins nearly
white; stigmal club not darker. )
6. The central brown patch of abdomen is narrower, and the
middle and hind coxe are metallic. The antenne become darker
toward tip, club beimg nearly black. Otherwise agrees with
female.
Described from one male and two females. St. Vincent.
Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidx, the
Ichneumonide, the Proctotrypidx, and part of the Chalci-
dide.—Part II. By Witii1am H. Asuurap.
Family BRACONIDA.
Subfamily Braconina.
Bracon, abr.
Table of Species.
Wholly rufous or honey-yellow, except sometimes
Phe dea pen cant chk waneapsdere aie veteran ma. 3.
Notientanelysolaclipag picts s sipites dois rynke raaionnre aes 2
Entirely black.
Plate of second abdominal segment not entirely
separated from the surrounding surface.
(eneth’ 25 millin.). Gone elie. ons B. niger.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 109
2. Head, thorax, and legs black.
Abdomen rufous, the sutures deeply incised;
wings black, the stigma yellow. GQ .... B. xanthospilus.
Abdomen piceous, the sutures not deeply incised;
wings dusky, the stigma brown. Q....... B. niger.
Abdomen yellow, the sutures not deeply incised ;
wings fuliginous, the stigma brown-black ;
TAGS URPICCOUS SG Mev ayer aysie vyeterel skeeetel lorek ater B. seminiger.
Head, pronotum, pectus, and legs black.
Abdomen rufous; the sutures deeply incised;
wings smoky, the stigma yellow. ¢2.... JB. flavomaculatus.
3, Head above black or piceous.
Thorax, anterior and middle coxz and trochanters,
the second joint of the posterior trochanters,
posterior knees, and abdomen rufous. 2 .. J. maculiceps.
Head not black.
Rufous; wings black, with a streak im the first
submarginal cell and a spot behind the re-
current nervure white. Legs black, all coxz,
middle femora beneath and the posterior
ierniona Tone, Ch 2) beorcenoaenscool as B. femoratus.
Honey-yellow or pale ferruginous.
Wings subhyaline, iridescent; legs entirely
pale; no plate or foveole on the second
abdomimal segment. GQ .......2..5. B. Sancti- Vincenti.
Wings smoky or blackish; tips of posterior
tibiz and tarsi black or fuscous; a plate and
foveolz on second abdominal segment.¢ Q B. vulgaris.
BRACON NIGER, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 24 millim. to 3 millim; ovipositor longer than
the abdomen. Black, shining, impunctured; the female ab-
domen piceous. Palpi yellow. Antenne in female 33-jointed,
in male 29-jointed. Thorax with a middle lobe prominently
convex anteriorly, but without distinct furrows. Pleura and
metathorax smooth, polished, the metapleura with a spiracular
furrow. Wings dusky hyaline or blackish, the venation brown ;
the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half times
as long as the first; the second submarginal cell therefore very
long, or as long as the third along its upper margin and a little
longer along its lower margin ; the recurrent nervure not inter-
stitial, rejected, joining an angle in the first submarginal cell.
Abdomen smooth, shining; the first segment is a little longer
than the second, with side furrows that converge at base and
110 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
form a wedge-shaped shield; the second segment has two
irregular grooved lines on each side of the middle that extend
posteriorly about two-thirds the length of the segment; the
suture between the second and third segments crenate; fourth
segment with a transverse grooved line near the base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
BRACON XANTHOSPILUS, sp. n.
$9. Length 7 to 8 millim.; ovipositor not quite half the
length of the abdomen. Black, polished, covered with a sparse
white pubescence ; abdomen dark rufous, the two terminal seg-
ments black. Head subquadrate, narrowed behind the eyes.
Palpi piceous. Antenne longer than the body, black, multi-
articulate, the joints after the third, to near the tips, not longer
than wide. Thorax wholly smooth, shining, the metapleura
separated from the dorsum of metathorax by a broad, smooth
furrow, the spiracles round, situated just above the furrow at
about its middle. Wings black, the stigma yellow; in the male
the two basal cells are nearly hyaline, and nearly the whole of
the first submarginal cell and a spot behind the recurrent ner-
vure are white; the female also has a streak across the first sub-
marginal cell and behind the recurrent nervure white, but not
so large or distinct as in the male, while the basal cells are not
hyaline. Abdomen ovate, the sutures deeply incised; the first
segment has broad, crenate, lateral furrows with a subcordate
shield; the second segment has a triangular shield at its basal
middle, with broad oblique fovex toward the sides; all the seg-
ments are smooth, shining, and impunctured.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and two female specimens.
BRACON SEMINIGER, Sp. 0.
6. Length 3 millim. Smooth, shining; head, thorax, and
legs black; abdomen yellow. Head quadrate, not narrowed be-
hind the eyes. Antenne black, not quite as long as the body,
all the joints being longer than wide. Wings fuliginous; the
second abscissa of the radius is a little more than thrice as long
as the first, the second submarginal cell therefore very long ;
the recurrent nervure is interstitial with the first transverse
cubital nervure. Abdomen smooth, impuuctured, linear, much
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. ade
longer than the head and thorax together, the first segment the
longest, with a triangular raised shield posteriorly, the second
and following smooth, without shield ; the sutures are not deeply
incised.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, in poor condition.
BRACON FLAVOMACULATUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length variable, from 33 millim. to 6 millim.; ovipo-
sitor about one third the length of abdomen. Rufous; head,
antenn, pronotum, pectus, and legs black; in the male the
mesopleura are also black. The face, cheeks, pectus, and cox
are covered with a whitish pubescence. Head subquadrate,
narrowed behind the eyes. Metapleura separated from the
dorsum of the metathorax by a furrow; the spiracles very
minute, round, situated at about the middle of the suture.
Abdomen ovate, the sutures deeply incised, the first segment
longer than the second, with crenate furrows laterally forming a
wedge-shaped shield; the second segment with a triangular-
shaped shield at its basal middle, not entirely separated at its
apex from the surrounding surface; on each side of this shield
are deep oblique fovee; the third segment has oblique grooved
lines at its basal angles; the fourth segment with a transverse
crenate furrow across the basal one-third. Wings black, the
stigma yellow ; the recurrent nervure is interstitial with the first
transverse cubital nervure; the second abscissa of the radius is
about four times the length of the first, the second submarginal
cell therefore very long; the third submarginal cell is only a
little longer than the second.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and 17 male specimens.
BRACON MACULICEPS, sp. 0.
Q. Length 3 millim.; ovipositor half the length of the abdo-
men. Rufous; head above, antenne, wings, ovipositor, and legs
(except anterior pair, middle coxe, trochanters, tarsi, and second
joint of posterior trochanters and posterior knees) black. Abdo-
men ovate, the sutures not deeply incised; the first segment
with a wedge-shaped shield, the second with a triangular raised
piece at the basal middle with a depression on each side of the
piece. Wings dusky or black; the second abscissa of radius is
112 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
about two and’a half times as long as the first, the recurrent
_nervure rejected.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
BRACON FEMORATUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 2}t08 millim.; ovipositor about half the length
of abdomen. Rufous; antenne, wings, and legs, with the ex-
ceptions herein afterwards mentioned, black ; all cox, middle
femora beneath, and the posterior femora rufous ; in the male the
anterior tarsi are pale. The whole surface, except the face,
which is shagreened, is smooth and shining. Head transverse.
Palpi in the female black, in the male white. Antenne shorter
than the body, the joints after the third transverse. Metapleura
separated from the dorsum of metathorax by a furrow; the spi-
racles small, rounded. Abdomen ovate, the sutures not deeply
incised; the shield of the first segment wedge-shaped, the
second segment smooth, without a shield, and with but faint
traces of the oblique furrows at the sides. The second abscissa
of the radius is about four times as long as the first, the recur-
rent nervure rejected, while there is a white streak across the first
submarginal cell and a white spot behind the recurrent nervure.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Deseribed from 4 female and 12 male specimens.
Bracon Sancti- VINCENTI, sp. n.
3 @. Length 12 to 2 millim.; ovipositor short. Entirely
honey-yellow or pale ferruginous; antenne and eyes black or
brown-black; wings greyish hyaline, iridescent, the nervures
brown; the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half
times as long as the first, the recurrent nervure rejected. The
whole surface is smooth, shining, impunctured. Abdomen ovate,
the sutures not deeply incised; the first segment with a wedge-
shaped shield, the following smooth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 24: individuals.
BRACON VULGARIS, sp. n.
$ 2. Length 23 to 4 millim.; ovipositor not quite as long as
the abdomen. MHoney-yellow or pale ferruginous ; the antenne
black; wings fuliginous; tips of the posterior tibie and their
tarsi fuscous or black. Asin B. Sancti-Vincenti, its whole surface
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 113
is smooth, shining, impunctured, and the venation of the wings
is identical. The second abdominal segment, however, has a
subtriangular shield at its basal middle, which is not entirely
separated at apex from the surrounding surface; there are also
two shallow oblique lines on each side of the shield.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from many individuals of both sexes.
This species varies greatly in size, in the colour of the body,
from a honey-yellow to pale rufous, and in the density of the
colour of the wings.
Myosoma, Brulié.
MYosoMa PILOSIPES, sp. 0.
3. Length 3 millim. Head above, antenne, streak on pro-
notum, wings, tip of abdomen, and legs black; face, thorax,
coxe, and trochanters and abdomen rufous; the base of anterior
tibia and tarsi and the base of middle tibie pale. The whole
surface is smooth, shining, impunctured, sparsely hairy ; the legs
rather densely pilose. Antenne about 36-jointed. Wings
black; the second abscissa of the radius is about two and a half
times as long as the first, or a little longer than the third; the
second submarginal cell therefore long, as wide at apex as at
base; the first transverse cubital nervure oblique, not interstitial
with the recurrent nervure; the second transverse cubital ner-
vure straight; the median and submedian cells are of an equal
length ; there is a hyaline or whitish streak across the base of
the first submarginal cell that is extended into the third discoidal
cell behind the recurrent nervure, while there is also a whitish
streak in the second discoidal cell near the discoidal nervure.
Abdomen ovate, the first segment the longest, with lateral fur-
rows ; the shield wedge-shaped, convex, smooth; second segment
transverse, slightly longer than the third, with a fovea on each
side of the basal middle, forming a small triangular shield that is
not entirely separated behind, and on each side of these fovee is
another oblong foveola; the third segment has a curved im-
pressed line at its basal middle that forms a small lunate or
semicircular shield, and laterally with oblique grooved lines that
extend into lateral foveole ; while the fourth segment has two
transverse impressed lines.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens. No species in this genus has
yet been described from the North-American fauna, and the
114 wR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
present species is quite different from the three or four species
known from South America.
Micropracon, Ashmead.
(Bull. no. 1, Col. Biol. Assoc. 1890, p. 15.) »
MicroBRAcoN PILOSITHORAX, sp. n.
3. Length 2 millim. Black, finely punctulate, but shining,
and covered with sparse, glistening, white hairs; orbits, face,
mandibles, palpi, legs, and most of the abdomen yellow; the
shield of first and the dorsum of third and fourth abdominal
segments brown. Antenne 30-jointed, black. Mesopleure with
a small fovea at the middle of its posterior margin. Metathorax
finely shagreened, the metapleura bounded above by a delicate
carina; the spiracles small, inconspicuous. Wings subhyaline,
the first abscissa of the radius only a little shorter than the
second, the third abscissa about twice the length of the second ;
the second transverse cubital nervure is short, the second sub-
marginal cell, therefore, narrower at apex than at base, while the
recurrent nervure is not longer than the second branch of the
cubitus: in the hind wings the radial and cubital nervures are
abbreviated and do not extend to the apical margin. Abdomen
oval, shagreened, the second segment as long as the first, without
shield, furrow, or foveola, the following segments subequal.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily SpaTHiinz.
STENOPHASMUS, Smith.
STENOPHASMUS TERMINALIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 3 to 6 millim.; ovipositor longer than the body.
Ferruginous, the abdominal segments usually more or less banded
- with dusky, especially toward apex, rarely entirely fuscous ;
sometimes the thorax more or less fuscous ; the posterior legs
usually with brownish or fuscous markings.. Wings subfuscous,
the venation brown. .Head quadrate, smooth, except some trans-
verse aciculations.on the vertex. Ocelli contiguous, in a triangle.
Antennz longer than the body; in the female the four or five
apical joints white; in male dusky or fuscous, the tips never
white. Thorax trilobed, more or less transversely rugose ; scu-
tellum smooth on the disk; mesopleura with some longitudinal
strie superiorly ; sternum sometimes black or fuscous, smooth ;
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 115
metathorax rather long, with delicate lateral keels, and more or
less lineately rugose. Abdomen longer than the head and
thorax together ; the petiole very long, as long as the posterior
femora and trochanters together; the petiole, second segment,
basal half of third, and the fourth segment opaquely shagreened ;
rest of the abdomen smooth, shining.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 23 specimens. The species is exceedingly
variable in size and somewhat in colour, but is readily distin-
guished from the other described species by the white tips of the
female antenne.
Subfamily HecaBorina.
Hererospinus, Haliday.
Table of Species.
Females.
Second abdominal segment with one or more trans-
verse impressed lines or sutures..........66.. 2.
Second abdominal segment without a transverse im-
pressed line or suture.
Dark ferruginous ; antennz fuscous, the two basal
joints and the sutures of all the joints, and the
_ legs white or pale luteous, the legs with some
brown markings; first and second abdominal
segments and the basal half of the thirdstriated. H. ferruginus.
Black, opaque, minutely rugose; antennz pale
brown, yellowish basally ; legs black; knees,
tips of tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow; first
abdominal segment and the basal half of the
second opaquely sculptured .............. H. carbonarius.
2. Second abdominal segment with one transverse
SUE cen ooboaboton paonooe COMO RnIOS monos 3.
Second abdominal segment with three transverse
sutures longer than the first.
Thorax and abdomen black or fuscous; head,
collar, legs, band at base of second abdomi-
nal segment, and the apex of abdomen
luteous or white; first abdominal segment
and the second to the third transverse su-
ture, and the basal portion of the third,
striated or aciculated; the apex of the
second segment and the rest of the abdo-
MEN SMOGEH. Polishedy a. fas\neaese sas «vc H. fasciatus.
116 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Second abdominal segment with two transverse
sutures.
Pale ferruginous with fuscous markings ; legs pale
luteous.
First transverse suture of the second segment
at the middle, the second at the apical one-
third of the upper half; first segment and
basal half of the second, and the bottom of
the second suture striated or aciculated ;
the rest of the abdomen, except some faint
aciculations at the bottom of a transverse
suture on the third segment, smooth,
polished; ovipositor as long as the ab-
doment eee Behari all. Bie iter ...... H. pallidipes.
First transverse suture of the second segment
curving inwardly at sides; the second su-
ture straight, close to the apex of the
segment ; the third, fourth, and fifth seg-
ments with dark transverse bands ; ovipo-
sitor much longer than the abdomen; first
segment and the second, except the apex,
SURIALE Camryn an ee renin cot Iau, ce aang H. longicaudus.
3. Second abdominal segment shorter than the first,
OL EQUA ii ccs eee pica chs ORI LYSE ee niea ns 4,
Second abdominal segment longer than the first.
Suture of second segment at about one-half the
length of the segment, not arcuated.
Black, the head reddish, legs and two basal
joints of antennz white; third abdominal
segment with a broad transverse suture
before the middle, the basal portion very
faintly and the broad suture distinctly
aciculated, the apical portion and the fol-
lowing segments smooth, polished; ovi-
positor half the length of the abdomen.... H. nigrescens.
4. Suture of the second segment at about one-third
the length of the segment, arcuated, in middle
nearly obsolete.
Pale ferruginous, head, legs, and apex of abdo-
men luteous or white; first abdominal
segment and the basal two-thirds of the
second striated, the third showing some
faint aciculations at base; the following
segments rarely slightly punctate basally,
usually smoother ceva saree en omeenO ek H. questor, Hal.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. U7
Variable, from ferruginous to luteous.
Mesopleura, sutures of thorax and metathorax
above, and basal four abdominal segments
dark fuscous or black ; suture of second seg-
ment at about the middle, bending inwardly
toward the sides; first segment and basal
two-thirds of the second striated; the
following two or three segments finely punc-
tate at base, rest of the abdomen smooth .. HH. variegatus.
Mesopleura, humeri, and base of metathorax
more or less fuscous, rest of the insect, ex-
cept legs, pale ferruginous; suture of
second segment near the middle, subobso-
lete ; first segment, basal two-thirds of
second, and at the bottom of a depression
near the base of third, striated or aciculated,
rest of the abdomen smooth ............ HH. humeralis.
HETEROSPILUS FERRUGINUS, sp. 0.
@. Length 43 millim.; ovipositor 3 millim. Reddish brown,
the thorax beneath and at sides blackish; antenne brown, the
incisions of joints whitish; legs whitish, all femora with a sub-
apical reddish annulus, base and tips of tibie with reddish
markings. Head quadrate, rugose, the vertex transversely
aciculated. Antenne 24-jointed, a little shorter than the body,
the two basal joints white. Thorax rugose, the middle lobe of
mesonotum prominent, reaching only to half the length of the
mesonotum ; disk of mesopleura smooth, polished; metathorax
rugose, not areolated, and with only an abbreviated central keel
at base. Wings fusco-hyaline, mottled toward tips with whitish
spots or streaks. Abdomen much longer than the head and thorax
together, the two basal segments and the basal half of the third
opaque, finely striated ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken in a forest at Morne
4 Garon, at an altitude of 1500 feet, under the bark of a stump,
October 31.
HETEROSPILUS CARBONARIUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim.; ovipositor half the length of body.
Black, opaque, finely, closely, confluently punctate, covered with
a sparse white pubescence. Legs black or brown-black; the
tibize at base, tips, and the tarsi honey-yellow. Head quadrate ;
118 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
eyes large, subrotund, black. Antenne 22-jointed, fuscous, the
flagellum a little yellowish toward base. Thorax with the middle
lobe prominent, rounded before, reaching only to half the length
of the mesonotum; pleura closely punctate; metathorax not
areolated, closely punctate, rugose toward tip. Wings hyaline,
with a slight dusky streak in the region of the basal vein and
below the stigma. Abdomen sessile, longer than the head and
thorax together; the first and second segments about equal,
quadrate, the first wholly and the basal half of the second
lineately rugose ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
HETEROSPILUS FASCIATUS, Sp. 0.
3 @. Length 2 to 5 millim.; ovipositor 4 millim. Head,
collar, legs, broad band on second abdominal segment, and the
apex of abdomen honey-yellow or luteous; rest of the insect,
except the antenne which are fuscous, black. Sometimes the
anterior portion of the mesonotum and the pleura are pale,
rarely with most of the thorax pale. Head quadrate, smooth ;
eyes large, rounded, very slightly sinuated within opposite the
antenne. Antenne long, setaceous, from 30- to 34-jointed, the
four or five basal joints pale. Thorax polished, with-a few sparse
hairs, the furrows large, distinct, converging and meeting at base
of scutellum, the sides of the grooves margined within ; collar
distinct, narrowed before, rugose above; scutellum with two
large fovee at base, separated by a slight carina; mesopleura
smooth, with an oblique fovea at the middle; metathorax rugose,
areolated, the two long areas at base nearly smooth, a diamond-
shaped area at the middle extending to the apex and connected
with the base by a central carina, the surface of the area being
rugose ; metapleurarugose. Wings subhyaline, the stigma large,
black or brown; the venation brown, the transverse vein between
the first and second submarginal cells subobsolete or entirely
wanting. Abdomen sessile, longer than the head and thorax
together ; the first segment longer than the second, narrowed
toward base; the second segment quadrate, with three cross-
lines or sutures, the first a little before the middle, the second at
about one-third the length of the remaining portion, the third
visible only at the sides and curving to the posterior angles of
the segment; the third segment also has a cross-line or suture ;
=
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 119
the first segment, basal two-thirds or more of the second, basal
half of the third, and the fourth slightly at base longitudinally
striated or aciculated ; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished.
The male, which is very variable in size and colour, is usually
pale or ferruginous, although sometimes presenting an exact
colour-pattern of the female. Sometimes it is wholly pale, with
only the metathorax, first abdominal segment, and two or three
of the following segments dusky ; the basal portion of the second
segment, however, is always more or iess distinctly yellow, and
the sculpture is identical, or nearly so, in both sexes. The
antenne vary from 22- to 29-jointed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from many specimens of both sexes.
HETEROSPILUS PALLIDIPES, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 13 to 3 millim.; ovipositor a little longer than
the abdomen. Pale ferruginous; orbits, lower part of head,
streak on collar, and legs white or luteous. Collar, humeri, meso-
pleura, and metathorax more or less fuscous. Head quadrate,
smooth, except the vertex, which is transversely aciculated.
Eyes very large, rounded, slightly sinuated within. Thorax
finely shagreened, the furrows distinct, the middle lobe pos-
teriorly in front of the scutellum with three or four raised lines;
scutellum smooth, polished; metathorax areolated, rugose, the
surface of the two large basal areas finely, closely punctate, the
diamond-shaped area nearly obliterated by the rugosity of its
surface. Wings subhyaline, the venation brown, the first and
second transverse nervures subobsolete. Abdomen not longer
than the head and thorax together; the second segment longer
than the first, with two transverse impressed lines, the first at
about half its length, the second at about one-third the length of
the remaining half; the third segment also with a transverse, im-
pressed line ; the first segment and the basal half of the second
longitudinally striated, the transverse impressed line on third
aciculated at bottom; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished.
The male is uniformly pale ferruginous, and in sculpture agrees
with the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
HETEROSPILUS LONGICAUDUS, Sp. 0.
2. Length 4 millim.; ovipositor 3 millim. Pale ferruginous,
120 MR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
with fuscous tingeings in the sutures; antenne dusky toward
tips; legs honey-yellow. Head quadrate, smooth, the vertex
transversely aciculated. Thorax shagreened, narrowed in front;
the collar produced, striated at sides ; parapsidal furrows distinct,
the middle lobe rugose posteriorly ; scutellum smooth, with a
crenulated furrow across the base ; pieura and metathorax rugose,
the latter not areolated. Wings greyish-hyaline, strongly iri-
descent, the venation brown, the costa basally yellow, the trans-
verse nervures of the second and third submarginal cells sub-
obsolete. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax together,
the base of third and fourth segments and the apex of the fifth
and sixth embrowned; the second segment is longer than the
first, with a transverse impressed line at about its middle that
curves basally at the sides, and another straight subapical trans-
verse line ; first segment and the second, except near the apex,
striated, the following segments, except the last two, microsco-
pically punctate.
Hab. St. Vincent, leeward side.
Described from a single specimen.
HETEROSPILUS NIGRESCENS, sp. 0.
@. Length 24 millim.; ovipositor shorter than the abdomen.
Black; the head reddish brown, with transverse aciculations on
the vertex; antenne 24-jointed, brown, the two basal joints
white. Thorax shagreened, opaque; scutellum smooth, shining,
with a transverse crenulated furrow at base ; pleura shagreened ;
metathorax rugose, areolated.. Wings subfuscous. Abdomen
as long as the head and thorax together, the second segment
shorter than the first, with a depression at the middle; first
segment and the second, except the apical one-third, striated,
the following segments smooth, polished, the third with a trans-
verse suture, the bottom of which is faintly aciculated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken at 1500 feet altitude.
HETEROSPILUS VARIEGATUS, sp. 0.
3 @. Length 2 to 33 millim.; ovipositor about as long as the
abdomen. Pale ferruginous to luteous, sutures of thorax, meta-
thorax, and upper portion of four or five basal abdominal
segments black; antenne pale brown ; legs white. Head with
faint transverse aciculations on the vertex. Thorax very faintly
shagreened, the parapsidal furrows distinct, the middle lobe
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 121
rugose posteriorly ; metapleura with a crenulate furrow across
the disk; metapleura areolated, the central diamond-shaped area
rugose, the two large basal areas shagreened. Wings subhyaline,
the transverse nervures between the second and third submar-
ginal cells subobsolete. Abdomen as long as the head and thorax
together, the first segment and the basal two-thirds of the second
striated, the three following segments finely punctate along the
base ; the second segment is longer than the first in the male,
shorter in the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
HETEROSPILUS HUMERALIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 2 to 23 millim.; ovipositor shorter than the
abdomen. Pale ferruginous, the mesopleura, humeri, and base
of metathorax more or less fuscous or dusky; legs white or
luteous. Head smooth, transversely aciculated on vertex..
Thorax faintly shagreened, the parapsides distinct, the middle
lobe roughened posteriorly ; metathorax rugose, areolated. Wings.
subfuscous ; the stigma large, brown; the venation pale. Abdo-
men not longer than the head and thorax together, the first and
second segments about equal, longitudinally striated, except the
apex of the second, which is smooth and polished, the third
segment aciculated at base, rest of the abdomen smooth, shining.
The male in structure and colour closely resembles the female,
except the apex of the abdomen is slightly embrowned and the
mesopleura are smoother and more shining.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 1 male, 7 female specimens.
Lysitermus, Forster.
Table of Species.
Pale ferruginous; wings hyaline; the last antennal joint
NOt) WIILES wate cra Sarnteraiaren siete ertvehaydiae san sarees L. terminalis.
Dark brown ; wings with a transverse band ; the last an-
tenmalijoitiby WHILE Mere ateratel ol ersis shel ive) vais’ ete che’ elotaters L. fascipennis..
LYSITERMUS TERMINALIS, Sp. 0.
2. Length 13 millim.; ovipositor half the length of the
abdomen. Pale ferruginous, smooth, polished; mesopleura,
apical half of abdomen, and ovipositor black ; legs pale yellow.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXyv. 10
122 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
_ Head subglobose, the eyes brown. Antenne 17-jointed, longer
than the body. Mesonotum with two punctate furrows that
converge and meet before the scutellum, the middle lobe finely,
sparsely punctate, truncate anteriorly with acute angles. Meso-
pleura with a crenulate fovea near the middle. Metathorax
finely rugose, with a delicate central longitudinal keel and lateral
keels. Wings hyaline, the margins with short cilia, the venation
brown, and with only two submarginal cells; stigma distinct,
the first branch of radius long, the second branch extending to
the apical margin, the marginal cell therefore large. Abdomen
oblong-oval, depressed, polished, blackish towards apex, and com-
posed of only three visible segments.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
LysITERMUS FASCIPENNIS, Sp. 0.
2. Length 14 millim.; ovipositor two thirds the length of the
abdomen. Dark reddish brown, polished, impunctate ; meso-
and metapleura and apical half of the abdomen black; legs
honey-yellow, the apical half of the posterior femora embrowned.
Head subglobose, the eyes oval, brown. Antenne 14-jointed,
fuscous, the four basal joints yellowish, the apical joint white.
Mesonotum without furrows, smooth, polished, the anterior angles
acute. Metathorax finely rugose, with a central longitudinal keel
and lateral keels. Wings hyaline, with a transverse brown band
below the stigma, and of the same width. Abdomen oblong-oval,
polished, of three segments, the first finely aciculated or striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily PamBoninz.
Pamsotus, Haliday.
PAMBOLUS ANNULICORNIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 24 millim.; ovipositor about half the length of
the abdomen. Black, polished; head transverse, the face below
the antenne finely punctate. Antenne dark brown, the two
basal joints and a broad band beyond the middle honey-yellow.
Thorax smooth, impunctate, the parapsidal furrows distinct,
converging posteriorly, the middle lobe wita two short carine
posteriorly ; scutellum polished, with five fovex at base; meso-
pleura, finely punctulate, with an oblique, crenulate furrow
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 123
anteriorly ; metathorax rugose, with two areas at base. Wings
hyaline, the second and third submarginal cells confluent. Legs,
including coxe, honey-yellow. Abdomen sessile, oblong-oval,
the second segment longer than the first, with a cross-furrow at
aboutits middle ; the first segment, basal two-thirds of the second,
and the third at base longitudinally striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Dimeris, Ruthe.
DIMERIS MACULIPENNIS, Sp. 0.
$. Length 1 millim. Brown, the head blackish on the vertex.
Antenne 16-jointed, pale. Thorax smooth, narrowed in front,
with two delicate furrows that converge and meet before attain-
ing the base of the scutellum. Scutellum with a large fovea
across the base. Metathorax finely rugose, areolated. Wings
subfuscous, with spots at base, across the middle, and in the
radial cell white. Abdomen finely punctate, composed of three
segments, the first the longest, the third the shortest. Legs
honey-yellow, tips of posterior femora and tibiz brown.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily Raocapina.
Ruoagas, Vees.
RHOGAS PECTORALIS, Sp. n.
3 2. Length 4 to 5millim. Black, opaque, closely, finely
punctulate; the mouth-parts, legs, and thorax beneath honey-
yellow. Wings fuliginous, the first branch of radius as long as
the second. Metathorax, the first, second, and basal half of the
third abdominal segment with a delicate central keel ; the fourth
and following segments slightly shining. Ovipositor in female
very slightly exserted.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and four males, taken at an altitude
of 1500 feet.
CiinocentRvs, Haliday.
CLINOCENTRUS FLAVIVENTRIS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 33 to 44 millim. Entirely black, shining, pube-
scent; the apex of abdomen, along the sides, and the venter alone,
10*
124 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
yellow. Head transverse, smooth above; orbits and face, below
antenne, punctate. Palpi fuscous. Antenne 36-jointed, longer
than the body. Thorax trilobed, the middle lobe posteriorly
rugose, the mesopleura with a smooth space on the disk. Scu-
tellum smooth, with two large, confluent fovee at base. Meta-
thorax coarsely rugose. Wings fuliginous. Abdomen compressed
along the venter and slightly at tip, the first and second segments
above black, striated, the following segments smooth, the third
with a black spot at base and showing some faint transverse
aciculations.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five specimens, taken at an altitude of 500 feet.
Subfamily CurLonin a7.
PuHanotoma, Wesmael.
Table of Species.
Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, varied more or less
with fuscous.
Moraxctril oledlyece yortaiaisraa cies eyetebs «ce eiaie a, oct io ayekebavotexe De
Thorax not trilobed.
Occiput deeply emarginated; first branch of radius
distinctly longer than the second ............ P. insularis.
Occiput not deeply emarginated; first branch of
radius half the length of the second .......... P. humeralis.
2. First branch of radius as long as or longer than the
second. First transverse cubital nervure not inter-
stitial with the recurrent nervure, but joined to
HHS GHlotmMlinganne eqocnadooasoodeqboocdoacec P. meridionalis.
First transverse cubital nervure interstitial ........ P. fuscovaria.
PHENOTOMA INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
6. Length 4millim. Pale ferruginous, closely, finely punctu-
late ; a spot back of eyes and ocelli, the humeri, a spot on middle
of thorax, collar beneath, the bottom of the impression at sides,
the sternum, spot beneath tegule, and metathorax and the
abdomen above except an oblong discal spot, a spot on middle
and posterior femora beneath near the apex, and the posterior
tibie, except just at base, fuscous. Antenne 23-jointed, taper-
ing at tips. Head broader than the thorax, deeply excavated
posteriorly. Thorax without furrows; scutellum triangular ;
metathorax short, finely rugose, with a slight keel on the superior
edge of the posterior face connected with delicate lateral keels,
the disk without keels. Wings subhyaline, mottled with whitish
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 125
spots, the venation brown, the stigma with a large yellowish
streak ; the first branch of the radius longer than the second, the
first transverse cubital nervure interstitial with the recurrent
nervure.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken at an altitude of
2000 teet. The species approaches closest to P. tibialis, Hal.,
but is decidedly different in the venation. ,
PHENOTOMA HUMERALIS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 4 millim. Pale ferruginous, closely, finely punc-
tulate ; shoulders, the depressions at sides of scutellum, and apex
of metathorax fuscous. Head transverse, the occiput scarcely
emarginated. Antenne 24-jointed, acuminated at tips, pale
ferruginous, the four or five small apical joints black. Thorax
without furrows, the disk flattened. Metathorax with a slight
carina on the superior edge of the posterior face, the face itself
rugose. Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the costal edge and
stigma darker, the latter with a pale streak in the middle ; first
branch of radius only half the length of the second, the first
transverse cubital nervure interstitial with the recurrent nervure
and at the junction very pale. Legs pale. Abdomen of three
segments, the last segment the longest.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen. The pale colour, shape of
the head, and the shortness of the first branch of the radius
readily distinguish the species.
PHHNOTOMA MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0.
3S. Length 3 to 4 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow,
finely, closely punctulate, with fuscous or black markings on
thorax ; the metathorax and upper surface of the abdomen black
or fuscous; sometimes the latter has a rounded yellow discal
spot, sometimes it is pale with an irregular, central stripe; the
metathorax usually has two pale spots at base. Head large,
transverse, excavated posteriorly, with the stemmaticum black.
Antenne’ pale, multiarticulate. Thorax with the parapsidal
furrows obsolete posteriorly before reaching the base of the
scutellum. Avxille meeting as a slender line before the base of
the scutellum. Metathorax rugose, with an irregular carina on
-the superior edge of the posterior face. Legs pale. Wings
subbyaline, the venation pale brownish, some of the nervures
126 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
more or less tinged with yellow; the first branch of the radius
equal to the second, or very slightly longer ; the first transverse
cubital nervure is not interstitial with the recurrent nervure, but
joins the cubital nervure. Abdomen of three segments, the first
and last about equal, the second the shortest, all striate-rugose.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five specimens, taken at an altitude of 500 feet.
The species is near P. humeralis; but the distinct parapsidal
furrows, the length of the first branch of the radius, and in that
the first transverse cubital nervure joins the cubital nervure,
separate it at once from the foregoing and the following species.
PH#ENOTOMA FUSCOVARIA, Sp. 0.
$ @. Length 24 to 4 millim. Pale ferruginous or honey-
yellow, finely rugose-punctate, with variable fuscous markings ;
sometimes it is wholly pale, with only the apex of the antenne
and the abdomen fuscous ; sometimes there is a central fuscous
stripe on the mesonotum, metathorax, and abdomen, the scu-
tellum being wholly fuscous; sometimes the mesopleura, meta-
thorax, tip of abdomen, apex of posterior tibiw and their tarsi
are dusky or fuscous, although usually the legs are of a uniform
pale colour. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the
first and second branches of the radius about equal in length,
while the first cubital nervure is always interstitial with the
recurrent nervure. Abdomen of three segments, the first and
third segments about equa!, the second a little shorter, all striate-
rugose, the first with two distinct keels above.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 31 specimens.
CHELONUS, Jurine.
CHELONUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 23 to3 millim. Black, rugose, garened| with a
sparse, sericeous pubescence. Antenne 16-jointed, the two basal
joints yellowish, or at least beneath. Thorax, in the middle pos-
teriorly, coarsely rugose. Scutellum smooth, polished, with a
row of coarse punctures across the base. Metathorax with two
median keels connected. with a keel on the superior edge of the
posterior face, the angles slightly prominent. Legs honey-yellow,
all coxe, middle and posterior femora, the apical half of their
tibie, and four apical joints of their tarsi black or fuscous.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. e277,
Wings hyaline, the apical half faintly dusky ; the venation, except
the costa and median veins which are yellow, brown; the first
branch of the radius is shorter than the second, the first trans-
verse cubital nervure a little longer than the recurrent nervure.
Abdomen one solid carapace, rugose, with two short keels at
base ; ovipositor slightly exserted. In the male the antenne are
20-jointed, all the femora black, while the abdomen has a slight
transverse slit at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 10 specimens.
Subfamily RuyssaLinz.
Rayssatus, Haliday.
RHYSSALUS CHNOPHANOIDES, sp. 0.
¢. Length 23 millim. Pale ferruginous, smooth, shining;
tip of abdomen piceous. Antenne black, the two basal joints
pale. Thorax trilobed, the middle lobe with a grooved line
posteriorly. Scutellum with a crenate furrow across the base.
Metathorax finely rugose, areolated. Legs honey-yellow. Wings
greyish-hyaline, the venation brown, the second submarginal cell
quadrate ; the first branch of the radius about one half the length
of the second, the recurrent nervure not interstitial with the first
transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen as long as the head and
thorax together, oblong-oval, the first and second segments
striated, the followig smooth, polished, the third with a trans-
verse crenate furrow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken at 500 feet altitude.
RHYSSALUS MELLEUS, Sp. n.
$ Q. Length 13 to 2 millim. ; ovipositor one third the length
of the abdomen. Honey-yellow, the apical half of the abdomen
brownish, Antenne 15-jointed. Thorax with two distinct fur-
rows, the scutellum crenate at base, the metathorax areolated.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, a yellowish spot at base
of stigma; the first branch of the radius is a little shorter than
the second, the recurrent nervure interstitial with the first
transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen subpetiolate, smooth and
polished, the first segment with lateral carine and slightly
roughened.
128 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
The male, or what is taken to be the male of this species, has
17-jointed antennex, white legs, while the mesopleura, scutellum,
metathorax, and base and apex of the abdomen are black or
fuscous; the middle thoracic lobe has a central impressed line;
while the wings are subhyaline with a yellowish spot across the
base of the stigma and the first submarginal cell.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 1 female, 4 male specimens.
RHYSSALUS BRUNNEIVENTRIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 3 millim. ; ovipositor longer than half the length
of the abdomen. Pale ferruginous; a blotch beneath anterior
wings, and the abdomen reddish brown. Antenne multi-articu-
late, pale brown. Thorax faintly shagreened, indistinctly tri-
lobed, pubescent ; the scutellum with two fovex at base, separated
by a raised line. Metathorax finely shagreened, not areolated.
‘Wings subhyaline, the venation pale brownish; the first branch
of radius not half the length of the second, the recurrent nervure
not interstitial with the transverse cubital nervure but joins the
cubitus some distance from its apex. Abdomen ovate, the length
of the thorax, smooth and shining, the first segment finely
sculptured.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen. On account of the non-
areolated metathorax this species does not agree with all the
generic characters laid down for Rhyssalus, agreeing in this
respect with the genus Colastes, Haliday ; but as all of the other
characters agree with Rhyssalus and not with Colastes, I have
placed it in the former genus.
Subfamily AcaTHIDINaE.
Agarutis, Latreille.
AGATHIS RUBRICINCTUS, sp. N.
3 2. Length 33 to 5 millim. ; ovipositor longer than the body.
Black, shining, punctate, covered with a cinereous pubescence,
especially on the face, side of thorax, and the coxe; the second
abdominal segment with a broad reddish-yellow band. Head
transverse rostriform, the vertex with a grooved line from the
lateral ocellus to the margin of the eye; ocellired. Antenne
black, involuted at tips. Thorax trilobed, punctate ; scutellum
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 129
with a crenate furrow at base; metathorax rugose, with a central
carina. Legs black, the anterior pair (except coxe, trochanters,
and two apical joints of tarsi) rufous; apical half of middle
femora and base of their tibie rufous; a spot at base of posterior
tibie, and all tibial spurs rufous. Wings hyaline, the venation
brown-black. Abdomen black, polished, except the two basal
segments which are finely shagreened, and the basal two-thirds
of the second segment which is reddish yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 1 male, 14 female specimens.
AGATHIS PECTORALIS, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor half the length of body.
Rufous; head, collar beneath, mesosternum, and legs black, the
tips of anterior femora and their tarsi and the middle tarsi rufous-
Thorax trilobed, inpunctured ; the scutellum with a deep depres-
gion across the base, separated into two parts by a raised line at
the middle; metathorax rugose, with some delicate longitudinal
keels. Wings fuliginous, with two or three white spots below
the base of the stigma; areolet subquacrate. Abdomen elongate,
smooth, polished, impunctured.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 2 female, 12 male specimens.
Micronvs, Nees.
Micropvs SMITHII, sp. n.
3 2. Length 2 to 21 millim.; ovipositor a little longer than
abdomen. Black, polished; legs yellow; abdomen black, in
male with a bread yellow band at the middle, in the female with
a broad band before the middle and the apex yellow. Thorax
trilobed, smooth, shining, pubescent; metathorax rugose, with
uwo close central parallel keels on the disk. Wings hyaline, the
venation brown. Abdomen, except the first segment, which is
finely sculptured and grooved along the sides, smooth and
polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one Selly
MicRoDUS UNICINCTUS, sp. 0.
@. Length 3 millim. ; ovipositor as long as the body. Black,
polished, the face piceous, the second abdominal segment yellow ;
130 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
four anterior legs honey-yellow ; the posterior legs black, their
tibie with a broad white band at the middle; all tibial spurs
white. Thorax trilobed, furrows deep; scutellum with a deep
impressed line across the base; metathorax very finely shagreened,
without carine. Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the areolet
triangular. Abdomen about as long as the head and thorax
together; except the first segment, which is finely shagreened,
and the second, which is yellow, black, smooth and shining.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
MicrovUs INSULARIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 3 to 4 millim.; ovipositor two thirds the length
of body. Pale ferruginous; stemmaticum extending posteriorly
on the occiput; longitudinal bands on lateral lobes of thorax,
metathorax above, base and apex of abdomen, ovipositor, antenn:e,
and posterior tibie and tarsi, except a pale streak on tibize above
and an annulus at base, black. The furrows of thorax are crenate ;
the metathorax coarsely rugose, with a central furrow; the first
abdominal segment keeled laterally and finely longitudinally
striated basally two thirds of its length, while the posterior tibie
are contracted at base. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation
dark brown, the areolet triangular, open behind.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
Ores, Haliday.
ORGILUS PALLIDUS, sp. n.
9. Length 43 millim.; ovipositor about as long as the
abdomen. Honey-yellow; the antenne above, middle tarsi, the
second joint of posterior trochanters, spot at apex of femora,
their tibiz above and tarsi, fuscous or black. Thorax trilobed,
the furrows crenate; the metathorax smooth, without carine.
Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the marginal cell
closed, extending nearly to the apex of the wing; the first cubital
and first submarginal cells distinct, not confluent; the areolet
triangular, the outer nervure pale.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCEN'L. Lei
Subfamily Catyprina.
Catyprus, Haliday.
CaLYPTUS THORACICUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor longer than the body. Black,
shining; thorax, excepting metathorax, and anterior cox and
trochanters orange-red. Face with pale pubescence. Man-
dibles pale. Antenne about 35-jointed, attenuated and involuted
at tips. Thorax with the parapsidal furrows broad and deep
posteriorly ; the scutellum convex, with two large fovez at base,
separated only by a carina. Metathorax rugose, coarsely areo-
lated. Legs black, pubescent. Wings hyaline, the venation
black. Abdomen with four segments, shining, the first and
second striated ; the first with two carine, the third and fourth
smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken in August at an
altitude of 500 feet. A most beautiful and easily recognized
species, distinguished at once by its orange-red thorax.
Subfamily Bractya.
Buacus, Nees.
BLACUS RUBRICEPS, sp. n.
S$. Length 24 millim. Black, polished ; head red, ocelli black.
Antenne 26-jointed, black, the two basal joints pale. Thorax
smooth, with two delicate furrows that converge and meet a little
beyond the middle of the mesonotum ; the mesonctum is flattened
posteriorly in front of the scutellum. Scutellum convex, with an
impressed cross line at base. Mesopleura smooth, polished.
Metathorax smooth, impunctured, with a central carina. Legs
rufous. Wings hyaline, the venation brown-black ; the recurrent
nervure not interstitial with the transverse cubital nervure.
Abdomen black, smooth, and polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen taken in May.
Ganycuorus, Haliday.
GANYCHORUS COLLARIS, sp. 0.
. Length 2 millim. Black, polished, the antenne, collar, and
legs reddish yellow, the posterior femora dusky toward tips.
Antenne 20-jointed, the last joint large, fusiform. Thorax
smooth, with two distinct furrows; collar, sternum, and meta-
182 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
thorax rugose, the latter with two large areas on disk, the surface
of which is smooth. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation pale
brown; the recurrent nervure almost interstitial with the first
transverse cubital nervure, the cubitus extending to the apical
margin of the wing, the marginal cell therefore very large.
Abdomen smooth, the first segment with lateral grooves, the
second segment piceous ; ovipositor about half the length of the
abdomen.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single species.
Subfamily LioPHRoNINz.
LiorHron, ees.
LIOPHRON MINUTUS, sp. 0.
3 @. Length 11to13 millim. Black, highly polished; antennz
and legs in male yellowish ; apical half of abdomen and antennz
in female piceous. Head transverse, the face with short, sparse,
white hairs. Antenne in female 20-jointed, in male 15-jointed.
Thorax with the parapsides distinct, the scutellum foveated at
base. Metathorax smooth, delicately areolated. Wings hyaline,
the venation pale yellowish, the costa and stigma brown, the
marginal cell about as long as the stigma; the first branch of the
radius very short, the recurrent nervure joining the first sub-
marginal cell. Abdomen in female smooth, the first segment
with lateral grooved lines, the ovipositor very short; in male the
first segment and the basal half of the second aciculated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
Subfamily ToxonrvRiIns.
ToxoneurA, Say.
TOXONEURA ATRICORNIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 33 to5 millim. Sanguineous to reddish yellow;
the vertex of head and tip of abdomen dusky or black; antenne,
sheaths of ovipositor, tips of middle tibie, and posterior knees,
tips of their tibie, and tarsi black or fuscous, the basal tarsal
joint usually pale at base. Wings fuliginous. Sometimes the
whole upper surface of the abdomen is dusky or brown, and
occasionally it is entirely pale, concolorous with the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 51 specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 133
Subfamily Oprrvz.
Gyampropon, Haliday.
GNAMPTODON? ATRICAUDUS, sp. n.
@. Length 13 millim.; ovipositor as long as the abdomen.
Pale ferruginous, finely shagreened. Head transverse, the occi-
put margined. Antenne slightly dusky towards tips. Thorax
with two deep furrows, with sparse white hairs along the margins.
Scutellum with a crenate furrow at base. Mesopleura with an
oblique furrow below the middle. Metathorax finely rugose,
indistinctly areolated. Wings hyaline, the venation pale; the
first branch of radius very little shorter than the second, the
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital
nervure, the submedian cell slightly longer than the median.
Abdomen elongate-oval, the first segment and basal two-thirds of
the second finely rugose and striated, the second with a trans-
verse furrow, the apex and the following segments smooth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
This species does not agree exactly with the definition for the
genus Gnamptodon, having the occiput margined and only one
transverse suture on the second abdominal segment. In having
the occiput margined it agrees with Ademon, Hal., but in all
other characters it does not agree, and in my perplexity I have
placed it doubtfully in Gnamptodon.
Optus, Wesmael.
Table of Species.
Mesonotum with furrows, or at least trilobed ...... 3.
Mesonotum without furrows, not trilobed.
Recurrent nervure interstitial with the first trans-
verse cubital nervure, or joining the first sub-
perrirel Bil soko orsoecoe odce Gone doce bade 2.
Recurrent nervure not interstitial, or joining an
angle in the second submarginal cell.
Black, legs pale; the third abdominal segment
lon Gers hanes hts Gm cr (crercis icra ooler a niote O. Salvini.
Honey-yellow, the head black ; second and third
abdominal segments equal, shorter than the
FILS Eeetartcttateteverci ters rai chel’ekveheles arene <lcbeuevatla/are O. melanocephalus.
Entirely honey-yellow ; second abdominal seg-
ment short, with oblique fovez at base .... O. insularis.
1384 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
2. Black; second abdominal segment with a yellow
band sloncerstian theinstaeie ie lctnron iinet: O. unifasciatus.
Honey-yellow or pale ferruginous, the tip of the
abdomen sometimes very dusky.
Second abdominal segment not longer than the
first ; the recurrent nervure interstitial .... O. interstitials.
Second abdominal segment shorter than the first ;
the recurrent nervure rejected .........-.. O. rejectus.
3. Pale ferruginous or honey-yellow, head and apex of
abdomen black or brown.
Antenne not ringed with white; recurrent nervure
HOT UMCERSELLIAL: meray fo civ) eres sich BA At O. atriceps.
Antenne ringed with white; recurrent nervure
aMberstitialllld, wets, .ccler. eiae ei. elelebel erate Ee = O. annulicornis.
Opius SALVINI, sp. n.
3 @. Length 14 to 2 millim.; ovipositor much longer than
the abdomen. Black, shining, impunctured, rarely with the
disk of thorax, metathorax, and a spot on second abdominal seg-
ment brown; legs and two basal joints of antenne honey-yellow
or reddish yellow, the rest of the antenne varies from brown to
black. In the female the antenne are 23-jointed, in the male
21- to 26-jointed. Thorax smooth, without furrows. Scutellum
foveated at base. Mesopleura with a crenate furrow. Meta-
thorax rugose. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation dark
brown; the first branch of the radius very short, the recurrent
nervure not interstitial, joiming an angle in the second submar-
ginal cell. Abdomen oval, in the female the first and second
segments about equal, the third the largest; in the male the
second segment is the longest; the third segment is roughened,
the following smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 30 specimens.
OPIUS MELANOCEPHALUS, sp. D.
$ 2. Length 1 to 2 millim. ; ovipositor less than one third the
length of the abdomen. Honey-yellow, smooth, impunctured ;
the head always black with the face sometimes pale, and some-
times in the male the abdomen, except the base, is sometimes
brown or black. Antenne in female 24-jointed, in male 22- or
27-jointed, variable from a honey-yellow to brown. Thorax
smooth, without furrows; the scutellum foveated at base; the
mesopleura with a crenate furrow, the metathorax areolated or
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 135
rugose. Wings greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the first
branch of the radius very short, the recurrent nervure not inter-
stitial, joing an angle in the second submarginal cell. Abdomen
oval, the second and third segments equal, shorter than the
first, the first carinated and with a groove at the sides; rest of
the abdomen smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 20 specimens.
OPIUS INSULARIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to2 millim.; ovipositor short. Entirely honey-
yellow, smooth and polished; the male abdomen black toward
apex. Antenne in female 19- to 26-jointed, black, the two basal
joints pale ; in male 24- to 27-jointed. Thorax smooth, without
furrows, the scutellum foveated at base, the mesopleura with a
crenate furrow, metathorax rugose or areolated. Wings hyaline,
the venation pale brown; the first branch of radius very short,
the recurrent nervure joining an angle in the second submarginal
cell. Abdomen oval, the first segment roughened, with grooved
lines at sides, the following segments smooth, polished, the
second segment shorter than the first, with two oblique fovex at
base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 11 specimens.
OPIUS UNIFASCIATUS, Sp. n.
3S. Length 23 millim. Black, polished ; the basal two-thirds
of second abdominal segment, two basal joints of antenne, and
legs yellow. Antenne 29-jointed. Thorax smooth, polished,
without furrows, the scutellum with a crenate furrow along the
base, a crenate furrow on the mesopleura, and the metathorax
coarsely rugose. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation brown ;
the first branch of the radius short, the recurrent nervure inter-
stitial with the first transverse cubital nervure. Abdomen oval,
smooth, polished, the second segment longer than the first,
striated, furrowed at sides.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
OPIUS INTERSTITIALIS, sp. 0.
$ 2. Length 1 to 2 millim.; ovipositor very short, scarcely
exserted. Entirely honey-yellow, seldom with the tip of the
186 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
abdomen dusky. Antenne, except the two basal joints, fuscous
or black. Thorax polished, without furrows, the scutellum with
a crenate furrow at base, mesopleura with a crenate furrow, and
the metathorax finely rugose and areolated. Wings hyaline, the
venation fuscous or brown; the recurrent nervure insterstitial
with the first transverse cubital nervure, the submedian cell
slightly longer than the median. Abdomen oval, polished, the
first segment longer than the second, sculptured with furrows
along the sides, the second with two oblique fovee at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 51 specimens.
OPIUS REJECTUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 14 to 2 millim.; ovipositor about one third the
length of the abdomen. Entirely honey-yellow, the antennz
alone black. Antenne in female 27-jointed, in male 21-jointed.
Thorax smooth, polished, without furrows, the mesopleura with-
out a furrow, and the metathorax smooth, not areolated. Wings
greyish-hyaline, the venation brown; the first branch of the
radius longer than in the foregoing species, while the recurrent
nervure joins the first submarginal cell. Abdomen smooth,
polished, the first segment longer than the second, with furrows
along the sides, but the disk smooth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens, a male and a female.
OP(US ATRICELS, Sp. n.
3. Length 14 to 14 millim. Honey-yellow ; head and apical
half of abdomen, or at least the tip, black or brown, variable, the
face usually pale. Antenne fuscous, pale toward base. Thorax
smooth, with distinct parapsidal furrows ; the scutellum foveated
at base, or areolated. Legs yellowish white. Wings subhyaline,
the venation dark brown; the recurrent nervure not interstitial,
joining the first submarginal cell. Abdomen ovate, smooth, the
first segment the longest, striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
OPIUS ANNULICORNIS, sp. 0.
$2. Length 2 millim.; ovipositor short. Honey-yellow;
the head and apex of abdomen brownish or black. Antenne
black, yellow toward base, with a white annulus beyond the
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 137
middle. Thorax smooth, with distinct parapsidal furrows, the
scutellum with a crenate furrow across the base, a crenate furrow
on the mesopleura, and the metathorax rugose or areolated.
Legs yellowish white. Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the
recurrent nervure interstitial. Abdomen oblong-ovate, smooth,
shining, the first segment the longest, striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
DracwasmMa, Forster.
DIACHASMA PILOSIPES, sp. n.
3 2. Length 2 millim. Pale honey-yellow; the eyes large,
round, brown. Legs whitish, pilose. Thorax microscopically
shagreened, without furrows, the disk somewhat flat. Scutellum
with a fovea at base, the bottom with a central raised line.
Mesgopleura smooth, without a furrow. Metathorax smooth, with
a central carina. Abdomen linear, smooth, the first segment the
longest. Wings hyaline, the venation pale or yellowish, the
recurrent nervure interstitial with the first transverse cubital
nervure.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
Subfamily Anysinz.
PH#NOCARPA, Forster.
PHHNOCARPA PLEURALIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 14 millim. Head, mesopleura, and disk of abdomen
black ; thorax and abdomen, with the exceptions noted, honey-
yellow; legs white. Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown.
Metathorax areolated. First abdominal segment a little wider
than long, with two delicate carine on disk; rest of the abdomen
smooth, polished; the ovipositor very short, scarcely projecting.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, having the antennz broken.
Subfamily APHIDIIN”.
LysIPHLEBus, Forster.
LysIPHLEBUS MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 13 millim. Black, polished; legs, mandibles, and
petiole of abdomen pale brown. Antenne 138-jointed, black, the
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY- 11
138 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
two basal joints pale beneath, the second with a pale ring at.
apex ; funicle-joints about two and a half times as long as thick,
the last a little longer than the first. Wings hyaline, the vena-
tion pale brown, the second branch of the stigmal vein longer
than the transverse cubitus.
Hab. St. Vincent. .
Described from a single specimen taken at 1500 feet altitude.
Family ICHNEUMONID.
Subfamily CRYPriInz.
MeEsostEntvs, Grav.
MESOSTENUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
6 @. Length 5 to 10 millim.; ovipositor 3 to 33 millim.
Head, antennz, thorax, and ovipositor black ; the orbits broadly,
cheeks, face below antenne, clypeus, labrum, spot at base of
mandibles, palpi, a broad annulus on antenne, upper margin of
collar, spot before front coxw, anterior and middle coxe and
trochanters, spot on posterior coxe behind at base, tegule, spot:
below, second joint of posterior tarsi, and scutellum white. Legs.
and abdomen rufous, the tarsi black or fuscous. Head smooth,.
impunetured, with a central carina from front ocellus. Thorax
shining, sparsely punctate, the parapsidal furrows distinct,
crenulated, the middle lobe with longitudinal striz posteriorly ;
metathorax with two transverse keels, the posterior angles
slightly compressedly toothed, the enclosed space at base smooth,
the space between the first and second transverse keels coarsely
longitudinally striated, the posterior face very coarsely rugose,.
metapleura with coarse transverse strie. The mesopleura below
and the metathorax more or less densely covered with a glitter--
ing white, appressed pubescence. Wings hyaline, the venation
piceous, the areolet quadrate. Abdomen with three basal seg-
ments, finely microscopically punctulate. In the male the
annulus on the antenne is narrower, the white spot at base of
posterior coxe wanting ; the second, third, and fourth joints of
posterior tibie are usually white, although sometimes only the
second joint is white or the first partially white, and in a single:
case the tarsi are wholly dusky. The metathorax is more rounded
behind than in the female, the lateral angles not at all toothed,
while the abdomen is smooth, impunctured.
Hab. St. Vincent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 139:
Described from a large series, 21 specimens, taken from 500
to 1500 feet altitude. It is very variable in size, in the width
of the annulus on antenne, and in the white on the posterior
tarsi.
Subfamily OPpHIoNINA.
Norotrracuys, Marshall.
NororracHYS NIGER, sp. n.
3 9. Length 83 to9 millim. Entirely black, except a lateral
spot on the fourth abdominal segment, and the second, third,
and fourth ventral segments, anterior legs (except coxe and
trochanters), and tibial spurs, which are rufous; the female
antenne are annulated with white. Head, before, rugose, with
a central carina extending from the front ocellus ; mesonotum
with shallow, crenulated furrows, the middle lobe rugose ; meta-
thorax reticulately rugose, with two semicircular areas at base.
Wings hyaline, the tips slightly smoky, the venation brown-
black.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female. The male was taken
in a dry scrubby forest near Cumberland, seaward, Sept. 30th,
at an altitude of 500 feet; the female at 2000 feet altitude.
NororRacHYS MINIMUS, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 44 to 5 millim. Differs from WV. niger in its
smaller size, the frons with a white orbital spot, in both sexes
opposite the antenne ; the anterior and middle legs, including
coxe, and the whole side of the fourth abdominal segment
rufous; the mesonotum punctate; the metathorax with two
transverse carine; otherwise in the white annulus on the
antenne and in its wing-characters it agrees with NV. niger.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and two male specimens. The white
orbital spot and the rufous anterior and raiddle legs readily
distinguish the species.
CAMPOPLEX, Grav.
CAMPOPLEX MERIDIONALIS, sp. 0.
3 @. Length 63 to 73 millim. Black, covered with a fine,
gericeous pubescence ; mandibles, palpi, scape beneath, and ante-
rior and middle coxe and trochanters yellowish white, the cox
igh.
140 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
with a spot before ; legs rufous, the middle tarsi fuscous, posterior
legs, including coxe, black ; claws pectinated. Antenne nearly
as long as the body, black. Thorax closely punctulate ; meta-
thorax areolated rugose, the middle area with transverse raised
lines. Abdomen one and a half times as long as the head and
thorax together, compressed, black, the sides of segments 4, 5,
and 6 and the venter rufous; the petiole longer than the second
segment, swollen at tip, smooth, shining, and impunctured, the
following segments closely, finely, microscopically punctate.
Wings subhyaline, the venation black, the areolet small, petiolate.
The female differs from the male only in having an ovipositor
8 millim. long, and in that the apical half of the abdomen, be-
ginning from the middle of the third segment, is entirely rufous.
The wing-areolet is also more distinct.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 2 female, 6 male specimens, taken on west
slope, Gonfriére, Sept. 23, in a forest at an altitude of 1800 feet.
CREMASTUS, Grav.
CREMASTUS (?) INSULARIS, Sp. n.
@. Length 5 millim.; ovipositor 2 millim. MHoney-yellow;
antenne except scape, spot at base of metathorax, base and tip
of posterior tibie, apex of abdomen, first, second, and base of
third abdominal segments black ; the sutures of the first, second,
third, and fourth antennal joints pale. yes very large, oval,
occupying the whole side of the head, and extending to base of
mandibles. Thorax trilobed, middle lobe prominent. Meta-
thorax sloping posteriorly, areolated. Wings hyaline, iridescent,
the venation dark brown, areolet oblique, petiolated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken in a damp forest in
Petite Bordelle Valley, Oct. 23. This is not a true Cremastus.
MesocHorvs, Grav.
MESocHORUS ANNUMITARSIS, Sp. 0.
$. Length 24 millim. Yellowish white ; lateral lobes of meso-
thorax, metathorax, annulus at base and apex of posterior femora,
and the apex of the first, second, third, and fourth joints of their
tarsi, and the last tarsal joint black. Abdomen above (except
the apical two-thirds of the second and the basal half of third
segment, which are luteous), black, the apex paler; middle lobe
OF THE ISLAND OF S81. VINCENT. : 141
of the thorax fuscous. Antenne 24-jointed, pale, toward the
apex fuscous. Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the cubital
vein extending from the areolet to the apical margin of wing
entirely wanting.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen taken at “ sea-level.’’ The
Species comes nearest to IZ. americanus, Cr., than to any other
of the North-American species; but can be distinguished from
it and other closely allied forms by the annulations on the
posterior tarsal joints and the absence of the cubital vein.
Subfamily TrypHonin az.
Exocuus, Grav.
EXoOcHUS TEGULARIS, Sp. 0.
3s. Length 5 millim. MHoney-yellow, antennz, a spot on
occiput extending forwards and enclosing ocelli, tegule, broad
band on middle thoracic lobe, spot cn the lateral lobes, meta-
thorax above, spot on posterior coxe beneath, extreme base of
posterior tibie, and the abdomen above black ; venter and sides
of second, third and fourth, fifth and sixth abdominal segments
honey-yellow, those on the fourth and fifth meeting above and
forming a band. Antennw 30-jointed, straight. Metathorax
distinctly areolated. Wings hyaline, the areolet entirely wanting.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, and seems to come nearest
to the Cuban #. validus, Cr.
OrrHOCENTRUS, Grav.
* Areolet wanting.
ORTHOCENTRUS VARIABILIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 2 to 33 millim. Black, polished, the tace pale,
rarely in male entirely black; mandibles, palpi, and legs yellow-
ish white or honey-yellow; in one specimen only the posterior
coxe are black, the femora brown, in another the posterior
femora and cox are brown; sometimes the posterior femora
and the tips of the tibie are brown. Usually the thorax and
abdomen are entirely black, but two or three specimens have
the mesonotum pale, and sometimes a pale streak across the
second abdominal segment. The antenne are usually 26-jointed
in the male, 22- or 24-jointed in the female, black or dusky,
142 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
always pale toward base. The metathorax is smooth, polished,
impunctured, not areolated, but with delicate side-keels. Abdo-
men polished, the venter always pale, the first segment with a
depression towards the tip and with some slight raised lines.
Wings hyaline, the venation brown, the stigma large, triangular ;
the areolet entirely absent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 10 specimens, taken at an altitude of from 500
+o 1000 feet. There may be more than one species; but as the
specimens at hand are so few and badly mounted, I must leave
the question to be settled by future investigators.
** Areolet present, pentagonal.
ORTHOCENTRUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
6. Length 3to4 millim. MHoney-yellow or luteous; stem-
maticum, dot behind cheeks, sides of mesonotum, metathorax and
abdomen (except apical half of the second, the whole of third,
the base of the fourth and the apical segments) black. The
posterior knees, tip of tibie, and the extreme tip of the tarsal
joints fuscous; rest of the legs white. Antenne 41-jointed,
pale, longer than the body, curled and fuscous at tips. Meta-
thorax rather long, the disk smooth, with two close, central, sub-
parallel, longitudinal carine extending from base to apex; the
metapleura are bounded by a keel, and the space behind the spi-
racles is a little roughened and almost enclosed by a carina
between the central longitudinal keel and the metapleural keel.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, the stigma triangular ;
the areolet rather large, pentagonal. The two basal abdominal
segments are rough, the first with two longitudinal carine above,
the second segment depressed at the middle, the following all
smooth, but more or less punctate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 7 specimens, taken at an altitude of from 1000
to 1500 feet.
Subfamily Prmprinz.
Lampronota, Curtis.
LAMPRONOTA ALBOMACULATA, sp. 0.
9. Length 74 millim. ; ovipositor 8 millim. Black; abdomen
and legs, with the exceptions mentioned below, rufous; face,
orbits, cheeks, clypeus, mandibles, palpi, two stripes on meso-
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 143
notum, scutellum, postscutellum, spot below tegule, posterior
tegule, two large spots beneath, a longitudinal band on meso-
pleura, prosternum and collar, anterior coxe, two spots on
mesosternum before the middle cox, middle coxe except a
black spot behind, posterior cox except a large spot before
and behind, and the metapleura, all white. Head transverse,
impunctured, shining ; ocelli large, red; eyes large, oval, dark
brown. Thorax without furrows, smooth, shining, with some
sparse punctures on the disk and on the scutellum; metathorax
sloping off gradually posteriorly, transversely rugulose, without
earine. Legs rufous, cox white, the middle pair with a black
spot before and behind, the first joint of middle and posterior
trochanters black, anterior and middle tarsi dark fuscous,
approaching black, the middle tibiz more or less fuscous, extreme
tip of posterior femora and their tibie and tarsi wholly black,
tibial spurs white. Wings hyaline, iridescent, the venation
piceous black. Abdomen with the basal and second segments
black or dusky at base and apex, with a dusky blotch on the side
of the third segment.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen, taken at an altitude of
2500 feet.
Family CHALCIDID A.
Subfamily EvryTomin 2.
AsHMEADIA, Howard.
(Rileya, Ashmead.)
Table of Species.
Pale or brownish-yellow species ..........++
Black species.
All coxee black.
Femora toward base brown, rest of legs and
the antennal scape brownish yellow.
Antennz in both sexes subcluvate, the
funicle-joints transverse .......... A. insularis, sp. 0.
Legs, except articulations and the tarsi,
wholly black.
Antennz in male with the funicle-joints
strongly pedicellate-moniliform, with
sparse whorls of long hairs ; female
DHLGOW LobacBpeooe geo Sob o emt A. abnormicornis, sy. n.
bo
144 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
All coxz pale.
Legs wholly brownish yellow; antennz in
male subclavate, the joints transverse ;
female unknown ............+.-..: A. pallidipes, sp. n.
2. Wholly brownish yellow.
Club of stigmal vein very large, circular ;
dorsum of metanotum black; antennz
in female subclavate, brown; male un-
Lea Yo ht) cca bed mG AU.0 Sci. OLA Ue uci A. megastigma, sp. Nn.
Yellowish white, with brownish and black
markings; the club of the stigmal vein
normal.
Middle lobe of mesonotum, the scutellum
and axille, except margins, and the
metanotum black ; occiput and vertex,
except orbits and a streak before and
behind the ocelli, pronotum anteriorly
and three or four fasciz above, disks of
abdominal segments, and venter brown;
the 3rd abdominal segment with a
whitish fascia along the sides curving
upwards and extending along the apical
MONE 6 596 aa0enngncconuDcouonGGS A. pulchra, sp. 0.
ASHMEADIA INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 3 millim. Robust, black, shagreened; scape and
legs, except coxe and the femora at base, brownish yellow;
flagellum subclavate, brown-black, the joints transverse ; suture
and margins between abdominal segments 5 and 6 piceous;
scutellum with some shallow umbilicate punctures ; metathorax
rugose. Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the marginal
vein very long, about two thirds the length of the submarginal,
or three or more times longer than the stigmal. Abdomen sub-
petiolate, conic-ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax
united, shagreened.
The male is only 2 millim. long and, except in its smaller size,
a more flattened, petiolate abdomen (the petiole short and stout),
and pale brown antenne, it agrees in all respects with the
female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
ASHMEADIA PALLIDIPES, sp. 0.
6. Length 1:8 millim. Agrees well with the male of A. insu-
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 145
laris, except the legs, including all coxe, are uniformly brownish
yellow, the scutellum exhibits no umbilicate punctures, the petiole
of abdomen is more slender and longer, being about 25 times as
long as thick, while the venter is piceous.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male specimen.
ASHMEADTA ABNORMICORNIS, Sp. 0.
¢. Length 1:5 millim. Wholly black, except the articulations
of legs and the tarsi, which are honey-yellow. Antenne with
the funicle-joints round and strongly pedicellated at apex, with
whorls of whitish hairs, the club being 3-jointed. Wings clear
hyaline, the marginal vein long and slender, more than three
times the length of the stigmal vein.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
The peculiarity of the antenne renders the species easy of
recognition, and will probably warrant, when the female is
discovered, the creation of a new genus for its reception.
ASHMEADIA MEGASTIGMA, sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Wholly brownish yellow, the meta-
notum and sheaths of ovipositor black; flagellum pale brownish,
the joints transverse, pubescent ; wings hyaline, the stigmal vein
terminating in a large circular stigma, the marginal vein less
than three times the length of the stigmal.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one specimen.
The large, circular stigma, as in the Torymid genus Mega-
stigma, at once distinguishes the species.
ASHMEADIA PULCHRA, Sp. 0.
3 @. Length 15. to 2 millim. Yellowish white; vertex of
head and the occiput, except a spot before and behind ocelli
and the orbits, the pronotum anteriorly and three or four fascize
on its disk, abdominal segments above, and the venter brownish ;
middle lobe of mesonotum, scutellum and axille, except margins,
and the metanotum black; the third abdominal segment has a
long white fascia at sides that curves upwards and extends along
the apical margin of the segment; scape of antenne white;
flagellum subclavate, brown, the joints transverse. Wings
146 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
hyaline, the venation pale, the marginal vein three times as long
as the stigmal.
The male is the smaller, and differs only in having the abdo-
men less pointed, and with the sides, apex, and the venter
wholly white.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 15 female and 4 male specimens.
This is the prettiest species yet discovered in the genus, and
resembles somewhat a pale species, undescribed, known to me
from South Florida.
Systoue, Walker.
(?) SYSTOLE ABNORMIS, sp. n.
@. Length 1°6 millim. Black, smooth, impunctate, sparsely
covered with whitish pubescence, or the head and thorax at the
most feebly shagreened. Abdomen conic-ovate, highly polished,
the fifth segment very long. Antenne subclavate, sparsely
pubescent, the pedicel much larger than the first funicle-joint,
the funicle-joints a little longer than wide. Wings hyaline, the
venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein very long, three times
as long as the stigmal. Antenne and legs, including coxe, pale
yellowish, pubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three female specimens. The venation and the
relative length of the abdominal segments will exclude this species
from Systole, although otherwise, in sculpture and in antennal
characters, it agrees with the definition of the genus. It agrees
in venation with Ashmeadia, but otherwise its habitus is wholly
different.
BEPHRATA, Cameron.
BEPHRATA CULTRIFORMIS, Sp. n.
2. Length 5 millim. Brownish yellow or yellowish, except
as follows :—flagellum, stemmaticum, median stripe on pronotum,
middle lobe of mesonotum, and rest of thorax, except axille and
parapsides, black; hind tibie, large spots on the dorsum of abdo-
minal segments extending into a triangular shape at the sides,
and the terminal segment black. The antenne are filiform, the
joints elongate, cylindrical, the first funicle-joint as long as the
scape. The head is much broader than the thorax. Wings
greyish hyaline, the venation brown-black; the marginal vein is
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 147
nearly twice as long as the stigmal; while the abdomen is
strongly compressed, knife-shaped, as in the Cynipid genus Jbalia,
and almost two and a half times as long as the head and thorax
combined.
Hab. St. Vincent. .
Described from a single specimen. The species is remarkable
for the cultriform abdomen.
DrcatomipEA, Ashmead.
DECATOMIDEA PALLIDICORNIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2:1 millim. Black, strongly confluently punctate,
with a whitish pubescence; antenne, tegule, and legs, except
cox, pale brownish yellow; the coxe black, scaly punctate,
pubescent; posterior tibize with stiff bristles behind; funicle-
joints a little longer than wide, the first the longest joint ; pedicel
brownish above, parapsidal furrows indicated only anteriorly,
obliterated posteriorly ; pleura striate. Wings clear hyaline, the
venation pallid or whitish, the marginal vein about one and a half
times as long as the stigmal, while the postmarginal is only a
little longer than the stigmal. Abdomen subglobose, with a
reticulate or scaly punctuation at sides and beneath, almost
smooth along the dorsum, the petiole very short; the 4th segment
the longest, three times as long as the 3rd segment above.
The male agrees with the female except in having the flagellum
black, the joints being bearded with long hairs, the first funicle-
jomt longer than half the length of the scape and stouter than
any of the following, the funicle-joints 2, 3, and 4 being con-
tracted at tips. Mandibles and palpi pale, the outer margin of
mandibles being brown.
Hab, St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
Evrytoma, Jiliger.
Table of Species.
Species more or less brownish yellow ........ 2.
Species black.
Coxee pale.
Scape and legs pale brownish yellow; venter
PICEOUS) COO) Ereeiatay sie eoceictdvt aie che aaithe. E. insularis, sp. n.
Coxe black. ;
Scape and legs pale brownish yellow.
Funicle-joints 1 to 5 long and strongly
148 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
pedicellate at apex, each joint bearing
two whorls of whitish hairs ; no pale
spot on pronotum; tegule pale;
petiole one half longer than hind
coxee, closely punctate. (d)...... E. insularis, sp. n.
Hind femora, except at tips, black.
Funicle-joints ] to 5 pedicellate, with two
whorls of long hairs; a yellow spot
at the anterior angle of pronotum ;
tegule black; petiole longer than
hind cox, smooth towards apex and
along the sides. (G) ......005- E. peraffinis, sp. n-
2. Brownish yellow.
Median stripe on pronotum, middle lobe of
mesonotum and metanotum, except the
angles, dusky or black.
Petiole in both sexes long, slender, black ;
body of abdomen above with black
markings; 3rd ventral segment with
a black spot.
©. Flagellum black, the joints twice
BS) OES TOES 565 ccd occ ocd E. maculiventris, sp. n.
¢. Antenne wholly black, except some-
times the scape at base or beneath ;
funicle-joints much elongated, pedi-
cellate at apex, with two distinct
widely separated whorls of long
hairs, the first joimt being nearly as
IONE OS THIS MEV on cdorseseaceses E. maculwventris.
EURYTOMA INSULARIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length from 2 to3millim. Black, umbilicate-punctate,
with a sparse glittering white pubescence. In the female the
scape, tegule, and legs, including coxe, are wholly pale brownish
yellow; venter piceous or rufous; the pedicel and flagellum
brown-black ; first funicle-joint one half longer than the second,
the joints beyond gradually subequal, the last being not, or
scarcely, longer than wide; club 3-jointed. Wings hyaline, the
venation pallid yellow, the marginal vein being about one and a
half times as long as the stigmal, the postmarginal scarcely
longer than the stigmal.- Abdomen conic-ovate, not quite as
long as the thorax, with a very short rugose petiole, the rest of
abdomen being smooth and highly polished, the 5th segment
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 149
three times as long as the 4th, the following with sparse white
hairs.
The male agrees with the female, except in having the coxe
black; flagellum very long, black, the funicle-jomts 1 to 5
strongly pedicellate at apex, with two whorls of long white hairs,
the first joint being the longest, fully two thirds the length of
the scape; joints 8 and 9 separated by a constriction ; petiole
long, one half longer than the hind coxe, uniformly and con-
fluently punctate; body of abdomen smooth, polished, the third
segment (excluding the petiole) the longest, fully twice as long
as the second, the first longer than the second, with a large fovea
at base above.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 1 female and 8 male specimens.
EURYTOMA PERAFFINIS, Sp. 0.
$. Length 2°5 millim. Closely allied to #. insularis, but
differs as follows :—The scape is pale only at base beneath; the
pronotum has a yellow spot at the angles anteriorly, and easily
overlooked if the head is thrown back on the collar; hind femora,
except at tips, black; petiole much longer than the hind coxa,
smooth towards apex and along the sides, finely punctate towards
base ; while the third body-segment of the abdomen is more than
twice as long as the second.
A female specimen of what is undoubtedly the opposite sex of
this species, without a head, agrees in all essential characters with
the male, except that all the femora toward base are more or less
dusky or black ; as in the male, it shows.a pale spot on the angles
of the pronotum anteriorly ; the abdomen is shaped much as in
the female znsularis, only it is black, except just at base beneath,
and shows a very delicate wavy lined sculpture along the sides
under a strong lens.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
Distinguished by the pronotal spot, more frequently met with
in the genus Lsosoma.
EURYTOMA MACULIVENTRIS, sp. 0.
36 2. Length 2:5 to 3 millim. Brownish yellow ; teeth of
mandibles 4-dentate; flagellum, stemmaticum (especially in the
male), median stripe on collar, middle lobe of mesonotum, meta-
150 MR. WwW. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
notum (except a large spot at posterior angles and the pleura), the
petiole, markings on disks of abdominal segments 2, 3, 4, and 5,
and the base of ventral segment 2, black or dusky. Wings hya-
line, the venation pallid, the marginal vein about twice as long
as the stigmal. Antenne in female filiform, the funicle-joints
about twice as long as thick, the first the longest; hind tibie
with stiff bristles bebind. Abdomen conic-ovate, compressed,
pointed at apex, the petiole as long as the hind coxe, the fourth
body-segment two and a half times as long as the third.
In the male the antenne are wholly black, except the scape at
base or beneath, the funicle-joints all elongated, pedicellate at
apex, with two whorls of widely separated long hairs, the first
joint being as long as the scape; abdomen ovate, compressed, the
petiole long, slender, the third and fourth bedy-segments nearly
of an equal length; spiracles of the sixth segment surrounded by
black.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 4 female and 3 male specimens.
CurysipEa, Spinola.
This genus seems to differ from Hurytoma only in its strongly
metallic colour, and unless structural characters are discovered
to separate the two, it cannot be accepted as a valid genus.
The genus seems peculiar to the South-American fauna, but
a single male specimen being in the collection from St. Vincent.
The genus is placed in the family Perilampide by Westwood
and Spinola.
CHRYSIDEA AURATA, Sp. 0.
6. Length 2 millim. Head, thorax, and coxe golden green,
strongly coarsely confluently punctate; scape at base and legs,
except the coxe and hind femora, brownish yellow; rest of
antenne, hind femora, except tips, and the abdomen black, the
latter with an eneous tinge at the sides of the 4th segment.
Antenne very long, the funicle-joints all lengthened, pedicellate at
apex, and with 2 whorls of long white hairs, each joint being also
slightly constricted at the middle between the whorled hairs, the
first joint being almost as long as the scape. Wings hyaline, the
yenation pale brownish yellow, the marginal vein about twice the
length of the stigmal. Abdomen with a long petiole, which is
thicker at base than at apex ; body of abdomen pear-shaped, the
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 151
first segment more than twice the lencth of the second, the third
fully four times as long as the second, while the following are
very short, slightly withdrawn within the third.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single male specimen.
EURYTOMOCHARIS, Ashmead.
EURYTOMOCHARIS MINIMA, sp. 0.
3 Q. Length 1°6 millim. Black, umbilicate-punctate, with a
sparse whitish pubescence; antenne and legs, except coxe,
reddish yellow, the hind tibiz behind with several long bristle-
like spines. Eyes large, almost circular. Pedicel stouter and
longer than the first funicle-joint, the scape being as long as the
pedicel and first two funicle-joints combined; flagellum sub-
clavate, the funicle-joints oblong-oval, the club fusiform, 3-jointed,
much stouter than the funicle. Wings hyaline, the venation
pale yellowish, the marginal vein nearly twice the length of the
stigmal, the latter curving upwards, the postmarginal very little
longer than the stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, produced into a
conic point at apex, nearly sessile, with an alutaceous punctua-
tion at the sides, the 2nd segment (1st body-segment) being a
little longer than either the 3rd or 4th, which are about equal,
the 5th longer than all the preceding united.
The male differs from the female only in its antennal and
abdominal characters :—The antenne (excluding ring-joints) are
8-jointed, the four funicle-joints nearly of an equal length, strongly
pedicellate at apex, with long bristly hairs, the scape being no
longer than the pedicel and first funicle-joint united; the body
of abdomen is globose, with the 38rd segment the longest, it being
as long as the Ist and 2nd united, and encloses the following ;
while the petiole is almost as long as the body of the abdomen,
shining, and almost smooth. In this sex the hind femora have
a dusky or black cloud toward the apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female and two male specimens.
Isosoma, Walker.
IsosOMA HETEROMERA, sp. 0.
3 Q. Length 3 to 4 millim. Black, the head and thorax
umbilicate-punctate, with a sparse white pubescence ; scape and
legs, except hind cox, reddish yellow; flagellum brownish,
152 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA.
pubescent; the first funicle-joint is the longest, the following
joints being gradually subequal, the last scarcely longer than wide,
while all are rounded at base and apex; club 3-jointed. Wings
hyaline, the tegule small, yellowish, the venation pailid, the
marginal vein about one and a half times as long as the stigmal.
Abdomen elongate conic, highly polished, pubescent at apex, as
long as the head and thorax combined ; the segments unequal in
length, the 1st and 3rd body-segments almost equal, the 2nd
slightly shorter, the 4th as long as all the preceding united,
the 5th a little shorter than the 3rd, the 6th one half longer
than the 5th.
The male differs from the female as follows:—The funicle-
joints are strongly pedicellate at apex, verticilately pilose, the
scape being scarcely as long as the small pedicel and first funicle-
joint united; body of abdomen ovate, subcompressed, the 3rd
segment being a little longer than 1 and 2 united, 4 and 5 sub-
equal, the 5th the longer.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two females and one male.
Subfamily TorymMinz.
Caxtyosticuus, Mayr.
CALYOSTICHUS AURATUS, Sp. 0.
$. Length 1'8 millim. Golden-green, shagreened, and with
a few scattered punctures over the surface, sparsely pubescent ;
antenne and legs pale brownish yellow. Abdomen broadly oval,
much depressed or very flat, pale yellowish, except a dusky spot
at base and apex, the segments nearly of an equal length, the
first segment foveated at base by the short thick petiole. An-
tenn inserted a little below the middle of the face, the scape
rather short, not reaching to the ocelli, the pedicel large, stout ;
funicle-joints increasing in width toward the club, the joints
transverse. Thorax rather long; the pronotum large, tra-
pezoidal, longer than the mesonotum; mesonotum with two
distinct furrows; scutellum longer than wide, convex behind;
axille separated, convex ; metathorax subquadrate, with a median
carina, the metapleura prominent, convex. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, the tegul and venation pale, the marginal vein a little
more than twice the length of the stigmal, the latter clavate,
oblique, about two thirds the length of the postmarginal.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 153
Anterior and posterior legs longer and stouter than the middle
legs, their femora a little dilated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
LocuitEs, Forster.
LocHITES AURICEPS, sp. 0.
2. Length 1°8 to 2 millim.; ovipositor as long as the body.
Brownish yellow; the head wholly golden green; metanotum
and a spot at base of middle coxse eneous ; abdomen with two or
three brownish bands, usually interrupted; ovipositor black;
flagellum brown-black, with two ring-joints, the funicle-joints a
little wider than long. Head sparsely punctate; the thorax
feebly punctate, with distinct parapsidal furrows. Wings hya-
line, tegule pale; venation brownish, the stigmal vein short,
curved at tip.
3. Length 1°5 millim. Golden green; scape, prothorax be-
neath, legs, including coxe, and abdomen, except a large spot on
dorsum towards apex, yellowish white.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 12 specimens.
Torymus, Dalman.
TORYMUS RUGOSIPUNCTATUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1to2millim. Subrobust; gold-green to bronze-
green, more rarely blue-green, with coarse umbilicate punctures :
antenne dark brown, the scape paler beneath; legs with tro-
chanters, tips of femora, the tibiz, and tarsi brownish yellow, the
hind tibiz usually dusky at the middle; coxe and femora, except
tips, bronzed or metallic. Mesonotum not longer than wide, the
furrows distinct; collar short. Wings hyaline, the tegule and
venation pallid or whitish, the marginal vein as long as the sub-
marginal, the stigmal very minute, sessile, scarcely half the length
of the postmarginal. Flagellum subclavate, the joints transverse.
Ovipositor a little longer than the body, black, with a yellow tip.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 8 male and 12 female specimens.
TORYMUS PALLIDIPES, sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Slender; head and thorax metallic
green, shagreened ; abdomen blue-green, smooth; scape and
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 12
154 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
legs, except hind cox, pale yellowish; flagellum dark brown,
the first joint the longest, the following a iittle longer than
thick. Collar triangular; mesonotum longer than wide, with
_ distinct furrows; scutellum about twice as long as wide, the
axille large, projecting slightly forward into the parapsidal field ;
metathorax smooth, the spiracles rather large, oval. Wings
hyaline, the tegule and venation yellowish, the marginal vein
nearly as long as the submarginal, the stigmal vein very minute.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
Syntomaspis, Forster.
SYNTOMASPIS PUNCTIFRONS, sp. n.
3. Length 2 millim. Bronze-green, shagreened, and sparsely
covered with a whitish pile; face with rather coarse punctures -
and a median carina below the insertion of antenne; scape,
knees, tibie, and tarsi reddish yellow; flagellum brown-black,
the joints about one and a half times as long as thick. Collar
triangular ; mesonotum a little longer than wide, with distinct
furrows ; scutellum with a cross furrow at two-thirds its length.
‘Wings hyaline, the venation whitish, the marginal vein almost
as long as the submarginal, stigmal very minute.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male specimen.
Subfamily TrrpyMinz.
Tripymus, Ratzeburg.
TRIDYMUS SOLITARIUS, Sp. 0.
6. Length 1:4 millim. Bronze-green, feebly minutely punc-
tate or almost smooth; face bluish; cheeks beneath the eye
metallic green; abdomen towards apex blue-black; basally
yellow, the yellow beneath more apparent and occupying half
the length of the venter; antenne and legs honey-yellow, the
former obfuscated towards tips; coxe greenish or bluish green
basally ; flagellum moniliform, pilose, the joints a little trans-
verse. Mesothorax trilobed, the lobes convex, the lateral much
shorter than the middle lobe; collar distinct, triangular ; axille
bluish ; scutellum bronze-green, strongly contrasting with the
colour of the axille, and with a transverse line before its apex.
‘Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown, the marginal
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 155
vein once and a half as long as the stigmal, the latter ending ina
rather large circular stigma.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily Prrromatinz.
Tribe CHIROPACHIDES.
Acrocormvs, Forster.
ACROCORMUS MEGASTIGMUS, sp. 0.
3. Length 2°1 millim. Dull metallic green, confluently punc-
tate; pleura, hind femora, and abdomen neous black, smooth,
shining ; scape and legs, except coxe, brownish yellow, anterior
and middle femora and posterior tibie dusky. Flagellum cylin-
drical, pilose ; the first funicle-joint the longest, almost as long as
the scape, the following joints gradually subequal. Pronotum
longer than its width at base, narrowed into a neck anteriorly.
Mesonotal furrows delicate but complete, the lateral lobes short,
the middle lobe twice as long as wide. The axille extend forward
into the field of the parapsides to a line with the tegule. Scu-
tellum with a straight impressed line at the sides. Metathorax
with a median carina. Wings hyaline, ciliate, with a dusky
substigmal band, extending to the middle of the wing, and a
small dusky spot at the middle below the base of the marginal
vein ; marginal vein slender and long, about as long as the sub-
marginal vein; stigmal vein short and terminating in a large
oblong stigma that runs parallel with the postmarginal. Anterior
femora not thicker than the hind femora; posterior tibie with
two apical spurs.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one specimen. The large stigma, resembling
that found in the genus Dinotus, at once distinguishes the species.
Tribe SPHEGIGASTRIDES.
Crrtogaster, Walker.
CYRTOGASTER VULGARIS, Walk. Ent. Mag. i. p. 382.
Hab. St. Vincent, Europe, United States.
Four specimens of what is evidently this European species are
in the collection. It is very variable in colour, from neous
black to metallic bronze and green, the legs from orange-yellow
to fuscous and black, the female always having the paler-coloured
12*
“hy
156 MR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
legs. The habits of the genus in Europe seem not to be known,
in Florida I have reared a species from an Aphis, and its habits
are therefore identical with Pachyneuron.
Tribe DIPARIDES.
Leaps, Haliday.
Of this interesting genus two distinct species occur in St.
Vincent, distinguished as follows :—
Greenish seneous or eneous black; pleura, meta-
thorax, and abdomen black.
©. Pedicel, middle of funicle, club, and legs
luteous; wings with a longitudinal fuscous
band extending to the stigmal vein, and be-
tween this and the apex of the wing is a
large fuscous spot.
¢. Flagellum long, black, pilose; wings wholly
lAVANTINDs 96.06 8000000 Coo agdDOMOORDODOO DOS L. pulchricornis, Hal.
Brownish yellow.
9. Antenne, except 2 to 4 apical joints of
funicle and the basal jomt of club which are
black, honey-yellow ; wings yellowish hyaline,
with a spot beneath the base of marginal
vein, another smaller spot enclosing the
stigmal vein, and the apex of wing fuscous ;
between the stigmal vein and the apical
fuscous part are two large oblique whitish
spots that meet and form a band.
6. Flagellum and abdomen black, the former
pilose ; wings clear hyaline .............- L. flavescens, sp. n.
Levars puncHricornis, Hal. Ann. 5 Mag. N. H. xii. p. 47,2 .
Hab. St. Vincent.
Of this species there are sixteen male and eleven female speci-
mens in the collection. The male was unknown to Haliday and
Walker, and agrees with the female, except as follows :—The
antenne are long, filiform, the flagellum being wholly black, the
joints all long, cylindrical, pilose; wings clear hyaline ; while
the abdomen is iongly petiolated, the body pear-shaped.
LELAPS FLAVESCENS, sp. 0.
@. Length 2 to 2°2 millim. Brownish yellow or yellow, with
coarse sparse black bristly hairs; antenne, except the three or
four apical joints of funicle and the basal joint of club which are
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 157
black, and the legs pale yellowish or luteous, the coxa, tibia,
and tarsi usually white. Wings yellowish hyaline, with a spot
beneath the origin of marginal vein, another smaller spot enclos-
ing the stigmal vein, and the apex of wing dusky or black;
between the stigmal vein and the smoky apical portion are two
large oblong oblique whitish spots that meet and form a trans-
verse band. Abdomen subpetiolate, conic-ovate, produced into a
stylus at apex.
The male is only 1°5 millim. long, witha black pilose flagellum,
the jomts of which are long and cylindrical; abdomen pear-
shaped, black, with a long slender petiole; while the wings are
clear hyaline.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and three female specimens.
Tribe PreROMALIDES.
Hemitricuus, Thomson.
H4EMITRICHUS VARIPES, Sp. 0.
3. Length 1:1 millim. Black to blue-black, rarely with an
seneous tinge, the face below antenne most frequently metallic
green, the surface smooth, impunctured. Scutellum nearly
twice as long as wide, convex, with an impressed cross-line just
before its apex. Head transverse, wider than the thorax, the
vertex broad with the ocelli subtriangularly arranged, the frons
with an antennal impression. Antenne inserted just above the
mouth, the joints oblong-oval, constricted at apices, with sparse
whorls of long hairs. Thorax short, the pronotum not visible
from above, the parapsidal furrows distinct anteriorly, subobsolete
posteriorly ; axille small, convex ; metathorax very short, smooth,
usually with a brassy tinge. Wings hyaline, the tegule black,
the venation brown, the marginal vein long, nearly as long as the
submarginal, or three times as long as the stigmal, the latter
ending in an oblong stigma with a small uncus, the postmarginal
a little longer than the stigmal. Legs brownish or honey-
yellow, the coxe always black, the femora variable, rarely entirely
pale, more frequently dusky or black, the hind tibie sometimes
dusky at the middle. Abdomen oval or oblong, black, rarely with
an eeneous tinge at base ; the second segment the longest, foveated
at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six male specimens.
158 wr. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Prcroscyrus, Thomson.
PICROSCYTUS NIGROCYANEUS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, shagreened ; scape pale ;
flagellum clavate, brown-black, pubescent; trochanters, knees,
tips of tibie and tarsi yellowish white. Head transverse, the
occiput concave, the vertex rather sharp with the frons impressed.
Antenne inserted just above the clypeus; the flagellum filiform,
with the joints a little longer than thick, the first shorter than
the second; club 8-jointed, fusiform, much stouter than the
funicle. Thorax subovoid, the collar distinct but short, trans-
verse, the parapsidal furrows indicated only anteriorly; the
scutellum longer than wide, with a straight impressed line at the
sides ; metathorax very short. Wings and venation hyaline, or
the latter pallid yellowish; tegule yellow; the marginal vein
long, only a little shorter than the submarginal, the postmarginal
no longer than the stigmal. Abdomen acute-ovate, produced
into a point at apex, the venter carinate or boat-shaped.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Roprrocerts, Ratzeburg.
RoOprROCERUS AURATUS, sp. 0D.
@. Length 2 milim. Golden green, confluently punctate,
the pleura blue-green; scape, pedicel and legs, including coxe,
orange-yellow. Head transverse, a little wider than the thorax,
the vertex convex, the face with a slight antennal furrow. An-
tennz inserted on the middle of the face, the scape cylindrical,
extending to the ocelli; flagellum broken off at the pedicel.
Pronotum distinct from above, a little dilated at the angles;
parapsidal furrows entire, strongly converging toward the scu-
tellum, the middle lobe anteriorly fully as wide as long, posteriorly
scarcely one third as wide as anteriorly; axille distinctly sepa-
rated, triangular, separated from the parapsides by a transverse
grooved line on a line with the groove at base of scutellum, there-
fore not produced into the field of the parapsides; sides of
scutellum oblique. Wings hyaline; the tegule and venation
yellow, the marginal vein scarcely longer than the stigmal, the
latter long, oblique, ending ina small stigma, the postmarginal
vein slender, but as long as the marginal. Abdomen subsessile,
conic-ovate, one Aegel longer than head and thorax united,
metallic green, with prominent black ovipositor; segments 2, 4,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 159
and 5 about equal, segment 3 the longest. Hind coxe long,
conical.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
SPINTHERUS, Thomson.
(?) SPINTHERUS DUBIUS, Sp. n.
©. Length 2°6 millim. Blue-green, confluently punctate, the
metanotum metallic green; scape and legs pale yellowish; cox
blue-black, the femora toward base with a bluish or dusky
blotch. Flagellum subfiliform ; the funicle-joints, except the last,
about twice as long as thick, the first longer than the pedicel,
the last quadrate ; club 3-joimted. Head transverse, the cheeks
convex. Thorax three times as long as wide, the collar distinct,
narrowed anteriorly, the axille conjoined to the parapsides;
scutellum not longer than wide, convex posteriorly ; metathorax
with delicate median and lateral keels or folds, the spiracles close
to the metathoracic band, oval. Wings hyaline, the tegule and
venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein long, two thirds the
length of the submarginal, the stigmal vein oblique and less than
half the length of the marginal, with a small stigma, the post-
marginal vein nearly twice as long as the stigmal. Abdomen
conic-ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax combined ;
the segments, except the first body-segment, about of an equal
length.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three female specimens.
This species is doubtfully placed in the genus Spntherus, as
the teeth of the mandibles could not be counted, the mandibles
being closed and partly hidden by the clypeus.
Meraprorus, Walker.
MERAPORUS NIGROCYANEDS, Sp. 0.
3S. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, shagreened, the meso-
notum with a slight eneous tinge; scape, trochanters, tibie
except a cloud at the middle, and tarsi yellowish white ; flagellum
brown-black, subclavate, pilose, the pedicel one third longer than
the first funicle-joint and stouter; funicle-joints after the first a
little longer than thick, very gradually widened towards club ;
club stouter, 3-jointed. Head. transverse, wider than thorax,
the face with a slight antennal impression. Thorax twice as long
160 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
as wide, the collar very short, the parapsidal furrows indicated
anteriorly, convergent; axille small, indistinctly separated from
the parapsides. Wings hyaline, tegule and venation pale
brownish, the marginal vein one and a half times as long as the
stigmal. Abdomen ovate, depressed, with a large whitish blotch
at basal half.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
CHRYSOGLYPHE, gen. nov.
Allied to Glyphe, Walker, but with the following differences :—
Head very wide, with the eyes nearly twice as wide as the
thorax, the vertex very broad, the ocelli subtriangularly arranged
and rather close together, the laterals being only one and a half
times their diameter from the front ocellus, but full three or four
times their diameter from the border of the eye. yes very large,
occupying nearly the whole side of the head, and leaving only a
short space between them and the mandibles. Both mandibles
4-dentate. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, pilose, the pedicel a
little shorter than the first funicle-joint ; ring-joints 2, minute ;
funicle 6-jointed, the joints a little less than twice as long as
thick ; club 3-jointed. Thorax ovate; pronotum visible from
above only as a slight transverse line, but in reality it is trian-
gular, the triangular portion being usually hidden in the occiput
of the large broad head ; mesonotum about twice as wide as long,
with only slight indications of parapsidal furrows anteriorly ;
axille large and projecting obliquely forward into the field of
the parapsides a little beyond the base of scutellum; meta-
thorax short, but with a prominent punctate neck, as in Ptero-
malus, to which the abdomen is attached, the petiole being
exceedingly short ; spiracles oval, close to the metathoracic band,
and with a sulcus. Wings pubescent, the marginal vein long,
fully two thirds as long as the submarginal, or twice or more than
twice as long as the stigmal, the latter clavate, very slightly curved;
postmarginal almost twice as long as the stigmal. Abdomen
conic-ovate, the venter towards base usually acutely triangularly
carinated, the first body-segment the longest, as long as 2, 3,
and 4 combined, these about equal, 5th a little longer than 4th,
6th almost as long as the basal segment, 7th conic, a little
shorter than the 6th ; sheaths of ovipositor slightly prominent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 161
The male has the antenne subclavate, pilose, the first funicle-
joint being only half as long as the second; or it is long, filiform,
with all the funicle-joints long, cylindrical, and pilose; the mar-
ginal and postmarginal veins are slightly shorter than in the
female, while the abdomen is clavate, with a pale spot towards the
base.
Two species in this genus can be tabulated as follows :—
Females.
Golden green, scaly-punctate; legs white or pale
yellowish.
Club of antennz yellowish white ; abdomen acutely
produced at apex, the basal one-third whitish. C. apicalis, sp. n.
Club of antenne not yellowish white; abdomen
cupreous, with no white spot at base ........ C. albipes, sp. n.
Males.
Flagellum black, long, filiform, pilose, the funicle-
joints from three to four times as long as thick;
abdomen with a pale spot at base........-... C. apicalis.
Flagellum brown-black, shorter, subclavate, pilose,
the funicle-joints only once and a half as
long as thick ; abdomen cupreous at base, rarely
Wat hia mMMU te! pAle|SPOb e\slel leis sales ela leictaielol C. albipes.
CHRYSOGLYPHE APICALIS, sp. n.
2. Length 2 to 2:2 millim. Golden green, scaly-punctate ;
scape, pedicel, and club of antenne and legs yellowish white;
funicle brown-black ; venter and basal one-third of abdomen white
or pale yellowish; mandibles brownish yellow, 4-dentate. Head
very broad, nearly twice the width of thorax, the occiput concave,
the frons with a slight antennal furrow. Antenne 13-jointed,
the funicle-joints subequal, the first the longest, one third longer
than the pedicel, the last scarcely longer than wide. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, tegule yellowish, venation pale; the marginal
vein long, almost as long as the submarginal, the postmarginal
a little shorter, the stigmal oblique, half the length of the post-
marginal. Legs white, the posterior coxe sometimes with a dark
spot at base outwardly. Abdomen conic-ovate, produced into
a point at apex, the ovipositor-sheaths slightly projecting ; venter
at middle triangularly produced ; venter and basal one-third of
dorsum pale or yellowish, rest of abdomen metallic brown or
greenish.
162 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
3. Length 1°1 millim. Head purplish ; thorax metallic gold-
green; scape, pedicel, legs, and base of abdomen pale yellowish
or white; flagellum very long, filiform, pilose, black; the funicle-
joints all long, from three to four times as long as thick ; abdomen
clavate, otherwise as in the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
CHRYSOGLYPHE ALBIPES, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1'8 millim. Golden green, scaly-punctate; scape,
pedicel, tegule, and legs white, the cox with a greenish spot at
base; flagellum brown, pubescent, the funicle-joints a little
longer than thick; abdomen conic-ovate, metallic or cupreous,
except along the venter, the latter triangularly carinated at the
middle, white. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale; the
marginal vein two thirds the length of the submarginal, the
stigmal a little longer than half the length of the postmarginal.
6. Length 1:1 millim. Differs from the female only as
follows :—Flagellum subclavate, pilose, the pedicel larger than
the first funicle-joint, the latter smaller than the following joints ;
legs white, with the hind coxe metallic and the anterior and
middle cox with a spot at base; while the abdomen is clavate,
metallic, rarely showing a slight pale spot at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and two male specimens.
GLYPHE, Walker.
GLYPHE PUNCTATA, Sp. 0.
2. Length 2 millim. Blue-black, moderately confluently
punctate, the head and disk of thorax with a faint neous or
metallic tinge ; scape, trochanters, tips of femora, and the tibiz
and the tarsi honey or brownish yellow; flagellum brown, sub-
clavate, the funicle-jomts longer than thick, club a little thicker
than the funicle, 3-jointed. Head very little wider than the
thorax. Left mandible 4-dentate. Thorax subovoid, the collar
exceedingly short, visible from above as a transverse line; meso-
notum wider than long, with the parapsidal furrows indicated
only anteriorly ; metathorax very short. Wings hyaline, the
tegule and venation pale brownish, the marginal vein long,
nearly as long as the submarginal, postmarginal less than half
the length of marginal, or one half longer than the stigmal, the
latter clavate. Abdomen elongate, compressed, longer than the
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. | 163
head and thorax together, the base beneath produced forward
into a compressed triangular process that extends to the middle
cox ; hypopygial valves prominent, ploughshare-shaped.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens. —
Catoxaccus, Thomson.
‘Table of Species.
Bright golden green, without scattered white hairs.
Legs orange-yellow to yellowish white, the femora
with a small dusky cloud toward base ; abdomen
pointed ovate, longer than head and thorax
combined, metallic green. 9.
¢ with the venter and a spot on dorsum near the
[TARE VHT Hore an ooo de Deo ono bro eC C. pallipes, sp. n.
Bronze-green to eneous black or bluish green,
rarely bright green.
Species with scattered white hairs.
Legs honey-yellow or pallid; the coxe and
femora, except tips, metallic.
© abdomen pointed ovate, much longer than
the head and thorax together.
G abdomen ovate, not longer than the
thorax, with a large white spot at base. C. vulgaris, sp. n.
Species bare, without the scattered white hairs.
Legs, except cox, pallid or whitish; abdo-
men pointed ovate, longer than head and
(HOC bs WO PA Be eR ioe Gdtlae (2) C. helice, Walk.
CATOLACCUS PALLIPES, sp. 0.
2. Length 2°5 millim. Bright golden green, confluently
punctate, without the scattered white hairs; scape and legs
orange-yellow or yellowish white, the cox, except at tips,
usually metallic, the femora dusky toward base ; flagellum brown.
Funicle 6-jomted, the first joint twice as long as thick, the
following very gradually subequal and slightly widened, the last
being a little wider than long; club fusiform, 3-jointed, a little
wider than the last funicle-joint. Collar short, transverse, as
wide as the mesonotum. Mesonotum wider than long, with the
parapsidal furrows distinct anteriorly for two thirds its length,
converging behind. Scutellum transversely divided by an im-
pressed line before its tip. Wings hyaline, the tegule and
venation pallid or yellowish ; marginal vein about half the length
164: MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
of the submarginal, or less than twice the length of the stigmal,
the latter clavate; postmarginal very slightly shorter than the
marginal. Abdomen pointed ovate, longer than the head and
thorax combined, subsessile, metallic green; the first body-segment
the longest, as long as segments 2,3, and 4 combined, with a
large fovea at base surrounding the very short petiole; segments
5 and 6 subequal, longer than the 4th.
3. Length 2 millim. Differs from female only in its ovate
abdomen, with the venter and spot on dorsum white.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
CaTOLACCUS VULGARIS, Sp. 1.
3 9. Length 1 to 3:1 millim. In colour variable from a
bronze-green to blue-green or eneous; head and thorax con-
fluently punctate, with short, sparse, white hairs; scape and
legs honey-yellow or brownish yellow, often whitish, but with
the cox and femora, except at tips, always metallic, bronze, or
eneous. Funicle 6-jointed, filiform, the first joint a little the
longest, the last longer than wide; club slightly stouter, 3-
jointed. Thorax as in the preceding species, only the parapsidal
furrows are only distinct for half the length of the- mesonotum
anteriorly, and the scutellum is without the transverse impressed
line before its apex. Wings hyaline, the tegule and venation
yellowish ; marginal vein two thirds the length of the submar-
ginal, or about two and a half times as long as the stigmal, the
postmarginal about two thirds the length of the marginal.
Abdomen pointed, ovate, subsessile, from one third to one half
the length of the head and thorax united.
The male differs from the female decidedly in its antennal and
abdominal characters. The antenne are subfiliform, pubescent,
the flagellum much stouter than the scape and pedicel, the funicle-
joints very gradually subequal, almost twice as long as thick, the
first joint being twice as long as the pedicel; abdomen ovate, not
quite as long as the thorax, the basal half, except at junction
with the metathorax, white, or at least with a large white blotch
both above and beneath, the segments being about equal in
length.
Hab. St. Vincent.
A common species variable in colour and size ; described from
many specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 165
Preromatus, Swed.
PTEROMALUS RUGOSOPUNCTATUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1:5 to 2°5 millim. Black or blue-black, the disk
of mesonotum sometimes with an eneous tinge, and sometimes
sparsely pubescent; head and thorax somewhat coarsely con-
fluently punctate; face with strie towards the mouth; scape
and sometimes the pedicel and legs, except coxz, pale yellowish ;
sometimes all the femora, except tips, black, more rarely with
only a brownish blotch; flagellum brown, the first joint the
longest, or twice as long as thick, the following to club subequal,
not quite twice as long as thick. Thorax as in Catolaccus
pallipes, except the mesonotum has the quadrilateral areas, the
neck large and strongly punctate, the scutellum with a cross-
furrow before the tip. Wings hyaline, the tegule and venation
pale, the marginal vein two and a half times as long as the
stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, much longer than the head and
thorax united, metallic or bluish, the segments as in C. vulgaris.
The male has the same coarse punctuation and agrees in colora-
tional detail with the female, but with the following structural
differences:—The first and second funicle-joints are equal, a
little shorter than the others ; the abdomen is ovate, shorter than
the thorax, briefly petiolated, with the dorsum at base usually
cupreous, while the legs, as in the female, are variable.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from many specimens of both sexes.
Subfamily EuLOPHINZ#.
Horrocreris, Ashm.
HopLocgEPis ALBICLAVUS, Ashm. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. vol. i.
p. 235.
Hab. Florida and St. Vincent.
Of this curious genus, described by the writer from a single
female specimen collected in Florida, are two female and five male
specimens that cannot be separated specifically from the Floridian
specimen. The male, which was unknown to me when I erected
the genus, differs from the female in, having the funicle-joints of
antenne round, strongly pedicellated, and with whorls of very
long hairs, while the front wings lack the conical tufts of bristles
at the origin of the marginal vein. The antenne in the male
recall those in the Entedonid genus Lopkocomus, Haliday.
166 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
PARAOLINX, gen. nov.
Allied to Olinz, Forster, but differs as follows :—The antenne
are flattened in both sexes, the funicle being 4-jointed; in the
male the joints are strongly excised and pedicellate, in the female
transverse. Pronotum short, transverse; mesonotum a little
wider than long, with distinct parapsidal furrows; metanotum
short. Tibial spurs 1, 1,2, the middle spurs long, the hind spurs
short, weak. Abdomen ovate, with a short petiole. Venation
similar to Sympiesis, Forster, the marginal vein long, about as
long as the submarginal, or only three times as long as the
stigmal.
The flattened antenne and the strongly excised pedicellate
funicle-jomts of the male separate the genus at once from all
other described genera in the tetramerous Chalcidide.
PARAOLINX LINEATIFRONS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1to13 millim. Brown-black, confluently punc-
tate ; frons and face in the female and the whole headin the male,
except the occiput, a transverse band on collar, and a line on the
middle lobe of mesonotum parallel with the furrows yellow ;
frons and face impressed with transverse black Imes; scape and
legs pallid or whitish. Wings hyaline, with the apical margins
ciliate. Abdomen eneous or submetallic, the male with a large
white blotch at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and four female specimens, only a
single specimen of each sex being perfect, the others having lost
their antenne, or are otherwise imperfect.
EvLopnus, Geoffroy.
EULOPHUS AURIPUNCTATODS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Pale honey-yellow ; mesonotum, except
laterally and its margin before the scutellum, golden green and
strongly punctate ; basal segment of abdomen cupreous, the fol-
lowing segments yellowish, with a black band at apex ; flagellum
black, pubescent, the last three funicle-joints fully twice as long
as thick, the first much shorter.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 167
Diatyruus, Thomson.
DIGLYPHUS? ALBIPES, sp. n.
2. Length 3:1 millim. Black, with an eneous tinge; the
collar, postscutellum, and abdomen, except tip, ferruginous ; an-
tenn, except toward tips, and legs white; mesonotum and meta-
notum rugose ; rest of the surface smooth. The antenne extend
to the metathorax, and are similar to those in Sympiesis; the
funicle 4-jointed, the first jomt long, about two thirds the length
of the scape, following joints about equal or two thirds the length
of the first. Thorax with several long black bristles, the collar
triangular, the mesonotum with distinct but delicate parapsidal
furrows, scutellum with two furrows. Wings hyaline, the mar-
ginal vein very long, longer than the submarginal, or about five
times as long as the stigmal. Abdomen conic-ovate, a little
longer than the head and thorax united, subpetiolated, with the
first.segment the longest.
3. Length 2:2 millim. Agrees well with the female, except
that the head, thorax, and basal abdominal segment are metallic
green or cupreous ; axille and scutellum smooth, the latter some-
times with a longitudinal furrow asin Holcopelte ; while the first
funicle-joint is only a little longer than the second.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and two male specimens.
DiIgLYPHUS P MACULIPENNIS, Sp. n.
3 2. Length 1:5 to 2°3 millim. neous or bronzed, sha-
greened; scape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or white; fla-
gellum brown-black ; scutellum smooth, with a grooved line at
the sides and another at the middle; flagellum filiform, the
funicle 4-joited, the joimts elongate, subequal in length ; abdo-
men sessile, conic-ovate, about as long as the head and thorax
united, the basal segment the longest, occupying a little less than
half the length of the abdomen, and foveated at the base by the
produced neck of the metathorax. Wings hyaline, pilose, with a
large fuscous discoidal blotch, the marginal vein fully as long as
the submarginal; the stigmal vein long, subclavate, and very
oblique, about two thirds the length of the post-marginal.
The male differs in‘having all the coxe metallic and the abdomen
short ovate, only about half the length of the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Both the above species are doubtfully referred to Thomson’s
168 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
genus Diglyphus, in which they differ in having a 4-jointed funicle
and distinct parapsidal furrows. The posterior tibie in both
species are two-spurred.
Subfamily ENTEDONINZ.
OmpHaLe, Haliday.
OMPHALE VARICOLOR, sp. 0.
6 2. Length 1:4 to 2:8 millim. Variable in colour from a
dark blue to metallic green, or bronzed, and rather coarsely scaly-
punctate. The female is most frequently metallic green, with
the coxe and femora metallic, the rest of the legs and the scape
yellowish; flagellum dark brown, pubescent, sometimes wholly
steel-blue or dark blue, with the upper surface of thorax bronzed
or metallic green, the coxee and femora blue, and more rarely
with the tibie brown or blue. The blue specimens usually have
only the tarsi white. ‘Antenne 9-jointed, the club 3-jointed, the
funicle 4-jointed ; the pedicelis smooth, obconic; the first funicle-
joint is the longest, nearly three times as long as thick, the fol-
lowing joints subequal, the fourth being only a little longer than
thick. Wings hyaline, very finely pubescent, the pubescence
arranged in faint lines; the venation yellowish, the submarginal
vein about two thirds the length of the marginal, the stigmal very
minute, ending in a small round stigma, the postmarginal vein
short, but still longer than the stigmal. Metathorax very short,
nearly in a vertical line with the tip of the scutellum ; the spiracles
large, oval; the metapleura divided by a grooved line that extends
to the base of the hind coxe. Abdomen sessile, acutely pro-
duced at tip, and longer than the head and thorax united; the
sheaths of ovipositor prominent.
The male is smaller and very variable in size and colour, although
most frequently blue or bluish green with white tarsi, more rarely
metallic green. The antennz are 9-jointed, the club 2-jointed,
the funicle 5-jointed, the joints of the latter being pedicellated
and furnished with whorls of long white hairs; the marginal
yein is not longer than the submarginal, and the postmarginal is
sometimes wanting; while the abdomen is ovate, shorter than
the thorax.
Hab, St. Vincent.
Described from 8 male and 27 female specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. . 169:
Hotcoprtts, Forster.
This genus is well represented in St. Vincent, and the several
species recognized may be separated. by the aid of the following
table.
Table of Species.
Neck of metathorax not especially produced ;
petiole not especially long, usually short... . 2.
Neck of metathorax strongly produced ; the petiole
very long.
Colour variable, from cupreous to blue ; scape
and legs, including coxe, white; funicle
in both sexes 4-jointed, the joints in the
male pedicellate, with long hairs ..... ... H. petiolatus, sp. n-
2) Coxe white S252... Bocato gn lc sees aKe 4.
Coxe metallic or blue ; funicle in female 3-jointed,
in male 4-jointed.
SEAMEN WIIGC fag aise e aelal'aie eine 6 ais lszavaicesis ost: 3.
Scape metallic or dark.
Trochanters, except sometimes the anterior
pair, tips of femora, and the tibie and
_ tarsi yellowish or white.
Cupreous or metallic; face and frons
coarsely punctate; second abdominal
segment not longer than the following
segments united, the petiole a little
longer than wide, punctate.
Female with the funicle-joints oblong ;
male with the joints oblong-monili-
form, pubescent ...... coseeeseee H. metallicus, sp. n-
Blue-black ; face and frons faintly scali ;
<eeoua abdominal segment longer than
the following segments united, the
petiole not longer than wide.
Female with the funicle-joints 2 and 3
transverse-moniliform; male with
the flagellum filiform-moniliform .. H. nigrocyaneus, sp. nu.
3. Legs, except coxe, white.
Cupreous ; second abdominal segment shorter
than the followimg segments united.
Female with funicle-joints longer than wide;
male with the funicle-joints longer than
wide, subpedunculated, and furnished
with long white hairs :.ae........:.3. H. cupreus, sp. n.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 13
170 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
neous black ; second abdominal segment much
longer than the following segments united.
Female with the funicle-joints 2 and 3 mo-
MUVLTLOT IN 3 hw: og a iatvveres waves waa erae ieee erode oie H. nigroeneus, sp. n.
4. Metallic, bronze or subcupreous.
Legs and scape white; flagellum in female
pale brown or yellowish, in male brown-
black.
Abdomen conically produced, longer than the
head and thorax united, the second seg-
ment the longest, but its length only
about one third as long as the following
segments united.
Female with the funicle-joits long; male
with the funicle-joints longer than .
Wide; HAW, eee ace cee cvinee aviwls H. productus, sp. n.
HoLcoPELtEe PETIOLATUS, sp. n.
3 2. Length 15 to 2 millim. Blue-black to cupreous, rarely
without a metallic tinge on head and thorax above, the thorax
scaly-punctate ; in female the scape and legs, including coxe,
white; in male the coxe usually black: flagellum black. Head
wider than the thorax; eyes large, hairy; funicle 4-jointed
in both sexes, in the female the joints are long, subpedunculate,
hairy, in male distinctly pedunculate, with longer hairs. Pro-
notum conical, much narrower than the mesonotum ; scutellum
with a median groove ; metathorax produced into a neck at apex.
‘Wines hyaline, fringed, the marginal vein very long, more than
twice the length of the submarginal, postmarginal scarcely deve-
loped, stigmal very short. Abdomen with a long petiole; in the
female with the body produced at tip as in the Pteromalid genus
Isocratus, in male truncate at apex. In both sexes the first
body-segment is very long and foveated at base above for the
reception of the long petiole.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from seven male and four female specimens.
* In the shape of the abdomen with its long petiole, the strongly
produced neck of the metathorax, and in both sexes having four
joints to the funicle, this species is quite distinct from those that
follow. In fact, I think these characters entitle it to subgeneric
rank.
HoLcoPpELTE METALLICUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. «Metallic greenish; antenne,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 171
eoxee, and femora, except tips, metallic, the rest of the legs honey-
yellow or whitish ; anterior legs in male usually wholly honey-
yellow. Frons and face strongly punctate; thorax scaly.
In the female the flagellum is subclavate, with a 3-jointed
funicle, the first joint the longest, the following subequal, all
oblong ; abdomen pointed ovate, as long as, or a little longer than,
the thorax, the second segment the longest, about as long as the
following segments united; segments 7 and 8 are a little longer
than any of the others except the second; the petiole is only a
little longer than wide.
In the male the flagellum is filiform-moniliform, the joints sub-
pedicellate, very little longer than thick; abdomen oval, scarcely
half the length of the thorax, the apex usually truncate, from
the apical segments being retracted within the large second seg-
ment; the petiole is longer than in the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 6 male and 14 female specimens.
HOLCOPELTE NIGROCYANEUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to 2 millim. Blue-black, rarely with a slight
geneous tinge, scaly-punctate; trochanters, tips of femora or
knees, and the tibie and tarsi pale yellowish or white ; sometimes
in the female the anterior legs, except coxe, are white, while in
the male all the legs, except the coxe and the posterior femora,
are white, although sometimes in this sex the tibiz are dusky.
In the female the flagellum is clavate or subclavate, with
the 2nd and 8rd funicle-joints transverse-moniliform; abdomen
ovate, not quite as long as the thorax, the petiole not or scarcely
longer than wide, the second segment usually as long as, or a little
longer than, the following segments united.
In the male the flagellum is filiform, hairy, the funicle-joints
oblong-moniliform, subpedicellate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from many specimens.
HOLCOPELTE CUPREUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Cupreous; scape and legs,
except coxe, white; flagellum black ; punctation scaly.
In the female the flagellum is filiform, pilose, the funicle-
joints long, subpedicellate ; abdomen ovate, pointed at apex, the
petiole short, the second segment the longest but shorter than
the following segments united.
13*
172 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
In the male the flagellum is metallic, covered with long fine
hairs, the funicle 4-jointed, the joints pedicellate; abdomen
rounded, briefly petiolated, the petiole beg punctate.
Hab. St. Vincent. |
Described from two male and nine female specimens.
Comes nearest to H. metallicus, but readily distinguished by
the colour of the antenne and legs and the shape of the funicle-
joints.
HoLcoPpELTE NIGROZNEUS, sp. 0.
3 @. Length 1 to 2 millim. neous black, scaly-punctate ;.
scape and legs, except coxze, white ; flagellum dark brown.
In the female the flagellum is filiform, the funicle 3-jointed,
the joints subpedicellate, the 2nd and 38rd, round-moniliform ;
abdomen ovate, the petiole a little longer than thick, shagreened,.
the second segment much longer than all the following segments
united.
The male is blue-black, with a cupreous tinge above; the
flagellum pilose, the joints oblong-moniliform, subpedicellate ;:
abdomen small, truncate at apex, with a rather long petiole.
Hab. St. Vineent.
Described fromone male and nine female specimens.
HoLcoPELTE PRODUCTOS, sp. n.
3 2. Length 1 to 1°5 millim. Metallic, bronze or sub-
cupreous, faintly and feebly shagreened; the scape and legs,
including the coxe, white; flagellum yellowish. Abdomen coni-
cally produced, longer than the head and thorax united, the
petiole wider than long, the second segment the longest but
only about one third as long as the following segments united ;
flagellum filiform, the joints long. Wings hyaline, the marginal
vein very long, three times as long as the submarginal; stigmal
vein clavate, the postmarginal a little longer than the stigmal.
In the male the abdomen is oval, subsessile, pointed at apex ;.
flagellum black-pilose ; while in this sex the anterior coxe are
dark. .
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and three female specimens.
The conically produced abdomen of the female and the venation:
readily separate this species from those previously described.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 3 173
Drrostenvus, Westwood.
Table of Species.
Females. .
PAD OMEeN AliMmOst ROW core-1.tohasices ede 2.
Abdomen conically produced or conic-ovate.
Bronze-green ; legs pale yellowish.
Front wings with 4 brown spots...... D. quadrimaculatus, sp. n.
Thorax gold-green, scaly-punctate, rarely
bronzed ; head, thorax, and abdomen
beneath blue-black, the abdomen
above more or less metallic: legs,
except anterior coxee, and scape white.
Front wings hyaline ......... Bechet D. acutus, sp. un.
2. Aneous ; scape and legs white ........ D. rotundus, sp. n.
Males.
Abdomen ovate ; head and abdomen purplish,
the thorax greenish eneous; scape and
legs, except anterior coxe, white...... D. acutus, sp. n.
Abdomen round; bluish or purplish, the
therax with an zneous tinge above;
abdomen with a transverse white spot at
base; scape and legs, except coxee and a
dusky streak on femora, white ........ D.rotundus, sp. n.
DEROSTENUS QUADRIMACULATUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:1 millim. Bronze-green, the thorax feebly sha-
ereened; antenne except club, and legs except coxe pale
brownish yellow; club brown-black; hind coxe blue. The
antenne are 9-jointed; the first funicle-joint is smaller than
the 2nd and 8rd, which are about equal; the 4th is quadrate,
larger and thicker than the preceding and distinctly separated
from the club and the 38rd funicle-joint; the club is 3-jointed,
conic-ovate, and nearly three times as long as the last funicle-
joint. Wings hyaline, with four brown macule: one at the
middle of the marginal vein, another enclosing the stigmal vein ;
while the other two-are:on the hind margin, each being directly
opposite those first mentioned. Abdomen conic-ovate, longer
than the head and thorax united, and produced into a prominent
though short oviduct at the tip.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
174 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPT ERA
The spotted anterior wings and the shape of the abdomen
readily distinguish the species.
DEROSTENUS ACUTUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 millim. Thorax gold-green, scaly-punctate ;
head wider than thorax, smooth, blue-black or purplish with an
eneous tinge; flagellum dark brown, covered with a whitish
pubescence; scape and legs white ; thorax and abdomen beneath
purplish or bluish, the latter above with an eneoustinge. Wings
hyaline. The abdomen is acutely produced, briefly petiolated,
and as long as the head and thorax united.
The male agrees well with the typical female except in the
antenne, shape of abdomen, and the colour of the anterior coxe ;
the flagellar joints are slightly longer, with long hairs, the an-
terior coxe bluish or metallic, the middle and posterior cox
usually dusky at base, while the abdomen is subovate or
spatulate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and twelve female specimens.
DEROSTENUS ROTUNDUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 0°65 to 0°8 millim. Blue-black or purplish, im-
punctate, the upper part of thorax and abdomen neous; fla-
gellum brown-black; scape and legs white; wings hyaline;
abdomen rounded, briefly petiolated, not longer than the thorax,
usually shorter: flagellar joints in female about twice as long as
thick, pubescent; in male shorter, with longer hairs.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six male and four female specimens.
The rounded abdomen distinguishes this species from all others
in the genus.
CHRYSOCHARIS, Forster.
Table of Species.
Females.
Thorax brownish yellow, with a violaceous tinge
AMNION 5 o's 45559599999010995905999900055 2
Thorax always metallic or blue-black.
Abdomen conic-ovate.
Blue-black.
Thorax and abdomen metallic green, the former
scaly-punctate ; legs entirely white.
Anterior wings with a substigmal blotch .. C. stigmatus, sp. n-
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 175
Thorax above sometimes metallic, smooth ; legs
bluish, tarsi alone white.
Anterior wings hyaline ....... sictatetetane eferdia C. lividus, sp. 0.
Abdomen rounded. |
Thorax and abdomen metallic green, the former
scaly-punctate; scape and legs white ......C. lividiceps, sp. n.
2. Abdomen econic-ovate; head black, abdomen
brownish black.
Legs honey-yellow ........... alt coreuaheus votes C. thoracicus, sp. n-
Blue-black.
Head posteriorly metallic ; legs blue, with the tarsi
alone white; wings hyaline .............. C. lividus.
Occiput and thorax above metallic or bronze-
green ; legs white; wings with a substigmal
INGIGD ccoddcodctcocepecoencectccengs . C. stigmatus.
Head much wider than thorax, blue ; thorax above
golden green, scaly-punctate; legs, except
Gots Hapl Ser) Ues WINS coon Coote poe boroedl C. liwidiceps.
CHRYSOCHARIS STIGMATUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1:1 to 1:2 millim. Blue-black; in female with
the upper part of thorax metallic green; in male with only the
scutellum and metathorax tinged with eneous, smooth. Scape
and legs, except coxe in the male, whitish or honey-yellow.
Head rather large, the frons impressed, the vertex acute. Pro-
thorax distinct, narrowed anteriorly. Wivgs hyaline, ciliated,
with a brownish blotch beneath the stigmal vein. Abdomen in
female ovate, in male oblong, the short ‘petiole in the latter
brown.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
The shape of the head and the collar strikingly resemble those
in the genus Derostenus ; but the number of joints in the antenne
being one less, cause me to place this species in Chrysocharis.
It is readily distinguished by the substigmal blotch in the anterior
wing.
CHRYSOCHARIS LIVIDUS, sp. n.
3S Q. Length 0°85 to 1 millim. Blue-black, impunctured, the
tarsi and tibial spurs alone white. Wings hyaline. Abdomen
in female subsessile, ovate, about as long as the thorax; in
176 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
male oblong, with a whitish spot at base; the antenne with
whitish hairs, the first eae ti the longest.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one fonale specimen.
CHRYSOCHARIS LIVIDICEPS, Sp. 0.
S$ 2. Length 1:2 millim. Thorax and abdomen metallic or
gold-green, the former scaly-punctate ; head and thorax, at sides
‘and beneath, blue-black; the small side-piece at base of hind
wings violaceous; scape and legs white; flagellum brown, pubes-
cent. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen rounded, only two
thirds the length of the thorax.
The male is slightly smaller, measuring but 1 millim in length,
and with the head larger, the flagellum longer, with longer black
hairs, the flagellar joints somewhat contracted at tips, while the
coxe are eneous; otherwise it resembles the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three males and one female.
CHRYSOCHARIS THORACICUS, sp. 2.
Q. Length 1:5 millim. Head black; thorax and legs pale
brownish yellow, the former with a distinct violaceous tinge
anteriorly ; antenn pale brown, hairy, the funicle-joints elongate.
Wings large, hyaline and ciliate. Abdomen conic-ovate, as long
as the head and thorax together, brown-black, the very short
petiole yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single female.
CrostERocerus, Westwood.
Table of Species.
Females.
‘Blue-black ; tarsi white..... 0 2... e see eee eet e eens C. leucopus, sp. n.
Blue-black ; tarsi white......... seeeee eee eee ee C. leucopus.
Blue-black ; head above metallic green; legs white,
the femora and tibize dusky at the middle.
Abdomen without a pale spot at base ........-... C. auriceps, sp. n.
neous vlack, metathorax and abdomen bluish, the
latter with a white spot at base; legs white...... C. albipes, sp. n.
ee
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 177
CLOSTEROCERUS LEUCOPUS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 0°8 to0°9 millim. Blue-black, impunctured, the
scutellum and base of abdomen more distinctly blue; sometimes
‘with an eneous tinge; tarsi white. Wings hyaline, ciliated.
Abdomen in female pointed ovate, as long as the head and thorax
united ; in male oblong, narrowed. towards base, and not longer
than the thorax. Antenne short, fusiform, pilose.
Hab. St. Vincent. :
Described from one female and four male specimens.
CLOSTEROCERUS AURICEPS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 08 millim. Blue-black, the scutellum eneous, the
head above metallic green or gold-green; legs pale or white, the
coxee eneous, the femora and tibie dusky at the middle. Wings
-clear hyaline, fringed. Abdomen oval, shorter than the thorax,
with no pale spot at base.
Described from a single male specimen.
CLOSTEROCERUS ALBIPES, sp. 0.
3. Length 0°8 millim. neous black, the metathorax and
abdomen bluish, the latter with a large white spot at base; collar
anteriorly with a violet tinge; legs white, with only the coxe
dusky basally. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Antenne 8-jointed,
flattened, brown, pubescent, the third funicle-joint the longest.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male specimens.
CHRYSOCHARODES, gen. nov.
Allied to Chrysocharis, Forster, and Derostenus, Westwood,
but separate at once from both by its antennal characters. In
both sexes the antenne are 7-jointed, not 8- or 9-jointed; in the
female they are subclavate, pubescent, with a 2-jointed funicle
and a3-jointed club ; in the male the funicle is 3-jointed, each joint
contracted at apex into a pedicel, while the base or thickened part
is furnished with a whorl of long hairs; club only 2-jointed.
The head is rather large, transverse, with a frontal impression
pronotum conical; metathorax somewhat lengthened; the abdo-
men is oval, much shorter than the thorax, distinctiy petiolated,
and with the second segment the longest, twice as long as the
third.
178 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
CHRYSOCHARODES PETIOLATA, Sp. 0.
$ 2. Length 1:1 millim. Blue-black, upper part of thorax
and base of abdomen with a metallic tinge ; disk of thorax scaly-
punctate; metapleura and coxe bluish; legs brownish yellow;
antenne, including scape, black or dark brown ; flagellum once
and a half as long as the scape, pubescent, the second funicle-joint
a little longer than the first; club 3-jointed, fusiform, distinctly
separated from the funicle. Wings hyaline, ciliated, the short
stigmal vein ending in a small round stigma with an uncus.
Abdomen oval, two thirds the length of the thorax, the petiole
once and a half as long as wide, shagreened.
The male is at once distinguished from the female by the
antenne, the funicle being 8-jointed, the joints pedicellate at
tips and with whorled hairs ; club 2-jointed ; thorax above golden
green, scaly ; while the abdomen is oblong, with the petiole fully
twice as long as wide.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
Subfamily TerrasTicHIn #.
CERATONEURA, gen. noy.
Antenne 10-jointed; in female subclavate, with two ring-joints
and a 8-jointed club, covered with a fine pubescence: in male
filiform, with one ring-joint and a 4-jointed funicle, the funicle-
joints contracted toward apex and with long hairs. Head trans-
verse; the ocelli subtriangularly arranged, the laterals being
much closer to the front ocellus than to the margin of the eye:
eyes broadly oval; frons with two grooves for the scapes of the
antenne. Thorax subovoid, the pronotum short, the mesonotum
without a median furrow; the scutellum convex, without the
grooved lines on disk; the metathorax very short, smooth,
rounded behind, with a delicate median carina. Wings, except
the posterior pair, as in Tetrastichus ; hind wings with a long
clavate marginal vein. Abdomen briefly but distinctly petiolated,
in female ovate, pointed at tip, in male oval.
In the distinct petiole, and in other characters pointed out,
this genus is quite distinct from all others placed in this group.
The female antenne agree with Tetrastichus, Hal.; but the male
antenne are different, and the wholly different mesonotum and
scutellum readily separate it. The other genera having no
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 179
furrows on mesonotum and scutellum are Anozus, Forster,
Gyrolasia, Forster, and Syntomosphyrum, Forster; but the ab-
sence of a stigmal vein and difference in antenne distinguish
Anozus, the sessile abdomen, strongly fringed wings, and 8-jointed
antenne distinguish Gyrolasia, while Syntomosphyrum is sepa-
rated by the sessile abdomen, 8-joimted antenne with no ring-
joints, and the venation of hind wings.
CERATONEURA PETIOLATA, Sp. 0.
3 @. Length 1°5 to 19 millim. Black, smooth, impunctured ;
face with striz converging towards mouth; petiole of abdomen
yellow ; scape, trochanters, tips of femora, tibie, and tarsi honey-
yellow ; rest of legs black; flagellum brown.
In the female the flagellum is subclavate, the funicle-joints
about twice as long as wide, the club thicker, fusiform; in male
filiform, much longer, pilose, the funicle-joints three or more
times longer than wide. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe at
the margins. Abdomen in female ovate, about as long as the
thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from twelve female specimens.
CERATONEURA PALLIDA, Sp. 0.
3. Length 2 millim. Pale brownish yellow, smooth; face
with strie converging toward mouth ; eyesand abdomen laterally
and at apex brown; scape, pedicel, and legs whitish. Wings
hyaline. Abdomen oval, a little shorter than the thorax, the
segments very nearly equalin length. The scape beneath towards
apex is slightly dilated, while the funicle-joints are more than
three times as long as wide.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single male specimen.
GyrrouastA, Forster.
Table of Species.
Females.
Body entirely black or metallic .............. 2
Head and thorax black, smooth, shining ; abdomen
conic, brown.
Legs honey-yellow, the coxze and femora black
(OVO ORME Se SOLOS COTO Cr OIE CRO Caen G. bicolor, sp. n. -
180 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
2. Black, the thorax above zeneous or black.
Abdomen conic-ovate ; legs pale or yellowish, the
hind coxe and femora alone dusky ........ G. ciliata, sp. n.
Abdomen conically produced, longer than the
head and thorax united; all coxz dusky or
black ; anterior and middle femora dusky at
middle; hind femora slightly swoilen, dark
brown Or lolack sete cei emincr ale tanerarereerieae G. femorata, sp. u.
Metallic or bronze-green.
Abdomen oval, a little longer than the thorax ; :
legs pale or honey-yellow...........+++0. G. metallica, sp. n.
GYROLASIA BICOLOR, Sp. D.
2. Length 0°85 millim. Head and thorax black, shining,
impunctured ; abdomen conic-ovate, a little longer than the head
and thorax together, brown; flagellum and legs (except tro-
chanters, tibiz, and tarsi, which are honey-yellow) brown-black.
Wings hyaline, strongly fringed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female specimen.
GYROLASIA CILIATA, Sp. 1.
9. Length 0°8 millim. Head and thorax, except above, and
the abdomen black; thorax above sneous black; antenne
brown ; the flagellum rather long, filiform, with long hairs ; legs,
except a dusky shade at base of hind coxe and their femora, pale
or yellowish white. The whole surface is smooth, shining; the
wings hyaline, with a very long fringe; while the abdomen is
conic-ovate, very little longer than the head and thorax united.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens.
GYROLASIA FEMORATA, Sp. 0.
2. Length 0-8 to 1 millim. Black, smooth, impunctured ;
flagellum subclavate, brown, pubescent; legs, except coxe and
femora, whitish or pale honey-yellow, the coxe brown or black,
the anterior and middle femora usually dusky or brown-black.
Wings hyaline, strongly fringed. Abdomen conically produced,
about one third longer than the head and thorax united.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from eight female specimens,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 181
GYROLASIA METALLICA, sp. 0.
@. Length 0:85 millim. Metallic or bronze-green, impunctate,
the under surface of thorax and abdomen blue-black ; flagellum
brown, pubescent; legs pale or honey-yellow, the coxe alone
showing a dusky spot at base. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed.
Abdomen oval, a little longer than the thorax.
Hab. St Vincent.
Described from one female specimen.
In the metallic colour, more compact form, the collar not
being narrowed before, and in the shape of the abdomen this
species is widely separated from all the others.
SYNTOMOSPHYRUM, Forster.
SYNTOMOSPHYRUM INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 09 millim. Black, smooth, shining; the tro-
chanters, knees, tips of tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow ; scape pale
brown; flagellum brown-black, pubescent, scarcely as long as the
head, the joints short, submoniliform. The -head is transverse,
excavated, or concave behind, the occipital margin being sharp ;
frons deeply impressed, the anterior ocellus being in the furrow,
while the lateral ocelli are nearer to the front ocellus than to the
margin of the eye. | Thorax short, ovoid, the collar transverse,
visible from above as a curved line; mesonotum a little wider
than long, with deeply defined parapsides, the middle lobe being
scarcely longer along the sides than the width anteriorly ;
seutellum smooth, without distinct grooved lines, rarely slightly
indicated at extreme base. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the
nervures pale brownish, margins fringed with short cilia.
Abdomen oval, not quite as long as the thorax.
d. Length 1 millim. Differs from the female in having
much longer filiform antenne, the jomts of the flagellum much
longer than thick, pubescent, the anterior and middle legs
brownish yellow, while the abdomen is oblong, much narrower
than the thorax, and as long as the head and thorax united.
Hab. St. Vincent. ;
Described from one male and one female specimen.
TETRASTICHODES. Ashmead.
This name was proposed, some years ago, for a Tetrastichid
found in Florida. It differs from Teétrastichus, Haliday, in
182 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
having no median furrow on the mesoscutum, a character peculiar
to the genera Ceranisus, Walk., Baryscapus, Forst., Melittobia,
Westw., and Cirrospilus, Westw.; but Ceranisus and Bary-
scapus have the scape greatly thickened or dilated, in Melit-
tobia the female has a conieally produced collar and eight-jointed
antenne, the male being subapterous with dilated and twisted
antenne and subobsolete eyes, while Cirrospilus has but seven-
jointed antenne.
The two species placed here, from St. Vincent, may be thus
distinguished :-—
Smooth, impunctate, metallic green or cupreous ;
abdomen conically produced.
Legs, except hind coxee, white ................ T. cupreus, ‘sp. n.
Scaly-punctate, dull bronzy-brown or bronze-green ;
abdomen cylindrical, conically pointed.
Coxz and hind femora black, the anterior and
middle femora, except tips, dark brown, rest of
legs yellow .....-.0--seeeeee esse ee eeees T. femoratus, sp. 1.
TETRASTICHODES CUPREUS, Sp. Nn.
3 9. Length variable, from 0°9 to 2 millim. Metallic green
or cupreous, smooth, impunctate ; scape and legs yellowish or pale
brownish-yellow; bind coxe metallic green; flagellum brown.
Abdomen in male ovate or conic-ovate, not or very slightly longer
than the thorax, with a yellow blotch at base; in female conically
produced, a little longer than the head and thorax united, and
without the yellow blotch at base.
Head transverse, with a deep frontal impression; mandibles
piceous or ferruginous; the anterior ocellus is situated in the
frontal impression, the lateral ocelli being as near to the margin
of the eye as to the frontal ocellus. Thorax ovate, the collar
rounded anteriorly, the mesonotum slightly longer than wide, the
middle lobe being longer than wide along the anterior margin ;
scutellum convex, with two furrows ; metathorax smooth. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, the cilia short, the venation pallid. Antenne
in female subclavate, pubescent, the funicle-joints being not
more than twice as long as wide; club a little stouter, 3-jointed :
in male filiform, pilose, the funicle-joints at least three times (or
slightly more) as long as wide.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 10 male and 24 female specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 183
TETRASTICHODES FEMORATUS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Scaly-punctate, bronzy-brown
or metallic green, the head somewhat purplish ; scape, pedicel, and
legs honey-yellow ; middle and anterior femora towards base and
the terminal tarsal joint brownish; all coxe and hind femora,
except tips, black; flagellum brown. The flagellum in female
clavate, the first funicle-joint longer than wide, the second and
third quadrate; club fusiform, 3-jointed. Abdomen in female
conic-ovate, cylindric, very slightly longer than the head and
thorax united, scaly-punctate, the segments 1, 2, and 3 long,
about equal, occupying most of the surface: in male oblong-oval,
not longer than the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
Terrasticuus, Haliday.
This genus is numerously represented in all parts of the world
and the species are exceedingly difficult to separate. Mr. F.
Walker, in his ‘ Monographia Chalcididum,’ under the genus
Cirrospilus has described numerous species from England and
elsewhere ; but as he gave no tables of his species, and, moreover,
seems to have confused several genera under this genus, I have
been unable to follow him, and the species described by me may
or may not be identical with some of his species.
The six species in the St. Vincent collection may be dis-
tinguished by the following table :—
NICHES Idler cities cheat cele stereo) cicetetere rigniolser 3.
Species black or blue-black, smooth or but feebly
SOLUTES | ie Gag nn SiO OReMOR DRAG hc ben 2.
Bright metallic green to blue-green, rather
strongly punctate.
Legs, except coxe, brownish yellow or reddish
WGN 08 S40Sc bo Sec sho se55bos05 .... T. cupreus, sp. n.
2. Blue-black, subopaque, or black, shining.
No pale spot at base of abdomen.
Abdomen in female conic-ovate.
a. Subopaque.
Scape and legs, except cox and femora,
brownish yellow ; antennz not especi-
ally long; mesoscutum with a row of
punctures at the lateral margins .... 7. vulgaris, sp. n.
184 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
b. Shining, black.
Seape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or
pale brownish yellow; hind femora
sometimes more or less dusky ; antenne
long ; mesoscutum without a row of
punctures at the lateral margins...... T. longicornis, sp. n.
Antenne short; legs, except coxe and
femora, pale brownish or honey-yellow ;
hind wingsiacute at, tips see aee- ore. T. acutipennis,sp.n.
A pale spot at base of abdomen.
Black with a faint zeneous tinge.
Scape, legs, and basal abdominal segment
honey-yellow, the femora dusky towards
basi meee creas coe n keke ote eens T. basilaris, sp. n.
3. Brown or brownish yellow.
Frons not closely punctured with thimble-like
punctures, at the most with only a row of
punctures.
Apex of antennze, head and thorax above,
and the apex of the abdominal segments
CiSlay Or |DROWING solo aos sony Seeoooes o T. fasciatus, sp. n.
Frons closely punctured with thimble-like
UGGS yoo odd coc balmnhelacoa ns doo T. punctifrons, sp. n. |
THTRASTICHUS CUPREUS, Sp. n.
6 @. Length 1°55 to 2 milim. Bright metallic green or
cupreous, more rarely bluish green, punctate ; scape, pedicel, and |
legs, except coxe, yellow; coxe metallic; flagellum brown,
pubescent. Head transverse, a little wider than the thorax, .
punctate, the vertex rounded; ocelli red, connected by grooved
lines; frons witha V-shaped sutonmala impression. Flagellum in
female brown, pubescent, with two, ring-joints, the funicle-joints
oblong; club stout, fusiform, 3-jointed: in male filiform, pilose,
the first funicle-joint scarcely longer than thick, the following
joints almost equal, oblong, from 13 to 2 times as long as thick.
Thorax subovoid, with the collar’ distinct, transverse, rounded
anteriorly ; mesonotum not quite as long as wide, with distinct
parapsidal furrows, the middle lobe with a median grooved Ine,
usually subobsolete anteriorly, and with two punctate lines along
the lateral margins; scutellum convex, with two lines on disk
and a short median line at base; metathorax short, areolated ;
pleura and coxe strongly punctate. Wings hyaline, pubescent,
the venation yellowish. Abdomen sessile, ovate, cylindric,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 185
punctate; in female rarely longer than the thorax, in male
shorter, the first segment the longest, the following segments:
short, nearly equal.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 145 specimens.
TETRASTICHUS VULGARIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Blue-black at sides and beneath ;
the dorsum black, subopaque, feebly shagreened ; abdomen conic-
ovate, zneous black; scape, pedicel, trochanters, knees, tibie,
and tarsi honey-yellow; flagellum brown. Head transverse,
antero-posteriorly very thin, the vertex therefore very sharp ;
frons deeply impressed, punctate; trophi ferruginous. Antenne
shorter than the thorax, the pedicel 4 the length of the scape;
the flagellum subclavate, very slightly more than twice the length
of the scape, brown, pubescent, the three funicle-joints a little
longer than thick, the third the widest; club stouter, 3-jointed.
Thorax short, ovoid, feebly shagreened, subopaque; pronotum
short, visible from above as an arcuate ridge; mesonotum wider
than long, the middle lobe with a median grooved line and a row
of punctures along the parapsidal furrows; parapsides with an
oblique line just above the tegule ; scutellum convex, with two
median grooved lines; metathorax very short, abrupt. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale yellowish. Abdomen conic-
ovate, a little longer than the head and thorax united, depressed
or flat above, boat-shaped beneath.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 58 female specimens.
TETRASTICHUS LONGICORNIS, sp. n.
@. Length 15 to 1°8 millim. Black, shining, much slenderer
than 7. vulgaris; the antenne very long, extending to base of
abdomen or beyond, the flagellum being filiform and nearly five
times as long as the scape, the joints elongate, about three and a
half times as long as thick. Thorax smooth, the collar conical,
the mesoscutum without a row of punctures along the parapsidal
furrows. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale brownish
yellow. Legs pale yellowish, the femora more or less dusky
medially, the anterior pair sometimes entirely pale. Abdomen
as in Z. vulgaris, but piceous along the venter.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from nine female specimens.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 14
186 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
The long antenne, closely resembling those of a male, the
conical pronotum and its smooth surface, readily distinguish the
species.
TETRASTICHUS ACUTIPENNIS, Sp. 0.
2. Length 0°9 millim. Black, shining, impunctate; antenne
and legs, except the cox and the femora at the middle, honey-
yellow or pale brownish yellow; mouth-parts yellowish. Head
transverse, deeply impressed anteriorly on the frons, the vertex
therefore thin antero-posteriorly. Thorax short, oval, the collar
very short, scarcely visible from above; the mesonotum smooth,
broader than long, with the parapsidal furrows distinct, the
median grooved line very faint; the scutellum convex, with two
grooved lines; the metathorax very short, smooth. Wings
hyaline, fringed; the hind wings lanceolate, acutely pointed at
tips. Abdomen conic-ovate, pointed at tip, depressed above,
convex beneath, and seneous black.
Flagellum clavate, pubescent, about twice as long as the scape ;
the funicle-joints submoniliform ; the club stout, fusiform.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens. The species is dis-
tinguished from the others by its smaller size, colour of antenne,
and the pointed hind wings.
TETRASTICHUS BASILARIS, Sp. De
2. Length 1°5 to 2 millim. Black, shining, with a slight
geneous tinge; head below the antenne and the eyes piceous or
pale ferruginous ; scape, pedicel, a spot at base of abdomen, and
the legs yellowish or whitish, the coxe black, the femora some-
times dusky toward base. The face has two rows of punctures
between the facial impression and the eyes; the thorax is faintly
alutaceous ; the collar distinct, rounded before and with a row of
punctures along the posterior margin ; mesoscutum with a single
row of punctures along the parapsidal furrows. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, the venation pallid or pale brownish yellow. Abdomen
conic-ovate or conically produced, longer than the head and
thorax together.
Flagellum clavate, two and a half times as long as the scape;
the funicle-joints nearly twice as long as thick, the club stouter,
three-jointed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 50 female specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 187
TETRASTICHUS FASCIATUS, Sp. n.
3 @. Length 15 to 2 millim. Brownish yellow, smooth,
impunctured; stemmaticum, flagellum, excluding the pedicel,
eyes, grooved lines on thorax, sometimes the sides of metathorax,
and the apical margins of the abdominal segments dark brown ;
the middle of abdomen sometimes wholly brown; scape, pedicel,
and legs pale yellowish. The space between the eye and
the facial impression smooth, or at the most with only a few
punctures ; pronotum short, rounded before; mesoscutum longer
than wide, with some punctures along the parapsidal furrows;
metathorax very short, abrupt, with a delicate median carina.
Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen conically produced, a
little longer than the head and thorax united, with a style-like
tip, the ovipositor being slightly exserted.
The female flagellum is clavate; the funicle-joints 1 and
2 nearly twice as long as thick, the third slightly shorter and
stouter ; while the club is ovate, 3-jointed, and stouter than the
last funicle-joint. Inthe male the stemmaticum, occiput, a broad
median band on thorax, metathorax, and abdomen are brownish
black ; the flagellum is long, filiform, pilose, with the funicle-
joints, after the first, about three‘times as long as thick, the first
joint being moniliform; while the abdomen is oblong-ovai, not
quite as long as the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and 14 female specimens.
TETRASTICHUS PUNCTIFRONS, sp. 0.
2. Length 2:2 millim. Very close to TZ. fasciatus, but the
head, except the face below the antennz and the eyes, is distinctly
metallic or zneous, the frons being closely punctate with thimble-
like punctures; the occiput and thorax faintly shagreened; the
median furrow of the mesoscutum distinct, but not so deeply and
sharply defined, the punctures along the lateral margins large
and distinct; while the antennz, except the club, are pale
brownish yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens.
PENTASTICHUS, gen. nov.
Similar to Tetrastichus, Haliday, and differing only in antennal
characters as follows :—
14*
188 mR. Ww. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
In both sexes the antenne are short, clavate, 8-jointed
(without a ring-joint), pubescent, the joints moniliform, the
pedicel being as long as the first two funicle-joints united ;
club stout, fusiform ; scape slender, subclavate, inserted below the
middle of the face, a little below an imaginary line drawn from
the base of each eye. Frons deeply impressed; the anterior
ocellus situated in the furrow, the lateral ocelli closer to the front
ocellus than to the eye-margin. Thorax short, oval or almost
round; the mesonotum about twice as wide as long, with three
grooved lines; the scutellum semicircular, convex, with two
grooved lines; metathorax very short, rounded. Wings broad,
weil fringed, with the venation as in Zetrastichus. Abdomen ovate,
sessile or subsessile; the first and second body-segments the
longest, about equal, the, following shorter.
PENTASTICHUS XANTHOPUS, Sp. n.
3 @. Length 0°8 to1 millim. neous black, smooth, im-
punctured; antenne and legs lemon-yellow; wings hyaline,
ciliated ; abdomen ovate in female, pointed at apex, and as long
as the head and thorax united ; in male rounded at apex, scarcely
as long as the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and four female specimens.
Report on the Parasitic Cynipide, part of the Braconidex, the
Ichneumonids, the Proctotrypide, and part of the Chalci-
dide.—Part III. By Witiiam H. Asumeap.
Family PROCTOTRY PID.
Subfamily Bernyxina.
Epyris, Westwood.
Two species, both males, may be distinguished as follows :—
Mesonotal furrows distinct.
Anterior coxee and hind cox and femora black or
piceous, rest of the legs brownish yellow ; scape
and pedicel yellow, the pedicel small, rounded ;
flagellum brown, the joints at least twice as long
ARNO Wolssoboshaddsasoonsccksaocqoscne E. insularis, sp. 1.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 189 |
Mesonotal furrows almost obliterated, with only slight
traces anteriorly.
Legs, including coxe, rufous, the tarsi paler; an-
tennze brown, fuscous or black toward tips;
pedicel more than twice as long as thick, the
joints of the flagellum fully thrice as long asthick. E. incertus, sp. n.
EPYRIS INSULARIS, sp. 1.
6. Length 24 millim. - Black, shining, densely and very finely
punctulate, covered with a sparse pubescence ; mandibles, scape
and pedicel, tegule and legs, except anterior coxe and the hind
coxe, and sometimes the posterior femora, which are black or
fuscous, brownish yellow. Hyes hairy. The mandibles are
curved and rather slender, not broadened at tips, the tips trun-
cate and with five minute teeth. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform,
acuminate towards tips, extending to the middle of the abdomen ;
flagellum fuscous, the pedicel very small, rounded, the first
flagellar joint a little longer than the second, thrice as long as
thick, the following twice as long as thick. The dorsum of the
pronotum is trapezoidal, anteriorly and along the sides distinctly
margined; mesonotum longer than the dorsum of the pronotum,
with two distinct furrows and a grooved line on the scapule;
scutellum with a furrow across the base; metathorax quadrate,
the apex abruptly truncate, the sides and the truncature finely
striated; the dorsum is margined along the sides and at apex,
with a medial carina extending on to the truncature, its surface
very finely transversely striated. Wings subhyaline, pubescent,
the nerves brown; the transverse medial nervure is curved out-
wardly. Abdomen scarcely as long as the thorax, black, polished,
sparsely pubescent, especially towards the tip; the third segment
is twice as long as the fourth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four specimens.
EPYRIS INCERTUS, sp. n.
d. Length 23 millim. Black, shining, very finely microsco-
pically punctate, the surface appearing almost smooth, sparsely
pubescent; mandibles, scape and base of flagellum, and legs,
including all coxx, brownish yellow. Eyes faintly pubescent or
almost bare. The mandibles are closely folded under the over-
lapping labrum, and the number of teeth cannot be made out,
but the outer tooth is long and acute. Antenne 13-jointed,
nearly as long as the body, cylindrical, pubescent, the flagellum
being fuscous or black towards the tip ; the pedicel is fully twice
190 wR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
as long as thick; first flagellar joint a little longer than the
pedicel and slightly stouter than the second or the third; the
joints beyond are all longer than the first and a little more than
thrice as long as thick. The dorsum of the pronotum is a little
longer than the mesonotum, margined anteriorly only, the sides:
rounded; mesonotum with slight traces of the parapsidal furrows
anteriorly ; scutellum with a transverse furrow at base; meta-
thorax quadrate ; the truncature and sides striate; the dorsum
has a medial carina that extends only to the upper edge of the
truncature, and with a short carina on each side at base, its.
surface being finely transversely striate. Wings hyaline or sub-
hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse medial
nervure is oblique, curved outwardly. Abdomen polished black,
the third segment the longest, not more than; one third longer
than the fourth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five specimens. The absence of distinct meso-
notal furrows causes doubt in my mind as to its being a genuine
Epyris.
Isopracuium, Forster.
The two species recognized in this genus may be thus dis-
tinguished :—
Mesonotal furrows indicated only anteriorly ........ 2.
Mesonotal furrows complete.
Metathorax finely rugulose; legs yellowish white ;
flagellum fuscous or brown ; first flagellar joint
four times as long as the pedicel and/ja little
longer than the second, the joints beyond thrice
Ch) JMS JONES 5 cooodancooFodHOdodO DCO RSS I. collinum, sp. n-
2. Metathorax finely sculptured, the sides almost
smooth.
Legs yellowish white; flagellum fuscous; pedicel
rounded, not half the length of the first flagellar
joint, the joints beyond the second two and a
half times'as long asithiek ). 2. -5.....0.+.% I. albipes, sp. n.
IsOBRACHIUM COLLINUM, sp. 0.
3. Length 2 to 33 millim. Black,shining, with sparse, dis-
tinct punctures; mandibles and antenne pale ferruginous, the
latter fuscous towards the apex ; the depression above on collar
usually pale or yellowish; legs, including coxe, yellowish white
or pale honey-yellow. Head across the eyes fully as wide as long ;
the eyes prominent, faintly pubescent. Mandibles broadened.
at tips, 5-dentate, the outer tooth long, acute, the second a little:
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 191
shorter, the three following very small, about equal. Antenne
13-jointed, filiform, tapering toward tips, extending to the base
of the metathorax ; scape curved, clavate, the length of the eye;
pedicel small, rounded; first flagellar joint longer than the
second, three and a half times as long as thick, the following
joints thrice as long as thick. Pronotum finely transversely
striated or closely minutely punctulate, the depression in collar
above usually yellowish, rarely entirely black, the posterior margin
tinged with piceous. “Mesonotum with two distinct furrows.
Scutellum with a profound fovea at base. Metathorax twice as
long as wide, roundedly truncate posteriorly, dorsally rugulose,
with an indistinct median carina and carinated along the superior
edges of the sides. Tegule white or yellowish. Wings sub-
fuscous, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse medial
nervure is oblique, and there is a more or less distinct, rhom-
boidal discoidal cell; the radial vein is very long. Abdomen
oblong-oval, depressed, subpetiolated, black or dark piceous,
banded or tinged with rufous.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
IsoOBRACHIUM ALBIPES, Sp. n.
3S. Length 2} millim. Black, shining, at the most very faintly
microscopically punctulate; mandibles and antenne brown, the
latter fuscous toward the tips; legs pale, whitish yellow or
honey-yellow. The mandibles are broadened and truncate at
apex, the two outer teeth acute, followed by three or four minute,
blunt denticulations. Antenne 13-jointed, extending to base of
abdomen; pedicel very small, rounded, less than half the length
of the first flagellar joint; the first flagellar joint about thrice as
long as thick, the following two and a half times as long as thick.
Thorax elongate, the prothorax triangular, a little longer than
the mesonotum, the latter with traces of the furrows only an-
teriorly. Scutellum with a transverse fovea at base. Meta-
thorax twice as long as wide, finely, faintly, transversely rugu-
lose, the truncature rounded off, not margined above. Wings
subhyaline, the venation brown; the transverse medial nervure
is oblique, and the discoidal cell is only partially defined. Ab-
domen oblong-oval, depressed, more or less tinged with piceous.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four specimens, captured at from 1000 to 2000
feet altitude.
192 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
DissomPHaLus, Ashmead,
This genus is allied to Zsobrachium, Forster, and is described
in my ‘ Monograph of the North-American Proctotrypide.’ As
the work has not yet appeared, I give here the essential characters
for the recognition of the genus :— ;
Maxillary palpi 4-jointed ; labial palpi 3-jointed. Mandibles
3-dentate. Antenne 13-jointed, filiform, submoniliform, the first
flagellar joint always smaller than the second, the joints beyond
submoniliform. Mesonotum with or without furrows. Wings |
with two basal cells of an equal length; the transverse medial
nervure straight ; parastigma not developed ; the stigma oblong-
quadrate, the radial vein very long. Legs slender, the femora
not much swollen. Abdomen oblong-oval or oval, depressed,
subpetiolate; the second segment is always much longer than
the third, and bears two warty-like tubercles or nipples, which
are variously situated, often placed in a fovea or surrounded by
a grooved line.
The two warty-like tubercles or nipples, on the second abdo-
minal segment, are a unique character, and with the other
characters mentioned will readily distinguish it from all other
genera in the Bethyline.
The four species from St. Vincent may be thus tabulated :—
Mesonotal furrows wanting or with only traces
PvAMOhY “SEcagddsscoooocun bo oaSdan ode 2.
Mesonotal furrows complete, distinct.
Metathorax rugose, with a medial carina.
Transverse medial nervure straight.
Legs reddish yellow.
Second abdominal segment with two
hairy tubercles in foveze towards the
base, widely separated; flagellum
fuscous towards the tip, the pedicel
oval, larger than the first flagellar
joint, the second and the joints
beyond longer than the first, about
one and a half times aslongasthick. D. tuberculatus, sp.
Metathorax almost smooth above, the sides
and face of the truncature finely sculptured.
Legs honey-yellow.
Second abdominal segment with two
tubercles close together; flagellum
fuscous, the pedicel larger than the
OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 193
first flagellar joint, the joints beyond
quadrate, a little longer towards the
UW) CeoonesnoGocongcGuecroaodaod D. bisulcus, sp. n.
2. Polished, impunctured ; legs, scape, and pedi-
cel honey-yellow ; the second abdominal seg-
ment with the tubercles widely separated,
placed near the lateral margin.
Flagellum filiform, submoniliform, the first
flagellar joint very small.
Transverse medial nervure nearly straight,
slightly curved at tip.
Flagellar joints after the first scarcely
longer thamsthiek: ajc «» siete «le ote D. confusus, sp. n.
Transverse medial nervure straight.
Flagellar joints after the first twice as long
AS ACC Ke a miter Meret shaven sts wicher scr etine tate D. politus, sp. n.
DissoMPHALUS TUBERCULATUS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 23 millim. Polished black, shining, very faintly
microscopically punctulate, the head with some larger scattered
punctures. Mandibles and antenne pale ferruginous, the latter
fuscous towards tips. Legs reddish yellow. Head as broad as
long; the eyes prominent, oblong oval, bare. Antenne 13-
jointed, filiform, extending to the base of the metathorax, covered
with a short pubescence; scape slightly curved, two thirds the
length of the eye; pedicel oval, a little longer than the first
flagellar joint; the second flagellar joint and the joints beyond
longer than the first, about one and a half times as long as thick.
Pronotum contracted anteriorly into a rounded neck, the con-
tracted portion finely transversely striated, the posterior portion
very short, about one third the length of the mesonotum; meso-
notum with two distinct parapsidal furrows and a grooved line
on the scapule. Scutellum with a long transverse furrow at
base. Metathorax scarcely longer than wide, roundedly trun-
cate posteriorly, coarsely rugose, with a medial carina. Tegule
yellowish. Wings subhyaline, pubescent, the venation brown ;
the transverse medial nervure is straight, and there are indica-
tions of a discoidal cell. Abdomen oval, depressed, subpetiolate,
polished black; the suture between the first and second segments
is very strongly arcuate ; the second segment is fully twice as
long as the third and bears two, widely separated, rounded, hairy
nipples or tubercles, in fover below its middle; the third and
following segments about of an equal length.
194 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six specimens.
DisSOMPHALUS BISULCUS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 2 millim. Black, shining; prothorax very faintly
and finely punctulate; metathorax very finely sculptured, the
apex of the dorsum nearly smooth, its base with traces of two or
three caring; sides and truncature bounded by a carina. Meso-
notum with two distinct furrows. Scutellum with a transverse
impressed line at base. Mesopleura with a crenate furrow
across the middle. Antenne 13-jointed, fuscous, yellowish at
base, the pedicel longer than the first flagellar joint, the joints
beyond quadrate, a little longer towards the tip of the flagellum.
Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown; the transverse
medial nervure is straight, the discoidal cell indistinct and in-
complete. Legs honey-yellow. Abdomen oblong-oval, smooth,
shining ; the two nipples on the second segment placed a little
below the middle and close together, almost touching each other.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
DiIssOMPHALUS CONFUSUS, Sp. n.
$. Length 14 millim. Polished black, impunctured; the
metathorax very faintly punctulate, with a delicate medial carina
towards base. Scape, pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or pale
brownish yellow, the flagellum fuscous. Antenne 13-jointed,
filiform, submoniliform, extending slightly behind the tegule;
the scape is more than four times as long as the pedicel, curved,
and a little incrassated towards the tip; pedicel twice as long
as the first funicle-joint; the first funicle-joint is the smallest,
the following submoniliform, scarcely longer than thick. Pro-
thorax triangular, about as long as the mesonotum, the latter
with only slight traces of the parapsidal furrows anteriorly.
Scutellum with a transverse furrow at base. Mesopleura with
a curved furrow across the middle. Wings hyaline, the venation
brown, the transverse medial nervure nearly straight, being very
slightly curved inwardly at the apex or hind angle of the basal
cell. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, black, shining, subpetio-
late, the second segment not much longer than the third, with
the two nipples placed wide apart towards the lateral margins.
Hab. St. Vincent.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 195
Described from a single specimen taken at an altitude of
1500 feet.
DissoMPHALUS POLITUS, sp. n.
3. Length 14 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; meta-
thorax roundedly truncate behind, polished, with a dorsal medial
carina and very faintly sculptured at base. Scape, pedicel, and
legs honey-yellow, the flagellum brown or fuscous. Antenne
13-jointed, filiform, extending to the base of the metathorax ;
scape more than four times as long as the pedicel; the pedicel
oval, a little longer than the first funicle-joint; the first funicle-
joint the shortest, the joints beyond the second about twice as
long as thick, the last thrice as long. Mesonotum without a
trace of a furrow, or so faint as to be discernible only in a
certain light. Wings hyaline, very slightly tinged, the venation
brown ; the transverse medial nervure is straight, the discoidal
cell indistinctly defined. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, black
or with a piceous tinge, the second segment longer than the third,
with two minute nipples, widely separated, and placed near the
lateral basal angles.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens captured at 1500 feet altitude.
Goniozus, Forster.
Three distinct species in this genus are in the collection and
may be thus tabulated :—
The backward-directed branch of the basal
nervure prolonged, joining the apex of the
transverse medial nervure, and forming a
small, closed, subtriangular discoidal cell.
Coxze and femora black; tibize and tarsi
MONEY VellO Webs ackepuhy a sashes cdeeehs G. nigrifemur, sp. n.
Coxz and legs entirely honey-yellow ...... G. Sancti- Vincenti, sp.n.
The backward-directed branch of the basal
nervure ending abruptly, and not forming
a small discoidal cell.
Coxe and femora black; trochanters, tibiz,
and tarsi honey-yellow .............. G. incompletus, sp. nu.
GONIOZUS NIGRIFEMUR, sp. n.
@. Length 2 to 23 millim. Polished black, at most faintly
indistinctly punctate, except the head, which exhibits a few
196 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
scattered punctures, and the sides and truncature of the meta-
thorax, which are finely minutely sculptured. Antenne 13-
jointed, brownish yellow, hardly longer than the oblong head,
moniliform, tapering at tips, the flagellar joints a little longer
than wide, the first joint the smallest. Scutellum without a
transverse furrow or fovea at base, separated from the mesonotum
only by a delicate straight impressed line. Mesopleura with a
round fovea at the middle. Dorsum of metathorax polished,
without carine. Wings hyaline, the costa, parastigma, and
stigma piceous, the nervures pale; the branch of the basal
nervure curved backwards and joining the transverse medial
nervure near its apex, forming a small subtriangular discoidal
cellule. Legs black, the tibie and tarsi honey-yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from twa specimens.
Gontozus Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n.
@. Length 14 to 14 millim. Polished black; the head and
prothorax very finely, faintly, closely punctulate; antenne and
legs, including cox, wholly honey-yellow. The joints of the
flagellum, after the first, are moniliform, fully as long as wide;
otherwise, except in the colour of the legs, it agrees with
G. nigrifemur.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six specimens.
GonrozUs INCOMPLETUS, sp. D.
Q. Length 21 millim. Polished black; the head and thorax
very finely, faintly punctulate; mandibles, antenne, except tips,
trochanters, tibiz, and tarsi honey-yellow ; rest of the legs black.
The antenne are a little less than twice as long as the head, the
flagellar joints, after the first, distinctly longer than wide. Wings
hyaline ; costa, parastigma, and stigma dark brown, the veins
hyaline ; the branch of the basal nervure ending abruptly, not
curving backwards and forming no discoidal cell; otherwise it
resembles G. nigrifemur.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 197
Subfamily Dryrina.
Lazeo, Haliday.
The collection represents two distinct species in this genus,
although they are closely related and difficult to separate.
The following characters may, however, be used to separate
them :—
Black, shining; all coxz black, the anterior
femora, more or less, middle femora and pos-
terior femora and tibie brown or fuscous,
trochanters, knees, and tarsi pale or whitish.
Antenne not extending beyond the meta-
» thorax; the scape and pedicel nearly of an
equal length; the first flagellar joint twice
as long as the pedicel, the following joints
very slightly shorter, thrice as long as thick; [sp.n.
Vertexstimely punctilatert-1.s tess idee « LL. Sancti-Vincentt,
Black, shining; coxe and legs pale, the middle
and posterior cox dusky basally, their
femora towards base fuscous.
Antenne extending to the middle of abdo-
men; the scape distinctly longer than the
pedicel; the first flagellar joint nearly thrice
as long as the pedicel, the second and
third joints fully as long as the first, the
following four times as long as thick; ver-
tex smooth, not finely punctulate........ L. simulans, sp. n.
Laseo Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n.
3. Length 12 millim. Black, shining, sparsely covered with
a short, whitish pubescence. Head shining, but finely, minutely
punctulate. Ocelli red. Hyes hairy. Mandibles and palpi
white. Antenne 10-jointed, fuscous, not extending beyond the
tip of metathorax ; scape and pedicel oval, about equal; first
flagellar joint twice as long as the pedicel, the following very
slightly shorter, thrice as longas thick. Thorax with two furrows
converging posteriorly. Mesopleura with a transverse furrow
across the disk. Metathorax rounded off posteriorly, finely
sculptured, opaque. Coxz black or piceous; legs brown, all
trochanters, tips of anterior femora and their tibie, middle of
posterior knees, and all tarsi pale or whitish. Tegule yellowish
white. Wings hyaline, the stigma brown, the veins hyaline.
198 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Abdomen as long as the thorax, black, more or less tinged with
piceous.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three specimens.
LABEO SIMULANS, Sp. 0.
$. Length 14 millim. Black, shining, sparsely pubescent.
Head impunctured, shining, or at the most with a few scattered
punctures. Ocelli pale. Mandibles and palpi white. Antenne
10-jointed, fuscous, extending to the middle of the abdomen;
scape longer than the pedicel; first flagellar joint more than
twice as long as the pedicel, the second and third joints as long
as the first, the following slightly shorter, but fully four times as
long as thick. Thorax smooth, shining, with two furrows con-
verging and almost meeting at the base of the scutellum. Meso-
pleura faintly, sparsely punctate, with a grooved line across the
middle. Metathorax shining, finely, closely punctured or sculp-
tured. Legs pale; middle and posterior coxe basally and their
femora slightly dusky. Wings hyaline, including the stigma
and venation. Abdomen black, piceous towards the base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
Subfamily CERAPHRONINA.
CERAPHRON, Jurine.
This group is poorly represented in the collection, but six
specimens in all having been taken. All belong to the genus
Ceraphron, and represent four distinct species, which may be
separated as follows :— .
Mesonotum with a distinct medial grooved
Mesonotum not grooved, or with only a trace
of the groove anteriorly or posteriorly.
Wings fuliginous or subfuscous; scape,
pedicel, first flagellar joint, and the legs
brownish yellow; rest of the flagellum
black or fuscous.
Female with the third and fourth fla-
gellar jomts longer than wide...... C. fummipennis, sp. n.
Female with the third and fourth fla-
gellar joints wide: than long ...... C. Sancti- Vincenti, sp. n.
e
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 199
2. Wings fuscous.
Female: scape and pedicel brown, the
flagellum black ; legs reddish yellow.
First flagellar joint not longer than the
pedicel, the second joint half the
length of the first, the third and
TOUTE Mg UAdT ALE Werle a erste ae C. solitarius, sp. n.
Wings hyaline, scarcely tinged.
Female: scape, pedicel, and legs honey-
yellow or pale brownish yellow.
First flagellar joint shorter than the
pedicel, the second, third, and fourth
joints transverse, quadrate ........ C. meridionalis, sp. nu.
CERAPHRON FUMMIPENNIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Polished black, impunctured, at the
most with afew minute scattered punctures. Antenne 10-jointed,
gradually incrassated toward tips, the scape, pedicel, and first
flagellar joint brownish yellow, rest of the flagellum black or
fuscous ; the flagellum is two and a half times as long as the scape ;
the pedicel and first flagellar joint are elongate, the pedicel slightly
the shorter; the flagellum from the second joint is gradually
incrassated, the second, third, and fourth joints longer than
thick ; the terminal joint fusiform and the longest joint. Thorax
smooth, shining, the mesonotum with only a faint trace of the
furrow posteriorly. Metathorax exceedingly short, with a blunt
tooth at base just behind the scutellum, and toothed posterior-
lateral angles. Wings fuliginous, the venation dark brown; the
radial vein long, curved, about thrice as long as the linear mar-
ginal vein. Abdomen one half longer than the head and thorax
together, pointed at apex, highly polished, and with strie at
base.
The male, or what is supposed to be the male, is 13 millim.
long, and differs from the female only in the antenne; these are
longer than the body, filiform, the flagellum black, the first and
last joint slightly longer than the others, the intermediate joints
being about thrice as long as thick.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a male and a female specimen.
CERAPHRON Sancri-VINCENTI, sp. n.
2. Length 12 millim. Differs from the above in having paler
subfuscous wings, the flagellum being only twice as long as the
200 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
scape, the four terminal joints only distinctly black; the second
flagellar joint is distinctly larger than the pedicel, and neither of
these joints are so long asin C. fummipennis ; the third and fourth
joints are wider than long; while the mesonotal groove, although
delicate, is distinct for half the length of the mesonotum
posteriorly.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
CERAPHRON SOLITARIUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 23 millim. Resembles closely C. fummipennis in
stature, colour of the wings, and sculpture; but the mesonotal
furrow is distinct; there is a large V-shaped fovea on the meso-
pleurz, not present in that species or the others; the legs are
reddish yellow, pilose ; the first flagellar joint is not longer than
the pedicel, and both are relatively shorter than in fwmmipennis.
These differences are sufficient to distinguish the species.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
CERAPHRON MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1} millim. Polished black, impunctured ; scape,
pedicel, and legs honey-yellow or pale brownish yellow; flagellum
fuscous, brownish towards the base. Antenne 10-jointed, rather
slender, subclavate ; scape less than half the length of the fla-
gellum, not extending to the ocelli, slender, cylindrical ; pedicel
distinctly longer and stouter than the first flagellar joint; the
second, third, and fourth flagellar joints transverse quadrate.
Thorax highly polished,-with a distinct medial impressed line.
Mesopleura smooth, shining, with a few faint strie posteriorly.
Wings hyaline, the radial vein long, strongly curved. Abdomen
longer than the head and thorax together, the tip pointed, curving
upwards.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily ScELIONINA.
Tribe i. TELENOMINI.
Puanvrus, Thomson.
PHANURUS AFFINIS, sp. 0.
?. Length £millim. Black, shining, but very feebly minutely
punctate; trochanters, knees, and tarsi white. Head quadrate,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 201
the frons convex, smooth. Palpi pale. Antenne 11-jointed;
scape about one third the length of the flagellum ; flagellum sub-
clavate, gradually incrassated towards tip; pedicel longer and
stouter than the first flagellar joint, its apical margin white;
first flagellar joint a little longer than thick, the following sub-
moniliform, the three or four preceding the ultimate transverse,
the last ovate. Thorax oblong-oval, feebly punctate, very finely
sericeous. Mesopleure with a smooth femoral furrow. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, with rather long cilia at margins; venation
pale brown, the marginal vein about half the length of the
stigmal. Abdomen subfusiform, pointed, polished black, a little
longer than the head and thorax together, the basal segment
small, transverse, smooth, without strie, the second very long,
the following very short.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens.
Comes nearest to P. ovivorus, Ashm., but that species is highly
polished, impunctured, with more slender antenne.
TELENoMUS, Haliday.
This genus, comprising the smallest species, and probably
furnishing the greatest number of species in any one genus in
the Scelionine, is well represented in the collection.
The following table will materially aid in determining the
species :—
Table of Species.
Females.
Pedicel not longer than the first funicle-joint . 3.
Pedicel longer than the first funicle-joint.
Head broadly transverse, much wider than
HR OTAKE | PSerapatar clone clearer care veer a a 2.
Head quadrate, not or scarcely wider than
thorax.
Black.
Coxe pale or yellow.
Legs pale yellow.
Thorax microscopically punctate ;
scape fuscous; second abdominal
segment twice as long as wide . T. confusus, sp. n.
Legs brownish yellow; second abdo-
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 15
202 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
minal segment not twice as long
as wide.
Thorax slightly impressed on disk .. T. zmpressus, sp. n.
Thorax not impressed, convex.
Thorax minutely wrinkled..... ... TT. difformis, sp. n.
Thorax microscopically punctate. |
Club stout, much shorter than scape T. magniclavus, sp. u.
Club slender, as long as the scape. T. cubiceps, sp. n.
Not entirely black (see male).
2arAllWeoxce) palevorsyellowariienisiera/elrienter: 3.
All coxe black.
Head nearly three times as wide as thick
antero-posteriorly.
Antenne brown, the scape pale basally ;
thorax sericeous; legs yellow, fe-
ONE |NOWH ~— s s00oa500500050000 T. medius, sp. n.
3. Petiole yellow.
Head three and a half times as wide as
thick antero-posteriorly.
Legs yellow ........ Goad dee pbob 6 6.0.0 T. flavopetiolatus, sp. ne
Petiole black.
\WRIEE TOSEOUS “ooacconcsooguduaaen054 4.
Wings hyaline, rarely faintly tinged.
Head two and a half times as wide as
long.
Legs and antenne, except club,
WOlOn? Bao sa50 doobaddsoodcs T. meridionalis, sp. n.
Head three times as wide as long.
Antenne brown-black, the scape pale
lSASMIN SGodogdsoudpausooguss T. pygmaeus, sp. 0.
Head three and a half times as wide as
long.
Thorax strigoso-scabrous, sericeous ;
legs pale honey-yellow ...... T. scaber, sp. n.
Thorax minutely punctate, sericeous ;
legs brownish yellow ........ T. Smithit, sp. n.
Thorax polished, impunctured; legs
palenvelloyaeerrcmeenr crn TT. T. flavicornis, sp. n.
4, Head two and a half times as wide as long
(see male).
5. Coxze and legs yellow; wings hyaline.
Head three and a half times as wide as long;
thorax minutely punctate.......... T.Sancti- Vincentt, sp. n-
Coxe black.
Head two and a half times as wide as long;
thorax finely punctate ............ T. nigrocoralis, sp. n.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINOEN1. 203
Head four times as wide as long; head and
thorax opaque, minutely closely punctulate.
Males.
Head transverse, mucn ».der than the thorax. .
Head quadrate or subquadrate, not or scarcely
wider than thorax.
Thorax impressed .......... Ware ate etek
Thorax not impressed, convex.
Woncenpale man ned oec aslo diene enemas
Coxe black.
Femora and tibie piceous ............
2. Pedicel always shorter than the first flagellar
joint.
Black; abdomen entirely black.
Legs pale yellow.
Head and thorax polished, impunctured.
Flagellar joints oval-moniliform
Head smooth, the thorax microscopi-
cally punctate.
Flagellum shorter than the body ....
Flagellum longer than the body ....
Sternum, metathorax, and petiole yellow.
SMEG LeRVe LOW she cio. 0 diate etole slioe whee d.eveve's oh
Petiole black.
Wings fuscous ; head two and a half times
as wide as long.
Flagellar joints not very long..........
Wings subhyaline; head twice as wide as
long.
Blacellarjomts long 25s a el. cain eee sien:
Wings hyaline; head three and a half
times as wide as long.
Axutenne yellow, flagellar joints monili-
HOMMMECBE Abe On ApH UObOOm Oo oDodE
Antenne, except toward base, brown,
the basal flagellar joints elongate. .
TELENOMUS MONILICORNIS, sp. n.
T. megacephalus.
T. impressus.
2:
T. monilicornis.
T. difformis.
T. magniclavus.
T. cubiceps.
T. pectoralis.
T. flavopetiolatus.
T. fuscipennis.
T. Sancti- Vincenti.
T. flavicornis.
T. Smithii.
3. Length + millim. Black, shining; thorax with some faint
microscopic punctures ; head transverse quadrate, twice as wide
as thick antero-posteriorly, smooth and shining ; eyes pubescent ;
mandibles piceous. The antenne are 12-jointed, filiform-monili-
form, the scape one third the length of the flagellum, the second
and third joints equal, a little longer than thick, the following
15*
204 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
moniliform. Thorax oval, scarcely longer than wide, convex,
with a microscopic pubescence. Legs black or piceous, the
trochanters, base, and apex of the femora and tibie and the tarsi
pale or yellowish. Wings hyaline, pubescent, with short cilia ;
the venation pale yellowish; the marginal vein about two thirds
the length of the long oblique stigmal vein. Abdomen polished
black, rot longer than the thorax, depressed, subtruncate at
apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
TELENOMUS CONFUSUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 4 millim. Black, shining ; thorax feebly micro-
scopically punctulate. Head transverse quadrate, highly polished.
Eyes covered with a fine white pubescence. Mandibles pale.
Antenne 11-jointed, clavate; scape less than half the length of
the flagellum, fuscous, yellow at base ; flagellum black, the pedicel
longer than the first funicle-joint, its apical margin yellowish ;
second funicle-joint slightly shorter than the first; the third
and fourth very small; club stout, fusiform. Wings hyaline,
ciliated, the venation pale brown, the stigmal vein very oblique,
terminating in a small knob. Legs brownish yellow. Abdomen as
long as the thorax, subtruncate at apex, black, shining, the petiole
transverse, striated, the second segment about twice as long as
wide at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
TELENOMUS IMPRESSUS, SP. 0.
3 @. Length 2 millim. Black, shining; head quadrate,
scarcely wider than the thorax, highly polished; thorax oval,
always impressed dorsally; legs and antenne, except the club
which is brown, yellow. Antenne 11-jointed; scape a little
longer than half the length of the flagellum; pedicel twice as
large as the first funicle-joint, the funicle-joints all very small ;
club 5-jointed, fusiform, the four basal joints transverse. Wings
subhyaline, pubescent, ciliated. Abdomen oblong, as long as the
thorax, polished black, the first segment finely striated, some-
times piceous, the second one and a half times as long as wide.
The male differs only in the antenne; these are 12-jointed,
filiform-moniliform, not quite as long as the body; the pedicel
much longer than the first flagellar joint ; the second and third
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 205
flagellar joints minute, the following to the last loosely articu-
lated, transverse moniliform, the last twice as long as the penul-
timate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and six female specimens.
TELENOMUS DIFFORMIS, sp. 0.
3 Q. Length # millim. Polished black; head subquadrate,
not more than twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; thorax
ovoid, its dorsum alutaceous; legs honey-yellow. Antenne 11-
jointed, as long as the body, the scape and pedicel brownish
yellow, the flagellum brown-black ; pedicel longer than the first
funicle-joint ; the second and third funicle-joints shorter than
the first; club 5-jointed, slender, the basal joint transverse, the
second, third, and fourth a little longer than wide, the last ovate.
Wings hyaline, ciliated, the venation brown, the marginal vein
very short. Abdomen as long as the thorax, the second segment
longer than wide at apex.
The male differs only in the antenne, which are 12-jointed,
filiform, submoniliform, longer than the body, the scape yellow,
the flagellum fuscous ; the first flagellar joint is longer than the
pedicel; the second, third, and fourth shorter, more slender, and
about of an equal length; remaining joints, except the last, oval-
moniliform, covered with short white hairs.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
The left eye in the female is covered at base by the surface of
the cheek, making it slightly smaller than the right.
TELENOMUS MAGNICLAVUS, Sp. 0.
36 @. Length # millim. Polished black; head quadrate,
scarcely wider than the thorax ; mandibles and palpi pale ;. legs
pale brownish yellow. Antenne 11-jointed, short, the flagellum
only about one and a half times as long as the scape; the club
very stout, much shorter than the scape, black; rest of the
antenne brownish yellow; the pedicel is a little longer than the
first funicle-jomt, the remaining joints about equal, moniliform ;
the first joint of the club is much narrower than the second, the
third fully twice as wide as long, the last ovate. Wings hyaline,
the venation pale brown, the marginal vein short. Abdomen a
little longer than the thorax, narrowed at base.
206 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
The antennz in the male are 12-jointed, filiform, hairy, a little
longer than the body, pale brownish, the scape and pedicel
yellow; the pedicel is a little shorter than the first flagellar
joint ; the first and second flagellar joints about equal, two and
a half times as long as thick; the third very little shorter, the
following oval-moniliform, the two preceding the last round, the
last conic. The head is quadrate, the eyes very large, occupying
the whole side of the head. Otherwise it agrees with the female.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and one male specimen.
TELENOMUS CUBICEPS, sp. 0.
2. Length 2 millim. Black; head quadrate, highly polished,
impunctured; thorax closely microscopically punctate, subopaque,
with a dull sericeous pubescence ; legs brownish yellow ; antenne
brown-black, the scape yellow. Antenne 11-jointed, the scape
less than half the length of the flagellum; the pedicel not or
scarcely longer than the first funicle-joint; the first and second
funicle-joints about equal, longer than thick, and a little shorter
than the first; fourth jot small, rounded; the club is slender,
fusiform, 5-jointed, the three middle joints quadrate, the last
hardly longer than the penultimate. Wings hyaline, ciliated,
the venation brown, the marginal vein punctiform. Abdomen
as long as the thorax, the second segment about twice as long
as wide at apex.
The antenne in the male are longer than the body, 12-
jointed, black, hairy; the first flagellar joint about twice as
long ag the pedicel, the remaining joints, except the last, oval,
about twice as long as thick, the last fusiform, nearly twice as
long as the penultimate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
TELENOMUS PECTORALIS, sp. 0.
3$. Length 33 millim. Head and abdomen black, polished ;
thorax brownish piceous ; metathorax, sternum, petiole, and legs
yellow. The antenne are 12-jointed, filiform-moniliform, the
scape yellow, the flagellum brown; the first and second flagellar
jomts are about equal, longer than the pedicel; the joints after
the third loosely articulated, round. Wings hyaline, the vena-
tion yellow, the marginal vein one third the length of the stigmal.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. - 207
Abdomen, except the petiole, polished black, shorter than the
thorax, the petiole yellow, striated, the second segment a little
longer than wide at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
TELENOMUS MEDIUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 4 millim. Black, shining; thorax sericeous;
legs honey-yellow, the femora brownish, all coxe black. The
head is about thrice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly, the eyes
with a white pubescence. Antenne 11-jointed, brown, the scape
yellowish towards the base, half the length of the flagellum ;
pedicel about twice as long as the first funicle-joint; second
funicle-joint scarcely shorter than the first, both, however, a
little longer than thick; third and fourth moniliform; club
5-jointed, the three middle joints transverse, about equal, the
last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation brown, the
marginal vein half the length of the stigmal. Abdomen very
little longer than the thorax, polished black, the first segment
striate, the second scarcely longer. than wide at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
| TELENOMUS FLAVOPETIOLATUS, sp. 1.
3 Q. Length #millim. Polished black, impunctured ; head
three and a half times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; scape,
mandibles, and legs pale yellow; flagellum brown-black. An-
tenne 11-jointed, the scape longer than half the length of the
flagellum; pedicel stouter and longer than the first funicle-
joint, yellowish at tip; first funicle-joint a little longer than
thick; the three following not longer than thick, the last two
transverse, small; club 5-jointed, slender, the first joint scarcely
longer than the last joint of the funicle, the second larger, the
third and fourth equal, quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline,
ciliate, the venation brown, the marginal vein only one third the
length of the stigmal. Abdomen very short, broadly oval, two
thirds the length of the thorax, black, the petiole yellow, the
third segment shorter than its width at apex.
The antenne in the male are 12-jointed, filiform, pubescent,
the pedicel small, rounded; the first flagellar jomt stouter than
the following and much larger than the pedicel; it as well as the
following jomt are longer than thick, those beyond the third
908 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
moniliform, loosely articulated, the last conic, a little longer than
the penultimate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five female and seven male specimens.
TELENOMUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. 0.
9. Length # millim. ‘Polished black, the thorax sericeous.
Head about two and a half times as long as thick antero-poste-
riorly. Antenne 11-jointed, yellow, the 5-jointed club black;
pedicel longer than the first funicle-joint, the latter longer than
thick ; second funicle-joint a little transverse, shorter than the
first ; third and fourth minute, rounded ; club-joints, except the
last, subquadrate, the last ovate. Wings hyaline, the venation
yellow, the marginal vein about one third the length of the
stigmal. Legs pale yellow. Abdomen not longer than the
thorax, polished black, the first segment striate, the second longer
than wide at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
TELENOMUS PYGMZEUS, sp. 1.
3 2. Length } millim. Polished black, impunctured ; head
thrice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; eyes covered with a
white pubescence; antenne and legs brown, the tarsi white.
Antenne 11-jointed ; pedicel longer and stouter than the first
funicle-joint, its apical margin yellow; second and third funicle-
joimts small, the fourth and fifth very minute, transverse; club
fusiform, the joints, except the last, transverse quadrate. Wings
hyaline, ciliated, the venation pale brown, the marginal vein
about two thirds the length of the stigmal. Legs brown, the
trochanters and tarsi white. Abdomen very little shorter than
the thorax, black, polished, the second segment a little shorter
than its width at apex.
The male antennz are 12-jointed, brown, pubescent, the pedicel
very slightly longer than the first flagellar jomt, the second
smaller than the first, the following to the last loosely joined,
transverse moniliform, the last ovate, a little longer than the
penultimate. Legs whitish yellow.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen in both sexes.
TELENOMUS SCABER, Sp. 0.
9. Length 1i millim. Head, scutellum, and abdomen polished
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 209
black, impunctured ; thorax strigoso-scabrous, sericeous ; meta-
thorax rugoso-punctate. Head three anda half times as wide
as thick antero-posteriorly. Mandibles yellow. Antenne 11-
jointed, the scape and funicle yellow, the club black ; the scape
is half as long as the flagellum; pedicel one third longer than
the first funicle-joint; the second funicle-joint shorter than
the first, third and fourth transverse, the fourth the wider; club
5-jointed, fusiform, the basal joint as wide as the second, the
following two subequal in width, nearly twice as wide as long,
the last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale
yellow, the marginal vein less than half the length of the stigmal.
Legs, including coxz, pale honey-yellow. Abdomen oval, as long
as the thorax, the first segment striated, the second hardly longer
than wide at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen. The sculpture of the
thorax is quite distinct from all the other species, and will alone
distinguish it.
TELENOMUS SMITHII, sp. n.
¢ 2. Length 4 millim. Polished black, the thorax minutely
punctate, sericeous. Head about three and a half times as wide
as long. Mandibles pale. Antenne 11-jointed, the scape longer
than half the length of the flagellum, brown, the club black ;
pedicel one third longer than the first funicle-joint, yellow at tip ;
second funicle-joint shorter than the first, third and fourth very
small, rounded, the fourth the smaller ; club 5-jointed, the first
joint narrower and shorter than the second, the second, third,
and fourth quadrate, the second slightly the widest, the last conic.
Wings hyaline, pubescent, the venation pale brown, the marginal
vein punctiform. Legs, including coxe, yellow or brownish yellow.
Abdomen as long as the thorax, polished black, the first segment
striate, the second a little longer than its width at the apex.
The male antenne are 12-jointed, filiform, hairy, as long as
the body ; the scape, pedicel, and three basal joints of flagellum
yellow, the remaining fuscous or dark brown; the scape is only
about one fourth the length of the flagellum; pedicel small,
rounded ; the three basal joints of flagellum elongate, the first
about twice as long as thick, the others longer, the third narrowed
basally and a little curved ; remaining joints to the last monili-
form, subpedicellate, the last conic.
210 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and six female specimens.
TELENOMUS FLAVICORNIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length’80 millim. Polished black, impunctured. Head
three and a half times as long as thick antero-posteriorly. An-
tennz 11-jointed, brown, the scape beneath yellow ; the flagellum
is twice as long as the scape; pedicel a little longer than the
first funicle-joint; the second a little longer than the first;
third and fourth transverse moniliform, a little wider than the
preceding joints; club fusiform, the first joint the shortest and
narrowest, the second the longest and widest, quadrate, the third
and fourth subequal, quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, the venation pale, the marginal vein punctiform.
Legs pale yellow. Abdomen not longer than the thorax, polished
black, the second segment scarcely longer than its width at apex.
The antenne in the male are 12-jointed, yellow, very slightly
dusky at tips, filiform-moniliform, a little longer than the body;
the pedicel is shorter and not quite as thick as the first flagellar
joint ; the first and third flagellar joints about equal; the second
a little longer ; all the joints loosely articulated, hairy ; the last
conic, twice as long as the penultimate, the three or four preceding
joints round.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female specimen.
TELENOMUS FUSCIPENNIS, sp. 0.
3. Length 4 millim. Polished black, impunctured. Head
about two and a half times as wide as thick antero-posteriorly.
Mandibles piceous. Antenne 12-jointed, filiform, pubescent, a
little longer than the body, black ; the scape brownish yellow ;
the pedicel is shorter than the first flagellar joint, the latter the
stoutest joint of all, twice as long as thick; the second the
longest, fully thrice as long as thick; the two following subequal,
shorter than the third; remaining joints, except the last, long
oval, twice as long as thick; the last long, fusiform, about two
and a half times as long as the penultimate. Wings fuscous,
the venation brown, the marginal vein half as long as the stigmal.
Legs brownish yellow. Abdomen polished black; the first
segment striate, the second scarcely longer than Its width at apex.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen. In the fuscous-coloured
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 211
wings and the relative length of the antennal joints this species
is quite distinct from all the others.
TELENOMUS SANCTI-VINCENTI, sp. 0.
$2. Length 1 millim. Black, shining, the head and abdo-
men polished; the thorax minutely but distinctly punctate,
sericeous. Head three and a half times as wide as thick antero-
posteriorly. Mandibles pale rufous. Antenne yellowish, the
six terminal joints fuscous or black ; the scape is longer than half
the length of the flagellum ; pedicel as long as the first funicle-
joint but not so thick; second and third funicle-joints subequal,
shorter than the first; fourth small, round, about half the length
of the third, but narrower; club 5-jointed, rather slender, the
last joint conic, the preceding joints very little wider than long.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale, the marginal vein about two
thirds the length of the stigmal. Legs brownish yellow. Abdo-
men not longer than the thorax, the second segment not or
scarcely longer than wide at apex.
The head in what is taken to be the male of this species is only
twice as wide as thick antero-posteriorly ; the antenne 12-jointed,
filiform, pilose, much longer than the body, black, with the scape
yellow ; the pedicel is small, not quite half the length of the first
flagellar joint; the flagellar joints are all long, cylindrical, the
second being the longest joint, about four times as long as thick,
the last fusiform; wings subfuscous.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and one male specimen.
TELENOMUS NIGROCOXALIS, sp. n.
@. Length about 4 millim. Polished black, the thorax
minutely punctate, sericeous. Head two and a half times as wide
as long antero-posteriorly. Mandibles pale brown. Antenne
11-jointed, brown, becoming black toward apex, the scape
yellowish; the scape is longer than half the length of the flagel-
lum ; pedicel longer and thicker at the tip than the first fun'cle-
joint, the following joints to the club subequal, the last rounded ;
club 5-jointed, rather slender, the first joint longer than wide,
the three following quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, the venation pale brown, the marginal vein scarcely
half the length of the stigmal. Legs brownish yellow, with all
the coxe black. Abdomen as long as the thorax, the first seg-
ment striated, the second a little longer than wide.
212 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
TELENOMUS MEGACEPHALUS, sp. 0.
9. Length1imillim. Black, subopaque, the head and thorax
closely minutely punctulate; abdomen highly polished. The
head is unusually wide, fully four times as wide as thick antero-
posteriorly. Antenne 11-jointed, brownish yellow, the club
black; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle-joint ; second
funicle-joint shorter than the first; third and fourth transverse,
subquadrate, the fourth the wider; the first four joints of the
club are quadrate, the last conic. Wings hyaline, pubescent, the
venation pale brown, the marginal vein punctiform. Legs.
brownish yellow, the cox black. Abdomen broadly oval, not
longer than the thorax, the first segment short, very wide, striated,
the second segment wider than long.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
The species is remarkable for the very broad head, in this
respect approaching more closely to those species which are now
included in my genus Zvrissolcus.
TRissoLcus, Ashmead.
TRISSOLCUS LATICEPS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1 millim. Black, subopaque, minutely closely
punctulate; scape of antenne and legs, except coxew and the
basal two-thirds of the femora which are black, reddish yellow ;.
tarsi yellowish. Head very broad, about four times as wide as
thick antero-posteriorly ; the lateral ocelli a little away from the
margin of the eye and connected with it by an oblique grooved
line. Thorax with three abbreviated grooved lines posteriorly ;
the scutellum polished. Antenne 11-jointed, the pedicel longer
than the first flagellar joint, the last two funicle-joints small,
rounded; club 5-jointed, the last jomt conic, the other joints
transverse quadrate, about twice as wide as long. Abdomen
broadly oval, polished black, not longer than the thorax; the first
segment striate, the second much wider than long. Wings sub-
fuscous, the marginal vein short.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 213
Tribe ii. TELEASINI.
ProsacantHa, Nees.
Of this extensive genus but three species, in the male sex,
are represented in the collection, which may be separated as
follows :—
Black, shining.
Thorax with indications of furrows posteriorly. . .
Thorax entirely without furrows; legs brownish
yellow ; postscutellar spine very short.
Antenne only a little longer than the body,
the flagellar joints from the fourth longer
than the first, the first four times as long
as thick.
Abdominal segments | and 2 and base of 3
SURIAG CC teres rere eren ch cients ceralaniatrs) cece: P. brevispina, sp. n.
2, Legs brownish yellow.
Middle tarsi and two-thirds of posterior tibiz
and their tarsi fuscous; antenne nearly
twice as long as the body, the flagellar
joints all long, 7 or 8 times longer than
thick; wings subfuscous...............- P. tibialis, sp. n.
Legs reddish yellow.
Antenne much longer than the body, the fla-
gellar joints about 5 times as long as thick ;
WHEDES TMNGONS Cocke ancoceanoconecascon P. sublineata, sp. n.
PROSACANTHA BREVISPINA, Sp. 0.
3. Length 13 millim. Black, shining, the vertex and thorax
faintly, sparsely punctulate ; face highly polished, with strie along
the orbits. Antenne 12-jointed, a little longer than the body,
brown-black, the basal half of scape yellowish ; the first flagellar
joint is very slightly longer than the second, about four times as
long as thick, the second and third subequal, the fourth as long
as the first, all the following longer than the first. Scutellum
polished. Postscutellum punctate, its spine very short, not
longer than broad at base. Legs brownish yellow. Wings
hyaline. Abdomen polished, the first and second segments and
the third at base striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male specimens.
214 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
PROSACANTHA TIBIALIS, Sp. 0.
6. Length 13 millim. Black, shining, the vertex and the
thorax sparsely punctate, the face striate. Mandibles large,
rufous. Antenne 12-jointed, nearly twice as long as the body,
black, the scape pale at base; the first flagellar joint is about
seven times as long as thick, the third angulated, the following
a little longer. Thorax with the parapsidal furrows slightly
indicated posteriorly. Scutellum polished, punctate at base.
Postscutellar spine long, acute, two and a half times as long as
thick at base. Legs brownish yellow, the middle tarsi and two-
thirds of posterior tibiz and their tarsi fuscous ; tarsi very long
and slender, much longer than their tibie. Wings subfuscous.
Abdomen polished, the first and second segments and most of
the third longitudinally striated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six male specimens.
PROSACANTHA SUBLINEATA, Sp. 0.
$. Length 1°6 millim. Black, shining; in sculpture and
colour, except the legs are wholly reddish yellow, it agrees with
P. tibialis; but the antenne are shorter and stouter, the first
flagellar joint being only five times as long as thick and a little
shorter than the second; the postscutellar spine is a little longer,
acute ; while the striz on the first and second abdominal segments
are very coarse, the third exhibiting some faint strie only at
base. ;
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Acouo1pEs, Howard.
‘This genus is parasitic on spiders’ eggs. The three species
recognized in the collection may be tabulated as follows :—
Not entirely yellow .......-..- sees cess eeeee 2:
Entirely yellow; eyes, ocelli, and antennal club
brown-black ; head very broad. @ ...... A. ochraceus, sp. n.
9, Head and thorax black.
Abdomen, scape, and legs yellow, the femora
dusky above; wings hyaline, with a
fuscous streak beneath the tip of the
stigmal vein. Q ....-eeseeeeereneees A. fascipennis, sp. n.
Subfuscous; the base of abdomen, scape, and
legs yellow ; antennz moniliform. g .... A.subfuscus, sp. n.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 215
ACOLOIDES OCHRACEUS, sp. n.
@. Length 1:5 millim. MHoney-yellow or brownish yellow,
feebly punctulate, the abdomen finely, longitudinally striate.
Head large, very broad; the eyes purplish brown, bare ; ocelli
black. Antenne with the flagellum fuscous; the club large, un-
jointed ; the pedicel obconic, nearly as long as the first three
funicle-joints united ; the first funicle-joint very little longer than
thick, the three following equal, transverse ; club very large, fusi-
form, as long as the pedicel and funicle. Wings subhyaline, the
nervures fuscous ; the marginal vein punctiform, the stigmal long,
thickened at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
ACOLOIDES FASCIPENNIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 0°6 millim. Head and thorax black, subopaque,
closely microscopically punctate; antenne pale brown, tinged
with fuscous; legs and abdomen brownish yellow. Wings
hyaline, with a slight fuscous blotch beneath the tip of the
stigmal vein, the nervures pale yellowish; the marginal vein
punctiform, the stigmal long, ending in a little knob.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
ACOLOIDES SUBFUSCUS, sp. n.
3. Length 0°6 millim. Brownish, shining, faintly microscopi-
cally punctate, with a fine sericeous down; the scutellum and
abdomen towards apex fuscous, the scutellum more distinctly
punctate than the thorax; abdomen at base, scape, and legs
brownish yellow ; flagellum brown, filiform, submoniliform, the
last joint ovate. Wings subfuscous, pubescent, with long cilia,
and with a slight blotch beneath the stigmal vein.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Possibly this may prove to be the male of A. fascipennis.
216 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Tribe i111. SCELIONINI.
As there are several species described in new genera, indicated
in my ‘Monograph of North-American Proctotrypide,’ I give
here a copy of the tables for their recognition.
Table of Genera.
Postmarginal vein wanting or never greatly deve-
loped, always shorter than the stigmal vein,
the submarginal vein often never reaching the
costa and terminating in a large stigma; the
abdomen long, fusiform...... sdoacoGaKcs 4,
Postmarginal vein always greatly lengthened, the
submarginal never terminating in a stigma.
Basal vein wanting ........... aneeiniciorneriere 3.
Basal vein present.
First abdominal segment without a horn at
ERED od coca ngdn.o686 steWeteickoiers 50000400 2.
First abdominal segment with a horn at ese?
Marginal vein short ; abdomen long, pointed
fusiform, the first segment narrow,
petioliform, the second and third nearly
Gninllk bee cowed ae ted dou meised Opn atte Caloteleia, Westw.
Marginal vein long; abdomen long, linear
or subfusiform, the first segment quad-
rate or subquadrate ...... BSttentare 35 Baryconus, Forster.
2. Abdomen long, pointed fusiform or linear, seg-
ments 2, 3, and 4 nearly equal.
Mesonotum with two furrows.
Metascutellum without a spine.
Metanotum with no enclosed space at base.
Marginal vein about. twice the length of
the stigmal.
Mandibles 3-dentate ...... niet haeiee Macroteleia, Westw.
Mandibles 2-dentate .............. Calliscelio, Ashm.
Metanotum with a large, semicircular en-
closed space at base.
Marginal vein punctiform ............ Chromoteleca, Ashm.
Abdomen oblong-oval or fusiform, but not espe-
cially lengthened.
Metascutellum spined.
Mesonotum with two furrows.
Mandibles 2-dentate ; abdominal segments
1 and 2 equal in length, the third
Lon Serena yt eri 38 0.010.0.04.00.000 . Opisthacantha, Ashm.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 217
Mesonotum without furrows.
Mandibles 2-dentate ; segments 1 and 2
equal in length, the 3rd longer (Opis-
thacantha).
Mandibles 3-dentate; segments 2 and 3
equal in length, the Ist shorter ...... Lapitha, Ashm.
Metascutellum not spined, simple.
Marginal vein short, or not more than
half the length of the stigmal, most
frequently punctiform.
Mesonotum without furrows.
iEleadiquadrate. a. scenes. « hogwonooc's Cacus, Riley.
Mesonotum with two furrows.
Antenne with a 6-joimted club.......... Anteris, Forster.
Antenne filiform, without a club ........ Apegus, Forster.
3. Mesonotum with three distinct furrows.
Metascutellum with two erect teeth..... ... Hoploteleia, Ashm.
Mesonotum with two furrows.
Abdomen very long, fusiform or linear.
Metathorax unarmed ; mandibles 3-den-
Gatemehacenetia. 6 aes BTN SR es Macroteleia, Westw.
Abdomen not very long, ovate or oblong-
oval.
Metathorax unarmed; mandibles 2-den-
LTS PR cRe ceuig Renee Sin MRE ee Anteris, Forster.
Mesonotum without furrows.
Metascutellum spined (Opisthacantha).
Metascutellum simple.
Abdomen fusiform.
Abdominal segments strongly constricted;
antennal club oval, 5-jointed ...... Cremastobeus, Ashw.
Abdomen broadly oval, sessile, the second
segment usually a little the largest.... Hadronotus, Forster.
4. Submarginal vein not reaching the costa,
kno BGG” x. cc, creeper rater ive ocean ... Baoneura, Forster
{ Submarginal vein reaching the costa often by a
thickened stigma.
Marginal vein very short, the postmarginal
scarcely developed, or shorter than the
stigmal.
Mesonotum with two furrows............ Idris Forster.
Submarginal vein terminating in a thickened
stigma.
Head without a frontal lama or ledge ; post-
marginal vein never developed ....,... 5.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VO. XXV. 16
218 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Head with a frontal lamina or ledge.
Scutellum quadrate, the posterior angles
acute ; postscutellum with a large erect
SPINE epic cake eine renter Acanthoscelio, Ashm.
Scutellum and postscutellum simple, not
OUCGL Sopooauo bcos deb bo e00sOgKbE Sparasion, Jurine.
5. Mesonotum with or without furrows.
Maxillary palpi short, 3-jomted............ Scelio, Latr.
Mesonotum with two distinct furrows.
- Maxillary palpi long, 5-jomted............ Sceliomorpha, Ashm.
CALOTELEIA, Westwood.
This genus seems to be well represented in the West Indies
and South America, and the several species recognized may be
thus tabulated :—
Species pale................ p000000600000000 2.
Species black or zeneous.
Mesonotal furrows present.
Head microscopically punctate; thorax
smooth, impunctured; base of first ab-
dominal segment, legs, and antenne,
except club, yellow ; vertex narrow. 2. C. puncticeps, sp. u-
Head and thorax, except centrally, coarsely
punctate, eneous; legs and scape [pale
brown; vertex broad. GQ .......... C. @nea, sp. n.
Mesonotal furrows wanting.
Abdomen very long and pointed, in female
with the lateral margins more or less
yellow; legs pale yellowish; antennz
brown, the scape yellow. GQ ........ C. elongata, sp. n.
2. Mesonotal furrows wanting.
A basal nervure.
Honey-yellow, impunctured; abdominal seg-
ments 2, 3, and 4 banded with black at
apex; eyes blue. GQ .......- 50500000 C. ocularis, sp,{n.
Brownish yellow, punctate; apex of abdo-
men, the 3rd segment and base of 4th, and
the apex of horn black; the male with the
base of the 2nd segment black .......... C. maculipennis, sp. n.
No basal nervure.
Brownish yellow, coarsely punctate ; apex of
abdomen dusky; eyes and antennal club
brown-black. GQ .ssssocesecscesseees C. punctata, sp. n.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST, VINCENT. 219
CALOTELEIA PUNCTICEPS, sp. n.
@. Length 1:2 millim. Polished black, the head on vertex
and the abdomen finely punctate ; antenne, except the club,
legs, and apical half of the petiole honey-yellow. Antennz 12-
jointed ; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle-joint, the first
and second funicle-joints subequal, the third smaller, the fourth
very minute. Thorax polished, impunctured, with two furrows.
Wings hyaline, the venation yellowish, the marginal vein puncti-
form, the stigmal very short. Abdomen fusiform, twice the
length of the thorax, the first segment striate, the horn at apex
polished black; the second and third segments nearly equal in
length, their extreme apical edges smooth, polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
CALOTELEIA ENEA, Sp. 0.
3 Q. Length 2-1 to 2°3 millim. Alneous black ; head in female
closely punctate, the cheeks alone smooth ; thorax punctate, with
two furrows, more closely punctured toward the sides, the meso-
notum and scutellum having a smooth impunctured space down
the centre; metathorax deeply emarginate behind; scape and
legs pale brownish; first funicle-joint longer than the pedicel ;
second shorter; third and fourth small, transverse. Wings
fuscous or subfuscous, hyaline at base; the marginal vein is
about half the length of the stigmal.
In the male the head and thorax are smooth, impunctured ;
the petiole long, fluted; the second abdominal segment and the
third and following, at the sides, longitudinally striate; the
metathorax is finely rugose and armed with two erect spines ;
antennee long, filiform, the joints loosely joined ; the flagellum is
black, the first joint the longest, much longer than the pedicel,
more than four times as long as thick, the following joints, to the
last, subequal, the third excised at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and three male specimens.
CALOTELEIA ELONGATA, Sp. .
@. Length 4 millim. Black, punctate; the abdomen along
the sides yellow; legs pale, whitish yellow; antenne, except
club, brownish yellow. Mesonotum without furrows. Antenne
12-jointed, the pedicel and first two funicle-joints elongated,
the first one third longer than the second; third funicle-joint
half the length of the second; fourth about half the length of the
16*
220 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
third but shorter. Wings subfuscous, the venation brown-black ;
basal nervure distinct, originating from a fuscous cloud; mar-
ginal vein two thirds the length of the stigmal; stigmal vein
slightly curved, terminating in a rounded stigma. Abdomen very
long, pointed, about four times as long as the thorax, punctate, the
first and second segments the longest, the first being slightly the
longer, striate; horn not extending above the apex of scutellum.
3. Length 3 to3'2 millim. Differs from female in having the
abdomen entirely black, without a basal horn, the first segment
being shorter than the second and but slightly longer than the
third, striate; the following segments punctate and lineated
except toward the sides, the second with a central carina; the
antenne are very long, filiform, brown-black, with a reddish-
yellow scape ; the flagellar joints are all about of an equal length,
ylindrical, about five times as long as thick.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female and eight male specimens.
CALOTELEIA OCULARIS, sp. n.
3 2. Length 1:1 to 1:5 millim. Honey-yellow, polished, im-
punctured ; inthe female the club of antennz, the second abdominal
segment, and the apical half of the third and fourth segments are
black ; in the male the flagellum, apical half of the first, second,
and third abdominal segments black. Eyes large, distinctly pale
blue in both sexes. Wings subfuscous, with a fuscous cloud
enclosing the basal nervure. Abdomen in female pointed, fusi-
form, about twice the length of the head and thorax together ;
the second segment two thirds the length of the third; the first seg-
ment striate, furnished with a horn at base that extends forwards
before the apex of the scutellum, the horn being smooth and
black at apex; the following segments are faintly aciculated, the
second minutely granulated at the middle. Pedicel and second
funicle-joint are about equal, very little longer than thick; the
first funicle-joint is a little longer, about twice as long as thick ,
the third and fourth minute, transverse.
In the male the abdomen is but slightly longer than the head
and thorax ; antenne filiform, dusky toward tips; the scape and
pedicel yellow, the latter scarcely half the length of the first
flagellar joint; first and second flagellar joints about equal, shorter
than the following.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four female and two male specimens
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 221
CALOTELEIA MACULIPENNIS, sp. n.
3 2. Length 25 to 3 millim. Brownish yellow, moderately
coarsely punctate; head transverse; thorax without furrows.
The eyes, club of antennez, metapleura, apex of horn, third
abdominal segment, the fourth at base, and the conical last seg-
ment black. In the male the flagellum is usually fuscous, and
the base of the second abdominal segment is also black, other-
wise it is coloured as in the female. Wings subhyaline, with a
large smoky cloud across the disk of the wing beyond the stigmal
vein; basal nervure present ; marginal vein about three times as
long as thick; stigmal slightly curved, ending ina knob. The
antenne in the female have the pedicel longer than the second
funicle-joint, the first being longer than the pedicel, third very
little longer than thick, fourth quadrate. In the male the
antenne are filiform, the joints about equal, the first, flagellar
joint being slightly the longest. Abdomen smooth, the first and
second segments striate ; the first and third segments are about
equal, the second longer.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and three male specimens.
CALOTELEIA PUNCTATA, sp. n.
3 2. Length 2:1 to 2:5 millim. SBrownish yellow, closely
rather coarsely punctate; apex of abdomen fuscous; antennal
club in female black. Postscutellum in both sexes armed with
two erect teeth or tubercles. In the female the pedicel and the
first funicle-joint are elongate, about equal in length, the second
funicle-joint only slightly longer than thick, third and fourth
moniliform ; in the male the pedicel is less than half the length
of the first flagellar joint, the second one third shorter than the
first, the third and following joints a little longer than the second.
Wings subfuscous; the marginal vein is about half the length of
the shaft of the stigmal, the latter being knobbed ; basal nervure
wanting. Abdomen, except the first and second segments,
polished, impunctured, the first and second striate, the second
more finely striate than the first, and the longest segment, the
first, a little shorter than the third.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six male and nine female specimens.
222 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Macroteieia, Westwood.
From rearings of a species in America we now know that this
genus is parasitic on the eggs of the orthopterous genus Orchi-
limum, although it may also prove to infest the eggs of other
Locustide.
The species from St. Vincent may be thus tabulated :—
Mesonotal furrows complete.
Species not entirely black ............000 Pec
Species entirely black, punctate.
Abdomen very long, 33 times as long as the
head and thorax united; middle lobe of
mesonotum with a median carina; legs
and aritenne, except the club, brownish
syellan7 @r walle 2 36 ososa0s00000 M. carinata, sp. u.
Abdomen only about 23 times as long as
the head and thorax united; middle
lobe of mesonotum not carinate; legs
and antenne, except club, brownish
yellow or honey-yellow ..........+. M. Sancti-Vincenti,sp. n.
2. Abdomen, except sometimes the tip, rufous ;
scape and legs brownish yellow; scutellum
with a delicate median carina............ M. erythrogaster, sp. n.
MAcROTELEIA CARINATA, Sp. D.
9. Length 51 millim. Black, punctate; head quadrate ;
antenne brownish yellow or pale rufous, the club black. Pedicel
and first funicle-joint lengthened, the latter the longer; second
funicle-joint scarcely half the length of the first; third very
slightly shorter; fourth transverse-quadrate. Thorax with two
furrows, the middle lobe with a central carina. Legs, including
cox, pale rufous or brownish yellow. Wings subfuscous, the
marginal vein once and a half as long as the stigmal, the latter
oblique, knobbed; basal nervure wanting. Abdomen very long and
pointed, 33 times as long as the head and thorax together, punc-
tate and faintly aciculated, the first and second segments striate ;
segments 1, 2, and 3 with dorsal longitudinal carine towards the
sides; the first segment is about half the length of the second,
the following being about equal in length.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen. The carine on the middle
mesonotal lobe and the basal abdominal segments are unique in
the genus, and readily distinguish the species.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 223
Macrorereta Sancti-VINcENT!, sp. n.
@. Length3to31millim. Black, punctate; antennex, except
the club (rarely the funicle), and legs brownish yellow or pale
rufous. Thorax with two furrows; no carina on the middle lobe.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale brown, the marginal not quite
twice as long as the stigmal, the basal nervure wanting; tegule
blackish. Abdomen fusiform, 23 times as long as the head and
thorax together, closely punctate ; the second and third segments
are about equal, not quite twice as long as the first ; fourth a little
shorter; fifth shorter than the fourth; sixth subcompressed,
longer than the fourth.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five specimens.
MAcROTELEIA ERYTHROGASTER, Sp. 0.
2. Length 3 to 3:2 millim. Agrees closely, structurally, with
M. Sancti-Vincenti, except that the abdomen, with the exception
of the compressed conical last segment which is black, is wholly
rufous, the wings with a fuscous tinge, the marginal vein being
only once and a half as long as the stigmal, while the scutellum
has a slight median carina.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from eight specimens. Distinguished at once by
the colour of the abdomen and by the keeled scutellum.
CaALLISCELIO, Ashmead.
CALLISCELIO LATICINCTUS, sp. 0.
@. Length 2°5 millim. Head black ; face, clypeus, mandibles,
and palpi pale; thorax rufous or brown, the metathorax black ;
legs yellowish, the posterior coxe and femora obfuscated above.
Abdomen fusiform, much longer than the head and thorax together,
piceous brown, the basal one-third of the second segment and
basal half of third yellow; petiole, apical two-thirds of second
segment, and the last three segments black ; the petiole is nearly
three times as long as thick, of a uniform width throughout, and
longitudinally striate ; the second segment is the longest, one half
longer than the first, broadened at apex to three times its width
at base, its basal half longitudinally aciculated; the third two
thirds the length of the second, the fourth two thirds the length
of the third ; fifth a little more than half the length of the fourth;
sixth conical, about as long as the third. Head transverse, finely
224 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
punctate. Antenne 12-jointed, brownish yellow, the club black ;
the first and second funicle-joints are long, cylindrical, subequal ;
the third two thirds the length of the second, stouter; the fourth
about one half the length of third and thicker. Thorax with small
sparse punctures. Wings fuscous, with the basal half and the
apex hyaline; basal nervure distinct, the marginal three times as
long as the oblique stigmal, the latter ending in a little knob; the
postmarginal longer than the marginal.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six specimens.
CHROMOTELEIA, Ashmead.
CHROMOTELEIA SEMICYANEA, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 4°5 to 5 millim. Head and thorax cyaneous
punctate. Abdomen sessile, very long, pointed fusiform, ochra-
ceous, punctate, the first and second segments striate; first
segment a little more than half the length of the second; second
and third long, equal ; the following segments shorter, subequal,
the last two very minute. Legs yellow. Antenne black, the
scape yellow: in the female ending in a 6-jointed club; the
- first funicle-joint the longest, one half longer than the second and
not quite twice the length of the pedicel, the third funicle-joint
subequal with the second, the fourth a little longer than thick and
stouter than the third: in the male subfiliform, the first flagellar
joint twice the length of the pedicel, after the third the joints,
except the last, about equal, less than twice as long as thick, the
last long, ovate. Wings fuscous, the marginal vein punctiform,
the basal nervure distinct ; the stigmal slightly curved, ending in
a small knob, with a slight trace of a radius.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female, taken at an altitude
of 2000 feet.
OPIsTHACANTHA, Ashmead.
Two species of this rare genus may be thus separated :—
Mesonotum without furrows.
Polished black, impunctured, the petiole yellow; it,
as weil as the second abdominal segment, striate ;
postscutellar spine very minute.
Legs and scape honey-yellow. Q ..........e0-- O. polita, sp. n.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 225
Mesonotum with two delicate furrows.
Brownish yellow, impunctured; metathorax and tip
of abdomen obfuscated; petiole striate; the
second abdominal segment smooth ; Poe
spine distinct.
Legs, scape, and pedicel yellow. ¢ 9 ahevatauaene ners O. pallida, sp. n.
OPISTHACANTHA POLITA, Sp. Hi.
@. Length 1 millim. Polished black; first and second abdo-
minal segments striate; thorax without furrows; postscutellar
spine minute ; antenne short, black, the scape and pedicel brown ;
first funicle-joint small, very little longer than thick, thinner than,
and scarcely half the length of, the pedicel, the three following
joints small, transverse ; club large, stout. Wings subhyaline,
the nervures brown; marginal vein somewhat thick, not quite as
long as the slender stigmal vein; basal nervure subobsolete.
Legs, including coxe, brownish or honey-yellow. Abdomen oval,
polished, the first and second segments striate, the third segment
the largest, fully twice as long as the second, the first not longer
than thick, shorter than the second.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
OPISTHACANTHA PALLIDA, Sp. 0.
6. Length 1:2 millim. Pale brown; flagellum and meta-
thorax fuscous; legs pale yellow. Head transverse, the lateral
ocelli only their width from the margin of the eye; antenne
long, filiform; flagellar joints 1 and 2 scarcely twice as long as
thick, the following joints to the last a little longer, the last joint
one half longer than the penultimate. Thorax with two delicate
but complete furrows. Postscutellar spur distinct, triangular.
Wings fuscous, the basal nervure distinct, the marginal two thirds
the length of the stigmal. Abdomen oblong-oval, depressed, the
first three segments faintly aciculated, the first very little shorter
than the second, more than twice as long as thick, the second and
third about equal in length.
@. Length 1:3 millim. The antenne terminate in a large,
dusky, 6-jointed club ; the pedicel is longer than the first funicle-
joint, the first and second funicle-joints subequal, scarcely longer
than thick, the third quadrate, the fourth minute, transverse ;
226 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
while the abdomen is longer and more pointed than in the
male.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
Lapitaa, Ashmead.
LaPITHA SPINOSA, sp. 0.
6. Length 3°5 millim. Head and thorax brownish yellow,
finely and closely punctate ; metathorax with oblique carine
meeting at the base of the postscutellum ; postseutellum pro-
duced into an acute spine. Legs yellow. Abdomen fusiform,
extending slightly beyond the tip of the wings when folded, black,
shining, closely punctate; sometimes the basal half of the third
segment is yellow; first and second segments striate; the first
segment is a little longer than wide, very slightly wider at apex
than at base; the second and third are the longest segments,
about equal in length ; the fourth the length of the first; the
fifth two thirds the length of the fourth; the sixth one half
the length of fifth ; the seventh very small, basally smooth; the
eighth subtriangular, margined. Antenne filiform, dark brown,
the scape and pedicel yellow; second, third, and last joint of
flagellum about equal in length; first and fourth joints about
equal, shorter than the second; the joints beyond the third very
slightly shorter. Wings hyaline, with a large discoidal blotch
below the postmarginal vein; nervures fuscous; basal nervure
distinct ; marginal nervure as long as the shaft of the stigmal, the
latter oblique, knobbed at the tip.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four specimens taken at 1500 feet altitude.
Cacus, Raley.
Two species in the collection are distinguished as follows :—
Black, punctate; the apical half of abdomen in
female rufous or piceous ; petiole long, striate.
Wings hyaline; scape and legs honey-yellow.
(SRS HO 6 Oty Ok CRRA ECTS OT es SS ORME EMEC! C. insularis, sp. 0.
Brownish yellow or honey-yellow, the large 3rd
abdominal segment black.
Wings hyaline, with a large smoky transverse dis-
coidal blotch beyond the stigmal vein. g .. C. laticinctus, sp. u.
OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 227
CacUSs INSULARIS, sp. 0.
3 9. Length 1:8 to 2°2 millim. Black, shining, sparsely
punctate; head quadrate, the frons impressed ; thorax without
furrows, the metathorax with two teeth at base; legs, including
coxe, honey-yellow. Abdomen in female longer than the head
and thorax together, depressed, rufous, the first two segments
black, the first coarsely striate, the second finely aciculate, smooth
at the sides, the following segments polished, impunctate ; the
second and third segments are about equal in length, the first
slightly shorter, the fourth less than half the length of the third,
the fifth shorter than the fourth, the sixth triangular, not longer
than the fifth. In the male the abdomen is entirely black, with
the second segment the longest, the petiole a little longer than
the third. Antenne in male filiform, reaching to the middle of
the abdomen, in colour varying from pale brown to black, the
scape always yellowish ; the pedicel is very small; the first four
flagellar joints are about equal, about 32 times as long as thick,
the following very slightly shorter. In the female the pedicel and
first funicle-joints are lengthened, the latter one third longer than
the former, the second funicle-joint half as long as the first, the
third searcely longer than thick, the fourth wider than long and
thicker than the third. Wings hyaline, the marginal vein less
than one half the length of the stigmal; no basal nervure.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 12 male and 7 female specimens.
CACUS LATICINCTUS, Sp. 1.
g. Length 1:8 to 2 millim. Honey-yellow, sparsely punctured ;
head quadrate ; thorax without furrows, the metathorax with two
erect teeth at base; hind coxe, or at least basally, and the third
abdominal segment black; eyes and ocelli brown-black; flagellum
brown; legs yellowish white. Wings hyaline, with a large
fuscous blotch across the apical disk beyond the stigmal vein ;
basal nervure distinct ; marginal nervure scarcely half the length
of the stigmal.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 23 male specimens.
AnreEris, Forster.
ANTERIS RUFIPES, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 1:8 millim. Black, closely, microscopically
punctate ; mandibles and legs rufous ; head transverse. Antennw®
998 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
12-jointed ; in female ending in a 6-jointed club, first funicle-joint
about as large as the pedicel, 2nd, 3rd, and 4th joints monili-
form, the 4th the smallest, transverse: in male filiform monili-
form, the second flagellar joint and the pedicel about equal, the
first flagellar joint twice as long as the pedicel, the fourth
dilated, the followmg moniliform, loosely joined, becoming very
slightly smaller toward apex, the last cone-shaped. Thorax with
two delicate furrows, less distinct anteriorly in the female.
Wings hyaline, the nervures dark brown, the basal nervure
wanting or subobsolete; marginal nervure a little shorter than
the shaft of the stigmal. Abdomen long ovate or subfusiform,
a little longer than the head and thorax together, finely punctate,
the first and second segments striate; the third segment is the
longest; the first segment, in the female, has a triangular
prominence or ridge at its base. Anterior tibie very short,
swollen.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and two female specimens.
CREMASTOBA&US, Ashmead.
The two species may be thus distinguished :—
Wholly lolack ste Lessiyelloww/s verre cle ave lsiays 1-1 slelos ol C. niger, sp. n.
Head and thorax black; abdomen rufous .......... C. bicolor, sp.n-
CREMASTOBAUS NIGER, Sp. 0.
3 2. Lengtb1millim. Black, subopaque, minutely punctate,
pubescent, the thorax more lustrous than the head; antenne
brownish yellow, paler at base ; legs yellow. Head subquadrate,
rounded anteriorly, the lateral ocelli touching the border of the
eye; the eyes pubescent. Thorax with two delicate furrows.
Wings hyaline, the stigmal vein oblique, slightly shorter than
the marginal vein. Abdomen long ovate, in female longer tham
the head and thorax together, in male slightly shorter, less
pointed behind, the sutures between the segments deeply
impressed, crenate or striate at bottom, the first segment
longitudinally striate. The antenne in the male are subfiliform
moniliform, very slightly thickened toward tips, rust-brown; in
female paler and ending in a 5-jointed club.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and two male specimens.
CREMASTOBZUS BICOLOR, sp. 0.
9. Length 1:1 milim. Head and thorax black, faintly
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 229
microscopically punctate scarcely sufficient to destroy the
lustre of the surface; eyes oval, pubescent; abdomen rufous,
subfusiform, longer than the head and thorax together, the
segments strongly constricted at the sutures, the sutures crenate ;
legs yellowish. Antenne 12-jointed, brownish yellow, the
club oval-rotund, 5-jointed, black ; the first funicle-joint is the
thickest and largest joint, the following, to the club, gradually
subequal, the last two rounded, a little transverse. Wings
hyaline, the marginal vein a little longer than the stigmal, the
latter oblique, ending in a little knob; no basal nervure.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female specimen.
Hapronotvs, Forster.
So far as we know this genus is parasitic only on Hemipterous
eggs. Several species are in the collection, and may be recog-
nized by the aid of the following table :—
Species either smooth, or minutely or micro-
SEOPICAL yA UTCHALOME ape fret cectaleliele cal aie ate nye 2.
Species coarsely rugoso-punctate.
Head with two facets on vertex, behind the
front ocellus; frons separated from the
face by a transverse carina, the face trans-
versely striate; thorax with irregular
longitudinal carine.
Scape and legs honey-yellow ............ H. carinatifrons, sp. n.
Head evenly rugoso-punctate, the fans not
separated from the face by a carina; no
facets on vertex.
Antenne and legs black; second joint of
trochanters, extreme tips of femora, and
tibie and tarsi honey-yellow ..... .. H. insularis, sp. n.
2. Black, polished, but with a microscopic
punctation.
Scape and mandibles brownish yellow ; legs
reddish or honey-yellow ; first and second
abdominal segments faintly longitudinally
aeiculated! yauetsraeige sack oe sy oh< eee « HH, politus, sp. n.
Black, minutely closely punctulate, opaque.
Head scarcely twice as wide as thick antero-
posteriorly, the face above the antenne
deeply impressed.
Abdomen palerufous ; legs and scape yellow. H. bicolor, sp. n.
230 MR. w. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
HADRONOTUS CARINATIFRONS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1:5 millim. Robust, black, shining, very coarsely
rugose; scape and legs honey-yellow. Head very large and
broad, coarsely rugose, with two facets on vertex between the
ocelli; face transversely striate, separated from the frons by a
transverse carina. Funicle-joint 1 and the pedicel long, about
equal in length; joint 2 shorter, 3 and 4 wider than long.
Thorax with irregular longitudinal raised lines posteriorly.
Wings hyaline, the venation pale yellowish, the marginal vein
almost as long as the stigmal. Abdomen broadly oval, sessile,
evenly rugoso-punctate, the first segment and the second at base
striate, the second fully twice as long as the first.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
HADRONOTUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1°8 to 2 millim. Robust, subopaque, coarsely
but evenly rugose; eyes pubescent; second joint of trochanters,
apex of femora, the tibie and tarsi, honey-yellow. Abdomen
rugose, the first and second segments with the rugosities longitu-
dinally directed; the extreme apices of the segments smooth,
polished ; second segment not twice as long as the first. Wings
subhyaline, the marginal vein punctiform.
In the female the first funicle-jomt is hardly as long as the
pedicel, the second, third, and fourth joints transverse: in themale
the antenne are filiform, tapering towards apex, the first flagellar
joint much longer than the pedicel, the second much shorter,
the third slightly dilated and laterally, at base, excised, the
following joints quadrate, loosely joined, the penultimate a little
longer than wide, the last still longer, conical.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from three male and three female specimens.
HaADRONOTUS POLITUS, Sp. n.
¢@. Length 0°8 millim. Black, polished, but still faintly
microscopically punctate ; scape, mandibles, and legs reddish or
honey-yellow. Head transverse, the eyes bare. First funicle-
joint very little longer than thick, much smaller than the pedicel,
the three following subequal, moniliform. Thorax rounded, the
mesonotum twice as wide as long, rounded anteriorly. Wings
hyaline, the venation pale yellow, the marginal vein short.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 231
Abdomen broadly oval, the first and second segments equal,
faintly aciculated.
Hab. St. Vincent.
HADRONOTUS BICOLOR, sp. nu.
@. Length 06 millim. Brown-black, minutely, closely
punctate; face deeply emarginated for the antenne; scape,
mandibles, legs, and abdomen rufous; pedicel two thirds the
length of the funicle; first funicle-joint not longer than thick,
the second, third, and fourth minute, transverse. Wings hyaline,
the marginal vein very short, about twice as long as thick.
Abdomen oval, punctate, the first and third segments about
equal, shorter than the second, the first striate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
Ipris, Forster.
IDRIS ZNEA, sp. n.
3 2. Length 2 to 2:1 millim. Black, the head and thorax
with a decided zneous tinge ; head sparsely punctate and striate,
a smooth impunctured space above the antenne; eyes hairy.
Antenne brown, the scape long, reddish yellow; first funicle-
joint very little shorter than the pedicel; second two thirds the
leneth of the first; third and fourth minute. Thorax ovate,
subdepressed, punctate, with a smooth, impunctate space at the
middle; the mesonotum a little wider than long, arcuate anteriorly,
with two distinct furrows. Wings fuscous, the venation brown-
black, the marginal vein punctiform, the postmarginal but slightly
developed, shorter than the stigmal, the latter short, oblique,
ending in a rounded knob. legs honey-yellow. Abdomen
oblong oval or ovate, very little longer than the head and thorax
together, striate, the fourth and following segments punctate ;
the first segment is scarcely as long as the second and has a
prominence or carina at base, its tip ending in a small thorn or
spur; the third segment is the longest, about one half longer
than the second.
The male differs from the female in the filiform, browr-black
antenne, the scape being yellow; the first funicle-joint is the
longest, much longer than the pedicel, about twice as long as
thick, the following joints except the last_about equal, very
little longer than thick.
932 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two females and one male.
Subfamily PLaTyGasTERINA.
Inostemma, Haliday.
Two species of this genus have been recognized, distinguished
follows :—
Orbits produced into a spine-hke tubercle above
HiT) CyOemene Seis Oa On oo adalo Aas adiso so I. bicornutus, sp. n.
Orbits normal.
Legs and antennz black ; trochanters, base of j
tibize and tarsi yellowish ............-. I. simillimus, sp. n.
INOSTEMMA BICORNUTUS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 1 millim. Black, shining; the head and thorax
microscopically punctate, the orbits produced into an acute
tubercle above the eye; tibie piceous; tarsi and apex of pedicel
yellowish. Antenne 10-jointed, the pedicel longer than the
first. funicle-joint; funicle-jomts 1 and 2 about equal, a little
longer than thick; 3 and 4 minute, narrowed; club 4-jointed,
the first three joints broader than long, the first the narrowest
the third the broadest, last joint conical. Wings hyaline.
Abdomen pointed, longer than the head and thorax together,
the horn at base extending forward over the thorax to the vertex
of head, the first segment and the second at base faintly striate.
- Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two female specimens. The acute tubercles
above the eyes readily distinguish the species.
INOSTEMMA SIMILLIMUS, Sp. N.
3 2. Length 08 millim. Black, shining; the head and
thorax microscopically punctate; no tubercles over the eye;
trochanters and tibie pale brown or yellowish, base of tibie
and tarsi yellowish. Antenne 10-jointed ; funicle-joints 1 and
2 slightly subequal, shorter than the pedicel; 3 and 4 small,
the 8rd not wider than long, the 4th twice as wide as long.
Wings subhyaline, hyaline at base. Abdomen not longer than
the head and thorax together, the horn extending to the base of
the head.
In the male the thorax above is polished, mmpunctured with
delicate but complete parapsidal furrows scape beneath,
OF THE ISLAND OF 81. VINCENT. 233
trochanters, the tibiz, except at tips, and the tarsi honey-yellow ;
the flagellum is covered with a whitish pile; the first and second
joints are twice as long as thick, about equal, a little longer than
the pedicel; third joint short, triangular; club 5-jointed, the
joints oval, the last conical, longer than the penultimate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and onefemale. This species comes
quite close to I. Lintnerzz, Ashm., described from the District of
Columbia.
Acrrota, Forster.
ACEROTA CONFUSA, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 1to 1:1 millim. Subrobust, polished black ;
the head closely, microscopically punctate; antenne and legs —
yellowish ; scape at the middle, club, and the swollen part of
the tibize fuscous or brown, the coxe black; the pedicel is
longer than the first funicle-joint; the second funicle-joint
slightly longer than half the length of the first; the third and
fourth transverse; club joints subquadrate. The thorax is
polished, but faintly punctate and with two distinct furrows.
Scutellum convex, finely punctate, and bounded by a carina
behind. Metapleura subsericeous. Wings hyaline. Abdomen
oblong-oval; in female subacute at tip, polished, with the first
segment striate.
The antenne in the male are wholly black, covered with a
short white pile; the second funicle-joint is subequal with the
first, the third very small; the club 5-jointed, the joints, except the
long conical last joint, not longer than wide, slightly pedicellated;
while the abdomen is bluntly rounded at tip.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female. The male of this
species could easily be mistaken for a male Inostemma.
AMBLYASPIS, Forster.
The species I take to belong to this genus may be tabulated
as follows :—
Scutellum triangular, pubescent .............. A. triangularis, sp. n.
Scutellum produced into a long spine that projects
high over the metathorax.
(CORT THIOe Reet pe cotin os HDPEIDEIOs CD Oene
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. iyi
to
234 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Coxe black.
Legs and antenne black; trochanters and
tarsi brownishiyellow. teehee: A, nigricornis, sp. D«
2. Legs and antennz, except the club, brownish
yellow or honey-yellow.
6 with the elaval joints several times longer
than thick, clavate, with whorls of very long
white hairs.
© with claval joints a little less than twice as
long as thick. (Species large.).......... A. verticillatus, sp. n-
6 with claval joimts not more than thrice as long
as thick, cylindrical, pilose.
© with claval joints not or scarcely longer than
THe, | ((Syxoressmealll)) Sesoccncoononsos A. xanthopus, sp. n.
AMBLYASPIS TRIANGULARIS, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 0°65 to 0°85 millim. Polished black, impunc-
tured ; head transverse, the vertex subacute, the lateral ocelli as
near to the middle ocellus as to the margin of the eye. Antenne
in female brown-black, the scape at base and beneath paler;
pedicel much longer than the first funicle-joint ; second funicle-
joint very slightly shorter than first, only a little longer than
thick ; third smaller; fourth wider than long; club 4-jointed,
the joints, except the last, wider than long, the third the widest.
Thorax convex, without a trace of the furrows; the scutellum
triangular, subconvex, covered with a rather dense fuscous
pubescence. Wings hyaline. Legs reddish yellow or brownish
yellow, the swollen parts of the posterior femora and tibie
brownish or obfuscated. Abdomen (OVER | the petiole rugose,
with a greyish pubescence.
In the male the scape and pedicel are yellow, the flagellum
brown ; the pedicel is as long as the first and second funicle-
joints together ; first funicle-joit shorter and slenderer than
the second ; third equal, or very slightly longer than the first;
club 5-jointed, the joints loosely joined, the first moniliform, the
three following elliptic-oval; legs, including the coxe, reddish
yellow or honey-yellow; the tarsi longer than their tibie ; the
hind tibial spurs distinct; abdomen oblong-oval, pubescent at
base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and ten male specimens.
AMBLYASPIS NIGRICORNIS, Sp. 0.
@. Length 2 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 235
transverse, the vertex with a delicate transverse carina behind
the ocelli; the lateral ocelli not more than. twice their
width from the margin of the eye. Antenne black; the funicle
slender, the first joint longer than the pedicel; club slender,
the joints all longer than thick. Thorax convex, without furrows.
Scutellum depressed at base, and produced into a long acute
yellow spine. Mesopleura, except just beneath the tegule,
which is striate, smooth, shining. Metapleura bare and
smooth, bounded by a carina above; the lower half of the carina
with a fringe of pale pubescence. Metathorax with a prominent
yellow median carina. Wings hyaline. Legs black; the tro-
chanters and base of tibie pale brown; tarsi yellowish. Body
of abdomen oval, smooth, impunctured, with a tuft of pubescence
at base beneath; petiole longer than thick, impressed at the
middle, fluted, subpubescent at apex and beneath.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
AMBLYASPIS VERTICILLATUS, sp. 0.
6 @. Length 1°5 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; the
mesopleura with no strie beneath the tegule; scutellum pro-
duced into a long, acute, yellow spine. Antenne and legs
honey-yellow ; club piceous, the joints very long, subclavate, as
long as the basal joint of tarsi, and with whorls of long hairs ;
funicle long, slender, cylindrical, the second joint more than
twice as long as the pedicel, the first joint short. Wings
hyaline. Body of abdomen oval; the petiole about twice as long.
as thick, depressed at the middle, fluted, subpubescent.
The female agrees well with the male, except that the antennz
end .in a 4-jointed black club, the joints of which are only
slightly longer than thick; the funicle is long, slender, and
cylindrical, the first and second joints being about equal and as
long as the pedicel; the extreme apex of posterior femora and
tibiz obfuscated or brown; while the lateral ocelli are only their
width from the margin of the eye.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
No male is described in this genus with similar antenne, and
no difficulty will attend its recognition. It is doubtful whether
the female correlated here is the opposite sex of this species.
Nes
236 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
AMBLYASPIS XANTHOPUS, Sp. 0.
2. Length 0°8 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; petiole
more or less yellowish. Lateral ocelli close to the margin of
the eye. Thorax convex; the parapsidal furrows very slightly
indicated posteriorly; scutellum produced into a long, acute,
yellow spine. Antenne and legs bright yellow; the club brown
or black; the joints, except the last, less than twice as long as
thick, slightly pedicellate, with long hairs; funicle slender, the
first and second joints about equal in length, shorter than the
pedicel. Wings hyaline, with long cilia. Body of abdomen
rotund ; the petiole longer than thick, pubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four specimens. Comes nearest to A. minutus,
Ashm., described from the United States.
Lerpracts, Forster.
(? Ceratacis, Thoms.)
The two species recognized in this genus may be separated
as follows :—
Mesonotal furrows delicate but complete.
Legs rufo-piceous ; trochanters, base of tibie (the
anterior pair entirely), and tarsi yellowish .... L. obscurtpes, sp. n.
Mesonotal furrows entirely wanting.
Legs entirely reddish yellow ................. L. erythropus, sp. n.
LEPTACIS OBSCURIPES, Sp. 0.
6. Length 0°6 millim. Black, shining; the head transverse,
microscopically punctate, subopaque, the lateral ocelli being
close to the border of the eye. Antenne brownish yellow ; the
club brown-black, the joints oval; pedicel long and slender,
nearly as long as the first and second funicle-joints united ; the
first funicle-joint small but longer than thick, the second thicker
and about twice as long, the third small. Thorax with two distinct
furrows ; scutellum subconvex, foveated at base, and ending in a
long awl-shaped spine; metapleura wrinkled, subpubescent,:
bounded by a keel above. Legs rufo-piceous; the trochanters,
base of tibia, except the anterior pair which are entirely yellow,
and the tarsi yellowish. Wings hyaline, the margins not fringed.
Abdomen oval; the petiole wider than long, subpubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 237
LEPTACIS ERYTHROPUS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 0°8 millim. Black, shining; the head transverse,
subopaque ; the lateral ocelli close to the eye. Antenne reddish or
brownish yellow ; the club brown-black, 5-jointed, pubescent, the
joints longer than thick ; pedicel longer than the second funicle-
joint ; first funicle-joint short, smaller than the third. Thorax
convex, without furrows. Scutellum subconvex, bifoveated at
base, and terminating in a long awl-shaped spine; a deep groove
between the tegule and the mesonotum; metapleura covered
with a silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, fringed. Legs reddish
yellow or rufous. Abdomen ovate, pubescent at base; the first:
segment much wider than long.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two specimens.
Potymecus, Forster.
Only one species of this common genus is in the collection,
which may be described as
PoLYMECUS INSULARIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1:4 millim. Polished black; the frons and face
finely opaquely punctate; antenne and legs brownish yellow;
the club 4-jointed, black. Mesothorax twice as long as wide,
with two furrows; scutellum ending in an awl-shaped spine,
pubescent at sides and foveate at base; metapleura woolly.
Wings hyaline. Abdomen longer than the head and thorax
together, narrowly contracted from the apex of the second seg-
ment, smooth, shining; the first segment densely woolly; the
penultimate segment longer than either the antepenultimate
or the ultimate; last three segments beneath finely opaquely
punctate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
SacToGasTER, Lorster.
Six species of this. genus are recorded from Hurope and two
from the United States. The two species described below
are apparently quite distinct, although one is closely allied to a
species from North America. The colour of the legs will aid m
identification, as follows :—
338 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Legs black or piceous, the trochanters, base of tibiz,
and tarsi honey-yellow or brownish yellow
- Antennze black or brown-black ...............06+ S. affinis, sp. n.
Legs reddish yellow.
Antenne, except the club, brownish yellow ........ S. rufipes, sp. 0.
SACTOGASTER AFFINIS, sp. 0.
©. Length 0°8 millim. Polished black; frons and face micro-
scopically punctate, the vertex and occiput smooth, impunctured ;
the lateral ocelli their width from the margin oftheeye. Antenne
black or brown-black; the extreme base of the scape pale or
yellowish; first and second funicle-joints subequal, the last
rounded ; club 4-jointed, the basal three joints wider than long.
Scutellum at sides subpubescent, at tip ending in an awl-shaped
spine. Metathorax and base of scutellum with a silvery-white
pubescence. Wings hyaline. Legs black or piceous; the tro-
chanters, base of tibie, and the tarsi honey-yellow. Abdomen
polished ; the tail not longer than the inflated second ventral
segment; the last segment pointed, about one half longer than
the penultimate segment.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from five specimens. Closely allied to S. anomali-
ventris, Ashm., but slightly smaller, with the vertex, occiput, and
mesonotum smoother, more shining, while the space between the
eyes is a little narrower.
SACTOGASTER RUFIPES, Sp. N.
@. Length 0°8 millim. Differs from 8. afinis in having the
scape and legs rufous or reddish yellow; the coxe rufo-piceous,
not entirely black; the occiput subopaque; the scutellum more
densely covered with a silvery pile. In the male the head is
narrower, the lateral ocelli touching the border of the eye, the
scutellum and metapleura bare, legs more yellowish, while the
club-joints are loosely joined, twice as long as thick.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and two female specimens.
Ca@LopEeLta, Ashmead.
Antenne in male 9-jointed, ending in a 4-jointed club ; lateral
ocelli as near to the front ocellus as to the margin of the eye.
Scutellum cupuliform, similar to the Cynipid genus Zucoila.
Female unknown.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 239
These simple characters readily distinguish this genus from
all other genera in the group; and the genus affords another
proof of the close affinities between the Proctotrypide and the
Cynipide.
C@LOPELTA MIRABILIS, sp. Nn.
6. Length0°8 millim. Polished black; antennz brown, the
scape yellow; legs reddish yellow, the coxe black; metathorax
with a silvery pubescence. Wings hyaline, iridescent; the hind
wings rounded at apex, with long cilia; abdomen ovate, polished ;
the petiole subopaque, striate, and bare.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Synopeas, Forster.
A single male specimen, doubtfully referred to this genus, may
be called
SYNOPEAS DUBIUS, sp. 0.
3. Length 1 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head
transverse, wider than the thorax ; the occiput faintly transversely
aciculated ; the frons and face highly polished ; lateral ocelli about
their width from the margin of the eye. Antenne brown-black ;
the scape and pedicel brownish yellow ; first funicle-joint rounded,
the second a little stouter and nearly twice as long as thick ;
club 6-jointed, the joints loosely joined, elliptic-oval, the last fusi-
form, nearly twice as long as the preceding. ‘Thorax convex, with
faint traces of the parapsidal furrows in front of the scutellum,
the base of the middle iobe thus formed projecting slightly upon
the scutellum ; scutellum convex, with oblique fovee on either
side at base, the small tubercle at its tip very pubescent; meta-
thorax subpubescent. Legs honey-yellow, the posterior tibize
slightly dusky. Abdomen ovate, longer than the thorax; the
petiole longer than thick, striate, subpubescent ; rest of the abdo-
men smooth, shining; the second segment with two sulci at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
ANOPEDIAS, FUrster.
ANOPEDIAS CONICA, sp. 0.
6 2. Length 0:7 to0'8 millim. Polished black, impunctured ;
lateral ocelli about twice their width from the margin of the eye,
240 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
a little closer in the male; mesonotum with two delicate but dis-
tinct furrows ; metapleura bare or subpubescent; first and second
funicle-joints about equal, a little longer than thick, shorter
than the pedicel, the third elongate, the fourth short; club
eylindrical, the joimts about twice as long as thick, or very little
longer. Wings hyaline, fringed. Legs black; trochanters, base
of tibiz, and the tarsi variable from a piceous to yellow. Abdomen
conic-ovate, longer than the head and thorax together, petiolate ;
the petiole striate; rest of the abdomen smooth, polished; the
second segment with two long sulci at base, one on each side.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and ten female specimens. Comes
very close to A. error, Fitch, but is smaller, with the joints
of the antenne relatively different.
Tricwacis, Horster.
TRICHACIS RUBICOLA, Ashm., Monog. N. A. Proctotrypida, p. 296.
Of this species there are two specimens agreeing in every
particular with the types in the U.S. National Museum. It was
reared from a Cecidomyid gall on Blackberry.
Potyanotus, Lorster.
Of this genus, as now limited, five species have been recognized,
which may be distinguished by the following table :—
AMET ESI ee eh Nce: katate aR Aicte rarer! che eet alelt oe 2.
Females.
Mesonotal furrows distinct posteriorly for half
the length of the mesonotum.
Head much wider than thorax, the lateral
ocelli twice their width from the eye-
margin.
Legs black or piceous black, the trochanters,
base of tibiz, and tarsi pale brown;
antenne brown-black, the scape pale at
extreme base...... .seccccevccevecs P. meridionalis, sp. u.
Mesonotal furrows wanting or but slightly indi-
cated posteriorly.
Head not so wide, the lateral ocelli not much
more than their width from the eye-margin.
Legs brownish yellow, the coxz black, the
femora more or less piceous; antennz
brown, the scape brownish yellow.... P. énsularis, sp. nu.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 241
2. Mesonotal furrows indicated posteriorly.
Head wider than the thorax, the lateral
ocelli twice their width from the eye-
margin.
Legs piceous; the trochanters, base of tibiz,
and) tarsipyellowish) 4/4). 4 «)-\s1) -telele speie P. meridionalis, sp. n.
Lateral ocelli not twice their width from the
eye-border.
Coxe black.
Legs black; trochanters, base of tibie,
and tarsi piceous or brown.
Antenne black, the club-joints 13
times as long as thick .......... P. gracilicornis, sp. n.
Legs honey-yellow.
Antenne brown-black, the scape yel-
lowish, the club-jomts twice as
1OWE BS WWE pocaboeccsnocone P. insularts, sp. n.
Legs piceous; trochanters, base and tip
of tibize, and the tarsi yellowish.
Antenne brown-black, short, the club-
‘ joints wider than long.......... P. laticlavus, sp. n.
Coxe pale.
Scape and legs reddish- or honey-yellow ;
club 6-jointed, the joints, except the
last; moniliform! 25302. 2 jees wee P. pallidicoxalis, sp. n.
POLYGNOTUS MERIDIONALIS, Sp. n.
3 2. Length 09 tol millim. Polished black, impunctured ;
lateral ocelli twice their width from the eye-border; antenne
brown-black, the scape at extreme base and the minute first funicle-
joint yellowish; the flagellum with sparse white hairs; second
funicle-joint as large as the pedicel, a little swollen, third
small; club 5-jointed, the joints loosely joined, very little longer
than wide. Thorax with two delicate furrows on the posterior
half of the mesonotum; scutellum highly convex, subpubescent ;
metathorax pubescent. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe at
apex. Legs black or piceous; the trochanters, base of tibiz, and
the tarsi pale brown or yellowish. Abdomen oblong-oval, the
petiole striate, pubescent beneath.
The female is the larger, more robust form, with the head much ©
broader than in the male, the club-joints scarcely longer than wide,
the scutellum higher, the abdomen ovate, while the legs are blacker.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
242 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
POLYGNOTUS INSULARIS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to11 millim. Polished black, impunctured ;
lateral ocelli not twice their width from the eye-border ; antennz
dark brown, the scape brownish yellow, the club-joints a little
wider than long. Thorax without furrows or but slightly indi-
cated posteriorly, with two opaque pubescent spots just in front
of the scutellum. Scutellum high, convex, polished. Metapleura
finely striate, subpubescent. Wings hyaline, with a short fringe.
Legs brownish yellow or yellowish, the coxe black, the femorain
female a little piceous. Abdomen oblong-oval, about as long as
the head and thorax together, with the first segment striate.
The male is the smaller, and differs in having all the legs honey-
yellow, with the antennal club 5-jointed, the joints nearly or
quite twice as long as thick, the last conical, three times as long
as thick.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
POLYGNOTUS GRACILICORNIS, sp. 0.
d+ Length 1 millim. Polished black, impunctured ; lateral
ocelli only about their width from the eye-border; antenne black ;
the first funicle-joint very small and slender, but still longer than
thick ; the second somewhat swollen and twisted, about twice as
long as thick, the third smaller ; club slender, the joints, except the
last, once and a half as long as wide, the last conical, twice as long as
the penultimate. Thorax with delicate furrows posteriorly. Scu-
tellum convex, polished, faintly pubescent. Legs black, anterior
tibie and all tarsi yellowish, trochanters and base of middle and
posterior tibize piceous or yellowish. Abdomen oblong, as long
as the thorax, polished, with the first segment striate, the second
at base with two striate foveole.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
PoLYGNOTUS LATICLAVUS, Sp. 0.
3. Length 0°65 millim. Differs principally in the joints of the
antenne: the first and second funicle-jomts are closely united,
the second being much the larger; the first club-joint is oval, the
three following broadly transverse, the last oblong; the legs are
piceous, the trochanters, tips of anterior tibiz, the base of middle
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 243
and hind tibie, and all tarsi yellow; while the abdomen is oval,
shorter than the thorax.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
PoLYGNOTUS PALLIDICOXALIS, sp. n.
$. Length 0:9 millim. In this species the legs are pale
brownish or honey-yellow, the hind coxe alone at base being
slightly dusky; antenne brown, the scape yellow; the first
funicle-jomt is minute, transverse, the second as large as the
pedicel, the third a little smaller; the club-joints, except the
last, moniliform, very little, if any, longer than thick; the last
conic ovate, about twice as long as the preceding joint ; all the
club-joints are briefly pedicellate and covered with sparse white
hairs.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Subfamily Draprim a.
Tribe i. SPILOMICRINI.
Iptotypa, Forster.
IpIoTYPA PALLIDA, Sp. 0.
6 Q. Length 1°8 to 2 millim. Reddish-testaceous, smooth,
shining; eyes and antennal club black or brown-black; legs
yellow-testaceous. Antenne in female 12-jointed, the club
robust, 4-jointed, black ; funicle-joits gradually widened toward
the club, the first joint a little longer and thinner than the
pedicel ; club-joints large except the last, transverse-moniliform,
the last large, conic: in male 13-jomted, long, filiform, the
pedicel rounded, the flagellar joints about thrice as long as thick,
loosely joined, the first and last a little longer than the others.
Thorax with two furrows; scutellum trifoveated at base, the
lateral foveee being towards one side of the apex of the middle
fovea; metathorax rugose, pubescent, the posterior angles sub-
acute, the central carina produced into a blunt spine. Wings
hyaline, pubescent, ciliated, the marginal and basal veins distinct,
the marginal thrice as long as thick ; the stigmal vein short, with
a backward directed branch from its tip. Abdomen oval, the
petiole in the male about twice as long as thick, a little shorter
244. MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
and stouter in the female, striate; rest of abdomen smooth,
polished, the second segment at base sulcate, with some striz at
extreme base.
Hab. St. Vincent. ;
Described from one male and two female specimens.
Heminexts, Forster.
HEMILEXIS LATIPENNIS, sp. 0.
6. Length 1 millim. Brownish, smooth, impunctured, the
_metathorax and legs yellowish; head black above. Antennz
13-jointed, pale brownish, the scape yellowish; first and second
flagellar joints elongate, the second two thirds the length of the
first ; joints beyond to the last elliptic-oval, slightly pedicellate,
pubescent, the last conic. Thorax with two delicate furrows ;
scutellum with a single large fovea at base ; metathorax punctate,
with a median carina, and with the posterior angles produced
into small acute teeth. Wings very broad, hyaline, pubescent,
with long cilia, the apical margin very slightly emarginate or
sinuate, the marginal vein punctiform, the stigmal vein a little
more than thrice as long as thick. Abdomen oval, petiolated,
the petiole about thrice as long as thick, faintly striate; body
smooth, polished, the second segment witha small median sulcus.
at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described trom a single specimen.
HeEmILExopes, Ashmead.
HEMILEXODES FILIFORMIS, Sp. 0.
3S. Length 09 millim. Polished black; scape, metathorax,
petiole, and legs honey-yellow. Thorax without furrows; scu-
tellum with a fovea at base; metathorax rugoso-punctate, the
posterior angles acute. Antenne 13-jointed, long, filiform,
pilose; the joints of the flagellum all long, cylindrical, the second
a little shorter than the first, very slightly dilated towards tip.
Wings hyaline, with long cilia, the apical margin very slightly
sinuate; the venation as in Hemileais, the marginal vein being
punctiform and the stigmal about four times as long as thick.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single male specimen.
OF EHE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 945
TROPIDOPSIS, Ashmead.
TROPIDOPSIS CLAVATA, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1:3 to1'5 millim. Brownish red or ferruginous,
smooth, polished, impunctured ; antennz, except the club, and
legs paler, more yellowish. Antenne in female 12-jointed,
ending in an abrupt 3-jomted black club, the first two joints of
which are quadrate, the last oblong; funicle 7-jointed, slender,
the first jomt about twice as long as the second, the following
joints not longer than thick, the last two or three slightly trans-
verse; pedicel obconic, much longer and stouter than the first
funicle-joint. Head globose, the face flat, with a very delicate
carina at the sides; eyes large, rounded. Scutellum with a
single fovea at base. Metathorax with a central carina, emar-
ginate behind, the angles a little prominent. Abdomen oblong-
oval, the petiole a little longer than thick, pubescent. Wings
hyaline, fringed, the submarginal vein reaching the costa at about
the middle of the wing and ending in a subtriangular marginal
vein; basal nervure present, straight.
The male is slightly smaller, the head more transverse, without
the delicate carine at the sides of the face; the antenne longer
than the body, 14-jointed, filiform; the flagellar joints, except the
last, elliptic-oval, pubescent, the first three joints being a little
more slender than the following; metathorax emarginate behind,
pubescent, with a prominent central carina; while the abdominal
petiole is almost twice as long as thick, cylindrical, striate, and
pubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
Paramesius, Westwood.
PARAMESIUS THORACICUS, sp. n.
$ 9. Length 15 to 1°8 millim. Head and body of abdomen
polished black; thorax variable, from a dark honey-yellow to
brown or piceous; the male the paler, the female the darker, with
the pleura and metathorax sometimes black ; scape, petiole, and
legs reddish yellow or honey-yellow. Antenne in female 13-
jointed, clavate, the scape very long; the flagellum gradually
becomes brown-black at tip, the joints gradually increasing in
size after the sixth, submoniliform, the last large, conic, nearly
thrice as long as the penultimate; im the male filiform, 13-
246 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
jointed ; the flagellar joints, after the first, all elongate, cylindrical,
the first very small, smaller than the pedicel, the second thrice as
long as the pedicel, excised at base. Thorax smooth, shining,
with two furrows; scutellum with a large fovea at base; meta-
thorax rugose, with a sharp median carina. Wings hyaline,
pubescent, ciliate ; the venation brown, the marginal vein thrice
as long as thick, a little narrower at base than at tip; stigmal
vein scarcely developed, not longer than thick; basal vein sub-
obsolete or entirely absent. Abdomen in female conic-ovate, the
petiole about twice as long as thick, striate ; in male pear-shaped,
the petiole about four times as long as thick; body of abdomen
in both sexes highly polished.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from four male and four female specimens.
SpPrintomicrus, Westwood,
The following table will assist in recognizing the species in this
genus.
Wings subfuscous, the basal vein absent.
Legs dark rufous, the coxz black or piceous.
Antenne brown-black, the second flagellar joint
shorter than the first, excised at base ...... S. aneurus, sp. n.
Wings hyaline, the basal vein present.
Legs, including cox, reddish yellow.
Antenne pale brown, the scape and pedicel yel-
lowish, second flagellar joimt not excised at
DASE ene, aichordie caus aceon rege uae etee casters Sietnne acer S. vulgaris, sp. n.
SPILOMICRUS ANEURUS, Sp. n.
@. Length 3°2 millim. Polished black, impunctured; head
globose, the cheeks woolly behind ; frontal prominence large, the
face with a ,-shaped sulcus; mandibles black or piceous.
Antenne 13-jointed, black, much thickened towards tips ; scape
about as long as the first four funicle-jomts combined, curved ;
first funicle-joint longer than the pedicel, the latter equal with
the second funicle-joint ; jomts from the fifth to the penultimate
quadrate moniliform, the last conic, not longer than, and scarcely
as wide as, the penultimate. Thorax with two furrows; the pro-
notum woolly at sides, and produced anteriorly above into a short
neck ; scutellum with a subapical transverse furrow, sulcate at
sides, and; with two large fovez at base; postscutellum closely
punctate, tricarmate; metathorax rugose, pubescent, with an
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 24.7
acute median carina, rather prominent angles posteriorly, and
with lateral carine. Legs dark rufous, pubescent, the coxe
piceous or black. Wings subfuscous, pubescent, the submarginal
vein reaching the costa at half the length of the wing, the mar-
vinal vein about three times as long as thick, the stigmal vein very
short, not longer than thick. Abdomen oblong-oval, polished,
pilose at apex; the petiole long, three times as long as thick,
fluted, woolly beneath.
3. Length 3°5 to 4 millim. Agrees well with the female
except that the scutellum has a transverse row of coarse punctures
at the apex, the last ventral segment is bifoveate, with a central
carina, while the antenne are long, filiform; the scape is finely
striated beneath, and about as long as the pedicel and first fla-
gellar joint united, second funicle-jomt about two thirds the
length of the first, excised at base; the joints beyond the last
very nearly equal in length.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and five male specimens.
SPILOMICRUS VULGARIS, sp. 0.
@. Length 1°5 to 2°5 millim. Polished black, impunctured ;
head globose, sparsely pilose, the cheeks with a tuft of wool
behind; face smooth, not sulcate; mandibles yellowish. An-
tenn 13-jointed, brownish yellow, with only three or four terminal
joints dusky or black; scape about as long as the first five funicle-
joints united ; first funicle-joint not or very little longer than the
pedicel, the latter much the stouter; funicle-joints 2 to 4 sub-
equal, shorter than the first; jomts 5 and 6 moniliform; club
5-jointed, the jomts transverse or subquadrate moniliform, the first
pale, the last three or four black. Thorax with two furrows, the
pronotum woolly at sides anteriorly; scutellum with two large
fover at base, a sulcus at the sides, and a transverse punctate
line at apex; metathorax rugose, pubescent, with an acute ridge
at the middle and carine laterally. Legs entirely reddish or
brownish yellow. Wings hyaline, the basal nervure distinct,
rarely subobsolete. Abdomen oblong-oval, polished, pilose at
tip, the last ventral segment minutely punctate ; petiole long,
coarsely fluted, pubescent above and beneath.
6. Length 2 to 2°5 millim. Differs principally in the filiform
brown antenne, the scape and pedicel alone being yellow; the
scape is as long as the first and second funicle-joints united ;
248 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
the latter are about equal in length, the second not excised
at base, the joints beyond to the last being very slightly and
gradually subequal; last ventral segment piceous, but with two
small punctures at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from 22 male and 14 female specimens.
Tribe 11. DIaPRIINtI.
GatxEsus, Curtis.
GALESUS BIPUNCTATUS, sp. n.
@. Length 2:2 to 2°4 millim. Polished black, impunctured,
with sparse white hairs ; head oblong, with a margined angulation
in front of each eye, the space between it and the eye with a row
of punctures; between these angulations there is another mar-
gined space enclosing the ocelli; vertex with six small punctures ;
face prolonged, with deep broad sulci beneath the eyes ; frontal
prominence with a median sulcus. Antenne black, 12-jointed,
the scape angulately dilated a little beyond the middle; flagellar
joints, after the fourth, transverse-moniliform, loosely jomed and
gradually widened towards tip of flagellum, the last jomt ovate,
twice as long as the penultimate. Thorax with two furrows, the
middle lobe with two small punctures at base and two at the
middle; scutellum truncate and with two punctures at tip, a
broad sulcus at sides and two large fovez at base; metathorax
grooved, pubescent. Wings folded, deeply emarginate at apex.
Legs rufous or reddish yellow, the coxe black. Abdomen oblong-
oval, polished black; the petiole about twice as long as thick,
fluted and pubescent.
3. Length 2°5 millim. In this sex the head is shorter, only a
little longer than wide, with the ridges and punctation as in
the female. The antenne are 14-jointed, filiform, as long as the
body, the pedicel and first funicle-joint beg brownish yellow or
brown, the rest of the antenne black; the second funicle-joint
is a little thicker and shorter than the first, excised at base;
the joints beyond a little longer, very little more than thrice as
long as thick, the last jot being much longer than any of the
others.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and two female specimens.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 249
Loxotropa, Forster.
LoxoTRoPa COLUMBIANA, Ashm.
A single specimen of this species, from St. Vincent, cannot
be separated from the type collected in the District of Columbia.
LoxoTROPaA THORACICA, Sp. 0.
@. Length 0°8 millim. Head and abdomen polished black ;
thorax brownish piceous ; antenne, except the abrupt 3-jointed
club which is black, and legs yellow. The head is a little longer
than wide, with- angulated ridges before the eyes. The first
funicle-joint twice as long as the second, the following joints not
longer than thick; two basal joints of club quadrate, the last
oblong. Wings hyaline, pubescent. Abdomen oblong-oval, the
petiole pubescent.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from a single specimen.
Troprpopria, Ashmead.
The species belonging to this genus may be separated by the
aid of the following table :—
Females.
Head and abdomen black, the thorax reddish.
Antenne with an abrupt 3-jointed club, the last
Eworjoumts beime black =. .... wascdsmen- T. nigriceps, sp. n.
Wholly reddish or dark honey-yellow.
Antenne with the club 5-jointed, gradually
formed.
Two last club-joints black ................ T. pallida, sp. un.
Males.
Head and abdomen black, the thorax piceous, the
petiole short, finely striate.
Scutellum acutely triangular ..............+- T. triangularis, sp. 0.
Head and abdomen black, thorax reddish, the
petiole long, coarsely fluted.
Scutellum not acutely triangular ............ T. nigriceps, sp. un.
Wholly reddish or dark honey-yellow .......... T. pallidaysp. n.
TROPIDOPRIA TRIANGULARIS, Sp. 0.
¢. Length 1:2 millim. Head and abdomen black, polished ;
thorax piceous, more or less blackish above. Antenne 14-jointed,
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 18
950 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
pedicellate-nodose, verticillate, bright yellow, the nodes piceous.
Scutellum acutely triangular, carinated, with a profound fovea
at base. Metathorax rugose, carinate, subpubescent. Wings
hyaline, strongly fringed. Legs, including cox, honey-yellow.
Body of abdomen oval, black, shining; the petiole short, hardly
twice as long as thick, yellowish, finely striate.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male specimens.
TROPIDOPRIA NIGRICEPS, sp. 0.
6 2. Length 2 to 2°5 millim. Head and thorax black,
polished, impunctured ; thorax reddish; the scutellum in female
subobsoletely carinate, with a small fovea at base, in male with a
large fovea at base and distinctly carinate ; metathorax rugoso-
punctate, subpubescent, the middle carina produced into a short
acute spine. In the female the antenne, except the last two
joints which are black, the legs, petiole, and tip of abdomen
are honey-yellow; the club is abrupt, 3-joimted; the funicle
slender ; the petiole about 23 times as long as thick, cylindrical,
faintly striate ; body of abdomen conic ovate. In the male the
scape, pedicel, and legs are honey-yellow or reddish yellow ; the
flagellum piceous black, nodose-pedicellate, with whorls of long
hairs; petiole coarsely fluted, fully four times as long as thick ;
body of abdomen oblong-oval, polished black. Wings in both
sexes hyaline, strongly fringed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one female and four male specimens.
TROPIDOPRIA PALLIDA, Sp. 0.
3 @. Length 1:8 to 2:1 millim. Uniformly light brownish
red, polished ; scutellum foveate at base, faintly carinate at tip ;
metathorax finely rugose, pubescent, with a prominent median
carina. Iu the male the scape, pedicel, and legs are yellowish ;
flagellum darker, nodose-pedicellate, with whorls of long hairs;
petiole 23 times as long as thick, finely rugose, pubescent. In
the female only the last two antennal joints are black, the club
being gradually formed, 5-jointed ; petiole scarcely twice as long
as thick, pubescent; body of abdomen pointed at tip. Wings in
both sexes hyaline, strongly fringed.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from six male and twelve female specimens,
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 251
Drapria, Latreille.
T)IAPRIA MELLEA, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to 1:1 millim. Dark honey-yellow or light
brownish red, polished, impunctured; antenne and legs honey-
yellow. Club of antenne in female 4-jointed, gradually formed,
the last joint large, conic or oblong, black, closely joined to the
penultimate, the other two joints loosely joined. Abdomen ovate,
the petiole scarcely once and a half as long as thick, pubescent.
In the male the flagellum is long, cylindrical, with whorls of
long hairs ; the joints, except the first, all long, cylindrical, as long
as the scape, the first jomt only two thirds the length of the
scape. Abdomen oval, the petiole a little more than twice as
thick. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed in both sexes. Scutellum
with a rounded fovea at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and three female specimens.
TRICHOPRIA, Ashmead.
The following table will aid in separating the three species in
this genus.
Females.
Species pale, or with thorax pale ................. 2s
Species black, the pleura alone sometimes piceous.
Pleura black; antenne black; the club 4-jointed,
loosely joimed, the joints increasing in size ;
thickened parts of the legs piceous ........ T. insularis, sp. n.
Pleura piceous ; antennz, except the last three
joints of club, and legs honey-yellow........ T. pleuralis, sp. n.
2. Thorax pale brownish piceous; head and abdomen
black.
Scutellum with two minute subobsolete foveze at
base; antennz, except the last two joints,
and legs brownish yellow .............. T. atriceps, sp. n.
Males.
Species witht the thorax palers acess os «4 saies.«« 2.
Species black, the pleura alone sometimes piceous.
Pleura black ; scape, pedicel, and legs reddish
yellow; second flagellar joint longer than the
first, curved and angulate toward one side, the
jomts beyond rounded-moniliform, shorter
than the first, with whorls of bristly hairs .. T. insularis, sp. n,
252 MR. W. H. ASHMEAD ON THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA
Pleura piceous; scape, pedicel, and legs honey-
yellow; second flagellar joint very slightly
excised at base, but not angulate, the joints
beyond oval-moniliform, longer than the first,
PUBESCENT). ccctae cette erate cee ee een ee T. pleuralis, sp. n.
2. Thorax reddish, head and abdomen black.
Scutellum with a large fovea at base; flagellar
joints after the second rounded-moniliform,
with whorls of bristles, first joint longer
than) the-second’) 2a... --c<15 2 site| --n le CCCs aspen
TRICHOPRIA INSULARIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1:-2to 13 millim. Polished black ; legs piceous,
the trochanters, base of tibie, and the tarsi yellowish. Head
globose, as wide as the thorax. Antenne 12-jointed, piceous
black ; scape as long as the pedicel and first two funicle-joints
united; funicle 6-jointed, the joints slender, the last twoa little
thicker than the preceding; club 4-jointed, the joints increasing
in size, the last oblong. Mesonotum not longer than wide; scu-
tellum with a large fovea at base connected with a delicate grooved
line at sides; metathorax short, finely rugose, with a median
carina, and subpubescent. Wings hyaline, strongly fringed.
Abdomen ovate, pointed at tip, polished black, the tip piceous,
with sparse long hairs; petiole cylindric, twice as long as thick.
In the male the antenne are 14-jointed, filiform-moniliform,
pale brownish, the scape and pedicel yellow; second flagellar
joint a little longer and stouter than the first, curved and angulate
towards one side ; the joints beyond to last rounded-moniliform,
shorter than the first, all with whorls of stiff bristles; legs, in-
cluding coxe, reddish yellow; petiole not longer than thick,
pubescent ; body of abdomen oval.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
TRICHOPRIA PLEURALIS, sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1 to 1:2 millim. Closely resembles 7. insularis ;
but in the female the antenne, except the 4-jointed club, the legs,
and the abdominal petiole are yellow; the mesothoracic pleura
piceous; the petiole is not longer than thick and pubescent ;
while the male differs in having the flagellum brown, the joints
after the second oval-moniliform, longer than the first, with a
short pubescence, the second joint being only slightly excised at
base, and not angulate.
OF THE ISLAND OF ST. VINCENT. 253
Hab. St- Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
TRICHOPRIA ATRICEPS, Sp. 0.
3 2. Length 1:3 to 1°5 millim. Head and abdomen polished
black; thorax pale brownish piceous or reddish; antenne in
female (except the last two joints of the club) and the legs yellow
or pale brownish yellow. Head a little longer than wide, sub-
globose. The antenne end in a 3-jointed club, the joints in-
creasing in size, the last jot oblong ; funicle slender, 7-jointed,
the joints scarcely longer than thick. Collar, metathorax, and
the short petiole woolly. Scutellum smooth, with two minute
subobsolete fovee at base. Body of abdomen conic ovate.
The male (or what is taken to be the opposite sex) is larger,
and agrees in colorational detail with the female; but the an-
tenne are 14-jointed, filiform-moniliform, the first flagellar jomt
being a little longer than the second, the second slightly swollen,
the joints beyond rounded-moniliform, with whorls of long
bristles, while the scutellum has a large, smooth, shallow fovea
at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and two female specimens.
PHamNopPRIA, Ashmead.
Two species in this genus have been recognized as follows :—
Females.
Dorsal abdominal segment 5 much longer than 3 and
4 united.
Antennz black ; swollen parts of legs piceous.... P. subclavata, sp. n.
Dorsal abdominal segment 5 not longer than 3 and 4
united.
Antennz, except the scape and club, honey-yellow ;
legs bright yellow, tips of femora and tibiz
DOW agunoood ne geathshecosyatoopsede- P. simillima, sp. nu.
Males.
Basal 3 joints of antennz yellow, the flagellar joints
after the second rounded-moniliform.
Pershoney-yellowrre...1 severe. hori, sche e P. subclavata, sp. n.
Basal joint of antennz yellow, the flagellum brown-
black, the joints after the second oyal.
Legs and petiole yellow, tips of femora and tibiz
PICCOUS) carpss-harararalaclve seal kale anaes) are oe ies! P. simillima, sp. nu.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 19
254: THE PARASITIC HYMENOPTERA OF ST. VINCENT.
PHENOPRIA SUBCLAVATA, Sp. 0.
6 2. Length 1 to 1:2 millim. Polished black, impunctured ;
antenne in female 12-jointed, black, enlarged towards tip, the
funicle-joints after the second a little transverse, very gradually
increasing in width to club; club 3-jomted, the first two joints
nearly equal, transverse, the last oblong, as long as the two pre-
ceding together, and stouter ; legs piceous, the trochanters, base
of tibie, and tarsi yellow. Scutellum longer than wide at base,
convex, without a fovea at base. Metathorax and petiole pubes-
cent, the latter short. Abdomen conic-ovate, as long as or a little
longer than the thorax, the last segment conical, 5th segment much
longer than the 3rd and 4th united. Wings hyaline, strongly
fringed.
In the male the first three or four basal joints of antenne and
the legs are yellow; rest of the antenne pale brownish, the fla-
gellar jomts after the second rounded-moniliform, with bristly
hairs; the second joint is-a little longer than the first, very
slightly bent; body of abdomen oblong-oval, truncate at tip.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from two male and two female specimens.
PHZENOPRIA SIMILLIMA, Sp. 0.
3d Q. Length 0°65 to 0°90 millim. Differs from P. subclavata
in its smaller size and colour of antennez and legs; the antenne in
the female, except the scape and the club, are pale yellow; the
swollen parts of the legs are piceous; while the 5th abdominal
segment is not longer than the 3rd and 4th united.
The male differs in having the scape alone yellow, the flagellum
being black, with the joints after the second elliptic-oval, not
rounded ; the second joint is a little thicker than the first and
very slightly excised at base.
Hab. St. Vincent.
Described from one male and one female.
AppEnNpuM.—On p. 77, for Anectoclis sp. read Anectoclis
rufipes, Howard.
ON MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORZ. 255
On Mediterranean and New-Zealand Retepore and a Fenestrate
Bryozoa. By ArntHur Wu. Waters, F.L.S.
[Read 1st November, 1894.]
(Puates VI. & VIL.)
Our knowledge of the Mediterranean Retepore is most unsatis-
factory, as so many specific names have been given on account of
slight differences in the nature of the reticulation; and when
preparing a detailed list of Bryozoa found near Rapallo*, the
specimens examined in several cases did not correspond with
published descriptions, so that an entire re-examination of Medi-
terranean Retepore seemed desirable. The reason for a more
careful examination of the value of various points was increased
upon receiving from Professor Parona, of Genoa, a most
interesting fenestrate Bryozoa, which, at the first glance, seemed
to belong to Hetepora, whereas, upon consideration of the
characters of the Retepore, it is not placed with them but
described as Palmicellaria parallelata, though with much doubt
as to whether it should not be made the type of a new genus.
The genus Retepora was first established on account of the
anastomosing reticulate zoarial growth; but it has become quite
clear that this is not a satisfactory character, since species have
been found which are simply foliaceous with the zoccial features
of Retepora. Although our ideas of the importance of reticulation
have quite changed, I maintain that we have here a natural group
based upon zoccial characters, though unaware of any one
character which is absolutely constant.
The branches usually anastomose, the non-zocecial face of the
zoarium is usually relatively thick, with lacune in the shell-
structure, and this dorsal surface is separated into areas by
vibices ; but these areas, as a rule, in no way correspond with the
zocecial divisions, whereas in Petralia and in what I now call
Palmicellaria parallelata the divisions on the dorsal surface
simply mark off the boundaries of the zowcia fT.
There is usually a labial fissure or pore, and this I should
* T hope that the results of some work done in Rapallo, near Genoa, will
shortly be published, but an irritation of the eyes has caused delay.
t In the fossil Retepora elegans, Reuss, from the Bartonian of Italy, the
zocecial divisions are also shown on the dorsal surface.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 20
256 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
consider one of the most important features of the genus. This
pore is frequently the opening of a long tube which runs down
the peristome close to the opercular opening. At one time I
thought that it sometimes opened on the zocecial side of the
operculum, but I have not been able to satisfy myself that
this is the case. The tube of this sublabial pore can be most
distinctly seen in Retepora jissa (Pl. VII. figs. 21 and 22). In
Retepora Imperati, Busk, from Porto Praya, I am unable to
find it in calcined specimens in my possession; whereas in
R. Solanderia, which is so closely related as to leave it doubtful
whether it might not be placed as a variety, the pore is distinetly
visible. In a specimen of R. cellulosa from the North Cape there
are very frequently (Pl. VI. fig. 17) two such pores, one on each
side.
The ovicells are usually raised and nearly always have a more
or less fissured opening. ‘There is the plain narrow fissure of the
R. cellulosa-fissa group; the wide fissure of the F.-Imperati
group; and the irregular denticulate fissure of the R.-monilifera
group (see pl. iii. fig. 11 of my ‘Challenger’ Supplementary
Report). In spite of considerable difference in the appearance
of the ovicells inthe three groups they are seen to pass through
various gradations, showing in reality similarity of structure.
The FR. elongata, Smitt, however, has an entire ovicell, which
when mature is either straight below or has a slight peak, as in
fic. 9, while in the younger ovicells the opening is thrown much
further back. The ovicells of R. tessellata, var. cespitosa, Busk
(Pl. VI. figs. 7, 8), show a similar difference in young and mature
ovicells.
The suboral glands*, to which I have called attention, seem
to be well developed throughout the genus. Preparations made
where there was suitable material show them in all cases; and I
have now seen them in R. avicularis, R. cellulosa, R. columnifera,
R. contortuplicata, R. Couchii, R. denticulata, R. elongata, Rh.
gigantea, R. jacksoniensis, k. mediterranea, R. tubulata, &e.
Tt would seem that these glands occur quite generally through
the Schizothyriata of Gregory and possibly may give us assistance
in classification. I hope shortly to publish further observations
on these organs, which we may have to compare with the excretory
organs described by Cori in the Phylactolemata. A form described
* « Challenger’ Supp. Rep. vol. xxxi. p.27; and ‘Observations on the Gland-
like Bodies in the Bryozoa,” Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. vol. xxiv. p. 272.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 257
by Mr. Kirkpatrick as R. sinwosa * differs in several respects from
other Retepore. The aperture and ovicell resemble those of
Lepralia, while there are semicircular avicularia somewhat like
those found in R. granulata, R. producta, &c. ; the dorsal surface
is vibicated, and the markings on the solid dorsal structure are
independent of the zoccia. Although we may feel uncertain as
to its ultimate destination, there does not seem sufficient reason
at present for removing it from Retepora.
Another very curious form is mentioned by Mr. Busk + as
existing in the Oxford Museum, differing from all known Retepore
in being bilaminate. The opercula and mandibles are said to be
exactly the same as those of Retepora tessellata. Without further
examination it would be impossible to say where it should be
placed. Mr. Busk proposed for it the name &. escharoides.
Dr. J. W. Gregory has proposed a new genus, Schizoretepora,
for those species which have asinust, 2. tessellata being mentioned
as the type, and these in his classification are not only placed in
a different family to Metepora but even in another suborder.
Careful suggestions regarding classification, like those of Dr.
Gregory, are useful as showing the direction in which attempts
should be made, and our knowledge of the Bryozoa is yet so
imperfect that we need not be surprised when weak points are
discovered. If forms showing similarity in so many important
zocecial and zoarial characters should have to be placed in two
distinct suborders, there would be reason for despairing of ever
obtaining a satisfactory classification, and therefore the group
called Schizoretepora should receive our careful consideration.
This group, of which Z. tessellata is taken as the type, includes
R. Imperati, Busk, R. elongata, Smitt, R. Solanderia, Risso ; and
in all these there is apparently a small sinus, but the opercula of
none have any projection on the lower border to fit into a sinus,
whereas in Schizoporella the opercula and aperture correspond.
Further examination shows that there are two teeth in the
aperture of this group of Fe¢epora, giving the illusive appearance
of asinus. The opercula should, however, whenever it is possible,
be examined, as the shape of the aperture may in some cases be
misleading, and on this account there is a certain element of
uncertainty in the study of fossils. The shape of the opercula,
* Allied to R. plana, Hincks, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. ii. p- 269.
+ ‘Challenger’ Report, vol. xxx. p. 114.
t “On the British Paleogene Bryozoa,” Trans, Zool. Soe. vol. xiii. p. 224.
20*
258 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
as figured by Busk for ¢essellata vars. and by me for what I
consider a variety of P. Imperati, shows that there has not been
a true sinus.
There is, however, another Retepora, the R. formosa, with a
sinus into which the operculum fits. This belongs to the &.-mo-
nilifera group, and besides having the monilifera-form of the
ovicell, has so many other minute characters of Retepora that it
would require a good deal of courage to remove this into another
genus, to say nothing of another suborder.
To return to the R.-tessellata group, the only member in which
the sublabial pore is known is R. Solanderia, and here it is very
distinct ; while in R. Imperati, which so closely resembles it in
most particulars, none is found. It should, however, be repeated
that the existence of this pore characteristic of most Retepore in
one member of the group may be taken as showing the close
relationship to the others.
We next come to the consideration of the genus Reteporella,
Busk, of which two species were described in the ‘ Challenger’
Report, three by Ortmann * ; then there is &. Worsleyi, MacG. f ;
and if we recognized the genus, &. Solanderia would be placed
there also. The sole reason given for separation is that these
are non-reticulate ; but the three species of Ortmann approach so
nearly to known Retepore in shape of aperture, ovicell, and other
characters, that we are in doubt as to whether they should even
be separated specifically. In Retepora Solanderia the aperture,
ovicell, avicularia, &c. are truly Reteporidan, showing a very
close resemblance to R. Imperati in nearly all particulars ; and I
maintain that if we placed these two in different genera on account
of the one being reticulate and the other not, we should be going
back to the time when almost all genera were based upon zoarial
characters, and R. Solanderia, even if considered alone, would
give sufficient reason for dropping the genus Reteporella.
We have seen that this species would by Busk be placed in
Reteporella, whereas Gregory would place it and the allied but
reticulated species under Schizoretepora. As before said, I have
not seen sufficient reason to remove it from Hetepora; and
certainly, if it was found advisable to make a new genus for the
* “Japanische Bryozoenfauna,” Archiv fur Naturgeschichte, vol. i. 1890,
p. 36.
+ “Descriptions of New or Little known Polyzoa,” Trans. Roy. Soe. Vict.
vol. xxili. p. 1809.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 259
f.-tessellata group, they would have to remain in the same family
as Retepora.
The genus Retepora is found fossil throughout the Tertiaries,
but does not seem to occur in the Cretaceous period.
ReErEePorRa cELLULosSA, L. (Pl. VI. figs. 17 & 20; Pl. VIL.
fig. 12.)
Retepora cellulosa, Smitt, Krit. Fort. of. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer, iv.
1867, pp. 35 and 203, pl. xxviii. figs. 222-225.
Although so many authors have mentioned R. cellulosa, there
does not seem to be any satisfactory description, most having
apparently had two or three forms before them; and out of the
very long list of synonyms usually quoted, I cannot find more
than the single one above given which can be relied upon. Such
figures as those of Ellis, Lamouroux, and Blainville will do equally
well for two or three species ; and no doubt Busk, in his ‘ Cata-
logue of the Marine Polyzoa,’ figured more than one. Quotations
from such works as Lamarck’s ‘ Animaux sans Vertébres,’ where
for R. reticulata and the other species no single zocecial character
is mentioned, only waste time by causing useless references ; and
in this special case, though no doubt the figure quoted by Lamarck
is that of Hrondipora verrucosa, it has been considered as a synonym
of R. cellulosa. Risso describes it as “‘ presywe membraneux.”
Out of the Mediterranean species there is one which we must
now consider as the type, without being at all sure that this is
the one which was in the hands of those who first gave the name.
It is not a stout species, and I have not often seen it grow to any
considerable size, but usually the colony is cup-shaped. The
peristome is but little raised, with a spine at each corner; it has
a distinct sublabial pore, which, however, seems to have been
mistaken for an avicularium by some authorities, including
apparently Busk in his ‘ Crag Polyzoa.’ The operculum becomes
much wider at the proximal border.
There is no avicularium within the peristome, and in this respect
it differs from R. atlantica, Busk, and R. mediterranea, Smitt ;
but there are numerous small avicularia scattered over both the
front and dorsal surface; a few large erect avicularia occur with
the opening directed to the distal end of the zoccium.
The ovicell bas a fissure in the calcareous wall, which of course is
covered by an integument, and isidentical in structure with those
of &. Beaniana, KR. atlantica, R. mediterranea, R. fissa. The front
260 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
wall of the ovicell is prolonged below into a kind of lamina,
subtruncate at its lower extremity, which extends some way into
the aperture. This is a character which Hincks mentioned when
describing his R. pretenuis (= R. marsupiata, Sm.), and is found
in this group in R. cellulosa, R. atlantica, R. complanata, and to
a certain extent in Rk. Beaniana, but not in R. mediterranea,
R. aporosa, and R. fissa, in which last the front wall ends higher
up and is straight. In R. monilifera, var. munita and umbonata, the
front wall is prolonged in the same way, but has a cleft or sinus
at the end of the lamina (see Pl. VII. fig. 20) forming a squarer
opening.
The fenestral avicularium is found at the angle of most fenestra,
but not of all; similar fenestral avicularia occur in a large number
of species of Retepora and are also found in Petralia. As a rule
in Retepora they occur on the dorsal surface at the angle of the
fenestre, but they are sometimes on the front, asin H. monilifera,
var. munita.
The dorsal surface has the vibices more or less longitudinal
and more numerous than in #. mediterranea.
In a specimen from the North Cape the large erect avicularium
has a distinct beak, and at the sides there are two projecting
wings (Pl. VI. fig. 17). The mandible has a larg lucida, which
Mr. Busk described as a foramina; but as it is caused. by the chitin
being here thinner, I have elsewhere proposed the name lucida *.
This Jucida is figured by Busk surrounded by a second oval, as if
there were a thick band; but this structure I have not found in
the mandible of any, and have added a figure from a specimen
sent to me from the North Cape, the mandibles of which are
similar to those from Naples, Rapallo, and Capri.
Smitt placed R&. Beaniana as “forma” of FH. cellulosa, and
certainly it is very difficult to separate the group. The oral
avicularium may be at the end of a long rostrum, as in typical
R. Couchit; it may be shorter, as in &. Beaniana, or within the
oral aperture, as in . mediterranea, or absent, as in FR. cellulosa.
Intermediate stages are found ina series of specimens, and very
slight changes would evolve the one from the other. Busk
speaks of a prominent rostrum having a minute avicularium on
one side at the base, but this I have not seen.
* Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. xx. p. 84.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 261
Rereprora Coucui, Hincks.
From Rapallo there are specimens with large fenestre, as in
Naples specimens, and there are others with very small meshes ;
and, in fact, this species shows us very clearly that too much
importance must not be attached to size and shape of the meshes.
Usually the fenestre are about 2 mm. long, 0°8—1 mm. wide, and
the branches are 0-4 mm. wide; whereas the smaller form from
Rapallo has the meshes 0°$ mm. long, 0'4—0°6 mm. wide, and one
from Roscoff, sent by Joliet as “cellulosa,” has the meshes only
06 mm. long and 0:2 mm. wide, with the branches 0:4 mm. wide.
Although there may be a considerable range in the size of the
fenestre, yet there is in most a typical form which should be
described, and therefore the following table, prepared from
specimens in my collection, may be useful for comparison :—
Fenestre. Branches.
Pro-
portion.
Long. Wide. Wide.
RETEPORA-CELLULOSA GROUP. malay Shen Aileen
R. cellulosa, Z.; Naples...... 10 0-6 1-06 06
do. Zoagli ... 0-9 0-4 1-0-4 05
do. N. Cape... 1:2 0-4 1-0°3 06
complanata, Waters ...... 20 0-8 1-0-4 0-6
mediterranea, Smitt ...... 16 0:8 1-0°5 08
aporosa, Waters ......... 18 0:8 1-0-4 05
Couchii, H. ; typical 2:0 0:8 1-0-4 0-4
do. Roscoff...... O'6 0-2 1-3 0:4
do. Rapallo ... 0:8 04-06 |1-0:-4t00°5 06
do. var. biavicu-
lata, W. 2:0 0:8 1-0-4 0-4
do. do. 1:2 0-4 1-0:°3 06
Beaniana, King ............ 10 0-6 1-0°6 06
Products, Ba. :..5ccsedese0: 3°6 06 1-017 | 12-14
digsameVMacG.. 32. .c.ctesscess 12 0:3 1-0:25 06
atlantica, B.; Chall....... 1-4 06 1-0°4 0:5
jacksoniensis, B............. 14 06 1-0-4 0°6
porcellana, MacG.......... 18 0°6 1-03 1-2
RuETEPORA-MONILIFERA GROUP.
R. umbonata, MacG. ......... 1:0 06 1-0°6 1G,
ravrnti, WHA cecstenccmoe 1:0 0:-4-0°6 | 1-0:4t00°6 0:8
columnifera, B. ............ 0-8 0-7 1-0°9 0:5
victoriensis, B. ............ 06 0-4 1-06 0-8
contortuplicata, B.......... 10 06 1-06 0-6
columnitera, B. ............ 0-8 0-7 1-0°9 0-5
DubulatanvBe geeceee-sesecee 06 0:4 1-0°6 04-06
formosa, MacG. ............ 0:8 0-4 1-0°5 0-6
262 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
TABLE (continued).
Fenestre. Branches.
Pro-
portion.
Long. Wide. Wide.
RETEPORA-TESSELLATA GROUP. “ait Ren maaline anal
R. Imperati, B.; Chall. ... 2°4 1:0 1-0-4 06
elongata, Sam. ............00 4:0 10 1-0:25 1:0
Solanderia, Misso ......... alse nae as 0:8-1-2
RETEPORA WITH LEPRALIOD
OvERCcULUM.
R. sinuosa, Kirkp. ............ 1:0 0-7 1-0-7 15
nove zelandix, Waters .. 0s 0-4 1-05 0:8
UNCERTAIN POSITION.
Tite (ea IKED 859, nea snneeRdoaenee 4-0 2:0 1-0 1-0
magellensis, B. ...........- 2:2 10 1-0-45 10
lGNish, fate Soaeennouadeedecccetcs 0-7 0:4 1-0°57 0:9
avicularis, MacG. ......... 18 0:5 1-0°3 0-4
Retepora CovucHil, var. BIAVICULATA, var. nov. (Pl. VI.
fig. 18.) !
In a Retepora from Naples sent to me named R. reticulata,
Lamk.*, the two prongs of the peristome each carry a small round
avicularium at the end, whereas in normal #. Couchii the “ wine-
like processes” of Hincks do not bear an avicularium; on the
other hand, the labial and ocecial fissures and other characters
correspond with those of &. Couchiz.
This variety I have since found in the material I collected from
Naples and also from Capri, and further fossil from the Upper
Tertiaries of Testa del Prado, near Reggio, Calabria, but in this
case with the meshes about half the size of the living specimens,
Rererora Covucutt, H., var. aporosa, nov. (PI. VI. fig. 22.)
Specimens from Rapallo have a rostrum which sometimes
carries an avicularium, but more often it is merely a barren
process. There is no labial fissure or pore, nor is the peristome
as much developed as is usually the case in R. Cowchii; on both
the anterior and dorsal surfaces there are small oval avicularia;
* The description of RP. reticulata given by Lamarck was quite insufficient,
while the figure to which he referred represents Frondipora verrucosa.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 263
the fenestre are moderately uniform and about the size of typical
R. Couchii; the ovicells are turned inwards at the lower border,
which is nearly straight and does not form a “lamina”; there
are no oral spines ; in the oral aperture there is a small denticle
at each side. The operculum is very thin, and does not widen
out at the proximal edge in the same way as the Mediterranean
R. cellulosa. There are no fenestral avicularia, and the vibices
are more or less parallel.
In my Supplementary ‘ Challenger’ Report I referred to the
dorsal calcareous processes of Retepora growing over the chitinous
tubes of Caberia, and in the present species there are similar
rooting-processes growing over fibres of seaweed, also a few such
processes are thrown out from the front surface.
RETEPORA COMPLANATA, sp. nov. (Pl. VI. fig. 21; Pl. VII.
figs. 14-18.)
This in most respects resembles #. cellulosa, but the dorsal
surface is much flatter and usually has the vibices more or less
parallel to the long axis of the fenestre ; and from the Naples
and Capri specimens in my possession the zoarium seems to have
been but little convoluted. On the dorsal surface there is a
fenestral avicularium.
One piece (Pl. VII. fig. 14) has an ovicell to each zoarium,
while another (fig. 18) has none, giving a remarkably different
appearance to the colonies. The sublabial pore is well developed,
and there is a spine at each side of the oral aperture. There is
no avicularium on the Jower lip, but numerous small avicularia,
both oval and triangular, are scattered over the zoaria, also there
are a few large raised avicularia with narrow triangular openings.
The opercula and mandibles are similar to those of &. cellulosa,
and perhaps this should only be considered a variety.
Hab. Naples, 80 fath. ; Capri.
RETEPORA MEDITERRANEA, Smit¢. (Pl. VI. figs. 14, 15, 16.)
Retepora cellulosa, forma Beaniana, var. mediterranea, Smitt, Krit. Fort.
ofver. Skand. Hafs-Bryozoer, Vetensk. Ak. Férhand. 1867, pp- 35, 202 note;
M.-Edwards in Cuvier, Reg. An., Zooph. pl. \xxxvii. fig. 1 a-e (fide Smitt).
Retepora cellulosa, Waters, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. iii.
p- 199, pl. xv. figs. 1, 2; td. Trans. Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. p. 479.
The zoarium is large, probably in most cases cup-shaped, chalky
white ; reticulations moderately regular ; branches round ; meshes
about 1°6 mm. long, 0°8 mm. wide ; branches about 0'8 mm. wide.
264 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
Zocecia only slightly raised, smooth, without any large avicularia,
but with a small one (with a semicircular mandible) in the aper-
ture, and small round ones over the surface. The oral aperture
is straight on the proximal end and becomes much wider towards
this edge. There is a denticle on each lateral wall of the oral
aperture. The dorsal surface is slightly granular and has few
vibices, and these usually cross the branch near the end of the
fenestre. The ovicells as a rule are not much raised, in fact are
often only recognized by the cleft.
This seems to be common near Naples and Capri, and I have it
fossil from the Pliocene of Bruccoli (Sicily) and Testa del Prado
(Calabria). In the shape of the operculum, in having an avicu-
larium within the aperture, and in structure of the dorsal surface
it approaches closely to R. Beaniana, though even in these cha-
racters there is a slight difference between the two. Further the
zoarium is much stouter than in the northern Beaniana, and the
avicularium is placed diagonally within the aperture, nor is there
any rostrum or avicularium, and of course the denticles projecting
from the rostrum or avicularium of &. Beantana are wanting.
In R. atlantica, B., from station 75 of the ‘ Challenger,’ some
zocecia have a small round avicularium on the lip of the aperture,
while others have a rather large triangular one, showing that too
much importance must not be attached to the shape of the avicu-
larium. I do not think this is the &. cellulosa of Van Beneden,
which has a large erect avicularium.
RETEPORA SOLANDERIA, Risso. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-4.)
Retepora Solanderia, Risso, Hist. Nat. de ? Europe Mérid. vol. v. p. 344.
Retepora arborea, Julien (non Risso), Bryozoaires Dragages du Travail-
leur, Bull. Soc. Zool. de France, vol. vii. p. 21, pl. xvi. figs. 49, 50.
Zoarium branched in one plane, not usually reticulated, branches
thick. The zoccia on each side of the median line have a large
avicularium on a raised rounded avicularian chamber, with the
mandibles directed inwards. The outer zocecia have no avicu-
laria, the terminal zoccia have spines. Labial pore distinct,
with a slight fissure. Ovicells cucullate, with a wide opening.
The dorsal surface has regular vibices, and in each area there is
a large raised avicularium somewhat similar to those upon the
front, usually directed outwards, but also occurring in various
positions. On the dorsal surface there is frequently at the
junction of two branches a large avicularium with triangular
mandibles. This is the equivalent of the fenestral avicularia
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORS. 265
which are common in the Retepore. All my specimens were
dead, and no chitinous appendages were found.
This Retepora is common in the material brought up from
about 225 fathoms by the coral-fishers near Capri, but I have not
seen it from Naples or Rapallo. It does not show any reticula-
tion, so that if Busk’s genus Reteporella were recognized it would
have to be placed in it; but the advisability of dropping the genus
Reteporella is clearly indicated by this species, and is quite borne
out by the three species so classed by Ortmann *, as in zocecial
characters they very closely resemble known species.
Probably this is the species which Risso described with
“ rameaux cylindriques nullement entrelacés,” and named Retepora
Solanderia ; but as the characters to which we should now give
most attention are omitted, this is not clear.
Retepora arborea, Jullien, is described as finely reticulated on
both the anterior and dorsal surface, but in all other respects the
‘ Travailleur’ and Mediterranean specimens agree. The name
arborea was previously employed by Risso, and therefore cannot
now be used, although we cannot be sure what Risso had before
him; perhaps it was Reticulipora dorsalis, Waters.
The zoccial characters are in many respects the same as those
of R. Imperati, Busk; but, as mentioned in my Supplementary
‘ Challenger’ Report, I have not seen any reticulating R. Imperati
from the Mediterranean, but perhaps in some cases there may
be foliaceous or reticulate growth according to the conditions
of the locality. The &. Imperati, Busk, of the ‘ Challenger ’ from
Porto Praya, usually has the avicularia to the central zoccia,
and has large avicularia on the dorsal surface.
A group may be made round fessellata including R. elongata
(= f&. tenella, Ortmann), &. Imperati, Busk (= R. tumescens,
Ortmann), R. Solanderia, Risso, which, so far as known, have a
very characteristic operculum +. In this group the ovicell is
widely open, more or less cucullate, and a considerable distance
from the opercular aperture; in R. ¢essellata (Pl. VI. fig. 6), R.
Imperati (Pl. VI. fig. 5), and &. Solanderia the opening extends
far up with parallel sides, so that it has somewhat the form of
a wide fissure, and we may see how from this, or vice versd, the
* Ortmann, A., “ Die Japanische Bryozoenfauna,” Arch. fiir Naturgesch.
vol. i. 1890, p. 36.
t The operculum of R. tessellata, var. cespitosa, Busk, is drawn reversed in
three cases in the ‘ Challenger’ Report.
266 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
narrow fissure of R. cellulosa might be developed. In R. elongata
(fig. 9) the lower edge is straighter, with a central tooth, but in
the younger zocecia (fig. 10) the ovicell has at first a wide circular
opening; nor is this age difference peculiar to this species, for in
many cases the opening in the ovicell is larger in the young than in
the older ovicells. There are in all very large triangular avicularia
on the anterior surface of the zoarium, usually directed alternately.
Only in &. Solanderia is there a sublabial pore, very distinct ;
while in &. Imperati, which so closely resembles it in most parti-
culars, none can be found: thus an important feature of the other
groups of Refepora is found in one member of the present group.
The mandibles in this group are, so far as I am acquainted
with them, all of the same type. They all have a round or oval
part much thinner than the rest, which I have called a lucida,
and this varies in size and position according to the species.
PALMICELLARTA PARALLELATA, sp.nov. (PI. VI. figs. 11-13, 19.)
Zoarium in one plane, fenestrate, with cylindrical biserial
branches, parallel to one another, and jomed at more or less
regular intervals by barren tubular trabecule starting from near
the distal end of the zoccium. YZocecia cylindrical, distinct ;
surface smooth, transparent, vitreous, distal end but slightly
raised; opercular aperture orbicular, operculum thin membranous,
no labial pore or fissure ; immediately below the aperture a long
rostrum nearly the length of a zocecium with an avicularium near
the base directed outwards; mandible semicircular. Ovicell
globose, prominent, slightly elongate and somewhat flattened in
front, very finely pitted, with a perforation in the centre of each
pit. Dorsal wall similar to the anterior, thin, transparent, smooth,
showing the zoccial walls distinctly. The zocecia are placed
alternately, and on the dorsal surface at the distal end there is
a round raised disk with a round opening in the centre.
At the side of the branch where the distal and proximal zocecia
join there is a round area (Pl. VI. fig. 18, a), with walls sloping to
the junction of the two zocecia, and each of these walls carries a
rosette plate. The trabecule start from such an area, so that we
may say in each zocecium there is the preparation for a trabeculum,
though one is only developed to every two or three zoccia. The
external lateral wall of the zocecium has a row of small pores.
The specimen kindly given to me by Professor Parona of Genoa
was obtained in Naples, and at first sight was placed with Rete-
pora and named &. parallelata.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORA. 267
Although Busk has described three species of Retepora which
sometimes have barren trabecule *, they cannot be compared
‘with the present form, and the thin shell-structure and the
absence of any labial pore or fissure soon showed that it should
not be placed with Retepora. The structure of the zoccium
being so similar to that of Palmicellaria, it has been a question
whether to call it Palmicellaria parallelata or to create a new
genus and name it Parallelata vitrea; but under either name it
can be easily recognized again, and its position determined when
more material has been compared. The form of the ovicell is
different to any that I am acquainted with in Retepora.
The disks on the dorsal surface (Pl. VI. fig. 11) resemble those
on Scrupocellaria, and suggest that rooting processes may be
thrown out trom these disks, though I find no trace of this in
my specimen +, which, though preserved in spirit, had evidently
been dead some time, and there were no polypides.
Living reticulated forms are known in several genera, as
Petralia (undata), Flustra (cribriformis), Retehornera, several
Idmonee, as I. Milneana, I. interjuncta, I. flabellata, Kirchen-
pauer, the last three being joined by barren tubes, while Bugulaz
reticulata throws out connecting tubes. In the Chalk there are
several others ; and when more importance was attached to Zoarial
characters, the Fenestellide were classed with Retepora, though
they have now long been separated.
The zoarial resemblance of the species now under consideration
to Fenestella will naturally strike any one. The tamily Fenestel-
* ‘Challenger’ Report on the Polyzoa, pt. xxx. p. 108.
+ Many instances are known where these disks, or, as we may call them,
radicle chambers, are found in some zoecia without any chitinous tube growing
from them. In the Cellulariidz various examples might be cited, and Alysidium
Lafontii is a most interesting one, for these radicular disks on the dorsal surface
near the distal end have been correctly figured by Savigny, Busk, and others; but
no reference has been made to them, nor does the structure seem to have been
understood. These disks are always present; but, after the examination of a great
many specimens, I have only found the rooting-processes growing from one small
specimen from Trieste and a small one from the Gulf of Taranto. Dr. A.
Neviani, in the ‘ Rivista Italiani di Paleontologia’ (April 1895), has published
descriptions of two fossils from the Pliocene or post-Pliocene of the Farnesina,
which he calls Vibraculina; and V. Conti, Neviani, is apparently identical with
the Naples form, although in the fossil it has not been possible to make out all
the structure, and the name Vzbraculina would not be suitable, as we now see
that there are no vibracula.
268 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
lide, according to some, only includes forms which have two
zocecia in a row, the branches being united by barren dissepiments ;
others would also place in the family those which have several rows
of zocecia. At any rate, our Naples specimen in these respects
resembles typical Fenestella, but when other characters are
examined we see that the striking resemblance is merely zoarial.
The dissepimeuts are tubular, which, so far as I can make out
from published figures and from specimens in my collcction, is
never the case in Fenestella; as to the value of this point we are
scarcely in a position to form an opinion, whereas the differences
in the shape of the zocecium are of more importance.
In 1878 I pointed out that in one species of Fenestella there
are two denticles in each cell *, and Ulrich, in his‘ Paleontology
of Illinois,’ has shown that these denticles are largely found in
the Cryptostomata, a suborder proposed by Vine; and to repeat
what I have elsewhere said +, these denticles are usually at the
base of what Vine { and Ulrich § call a “vestibule,”—that is to
say, there is within the shell a tubular shaft up to the external
opening, so that it is at right angles to the “ primary chamber,”
which might be called the zocecial chamber.
There are several recent Chilostomata which have zocecia the
shape described as occurring in Paleozoic Cryptostomata, among
others Childonia Cordiertti may be mentioned, and there are
some which have a hemisepta at the point of attachment of the
operculum ; so that there seems very strong reason for following
Ulrich in considering that the Cryptostomata, including Fenestella,
show closer relationship to living Chilostomata than to Cyclo-
stomata. Now when we compare the shape of the zowcia of
P. parallelata, we find none of the characters of Cryptostomata
and there are no hemisepta.
There is no affinity between Retepora and Fenestella, although
with regard to zoarial characters both may be fenestrate with
dissepiments, or reticulate through the branches anastomosing,
while a few are simply branched.
The Retepora deserta, Waters, which I described || fossil from
Bairnsdale, has somewhat the same structure as Palmicellaria
parallelata.
* «Remarks on some Fenestellidx,” Manchester Geol. Soc. vol. xiv. 1878.
t+ Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. viii. p. 50.
t Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xl. p. 332.
§ ‘‘ Paleozoic Bryozoa,” Palzontology of Illinois, vol. viii. 1890.
|| Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. xxxvill. p. 511.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORE. 269
New ZEALAND.
The only reference, so far as I am aware, to New-Zealand
Retepore is in Hutton’s ‘ Catalogue of Marine and Land Shells,’
&e. p. 195, where R&. cellulosa is said to have been found off
Chatham Island, New Zealand; but seeing bow unsatisfactory
the descriptions of #. cellulosa are, it may be doubted whether
it has been found in the southern hemisphere.
Miss Jelly has lent me specimens of R. fissa, which occurs in
Victoria, N.S. W., and Tasmania. Of two species of Retepora
in my collection, both of which were given to me by Miss Jelly,
one is new and the other appears to be a form of R. monilifera.
RETEPORA MONILIFERA, forma muNiIvTA, Aincks. (Pl. VII.
figs. 7-11.)
A colony of much convoluted Retepora belongs to the group
of R. monilifera, though the absence of ovicells leaves the deter-
mination somewhat unsatisfactory. The peristome is very slightly
raised, there is a suboral pore, anda small triangular avicularium
on the peristome by the side of the pore; besides this there are
three kinds of avicularia scattered abundantly over the anterior
surface—(1) a long triangular one, usually without a bar, (2) a
small semicircular one, (8) a small oval one; and there is also a
large semicircular avicularium near the angle of a fenestra on
the anterior surface. On the dorsal surface there are small oval
avicularia, and these are especially numerous within the fenestre.
The opercula are very thin, which is not the case with my Aus-
tralian specimens of munita.
The vibices are few, meeting in the middle or crossing over the
branch, and there are no dorsal fenestral avicularia.
The small avicularium on the peristome resembles those on
R. porcellana, R. monilifera, Rh. aurantiaca, R. granulata.
Hab. Victoria; South Australia; New Zealand; and var.
japonica, B., from Japan.
Rerepora Fissa, MacG. (Pl. VII. figs. 21, 22.)
Retepora fissa, MacG. Trans. Roy. Soc. Vict. vol. ix. p. 140, and vol. xix.
p- 291, fig.8; Zool. Vict. dec. x. p. 17, pl. xev. figs. 12-16 ; Waters, Ann. &
Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iv. p. 18.
Miss Jelly has kindly lent me specimens from New Zealand
which Mr. Busk had named &. maorica, MSS., and another which
270 MR. ARTHUR W. WATERS ON
had come into her possession marked &. Colensoi, Busk, MSS.
Both these entirely correspond with the Australian A. fissa, now —
known from Victoria, New South Wales, Tasmania, and New
Zealand.
Figure 21 represents a calcined specimen from Tasmania,
showing the way in which the groove of the sublabial pore forms
two projections in the aperture. This can be seen in all the
specimens which have come under my notice, though not in every
zocecium. The square opening in the lower part of the ovicell
is also shown. The avicularium is sometimes erect like that of
R. cellulosa, and there is a triangular fenestral avicularium.
RETEPORA NOVE ZELANDI®, sp.nov. (Pl. VI. figs. 1-6 & 19.)
The zoarium is convoluted and of a pink shade, but the colour
has probably faded.
The zocecia are distinctly separated, with the line of separation
ending near the oral spines; surface minutely granular ; no peri-
stome; aperture in mature zoccia sunk. Oral aperture very
long, crenulated ; sides nearly parallel, with a very large tooth on
each side, giving the appearance of a sinus. The operculum
becomes gradually narrower at the proximal edge and has the
muscular dots very distinct, with a thickened band below each.
At the side of the aperture, about halfway up, a spine articulated
at the base; on the surface numerous pores as well as a few large
scarcely raised triangular avicularia. The dorsal surface has
fairly numerous vibices, usually meeting between the fenestre,
and in the area of some there is a triangular avicularium, but
this is exceptional, whereas within the fenestre, or on the side
of the fenestre, there are numerous triangular avicularia.
The specimens in my own collection which I first described are
without ovicells, but Miss Jelly has very kindly lent me two
slides from Wanganui (New Zealand) with ovicells which are
widely open, somewhat like those of R. Imperati, and the terminal
zocecia have four to six spinous processes. One specimen has the
triangular avicularium immediately below the aperture to almost
every zocevium. Although the operculum is Lepralioid the ovicell
is Reteporidan, and besides there are the vibices and dorsal
avicularia of this genus.
MEDITERRANEAN AND NEW-ZEALAND RETEPORZ.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Prats VI,
Fig. 1. Retepora Solanderia, Risso. x 25.
2. Do.; dorsal surface. x 25.
3,4. Do. Natural size.
Fig.
CS O -1 S ox
ee
oor oor Wh oO
ete
BES
> HO ID on HR GD bo ES
. Retepora Imperati, Busk; ovicell. Porto Praya. x 25.
. Retepora tessellata, Hincks; ovicell. x 25.
. Retepora tessellata, var. cespitosa, B.; young ovicell. x 25.
. Do., do.; older ovicell from the same colony. X 25.
. Retepora elongata, Smitt; ovicell. x 25.
. Do.; younger ovicell from the same colony. X 25.
. Palmicellaria parallelata, sp. n.; dorsal surface. x 12.
. Do.; anterior surface. 12. (a) mandible.
. Do. ; turned somewhat sideways to show the suboral rostrum.
. Retepora mediterranea, Sm.; operculum. xX 85.
. Do.; dorsal surface. x 3.
. Do.; oral aperture, showing small avicularium. x 85.
. Retepora cellulosa, L. North Cape. xX 25. (a) avicularium.
. Retepora Couchii, var. biaviculata, var. nov. Rapallo. x 25.
. Palmicellaria parallelata, sp.nov. xX 23.
. Retepora cellulosa, u.; North Cape; mandible. x 85.
. Retepora complanata, sp. nov.; dorsal surface. x 5.
. Retepora Couchit, var. aporosa, var. nov. X 2d.
i)
Puats VII.
. Retepora nove zelandie, sp. nov.; without ovicells. x 85.
Do. ; aperture after the operculum has been removed.
Do.; with ovicells. x 85.
Do.; operculum. X 250.
Do.; mandible. x 250.
Do.; young zoecium., xX 85.
. Retepora monilifera, var. munita, MacG. x 2.
Do., do. x 85.
. Do.,do.; operculum, xX 85.
11. Do.,do.; mandibles. x 250.
. Retepora cellulosa, L. ; avicularium.
. Retepora Beaniana, King ; avicularium.
. Retepora complanata, sp. noy.; with ovicells. x 25.
. Do.; operculum. x 86.
. Do.; ovicell. x 85.
. Do.; mandible. x 250.
. Do.; without ovicells. x 25.
. Retepora nove zelandie, sp. nov.; dorsal surface. x 5.
. Retepora monilifera, var. munita, MacG.; Victoria; ovicell.
. Retepora fissa, MacG.; Tasmania. x 25.
. Do.; ovicell. x 85,
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 21
271
Xx 85.
272) MR. H. M. BERNARD ON THE
On the Spinning-Glands in Phrynus; with an Account of the
so-called “ Penis”? and of the Morphology of the Operculum.
By H. M. Bernarp, M.A. Cantab., F.L.S., F.Z.8.
[Read 20th December, 1894.]
(Puate VIII.)
A Few months back my friend Mr. R. I. Pocock, of the British
Museum, called my attention to the fact that, in tearing the
cocoon of Phrynus, short threads were drawn out, which seemed
to indicate the presence of spinning-glands; and he suggested
that I should investigate the point. On clearing and mounting,
the cocoon appeared to be a tough yellowish transparent mem-
brane strengthened by threads which wound about it without
any regularity, but which evidently formed the attachment of the
cocoon to the under surface of the operculum. These threads
varied greatly in thickness, being here uniformly thick, there
uniformly thin, again elsewhere changing gradually from thick
to thin. ;
Two young specimens at my disposal (unfortunately not
well preserved) were cut into serial sections without, however,
revealing any traces of spinning-glands. It seemed, therefore,
highly probable that (as in the Chernetide) the spimning-glands
in Phrynus are subject to periodic variations, 7. e. develop only
when required for the formation of the cocoon.
Light has, however, recently fallen upon the subject from
an unexpected source. My attention was called (again by
Mr. Pocock) to the so-called “penis” of Phrynus, which occurs
presumably in the males. I had never seen this structure although
Thad examined a good many specimens of Phrynus. I had found
it figured by Blanchard, who also calls it a penis. In order to
facilitate the investigation, Mr. Pocock kindly allowed me to
examine a specimen of Tarantula tessellata, Poc.*, belonging to
the Natural History Museum, and also an excised “ penis”
which he had in his possession. As I was unable to dissect or
section the specimens, the description can only be complete
as far as 1t goes.
* Described and figured in “Arthropod Fauna of the West Indies,” Journ.
Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiv. p. 531.
SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. PATE:
The “penis” is a paired structure, the tips of its two limbs
project backwards from beneath the genital operculum. The
general character of these limbs can be gathered from the figures.
They distinctly belong to the genital operculum, being out-
growths from its posterior wall, as shown in the diagrammatic
longitudinal section (Pl. VIII. fig. 6). Anteriorly (or ventrally)
they are attached almost immediately to the fold of the oper-
culum, which has itself a distinct median suture. Posteriorly
(or dorsally) the “penis” is attached far up to the opercular
fold.
The genital aperture, opening on the posterior face of the
operculum, is found in the channel formed by these limbs, so
that the genital products can be conducted backwards to between
the tips of the limbs, which tips are soft-skinned, somewhat
spoon-like processes covered with fine hairs. The floor of the
channel is continued to the posterior end of the limbs by a
membrane joining the two longitudinally (ef figs. 2-5). The
structure so far seems to be an instrument for placing the genital .
products, z. e. either a penis for the placing of the spermato-
phores, or an ovipositor.
The study of these specimens further showed that this so-
called “penis”’ functions not only as a genital organ, but also
as a pair of spinning-mamille for the formation of the cocoon. _
The secretion for the formation of the cocoons appears to
exude on the anterior (ventral) side of the horizontal uniting
membrane, from somewhere in the inner angles at the bases of
the soft tips of the limbs. I was unable to find the exact
apertures, but conclude that the secretion does exude from this
spot from the fact that in the specimen examined a fragment of
a membranous network made of clear, hard, thick irregular
threads, with apparently open meshes, still remains tightly
clutched by the “penis” (as shown in fig. 1). And further,
among the torn and disorganized muscles of the excised “ penis,”
a gelatinous mass, evidently one of the glands, persisted in situ,
somewhat as shown in fig. 2. The gland belonging to the right
side had been torn away in the process of excision.
The delicate tips of the organ, when not in use, are protected
under the anterior edge of the sternite of the third abdominal
segment (fig. 6). This figure [since confirmed by new sections |
also illustrates the position of the spinning-cland.
21*
276 MR. H. M. BERNARD ON THE
mentary appendages of the second segment. It seemed very
improbable that the rudimentary appendages of the first segment
had fused longitudinally with those of the second segment.
The actual method of fusing, it seems to me, is made quite
clear by the specimen of Zurantula, the operculum of which is
here drawn (Pl. VIII. fig. 1). The conditions there seen may
be explained by assuming that the limbs of the first abdominal
segment folded together backwards in the median line, as ‘shown
in the diagram (fig. 7); they thus passed between the rudimentary
limbs of the second segment. The large plate of the present
genital operculum is thus a composite structure. The anterior
and median posterior portions belong to the appendages of the
first segment; the lateral portions are the remains of the limbs
of the second segment which have been folded back over the
stigmatic apertures *.
The amount of fusion between the two pairs of rudimentary
appendages composing the genital operculum is therefore not
great. We only require the fold growing backwards from the
(? first joints of the) first pair of limbs to fuse on each side of
the median line with the inner edges of the limb-buds or pro-
minences of the second pair. Anteriorly and laterally, both the
rudiments were confluent with the abdominal surface.
In this way the difficult morphological problem presented by
the genital operculum of the Pedipalpi is not hard to solve. It
is clearly an acquirement within the Arachnidan phylum, and
not, as Laurie claims, a primitive feature inherited from Eury-
pterine ancestors. In the first place, the evidence which LaurieT
adduces in favour of the existence of a large operculum covering
two segments in Slimonia is far from conclusive; and, in the
second place, if it were, it would not necessarily bring the Eury-
pterids any nearer to the Arachnids. As Laurie appears to
recognize, if such a genital operculum were a primitive feature
of the Pedipalpi inherited from Eurypterine ancestors, it would
imply that the Arachnids are not a natural group, inasmuch as
the genital operculum in all the other important Arachnids is
more primitive than it is in the Pedipalpi. Fortunately there
* T have briefly discussed this method of folding down in “ Vestigial Stigmata
in the Arachnida,” Ann. & Mag. N. Hist. xiv. 1894, p. 149.
+ “The Anatomy and Relations of the Eurypteride,” Trans. Roy. Soc.
Edinb. xxxvii. (2) 1893.
SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS. 277
is no necessity to alter the classification in the way Laurie
proposes.
The second point of interest with regard to this pair of appen-
dages on the first abdominal segment lies in the evidence they
yield us as to the original character of these limbs, which are
now, as a rule, throughout Arachnids reduced to mere scale-like
opercula, either fused in the middle line (Chernetide) or free
(Scorpio and Gialeodes). We have here certain witness that these
limbs were once cylindrical appendages. The same conclusion
can also be arrived at for Thelyphonus, the genital operculum of
which is constructed on the same plan as that of Phrynus. In
addition to these facts, we have the filamentous genital organs cf
the Phalangide very probably also to be deduced from limbs.
When, further, on the second abdominal segment we have the
(? three-jointed) pectines of Scorpio, and, still further, on the
fourth and fifth segments the four-jointed mamille of certain
Aviculariide, we have, it seems to me, fairly conclusive evidence
that the abdominal appendages of the Arachnida, which have
now so generally vanished, were jointed limbs like those of the
thorax.
Whenever, therefore, among the vestiges of limbs on the
abdomen we get anything more than a flat scale-like structure,
it is not a leaf-like limb at all, but a typical filamentous and
sometimes jointed appendage. We conclude, therefore, that the
scale-like opercula (genital or stigmatic) of the Arachnida have
no connection whatever with the leaf-like limbs of Limulus. The
latter are most probably, it appears, persistent phyllopodan
limbs*, while the former are the vanishing remains of jointed
filamentous limbs.
Apart from all theories as to the origin of the Arachnida, the
evidence to hand tends to show that the primitive form possessed
a pair of jointed limbs with a pair of stigmata on every
segment, thoracic and abdominal ; and that, as above stated, there
was very little differentiation among the segments. The speciali-
zation of the first six segments with their appendages for pre-
hension and locomotion, and of all or of some of the remaining
segments as a highly distensible vegetative sac, constricted off by
* Cf. Beecher, ‘‘ Appendages of the Pygidium of Triarthrus,” Amer. Journ.
Sci. ser. 3, vol. xlvii. p. 298 (1894); and ‘‘ The Systematic Position of the Tri-
lobites,” Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc., Aug. 1894.
278 ON THE SPINNING-GLANDS IN PHRYNUS.
a waist or diaphragm, accounts for the secondary degeneration of
the limbs in this latter region.
From the operculum of Thelyphonus both the projecting limbs
have now disappeared, as is also the case in many Phrynide.
Their disappearance is, however, marked in the latter by the pair
of rounded membranous eminences bearing the claw-like rods
described and figured by Pocock, and perhaps also in the former
by certain chitinous ridges visible on raising the operculum.
The fact that the “penis” is clutching what looks like the
remains of a cocoon (fig. 1), and, from what we have seen, might
quite as well be an ovipositor as a penis, inclines me to think
that the occasional presence of these limbs may be reversionary,
and not in any way indicative of sex. Itis possible that we have
here a case of dimorphism. Whereas a majority of the Phrynide,
and, indeed, of Arachnida, have lost the distal portion of the
genital limbs, they may occasionally reappear in the Phrynide,
in which group perhaps, to judge from the character of the
operculum, they persisted longer than in those Arachnids in
which the opercula are now reduced to mere scales.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE VIII.
Fig. 1. Three anterior abdominal segments of Tarantula tessellata, Poc., ventral
surface, showing the so-called “penis” tightly clutching a small
fragment of a cocoon.
2. The ventral (morphologically anterior) view of the “ penis,” after
removing the opercular fold, showing the mass of the (left) gland
which secretes the material for the cocoon.
3. One tip of the same more highly magnified, showing the delicate tips of
the organ. The gland opens somewhere among the folds at the inner
base of these delicate tips.
4. Dorsal (morphologically posterior) view of the limbs forming the
“penis ;” deep down in the channel between them anteriorly is the
genital aperture.
5. One tip of the same, more magnified.
6. Diagrammatic longitudinal section to illustrate the position of the
~*penis” when not used, and of the secreting-gland.
7. Diagram to show the relation of the limbs of the genital segment to
those of the next following segments, to illustrate the probable origin
of the large genital operculum of the Pedipalpi (¢f. fig. 1).
ON THE INSECTS OF THE HADRAMAUT. 279
On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s
Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut,
South Arabia. By W. F. Krrey, F.LS., FES.
[Read 7th March, 1895.]
THE insects to which the present paper relates, as well as the
Coleoptera, Arachnida, and Myriopoda noticed in the succeeding
papers, were presented to the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) by
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S., on condition that, after being worked
out, a set of the duplicates should be forwarded to the Museum at
Cairo. The Coleoptera have been dealt with by Mr. C. J. Gahan,
and the remaining insects by myself. There were no Lepidoptera
in the collection, and the Neuroptera and Diptera were re-
presented only by a single species each. The Arachnida and
Myriopoda have been worked out by Mr. R..I. Pocock.
A considerable number of specimens were obtained, but most of
them belonged to three or four species only, and the total number
of species in the collection (many of which were represented by
a single specimen only) was very small. Many of the speci-
mens, too, were bleached by spirit, which ought never to be used
for collecting any insects except hard-shelled and smooth Coleo-
ptera, Hemiptera, &c., which are not liable to be discoloured by
it, and have no hair to be matted or delicate exposed wings to
be torn.
Nevertheless, though most of the species were common and
wide-ranging insects, there were a few interesting forms among
them which were either new to, or badly represented in, the
Museum Collection. One species I have ventured to describe as
new to science; and two or three I am at present unable to
determine with certainty, from want of sufficient material.
I will first give a complete list of the species in the Collection
(amounting to about 20 in all) and will then discuss them in
detail.
I skould, perhaps, mention that, as usual in drawing up such
small lists as the present, I use the names of the families only in
the broadest sense.
ORTHOPTERA.
BLaTTID2z.
Polyphaga syriaca, Sauss.
PHASMID.
Phasma egyptiacum, Gray (2).
280 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON THE INSECTS
LocustTID&.
Sphingonotus nebulosus, Fisch.
Schistocerca egyptia, Linn.
S. peregrina, Oliv.
Euprepocnemis littoralis, Ramb.
Pecilocera vittata, Klug.
Anepisceptus horridus, Burm.
(2 species of Locustide undetermined.)
NEUROPTERA.
TERMITID.
1 nymph, undetermined.
HYMENOPTERA.
CHRYSIDIDA.
Stilbum cyanurum, Forst.
Var. amethystmum, Fabr.
ForRMICID&.
Aphenogaster barbara, Linn.
ScoLliDaz.
Compsomeris vestita, Klug.
LEPIDOPTERA (unrepresented).
HEMIPTERA HETEROPTERA.
PENTATOMIDA.
Aspongopus viduatus, Fabr.
LYGHIDA.
Lygeus militaris, Fabr.
REDUVIIDZ.
Ectrichodia Andersoni, sp. n. See p. 284.
(3 undetermined species.)
NEPID&.
Laccotrephes ruber, Linn.
DIPTERA.
(EsTRIDz.
Cephalomyta maculata, Wiedem. (larva).
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 281
Order ORTHOPTERA.
BLATTIDz.
POLYPHAGA SYRIACA, Sauss.
Polyphaga syriaca, Saussure, Revue et Mag. de Zoologie, (2) xvi. p. 346
(1864).
Heterogamia conspersa, Brunner de Wattenwyl, Nouv. Syst. des Blat-
taires, p. 358 (1865).
A single female specimen.
This species is recorded from Egypt and Syria.
PHASMIDA.
PHASMA HGYPTIACUM, Gray (?).
Bacteria egyptiaca, Gray, Syn. Phasm. p. 18 (1835).
Bacillus egyptiacus, Westw. Cat. Phasm. p. 4 (1859).
A single damaged specimen, possibly belonging to this species.
I have shown (Proc. R. Dublin Soe. (2) vi. p. 569) that the
true type of Phasma, Oliv., is P. rossia, Fabr.
Locustipz.
SPHINGONOTUS NEBULOSUS, Fisch.
CEdipoda nebulosa, Fisch. de Waldh. Ent. Ross. iv. p. 290, pl. 27. fig. 1
(1846).
A single bleached specimen.
A species widely distributed in Central and Western Asia,
extending from “ Zungaria ” to Asia Minor.
ScHIsTOCERCA mGyPTIA, Linn.
Gryllus Locusta egyptius, Linn. Mus. Ulr. p. 138 (1764).
A single specimen only.
A common species throughout the Mediterranean district, but
not extending much farther.
Many authors call this species Acrydiwm tataricum; but it
appears not to be the species thus named by Linné; while if it
is generically-distinct from Schistocerca, a new name will be
required for the genus, for I have shown (Proc. R. Dublin Soe.
vi. p. 592) that Gryllus bipunctatus and subulatus, L., are the
true types of Acrydium, Geoffr.
ScHISTOCERCA PEREGRINA, Oliv.
Acrydium peregrinum, Oliv. Voy. Empire Ottoman, ii. p. 424 (1807).
A single specimen only.
Common in North Africa, Syria, and occasionally in the ex-
treme south of Europe.
282 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON THE NEUROPTERA
EUPREPOCNEMIS LITTORALIS, Ramb.
Gryllus littoralis, Ramb. Faune de ?Andalusie, p. 78, pl. vii. figs. 1, 2
(1838).
Three specimens of this species, which is recorded by Brunner
yon Wattenwyl from Spain, Rhodes, Beyrout, Cairo, and Kor-
dofan. There is a large specimen in the British Mnseum from
Quetta.
Pacrtocera vittata, Klug (?).
Dectisus vittatus, Klug, Symbole Physice, iii. pl. 25. figs. 6, 7 (1832).
A great number of specimens of the genus Pwezlocera, but all
go much bleached or altered by spirit as to be almost unrecog-
nizable. Several of the specimens, however, appear to belong to
P. vittata, which Klug described from Dongola, and specimens of
which are in the British Museum from Aden.
ANEPISCEPTUS HORRIDUS, Burm.
Hetrodes horridus, Burm. Handb. Ent. ii. p. 679, n. 2 (1839).
A gmall and rather pale-coloured male specimen, probably
belonging to this species, which has a wide range in Syria,
Arabia, and Heypt, but which was not previously represented in
the Museum Collection.
Two more species of Locustide (one immature) which I am
unable at present to determine. ‘
NEUROPTERA.
TERMITID &.
A single nymph belonging to this family.
HYMENOPTERA.
CHRYSIDIDA.
STILBUM CYANURUM, Forst.
Chrysis cyanura, Forst. Nov. Spec. Ins. p. 89 (1771).
A very common and somewhat variable species, occurring in
all the warmer parts of the Old World and in North America.
A single specimen was obtained of the following form :—
Chrysis amethystina, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 359, n. 12 (1775).
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 283
ForMICID#.
MyrMIciInz.
APHENOGASTER BARBARA, Linn.
Formica barbara, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed. xii.) i. pt. 2, p. 962, n. 2 (1767).
A large number of winged specimens, among which were two
males only, the rest being all females.
A common species in South Europe and North Africa.
Scoxnimpz.
CoMPSOMERIS VESTITA, A lug.
Scolia vestita, Klug, Symbole Physice, iii. pl. 27. fig. 6 (1832).
Tiphia collaris, Coqueb. (an Fabr. ?) Illustr. Ins. ii. p. 54, pl. 13, fig. 3
(1801).
This is a common species in Spain, Northern Africa, and
Arabia, and generally goes by the name of collaris, Fabr.; but
as I doubt whether Coquebert has correctly identified the
Fabrician species, I prefer to use a name about which there is
no ambiguity.
Order HEMIPTERA.
Suborder HETEROPTERA.
PENTATOMIDE.
ASPONGOPUS VIDUATUS.
Cimex viduatus, Fabr. Ent. Syst. iv. p. 117, n. 145 (1794).
A common and variable Mediterranean, West Asiatic, and
African species.
Four specimens were obtained, of which two belong to the
following form :—
Pentatoma nigroviolacea, Beauv. Ins. Afr. Amér. p. 83, Hém.
pl. 7. fig. 4 (1805).
The other two specimens have the hind border of the scutellum,
the lateral borders of the scutellum, except the hinder lobe, the
base of the tegmina and of the abdomen, and more or less of
the principal nervures of the wings reddish. In one of these
the tegmina and wings are mostly black; in the other the teg-
mina are slightly tinged with reddish towards the base, and the
wings are yellowish hyaline with brown tips.
284 ON THE HEMIPTERA OF THE HADBAMAUT.
LYG#IDz.
Lyeaus mitirartis, Fabr.
Cimex militaris, Fabr. Syst. Ent. p. 717, n. 103 (1775).
Four specimens, one immature.
A widely distributed species throughout the Mediterranean
districts and the warmer parts of the Old World.
REDUVIIDE.
Ectrichopia ANDERSONI, sp. n.
Long. corp. 30 millim.
Female. Black, the upper surface of the thorax, the front
angles and two spines on the scutellum, the base of the tegmina,
and the inside of the front tibiz rufo-testaceous. Thorax above
divided into four lobes by a deep cross filled up with black, but
the longitudinal groove not reaching to the extremity. Femora
with two small teeth beneath, one on each side, before the ex-
tremity, preceded by one or two smaller ones on the medial line,
smallest on the hind femora.
A single specimen, which has lost its tarsi and most of its
antenne. It is allied to HL. gigas, Herr.-Schaff., from Africa, but
the head and abdomen are entirely black, both above and below,
and the legs almost so; and the thorax is much less coarsely
punctured than in LH. gigas.
I have named this new species after Dr. Anderson, to whom
we are indebted for its discovery.
A single immature specimen of a black species apparently allied
to Pirates, Burm., but with the tarsi only 2-jointed.
There are also one or two broken and immature specimens of
Reduviide, not at present determinable, but apparently allied to
Conorhinus, Lap.
NEPID&.
LACCOTREPHES RUBER.
Nepa rubra, Linn. Syst. Nat. (ed.x.) 1. p. 440, n. 2 (1758); Mus. Ulr. .
p- 185 (1764).
Nepa rubra, part., Fabr. Mant. Ins. ii. p. 277, n. 6 (1787) ; Ent. Syst. iv.
p- 62, n. 6 (1794); Syst. Rhyng. p. 107, n. 6 (1803).
Nepa grossa, Fabr. Syst. Rhyng. p. 107, n. 5 nec Mant. Ins. ii. p. 277,
n. 5; nec Lnt. Syst. iv. p. 62, n. 5).
A long series of this species, which is common all over Africa.
ON THE COLEOPTERA OF THE HADRAMAUT. 285
The Linnean description applies better to this than to the
allied Asiatic species; and Fabricius correctly separated the
latter (from China) in his ‘ Mantissa’ and ‘ Ent. Syst.’ by the
shorter setz, though he gives Tranquebar as the locality of
NV. rubra, and quotes a figure of Stoll’s representing the Asiatic
species. But in his ‘Syst. Rhyng.’ he gives WV. grossa as an
African species, and alters the descriptions of both grossa and
rubra to correspond, thus reversing the names, in which Stal and
other recent authors have carelessly followed him.
DIPTERA.
ChisTRipz.
CEPHALOMYIA MACULATA, Wiedem.
Cistrus maculatus, Weedem. Aussereur. zweifl. Ins. i. p. 256, n. 2 (1830).
A single larva of this species, which infests the camel.
Mr. E. Austen has kindly given me the name of the insect.
On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia.
By C. J. Ganan, M.A., of the British Museum (Natural
History). (Communicated by W. Percy Stapen, Sec.
Linn. Soc.)
[Read 7th March, 1895.]
Tuts small collection of Coleoptera includes little more than
fifty species, and must represent but a very small proportion of
the whole Coleopterous fauna of South Arabia. Of the species
from the Hadramaut enumerated in the following list, some have
already been recorded from the district of Yemen and other parts
of Arabia; most of the remaining species are identical with, or
closely allied to, forms occurring in Egypt, Nubia, and Abyssinia.
A few have hitherto been known only from Persia and North-
West India; while a few more have a range extending from
Arabia to Senegal in West Africa. So far as the evidence, as a
whole, of such a small collection can be of value, it seems to
point to South Arabia as forming part of the Mediterranean
subregion, with a slight admixture in its fauna of the Ethiopian
element.
286 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA
CARABID&.
1. PHEROPSOPHUS AFRICANUS, Dej., var.
In the four examples of this species which were taken in the
Hadramaut the anterior border of the pronotum is black or
dark brown in colour, and the basal margin is also more or less
black; but beyond this slight difference in coloration I can find
no characters by which to distinguish these examples from others
from Barbary, Tunis, and Abyssinia with which I have compared
them.
2. ANTHIA DUODECIMGUTTATA, Bon.
3. CHLENIUS SEMINITIDUS, Chaud.
This species occurs also in Egypt and Abyssinia. It differs so
little from O. canariensis, Dej., that I think these two should be
regarded as varieties of the same species.
4. CRASODACTYLUS PUNCTATUS, Guér.
DytTIscipz.
5. CYBISTER TRIPUNCTATUS, Oliv.
6. CYBISTER VULNERATUS, Klug.
7. Propaticus prorus, Sharp.
This species has been founded on specimens from Persia and
North India.
8. Hypaticus pEcorus, Klug.
9. Hyparicus HISTRIO, Clark.
Five or six examples taken in the Hadramaut appear to be
referable to this species, which its author described from North
Indian specimens. Hydaticus rectangulus, Sharp, which is
recorded from Persia and North India, is probably the same
species. The Arabian examples show variations from forms in
which the inner testaceous band of each elytron is reduced to a
transverse patch at the base, to others in which it is a complete,
though rather narrow, band closely accompanying the inner row
of punctures.
10. ERETEs HELVOLUS, Klug.
11. Ereres succrnotus, Klug.
The preceding two forms are considered by Dr. Sharp to be
merely colour varieties of the very widely distributed Hretes
sticticus, Linn.
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 287
GYRINIDE.
12. DrnevtTes HREvS, Klug?
Four examples taken in the Hadramaut exhibit a slight
difference in the form of the elytra from Egyptian and other
African specimens with which they have been compared.
HYDROPHILIDS.
13. Hyprovus sENEGALENSIS, Perch.
14. TEMNOPTERUS SPINIPENNIS, Gory.
15. STERNOLOPHUS SOLIERI, Casteln.
SCARAB ZIDA.
16. Scarapmus IstpIs, Casteln.
17. Hexiocopris eteas, Linn.
18. CaTHARSIUS INERMIS, Casteln.
19. CHEIRONITIS ORSIDIS, Reiche.
20. ONITIS ALEXIS, Klug.
21. Oryctes Boas, Fab.
22. ORYCTES RHINOCEROS, Linn.
23. Crronta (Pacunopa) uistRio, Fab.
BUPRESTIDZ.
24. PsILOPTERA ARABICA, sp. 0.
Oblongo-ovata, cuprascens ; capite irregulariter fortiterque et
subrugoso punctato; prothorace a medio antice sat distincte
angustato, supra medio fortiter sat dense punctato, versus latera
densius subrugosoque punctato, margine basali utrinque sinuata ;
elytris punctato-striatis, intervallis paullo elevatis, subcostatis,
costis sparse punctatis ; apicibus oblique truncatis, angulo suturali
acuto, angulo exteriore denticulato ; processu prosterni bisulcato,
sulcis minute setigeroso-punctatis, intervallo medio et lateribus
costiformis, impunctatis ; pectore pedibusque fortiter sat dense
punctatis ; abdomine foveolatim punctato, segmento primo medio
sulcato, punctis foveolisque setigeris; vitta abdominis utrinque
violacea, griseo-pubescente. Long. 15-16 mm.
This species somewhat resembles 8. rugosa, Beauv., of which
it has nearly the same shape, the elytra being, however, more
obliquely truncate at the apex. The sculpturing of the head,
thorax, and underside is very similar in the two species, but that
of the elytra differs pretty considerably. In the present species
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV- 22
288 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA
the strie of the elytra are deeper, with the intervals raised,
convex, and somewhat costate in appearance; the outermost
costa, which begins only after about the anterior fourth, is from
this point distinct up to the apex; two or three of the coste
nearer the suture are also tolerably distinct throughout the
greater part of their course, being interrupted by punctures only
at remote intervals; the intermediate coste are more frequently
interrupted by punctures, especially near the base, where the
elytra present a somewhat irregularly rugose appearance.
TENEBRIONIDS.
25. ZOPHOSIS, sp.
HistrRomimus, gen. nov. (Hroditdarum).
Mentum transversum, antice trunecatum. Mandibule pro-
minentes, intus ad marginem inferiorem bidentate, supra ante
medium oblique leviterque carinate. Labrum fere occultum,
apice pilosum. Clypeus medio paullo productus, et antice tri-
dentatus. Oculi sat parvi, laterales, occulti. Prosternum medio
elevatum, et antice paullo productum.
This genus is allied to, and rather closely resembles, Histero-
morphus, Kraatz; but the prothorax is much more strorely
convex above; the clypeus is less produced in front, and is tri-
dentate at the anterior margin; the prosternum is somewhat
raised along the middle, and is slightly produced in front, so
that the anterior margin of the prosternum is bisinuate, instead
of being simply arcuate; the eyes are less elongated than those
of Histeromorphus, and resemble those of Spyrathus.
26. HisTEROMIMUS ARABICUS, sp. 0.
Niger, nitidus; capite antice densius fortiusque punctulato,
supra minus dense minutiusque punctulato; prothorace amplo,
dorso valde convexo, sparse minutissime punctulato, lateribus a
basi ad medium paullo divergentibus, deinde rotundato-conver-
gentibus, angulis antero-lateralibus subobtusis; elytris sub-
nitidis, haud punctatis, vage undulatim rugosulis; prosterno
rugoso-punctato ; meso- metasternoque et abdominis processu
intercoxali subrugosis; abdomine nitido, sparse punctato,
Long. 9, lat. 6 mm.
This species much resembles Histeromorphus plicatus, Kraatz,
of which it has nearly the same outline, but may be easily
distinguished by the more convex pronotum, the tridentate
anterior clypeal margin, and other characters mentioned in the
generic diagnosis.
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 289
27. TENTYRIA ORBICULATA, Fab., var. GLABRA, Sol. ?
Under this name Baudi (Deutsche ent. Zeit. xxv. p. 276) has
referred to some Arabian examples and has pointed out how they
differ from Egyptian specimens. The examples collected in the
Hadramaut appear to be identical with the forms noted by Baudi.
28. TENTYRIA sp.
29. MEsostENA PUNCTICOLLIS, Sol.
30. OXxYCARA sp.
31. OxycaRA sp.
32. ADESMIA LAcUNOSA, Klug.
33. ADESMIA CANCELLATA, Klug, var.
This variety is distinguished by having the prothorax very
finely and very sparsely punctured, nitid, and impressed along
the middie, from the base to near the apex, by a rather fine
groove. In the form and sculpture of the elytra the variety
completely agrees with the ordinary form.
34, ADESMIA INTERRUPTA, Klug.
35. ADESMIA TUBERCULIFERA, Sp. 0.
Oblongo-ovata, nigra, nitida; pronoto medio sparse minuteque
punctato, versus latera densius fortiusque punctato ; elytris fere
totis crebre fortiterque tuberculatis, tuberculis suboblongis,
fere regulariter dispositis, tuberculis per angulum inter dorsum
subplanatum et latus deflexum paullo angustioribus, coste
simulantibus, latere deflexo ipso paullo convexo, sine costa.
Long. 16-20 mm.
To this species I refer a number of examples which are
characterized by having the elytra densely studded with rather
large and somewhat oblong tubercles; the disk of the elytra
flattened or slightly convex; the deflexed sides also slightly
convex, devoid of a costa, and, throughout the greater part of
their extent, almost as thickly and strongly tubercled as the
disk. Along the angle formed by the deflexed side with the
disk the tubercles are somewhat narrower and give rise to the
appearance of a costa. The pronotum is without a median
impression, is very finely and sparsely punctured in the middle,
more thickly and strongly towards each side, where it is marked
off from the flank of the prothorax by a very fine but distinct
carina. The male is narrower than the female, its elytra are
scarcely dilated towards the middle, and the angle formed by each
of the deflexed sides with the disk is sharper and more distinct.
22*
290 MR. C. J. GAHAN ON THE COLEOPTERA
The species, which is nearly allied to A. acervata, Klug, may
be distinguished from it by the larger size and the thicker and
more equal distribution of the tubercles on the elytra. A.austera,
Baudi, with the type of which Dr. Gestro has very kindly compared.
examples, is also a closely allied species, but has smaller and less
thickly placed tubercles on the elytra, and the angle between the
disk and deflexed side of each elytron is less pronounced.
36. ADESMIA ASSIMILIS, sp. 0.
Oblongo-ovata; prothorace transverso, sparsim sat minute
punctato, nitido, dorso medio lineato-sulcato; elytris usque ad
medium paullo ampliatis (2) vel vix ampliatis (¢), dorso sat
dense tuberculato, a latere deflexo costa crenulata separato ;
lateribus utrisque in dimidio postico costa crenulata instructis.
Long. 17-24 mm.
This species has much resemblance to the preceding one, but
the tubercles of the elytra are not so thickly nor so regularly
placed, and are rather smaller in size; the disk of the elytra is
limited on each side by a crenulate costa, nearly parallel to
which, on the posterior half or two-thirds of the deflexed side, is
a somewhat feebler crenulate costa. The slightly concave area
on each side between these two coste is tubercled less strongly
- than the disk, the area below it is feebly rugose and vaguely
punctured. The pronotum is sparsely and minutely punctured,
and is impressed along the middle by a rather faint groove which
does not reach quite to the anterior margin.
37. HIMATISMUS VILLOSUS, Haag.
38. PRIoNOTHECA CoRONATA, Oliv.
39. OcNERA PERSEA, Baud.
40. OcNERA HISPIDA, Forsk.
41. THRIprera cRINITA, Klug.
42. Prwetia aRaBica, Klug.
43. PIMELIA sp.
44, VIETA sp.
CURCULIONIDS.
45. BRACHYCERUS sp.
46. CLEONUS HIEROGLYPHICUS, Oliv.
47, CLEONUS DEALBATUS, Germ.
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 291
CERAMBYCID&.
48. PLOCHDERUS MELANCHOLICUS, Gahan, var.
This variety occurs also in Somali-land. It differs from the
typical West-African form in the darker coloration of the elytra,
which are almost black, and in having the third joint of the
antenne armed with a short spine or tooth at theinner distalangle.
The variety very much resembles P. denticornis, Fab.; but in
the latter the third antennal joint has a rather long, sharp, and
very distinct spine at the inner distal angle, and the succeeding
joints of the antenne are also much more distinctly spined than
in the present variety.
49, Coprors Fusca, Oliv.
HaLricipa.
50. Ponyciapa BENTTI, sp. n.
Capite testaceo; antennis pectinatis, nigris, articulo primo
testaceo ; prothorace flavo-testaceo, supra maculis sex nigris—
duabus antice, quatuor in serie arcuata ad basin; elytris dense
punctatis, nigris, utrisqne maculis septem flavo-testaceis ; corpore
subtus testaceo, metapleuris, femorum apicibus, tibiis tarsisque
nigris. Long. 11 mm.
Head almost entirely reddish testaceous in colour; somewhat
finely and closely aciculate-punctate above. Prothorax pale
testaceous, marked above with six black spots, of which two are
close to the anterior margin, while the remaining four are
arranged in an arcuately transverse series close alongside the
basal margin. HElytra black, thickly punctured ; each with seven
pale yellowish testaceous spots, one at the base close to the
scutellum, one below and behind the shoulder, two placed trans-
versely at the middle, two between the middle and apex, also
placed transversely and united by a narrow tract; the seventh,
somewhat more rounded, placed close up to the apex, from
which it is separated only by a very narrow black border ; epi-
pleure of each elytron pale testaceous except along the apical
margin. Body underneath testaceous, with the sides of the
breast blackish; tibie, tarsi, and the apices of the femora also
black. Antenne of the male almost as strongly pectinated as in
P. pectinicornis, Oliv., black, with the first joint testaceous.
292 MR. RB. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA
On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Anderson’s
collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadra-
maut, South Arabia; with a Supplement upon the Scorpions
obtained by Dr. Anderson in Egypt and the Eastern Soudan.
By R. 1. Pocock, of the British Museum (Natural History).
(Communicated by W. Percy Suapen, Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 7th March, 1895. ]
(Piatt IX.)
ARACHNIDA.
ScORPIONES.
PRIONURUS CRASSICAUDA, Oliv.
Loc. Hadramaut Valley. Three specimens.
Specimens agreeing with the typical form, but eertainly paler
in colour, the trunk approaching ferruginous, and contrasting
rather strongly with the pale yellow of the legs and chele.
Specimens sent by Dr. Jayakar from Muscat are much darker
brown, the same tint prevailing upon the legs and chele (cf infra,
p- 307).
BUTHUS QUINQUESTRIATUS, Hempr. § Hhrenb.
Loc. Hadramaut. Collected by the way.
BuTHUS ACUTE-CARINATUS, Simon.
Buthus acute-carinatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xvii. p. 245, pl. viii.
fig. 18 (1883).
Loc. Hadramaut Valley. One young specimen.
Recorded originally from Tes (Taez) in Arabia. The British
Museum has recently received a large number of examples from
Aden, a few from Perim Island, and a few more from Zaila in
Somali-land near the Red Sea coast. The largest examples mea-
sure about 45 mm. in length. It appears to be a well-marked
little species, as Simon’s figure and description abundantly
prove; yet Prof. Kraepelin regarded it as synonymous with
B. dimidiatus. But this opinion is absolutely untenable, seeing
that the two forms exist side by side in the same place without
in any sense blending. In addition to the distinctive characters
touching granulation, development of keels, proximity of eyes,
colour, &c., which M. Simon pointed out, it may be added that
in B. acute-carinatus there are only twelve rows of teeth along
the movable digit of the chele, and that the isolated teeth of the
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 293
inner row are situated much further forwards than in B. di-
midiatus. (Compare also Thorell, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. p. 364,
1894.)
Buruus DIMIDIATUS, Simon.
Buthus dimidiatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 244, pl. viii. fig. 17
(1883).
Loc. Hadramaut.
This species was originally recorded from Tes (Taez) in Arabia.
The British Museum also has examples from Perim Island (J. J.
Walker and B. W. Oates). The examples from this island which
were obtained by Mr. Walker were formerly identified by me
(Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) viii. p. 241) as B. scaber (Hempr. &
Ehrenb.); and I am still of opinion that the reference may in the
eud prove to be correct. But since the figure of Ehrenberg’s
type specimen does not quite suit the Perim examples, inasmuch
as the trunk is represented as pale and not olivaceous, I consider
it advisable, until genuine specimens of B. scaber from Arkiko come
to hand, to look upon the latter provisionally as a distinct species.
The name dimidiatus which I formerly doubtfully applied to the
Perim specimens I now think is unquestionably the right title
for them; for the characters in which dimidiatus appeared to
differ from the Perim examples—namely, in the granulation of
the vesicle and the parallelism of the sides of the tail—I now
discover are characteristic of half-grown specimens, but are
more or less obliterated in the adult. Full-grown specimens of
this species attain a length of about 75 mm.; they then present
the colouring described by Simon for his examples, and have the
anterior segments of the tail very wide, much wider than the
posterior, with strongly convex sides, the width of the first bemg
about equal to the length of the third and much greater than its
own length. But in two young examples from the Hadramaut
Valley measuring about 35-38 mm., the tail is much more parallel-
sided, the anterior segment is not noticeably convex at the sides
and is only as wide as long, and the granulation of the lower
surface of the vesicle is much coarser than in the adult. They
thus closely agree with Simon’s example, which measured 49 mm.
But they present the further interesting difference in having the
whole of the trunk pale, except the anterior part of the carapace,
which is blackish green; and the hands and digits, instead of
being pale, are also blackish green.
294 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA
The two adult examples from Hadramaut agree in colouring
exactly with Simon’s dimidiatus; but the three examples from
Perim that I have seen differ in having the crests on the legs and
palpi, and also the hands im part, blackish.
BuTuHUS ANTHRACINUS, sp. n. (PI. IX. figs. 1, 1 a.)
Colour of the upper side of the trunk and of the entire tail
blackish green, like that of Orthochirus melanurus and Prionurus
bicolor; legs of the 1st pair yellow, the remaining pairs with
the three distal segments yellow, the rest strongly or only slightly
infuscate ; mandibles infuscate distally ; chele mostly pale yellow,
but slightly infuscate at the junction of the hand and digits, the
crests also on the humerus and brachium sometimes rather
strongly infuseate; lower surface of cephalothorax and abdomen
pale or ferruginous.
Trunk rather coarsely granular above ; the keels on the carapace
not strongly defined, the anterior ones breaking up into granules
long before reaching the front border ; the ocular tubercle smooth ;
the eyes rather widely separated ; the intermediate and posterior
median keels forming an irregular granular crest; carapace a
little longer than the 1st caudal segment, + half the 2nd.
Terga coarsely granular in the posterior half, nearly smooth
between the keels ; the three keels distinct, but short; the lateral
ones not apparent upon the Ist and 2nd terga; the crests on the
7th well developed, forming almost a complete loop.
Sterna smooth, with finely denticulate posterior border; the
last with four smooth conspicuous keels.
Toil about five times as long as the carapace, robust, but with
the 1st segment wider than the 5th; all the normal keels well
developed and finely granular, the inferior ones, however, on the
1st nearly smooth ; the median lateral well developed on the 2nd
and 8rd segments, and visible on the 4th, the intercarial spaces
eranular ; upper surface of tail smooth, rather strongly excavated,
upper angles of 5th not sharp; veszcle large, globular, angled
beneath the aculeus, coarsely punctured.
Chele smooth; crests on humerus granular, on brachium
smooth, but well developed; none on manus, which is a little
wider than the brachium ; hand-back nearly two-thirds the length
of the movable digit, which is furnished with about 9 median
rows of teeth, the large teeth of the internal series nearly opposite
the middle of the space that separates those of the external series.
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 295
Legs with granular crests on the femora, smooth on the
patelle ; the posterior two feet on each side clothed below with
two rows of sete, the anterior of these rows atrophied on the
anterior feet; coxe of the legs granular, especially on the edges.
Pectines furnished with from 17-22 teeth.
Measurements in mm. of type.—Total length 36:5, of carapace
4-4, of tail 22°5; width of 1st segment 3°3, of 5th 2°9.
Loc. Hadramaut. 5 specimens collected “ by the way.”
This species seems to be rather variable in its characters.
Those respecting colour have been already mentioned; but in
addition the smallest example obtained has the interocular area
of the carapace smooth, and the coxe also almost smooth. The
sculpturing of the posterior segments of the tail appears in some
cases to be describable as wrinkled.
There is no doubt that this species approaches the genus
Butheolus; and of the forms ascribed to tiis genus, it is to the
type thalassinus, Sim. (Ann. Mus. Genov. xviii. p. 248), described
from Aden, that the resemblance is greatest. Butheolus thalas-
sinus is unknown to me; but, judging from Simon’s description, it
may be distinguished from Buthus anthracinus by having the ante-
rior region of the carapace sloped, the ocular tubercle granular,
the 5th abdominal sternum coarsely granular, the tail posteriorly
dilated (compare, however, the figure, which represents the tail as
posteriorly narrowed), and the vesicle small and narrow. In all
these characters thalassinus approaches the best known form of all,
theallied Orthochirus melanurus( Kessler) = Schneideri(L. Koch)*.
PaRABUTHUS LIosoMA (Hempr. & Ehrenb.).
Loe. Shehu, and by the way.
NEBO FLAVIPES, Simon.
Nebo flavipes, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 249 (1883).
Loc. Hadramaut. Four specimens, collected by the way.
The largest of these Scorpions is a male measuring 123 mm.;
this size is chiefly owing to the great length of the tail, which is
almost six times as long as the carapace. The British Museum,
however, has an example still larger than this one, namely, a
* Tt will probably be found that more than one species has been included under
this name; but more material must be obtained before their limits can be accu-
rately determined. Prof. Kraepelin’s figure of the dentition of the chela on pl. ii.
fig. 21 of his paper is quite unlike the arrangement in some of the specimens
that I have examined.
296 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA
specimen from the Isthmus, Aden, obtained by Mr. E. W. Oates,
which measures 144 mm. in length. The specimens described
by Simon from Aden were females. Dr. Jayakar has also sent
us the species from Muscat.
PEDIPALPI.
PuRYNicHUS JAYAKARI, Poc.
Phrynichus jayakari, Poc. Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv. p. 294,
pl. viii. fig. 3 (1894).
Loc. Hadramaut.
This species was described from two examples sent to the
British Museum from Muscat by Dr. A. G. Jayakar. The spe-
cimen from the Hadramaut merely differs from the types in
being a little paler-coloured, the cephalic area being blotched
with ferruginous patches instead of being ferruginous all over.
Prof. Kraepelin (Abh. nat. Ver. Hamburg, xiii. 1895) has
recently, in his characteristically sweeping manner, disposed of all
the difficulties which beset the determination of the nearly allied
species of this genus, by setting them all down as synonyms of
each other. I would, however, warn those who work at this
group, that I am not acquainted with a particle of evidence that
the species named Jayakari, Phipsoni, and pusillus are the same.
They are, on the contrary, perfectly distinct. I think, however,
that it is highly possible that Jayakari will prove to be the same
as Deflersi of Simon, described from Obock.
A RANE & (Spiders).
Only five species of this order were obtained :—
Finistata TESTACEA, Latr.
Loc. Hadramaut.
PEUCETIA ARABICA, Simon.
Loe. Hadramaut.
SPARASSUS WALCKENAERII, Sav.
Loc. Hadramaut.
SELENOPS ZGYPTIACUS, Sav.
Loe. Hadramaut.
Lavrurovectvus 13-aurtatus, Ross?.
Loc. Hadramaut.
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 297
MYRIOPODA.
CHILOPODA.
Family ScOLOPENDRIDZ.
ScOLOPENDRA TRUNCATICEPS, Poc.
Scolopendra truncaticeps, Poc. Trans. Linn. Soc., 2nd ser. Zool. v. pt. 3,
p- 119.
- Loc. Shehu.
ScoLOPENDRA VALIDA, Luc.
Scolopendra valida, Lucas in Webb § Berthelot’s Hist. nat. des Iles
Canaries, ii. Entomol. p. 49, pl. vii. fig. 15 (1836-44); Newport, Tr.
Linn. Soc. xix. p. 402 (1845).
In Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. May 1888, pp. 835-338, I pointed
out the occurrence of Scolopendra valida, a Canary Island species,
in Socotra and Bushire. The British Museum has subsequently
received examples from S. Arabia, and I think the following
subspecies may be recognized.
Subspecies DESERTICOLA, nov.
Head, antenne, first tergite, and maxillipedes deep green ;
trunk olivaceo-castaneous, with the posterior border of the terga
banded with green. Legs entirely flavous.
Loc. Shehu. A single specimen, measuring 125 mm. in length.
The Museum has received specimens of the same subspecies
from Aden (S. &. Shopland) and Muscat (A. G. Jayakar). It
seems to extend, therefore, over the whole of S. Arabia.
On the other side of the Persian Gulf, z. e. at Bushire and
Jask, there appears to be another type of this Centipede, which
may be called Scolopendra valida subspecies persica, nov., and be
diagnosed as follows :—Head and antennex deep green; distal ends
of the anal legs also deep green; terga flavous (Bushire ;
3 examples, 113 mm.). Two examples from Jask, 118 mm. in
length, resemble those from Bushire, but four others have the
anal legs quite green and some of the anterior terga bordered
with green. Specimens of this subspecies from Jask have been
received from Mr. B. T. Ffinch and Mr. Butcher.
A third subspecies may be recognized as S. valida subsp.
Balfouri, nov. The young are entirely pale, but in adult speci-
mens, which may reach a length of 190 mm., the head, antenna,
and all the legs are green, or even black, and although the
posterior half of the trunk is paler, the anterior half is distinctly
olivaceous or olivaceo-castaneous.
298 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE ARACHNIDA AND MYRIOPODA
The typical form from the Canary Islands appears to be of a
uniform olivaceous colouring, and to offers none of the strongly
contrasting patterns characteristic of the subspecies inhabiting
Persia, Arabia, and Socotra. Examples of the subspecies Bal-
fouri were evidently referred to by Karsch as Collaria morsitans
(Abh. nat. Ver. Bremen, ix. p. 67, 1884).
DIPLOPODA.
SPIROSTREPTUS ARABS, Sp. 0.
2. Colour. Legs and antenne clear reddish yellow; head
infuscate above, fading off into ferruginous below; segments
deep black; the lateral portions of the 1st tergite obscurely
ferruginous; the anterior half of the segments ferruginous or
ochraceous.
Head. Frontal region slightly sculptured, without a definite
striate ridge beneath the edge of the lst tergite; frontal sulcus
deep; faint trace of a stria between the inner angles of the
eyes; a small pit-like depression on the inner side of antennal
socket ; lower half of head strongly wrinkled, sculptured with
anastomosing striae and sulci; labral border with a deep, uni-
dentate, angular excision. Distance between eyes about equal
to their long diameter; eyes composed of about 7 transverse
rows of ocelli. Antenne extending laterally to the end of the
8rd segment; segments 2-6 gradually decreasing in length.
1st tergite minutely punctulate above, its lateral portion ex-
tending below the lower border of the 2nd; its posterior border
emarginate above the posterior angle, which is rounded; the
anterior border much more deeply and widely emarginate above
the angle, which is convexly rounded ; the lower portion of the
segment covered with cristules as shown in the figure (p. 299). The
rest of the terga minutely punctulate ; the transverse sulcus com-
plete on all from the 2nd backwards, lying ina shallow depression ;
the area in front of it closely covered with transverse cristules
which behind become stronger and more widely separated from
each other; the area behind the sulcus longitudinally striate up
to the pore. Pores minute, beginning on the 6th segment some
distance behind the sulcus, which is lightly sinuate opposite tothem.
Sterna quite smooth; grooves short. Anal tergite with a very
short triangular process in the middle of its hinder border, a
shallow transverse depression in front of it. Valves with strongly
COLLECTED IN THE HADRAMAUT, SOUTH ARABIA. 299
compressed margins, their apex not covered by the caudal
process ; sternum triangular.
Legs with a double row of sete on the lower surface of the
patella, tibia, and tarsus, these spiniform on the tarsus, a single
row of sete on the other segments; coxa and trochanter hairy
above at the distal end; the upper side of these two segiuents
distinctly carinate.
Spirostreptus arabs.
A. Head of . B. Head of 2. ©. Tailof J. D. Anterior aspect of
copulatory apparatus.
Number of segments, 66. Length about 140 mm.
6. Thinnerthan 9; the lower half of the head smoother; lateral
portion of the lst tergite more strongly produced, cf. fig. In
the anterior half of the body the patelle and tibiew of the legs
distinctly padded distally, the pads becoming less and less distinct
towards the anal end of the body. Copulatory foot as in figure.
Loc. Hadramaut. A large number of specimens.
Supplementary Note upon the Scorpions obtained in Egypt
and the Soudan by Dr. Jonn AnpErson, F.R.S.
Bouruvs EvRoPazvS (Linn.).
Loc. Mersa Matroo, Ramleh, Duroor.
BUTHUS QUINQUESTRIATUS (Hempr. & Ehrenb.).
Androctonus (Leiurus) quinquestriatus (Hempr. §& Ehrenb.), Verh. nat.
Fr. Berlin, i. p. 353 (1829) ; wd. Symb. Phys., Scorp. pl. i. fig. 5; and of
all authors.
A large number of examples from the following localities :—
Suez, Ras Gharib, Amarna, Fayum, Abbasiyeh, and Assonan.
Buruvus LEPTOCHELYS (Hempr. § Ehrenb.).
Androctonus (Leiurus) leptochelys, Hempr. § Ehrenb., Verh. nat.
Freunde Berlin, i. p. 355 (1829) ; Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 3.
300 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON THE SCORPIONS
Androctonus macrocentrus, id. op. cit. p. 355; Symb. Phys., Scorp.
pl. i. fig. 6. ;
Androctonus thebanus, 7d. op. cit. p. 358; Symb. Phys., Scorp. pl. 1. fig. 4.
Buthus arenicola, Simon, Expl. Sci. de la Tunisie, Arachnides, p. 51
(1885).
Loc. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin; S.W. Bank of
Suez Canal (4 specimens).
I have compared examples of B. arenicola from Biskra with
the Egyptian forms of B. leptochelys, and I feel sure that the
two are identical.
BuUTHUS ACUTE-CARINATUS, Simon.
Buthus acute-carinatus, Simon, Ann. Mus. Genova, xviii. p. 245, pl. vii.
fig. 18 (1883); also Thorell, Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital. xxv. pt. 4, p. 360 (1894).
Loe. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin.
From this locality four 9 specimens were obtained, the length
of the largest being about 36 mm. In these the anterior edge
of the carapace and the keels on the carapace and terga are
infuseate, as well as the anterior two-thirds of the 5th caudal
segment and the inferior keels of the 4th. Moreover the crests
on the legs and palpi are for the most part lightly infuscate.
In this particular these Duroor examples differ markedly from
three 2 specimens obtained at Thebes by Mr. Carter, which are a
clear lemon-yellow throughout, the three ocular clusters being —
alone of a dense black. All the other examples of this species
in the British Museum, namely 2 from Perim Island, 2 from
Zaila in Somaliland, and 8 from Aden, agree substantially with
those mentioned above from Duroor. It is worth mentioning,
however, perhaps that two young examples (about 20 mm.) from
Aden have the trunk and appendages rather deeply infuscate,
and the black ring on the anterior half of the 5th caudal segment
very deep and sharply defined.
[I here subjoin the descriptions of two species of Scorpions,
closely allied to Buthus dimidiatus, which have been recently
sent to the British Museum.
Buruus Jayakart, sp.n. (Pl. IX. figs. 2, 2 a.)
Colour. Anterior half of carapace greenish black, the rest of
the trunk, with the exception of the keels and granules which
are blackish, pale; the first two segments of the tail pale above
and below, the keels only being blackish, the 3rd segment
becoming infuscate, the 4th, 5th, and vesicle entirely blackish
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 301
green; legs and lower surface of the trunk quite pale, the palpi
with tle coxa, trochanter, and femur pale, the tibia, manus, and
digits (except the tips) strongly infuscate.
Carapace resembling that of dimidiatus, except that the
interior median crests are represented by two distinct oblique
rows of granules, the posterior of which is not continuous with
the posterior median crest.
The tergites resemble those of dimidiatus. The tail is like
that of dimidiatus in the development of its keels, the median
lateral crest being imperceptible on the 4th and almost absent
on the 3rd segment; but the tail differs very noticeably in the
thickness of its anterior segments, these being normal in Jayakari
and not so thickened as in dimidiatus; consequently the tail appears
to be more parallel-sided. The difference in the narrowness of
the 1st segment may be estimated by the fact that in dimi-
diatus its width is equal to the length of the 3rd segment, whereas
in Jayakari it is very much less (cf. measurements).
Sterna like those of dimidiatus, the external of the four keels
on the 5th being either about half the length of the internal or
about two-thirds.
Chel@ like those of dimidiatus but more thickly hairy, and
with the inferior median crest on the brachium obsolete; hand
a little wider than brachium, its width less than length of hand-
back, which is less than half the length of the movable digit ;
digits scarcely sinuate, the movable furnished with 16-17 median
rows of teeth, the teeth of the internal series not far removed
from the apices of the median rows behind them and lying well
behind the middle of the rows that pass in front of them.
Legs hairy, crests on the femora granular, on the rest of the
segments smooth ; feet armed below with two parallel series of
short, close-set spines, there being 5 on each row on the anterior
foot and 8 on the posterior; some similar but rather larger
spines, which gradually pass proximally into slender sete, occur
upon the distal tibial segment.
The pectines are furnished with 33-34 teeth and extend
beyond the apex of the coxa.
In the ¢ the digits are basally lobate but still contiguous,
and the hand is a trifle wider than inthe 9. The pectines,
moreover, extend to the distal apex of the 4th trochanter and
have 39-41 teeth.
Measurements in mm. of 2 (¢ype).—Total length 90, of cara-
302 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
pace 10, of tail 53; length of Ist segment 6°5, of 2nd 7°5,
of 3rd 8, width of the same 6°8, 6°5, 6:2; width of brachium 3°3,
of manus 4; length of hand-back 5°9, of movable digit 12°5.
Loc. Muscat (A. G. Jayakar).
It is interesting to note that these adult specimens more
nearly resemble the young of dimidiatus—i. e., assuming that I
have correctly identified the young of that species—than they do
the adults. We may conclude from this that the young of the
two species will prove to be indistinguishable, which is sometimes
the case with closely allied forms.
BUTHUS ALTICOLA, sp.n. (Pl. IX. fig. 3.)
3. Colowr. Carapace and anterior six terga blackish green ;
7th tergum, tail, legs, and palpi flavous or ochraceous ; digits of
palpi brown with clear yellow tips (lower surface of tail perhaps
partially olivaceous) ; mandibles. infuscate distally in the exposed
part.
Carapace coarsely granular and keeled as in judaicus, but the
intercarinal area behind the eyes less granular than in that
species; as long as the 1st caudal segment and one quarter of
the 2nd, and as long as the 4th caudal segment.
Terga coarsely granular and strongly keeled, the three keels on
all the terga except the 1st strongly dentiform posteriorly ; the
granules on the sides of the terga subserially arranged; on the
7th tergum the two lateral crests on each side are united by a
transverse row of granules, as in judaicus.
Sterna smooth ; the external crests on the last weakly granular,
anteriorly and posteriorly abbreviated, the median ones smooth,
extending from the posterior border past the middle.
Tail long, slender, and low, nearly 6 times as long as the
carapace, gradually narrowed posteriorly, the sides of each
segment nearly straight and parallel; the 1st segment longer
than wide, the 2nd, 3rd, and 4th increasing in length, the 4th
twice as long as wide; 10 keels on the 1st, 2nd, and 3rd, the
median lateral on the 4th represented by a few low granules ; all
the keels granular, the inferior median on the Ist and 2nd,
however, almost smooth, the granules on the upper crests in-
creasing in length posteriorly, the terminal granules on the
upper keel of the 4th dentiform; the upper surface of segments
1-4 smooth, except for a few serially arranged granules; the
area between the superior and the superior-lateral crest also
serially granular, the rest of the intercarial spaces tolerably
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 303
smooth ; 5th segment with the sides of its upper surface granular,
its lateral surface also finely granular, lower surface with the
granules forming two intervening crests. Vesicle globular, wider
than high, granular below ; aculeus longish.
Paipi long, humerus as long as the carapace; brachium three
times as long as wide, with the two superior crests well developed
and granular, the upper crest of the posterior surface also
present; manus long and wide, much wider than the brachium,
smooth, punctured, its width about two-thirds the length of the
hand-back, and the hand-back about two-thirds the length of the
movable digit ; digits separated at the base, lobate and sinuate ;
movable digit with 14 (15) median rows of teeth.
Legs with smooth coxe and granularly crested femora ; tarsi
with two parallel rows of black spinules beneath; the distal
tibial segment also with a row of spinules on its posterior side.
Pectines surpassing the 4th coxe ; with 29 teeth.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 81, of carapace 9,
of tail 52°5; width of 1st segment 5:8, of 4th 4°5, of manus 4°8,
of brachium 3; length of movable digit 12.
Loe. Chitral, Hindu Kush, 5000 ft. (Capt. Younghusband).|
Genus PriIonurRvS.
In his recent revision of the Scorpions of the family Androcto-
nide, Prof. K. Kraepelin has recognized two species as composing
the genus Prionurus (called by him Azdroctonus). These are
Sunestus of Hempr. & Ehrenb., which is identical with australis
of Linneus, and crassicauda of Olivier; and on pp. 20-28 he has
compiled a series of most elaborate tables of comparative measure-
ments of the species he calls funestus. One cannot but admire the
patience and labour displayed in this work; but to my mind
the efforts that have been made to show the variability of this
species are of but little value, inasmuch as they have been carried
out without any regard to geographical distribution. Our author,
in fact, begs the whole question, by assuming what in reality has to
be proved, namely, that he is dealing with but one species. It is
evident that similar tables could be prepared for every genus,
and with the exercise of a little ingenuity the whole of the
Buthide could be reduced to but one species,
Turning, however, to the facts, we find that he establishes the
characters of his so-called species funestus upon 150 examples.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 23
304 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
Whether these specimens all come from one locality or 150
localities, we are not informed. Probably some were from
Algeria, some from Egypt, and possibly some from Syria. But
we cannot learn from the treatise whether any variation in
structure was noticed between the Algerian and the Egyptian
forms. All the information that we get is the table of measure-
ments, which may have been taken from a dozen species, a brief
diagnosis, which also may apply to a dozen species, and the
loose statement that the species extends from Marocco to Arabia.
Now I venture to say, although with all respect to Prof. Kraepelin
as a most able and careful worker, that this is not the method of
monographing a genus that yields results of any permanent
value. Every systematist should remember that naming a species
is only a means to an end—the end which should always be kept
in view being the discovery as to what is the relationship between
a species and its environment, and the primary work of the
systematist is to pot out whether structural variation is corre-
lated with differences of distribution or not. Ina large majority
of cases we know that there is such a correlation in terrestrial
animals ; and when in any case it has been definitely established,
the systematist may, to assist the recollection of the fact, assign
a name to the local form and call it a species, subspecies, or
variety, as he pleases. Andif this has been done, it is clearly
the duty of a monographer carefully to examine the evidence for
and against the opinion of his predecessors, and not carelessly
and without comment to discard as synonyms the names that
they have proposed.
Now this so-called species Prionurus funestus furnishes a good
instance of what has been said. When Ehrenberg went to Egypt
he found that on the coast near Alexandria a particular form
was found: this he called libycus. But not being acquainted
with the differences between the young and the adult, be further
assigned a name to the young of libycus, calling it melanophysa.
Proceeding up the Nile, he found in Upper Egypt and in
Nubia another form which he at once recognized as different
from libycus: to this he gave the name cztrinus. Still further
to the south, in Dongola, he came across another form which he
looked upon as different from cztrixus, and named funestus.
Later on C. Koch obtained in Algeria a form which he saw
from Ehrenberg’s figures was not known to occur in Egypt. To
this he gave the name hector; but he also nad another example,
OBTATNED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 305
apparently cospecifie with hector, but ticketed Java *, to which
he gave the name priamus, apparently on account of the difference
of locality.
In this case then we have to deal with (1) an Algerian form
priamus (=hector); (2)a Lower Egyptian form libyeus (=melano-
physa); (3) an Upper Egyptian and Nubian form citrinus ; and
(4) a Nubian form funestus. Now clearly the question that
Prof. Kraepelin ought to have asked himself with regard to these
so-called species is:—‘‘ Do they breed true in their own territories,
or do cttrinus parents produce indiscriminately some offspring
like themselves and some presenting the characters of priamus
and vice versa?” If the latter were so, then there would
be justification for the view that the species are invalid. But
he does not furnish us with a particle of evidence that such
is the case. If even he had examined specimens from all over
N. Africa and could show that, e. g., the citrinus-form and the
priamus-form are linked by such a fine series of gradations that
it is impossible to say where one begins and the other ends,
then no one would have remonstrated with him for stating that
they are the same species. But we look in vain through his
‘Revision’ for any evidence to establish such a conclusion, and
we actually cannot find out where the specimens he had under
his hands came from. We are consequently compelled to accept
or reject the authoritative statement that there is only one yellow
species of Prionurus inhabiting North Africa, without being
able to discover upon what evidence such a statement rests.
But the splendid material of Prionurus brought by Dr. John
Anderson from Algeria and Egypt affords me good grounds for
thinking, firstly, that P. cétrinus is a distinct species from
P. libycus, and secondly, that P. libycus, although very closely
related to P. priamus, is not quite the same thing. I think it
likely that the distinctions between the two will break down
when we know more of the Prionuri which inhabit the countries
lying between Algeria on the west and Egypt on the east. But
provisionally they may be regarded as subspecies of australis of
Linneus, although what australis of Linnezus may be, in the
strictest sense of the word, is more than I can tell. Thorell, who
has seen the type of australis, says that it is specifically identical
* This is of course not the correct locality. If we are to trust C. Koch’s works,
Java is a much favoured island so far as Scorpions are concerned, having, in addi-
tion to its own population, aliens from most of the other quarters of the globe.
306 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
with fwnestus, but I am not aware that he ever compared the
type or even a topotype of funestus with australis, and since he is
of opinion, with Kraepelin, that eztrinuws and lbycus are co-
specific, his statement about the identity between australis and
funestus must be taken cwm grano salis.
Prionurus Ltinycus, Hempr. 5 Hhrenb.
Prionurus libyecus, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Fr. Berlin, i. p. 307
(1829) ; vid. Symb. Phys., Zool., Scorpiones, no. 8, pl. i. fig. 1.
Prionurus melanophysa, id. ibid. no. 11, pl. ii. fig. 8 (young).
Ehrenberg gives as the locality for this form “on the Libyan
shore between Alexandria and Siwa, and the mountains of Sinai.”
Dr. Anderson sent home a long series of forms from Mersa
Matroo, 150 miles west of Alexandria, also examples from the
Pyramids and Abbasiyeh. Amongst those from Mersa Matroo
are examples of all ages and both sexes, ranging in length from
about 25 to 95mm. But in addition to those obtaimed by Dr.
Anderson, the British Museum has others ticketed Egypt, making
in all a total of 28 specimens.
In the young the whole animal is flavous, with the exception
of the poison-vesicle, the 5th segment of the tail, and the lower
part of the 4th segment, which are a deep blackish green.
With growth their blackness gradually fades away ; but it never
appears to die cut altogether, and in some apparently adult
examples it is still very manifest. The hands of the chele are
at all ages perfectly clear yellow, a character which forms one
of the best features for distinguishing this subspecies from the
Algerian, to which Koch has given the two names priamus and
hector, and in which the hands (and fingers in part) in the young,
and even in many large examples, are deep blackish green.
Of this Algerian form priamus the British Museum has 37
examples from the following localities m Algeria and Tunisia,
namely, Algiers, Duirat, Tuggurt, Biskra, and Tunis. Most of
these are adult or half-grown specimens, but amongst the series
of 12 from Biskra are examples ranging from 22 to 102 mm.
PRIoNURUS CITRINUS, Hempr. § Ehrenb.
Prionurus citrinus, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Freunde Berlin, 1.
p: 356 (1829); sd. Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 6, pl. ii. fig. 2.
Of this form Ehrenberg says “not uncommon in Upper Egypt
and Dongola.” Dr. Anderson has brought back specimens from
the following localities :— Cairo, Amarna, S.W. Bank of the Suez
Canal, Fayum, Assouan (1st cataract), and Wadi-Halfa (2nd
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 307
cataract). A single specimen was obtained at each of the five
first-mentioned places, and 17 at the last. This long series from
one spot is peculiarly interesting, inasmuch as it clearly shows the
characters of the species at all stages.
The largest example that [ have seen isa 9 from Assouan
measuring 94mm. The smallest specimen, from the S.W. Bank
of the Suez Canal, measures 27 mm., and the largest (3) about
83. The species is entirely pale yellow at all ages, thus differing
from the two forms mentioned above as libycus and priamus.
The tail in young forms is quite like that of the genus Buthus,
the upper surface of the 5th segment being flat and the angles
squared, though granular. This is even the case in specimens
of about 60 mm. in length. Moreover, even in examples of
this size the tail is narrowed from base to apex, the 1st segment
being slightly wider than the 3rd.
In adult examples of both sexes the 8rd segment is slightly
wider than the Ist, the lst and the 4th being about equal in
width, and the 5th distinctly narrower than the Ist. The superior
caudal crests are elevated, but the strong elevation so character-
istic of libycus and hector is noticeably absent. Consequently
the posterior segments of the tail are very narrow and low as
compared with those of liébycus and hector. Lastly citrinus may
be also recognized from the two last-named by its very much
straighter aculeus. The young again differs from the young of
libycus in having the digits of the chele shorter and much
straighter. In this character as well as in the thinness of its
tail these young examples offer a striking resemblance to adults
of Buthus leptochelys.
Prionurvus BicoLton, Hempr. § Ehrenb.
Prionurus bicolor, Hempr. § Ehrenb. Verh. nat. Freunde Berlin, i.
p- 358 (1829) ; zd. Symb. Phys., Scorpiones, no. 9, pl. ii, fig. 4.
Specimens were brought from the following localities: Cairo,
Ramleh, Manadra, Aboukir, and Mersa Matroo (150 miles W. of
Alexandria); but the species is evidently not so common in
Egypt as the “ yellow ” Scorpions.
All systematists of late years who have worked at Scorpions
(including more especially Simon, Thorell, and Kraepelin) have
identified this Egyptian species as crassicauda of Olivier, with the
name bicolor asasynonym. Butallthe evidence upon which I can
lay my hands shows that crassicawda of Olivier is quite a different
species, which does not occur in Egypt at all. It is true that Olivier
308 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
stated he had seen it in Egypt; but such a statement is, I
think, not of much value. The Scorpion that Olivier described
as crassicauda he mentioned expressly in connection with Cachan
(Kashan, between Ispahan and Teheran, below the 40th parallel),
and the figure that he gives is presumably taken from a specimen
from this locality. Moreover he affirms that in addition to Persia
the species is met with in Baghdad and Mesopotamia (and Egypt).
His description is brief but concise and to the point. It may be
epitomised as follows :—length 3 incbes; colour brown, with legs
and chelze sometimes yellower ; 26 pectinal teeth ; 2nd, 3rd, and
4th caudal segments with only 8 crests *. The figure that he
publishes is also fairly good, and amongst other things it shows
that the manus is of the thickish type with the digits short.
In the British Museum collection there are specimens ticketed
Persia, Bushire, Persian Gulf, Baghdad, and Midian, which are
indisputably identical with Olivier’s crassicauda. The largest
example, a 9 from Midian, measures 83 mm., which is just over
3 (French) inches, and the smallest, from the same locality, is
about 45 mm. In the adults of both sexes, as in eztrinus, libycus,
and priamus, the manus is thicker than the forearm; the colour
is a chocolate-brown, sometimes blackish, the tips of the legs
and of the digits being paler. As stated by Olivier, the median
lateral crest on the tail is complete only on the 1st segment,
being represented by 2 or 3 granules onthe 2nd. I have counted
as many as 81 pectinal teeth on a ¢ from the Persian Gulf, and
as few as 25 on a @ from Bushire.
This species and bicolor may be recognized as follows :—
PRIONURUS CRASSICAUDA (Oliv.).
Median lateral crest on 2nd and
3rd caudal segments represented
merely by a posterior row of 3 or
4 granules.
The intercarinal space on the sides
and lower surface of the tail not
so closely and finely granular, at
most sparsely so.
Tail much narrower, e. g. 3rd seg-
ment only a little wider than long ;
aculeus shorter.
PRIoNURUS BICOLOR, Hempr. &
Ehrenb.
Median lateral crest on 2nd and
3rd caudal segments well-deve-
loped and extending right past
the middle of the segment.
The intercariaal spaces on the sides
and lower surface of the tail
shagreened with fine granula-
tion.
Tail much stouter, the width of the
3rd segment much greater than
its length ; aculeus longer.
* Voyage dans Empire Othoman, ete. y. p. 172 etc., (esp. in note), pl. 42.
fig. 2 (1807), 8vo.
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 309
In the adult ¢ and 2 the manusis | In the adult ¢ and @Q the manus
wide, wider than the brachium. is narrow, not wider than the
; brachium.*
Pectinal teeth in ¢ up to 34, in | Pectinalteethin ¢ 25-27,in 2 19-
© down to 25. 0) (25) 6
Loc. Mesopotamia and Persia. Loe. Egypt.
This brief diagnosis of P. crassicauda, Oliv., shows that the
Species is very nearly allied to those that Kraepelin has diagnosed
under the name funestus. Mons. Simon was I believe the first
to attempt to define the differences between the dark coloured
species of Prionurus. He recognized two forms, namely, erassi-
cauda (Oliv.) from Persia and Syria, and eneas of C. Koch from
Algeria; but he was wrong in supposing bicolor of Hemprich
and Ehrenberg to be the same as crassicauda of Oliv. I suspect
that the Algerian form to which C. Koch gave the name eneas
may prove to be distinguishable from both the Egyptian and the
Persian species; but I have not seen a large enough series of
specimens from that country to be able to speak with any
certainty on the point.
Genus Parasutuus, Poc.
What I have said above respecting Prof. Kraepelin’s revision
of Prionurus applies perhaps with even greater truth to his dis-
cussion of the genus Parabuthus (Heterobuthus). He admitted
only two species of this genus—one named liosoma, Hempr. &
Ehrenb., and the other brevimanus, Thorell. But he certainly
mixed up several valid species under liosoma. The following, for
instance, cannot possibly be confounded with it:—P. villosus,
Peters, from Hereroland, Congo; P. fulvipes, Simon, from
S.W. Africa; and P. planicauda, Poc., from Cape Colony.
I suspect that the last-named species will be found to have the
following synonymy: P. capensis, Hempr. & Ehrenb.,=P. irvos,
C. Koch,=P. segnis, Thorell, =P. planicauda. But whatever its
name and synonymy may be, there certainly is in Cape Colony a
common species, of which the Museum has now about 50 speci-
mens, which is perfectly distinct from P. losoma.
PaRABUTHUS HUNTERI, sp. n.
I venture to propose a new name for a form occurring on the
west coast of the Red Sea,and nearly allied to the typical Arabian
liosoma.
* It is highly improbable that all the Egyptian examples which have been
described and figured are immature.
310 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
The colour of the legs, palpi with the exception of the palely
infuscate digits, and first three segments of the tailis a very clear
pale yellow ; the anterior six abdominal terga, with the exception
of their lateral portions, and usually the ante-ocular area of the
carapace are darker; while the 4th and 5th segments of the tail
and the vesicle are a deep greenish black or brown. The dark
colour on the vesicle appears at a very early age, specimens
only 30 mm. long showing it very clearly ; whereas in the typical
liosoma the vesicle remains for a long while perfectly pale.
This is noticeable in specimens of about 70 mm. in length; and
is well shown in Ehrenberg’s figure of his type, which came from
Gumfuda in Arabia. P. Hunteri may be further recognized by
its much more slender tail. This difference, which at once strikes
the eye, may be easily shown by the following measurements,
taken froma ¢ example of P. liosoma from Aden (S. &. Shopland),
and a ¢ of P. Hunteri from Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin.
These examples have the carapace of the same length, z. e. 10 mm.
3 liosoma.—Total length 95 mm., carapace 10, tail 60; length
of Ist segment 7°5, width 7°8; length of 2nd 8°8, width 8:3;
length of 3rd 9, width 8-6; length of 4th 10°5, width 8°8; length
of 5th 11, width 7. Width of brachium 3°4, of manus 4°5 ; length
of hand-back 6:2, of movable digit 9°3.
3 Pentonii.—Total length 100 mm., carapace 10, tail 66;
length of 1st segment 8°6, width 7:5; length and width of the
rest as follows: of 2nd 9°8, 7°8; of 3rd 10,8; of 4th 11°3, 76;
of 5th 12°5, 7. Width of brachium 3°4, of manus 5; length of
hand-back 6°5, of movable digit 9:3.
Corresponding differences obtain in female examples; and
although subject to a certain amount of individual variation,
they appear nevertheless to be constant on the whole.
A further distinction that may be noticed in the male is the pre-
sence in P. Hunteri of a tubercle lying at the base of each digit
of the chela; that on the immovable one is of considerable size,
that on the movable is much smaller and closer behind the other.
These tubercles are not present upon any of the males of the
typical liosoma that I have seen, even upon the largest, and
presumably therefore the oldest.
The largest male of Hunteri that I have seen is 113 mm. long.
Loc. Duroor, 60 miles N. of Suakin (86 specimens) ; Suakin
(2 specimens obtained by Surgeon-Captain Penton).
I dedicate this species to Colonel Hunter, lately Governor of
the Red Sea Littoral.
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. all
[I subjoin descriptions of two new species of Parabuthus allied
to liosoma.
PARABUTHUS GRANIMANUS, sp.n. (PI. IX. figs. 44d.)
? Buthus villosus, Simon, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1890, p. 130; not of
Peters.
@. Colour of trunk and palpi reddish or blackish brown ; tail
with segments 1 to 3 clear yellowish brown, segments 4-5 and
the vesicle piceous, the 5th segment of the tail rather paler
beneath than the 4th ; mandibles, legs, and sternal surface of the
trunk clear ochre-yellow, the femora of the legs sometimes a little
darker than the rest of the segments.
Trunk as in P. liosoma; carapace granular throughout, except
for a smooth area on each side of the tubercle.
Tail almost six times the length of the carapace, nearly
parallel-sided ; segments 1 and 4 equal in width, 2 and 3 very
slightly wider than the 4th, the segments all low, as in léosoma,
the 4th a little lower than the first ; all long and narrow, with
sides lightly convex, much longer as compared with their width
than in /éosoma, all much longer than wide, the width of the 4th
a little less than the length of the 1st and much less than the
length of the 3rd (in Méosoma the width of the 4this much greater
than the length of the 1st and equal to that of the 8rd); the
vesicle large, its width equal to the width of the lower surface of
the 5th segment between the keels (cf measurements).
Palpi more coarsely granular than in Jiosoma; the manus,
instead of being smooth as in /zosoma, is covered thickly with
squamiform granules; moreover, it is wider than in liosoma,
being slightly wider than the brachium, which is coarsely granular
all over.
The first abdominal sternum beneath the pectines perfectly
smooth (finely granular anteriorly and laterally in iosoma).
3. Differing from the ¢ of losoma in exactly the same fea-
tures as the 2; the manus considerably wider, with the digits
lobate as in P. Hunteri.
Measurements in millimetres.— 3. Total length 96, length of
carapace 9°8, of tail 62; length and width of the sezments—l1st
8,7; 2nd 9, 73; 3rd9°5,7°3; 4th 11, 7; 5th 11°5,6°5; widthof
vesicle 5; width of brachium 3:3, of hand 5:2; length of hand-
back 7°3, of movable digit 8-7.
2. Total length 110, of carapace 12°5, of tail 72; length and
width of the segments—Ist 9:2, 82; 2nd 10°4, 88; 3rd 106, 8'8;
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 24
312 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
4th 12°5, 8:5; 5th 18°5, 7:8; width of vesicle 7; width of bra-
chium 4, of hand 4:2; length of hand-back 5°6, of movable digit 12.
The measurements of the ¢ may be compared with those of
the ¢ of liosoma and Hunteri given above. From this it is
apparent that in having the tail long and slender granimanus
and Huntert are much alike, but that the manus is larger even
than in Hunteri and is, in addition, covered with granules.
The measurements of the 2 may be compared with the fol-
lowing taken from a @ of the typical diosoma from the crater at
Aden. Total length 118, of carapace 12°5, of tail 70; length and
breadth of its segments: lst 9,9'3; 2nd 10, 10; 3rd 105, 10:2;
4th 11:8, 10°3; 5th 18, 8°8; width of vesicle 7, of brachium 4,
of manus 3°8; length of hand-back 5:5, of movable digit 12°7.
This shows clearly that the tail in /éosoma is much thicker and
shorter. Of the latter the Museum has 59 specimens from
S. Arabia.
Loc. Zeyla in Somali-land. 5 specimens, including types of
g and 9, obtained by Mr. E. W. Oates. Also two examples of
apparently the same form, but paler, from the Somali coast
presented to the British Museum by H. M. Phipson: the
larger of these is a 2 measuring 120 mm., the carapace being
just over 12 and the tail 75. And two others (¢ @) from the
crater at Aden, the 2 measuring 128 mm., of which the tail is
79 and the carapace 13:2. These two examples are of peculiar
interest, because from the fact that they were taken in company
with a large number of examples of the typical léosoma, it appears
that the two remain perfectly distinct in the same spot, and exist
side by side without blending.
The Museum also has a 2 example of apparently this form
from Massowah, and another nearly allied form from Kilima-
njaro and Mianzine obtained by Mr. F. J. Jackson. But more
material is required from these latter localities before we can be
sure of the identity of the two specimens.
PARABUTHUS PALLIDUS, Sp. 0.
Colour. Legs, mandibles, palpi, tail, and lower side of trunk
entirely pale yellow; carapace and terga darker, reddish or
brownish yellow.
Carapace as long as tail-segments Ist + 3 of the second,
entirely covered, including the ocular tubercle and the area im-
mediately below the median eyes, with fine granules.
Terga also covered with granules, which are exceedingly fine
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 313
in the front half of each, but rather coarse in the posterior half;
the median crest small, extending from the 2nd to the 6th.
Sterna smooth; the last at most finely shagreened, with the
4 keels very weak.
Tail about 53 times the length of the carapace, gradually
expanding to the middle of the 4th segment ; the upper surface
of the segments 1 and 2 hollowed and mesially grooved; upper
surface of segments 3-5 smooth, polished; segments 1-3 with
10 keels, all of which are coarsely granular, except the two inferior
keels on the Ist, the same two keels on the 2nd and 38rd com-
posed posteriorly of dentiform tubercles; the inferior lateral
keels on segments 1-8 strongly converging behind; the superior
keels on segments 1-4 evenly granular ; the lateral and inferior
intercarinal spaces granular, except those on the lower surface
of the 1st, the granulation becoming thicker on the posterior
segments; on segment 4 the lower surface is completely and
closely granular, the two inferior keels obsolete, visible only in
the anterior third of the segment; the 5th segment completely
granular at the sides and below, the superior keels without any
enlarged granules or tubercles, and with scarcely a trace of
any enlarged serially arranged granules on the lower surface
between the median and the lateral keels; the granules on the
lateral keels becoming tubercular behind, the 3rd from the end
abruptly enlarged and quadrate; the lobe on each side of the
anus large and squared, and not secondarily lobate. 1st segment
wider than long *, 2nd as long as wide, 3rd a little longer than
wide, 4th and 5th longer than wide; length of 3rd a shade less
than width of the 4th, the height of the 4th equal to the length
of the 1st, the height of the 3rd and 2nd only a little less, height
of the 4th about $ the length of the 5th.
Vesicle coarsely granular below, considerably wider than high.
Palpi short; humerus granular and crested above; brachium
smooth and punctured behind, coriaceous above, granular in
- front; manus entirely smooth and punctured, narrower than the
brachium; the length of the hand-back about half the length of
the movable digit, and about 3 longer than the width of the
hand; digits short, not lobate, only slightly curved, with 10
median rows of teeth, and 11 teeth forming the inner series.
Legs with femora and patelle of 3rd and 4th granular, for the
rest smooth.
* Length is taken laterally from the posterior border to the large tubercle
which marks the point of origin of the two upper keels.
ol4 MR. R. I. POCOCK ON SCORPIONS
Pectines projecting beyond the apex of the 4th coxe, furnished
with 29-30 teeth ; the basal lobe large and long.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 66, of carapace 7°55
of tail 41 ; width of 1st segment 5'5, of 4th 6°3, length of latter 7,
height 5; length of 5th 7-6, height 4, width 5°5 ; length of manus
and digits 10°5, of movable digit 6°6.
Loc. Mombasa (2 specimens).
This species differs markedly from liosoma and its allies in the
uniform colouring of the tail, as well as in having the segments
of this organ much more elevated. |
NAaNOBUTHUS, gen. nov.
Movable jaw of mandible armed below with one small tooth
behind the terminal fang; immovable jaw unarmed below.
Digits of the chele with their proximal third unarmed; the
distal portion armed with only 5 median rows of minute denticles
accompanied by short oblique rows, each composed of 3 (2) excep-
tionally strong sharp conical teeth, the apex of the digits being
occupied by 6 of these large teeth.
Genital operculum very large and long, each half about twice
as long as wide, with strongly convex posterior border and emar-
ginate external border, more than twice as long as the triangular
deeply impressed sternum.
NaNoBUTHUS ANDERSONI, 0. sp.
Colour. Truuk infuscate above, the posterior and lateral
borders of the terga ferruginous; palpi, legs, and tail pale yellow,
the latter organ very slightly infuscate at its base; its 5th seg-
ment also lightly infuscate below ; the lower surface of the trunk
pale olivaceous ; pectines yellow.
Carapace about as long as the 1st caudal segment and half the
2nd, granular throughout ; median eyes widely separated ; keels
almost entirely obsolete, the anterior and posterior median alone
represented by a few larger more polished granules. Terga
granular throughout; the lateral keels very weak ; the two lateral
keels on the 7th also very weak. Sterna smooth, the last
weakly granular posteriorly ; the 4 keels, especially the external
ones, very poorly developed.
Tail narrowed behind, about 53 times the length of the cara-
pace ; the superior keels weak on the Ist segment and practically
absent on the rest, the upper edges being evenly rounded; the
upper surface excavated on the Ist, 2nd, and 3rd, the 4th and
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. 315
5th less noticeably excavated; the lateral keels weak, the median
lateral visible on the 2nd and on the hinder half of the 3rd; the
4 inferior keels normally strong on 1st segment, much stronger
on the 2nd and 8rd, the median invisible on the 4th, which is
simply granular below; the inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces
of the segments 1-4 granular; 5th segment coarsely granular
below the lateral keels, posteriorly strongly lobate or bluntly
dentate, the edge on each side of the anus produced and lobate,
as in europeus. Vesicle moderately large, angled beneath the
aculeus, which is as long as the vesicle and lightly curved.
Palpi weak ; humerus and femur granular and carinate ; brachium
and manus smooth and not carinate, but coarsely punctured ;
manus small, narrower than brachium ; digits short, the movable
less than twice the length of the hand-back, not lobate; manus
and digits together only a little longer than the carapace.
Legs granularly crested; feet with two series of sete below.
Pectines with 16-17 teeth. .
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28, of carapace 3:5,
of tail 17, width of 1st segment 2°3, of 5th 1°8.
Loc. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. 1. Buthus anthracinus, sp. u., nat. size.
Wo ee A Lateral view of tail.
2. 4, Jayakari, sp.n.,nat.size. 9.
Nhs = op fs Extremity of tail.
3. , aiticola,sp.n. Extremity of tail.
4,4a. Parabuthus granimanus, sp.n. Upper and lateral views of tail of
© specimen from Zeyla, in which the carapace measures 12°5 mm.
(nat. size). To compare with figs. 5 & 5a.
46, Parabuthus granimanus. Hand and arm (nat. size). 9.
4c,4d. 5 3 Arm and hand of ¢ specimen in which the
carapace measures 9°38 mm. (x 2). to show the basal lobes and
granulation (compare with fig. 5c).
5, 5a. Parabuthus tiosoma (Hempr. & Ebrenb.). Upper and lateral views
of tail of 2 specimen from Aden, in which the carapace measures
115 mm. In fig. 5 the fourth and fifth segments are a shade too
thick; but the figure shows very clearly the form of the tail
which is typical of P. losoma (s. s.), and differs strongly from
that of P. granimanus.
5. Parabuthus liosoma. Hand and arm (nat. size) of same specimen to
compare with fig. 40.
5¢, 5d. Parabuthus iosoma. Arm and hand of ¢ specimen of which the
carapace measures 10 mm. (x 2), to show smoothness and absence
of lobes on fingers.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 25
316 ON SCORPIONS COLLECTED AT ADEN.
Puate IX. (continued).
Figs. 6 a, 6b. Parabuthus villosus (Peters). Upper and lateral views of tail of
© example from Benguela (W. Africa), in which the carapace
measures 12 mm.—These figures are inserted to convince those
authors, who persist in citing villosus as a synonym of liosoma,
that the two are perfectly distinct. Compare the large vesicle,
stout and curiously curved aculeus, the elevated 5th segment,
and the straighter, more parallel-sided, more thickly hairy tail.
ADDENDUM,
List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden
in the Spring of 1895.
1. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. Aden (many: specimens).
2. Nebo flavipes, Sim. Aden, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman.
3. Parabuthus liosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Aden, Haithalhim, Lahej,
Shaikh Othman.
4, Buthus dimidiatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Shaikh Othman.
5. Buthus acute-carinatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalbim.
6. Butheolus thalassinus, Sim. -Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman.
This little collection came to hand whilst this paper was passing through the
press. The most interesting species of the lot are the first and last of the list:
Hemiscorpius lepturus seems to be represented by very few specimens in the
collections of Europe. Up to the present time, so far as 1 am aware, the
British Museum and the Museum at Berlin are the only institutions which
possess it. The British Museum received it for the first time some two years
ago, when Mr. Oates sent home one specimen from Aden. Yet, judging from
Col. Yerbury’s collection, the species isnot uncommon in Aden ; and it evidently
has a wide range, since it extends at least as far to the north as Baghdad.
Butheolus thalassinus is new to the British Museum; and the acquisition of
seven specimens has filled up an important gap in our series of Scorpions.
Moreover, it has enabled me to compare the species both with Buthus Benti and
with Nanobuthus Andersoni. The latter differs from Butheolus in haying the
anteocular area of the carapace almost horizontal, the lower border of the im-
movable mandibular digit unarmed, in the partial degeneration, both in number
and size, of the median rows of teeth on the digits of the chelz and the corre-
sponding increase in strength of the lateral teeth. According to Simon’s
description of B. thalassinus, the tail is posteriorly dilated, and there is only
one inferior tooth on the immovable mandibular digit. The 3rd and 4th
segments of the tail, however, are scarcely wider than the Ist, and sometimes
at least there are two teeth in the position mentioned above. In both these
respects the species approaches B. Benti ; but the two are undoubtedly specifically
distinct.
OBTAINED IN EGYPT AND THE SOUDAN. ald
5th less noticeably excavated; the lateral keels weak, the median
lateral visible on the 2nd and on the hinder half of the 3rd; the
4 inferior keels normally strong on ist segment, much stronger
on the 2nd and 38rd, the median invisible on the 4th, which is
simply granular below; the inferior and lateral intercarinal spaces
of the segments 1-4 granular; 5th segment coarsely granular
below the lateral keels, posteriorly strongly lobate or bluntly
dentate, the edge on each side of the anus produced and lobate,
as in europeus. Vesicle moderately large, angled beneath the
aculeus, which is as long as the vesicle and lightly curved.
Palpi weak ; humerus and femur granular and carinate ; brachium
and manus smooth and not carinate, but coarsely punctured ;
manus small, narrower than brachium ; digits short, the movable
less than twice the length of the hand-back, not lobate; manus
and digits together only a little longer than the carapace.
Legs granularly crested; feet with two series of setz below.
Pectines with 16-17 teeth.
Measurements in millimetres.—Total length 28, of carapace 3:5,
of tail 17, width of 1st segment 2°3, of 5th 1:8.
Loe. Duroor, 60 miles north of Suakin.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE IX.
Fig. 1. Buthus anthracinus, sp. n., nat. size.
Nias ips 3 Lateral view of tail.
DN de Jayakari, sp. n.,nat. size. 9.
Wisp H, Extremity of tail.
3. 5, dticola, sp.n. Extremity of tail.
4, 4a. Parabuthus granimanus, sp. n. Upper and lateral views of tail of
@ specimen from Zeyla, in which the carapace measures 12°5 mm.
(nat. size). To compare with figs. 5 & 5a.
46, Parabuthus granimanus. Hand and arm (nat. size). 9.
4¢,4d. ae 55 Arm and hand of ¢ specimen in which the
carapace measures 9°38 mm. (xX 2). to show the basal lobes and
granulation (compare with fig. 5c).
5, 5a. Parabuthus tiosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Upper and lateral views
of tail of 2 specimen from Aden, in which the carapace measures
115 mm. In fig. 5 the fourth and fifth segments are a shade too
thick ; but the figure shows very clearly the form of the tail
which is typical of P. Kosoma (s. s.), and differs strongly from
that of P. granimanus.
56. Parabuthus liosoma. Hand and arm (nat. size) of same specimen to
compare with fig. 46.
5, 5d. Parabuthus liosoma. Arm and hand of ¢ specimen of which the
carapace measures 10 mm. ( Xx 2), to show smoothness and absence
of lobes on fingers.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXvV. 25
316 ON SCORPIONS COLLECTED AT ADEN.
Puate IX. (continued).
Figs. 6 a, 6b. Purabuthus villosus (Peters). Upper and lateral views of tail of
© example from Benguela (W. Africa), in which the carapace
measures 12 mm.—These figures are inserted to convince those
authors, who persist in citing vil/osus as a synonym of Liosoma,
that the two are perfectly distinct. Compare the large vesicle,
stout and curiously curved aculeus, the elevated 5th segment,
and the straighter, more parallel-sided, more thickly hairy tail.
ADDENDUM.
List of the Scorpions obtained by Colonel Yerbury at Aden
in the Spring of 1895.
1. Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pet. Aden (many: specimens).
2. Nebo flavipes, Sim. Aden, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman.
3. Parabuthus liosoma (Hempr. & Ehrenb.). Aden, Haithalhim, Lahej,
Shaikh Othman.
4. Buthus dimidiatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Shaikh Othman.
5. Buthus acute-carinatus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim.
6. Butheolus thalassinus, Sim. Aden, Lahej, Haithalhim, Shaikh Othman.
This little collection came to hand whilst this paper was passing through the
press. The most interesting species of the lot are the first and last of the list
Hemiscorpius leptwrus seems to be represented by very few specimens in the
collections of Europe. Up to the present time, so far as I am aware, the
British Museum and the Museum at Berlin are the only institutions which
possess it. The British Museum received it for the first time some two years
ago, when Mr. Oates sent home one specimen from Aden. Yet, judging from
Col. Yerbury’s collection, the species isnot uncommon in Aden ; and it evidently
has a wide range, since it extends at least as far to the north as Baghdad.
Butheolus thalassinus is new to the British Museum; and the acquisition of
seven specimens has filled up an important gap in our series of Scorpions.
Moreover, it has enabled me to compare the species both with Buthus Benti and
with Nanobuthus Andersoni. The latter differs from Butheolus in haying the
anteocular area of the carapace almost horizontal, the lower border of the im-
movable mandibular digit unarmed, in the partial degeneration, both in number
and size, of the median rows of teeth on the digits of the chelz and the corre-
sponding increase in strength of the lateral teeth. According to Simon’s
description of B. thalassinus, the tail is posteriorly dilated, and there is only
one inferior tooth on the immovable mandibular digit. The 3rd and 4th
segments of the tail, however, are scarcely wider than the 1st, and sometimes
at least there are two teeth in the position mentioned above. In both these
respects the species approaches B. Bentz ; but the two are undoubtedly specifically
distinct.
NOT hC E
A GENERAL INDEX to the first twenty volumes
of the JOURNAL (Zoology) and the Zoological portion
of the PROCEEDINGS from Nov. 1838 to June 1890
is now ready, and may be had on application to the
Librarian, either in cloth as issued or in sheets for
binding. Fellows are requested, when applying fora
copy, to state in which form they desire to receive it.
GS eae a Te ee
ve = el a
MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON MOBIUSISPONGIA PARASITICA. 3817
On the True Nature of “ MW<ébiusispongia parasitica,’ Duncan.
By A. Vaueuan Juwyines, F.L.8., F.G.S., Demonstrator
of Botany and Geology in the Royal College of Science,
Dublin.
[Read 6th June, 1895.]
In the Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society for June
1880, the late Professor Martin Duncan described an organism
which he regarded as ‘“‘a parasitic sponge of the order Calcarea,”
and which he named Jobiusispongia parasitica.
The reasons given for classing the specimen with the Spenges
were decidedly inadequate, and writers of monographs on the
group have been content to insert the name among doubtful
and insufficiently characterized forms. It has become one of
those names which reappear in lists compiled by specialists,
always followed by a note of interrogation, until some later
observation supersedes them.
As I have been able to examine the original specimen, and
believe the appearances necessitate a very different explanation,
I thought it would be of interest to exhibit the preparation to
the Society: not only to relieve the students of Sponges of a
doubtful genus, but because the form has also a distinct interest
for those who are working at the Protozoa.
Dr. Duncan found the organism in some sections of Carpenteria
rhaphidodendron, Mob., from Mauritius, which had been lent him
by the late Dr. W. B. Carpenter.
It consists of a series of delicate calcareous sacs or chambers
connected by straight stolon-tubes, lying within one of the
chambers of the Carpenteria. Some of the. stolon-tubes pass
through the partition-wall of the Carpenteria and communicate
with sacs lying in the adjacent chamber. The wall both of the
sacs and tubes is a thin calcareous shell traversed by well-marked
perforations and bearing short pointed spines on the exterior.
The group of sacs in the chamber of the Carpenteria measures
about a fiftieth of an inch in length by a hundredth in breadth,
while some detached sacs may be found in other parts of the
slide.
In 1891 the late Dr. P. H, Carpenter lent me some slides of
Carpenteria for examination, and in the course of my study of
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 26
318 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE TRUE
one of them I met with the organism under consideration. At
that time I had not seen Dr. Dunean’s paper, or heard of Mobiusi-
spongia; but I madea note and drawing of the object as a
Foraminifer of the genus Ramulina. A year or so later, when
working at sponges, and’ anxious to know about Jobiusi-
spongia,” I referred to Dr. Duncan’s paper and found it was the
specimen I had drawn as a Ramulina.
I have no doubt that my determination is correct, and I
believe that any student of the group would recognize its
foraminiferal character from the original illustration.
It only remains to examine the evidence on which the organism
was referred to the Sponges, and to determine, if possible, the
species of Foraminifera to which it belongs.
Dr. Duncan based his conclusions, first, on the presence of “a
cellular element,’ and secondly, on the occurrence of spicules.
The faint lines seen in places round the projecting spines are,
however, only such as are frequently observed in the shells of
Foraminifera, forming a sort of areolation due either to incipient
cracking or to the mode of deposit of the shell-material. There
is no trace of true cellular structure.
The spicules observed are two or three broken needles and
one triradiate. All would be far too large in proportion if
the body were a Sponge, and none have any actual connexion
with the walls of the chambers and tubes, as was admitted in the
original description. They are evidently entirely accidental.
We may therefore, I consider, safely dismiss the claims of this
curious organism to rank with the Sponges, and the only question
is whether it can be included in any of the known species of
Ramulina.
The genus Ramulina was originally founded by Mr. Wright*
for certain fossil fragments from the Chalk. Professor Rupert
Jones f subsequently placed the genus on a more definite footing ;
and Mr. Brady + adopted it for certain recent forms found in
the North Atlantic and South Pacific during the ‘ Challenger’
* “ Cretaceous Microzoa of the North of Ireland,” Report and Proceedings
of the Belfast Nat. Field Club, 1873-4. :
+ In the same publication for 1875; and n the ‘ Micrographic Dictionary,’
1875.
t H.B. Brady, ‘ Journal of the Microscopical Society,’ n. 8. xix. p. 272; and
‘Challenger Report,’ yol. x.
NATURE OF MOBIUSISPONGIA PARASITICA. 3819
cruise. The fossil forms have been apparently confused in some
cases with the Dentalina aculeata of D’Orbigny,and need careful
revision.
Recent forms have been so far included in R. globulifera,
Brady, which measure about a fifteenth of an inch (1:7 millim.)
or more in length.
The specimen found in the chamber of Carpenteria differs
therefore from the type in its smaller size as well as in the more
sinuous and irregular shape of the chambers, but the difference
seems scarcely sufficient to justify a separate specific name.
Very probably the organism was “ Polymorphine” in its early
stages like the Ramulina Grimaldi described by M. Schlum-
berger * as growing among other organisms on dead shells.
Future research will doubtless reveal the existence of several
species of such adherent types, and the chambers and tubes to
which the name Ramulina was first given may be only their
detached fragments.
In this case the animal in its young stage was probably sur-
rounded by the rapidly growing Carpenteria, but managed to
live for some time by means of the water circulating through the
chamber of the larger Foraminifer. That its growth under such
circumstances would be limited is very natural, and its charac-
teristics may be regarded as due to abnormal conditions rather
than to specific distinctness.
It is not likely that the Ramulina grew in the chamber of the
Carpenteria after the death of the latter, as the chambers are
still lined with dry sarcode while those of the Ramulina are empty.
Ji is also difficult to suppose that a Ramulina could perforate
the dead walls of a Carpenteria and extend its stolon-tubes into
adjacent cavities.
On the other hand, if both organisms were living at the same
time, either the Ramulina must have obtained food by taking it
direct from the Carpenteria, or more probably the protoplasm of
the latter in the living state only lines the chambers, leaving a
clear space in the centre through which water can circulate.
* Mém. Soe. Zool. France, iv. (1891), p. 509. My thanks are due to
M. Schlumberger for a copy of the plate illustrating his description.
26*
320 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON A NEW GENUS OF
On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astrorhizide.
By A. Vaueuan Jennines, F.L.S., F.G.S., Demonstrator
of Botany and Geology in the Royal College of Science,
Dublin.
[Read 6th June, 1895.]
(PuatE X.)
Amone the dredgings made by the ‘ Porcupine’ Expedition
(third cruise), 1869, that obtained in the Faroe Channel at
440 fathoms was interesting from the number of specimens it
contained of the large arenaceous Foraminifer Botellina laby-
rinthica, Brady.
While examining some of this material given me by the late
Dr. P. H. Carpenter, I found that many of the specimens of
Botellina had other Foraminifera adherent to them.
Most of these are Truncatulina refulgens, Montf. sp., and
‘T. lobatula ; but in two cases the adherent form proved something
quite different—a type which has not yet, I believe, been de-
scribed or named.
It consists of a tent-shaped structure, measuring about a
twenty-fifth of an inch in height, with slightly less diameter at
the base, composed entirely of sponge-spicules. The spicules
are very regularly arranged and closely set together, all lying in
the same direction, pointing from, the circumference of the base
toward the apex.
The spicular structure is in this case the more remarkable
since there can be no question as to the abundance of other
‘material at hand. The Botellina shells are constructed of coarse
sand-grains, and by far the greater part of the dredging consists
of similar material. In fact, the contrast between these delicate
spicular cones and the coarse sandy structure of the organism on
which they rest is one of the most striking instances I know of
the selective power in Protozoa.
At the base the shell is fixed to the rough surface of the
Botellina by a small amount of a white, doubtless calcareous,
‘cement; but in the walls there is very little interstitial matter.
In the dry specimen the apex of the cone is closed; but I
should think it probable that in the living condition the spicules
were more or less mobile, so as to separate to some extent at the
top, and allow a free passage of the protoplasm to the exterior.
FORAMINIFERA OF THE FAMILY ASTRORHIZIDA. 321
Unfortunately there is not sufficient material to submit the
structure of the shell to more complete examination.
The form therefore appears to be an extremely simple type of
Foraminifer, living attached to foreign bodies and building a
protective roof, but with that remarkable power of selecting
sponge-spicules for its building material which is shown in
Pilulina, Marsipella, and Technitella.
In habit it is the equivalent of simple forms of Mubecularia
in the Porcellanea, and of Placopsilina and Webbina in the
Lituolide.
It may be objected that this spicular structure should not be
regarded as a character of generic value; and that such a type
as Placopsilina bulla might, if circumstances compelled it to
build with sponge-spicules only, produce a similar shell. There
is, however, a great difference in the style of architecture of
forms that constantly select spicules and those that, as it were,
pick them up indiscriminately with sand and shell-fragments.
In such a form as Haliphysema the shell may be entirely sandy
or completely spicular; but as all intermediate stages occur, no.
one would give separate names to the extreme forms. On the
other hand, the characteristic shape of Pilulina and Technitella,
combined with their constant spicular character, gives them an
undisputed title to generic distinctness.
The case now under consideration seems to me to be a parallel,
one: and in proposing a new generic name I am only following
the precedent of the late Dr. H. B. Brady.
The tent-like shape and the spicular structure suggest the
name of Rhaphidoscene.
A possible alternative would be the revival of the name Squa-
mulina, first used by Schultze *. His specimens, however, seem
to have been only immature individuals of Vuhecularia; and as
the best-known form referred to this genus, the so-called Squa-
mulina scopula of Carter, turned out to be founded on the basal
dome of specimens of Haliphysema, it i3 better that the name
should be allowed to drop.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE X.
Rhaphidoscene conica on Botellina labyrinthica.
* Schultze, ‘ Ueber den Organismus der Polythalamien,’ 1854.
822 MR. G. S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM.
\\On a New Species of Distomum. By G. S. West, A.R.CS.,
Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (From the
Biological Laboratory, Roy. Coll. Sci. London.) (Com-
municated by Prof. G. B. Hows, Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 6th June, 1895. ]
(PiatE XI.)
Wuitst dissecting the head of Philodryas Schottii (one of the
Opisthoglyphous Colubride), some dozen or more specimens of
a small species of Distomum were observed in the buccal cavity
and several more in the narial cavity ; the narial passages were
also full of eggs. On careful examination and comparison with
descriptions and figures of published forms, it proves to be an
undescribed species which I designate as follows :—
DistomMuM PHILODRYADUM, nN. sp.
Body fusiform, broadest in the middle, tapering to each end,
anterior oral extremity rounded, posterior caudal extremity more
or less pointed ; epidermis closely beset with very minute spines,
which are much fewer posteriorly ; oral sucker orbicular, almost
ventral in position; ventral sucker sessile, situated at about one
third the length of the body from the anterior end, orbicular, and
of the same size as the oral sucker. Intestine simple, esophagus
extremely short, branches long and narrow, reaching almost to
the extremity of the tail. Genital pore posterior to the ventral
sucker and a little to the left of the median line. Length
3-5 mm. ; breadth 0-8-1'3 mm. Eggs numerous, very minute,
length 0:03 mm., breadth 0-015 mm.
The snake from the mouth of which this Trematode was
obtained is a Brazilian one. Curiously enough, two other species
described as infesting the buccal cavities of snakes are also
S. American. These two species are D. Boscit, Cobb. (“On
some new forms of Entozoa,” Trans. Linn. Sve. vol. xxii. 1859,
p- 364, t. 63. f. 67), and D. incerta, Cobb. (“‘ Notes on Parasites
collected by the late Charles Darwin,” Journ. Linn. Soe. vol. xix.
1885, pp. 177-178, and fig.). From both these species it differs
in its external form, its larger ventral sucker, in the shortness of
its cesophagus, and in the position of the genital pore; moreover,
D. Boscit bas a much smaller oral sucker, and D. incerta is quite
smooth. The dimensions of D. Philodryadum and also ot the
MR. G. S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM. 3823
eggs are intermediate between these two species. D. Barnaldit,
Sonsino (“Dei Distomi dello Zamenis viridiflavus, Lacép., e di
una fase del ciclo vitale di unodi eiso,” Proc. Verb. Soc. Tose. Se.
Nat, Pisa, 1892, p. 92), is also from the buccal cavity of a snake.
D. Philodryadum, however, differs very considerably from the
latter species in general form, size, position of the genital
pore, &c.* Of the species of Distomum described as infesting
other parts of snakes, those most nearly approaching D. Philo-
dryadum are D. variabile, Leidy (“A Synopsis of Entozoa and
some of their ecto-congeners observed by the Author,’ Proc.
Acad. Nat. Se. Philad. 1856, p. 44), and D. signatum, Dujardin
(‘ Histoire naturelle des Helminthes ou vers iutestinaux,’ Paris,
1845, p. 414). From the former it differs in size, form, and in
the ventral sucker; but Leidy does not describe the internal
anatomy of his species. D. signatum is smaller, has the suckers
much closer together, proportionately larger eggs, and the genital
pore is anterior to the ventral sucker.
The cesophagus is very short and rather wide, and the two
branches of the intestine appear to arise almost directly from the
base of the pharynx; but the presence of an unbranched thin-
walled tube posterior to the latter is clearly seen in transverse
sections. The simple character of the intestine, the extreme
shortness of the cesophagus, and the characters of the oral and
ventral suckers place this species in Dujardin’s subgenus Brachy-
laimus (Dujardin, J. c. p. 407 ; cfr. Bronn, ‘ Klass. u. Ord. Thier-
Reichs,’ Band 4, Wiirm. p. 909).
The testes may be on opposite sides of the body, one in a
more anterior position than the other; or there may be one
directly behind the other on the same side of the body. One
vas deferens is considerably longer than the other, and the two
unite just at the point where the duct enters the cirrus pouch.
In those specimens in which the uterus was greatly distended
with eggs, the most anterior part of it reached almost as far as
the anterior edge of the ventral sucker.
The genital orifice is situated posterior to the ventral sucker
and a little to the left of the median line; its position is not
* In a paper, “ Brief Notes on Flukes,” P. Z. S. 1893, p. 499, Sonsino
remarks that D. Barnaldii may prove to be D. nigrovenosum, Bellingham (found
in Tropidonotus natriz). This latter is well worked out by Monticelli (‘‘ Studii
sui Trematodi endoparasiti,” Suppl. Zool. Jahrb. 1893).
324
quite
some,
penis
MR. G. 8S. WEST ON A NEW SPECIES OF DISTOMUM.
constant, being only just posterior to the ventral sucker in
and in others a considerable distance posterior to it. The
was protruded in most of the specimens as a very con-
siderable papilla.
The excretory vesicle extends up the centre of the body
amongst the folds of the uterus for a considerable distance, and
is seen in any transverse section of the posterior end of the body
(fig. 5, e.v.).
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XI.
. Distomum Philodryadum, nu. sp. Animal viewed from the ventral
surface, showing most of the internal anatomy.
. Part of another animal, showing a difference in position of the genital
pore.
. Transverse section through the region of the ventral sucker; the animal
had the uterus greatly distended with eggs.
. Transverse section a little posterior to the ventral sucker.
. Transverse section through the posterior end of the body.
. Section showing the ectoderm, mesenchyma, and some of the muscles.
. Transverse section through a nerve-cell.
. Longitudinal section through a nerve-cell.
Figs. 9,10. Two ova. x 520.
Cp.
ee
é.U
IP-
iS
Mm.
m.l.
m.N.
M.0.
nN.
@.
Ov.
= cirrus pouch. p. = penis.
. = ectoderm. ph. = pharynx.
. = excretory vesicle. 7.s. = receptaculum seminis.
= genital pore (for Q). s.0. = oral sucker.
. = intestine, s.v. = ventral sucker.
= mesenchyma. sp. = spines.
= longitudinal body-museles. ¢, and ¢, = testes.
= nuclei of mesenchyma. uw. = uterus.
= oblique body-muscles. v.d. = vas deferens.
= nerve-cell, v.8. = seminal vesicle.
= cesophagus. vt. = vitellaria.
= oyary.
MR. BE. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES OF SHARKS. 325
On the Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. By Epaar
R. Waire, F.L.8., Zoologist, Australian Museum, Sydney.
[Read 20th June, 1895.]
(Puats XII.)
Tue Cestracions are of special interest in consequence of the
vast antiquity of the family. Not only are they allied to
Plagiostomes the remains of which exist in Paleozoic formations,
but in the person of a living genus they date backwards to the
Chalk, where they were associated, as they now are in Port
Jackson, with the ancient molluse Trigonia.
Five living species are known: these are :—Cestracion Philippi,
Schneider, C. zebra, Gray, C. japonicus, Maclay and Macleay,
C. francisci, Girard, and C. galeatus, Giinther. In one species
only—the first named—has any description or figure of the egg-
case been published *. The original illustrations, being doubt-
less drawn from dry and distorted examples, are not very good,
and from these later figures have been copied with their conse-
quent errors.
Few particulars have been recorded as to the situations in
which the living egg is usually laid, and but little definite in-
formation supplied as to the object of its peculiar form. Possess-
ing facilities not possible to many investigators, I have collected
what information I could, and have also been able to describe
the hitherto unrecorded egg-case of our second species, C.
galeatus.
The living eggs of Port Jackson Sharks are most abundant in
spring (August and September), but are to be obtained through-
out the summer. Empty cases are cast up on the beaches at
all seasons, more especially after stormy weather. They are as
common on the shores of New South Wales as are the sea-purses,
or egg-cases of Dog-fishes, on English shores.
Last September (1894), Mr. Cecil W. Darley brought to mea
living egg. The case was unlike any I had previously seen;
from each of the basal terminations proceeded a very long fila-
ment, similar to those attached to the egg-cases of Dog-fishes
(Scyllium). On making inquiries I discovered that such a con-
dition was but little known, and it was suggested to me that this
* Cf. Duméril, Hist. Nat. Poiss. pl. 8.
326 MR. E. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES
was the normal state, the tendrils being afterwards broken off.
A practical test dispelled this idea, for while the object was
fresh or moist they could not be detached by using even con-
siderable force.
On comparing this case with others of the usual type, I per-
ceived that the contour was different, and suspected that we had
here the egg-case of C. galeatus. Prof. Haswell also possessed
a similar example, which he kindly placed in my hands, telling
me that he thought it might prove to be distinct from that of
C. Philippi.
Having since examined several living eggs of both species, it
was found that all the simple cases contained embryos of
C. Philippi, and all the stringed ones those of C. galeatus. It
may be further mentioned that an example of the former
Species, in a tank at the Bondi Aquarium, deposited an ege
without tendrils, and having the broad spirals to be mentioned
later.
It appears that the eggs of C. Philipp: are found in moderately
shallow water, wedged in among rocks; whether they are
actually dropped into the crevices we do not at present know; it
is more probable that they are deposited on the sand at the bases
of the rocks, into the fissures of which they are afterwards swept
by the tide. They are so jammed crown outwards, that they can
only be removed either by turning them round and withdrawing
small end first, or by actually unscrewing them; both forces
being most unlikely to occur under natural conditions. When
empty they are somewhat more pliable, which may account for
them then becoming loosened and cast ashore.
Although most rare upon the beaches, the eggs of C. galeatus
prove to be not uncommon when sought for in their native
habitat. Through the kindness of Messrs. Darley and Grim-
shaw, of the Harbour Department, I recently had the pleasure of
searching for them fifty teet below the surface. Although not.
successful in obtaining specimens, I got an excellent idea of the
general situation. in places immense masses of brown seaweed
grow to the height of two or three feet so densely that scores of
eggs may be securely concealed among them, protected by their
likeness to seaweed in colour and texture. Mr. Cameron, the.
diver who kindly took me in charge, told me that he always finds.
the eggs in this weed, so attached by their long tendrils that it
is scarcely possible to secure them whole, without cutting the
OF SOME PORT JACKSON SHARKS. 327
seaweed. In deep water they are freer from the violent dis-
turbances, tending to detach them, to which the eggs of the
more common species are subject.
The egg-cases of both species have the following points in
common :—All parts are composed of a flexible horn-like sub-
stance of brown colour. The body consists of a chamber shaped
like a pear; the coronal portion is compressed into a cervix
through which the young Shark eventually escapes. From each
side of this cervix, and integrally connected with it, arises a
tibbon exactly resembling a strip of kelp. These ribbons are
attached basally, their free edges turned towards the cervix
and deflected considerably from the body. They pass round
alternately and obliquely, and form the thread of a right-handed
double screw, together making five or six turns to the base.
These ribbons originate about half the width they quickly
attain, and continue their course of even breadth, again narrow-
ing on approaching the base.
The interior, as shown by a section, is wide and capacious ;
the fissure does not proceed to the base as is generally portrayed,
but terminates some distance short of it; the inside is marked
with oblique strize corresponding with the direction of the spirals,
and resembling the lines inside a vessel turned upon a potter’s
wheel.
The principal differences between the egg-cases of the two
species may be thus recounted :—
C. Puruiprt, Pl. XII. figs. 1 & 2.—Of larger size; about six
inches in length. The spirals are very broad and, in part, hide
the body when viewed laterally ; at the base they narrow quickly
and terminate bluntly, and are not produced into tendrils.
Beach-worn examples generally have the terminations more or
less frayed.
C. aateatus, Pl. XII. fig. 3.—Of smaller size ; about four
inches and a half in length. The spirals are not very broad, and
in no part hide the body completely ; basally they become narrow
and are produced into long flattened tendrils. In the most perfect
specimen examined each tendril is ninety inches in length, and
tapers to the slenderest thread, becoming tangled and knotted
like a skein of silk. They are, however, very tough, and may be
unravelled without fear of breaking. One of the tendrils ter-
minates in a thickened tag (shown in the figure), which, although
3828 MR. E. R. WAITE ON THE EGG-CASES OF SHARKS.
doubtless an individual peculiarity, indicates that the tendrils.
are entire.
The appendages with which the eggs of Sharks are furnished
serve to moor them in some suitable situation, otherwise they,
would be liable to be knocked about to the detriment of the
contained embryo, or even washed ashore, where their destruction
would be inevitable. The spiral appendages of C. Philippi are,
as has been shown, no exception to the rule; the elastic flanges
permit the egg to be forced further into a fissure, whence ex-
traction is resisted by the free edges of the ribbon catching
against the rock.
Although, in a lesser degree, the ege-case of C. galeatus
possesses these spirals, they do not appear to have the same use ;
here attachment is effected by the entanglement of the tendrils
among seaweed.
It may be of interest to inquire whether we are to regard the
spirals or the tendrils as the primitive appendages. Seeing that
C. galeatus possesses in its diminished spirals a useless appen-
dage, it may be inferred that such spirals are a bequest from
forms to whom they were serviceable. Also, since such a form
as C. Philippi having larger and serviceable spirals lacks the
tendrils, we infer that in C. galeatus the serviceable tendrils
are a later development, and that the spirals, now rudimentary in
function, are relics; so the feature in common between such an.
egg-case and those of the Dog-fishes appears to be a secondary
and independently acquired character.
As before mentioned, very few theories have been advanced as
to the advantage of the peculiar form of the Cestraciont’s egg.
An attractive explanation is offered by Mr. Grant Allen in one
of his charmingly popular books *. His ingenious suggestion is
as follows :—
“That well-known frequenter of Australian harbours, the
Port Jackson Shark, lays a pear-shaped egg, with a sort of spiral
staircase of leathery ridges winding round it outside, Chinese-.
pagoda wise, so that even if you bite it (I speak in the person of
a predaceous fish) it eludes your teeth, and goes dodging off
screw-fashion into the water beyond. ‘There’s no getting at
this evasive body anywhere; when you think you have it, it
* “Science in Arcady,’ p. 169.
THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 335
The underside of the abdomen I have not been able, in the
single specimen in question, to examine in detail. It is, how-
ever, possible, by turning back the last pair of oostegites, to see
the end of the thoracic sternites, here soft, with a little chitinous
matter and a marked conical central papilla (Pl. XIV. fig. 9).
Behind this the thoraco-abdominal suture is evident, and the
bases of the first pair of abdominal appendages are large and
prominent.
The basal joint is bilobed, and bears the large curved plate
which we have already noticed as overlapping the dorsal sur-
face of the abdomen above and covering its ventral aspect. Its
central region is more strongly calcified than the flexible mem-
branous borders.
The inner angle of the basal segment bears also a true gill-
plate lying over (ventral to) those of the succeeding four pairs of
appendages, and resembling in form and structure the third
lamella of appendages two to five.
The typical abdominal appendage, such as is found on segments
two to five, has a short basal joint, moderately calcified and
imperfectly subdivided, bearing three perfectly distinct lamelle
(Pl. XIV. fig. 10).
On the outside (ventral surface) is a delicate square plate
attached to an outer calcification of the basal segment; it is
very thin in texture, and the anastomosing blood-vessels are
plainly visible.
The middle or largest lamella is triangular in outline, and
attached to the main portion of the basal joint: a glance at the
dorsal surface shows, however, that it is not attached along the
whole of the base, but only at a middle point in a deep sinus, so
that its basal margin is markedly cordate.
The third or smallest lamella is less than half the size of the
last, of an oval shape, pointed at the distal end, and attached in
the proximal region between two unequal forwardly extending
lobes ; so that it has the same cordate base as the middle lamella, ~
but more irregular.
The third, fourth, and fifth abdominal appendages are all
constructed on the type of the second, which I have chosen
for description.
The sixth pair, which are so prominent in the larva, still retain
the same structure—a basal joint with two flattened lamelle.
In the adult, however, the lamelle are almost equal in size,
narrow in proportion to their length, and devoid of sete. The
336 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF
whole appendage seems degenerate, and the tips only are visible
between the tail-plate and the lamella of the first abdominal
appendage, its function in swimming being apparently taken on
by the thoracic limbs.
IV. The Larval Stage.
The larvee found in the brood-chamber seem to be all in about
the same stage of development, and all measure about 3 mm. in
length.
They possess the subtriangular head of the adult, bearing two
large eyes and two pairs of antenne; but there is no sign of
that antero-lateral growth of the first thoracic segment which
is so distinctive of the full-grown animal.
The seven thoracie segments show little difference from one
another; they bear six pairs of thoracic limbs, each of seven
joints, and ending in a strong claw.
Tn the abdominal region the segments are also at this stage
free; but the large caudal plate is already well developed. The
last segment bears a pair of limbs, each composed of a basal
joint and two oval lamelle, the outer twice as long as the inner.
These and the caudal plate bear strong marginal set, and the
whole group, no doubt, forms a strong swimming mechanism.
The above statement covers, I believe, all I can say as to the
anatomy of Ourozeuktes; but as the genus is so little known, it
may be useful, for those who will some day have more material to
study, to summarize the previous records.
At the commencement I have referred to the establishment of the
genus by Milne-Edwards and of its recognition by Gerstaecker.
Professor Haswell * mentions a specimen, which he calls provi-
sionally O. pyriformis, in the Sydney Museum, and I take this to
be the one collected by the ‘ Novara’ Expedition f.
Messrs. Schiédte and Meinert{ add two species—the one
O. Monacanthi, said to be from the “ body-cavity ” of a Mona-
canthus (one of the Balistide) preserved in the Museum at
Vienna; the other, O. caudatus, a badly preserved specimen
taken by Schomburgk near Adelaide, and now in the Berlin
Museum.
* Haswell, ‘ Catalogue of Australian Crustacea.’ Sydney, 1888.
+ Heller, Reise der ‘ Novara,’ Crustacea, p. 148.
+ Nat. Tidskrift, vol. xiv. Copenhagen, 1884.
THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 337
They also refer to one in the “‘ Museo Godeffroyana” at Ham-
burg, said to be from Meridional America; but the locality is
here doubtful.
To this list I can only add that there are two dried specimens
in the British Museum, which show no special characters, and
should doubtless be included in the original species. I have
been able to examine them through the kindness of Professor
Jeffrey Bell.
In this paper I have no intention of discussing the question of
species, as I have no pretence to be a student of this particular
group. I may say perhaps that Messrs. Schiddte and Meinert’s
two species differ from the original in little beside their smaller
size, which in a Crustacean is not very reliable ground for specific
distinction. Also in these cases, as in that of the Sydney
Museum, the narrowness of the abdominal region seems, at first
sight, a point of importance ; but when one considers the greater
delicacy of all the posterior portions compared with the strong
thoracic rings, one can understand how easily such an appearance
may be produced in drying. My own opinion is that the
original example was very well preserved as a dried specimen,
and that the others only differ in the shrunk condition of their
tissues.
The question of species, however, is of less importance than
that of the habit of this animal; but unfortunately I have here
no further evidence to give.
Probably the nearest living relative of Ourozeuktes is the
remarkable genus Ichthyoxenos described by Herklots*, and
more recently (in a paper to which Prof. Howes has kindly
called my attention) by Professor Max Weber}. This genus
lives entirely in special cavities in the integument of a fish
(Puntius maculatus, Bleeker) in the rivers of Java. It is less
specialized than Owrozeuktes in having the abdominal segments
free and the first abdominal appendage scarcely modified.
Moreover, it has not the thoracic limbs flattened ; and this I
take as an indication that it is entirely parasitic, whereas the
genus now under consideration has the power of living freely,
though doubtless parasitic at times.
Taking the larval form into consideration, we may perhaps be
* Herklots, Archives Néerlandaises, V., 1870.
t+ Weber, ‘Separat-Abdruck aus zoologische Ergebnisse einer Reise in
Niederlandisch Ost-Indien, Band ii. Leiden, 1892.
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 28
338 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES.
justified in regarding Ourozeuktes as a descendant of some form
similar to Anilocra, which has by semi-parasitism become modified,
though one can hardly say distmetly degenerate.
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puate XIII.
Fig. 1. Ourozeuktes Qwenii, M.-EKdw. Dorsal aspect.
2. 29 3 Ventral aspect.
3. “ ia Lateral aspect.
4. ” b6 From the front.
5
B19 ‘6 Tange Dorsal aspect.
6. os Lateral aspect.
7. Pr aa Ventral aspect.
Puate XIV.
Ourozeuktes Owenti, Milne-Edwards.
{In regard to the details shown on this Plate, it is important to state that
the observations were made on a single specimen without removing any of the
parts—hence the difficulty of giving an absolutely true representation; but
the drawings are the result of repeated examination, and there is no reason to
doubt their substantial accuracy. |
Fig. 1. The head and mouth-appendages, seen from below; the latter partly
covered by the first pair of oostegites.
Fig. 2. The same, with the first oostegites reflected, showing the maxillipedes.
5)
Fig. 3. The same, with the maxillipedes supposed removed and the second
maxille reflected back. The styliform first maxilla are then seen
directed forward to the labium, flanked by the mandibles and their
palpi.
Figs. 5, 6, 7, 8. The mandibles, first and second maxille, and maxillipedes of
the left side.
Fig. 9. The abdominal area, seen from the ventral side, with the fifth oostegites
reflected and the right first abdominal appendage moved outward.
Fig. 10. Second abdominal (respiratory) appendage, seen from the dorsal and
ventral aspects.
Fig. 11. Semidiagrammatic side view of the animal, to show the relations of the
oostegites to each other and to the limb-sockets.
Reference letters.
M. Mouth. O, to O,. The five pairs of oostegites
Lbr. Labrum. forming the brood-chamber.
Lb. Bilobed labium. A,. First abdominal appendage.
Md. Mandibles. A,. Last abdominal appendage.
Mzx,. First maxille. A, to A;. Abdominal respiratory
Mzx,. Second maxille. appendages.
Mzp. Maxillipedes. T, to T,. Sockets of the thoracic
appendages.
r
MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 9329
wriggles away sideways, and refuses to give any hold for jaws or
palate. In fact, a more slippery or guileful egg was never yet
devised by nature’s unconscious ingenuity.”
Eggs of C. Philippi wedged in the sheltered crevices as de-
scribed could not be reached by Mr. Allen in the person of the
predaceous fish, and for eggs of C. galeatus, closely entangled
among seaweed, much dodging would be impossible. Moreover,
so well are they concealed, that antics such as those described
would be unnecessary.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XII.
Figs. 1 & 2. Egg of Cestracion Philippi, Schneider, and section of same.
3 nat. size.
Fig. 3. Egg of Cestracion galeatus, Giinther. 4% nat. size.
On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes, Milne-
Edwards. By A. Vaueuan Jenninas, F.LS., F.GS.,
Demonstrator of Botany and Geology in the Royal College
of Science, Dublin.
[Read 20th June, 1895.]
(Puates XIII. & XIV.)
As long ago as 1840 Professor Milne-Edwards* gave the name
of Ourozeuktes to an Isopod Crustacean which he had received
from the late Sir Richard Owen, without information as to its
habit or the locality in which it was found. He recognized it
as one of the family Cymothoide, and gave it this generic name
in consideration of the fact that all the abdominal segments are
fused together, leaving in the adult only faint lines mdicating
the original sutures. His definition of the generic characters is
clear and accurate, and the accompanying figure is a satisfactory
representation of a dried specimen viewed from the dorsal
surface. It gives, however, a quite inadequate idea of the
appearance of the animal before desiccation, and I believe I am
right in saying that no satisfactory illustration has since been
published of this remarkable form.
* ‘Histoire N. des Crustacés, p. 275, pl. 33. fig. 8 (1840).
330 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF
Prof. Milne-Edwards’s figure reappears in Bronn’s ‘ Klassen
und Ordnungen des Thier-Reichs,’ * which gives also a figure
of the larval stage; and more recently Messrs. Schiddte and
Meinert + have described two specimens which they regard as
distinct species. These also seem to be drawn from dried
specimens, and add nothing to our knowledge of the mor-
phology of the genus.
A year or two ago, while I was engaged in arranging the
new Museum at the Free Public Library in Whitechapel, the
Rev. Dan. Greatorex (who generously gave his collection as
the nucleus of that Museum) called my attention to a curious
Crustacean of almost spherical shape which he had never been
able to identify.. This proved on investigation to be a fine
specimen of Owrozeuktes Owenii, which, having been preserved
in spirit immediately after capture, shows admirably the natural
form of the organism. It was given to Mr. Greatorex by the
captain of a sailing-ship, who said it had been taken at sea near
Kerguelen Island, and there seems no reason to doubt that the
locality is correct.
The specimen is nearly two inches in length and more than
an inch in breadth across the widest tergum ; whilst the enor-
mously developed brood-chamber below, three quarters of an
inch in depth, makes the animal appear almost globular when
viewed from the front. As all the previously recorded specimens
seem to have been females, it is probable that, like other Cymo-
thoide, the animal is hermaphrodite and proterandrous{. The
brood-chamber contained a considerable number of larve about
3 millim. long, all in the same stage of development.
It is unfortunate that we have no further details as to the
habit of the animal, but it is almost certainly parasitic, partly or
entirely. This and other general questions will, however, be best
left till some account has been given of its external anatomy, so
far as may be learnt from the single specimen at disposal.
* ¢ Arthropoda, Band v. Abth. 2, Taf. viii. fig. 20 (1851), and Taf. xxvi.
fig. 1 (1883).
t Nat. Tidskrift, vol. xiv., Copenhagen, 1884.
t Bullar, “Generative Organs of Parasitic Isopoda,” in the ‘Journal of
Anatomy and Physiology,’ 1876, p. 118; and Mayer, “ Ueber d. Hermaphro-
ditismus einiger Isopoden,” in Mittheil. Zool. Stat. Naples, 1879.
THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. Bel
I. The Cephalic Region.
The head is small and subtriangular in shape, sunk in a deep
notch between the lateral portions of the first thoracic segment,
which extend far forward on each side so that their anterior
borders are on a level with the eyes and almost reach the antenne.
The eyes are of moderate size, situated near the lateral margin
of the head, and densely pigmented. They are, of course, com-
pound, and the hexagonal lens-areas, as in other Cymothoide,
are comparatively few in number and large in size.
Below the anterior border projects very slightly a membranons
upper lip or labrum.
Appendages of the Cephalic Region.
(1) The jirst antenne are about 5 mm. in length, subulate,
pointed, and composed of seven joints. They arise below the
margin of the head-shield and are directed outward transverse
to the axis of the body.
(2) The second antenne are in general similar but slightly
longer and more slender, and composed of eight joints. Their
origin is immediately behind that of the first pair, and the bases
of both are crossed at right angles by the mandibular palp.
(3) The mandibles are of somewhat unusual form. They have
a strong conical base attached to the sternal region of the
segment some distance back, and rather far from the middle line.
From the distal end of this basal portion a much slenderer
calcified rod runs obliquely forward and inward, ending in a
transverse oval structure with a minute chitinous tooth meeting
its fellow of the opposite side. From the anterior outer angle
of the basal portion rises the soft, pointed, 3-jointed palp, which
is directed straight forward and, as already stated, crosses at
right angles the bases of the antenne (Pl. XIV. figs. 3 & 5).
Immediately behind the terminal plates of the mandibles comes
the soft bi-lobed Jabiwm, and the two together give a cruciate
appearance when the head is looked at from the front with
all the mouth-parts in place. The undersides of the labial
lobes are grooved for the reception of the succeeding pair of
appendages.
(4) The first maxille are reduced to a pair of cylindrical,
pointed, scarcely calcified styles which arise immediately to the
332 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF
inner side of the mandibles and run forward parallel to these, to
end in the grooves on the labium mentioned above.
(5) The second maxille are small oblong plates rising from
a short basal joint just internal to the first maxilla. Their inner
margins are slightly curved, and they terminate in front in a
straight transverse fringed border behind the labial lobes.
(6) The masillipedes are considerably larger, and have a wide,
well-calcified base articulating somewhat obliquely with the
sternal area. The main lobe is quadrate in shape, and has a
thickened auterior border lying just behind the fringed margin
of the second maxille. There is a short palp-like two-jointed
lobe lying along its inner margin.
These four pairs of appendages are again covered ventrally, as
far forward as the labium, by the first pair of oostegites.
Taken as a whole the mouth-parts are not strongly developed ;
they are comparatively feeble and soft, with little chitinous or
calcareous material, indicating a suctorial rather than a masti-
catory habit. The mouth-aperture itself is very small and far
forward, and the various appendages converge toward it. The
pointed tips of the mandibles would be just strong enough to
attack soft tissues, and to keep open a passage through which
fluid nutriment could be ingested by the sucking action of the
labium and succeeding parts.
In the case of such Isopods ag live on the gills of fish, food
may be obtained by such a direct or true parasitism, but a set of
jaws like those of Ouwrozeuktes would probably be capable of
dealing also with small organisms if the animal were in a free
stage or only holding on by its hooked limbs to the outside of
a fish.
With regard to the grooves in the labium in which the
maxillary rods terminate, Professor Howes has kindly called my
attention to the fact that in the common Crayfish the endopo-
dite of the second maxilla runs across the labium and fits into a
depression in the mandibles *.
II. The Thoracic Region and its Appendages.
The thoracic region consists of the typical seven segments
with wide terga and well-developed epimera. The latter carry
the corresponding limb-sockets, and are also prolonged down
* Qf. Huxley and Martin's ‘ Hlementary Biology,’ ed. 1888, pp. 199, 200.
THE ISOPOD GENUS OUROZEUKTES. 338
between these to form the calcified parts of the foliaceous
oostegites. .
While the first tergum is, as already stated, prolonged forward
on each side of the head, the last has a similar tendency to the
horseshoe form, its lateral areas spreading back round the base
of the abdominal region. Of the remainder the second, third,
and fourth are considerably longer antero-posteriorly than the
fifth, sixth, and seventh.
The seven pairs of limbs are all constructed on the same plan.
A large flattened basipodite (to which is fused a small round
coxopodite fittmg into the limb-socket) is followed by an ischio-
podite, three approximately equal joints, and a curved claw.
The flattening of the basipodite increases from before back-
ward, and in the last four pairs the ischiopodite also becomes
increasingly lamellar, so that these hinder limbs are very efficient
swimming-organs.
The remaining structures belonging to the thoracic region are
the large foliaceous plates or oostegites, which together form the
great brood-chamber below the body of the animal, in which the
eggs and embryos pass through their successive developmental
stages. It is of course well known that such a structure occurs
in many genera of Isopods and, with little difference, of Amphi-
poda also; but I have not as yet met with any description of
one so large or fully developed as that now under consideration.
There are four of these large oostegites or plates, as they may
be called for the sake of brevity, on either side of the body
passing round from the line of the limb-sockets toward the
ventral middle line, where the series on the left side overlaps that
of the right.
It is to be noted, however, that these plates have no con-
nexion with the limbs themselves. The calcification which
supports their basal and central parts is prolonged down from
the epimera, usually from the thickening in front of the limb-
socket; so that the free movement of the limbs in no way
interferes with the rigidity of the walls of the chamber (Pl. XIV.
fig. 11).
I mention this specially, as the usual descriptions in our text-
books,—such as “‘ brood-lamelle attached to more or fewer of the
thoracic limbs,”* or “thoracic legs...in the female some of
them provided with delicate membranous plates (oostegites) which
* «Forms of Animal Life,’ Rolleston-Jackson, 1888, p. 537.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 2h
334 MR. A. V. JENNINGS ON THE STRUCTURE OF
form a brood-pouch,’”’*—even if they apply to other Isopoda, are
not applicable to this genus.
The second pair of oostegites rise from a calcification prolonged
down from the anterior region of the thickening over the second
limb-socket. They overlap in front the bases of the first pair,
and are, in turn, overlapped by the third oostegites. These rise
in a similar manner from a descending calcification in front of
the third thoracic limb-socket, and they overlap the fourth pair
of plates behind as well as the second in front.
The fourth oostegites are the largest pair, and seem to be con-
nected with the sockets of both the fourth and fifth pairs of
limbs: the calcareous supporting bar derived from both these
sources takes a semicircular sweep backward toward the postero-
dorsal angle.
The fifth oostegites rise from in front of the sixth pair of
limbs. They overlap the fourth pair in front, and are prolonged
backward as a pair of oblong plates covering the abdominal
appendages for more than half the length of that region of the
body, and by pressing on the large first abdominal appendages
completely close the brood-chamber behind.
These four pairs of plates form by far the greater part of the
wall of the brood-chamber ; but between the anterior margins
of the second pair and the sternal region of the head the space
is filled in by the small first pair, which fit closely against the
secoud oostegites behind and are appressed to the maxillipedes
above, thus entirely closing the chamber in front, just as the
fifth oostegites close it behind.
Ill. The Abdominal Region and its Appendages.
The third region of the body consists of six abdominal segments
and a broad triangular caudal plate, the segments being fused
together, as already stated and as implied by the generic name.
Viewed dorsally, this area still shows the lines of suture of the
various segments, and the central part is distinctly marked off
from the lateral, giving an appearance much like that of a
trilobite pygidium. The caudal plate is thin and delicate in
structure, marked by lheht and dark bands like those on the
abdominal appendages—a similarity which suggests that it may
serve (and the oostegites also) as an accessory respiratory organ.
* «Text-book of Zoology,’ Claus-Sedgwick, 1884, p. 457. Other cases might
be added ; and Milne Edwards, in the original description, refers to the limbs
“carrying at their bases large foliaceous plates.’
ON MIMICRY IN THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS, 339
On Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas.
By Colonel Cuartes Swinuoz, F.L.S., F.Z.S.
[Read 7th November, 1895. |
(Puates XV.—XVIT.)
Arter studying and thinking over the general theory of Pro-
tective Mimicry as described in the works of Bates *, Wallace f,
Trimen ¢, Fritz Miiller $, Meldola||, Poulton 4], and others, it
occurred to me that the subject would be advanced by the special
study of a small group of wide-spread mimetic species throughout
the different countries included in its range.
The Bolina group of the nymphalid genus Hypolimnas or
Diadema contains, according to systematists, a number of species.
When, however, we look at the group from a biological point of
view, we find that all these can be merged in two distinct species
—Hypolimnas misippus (Linn.) and Hypolimnas bolina (Linu.).
These I selected for my purpose.
It is first of all necessary to gain a conception of the appear-
ance presented by these species before the mimetic form was
assumed. This we find to be still retained by the male of
H. misippus, which is invariably non-mimetic, and that of
Hf, bolina, which is non-mimetic in India and in certain other
localities which will be mentioned further on. Occasionally
the females also revert to the ancestral pattern and resemble
the black males. The non-mimetic males are very similar in
appearance, while their mimetic females differ widely. A com-
parison shows that the male of H. misippus is smaller than
H. bolina, and that the large whitish spot on the upperside
of each wing is larger, rounder, and bears very little trace of
the blue colour which is so conspicuous in H. bolina; while the
underside has a reddish hue not present in the latter. On
the wing, the male of H. misippus is a far more active insect ; it
is a most pugnacious butterfly, perching on the tops of bushes
and darting forward to attack any other butterfly that may fly
past ; but I have found that when crippled and put at liberty
* Trans. Linn. Soe. xxiii. p. 495.
+ Ibid. xxv. p. 19. t Ibid. xxvi. p. 497.
§ Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1879, p. 20.
|| Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Dec. 1882.
@ Proc. Zool. Soc., March 1887.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 29
340 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMIORY IN BUTTERFLIES
it speedily falls a prey to the first bird that sees it. In conse-
quence of these fighting propensities the wings often become
battered and torn, although apparently without greatly diminish-
ing the activity of the insect. I have removed half the total
wing-surface on one side with a pair of scissors, but the powers
of flight did not seem to be much impaired. On two occasions,
on Cumballa Hill in Bombay, I entirely removed both wings
from one side and placed the insect in an exposed situation. On
the first occasion one was eaten by a crow, and on the second by
- a Mina; and in neither case did the birds manifest any hesita-
tion in attacking the butterfly. It is fair to conclude from these
observations that the species is not distasteful.
The female of H. misippus however, except as a very rare
variety which resembles the male in appearance, always mimics the
commonest of all the Danaina, i. e. Danais chrysippus (Linn.),
Pl. XV. fig. 2, which is common all over India, Burma, Ceylon,
the Malay Archipelago, Madagascar, Aden, and the West, South,
and South-eastern coasts of Africa, but apparently not the
interior: in all these localities Hypolimnas misippus also exists,
the female being of the Danais colour and pattern (see fig. 1);
and where Danais chrysippus does not exist, Hypolimnas misippus
is not to be found *.
In Africa D. chrysippus is of a dull bronzy red, and not nearly
so brightly coloured as it is in Asia; and similarly the females of
HI. misippus in Africa are dull bronzy red, whereas in Asia they
are brightly coloured.
In Africa and at Aden there are several forms of Danais
chrysippus—some without the white-banded black apical patch to
the fore wings (D. dorippus, Klug), fig. 4; some possessing
this marking, but characterized by white hind wings (D. alcippus,
Cram.), fig. 6; and also others with the D. dorippus pattern
and white hind wings. All these forms are mimicked in their
several localities by the females of H. misippus: compare fig. 4
with 3, and 6 with 5.
In India the form of female Hypolimnas which mimics Danais
dorippus (without the black and white apical patch) is also
* Distant, in Rhop. Malay. p. 168, states :—“ This species (H. misippus) in its
female sex affords one of the best and strongest examples of ‘mimicry,’ it being
a true and startling mimic of Danais chrysippus, a protected species which is
found with it in its different habitats, excluding America, where, however, it is
evidently an introduced species.”
oe oe
OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 341
found: itis not nearly so frequently met with as the mimic of
the true D. chrysippus, but it is not uncommon, being occasionally
found nearly all over India. So far as I am aware, the particular
form of the chrysippus group (D. dorippus, Klug) which it
mimics had never been recorded from India; and it struck me
as extraordinary that we should find in India the mimic of a
protected insect which is not an inhabitant of the same countries.
The two forms of protected insects are exactly alike on the wing ;
and as no one collects the common D. ehrysippus, I could not
but believe that the explanation of the apparent anomaly lay in
the fact that D. dorippus had been overlooked. In order to test
this conclusion, I engaged two native collectors for three months
to catch nothing but D. chrysippus. I thus obtained, as may be
imagined, many thousands, and the experiment was most suc-
cessful, because amongst them I obtained no fewer than twelve
individuals of D. dorippus. This was in Bombay in 1883; in
the following year, when in Karachi, in Sind, I obtained three
examples, and Major Yerbury sent me two from the Punjab.
From the circumstance that the dorippus form of Hypolimnas
misippus is not uncommon, while the same form of the Danais is
comparatively rare, I am inclined to believe that the latter is
dying out in India, and is being replaced by D. chrysippus, and
that the mimetic form has actually outlasted the form it has
mimicked. It must be remembered, however, that the resem-
blance of the dorippus form of the Hypolimnas to the typical
Danais chrysippus is sufficiently striking to afford considerable
protection ; and hence natural selection would only cause a very
gradual return to the other form, on which we must believe that
still greater immunity is conferred.
In the species H. bolina (Linn.) as we find it in Asia, the
female only is mimetic, the male in all localities being of
the normal form; in India the female universally mimics
the common protected butterfly Huplea core of Cramer. The
typical #. core does not range very far south, one or two
have been taken in Mergui, but there is no record of its more
southern extension, its place being taken by other common black
Eupleas of somewhat similar pattern. We find accordingly that
H. bolina varies so as to resemble all the common Eupleas of
the different islands of the Malay Archipelago.
The Amboina form of H. bolina mimics LF. climena, Cram.
In Sumatra it is known as Hypolimnas anomala, and mimics
29*
342 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES
Isamia (Euplea) singapura, Moore. In Ké Island, under the
name of Hypolimnas polymena (Pl. XVI. fig. 2), they mimic
Eupicas with broad whitish borders to the uppersides of the
wings (Pl. XVI. fig. 1), a form of pattern common among the
Eupleas in this island. I have no fewer than three well-defined
subgenera of Hupleas with such broad white borders from Ké
Island—Calliplea Hopffert, Felder (fig. 1), Chirosa eurypon,
Hewitson, and Hirdagra fraterna, Felder, all possessing well-
marked sexual subgeneric distinctive characters.
From the Solomon group I have examples from two islands:
in Maleita Island both sexes are mimetic, the male (fig. 3)
and female (fig. 5) of the Hypolimnas known as Hypolimnas
scopas respectively mimicking the corresponding sexes of Huplea
pyrgion (male fig. 4, female fig. 6). This is a very interesting
example, because the differences between the two sexes are fairly
distinctive and constant. In another island of this group both
sexes (Pl. XVII. fig. 1) mimic Huplaa polymena (fig. 2). In
this case no local name, so far as I know, has yet been bestowed
upon the Hypolimnas.
In the Fijis the male of the local unnamed form of H. bolina
is normal in appearance, but the females occur in many varieties,
and seem to exhibit a regular gradation from an appearance like
that of the normal male to brown, and from brown to yellow
and white, as if the mimetic resemblance was still in a state of
transition. In Messrs. Godman and Salvin’s fine collection there
are upwards of sixty varieties of the female, and on the table are
upwards of seventy examples from my own collection showing
many varieties; aud this is the ooly instance I have found of
any local variation in the mimetic forms of this species. The
only two Huplwas I have seen from the Fijis are H. Whitmec
(Butler) and #. margoensis (Butler), the first from Lifu Island
and the second from Margo. These are dark Kupleas and
resemble the dark forms of the female bolina. But we know
very little about the Fijian Lepidoptera, and there may very
well be other Huplaas corresponding to other forms of the
female Hypolimnas inhabiting the same locality.
In many of the Southern Islands H. bolina in its typical form
is found with females mimicking red forms of Danais; I have
examples from Celebes, Ké Island, Alu, New Britain, and also
from North Australia. The Celebes female called H. nerina,
Felder, is a fair mimic of Danais chionippe, Hubn., also found in
the same locality ; there are probably other similar forms of
OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 343
red Danais in these islands. The mimic is here much larger
than the mimicked. This is the only case I know of, in which
this species of Hypolimnas mimics a red insect and thus gains
itself a considerable patch of this colour.
Next we turn to Africa, and we invariably find that both sexes
of what we may fairly call the African forms of Hypolimnas
bolina mimic various species of Danaine, the normal form
of the male having entirely disappeared. Hence, from the
systematist’s point of view, the specific characters having been
lost in both sexes, they bear as many specific names as there are
local forms mimicking the accompanying species of Danais.
In quest of these mimetic forms, I searched through Mr.
Crowley’s magnificent collection of African butterflies at Oroy-
don, where I found very many examples, from which I selected
three. In every locality where the forms occur, the mimicry
seems to be remarkably perfect, but there are local peculiarities
in the patterns of both mimic and mimicked in many places.
The localities are as widely separated as Natal in the South-east,
and the Cameroons in the West of Africa.
From Natal, I have obtained Hypolimnas marginalis (Pl. XVII.
fig. 3), which mimics Amawris dominicanus (fig. 4). From Gra-
hamstown, H. mina mimicking A. echeria; from the Cameroons,
H. dubia (fig. 5) mimicking A. egialea (fig. 6).
CoNCLUSIONS.
Having thus brought together all the facts I have come across
and those which have been previously published, it remains to
ascertain their bearing upon the theory of mimicry, for this
theory has never been subjected to the evidence derived from
the systematic study of a small group of wide-ranging, mimetic
insects, carefully traced through all the localities included in their
range. This has, however, been done for the Papilio merope
group, so admirably worked out by Roland Trimen (Trans. Linn.
Soe. xxvi. p. 497, and South-African Butterflies, vol. ii. 1889,
pp- 243-55), but the total range of these butterflies is far more
limited and the number of different forms much smaller than is
the case with the Hypolimnas group.
Bearing upon general Theory of Mimicry.
In the first place, we find the strongest support to the general
theory of mimicry as originally suggested by H. W. Bates. The
B44 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES
varied changes which occur are explained by this theory, and by
no other yet propounded. When we trace Hypolimnas bolina
from India into Amboina, Sumatra, Ké Island, two islands of
the Solomon group, Fiji, Celebes, and various part of Africa, we
meet with a different form in each locality, a form which from
the biological standpoint may be called the Hypolimnas bolina
of the locality. That local changes should occur may be intel-
ligible in many theories, but that they should invariably be in
the direction of a superficial resemblance to one butterfly (or in
some cases two or more distantly related butterflies) out of
the numerous and varied Rhopalocerous fauna of each locality,
and that one a specially defended species, well known and
avoided by insect-eating animals, is only to be explained by the
theory of mimicry,—by the advantages conferred by relatively
greater resemblance having acted as a selective test during all
the stages of development. The theory of mimicry has received
much support by the investigations which have been carried on
since Bates propounded it in 1862, but I believe that no evidence
is so complete and convincing as that supplied by the genus
Hypolimnas.
Bearing upon the special liability of female to mimetic
resemblances.
The facts also bear in an interesting manner upon the details
as well as upon the general theory. Thus the observation that
females are more liable to be defended by mimicry than males,
and its explanation (suggested by A. R. Wallace), as due to their
“ slower flight when laden with eggs, and their exposure to attack
while in the act of depositing their eggs upon the leaves,”
receives further support and confirmation. Among the nume-
rous forms of both the mzszppus and bolina group, we meet with
no case in which the male is mimetic while the female is non-
mimetic: the male of misippus is peculiarly active on the wing,
and being able to defend itself in this way, is never mimetic;
the male of the less active bolina affords a beautiful transition
from the condition met with in misippus to a mimicry as complete
as that of the female. In this respect the group is far more
interesting than that of P. merope, in which the males are never
mimetic.
OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 345
The ancestral non-mimetic form from which the mimetic varieties
have been derived: various phases of development of mimicry.
The ancestral form of both groups is preserved in the closely
similar non-mimetic males, and the rare cases of reversion to the
same type exhibited by the females. But the beautiful evidence
supplied by the existence of the ancestral nou-mimetic form of
both sexes in certain islands is wanting here, although so well
seen in the merope group.
The most ancestral form described in this paper is probably |
the Fijian bolina, in which the females exhibit a transition from —
non-mimetic to mimetic forms; then would follow the Indian
bolina, in which the female is not a very perfect mimic of
Euplea core, and still retains traces of the blue spots so charac-
teristic of the non-mimetic males, culminating in the Celebes
form, in which the mimicry of the female is fairly complete and
has entailed a more marked divergence from the normal type
than any other form in this group: at this stage misippus must
be placed, with its non-mimetic male and females with extremely
perfect and detailed mimicry. We finally reach the climax of
change in those island forms of bolina in which the males also
are mimetic, and in Africa, where no more ancestral phase is at
present known.
Bearing upon mimetic resemblance to different species in one
locality.
The well-known mimetic resemblance to two or more very
diflerently coloured species of distasteful insects in the same
locality is not well exemplified, although it appears probable that
some varieties of the females from Fiji bear this interpretation,
which may also in part explain the occurrence of all three
varieties of the female méstppus at Aden, where the three corre-
sponding forms of Danais are also found (viz. chrysippus, alcip-
pus, and dorippus). But here, too, we meet with nothing that
approaches the condition of some species of the merope group of
the S.-African Papilio cenea for example, in which four forms of
the female respectively mimic such differently coloured species
as Danais chrysippus, Amauris dominicanus, and two varieties of
Amauris echeria, thus widening the area of possible mistake so
far that the mimetic species can become comparatively numerous
without the risk of extermination.
346 COL. C. SWINHOE ON MIMICRY IN BUTTERFLIES
Different conditions under which mimicry may appear :
attempted explanation.
Finally our facts have an instructive bearing upon the very
different conditions under which mimicry may appear in the
most closely related species. It seems clear that we have to do
with two species which are unable to exist without this deceptive
resemblance to some specially protected form, either in both
sexes or in the one which is chiefly exposed to attack. Wherever
we find these butterflies, whatever changes they may undergo,
the resemblance which enables them to live upon the reputation
of some local distasteful species is maintained. Muimicry bemg
equally necessary to ‘both misippus and bolina in order to ward
off extermination, we nevertheless find that it pursued an utterly
different course in these two species. Hypolimnas misippus has
attached itself to a single well-known, conspicuous, wide-ranging
species of distasteful butterfly, resembling it with great fidelity,
and following it through the details of even minor changes. In
order to achieve this result, it has been compelled to depart very
widely from the ancestral form—even more so than is the case
with any of the dolina group. But this extreme variation in one
direction appears to have deprived it of the power of developing
variations in other directions; so that its existence and range
seem to depend upon the existence and range of a single butter-
fly, Danais chrysippus and its varieties. In Hypolimnas bolina,
on the other hand, we meet with much greater elasticity: its
range is almost unlimited as regards the conditions imposed by
mimicry, for it can vary in each locality into the semblance of
some local species.
How is this wide divergence to be explained? Many biolo-
gists would be inclined to lay stress on the amount and kind of
individual variation which has been at the disposal of the selective
process during the development of the mimetic resemblance ;
and it is certain that the results must have been largely influenced
by this. It is noteworthy that bolina includes forms which are
both older and younger than those of msippus, the latter repre-
senting but a single one out of the many phases of departure
from the ancestral type represented by the former. It may be
that this comparatively narrow limitation of mdsippus is merely
due to the exclusive predominance of a single specially advan-
tageous resemblance, Danais chrysippus being so abundant and
well-known in the localities where it occurs, and its distribution
affording scope for a wide range. Or variation may have carried
OF THE GENUS HYPOLIMNAS. 347
misippus in this direction from the very first, and sufficient pro-
tection being thus conferred there would be no tendency towards
the production of other forms. In either case we must look
upon the selective process as chiefly responsible for the result.
It is impossible to deny abundant powers of variation to misippus,
when we remember its faithful resemblance to the special changes
undergone by D. chrysippus. But variation being under the
guidance of selection in one direction only, has produced nothing
in any other direction. It is easy to imagine conditions under
which H. dolina might become equally restricted If Huplea
core had the distribution of Danais chrysippus, it is probable
that no other mimetic variety would have been produced. Or if
Danais chionippe of Celebes had the range and abundance of
D. chrysippus, it is probable that the superior advantages attend-
ing the resemblance to it might cause the ultimate predominance
of this one out of the many mimetic forms of H. bolina.
If, then, we are right in believing that the results are deter-
mined by the range and abundance of the mimicked form,
because this, through selection, determines the number and kind
of the mimicking varieties, it is clear that selection rather than
unguided variation is the essential cause of the phenomena,
always assuming the necessary amount of variation for selection
to act upon.
The fact that selection follows, where possible, the path of
least resistance as regards variation, is well seen in H. bolina.
Not one of its many mimetic forms departs so widely from the
ancestral appearance as those of mdsippus, and for the production
of most of them comparatively small changes are necessary. In
India and Malaya, with a single exception, various dark-coloured
Eupleas are mimicked. The interesting exception of the
chianippe form proves that much greater divergence is possible,
and that the path provided by the easiest and most probable
variation is only followed when itis advantageous. When we
pass into Africa, we find that the place of the genus Euplea is
taken by the Danais genus Amauris, and dark-coloured butter-
flies of this specially protected genus have afforded ready models
for mimicry, so that here too the necessary conditions have been
met by less divergence than has been necessary for H. misippus.
My thanks are due to Messrs. Godman, Salvin, and Crowley
for examples of various mimetic forms, and especially to Professor
Poulton for much kindly assistance in deducing the above con-
clusions.
348 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
Puats XY.
Figs. 1, 3, 5. Hypolimnas misippus, 2 (3 forms).
Wig. 2. Danais chrysippus.
4
. 5, dorippus.
6. ,, alcyppus.
Puate XVI.
Fig. 1. Luplea Hopffert. Fig. 2. Hypolimnas polymena.
47 Wi pyrgion, 3. 3. 0 scopas, 3.
6. ed ” 2 Ad 5. eed ” io) 7
Puatre XVII.
Fig. 2. Huploea polymena. Fig. ss Hypolimnas, sp.
4. Amauris dominicanus. - marginalis.
6. ss egualea. B Be dubia.
An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charaxes im the
Collection of the British Museum. By Anruur G. Buruzr,
Ph.D., &c., Senior Assistant-Keeper, Zoological Department.
[Read 7th November, 1895.]
One of the first genera which I ever studied, and the first which
I monographed, was the genus Charawxes, a paper on which I
published in 1865 in the ‘ Proceedings of the Zoological Society,’
in which I recorded sixty-eight species (two of which, however,
were noted as doubtful and were subsequently suppressed): the
‘ present paper enumerates no fewer than one hundred and fifty-
nine.
I have followed Prof. Aurivillius in uniting Palla to Charases:
if kept separate, it would have to be broken up into several
genera, and Charazes itself would in like manner have to be sub-
divided; this, indeed, has been done for the Indian species by
Mr. Moore; but apart from outline of wing I have been unable
to discover any constant structural characters on which to base
these genera. That wing-outline in Charazes is not of generic im-
portance seems clear, from the fact that (1.) in many of the species
it differs to an extraordinary degree in the sexes; (ii.) the most
nearly related species (as, for instance, C. Balfouri and C. varanes)
differ in this respect as much as any of the proposed new genera;
and, lastly, (ii1.) it is not uniform, even when apparently so to a
casual observer, the shortening or absence of the hind-wing tails
occurring abruptly in a single species in the middle of a group.
When I last arranged Charazxes, about the year 1892, our
series occupied a single cabinet of 20 drawers; last year, how-
ever, Messrs. Salvin and Godman (with their usual liberality)
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 349
presented the whole of their fine series of Charaxes to the
Trustees, including the specimens formerly representing the
collections of Messrs. Bates and Druce—thus enriching our
already fine collection with numerous types and with specimens
of many species new to us.
With such rich material, it has been possible to form a much
more just estimate of the value of characters formerly held to.
have a specific value than could otherwise have been formed ;
the result being that, in some instances, described types have
had to be sunk to the rank of seasonal or varietal phases, whilst
in a few cases the evident constancy of certain characteristics in
long series has shown that what have hitherto been regarded as
varieties have some claim to be considered distinct.
The collection as it now stands fills three cabinets or sixty
cabinet-drawers, and as nearly every African collection which has
arrived lately has added to the species of this genus, it seems
probable that another ten years will necessitate a further
extension. The incorporation of the specimens in the collection
of the late Mr. Hewitson will not greatly enrich the general
series, So many of his specimens being without localities, that
it will be necessary to treat these as duplicates; all of them are,
however, recorded in the present paper.
Of the 159 described forms which I have permitted to stand as
species, 142 are represented in the Museum; but as several of
those included in the larger number may prove upon examination
to be merely individual variations of well-known forms, it would
be premature to assume that seventeen described species remained
to be acquired by us.
C. odysseus may be the female of C. lactetinetus, and it is even
possible that the differences which separate C. Hveretti and
Staudingeri from C. Durnfordi may prove not to be constant to
locality. How it is that Drury’s C. ewdoxus has never reached
us from the time when it was figured is indeed a puzzle; it is
hardly possible that it can have been a made-up insect, for no
two known species could be so fitted together as to produce it.
I now proceed to enumerate the whole of the species of
Charaxes at present described, together with descriptions of
several not previously recorded and a complete catalogue of the
whole of the specimens in the Museum collection—those from
the Salvin and Godman collection being referred to as “from
See: coll.”
300 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
1. C. sason GRovp.
1. CHARAXES BRUTUS.
Papilio brutus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iii. pl. eexli. figs. E, F (1782).
Papilio cajus, Herbst, Natursyst. Schmett. iv. pl. lxiv. figs. 1, 2 (1799).
a. Natal (Bates coll.), 6; from the Salvin & Godman
collection. |
6. S. Africa, 2.
c. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3.
e. Zomba (Macclounie), 3.
f. Taita, E. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3.
g. Croboe Distr., Accra (Higlett), 3.
h. Accra (EL. T. Carter), 2.
2,7. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), $, 2; fromS. & G.
coll.
k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
l. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 2.
m. Gold Coast, ¢.
nm. Winnebar, W. Africa (C. R. Williams), 3; from 8. & G.
coll.
Var. with unusually broad band across primaries.
o. Accra (Higlett), 2.
Var. with unusually narrow band across primaries.
. West Africa, do.
. Angola (Monteiro, Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
ReWeAthricasn or
srk
Hewitson coll.
s. Natal, 3.
t. Without locality, 3.
u. Old Calabar, 9°.
v. Without locality, 2.
The South-African specimens have the band on the primaries
more sinuous, wider at the back and narrower in front than in
the West Coast examples; on the under surface also the discal
outer bordering of the white belt is dull brick-red, like the centre
of the submarginal spots, whereas in the Western form it is
ochreous; examples from Delagoa Bay and East Africa are
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. ool
intermediate in character and completely link the two local
races.
2. CHARAXES ANDARA.
Charaxes andara, Ward, Ent. Month Mag. ix. p. 209 (1873) ; Mabille,
in Grand. Mad. p. 187, pl. xxii. figs. 4-6 (1887).
a. Antananarivo (Rev. R. Toy), 3.
b, c. Fort Dauphin (I. J. Cloisel), 2 9.
Hewitson coll.
d-f. Without locality, 5 do.
g. Without locality ; confounded with C. cacuthis, Q.
3. CHaRaxes Druceanus.
Charaxes Druceanus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 4, n. 1 (1869); Lep. Ezot.
pl. 10. fig. 4 (1870); Westwood, Thes. Oxon. p. 182, pl. 34. fig. 6 (1874).
Charaxes cimadon, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 177 (1870).
a. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Type, 6. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
e. Gaboon (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Zomba (Macclounie), 2.
e. Orange River (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
f. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
g. Nyika, Nyasa-land (R. Crawshay), 3.
Hewitson coll.
h. Without locality (probably type of C. cinadon), 3.
7. Orange River, do.
4, CHARAXES ANDRANODORUS.
Charaxes andranodorus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 184;
Grand. Mad. p. 182, pl. xxi. figs. 1 & 1 a, pl. xxv. a. figs. 1 & 1 @ (1887).
Var. d. Charaxes zoippus, Mabille, Bull. Soc. Ent. Belg. 1884, p. 185;
Grand. Mad. p. 179, pl. xxv. figs 2 & 2a (1887).
a, 6, Fianarantsoa (Deans Cowan), 3, 2.
c. Ankafana, Betsileo (Deans Cowan), 2.
d. Madagascar (Druce coll.), 2 ; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
e. Without locality, labelled Druceanus, 3.
The male described as C. zozppus. differs so slightly from that
sex of typical C. andranodorus, that I can only regard it as a
sport.
352 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
5. CHARAXES PHRAORTES.
Charaxes phraortes, Doubleday, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1847, p. 60; Butler,
Lep. Exot. pl. x. fig. 6 (1870); Grand. Mad. p. 177, pl. xxv. figs. 1 & la
(1886).
Type, a. Madagascar (Dr. Lyall), 2.
This species must be very local, for the type still appears to be
unique.
6. CHARAXES PH@BUS.
Charaxes pheebus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 625, pl. xxxvi. fig. 2.
Types, a,b. Abyssinia (Sir W. C. Harris’ Expeditionto Shoa), 3,2.
7. CHARAXES EUDOXUS.
Papilio eudoxus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 65, n. 203 (1793) ;
Drury, Ill. 11. pl. xxxiu. figs. 1, 2.
“ Sierra Leone.”’
This species is evidently intermediate between C. phebus and
C. pollux, the under surface more nearly resembling the former
and the upper surface the latter species.
Tf C. ewdoxus actually came from Sierra Leone, it is a most
remarkable fact that none of the collections recently received
from that locality have contained it, and that, up to the present
time, Drury’s figures are all that remain to show us what this
species is like.
8. CHARAXES POLLUX.
Papilio pollux, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxvii. figs. D, E (1776).
Papilio camulus, Drury, Ill. ii. pl. xxx. figs. 1, 2 (1782).
a, b. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3.
c. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 2 .
d, e. Sierra Leone (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
f. Sierra Leone (coll. Bates), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g, h. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
z. Sierra Leone (coll. Druce), 3.
j- Angola (Monteiro), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
k. Monbuttu (min Pasha), 3.
l. Zomba (Macclounie), 3.
Hewitson coll.
m—o. Sierra Leone, 3.
p,q. Sierra Leone, 2.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. Bde
9. CuaraxEs Hansatit.
Charaxes Hansalii, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446, n. 728, pl. 59.
figs. 3, 4 (1867).
a. Abyssinia (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
b. Bogos, 2.
This very rare species has been confounded with the yellow-
banded form of C. castor, to which I have given the name
of C. flavifasciatus. Through the carelessness of Fabricius,
C. castor and C. polluc have been transposed: in my monograph
(P. Z. 8. 1865) I supposed the Fabrician names to have priority
and therefore followed his lead; Kirby put the synonymy right,
but left the species in the wrong places.
10. CHARAXES CASTOR.
Papilio castor, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxxvii. figs. E, F (1776).
Papilio pollux, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 63, n. 197 (1793).
Var. Charaxes flavifasciatus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 251.
Var. flavifasciatus.
a, b. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3,9; from 8. & G. coll.
c. Zambesi (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Upper Egypt, ¢.
e, f- Central Africa (Hmin Pasha), 3 3.
g- Gomba (Macclounie), 3.
h. Accra (H. T. Carter).
Hewitson coll.
7,7. Delagoa Bay, 3, 2.
C. castor typical.
k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
l. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2.
m. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 6; from S. & G. coll.
nm. Old Calabar (White), 3; from S. & G. coll.
o. Cameroons, d; from 8. & G. coll.
p. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g. Ashanti, 3.
r. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 9.
s, t. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), 3 ¢.
u. Mamboia, H. Africa (Dr. Kirk), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
B04 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
Hewitson coll.
v. Sierra Leone, ¢.
w, «. Fernando Po, 9 2.
The pale-banded form is the commoner type in the Hast, and
the orange-banded form in the West. It is probable that they
represent two races, the ranges of which overlap: in such cases
it seems to me imperative that both forms should have names.
As we have not received C. flavifasciatus (in any instance) with
the typical form, it is possible that they do not actually occur
together.
11. CHARAXES SATURNUS.
¢. Charaxes saturnus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 624, pl. xxxvi.
fig. 1; Q, Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. 1. fig. 2 (1869).
Charaxes pelias (part), Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 175 (1862).
a. Congo, d*.
b. West Africa, 2; from S. & G. coll.
ce. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll.
d. Angola (Rogers), 2; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), dT.
f. Gomba (Macclounie), 3
h
4
k
l
g, h. Taita, E. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3,2.
5. Damara-land (Bates coll.); from 8. & G. coll.
j, k. Matabele (Selous), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Type, J. Zambesi (H. Walter), 3
m. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3
nm. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll.
o. Durban (G@. H. Shelley), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as C. pelias).
p. Delagoa Bay, 3.
g,r- Angola, d 3.
s,t. Congo, do, 2.
Var. laticinctus.
Charaxes saturnus, var. laticinctus, Butler, P. Z. S. 1895, p. 251.
Type, v. Sulim bin Najimb, Konde (2. Crawshay), 3
». Zomba (Macclounie), 9
w. Shiré River (Bates coll.), ¢; from S. & G. coll.
* Examples from the Congo and Angola are larger than elsewhere and have
the blue spots on the hind wings better developed.
+ Also a second imperfect male from Niomkolo.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 355
This form approaches C. jason; indeed, excepting for the
well-defined tawny band which crosses the upper surface of
the wings, it more nearly approaches that species than it does
C. pelias.
12. CHARAXES PELIAS.
Papilio pelias, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. iii. figs. C, D (1775).
Charaxes pelias, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. x. fig. 5 (1870).
a,b. Locality not recorded (Druce coll.), 35, 2; from
S. & G. coll.
As is well known, this species, which is still extremely rare in
collections, appears to be confined to South Africa.
13. CHARAXES JASON.
Papilio jason, Linneus, Syst. Nat. i. 2, p. 749 (1767); Drury, Ill.
Exot. Ent. i. pl. 1. fig. 1 (1773).
Papilio jasius, Fabricius, Syst. Ent. p. 449 (1775).
Papilio rhea, Hiibner, Eur. Schmett. i. figs. 111, 112 (1794).
Eriboea unedonis, Hiibner, Verz. p. 47 (1816).
a. Corsica (Col. Yerbury), 3.
6. Spain (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
e-e. Central Europe (Druce coll.), ¢ 3; from S. & G. coll.
f. 8. France (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g-i. Europe (Zeller coll.), 3 3.
j-l. Europe, 2, dd.
Hewitson coll.
m-p. Without locality, 5, 2 9.
14. CHARAXES EPIJASIUS.
Charaxes epijasius, Reiche in Ferr. Gal. Voy. Abyss., Ent. p. 469, pl. 32.
figs. 1, 2 (1849).
a. White Nile (Petherick), 3.
b,c. Abyssinia, Atbara, dd.
d,e. Senegal, 5 d.
Ff. Senegal (coll. Kaden), 3; from S. & G. coll.
g. Lower Niger (W. A. Forbes), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
h-j. Without locality, ¢ d, 9.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 30
806 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
2. OC. FABIUS GROUP.
15. CHARAXES ACHEMENES.
Charaxes achemenes, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 446, pl. 59.
figs. 6, 7 (1867).
Charaxes jocaste, Boisduval MS., Butler, P. Z. S. 1865, p. 628; Trans.
Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 274.
a, b. Senegal, 3, Q.
e-e. Abyssinia (Druce coll.), $ 3,92; from S. & G. coll.
f-h. Abyssinia, Atbara, 2 9,d.
2. Kandera (Hmin Pasha), 3.
j. Lomba (A. Whyte), 3.
k, l. Delagoa Bay, 3,92.
m. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2 ; from S. & G. coll.
n, 0. Lambesi (Bates coll.), 2,35; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
p-t. Delagoa Bay, d 5,9 9.
16. CHARAXES FABIUS.
Papilio fabius, Fabricius, Spec. Ins. ii. p. 12 (1781).
Papilio solon, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. |, p. 69 (1793).
Papilio euphanes, Esper, Ausl. Schmett. pl. 59. fig. 1 (1785-90).
Burmese race, with markings above brimstone-yellow.
a. Thoungyeen Valley, Tenasserim (Capt. Chas. Bingham).
6, c. Tiiin Yaw, Burma (2. Y. Watson).
Typical race.
d. Mhow (Col. Swinhoe), 3.
e. Bombay (Hunter), 2.
J: Bombay, ¢; from 8. & G. coll.
g- Poona (Col. Swinhoe), 2.
h. Neilgherries (Col. Swinhoe), 3.
z. Madras (#. ¥. Watson), 3.
j, k. Madras (Vigors coll.), 2,3.
l,m. Ceylon (Col. Yerbury), 3 3.
n. Ceylon (Whyte), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
17. CHARAXES LAMPEDO.
Q. Eriboea lampedo, Hiibner, Samml. exot. Schmett. ii. pl. 52. figs. 3, 4.
g. Charaxes zephyrus, Butler, Cist. Ent. i. p. 5 (1869); Lep. Exot. i.
pl. x. fig. 1 (1870).
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 357
Type, a. Without locality (coll. Druce), 3; from S. & G. coll.
b. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 5; from 8S. & G.
coll.
c. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 9; from S. & G. coll.
18. CHARAXES ECHO.
Charaxes echo, Butler, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol, xx, p. 401,
pl. viii. figs. 5, 6 (1867).
a. West coast of Borneo, o.
6. Labuan, Borneo (Low), 3; from S. & G. coll,
Hewitson coll. (as C. lampedo).
c. Borneo, o.
d. Sarawak (Wallace), 3.
19. CHARAXES HANNIBAL.
Charaxes hannibal, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. vi. fig. 5 (1869).
Hewitson coll. (as C. lampedo).
Type, a. Tondano, Celebes (Wallace), 2 .
6. Macassar, ? .
This species seems to be closely allied to C. echo, and it is just
possible that it may prove to be the female of that species; but
hitherto I have seen no females of C. echo from Borneo, and
therefore am unable to say whether the differences which exist
are merely sexual or local.
3. C. orntILUs Group.
20. CHARAXES ORILUS.
Charaxes orilus, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 13, pl. v. fig. 5 (1869),
Hewitson coll.
Type, a. Timor (Wallace), 3.
The following is one of the most interesting groups in the
genus, the greater number of the males being so similar that they
are confounded in most collections under the names of C. ephyra
or C. ethalion; many of the females, however, are widely
different.
Another point of interest is that in some of the species there
are both blue-banded and white-banded females; these are
probably seasonal forms.
30*
358 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
Owing to the slight differences which characterize some of the
males, it is not surprising to find that they have not been referred
to their proper females; but, on the other hand, it is singular
that even careful Lepidopterists have agreed in regarding two
distinct females as sexes in more than one instance.
4. C. ETHEOCLES GROUP.
21. CHARAXES GUDERIANA.
6. Nymphalis Guderiana, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,
1879, p. 200, pl. i. fig. 18.
©. Charaxes Guderiana, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 648 ; Trimen,
-Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 42, pl. v. fig. 8.
a-c. Lake Mweru (&. Crawshay),3 S.
d. Fwambo (A. Carson), 2 .
e. British H. Africa (Dr. Gregory), 3 .
F-h. Lomba (A. Whyte),2,5 3.
2. Zomba (A. Sharpe), 3 .
Hewitson coll. (as C. alladinis 3 ).
j. Nyasa, 3.
22. CHARAXES Kirxrt.
©. Charaxes Kirkii, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 105 (1881).
36. Charaxes Kirku, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1888, p. 60.
a. Koda (Emin Pasha), 3.
Type, 6. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2.
c. Kandera (Emin Pasha),é.
d, e. Abyssinia (Druce coll.),3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as CO. alladinis d ).
f. White Nile, d.
This is the nearest ally of C. Guderiana, which it approaches in
both sexes. In the male the discoidal and two following subcostal
spots on the primaries are lilacine and small, and, as a rule, only
two of the submarginal series exist, even these are small with
lilac edges; very rarely one or two extra white points occur; the
marginal spots also are bluish grey or bronze-greenish, not
white ; on the secondaries the blue band is either wholly wanting,
or represented by two or three separate greenish lunules, and
in the marginal lunules green takes the place of white and the
red central streaks upon them become more or less pronounced.
The female is in some respects nearer to that sex of C. viola,
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 359
and the form of the tawny band across the primaries agrees with
that of the white band of C. etheocles.
23. CHARAXES VIOLA.
@. Charaxes viola, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 627, pl. xxxvi.
fig. 4.
* (as ¢). Charaxes chiron, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 168, pl. lviii.
(1866).
a. Old Calabar (White), 5; from 8S. & G. coll.
6. West Africa, 2.
e. Angola (Rogers),d; from S. & G. coll.
d, e. Ashanti,d 3.
f. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3.
Hewitson coll. (as C. ephyrac ).
g. Angola, dé.
The male of C. viola nearly resembles that of O. Kirkit, but has
a greener tint above and a redder tint below; the two subapical
spots on the upper surface of the primaries are wanting, and the
marginal spots are metallic green; the red streaks on the
marginal lunules of the secondaries are almost or altogether
obliterated. Staudinger’s so-called male from Senegal is un-
questionably a female; how he failed to recognize its identity
with this insect figured by me in 1865 I do not understand.
24. CHARAXES ETHEOCLES.
Q. Papilio etheocles, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. cxix. figs. D, E (1779).
3. Papilio ephyra, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 355, no. 18 (1823).
a. Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter),3; from S. & G.
coll.
b. Cape Coast, W. Africa (#. WMiblett), 2 .
ce. Barombi, Cameroons (Druce coll.),3; from 8. & G.
coll,
d. Stanley Pool, Congo River (H. H. Johnston), 3; from
G. & S. coll.
The male on the upper surface much resembles that sex of
C. viola, but the marginal spots of the primaries are smaller and
less diffused, the white submarginal spots of the secondaries are
also smaller. On the under surface the differences are more
pronounced, the whole basal area being more or less suffused
with white, and the lunate spots towards outer margin much
darker and well-defined. M. Godart’s description is sufficiently
good to identify the species with certainty.
3860 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
25. CHARAXES ROSA.
©. Charaxes rose, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 255.
Charaxes pheus 9, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 82
(1877) ; ‘Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 344 (1887).
Var. ? Charaxes alladinis 2, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 9 (1887).
Types, a, 6. Delagoa Bay, 3 2.
c, d. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro),3,2; from 8. & G. coll.
e. Zomba, d (Macclounie).
f. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), 3.
Hewitson coll.
g, h. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 2 2.
The male is a shorter and broader insect than that sex of any
of the preceding species: the primaries are less faleate, with the
outer margin much less inarched; these wings on the upper
surface are immaculate, but the secondaries show precisely the
same markings on the outer border as the female; the under
surface is glossed precisely as in the female, and sometimes
shows well-marked indications of the whitish characters of that
sex. The only species with which it might be confounded, if
carelessly examined, is C. ethalion ; but it is much more sericeous
on the under surface, and its geographical distribution would
assist in showing to which female of the white-banded species it
belonged.
26. CHARAXES MANICA.
©. Charaxes manica, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 43, pl. vi.
fig. 9.
Var. ? Charaxes ephyra 9, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 11 (1887).
Pa. Atbara, Abyssinia, 3.
I am very doubtful about our male, and think it much more
probable that the insect figured by Dewitz (loc. cit. fig. 10) is
the true male of this species, and our example that sex of
C. Dewitzi.
27. CHARAXES PHEUS.
@. Charaxes pheus 3, Hewiison, Ent. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 82
(1877); Trimen, South Afr. Butt. i. p. 344 (1887).
g. Charaxes alladinis, Butler in Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 648.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 361
a. Ngama’s, Kakoma (2. Crawshay), 3.
b. Zomba (A. Whyte), 3.
e. Delagoa Bay, ?.
d. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro),?; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
Type, e. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), ? .
The form of the male is exactly that of the female, and the
two subapical spots on the primaries are very characteristic of
the species; the secondaries are like those of Dewitz’s male
C. ephyra, excepting that the red marginal markings are strongly
defined ; below, male and female are almost absolutely alike.
28. CHARAXES CEDREATIS.
2 2 (as sexes). Charaxes cedreatis, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x.
p- 247 (1874); Exot. Butt. v. Char. pl. v. figs. 22-24 (1876).
3 9. Charaxes Carteri, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xviii. p. 108 (1881).
Types, a, 6. Accra (EL. T. Carier),3,9.
c. Croboe District, Accra (Hickling), 3.
d. Ashanti, d.
e. West Africa, 2.
Hewitson coll.
Type, f: Without locality, ?; (type of Hewitson’s male).
g, h. Fernando Po, @ 9.
The male has much the character of C. violad on the upper
surface, but the under-surface colouring is of a greyish-olive
colour, precisely like that of the female: most of the pale borders
to the lines also appear as in that sex, and especially the
irregular whitish patch running to the abdominal margin above
the anal angle.
29. CHARAXES ALLADINIS.
Q@. Charaxes alladinis, Butler, Cist. Ent. 1. p. 5 (1869); Lep. Exot. i.
pl. 10. fig. 2 (1870).
a. Ondo Country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter),3; from 8. & G.
coll.
Type, 6. Locality not known (Druwce coll.),? ; from 8. & G. coll.
ce. West Africa, 3.
d. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 5; from S. & G.
coll.
e. Gaboon (Bates coll.),3; from 8. & G. coll.
3862 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
Hewitson coll.
Ff. Without locality, 9 .
With the sexes of this species before one there is no possibility
of doubting their identity, the rosy flush over the whole under
surface being very characteristic. Above, the male has the basal
two-fifths of the primaries bronze-green, the costal border is also
of the same colour; at equal distances between the cell and
apex are three pale green spots nearly equidistant, and along the
outer margin a series upon bronze-green nebule; the second-
aries show scarcely a trace of red on the greenish marginal spots,
the submarginal white spots are sharply defined, and within
is a superciliary lunulate bronze-green streak (somewhat as in
C. pheus 3 , but nearer to outer margin).
30. CHaraxes HoLpanpt.
6, 2. Charaxes Hollandi, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. 6th ser.
vol. xii. p. 266 (1893).
Types, a—d. Sierra Leone (Barchard),3 3,@.
e, f. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3,2; from S. & G. coll.
g, h. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3 3.
Hewitson coll.
a. Without locality, ° .
Seasonal form.—The male more nearly resembling fae, sex of
C. etheocles on the upper surface; the female with the unbroken
part of the transverse band white shaded with silvery blue.
j, k. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss),3,2; from 8. & G. coll.
Local form.—The male larger, with less defined markings
towards costa of primaries and outer margin of secondaries ; the
female like the preceding form, but with the spots on the primaries
white instead of buff, and the band across the secondaries wider.
l,m. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3 @.
31. CHARAXES ETHAIION.
©. Charaxes ethalion, Boisduval, Voy. de Deleg. ii. p. 593 (1847).
Nymphalis erithalion, Westwood & Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 48.
fig. 1 (1850).
Var. Charaxes Baumanni, Rogenhofer, Verhandl. z.-b. Ges. Wien, xli.
p- 564 (1891).
Local form, C. Dewitzi, Butler, P. Z. 8. 1895, p. 255.
©. Charaxes alladinis ¢, Dewitz, Nova Acta Akad. Naturf. Halle,
vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 8 (1887).
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 363
Hewitson coll.
a,b. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3,2.
Excepting that the marginal green and red markings on the
secondaries are rather better developed, the male corresponds
with that of the typical form.
Seasonal form of var. Dewitz?——The male has lost the red
marginal streaks on the secondaries, and the female has the band
white partly bordered with silvery blue, nearly as in that sex of
the typical form.
ce. Zomba (Macclounie), 3
d. Delagoa Bay, 2.
Typical C. ethalion.
e, f. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), 3, 2; from 8. & G. coll.
g- Durban (G. E. Shelley), 2; from S. & G. coll.
h. Natal (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
i,j. Natal (Plant), 5,92.
k. Natal (Gueinzius), 3
l. Zulu country (Angas), 9 .
Hewitson coll. (as C. ephyra).
m—-o0. Natal, 3,2 9.
p,q. Without locality, 5,°.
Staudinger gives a poor figure of the male under the name of
C. ephyra, a species from which there is not the least difficulty
in distinguishing it.
I can make nothing more of C. Baumanni than a dwarfed
female answering to our specimen from Zulu (J, supra).
32. CHARAXES HILDEBRANDTI.
Charaxes Hildebrandti, Dewitz, Acta Ac. Nat. Cur. xli. 2, p. 200, pl. i.
fig. 16 (1879).
Charaxes talaguge, Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xiii. p. 330, pl. vi.
fig. 2 (1886).
a. Ondo country, Lagos (Sir G. Carter), 3; from 8S. &G.
coll.
This is an extraordinarily distinct and very beautiful species.
338. CHARAXES WHYTEI.
6. Charaxes Whytei, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1893, p. 649, pl. Ix.
fig. 2; 9, 1895, p. 255.
é@. Charaxes Selousi, Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 45, pl. vi.
fig. 10.
364 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
a,b. Zomba (A. Whyte), 3 3.
c,d. Zomba (Macelounie), 2 2.
e, f- Zomba (Consul A. Sharpe), 3,2.
Since writing this paper, I have discovered that C. Thysiz
should be referred to this section of the genus.
5. C. anrictEa GROUP.
34. CHARAXES ANTICLEA.
Papilio anticlea, Drury, Ill. Ex. Ent. iii. pl. xxvii. figs. 5, 6 (1782).
Papilio horatius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 64 (1793).
a. Sierra Leone (Foxcroft), 3.
6. Sierra Leone (Rev. D. F. Morgan), ¢ .
e. Sierra Leone (Stathard coill.), 3.
d. Without locality (coll. Kaden); from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
e. Without locality, 3.
f. Angola, 3.
Seasonal form. (Orange deeper, ocelli more numerous.)
g. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.); from 8S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
h,t. Angola, d d.
30. CHARAXES PROTOCLEA.
Charaxes protoclea, Feisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 260.
a,b. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), ¢,2; from 8. & G.
coll.
e-g. Cameroons, 5 5, 2; fromS. & G. coll.
h,i. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3S 3; from 8. & G.
coll.
j, k. Cameroons, 3,°.
1. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8. & G coll.
m. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
nm. Ashanti, 3.
o. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 2; from S. & G. coll.
p,q. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 9,5; from 8S. & G. coll.
Hewitxson coll.
ry. Old Calabar, ¢.
s. Cameroons, do.
t. Without locality, ?.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. * 865
36. CHARAXES AZOTA.
. Philognoma azota, Hewitson, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 32
(1877).
¢. Charaxes azota, Butler, Ann. §& Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv.
p- 249 (1895).
Type, Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3.
Local form: Charaxes calliclea, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag.
Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i. p. 180 (1889).
Mombasa.
Not in the British Museum collection, but intermediate in
character between typical C. azota and the following :—
Local form: Charaxes nyasana, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat.
Hist. ser. 6, vol. xv. p. 249 (1895).
Charaxes azota d, Hewitson, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xiv. p. 181
(1878).
a. Zomba (Macclounie), 3.
Hewitson coll.
b. Nyasa-land (Thelwall), 3.
Now that I have seen Mr. Grose Smith’s examples of his
C. calliclea from Mombasa, I can no longer regard this form as
more than a local race of C. azota, the differences in C. calliclea
being such as partly to connect the two extremes. In all prob-
ability a series collected over the whole of Eastern Africa would
supply all the lmks from one type to the other, but I de not
doubt that the form of Delagoa Bay is constantly dissimilar from
that of Nyasa-land, and therefore that distinctive names, by
which these local races may be indicated, are a positive gain to
the student.
6. C. LUcRETIUS GROUP.
37. CHARAXES LACTETINCTUS.
3d. Charaxes lactetinctus, Karsch, Ent. Nachr. xviii. p. 113 (1892) ;
Berl. ent. Zeit. xxxviii. p. 190, Taf. v. fig. 3 (1893).
Adeli.
Probably allied to C. lucretius, to judge from the under sur-
face; above, it is more like C. candiope, but with the basal area
bluish white, more after the fashion of C. varanes.
366 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
38. CHARAXES ODYSSEUS.
©. Charaxes odysseus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep.v. p. 260
(1892).
Island of St. Thomas, West Africa.
Said to be most like C. etesipe 2 on the upper surface, but
C. lucretius on the under surface. It is not in the Museum
collection.
39. CHARAXES LUCRETIUS.
Papilio lucretius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. lxxxii. figs. E, F (1779).
a, b. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3,2.
c. West Africa, 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d,e. Isubu, o,°2.
f. Cameroons, ¢; from 8. & G. coll.
g. Monbuttu (Hmin Pasha), 2.
h-j. Old Calabar, 5 3; from S. & G. coll.
k. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
I-n. Fernando Po, 9 2, d; from S. & G. coll.
o. Ashanti, 3.
p. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3
Hewitson coll.
q-s- Fernando Po, d,2 9.
t. Old Calabar, ¢.
u. Angola, d.
40. CHARAXES CYNTHIA.
6. Charaxes cynthia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 626, pl. xxxvi.
fie. 3.
°o. Charaxes lysianassa, Westwood, Thes. Oxon. p. 181, pl. xxxiv.
figs. 3, 4 (1874).
. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3.
Old Calabar (White), 2; from S. & G. coll.
West Africa, 2.
. Rio del Rey (4. H. Johnston), 3.
Locality unrecorded (Coll. Kaden), 3; from 8. & G.
coll.
Types, f,g. Ashanti, d do.
h. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G.
coll.
xs Vere
Hewitson coll.
7. Angola, Q.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 867
41, Cuaraxres Maccrountt.
Charaxes Macclounii, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 252, 3, pl. xv.
fig. 1.
a—d. Gomba (Macclounie), 3,2 9.
42. Cyaraxes Lastt.
Charaxes Lasti, H. Grose Smith, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. iii.
p. 131 (1889); 3d. Rhop. Krot. p. 8, pl. Char. iv. figs. 4, 5 (1890);
2. Trimen, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1894, p. 39, pl. v. fig. 6.
Mombasa, Pungwe Valley and Pungwe River.
a,b. Zomba, 5 5 (Consul A. Sharpe).
43, CHARAXES Boveri.
Charaxes Boueti, Meisthamel, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1850, p. 261.
Gambia.
From the description, this species would seem to be nearly
_ allied to C. candiope, and I should have considered it merely a
form of that species, only Mr. Feisthamel has omitted to mention
the green veins on the under surface, which are especially charac-
teristic of the C. candiope group. Ifa very distinct species, one
would have supposed that it must have been received and recog-
nized since 1850; nevertheless, from a drawing of the type
shown to me by Mr. Aurivillius after I had completed this paper,
I find that C. Boweti is nearly allied to OC. Lastz.
7. C. CANDIOPE GROUP.
44, CHARAXES CANDIOPE.
Nymphalis candiope, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 353 (1819).
Charaxes viridicostatus, Aurivillius, Gifu. Akad. Forh. xxxvi. (Gre 7)
p. 41 (1879).
a. Nguru Hills, E. Africa, ¢; from 8. & G. coll.
6. Summit of Mt. Hohnel (Dr. Gregory), 2.
c. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll.
d,e. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), $ 3; from S. & G. coll.
. Durban (G. H. Shelley), 2; from S. & G. coll.
g,h. Natal (Gueinzius), 2,3.
z. Natal (Plant), 3.
j. Congo (Richardson), 3 var.
k. Angola (Monteiro), 3; from S. & G. coll.
l-n. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3.
o. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss); from S. & G. coll.
368 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
Var.=probably typical viridicostatus.
p. Taita, B. Africa (J. A. Wray), 3
g- Zomba (Macclounie),
Hewitson coll.
r,s. Natal, dd.
Var. ¢. Delagoa Bay, do.
uw. Angola, 9.
Local race ?: C. thomasius, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 169
(1886).
Island of St. Thomas.
Staudinger describes the pattern as somewhat similar to that
of O. Cowani (my description of which he has evidently over-
looked, inasmuch as he describes it as a new species).
45. CHARAXES ANTAMBOULOU.
Charaxes antamboulou, Lucas, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. xv. p. 1 (1872).
gd as 9. Charaxes antamboulou, Mabdille, in Grand. Mad. p. 191,
pl. 23. figs. 3, 4, var. (1885).
*Var. a,b. Madagascar, Fort Dauphin (1. J. Cloisel), 5 3.
Typical, c. Ankafana, Betsileo (Rev. Deans Cowan), 2.
Hewitson coll. (as C. candiope).
d,e. Madagascar, 5d 3.
The sexes of this species, as of the allied C. candiope, are
alike on both surfaces, but the under surface varies considerably,
as in the Continental species. Hewitson’s two males and one
female correspond exactly on both surfaces.
46. CHARAXES CowANI.
do. Charaxes Cowani, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. ti.
p- 285 (1878); @, ibid. vol. v. p. 336 (1880).
6. Charaxes antamboulou, Mabille (part.), in Grand. Mad. p. 191,
pl. 23. figs. 1, 2 (1888).
Type, a. Fianarantsoa (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3
6. Fianarantsoa (Rev. Deans Cowan), 2
c-e. Betsileo (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Jf. Madagascar, 3.
The female has a curious general resemblance to C. antam-
boulow on the upper surface, but the external area is blacker and
* Corresponding with Mabille’s figure of the supposed female, but primaries
more falcate.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 369
the apex of the primaries acuminate as in the male; on the under
surface the pattern of the sexes closely corresponds and exhibits
little variation. I donot know what to make of Mabille’s second
figure, but suspect it to be taken from a male of C. antamboulow.
47, CHARAXES ANALAVA.
Charaxes analava, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. ix. p. 3 (1872); Mabille,
in Grand. Mad. p. 194, pl. xxv. figs. 2, 2 a (1887).
a. Antananarivo (Kingdon), 3.
b-c. Madagascar (Druce coll.), 2, 5; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson col).
d—g. Madagascar, d do.
8. C. zootiIna Group.
48. CHARAXES BETANIMENA.
Charaxes betanimena, Lucas, Ann. Sci. Nat. vol. xv. art. 22, p. 3 (1872).
Charaxes andriba, Ward, Entom. Month. Mag. ix. p. 210 (1873).
©. Nymphalis Freyi, Brancsik, Jahresb. Ver. Trencsin, 1891, pl. 7.
a. Fort Dauphin (JL. J. Cloisel), 3.
Herr Brancsik’s figure is evidently made from an imperfect or
distorted specimen.
49. CHARAXES NEANTHES.
Nymphalis neanthes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Nymph. pl. i. figs. 2, 3
(1854).
a,b. Kaffraria (Druce coll.), § 3; from 8. & G. coll.
c. Natal (Bates coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
d,e. Natal (Gueinzius), 2, 3.
Ff. Natal (Plant), 3.
g-t. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), § $, 9; from 8. & G. coll.
j. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), 3.
k, 1. Cameroons, 9,6.
Hewitson coll.
m. Natal, 3.
n—q. Without locality, 3, 2 2.
r. Delagoa Bay, 9.
50. CHaraxes EumMcKEIr.
Charaxes Ehmckei, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit., Lep. xxvi. p. 382, pl. vii.
fig. 4 (1882).
370 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE ©
Hewitson coll. (as C. betanimena).
a-c. Angola, gd.
In colouring this species is intermediate between the O. neanthes
and ©. zoolina series: it is, however, remarkable on account of
the development, in the male, of the tail at the extremity of the
third median branch. I do not doubt that this species is one of
the links connecting Palla with Charaxes, the upper-surface
coloration of C. Hhmekii being very like that of P. varanes.
51. Coaraxes HoMEYERI.
Charaxes Homeyeri, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p. 382, pl. vii. fig. 3
(1882).
Angola.
Not in the Museum collection.
52. CHaraxes KAHLDENI.
Charaxes Kahldeni, Dewitz, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxvi. p., 381, pl. vil.
figs. 1, 2 (1882).
Angola.
58. CHARAXES ZOOLINA.
Nymphalis zoolina, Doubleday 3 Hewitson, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 53.
fig. 1 (1850).
a, b. Cameroons, 3, 9.
ce. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2.
d. Nguru Hills, E. Africa, d; from S. & G. coll.
e. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3.
f. Victoria Nyanza (Hannington), 3.
g, h. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3, 2; from S. & G. coll.
i-k. Natal (Bates coll.), 3, 9 2; from S. & G. coll.
l. Natal (Gweinzius), 2.
m,n. Natal (Plant), 2 9°.
Hewitson coll.
o-r. Delagoa Bay, od 3d, 9 2.
s. Natal, 2.
t. Zambesi, 3.
54. CHARAXES BETSIMISERAKA.
Charaxes betsimiseraka, Lucas, Ann. Sct. Nat. vol. xv. art. 22, p. 2
(1872) ; Mabille in Grand. Mad. p. 195, pl. xxi. figs. 2, 2a (1887).
Not in the British Museum collection.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 871
55. CHARAXES RELATUS.
Charaxes relatus, Butler, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 5, vol. v. p. 394
(1880).
a, b. Fort Dauphin (IZ. J. Cloisel), 3, 9.
Hewitson coll.
Type, c. Madagascar, 3.
I believe, when perfect, the male of.this species has a single
tail like the nearly allied C betsimiseraka ; both of the males in
the Museum are probably mutilated.
56. CHARAXES NOBILIS.
Charaxes nobilis, Druce, Entom. Month. Mag. x. p. 13 (1873).
Charaxes agabo, Distant, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1879, p. 708, pl. liv.
fig. 4.
Charaxes homerus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 132, pl. ti.
fig. 1 (1891).
Type, a. Old Calabar (coll. Druce); from 8. & G. coll.
This grand species evidently belongs to the C. zoolina group.
9. C. TAHLUSA GROUP.
57. CHARAXES JAHLUSA.
Nymphalis jahlusa, Trimen, Rhop. Afr. Austr. i. p. 177 (1862), ii.
p. 341, pl. iii. fig. 5 (1866).
a, b. Cape of Good Hope (Layard), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
c. 8. Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2.
d. Natal (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
e. Natal (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. ;
fg. Cape of Good Hope, 3 d.
This is easily separable from C. argynnides by its paler ground-
tint, less blackened apex and outer border, and the slightly less
prominently sigmoidal outer margin to the primaries.
58. CHARAXES ARGYNNIDES.
Charaxes argynnides, Westwood, Proc. Ent. Soc. ser. 3, vol. ii. p. 10
(1864).
a. Lake Nyasa (Cotterell), 3; from S. & G. coll.
b. Shire River (Bates coll.), 2; from 8S. & G. coll.
c,d. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), do.
Hewitson coll. (as C. jahlusa).
e, f. Zambesi, d, 9.
g. Nyasa, od.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 31
872 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
Both this species and C. jahlusa have two types of marking on
the under surface—the one type having the apical area of pri-
maries and the whole of the secondaries with a whitish ground to
the markings, the other with a brownish argillaceous ground:
these differences are probably seasonal.
. 10. C. NicHETES GROUP.
59. CHARAXES LEONINUS.
Charaxes leoninus, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1895, p. 253, pl. xv.
Higeeoe
a, b. Gomba (Macclounie), 3,2.
c-e. Zomba (Consul A. Sharpe), 3,2 2.
60. CHARAXES NICHETES.
Charaxes nichetes, H. Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 58 (1883);
Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. iv. figs. 1-3 (1890).
Charaxes hamatus, Dewitz, Ent. Nachr. x. p. 285 (1884); Nova Acta
Leop.-Carol. Akad. Naturf. vol. 50. no. 4, pl. xvii. fig. 12 (1887).
Charaxes ogovensis, Holland, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc. xui. p. 330, pl. viii.
fig. 2 (1886).
Type, a. Cameroons, 3; from S. & G. coll.
11. C. LaopicE Group.
61. CHARAXES ZELICA.
Charaxes zelica, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. vi. p. 28 (1869) ; Lep. Exot.
i. p. 12, pl. v. fig. 3 (1869).
Type, a. Ashanti?, d.
62. CHARAXES PORTHOS.
Charaxes porthos, H. Grose Smith, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 57 (1883) ;
Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. i. figs. 4, 5 (1887).
Charaxes midas, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 135, pl. i. fig. 4
(1891).
a. Old Calabar, 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
b. West Africa, ¢; from S. & G. coll.
63. CHARAXES MYCERINA.
Nymphalis mycerina, Godart, Enc. Meéth. ix. p. 369 (1823); Lucas,
Lep. Exot. pl. 65. fig. 2 (1835).
a. Old Calabar (Swan), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
b. Old Calabar (White), 5; from 8. & G. coll.
c. Without locality, 2; from S. & G. coll.
d, é. Cameroons, ¢ d; from 8. & G. coll.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXKES. . 373
Jig. Cameroons, 3 o.
h. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), $; fromS. & G. coll.
2. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 5; from 8. & G. coll.
j, &. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), ¢ 3; from 8. & G. coll.
1. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3.
Hewitson coll.
m, m. Cameroons, 3d, 2.
o. Fernando Po, ¢.
64. CHARAXES NAUSICAA.
Charaxes nausicaa, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 137
(1891).
a. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3.
6. “ R. Ogowai” (? Ogooawai, Soudan), d.
This insect is so extremely close te C. mycerina, that it would
not be at all surprising to find that it was an occasional sport of
that species ; it is almost too rare for a seasonal form. The chief
differences are in the outline of the wings, the primaries having
the costal margin less arched, the secondaries having the outer
margin regularly dentate-sinuate: the pattern and colouring on
both surfaces are nearly the same as in C. mycerina; but on the
under surface the darker bandings are less clearly defined.
65. CHARAXES LAODICE.
Q. Papilio laodice, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 26. figs. 1, 2
(1782).
Papilio lyeurgus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iti. 1, p. 67 (1793).
3. Nymphalis nesiope, Hewitson, Exot. Buit.i. Nymph. pl. i. figs. 5, 6
(1854).
a. Old Calabar (Bates coll.), 6; from 8. & G. coll.
b. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
ce. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3.
d. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3 ; from 8. & G. coll.
e, f. Isubu, 5 do.
g. Fernando Po, 3; from S. & G. coll.
h. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), d.
2. Ambriz (Monteiro), 3.
Hewitson coll.
j. Cameroons, 3.
k,l. Angola, 5 d.
374 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
66. CHARAXES THYSII *.
Charaxes thysii, Capronnier, Comptes Rend. Soc. Ent. Belg. xxxiii.
p. exxv (1889).
Congo.
I have been quite unable to identify this species with anything
we possess: it expands 2 inches, has the upper surface black-
brown with blue reflections; the primaries with a submarginal
series of blue spots uniting at the submedian vein into a metallic
blue band which runs parallel to the outer margin of secondaries :
so far the description answers fairly to the male of C. laodice,
but the secondaries are said to have two short tails. Under
surface silvery white, with a continuous brown submarginal line
sprinkled with black markings on the secondaries, the border of
these wings being also brown, with little black lunules; there
are also spots and little interrupted lines of black at the base of
the primaries, and a large black-brown patch at external angle.
11. C. TrRIDATES GRovp.
67. CHARAXES IMPERIALIS.
3. Charaxes imperialis, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1874, p. 531, pl. xi.
fig. 3; 2. Proc. Zool. Soc. 1887, p. 570.
a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 35; fromS. & G. coll.
b. Rio del Rey (Johnston), 2.
The male is labelled “Charaxes imperialis, Stgr. in litt.” Itis
surprising how careless Dr. Staudinger is in looking up the
authorship of a species ; however carefully it may have been
figured and described, it is still in danger of being redescribed as
new: this is repeatedly the case in his ‘ Exotische Schmetter-
linge.’
C. imperialis is at present very rare in collections ; for thirteen
years the type in Mr. Swanzy’s collection was the only specimen
known to me.
68. Cuaraxres AMELIA.
od. Charaxes Amelie, Doumet, Rev. Zool. 1861, p. 171, pl. v. fig. 1;
Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. Char. pl. v. figs. 20, 21 (1876).
6. Charaxes regius, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. x. p. 191 (1889).
a-d. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 6 3, 2; from S. & G. coll.
e-g. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2 9.
* Since this paper was written, a coloured drawing of the type has been shown
to me by Mr. Aurivillius; the species is allied to C. Whytet.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 375
h, z. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3, 2.
j. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
k. Old Calabar (White), 3; trom 8. & G. coll.
1. Old Calabar (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
m. Accra (H. T. Carter), 2.
Hewitson coll.
n. Old Calabar, o.
o. Without locality, 2.
69. CHARAXES PITHODORIS.
Charaxes pithodoris, Hewitson, Ent. Month. Mag. x. p. 57 (1873);
Exot. Butt. iv. Char. pl. i. figs. 18, 19 (1874).
Charaxes pythodorus, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep., Suppl. p. 478 (1877).
Charaxes nesza, H. Grose Smith, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6, vol. i.
p- 132 (1889).
a,b. Lake Mweru (R&R. Crawshay), 5 ¢.
Hewitson coll.
Type, c. Angola (Rogers), 3.
This species, in the tailless character of the hind wings of the
male, approaches the C. mycerina group; but the upper-surface
pattern brings it nearer to C. citheron.
70. CHARAXES CITHERON.
Charaxes cithzron, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 398, pl. viii.
figs. 2, 3 (1859).
a-c. Durban (G. E. Shelley), 5, 23 from S. & G. coll.
d-g. Natal (Gueinzius), d 5,22.
h,i. Natal (Plant), 5 oS.
j. Natal (Bates coll.), 6; from 8. & G. coll.
k. Transvaal, 2; from 8. & G. coll.
I-n. Zomba (A. Whyte & Macclounie), 2 2, ¢-
o. Slopes of Kilima-njaro (Hannington), 3 -
Hewitson coll.
p-s. Natal, d bd, 2 &.
71. CHARAXES SMARAGDALIS.
$. Charaxes smaragdalis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 630, pl. 36.
fic. 5; 2. Lep. Exot. i. p. 5, pl. ii. fig. 1 (1869).
a. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
b-d. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 2, 6 5; from S. & G. coll.
e-j. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 5 5,2 Q.
k. Cameroons, ¢.
376 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
l-m. Cameroons, ¢ ¢; from S. & G. coll.
nm. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Type, 0. Congo (Richardson), 3.
Hewitson coll.
p. Without locality, 3.
g. Congo, 2 (example figured in ‘ Lep. Exot.’).
72. CHARAXES PRINCEPS, sp. n.
3. Differs from C. smaragdalis in the less produced, more
truncated apex to the primaries, the outer margin almost
straight; much shorter tails to secondaries; in colouring it is
more violaceous; the blue band completely divided on the
primaries to the first median branch and by two black spots on
the interno-median interspace ; secondaries with the first division
of the.blue band represented by a small isolated spot; border
much less black, narrower, séparating into ocelloid spots from
median vein; under surface more lilacine than in C. smaragdalis.
Expanse 97 millim.
a. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
73. CHarAxes Monreirt.
Charaxes Monteiri, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 168, pl. lix. (1886).
Isle of St. Thomas, Guinea.
Not in the Museum collection.
74, CHARAXES VIOLETTA.
Charaxes violetta, H. Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. xxi. p. 247
(1885) ; Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. i. figs. 1-3 (1887).
a. Delagoa Bay (Monteiro), 3.
6. Zanzibar (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
75. CHARAXES XIPHARES.
Q. Papilio xiphares, Cramer, Pap. Exot. iv. pl. ecelxxvii. figs. A, B
(1782).
3. Papilio thyestes, Stoll, Suppl. Cram. pl. xxxii. figs. 2, 2 6 (1790),
Nymphalis thurius, Godart, Enc. Meéth. 1x. p. 354 (1823).
Nymphalis thieste, Westwood, Gen. Diurn. Lep. p. 307 (1850).
a. South Africa (F. P. Mansel Weale), 3.
6, ec. South Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2 Q.
Hewitson coll.
d, e. Without locality, 2 9.
Jf. Cape of Good Hope, ¢.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 377
76. CHARAXES NUMENES.
Nymphalis numenes, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Nymph. pl. ii. figs. 9-11
(1859). ;
a. West Africa, ¢; from 8. & G. coll.
b. West Africa, 9.
ec, d. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 3,2; from S. & G. coll.
e. Old Calabar, ¢; from S. & G. coll.
f. Cameroons (Druce coll.), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
g, h. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
z. Sierra Leone (Barchard), ©.
7. Necra, Ss.
k. Accra (#. T. Carter), 3.
l,m. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3 3.
Hewitson coll.
Type, 2. Sierra Leone, 3.
o,p. Angola, 3 co.
g. Fernando Po, 2.
77. CHARAXES TIRIDATES.
3. Papilio tiridates, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elxi. figs. A, B (1779).
©. Papilio marica, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 1, p. 113 (1793).
Var., Charaxes mixtus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 536, pl. xii. fig. 8
(1894).
Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 6; from S. & G. coll.
Sierra Leone (Plant), 29,¢.
Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3.
West Africa, ¢,2; from S. & G. coll.
a.
b, e.
d.
Gy fe
g. Accra (&. Trimen), 3.
h. Accra (H. TP. Carter), 2.
7. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), S.
j. Isubu, S.
l.
k,l. Ashanti, os.
Var. miztus, Roths.
m,n. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.), 3,2; from 8. & G.
coll.
Larger than the type from the Congo. There can be no doubt,
I think, that the prominence of the white centres to the blue
spots, unless proved to be peculiar to one locality only, can
hardly indicate even a distinct race. Mr. Rothschild insists that
the true female of C. méxtus resembles the male !
878 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
Hewitson coll. (normal type).
0, p. Without locality, 3,9.
q, v. Sierra Leone, g ¢.
78. CHARAXES BIPUNCTATUS.
Charaxes bipunctatus, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 536 (1894).
a. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3.
This appears to be distinct from OC. teridates, butis very nearly |
allied: the absence of tails, the glossy greenish blue of the upper
surface, and the deep orange marginal spots are its best
characters; the absence of some of the blue spots is less
important.
79. CHARAXES BOHEMANI.
6. Charaxes Bohemani, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iii. p. 321, pl. vi.
fig. 3 (1859); 2. Butler, Lep. Exot. i. pl. x. fig. 3 (1870).
a-c. Angola (Monteiro), 3 5; from S. & G. coll.
d. Angola (Bates coll.), 2; from S. & G. coll.
e. Banks of the Congo (Monteiro), 2.
f. Bembe (Yonteiro), 3.
g. Ngama’s (#. Crawshay), 3.
h. Lake Mweru (#. Crawshay), 3.
1,7. Lomba (Macclounie), 3 3.
k. Kandera (Himin Pasha), 3.
1. Mamboia (Dr. Kirk), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
m. 8. Salvado (Grandy), 9; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
n,o. Zambesi, 5,2.
p,q. Without locality, gd.
12. C. EUPALE GROUP.
80. CHARAXES EUPALE.
Papilio eupale, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. pl. vi. fig. 3 (1782).
Papilio amasia, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 136 (1793).
a—d. Ashanti, 5 35,2.
e. Ashanti (Horniman coll.), 3.
f,g. Croboe District, Accra (Higlett), 3 3.
h. W. Africa (J. Macgillivray), 3.
i. Angola, Bembe mines (Montero), 3.
j. Angola (Rogers); from 8. & G. coll.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 379
k, l. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3 3.
m. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss) ; from S. & G. coll.
nm, o. Cameroons; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
p,q. Without locality, g 3d.
x. Cape Coast, 3.
s. Angola, 3.
13. C. pDELPHIS GRovUP.
81. CHARAXES DELPHIS.
Charaxes delphis, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1843, p. 217,
ple 7.
Charaxes concha, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 162, pl. x. figs. 1
& 3 (1861).
a. Labuan (Low), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
b, c. Borneo (Low), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
d. Borneo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
e. Palawan (Dr. Platen), 3; from S. & G. coll.
f. Malacca (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g-t. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3 3.
Hewitson coll.
j-l. Without locality, d d.
It seems strange that all the specimens of this species which
come to hand are males.
14. C. rEUDAMIPPUS GROUP.
82. CHARAXES DOLON.
Charaxes dolon, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxvii. figs. 2, 3 (1848).
a-d. Darjiling (Lidderdale), ¢ 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
e,f. Sikhim (G. C. Dudgeon), 3 cd.
g- Sikhim (Watson), 3.
h. N. India (Capt. Boyes), 3.
zt, j. Nepal (General Ramsay), 3 ¢.
Hewitson coll.
k-n. Without locality, 5 3.
In this species also, females would appear to be extremely rare.
All that I have seen are males.
880 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
83. CHARAXES EUDAMIPPUS.
Charaxes eudamippus, Doubleday, Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 1843, p. 217,
pl. vii.
Types, a, 6. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3,2.
. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3.
. Darjiling (4. J. Elwes), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
. Darjiling (Bates coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
> Mungphu (Atkinson), 3.
. Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3.
. Nepal (Wright), 3.
. Khasia Hills (Col. Swinhoe), 3.
- Meetan, Burmah (A. O. Hume), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
. Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3.
. East Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
m-q. Without locality, d 3,@.
Nw PSs SQ HT AS
It is a great pity that Hewitson did not preserve the locality
on his female specimen, that sex being very rare in collections.
84. CHARAXES NEPENTHES.
Charaxes nepenthes, H. Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. vol. xx.
p- 58 (1883); Rhop. Fxot., Char. pl. ii. figs. 3, 4 (1887).
a,b. Salween River, Shan States, Burmah (Miss Lose
Jackson), 3 3.
85. Cuaraxes RoruscHiipt.
Charaxes ganymedes, Leech, Entomologist, vol. xxiv. Suppl. p. 30
(1891), not Staudinger.
Charaxes Rothschildi, Leech, Butt. China, i. p. 128, pl. xiv. fig. 3
(1893).
Omei-shan and Moupin.
Not in the British Museum collection. It differs from C.
eudamippus just as C. mandarinus does from CO. narceéus, therefore
it would not be surprising if we were to receive intergrades from
one to the other. Mr. Leech renamed his species on the ground
that Westwood had already used the name for a species of
Charaxes! but Westwood (Joc. cit.) gave the name ganymede
(sic) to a Morpho, not a Charaxes. It was Staudinger who in
1886 used the name for a Charazes.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 381
86. CHARAXES NARCREUS.
Nymphalis narezus, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. i. Nymph. pl. 1. figs. 1, 4
(1854). :
Var., Charaxes mandarinus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 437
(1867).
Charaxes narczus, var. thibetanus, Oberthiir, Etudes d’Ent. xv. pall,
pl. ii. fig. 10 (July 1891).
Charaxes satyrina, Butler, var. menedemus, Oberthiir, J. c. p. 13, pl. il.
fig. 9.
a, b. Shanghai (W. B. Pryer), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
e. North China, @.
Type, d. Shanghai (Fortune), 5; “ Chekiang,” Hew.
e-h. Kiukiang (Chas. Maries), 3 3.
Hewitson coll.
@ China, 2.
Var. mandarinus = thibetanus.
j, k. North China (fortune), 3 do.
1. North China, 3.
Hewitson coll.
m. Without locality, ¢.
nm. China, 2.
M. Oberthiir’s C. menedemus is typical C. narceus and C.
thibetanus typical C. mandarinus. I was not aware that I had
given the name C. satyrina to any Oharaxes, but M. Oberthiir
(instead of looking up the Zoological Records) seems to have
been perfectly satisfied to accept a manuscript name attached to
a specimen by a dealer (see Leech in Butt. China, p. 127).
87. CHARAXES POSIDONIUS.
Charaxes posidonius, Leech, Entomologist, vol. xxiv., Suppl. p. 30
(May 1891); Butt. China, 1. p. 127, pl. xiv. fig. 4 (1893).
Charaxes clitiphron, Oberthiir, Etudes d? Ent. xv. p- 12, pl. 1. fig. 11
(July 1891).
Wa-ssu-kow and Ni-tou.
Not in the Museum collection.
15. C. HADRIANUS GROUP.
88. CHARAXES HADRIANUS.
Charaxes hadrianus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. viii. p. 120 (1871).
Charaxes gabonica, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. p. 553, pl.ii. fig. 1 (1891).
Gaboon.
Not in the Museum collection.
3882 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
16. C. arHamas Group.
89. CHARAXES JALYSUS. Q
Charaxes jalysus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iil. p. 438, pl. lix. fig. 5
(1867).
a-d. Borneo (Low), 5 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. Sarawak (Hverett), 3; from S. & G. coll.
f. Perak (Townsend), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g, h. Malacca (Capt. Pinwill), 3 3.
This is a very distinct species which has been incorrectly
associated with the C. hebe group; it really belongs to the
opposite end of the series of species allied to C. athamas, the
bordering of the wings on the under surface being narrowest in
this species.
90. CHARAXES BHARATA,.
Charaxes bharata, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867).
a. Dharmsala (Hocking), 3.
6. Hast India (Dohrn, Zeller coll.), 2.
ec. Darjiling (ZLidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
The evident rarity of this form is rather suspicious; but it
differs in so many respects from C. athamas that, without positive
evidence, it would be presumptuous to regard it as a variety of
that species: in its much narrower dark borders it is considerably
nearer to C. jalysus.
91. CHARAXES HAMASTA.
Kulepis hamasta, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1882, p. 238.
Charaxes agrarius, Swinhoe, 1. c. 1886, p. 425, pl. xl. fig. 3.
Types, a, 6. Dharmsala (Hocking), 3,2.
ce. India (coll. Banks), 3 .
d. Mhow (Col. Swinhoe), 3 .
e,f- Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3 So.
g. Chin Hills (Watson), 3.
We next come to a form corresponding closely with C.
athamas in pattern, and which I therefore regard as a variety of
that species, but which, from the pale greenish-yellow colouring
of the central area above, has been confounded with the narrow-
bordered O. bharata.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 383
92. CHARAXES ATHAMAS.
Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent. i. pl. ii. fig. 4 (1773).
Var. a. Charaxes samatha, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 831.
Var. 6. Charaxes attalus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867).
Charaxes Fruhstorferi, Rober, Ent. Nachr. xxi. n. 4, p. 63 (1895).
Charaxes phrixus, Rober, l. c. p. 64.
Var. 1. Resembling typical form, but with central band above
pale greenish yellow as in C. bharata.
a. Assam (Watson), 3.
b. Nepal (Dr. Wright), 9°.
ce. Khasia Hills (Watson), 3.
d. Sikhim (Watson), 3.
Var. 2. Intermediate between var. 1 and typical form, the band
above yellow but broad, inner apical spot large and quadrate.
a. Kali valley, N.W. India (J. F. Duthie), 3.
6. Landoor (General Hearsay), 3.
e. Darjiling (H. J. Elwes), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Kullar, Nilghiris (Davison), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. Kandy (Major Yerbury), 2.
Ff. Ceylon (Major Yerbury), 3.
Hewitson coll.
g, h. Simla,d o.
Var. 3. Typical. (Drury’s type was from China.)
a. Nepal (Dr. Wright), 3.
b. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
c. Mylang River (Dr. G. Watt), 3.
Var. 4. OC. samatha, Moore.
a. Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3 .
b-e. Tilin Yaw (Watson),2,3 3.
f. Rangoon (J. G. Scott), 3.
g. Rangoon (Cowen), 3 .
h. Andamans (Commander A. Carpenter), .
2. Ceylon (Jameson), 3 .
j, k. Ceylon (Col. Yerbury), 3 3.
l. Ceylon (Whyte), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
m-o. Philippines (Dr. Platen),3 3; from S. & G. coll.
p, q- Philippines (Semper), 5 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Philippine examples have the submarginal red spots on the
secondaries better developed than in those from Burma and
Ceylon.
a84 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
Var. 5. C. attalus, Felder.
a. Borneo,o .
b. Sarawak (Hverett), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
c-e. Labuan (Low), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
f. Sumatra (Sachs), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g- Perak (Townsend), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
h-o. Java (Horsfield),5 5,2 2.
Bornean examples approach very closely to typical C. samatha ;
those from Sumatra and Java have the central band usually
yellower, and most examples have two subapical spots on the
primaries.
93. CHARAXES ALPHIUS.
Charaxes alphius, Staudinger, Exot. Schmeft. p. 172 (1886).
a, b. Timor (from Staudinger), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
ce. Timor (Wallace), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d, e. Sambawa (Staudinger), 3 3 ; from S. & G. coll.
Nearly allied to the Javan form of C. athamas, but the inner
subapical spot geminate.
94. CHARAXES ARJA.
Charaxes arja, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 438 (1867).
Papilio pyrrhus, Donovan, Ins. Ind. pl. 29. fig. 3 (1800).
a. Landour (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
b-e. Silhet (Sowerby),3 5,2.
f. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g, h. Sikhim (G. C. Dudgeon),3 3.
i,j. Sikhim (G. F. Hampson), 3 33; var. pyrrhus, Don.
k. Moulmein (Clark), 2 .
1, m. Rangoon (Watson), 3 .
n, 0. Rangoon (Cowen), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
p. Thayetmyo (Watson), 3.
g. Toungoo (Watson), 3.
r,s. Tilin Yaw (Watson), 3 do.
t. Karen Hills (Watson), 3.
Var. with narrower black borders; less brown at base.
uw. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
». Darjiling (Irs. Rk. V. Boyle), 3.
Hewitson coll.
w. Silhet, do.
2. Cherra Poonjee,d; white band very narrow (nearly
resembles g).
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 385
95. CHARAXES FALLAX.
Charaxes fallax, Réber, Entom. Nachr. xx. n. 19, p. 294 (1894).
Charaxes javanus, Rober, J. c. xxi. p. 66 (1895).
a. Java? (J. Reeves), 3.
Var. OC. javanus. (See Swainson’s Zool. Ill. 2nd ser. xi. pl. 90.)
The type is evidently a starved specimen.
b. Java, 3.
ce. Java (Wallace),3; from 8. & G. coll.
Herr J. Rober admits that these two forms, which scarcely
differ, certainly fly together; ‘“‘ whereby the independence of
both forms is evidenced,” he says. I should have thought the
fact clearly proved their specific identity. Herr Frihstorfer
thinks that our examples are not true C. javanus, and that the
latter is a synonym of C. Moorei; he, however, writes from
memory, but the two species are certainly very nearly related.
96. Coaraxes Mooret.
Charaxes Moorei, Distant, Rhop. Malay. p. 108, pl. xiii. fig. 3 (1883).
Charaxes kaba, Kheil, Fauna Indo-Malay. Arch. p. 27, pl. iii. (1884).
Charaxes heracles, Rober, Entom. Nachr. xx. n. 19, p. 294 (1894).
a, 6. Borneo (Low), ¢ 3; from S. & G. coll.
e. Sumatra (Sachs), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Moulmein (Clark), 3.
Hewitson coll.
e. Borneo, 3.
f. Burma, ?.
Kheil’s figure certainly appears to me to be a good represen-
tation of this species, and therefore I follow Mr. Distant in
placing it as a synonym.
97. CHARAXES HEBE.
©. Charaxes hebe, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 634, pl. xxxvii.
fig. 3.
ee, Charaxes albanus, Rober, Entom. Nachr. xxi. n. 4, p. 66 (1895).
Var. ¢.Charaxes ganymedes, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 173 (1886).
a-c. Malacca (Pinwill), 3 3,2.
d, e. Borneo (Low), 3 ¢.
Type, f Sumatra, ?.
Hewitson coll.
g. Sumatra, d (agrees with description of C. albanus).
386 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
I have seen a typical example of C. ganymedes from W. B.
Pryer’s collection ; itis merely a slight melanism of the type
form.
17. C. Kaprnit Group.
98. CHARAXES KADENII.
Charaxes Kadenii, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. iv. p. 232, pl. wi. fig. 2
(1860).
Type, a. Without locality (Kaden coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
6. W. Java (Staudinger), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
c. Java, 3.
This species seems to be a type intermediate between the
C. athamas and C. Schreibert groups.
18. C. ScHREIBERI GROUP.
99. CHARAXES SCHREIBERI.
Nymphalis Schreiberi, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. Suppl. p. 825 (1823).
Paphia Schreibers, Horsfield, Cat. Lep. E. I. Comp. pl. vi. figs. 3, 3a
(1829).
a-e. Malacca (Pinwill), 5 S.
d. Sumatra (Sachs), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll.
e. Billiton I. (Walter), ; from 8. & G. coll.
f. Java (Druce coll.), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll.
g. Java (Horsfield), 9 .
h. Labuan (Low), 3; from S. & G. coll.
7. India, g; from S. & G. coll.
j. Assam (Warwick), 3.
Hewitson coll.
k. Java, 3.
l,m. Borneo,d ¢.
100. CHARAXES NIASICUS.
Charaxes niasicus, Butler, Ent. Month. Mag. xx. p. 50 (1883).
a. Isl. of Nias (Dr. A. Schreiber), 3.
101. CHARAXES COGNATUS. ,
Charaxes cognatus, Vollenhoven, Tijd. voor Ent. iv. p. 159, pl. ix. figs. 1, 2
(1861).
Moluccas.
Not in the Museum collection.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 387
19. C. pryrruvus Group.
102. CHARAXES PYRRHUS.
Papilio pyrrhus, Linneus, Mus. Lud. Ulr. p. 205 (1764); Clerck,
Icones, pl. 25. fig. 2 (1764).
Nymphalis pyrrhus, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. 63. fig. 2 (1835).
a. Amboina, do.
b. Without locality (coll. Kaden), ; from 8S. & G. coll.
ce. Amboina (Bates coll. from Wallace), 3 ; from S8.& G.coll.
103. CHARAXES JUPITER.
Charaxes jupiter, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. v. figs. 4, 7 (1869).
Var., Charaxes attila, Grose Smith, Entom. Month. Mag. xxv. p. 301
(1889) ; Rhop. Exot. 1. Char. pl. v. figs. 1, 23 (1891).
a-d. Port Moresby, N. Guinea (Goldie), 3 3; fron 8.°& G.
coll.
e. Duke of York Island, c.
f. Duke of York Island (G. Brown), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
g-t. Guadaleanar (Woodford), 2 2; from S. & G. coll.
The differences pointed out by Mr. Grose Smith to distinguish
C. attila from C. jupiter are only such as occur between specimens
of C. sempronius.
104. CHARAXES GALAXIA.
Charaxes galaxia, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 63:33, pl. xxxvii. fig. 2;
Grose Smith, Rhop. Exot. i. Char. pl. ix. figs. 3, 4 (1891).
a—c. Timor (Wallace), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
d. Locality unrecorded, 3; from S. & G. coll.
Types, e,f. Timor (Wallace), 3 3.
Hewitson coll.
g, h. Timor (Wallace), 3 3.
105. CHARAXES GILOLENSIS.
Charaxes gilolensis, Butler, Lep. Exot. i. p. 14, pl. v. fig. 6, pl. vi. fig. 3
(1869).
** Gilolo and Batchian.”’
a. Batchian (Dr. Platen), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
Type, 6. Batchian (Wallace), 3.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. xxv. : 32
3888 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
106. CHARAXES SEMPRONIUS.
Papilio sempronius, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. iii. 1, p. 62 (1793).
Jasia australis, Swainson, Zool. Ill., Ins. ii. pl. 114 (1833).
Var., Charaxes tyrtzeus, Felder, Wien. ent. Mon. ii. p. 399, pl. ix. fig. 3
(1859).
a. N.E. Australia (J. Brenchley), 3 .
6. Rockingham Bay (Macgillivray),? .
ec. Queensland (Macleay), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
d. Moreton Bay (Bates coll.),?; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. Sydney (Macleay), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
fig. Without locality (coll. Kaden),3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Var. tyrteus, h. Sydney (Macleay), 2 ; from 8. & G. coll.
z. South Creek, New Holland (J. Hunter), 3.
j. South-east Australia (#. Damel), 3 .
k, l. South-east Australia (Stutchbury), 3,2.
Hewitson coll.
m, n. Without locality, 3,9.
o. Australia, ? .
107. CHARAXES CLITARCHUS.
Charaxes clitarchus, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. v. pl. iv. figs. 16, 17 (1874).
a. Lifu (Rev. 8. J. Whitmee), 3.
b-d. New Caledonia (Layard), 3 3;from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
Type, e. New Caledonia, 5 (no locality label on specimen).
108. CHARAXES CAPHONTIS.
© .Charaxes caphontis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. 11. Char. pl. m. figs. 14, 15
(1862).
Hewitson coll.
Type, a. Port Denison, Australia, ? .
109. CHARAXES EPIGENES.
Charaxes epigenes, Godman & Salvin, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 6,
vol. i. p. 210 (1888).
a—d. Aola, Guadalcanar (Woodford) ; from 8. & G. coll.
20. C. nrveEBIs Group.
110. CHARAXES NITEBIS.
Nymphalis nitebis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Nymph. pl. ii. figs. 7, 8
(1859).
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 389
a, b. Celebes (coll. Druce), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
c, d. Minahassa, Celebes, 2,¢; from 8. & G. coll.
e. Macassar, Celebes (Wallace), 3 .
Hewitson coll.
ft; 9. Celebes (Wallace), 3 3.
h. Without locality, 3.
This species forms a good transitional form from the C. pyrrhus
to the C. psaphon group, which is rather interfered with by the
necessity for putting C. Durnfordi next to it; there must always
be these drawbacks to a linear arrangement of species.
21. C. Dugnrorpt Group.
111. CHaraxes DuRNFoRDI.
Charaxes Durnfordi, Distant, Entom. xvii. p. 191 (1884); Rhop. Mal.
p- 482, pl. xl. fig. 8 (1886).
Local form. Charaxes Nicholii, Grose Smith, Ann. § Mag. Nat. Hist.
ser. 5, vol. xviil. p. 150(1886) ; Rhop. Exot.i. Char. pl. ii. figs. 1, 2 (1887).
a. EH. Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
112. Cuaraxes EVERETTI.
Charaxes Everetti, Rothschild, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. vi. p. 348 (1893).
Baram, British North Borneo.
The Bornean representative of the preceding species.
113. Cuaraxes STAUDINGERI.
Charaxes Staudingeri, Rothschild, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. vi. p. 349
(1893).
Java.
Represents C. Durnfordi in Java.
22. C. PSAPHON GROUP.
114. CHARAXES ANTONIUS.
Charaxes antonius, Semper, Verh. Ver. Hamburg, iii. p. 113 (1878);
Reisen in Arch. Phil., Tagf. pl. xiv. figs. 6-8 (1887).
a-c. §.E. Mindanao (Dr. Platen), 6 5, 2; from 8S. & G.
coll.
d. Mindanao, ¢.
Hewitson coll.
e. Philippines, d.
f. Without locality, ¢.
32*
390 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
115. CHaraxes PLATENT.
Charaxes Plateni, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. p. 82 (1889).
a. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 3 ; from 8. & G.
coll.
The upper surface of this species is much like C. psaphon, but
the tawny basal area of the primaries is smaller: the under
surface is exceptionally white for this group.
116. CHARAXES PSAPHON.
6. Charaxes psaphon, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxi. figs. 1, 2
(1848).
©. Charaxes serendiba, Moore, Lep. Ceyi. i. p. 30, pl. xv. fig. 3
(1880).
a, 6. Trincomali (Col. Yerbury), 3, @.
c-h. Kandy (Col. Yerbury), 3 3, @.
a,j. Ceylon (irs. Lindesay), 3, 2.
k,l. Ceylon (Whyte), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
m, n. Ceylon (Jameson), 3 dS.
Local race: Charaxes imna, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870,
p. 122, pl. iv. fig. 2.
o, p. Nilgiris (Hampson), 3, 2.
g. Bombay, ¢; from S. & G. coll.
7. Bombay (Hunter), 9
_ s. Bombay (Dr. Leith), 3.
Hewitson coll.
t. Calcutta, 3d.
117. CHARAXES HIERAX.
Charaxes hierax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 442 (1867).
Charaxes Watti, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1880, p. 148, pl. xv. fig. 2.
a. China (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
6. N. India, 3; fromS. & G. coll.
Type, c. Upper Assam (Dr. Watt), 3
d. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3
118. CHARAXES HARPAX.,
Charaxes harpax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 444 (1867).
Charaxes agna, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 832.
a-h. Borneo (Low), 3 35, 2 2; from S. & G. coll.
7. Borneo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 391
j,k. Borneo, 3 do.
l,m. Sarawak (Everett), 3 S; from 8. & G. coll.
n. Sarawak (Brooke), 3.
0. Sumatra (Sachs), 5; from S. & G. coll.
p. Hast Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Type, g- Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3.
r. Assam (Dr. Watt), 3.
s. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3.
Hewitson coll. (as ©. affinis).
t. Borneo, ¢.
119. CHARAXES BAYA.
Charaxes baya, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. Co. i. p. 207 (1857) ; 3, Butler,
Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, pl. xxxvii. fig. 5.
Types, a,b. Java (Horsfield coll.), ee
e-e. Sarawak (Hverett), d; fromS. & G. coll.
f. Sarawak (Bartlett), 3.
g-i. Borneo (Low), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
The following is, perhaps, only a form of C. baya occurring in
Burma, the Philippines, &c.
120. CHARAXES CORAX.
Charaxes corax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 444 (1867).
a. Moulmein (Archdeacon Clark), 3.
6. Mergui (Commander Alfred Carpenter), 3.
c-e. Tenasserim (Capt. Chas. Bingham), 3 é.
f. Philippines (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
Var., g. Elephant Island (Rev. Deans Cowan), 3.
Dwarfed form=C. bayula, Staud. in litt.
h,t. Palawan (Dr. Platen), $ 5; from S. & G. coll.
121. CHARAXES GEORGIUS.
Charaxes georgius, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 262
(1892).
a-c. Mindoro (Dr. Platen), $ 3, 9; from S. & G. coll.
122. CHARAXES HEMANA.
Charaxes hemana, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 122, pl. iv. fig. 1.
a. North India, ¢.
b-d. Mussuri (Lidderdale), 5 5, 2; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. North of Landoor (Lidderdale), 2.
392 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
128. CHARAXES REPETITUS, sp. 0.
3. The Bornean representative of C. polyrena. Above tawny,
deepening to mahogany-brown towards anal angle of secon-
daries; external border of primaries black, narrowest at external
angles (about 6 millims.), enclosing a transverse oblique elliptical
spot of the ground-colour near its inner margin, on interno-
median interspace, gradually widening above the latter to third
median branch where it is 13 millimetres wide, thence running
obliquely inwards to costa where it attains its greatest width
of 1 inch; area immediately -within the angle, from costa to
first median branch yellowish, bounded internally by a black
irregular discocellular marking, and three irregularly placed
lunules, a trace of a fourth interrupted lunule on the imterno-
median area; secondaries with the apical area smoky black,
forming a vague diffused patch, on which are two white points,
the outer half of the veins, which pass through this patch, black ;
the outer half of the area between the latter and the origin of
the costal vein yellowish, bounded internally by an oblique
blackish dash; outer border deepening to mahogany-brown and
with a smoky blackish marginal stripe ; a submarginal series of
five diffused black spots, bounded internally by white transverse
dashes, the last of these accompanied by a few violet scales.
Body normal: under surface glaucous violaceous ash-coloured,
with the usual darker areas somewhat olivaceous ; other markings
much as usual, but not strongly defined. Expanse of wings
91 millimetres.
a. Sarawak (Hverett), 3.
There can be no question as to this being a distinct species,
although not sufficiently different from its allies to be of startling
interest.
124. CHARAXES POLYXENA.
©. Papilio polyxena, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. liv. A, B (1779).
a. Withcut locality (coll. Kaden), ¢; from 8S. & G. coll.
b. China (Brenchley), 2.
125. CHARAXES BERNARDUS.
©. Papilio Bernardus, Fabricius, Ent. Syst. ui. 1, p. 71 (1793); Dono-
van, Ins. China, pl. 35 (1789).
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 393
a. Without locality (coll. Druce), 3; fromS. & G. coll.
b. China, 2.
c. “ N. India” (#. I. Museum), 2.
Probably a seasonal form of the preceding, which it nearly
resembles; the male has a trace of white beyond the cell of
primaries and less falcate wings, with scarcely any tawny marking
on the black border.
From Tilin Yaw we have a male example of a Charazes,
collected by Mr. E. Y. Watson, which, on the upper surface
so nearly approaches C. bernardus 3 in general aspect and
colouring, that I cannot venture to separate it ; its under-surface
colouring is, however, considerably darker. Possibly this will
prove to be an aberrant form of some well-known and abundant
species.
126. CuARAXES HIPPONAX.
Charaxes hipponax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 443 (1867).
Var., Charaxes hindia, Butler, Lep. Exot. xii. pl. xxxvii. fig. 5 (1872).
Var., Charaxes jalinder, Butler, J. c. pl. xxxvii. fig. 4 (1872).
Var. C. hindia.
a. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3.
6. India, 9; from S. & G. coll.
Transitional forms to C. jalinder.
c. Bhotan (Lidderdale), 3.
d. Bhotan (Knyvett), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
e, f. Darjiling (Druce coll.), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
g, h. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3.
i. Sikhim (Lidderdale), 3.
j-r. Chin Hills, Burmah (Watson), 3 3.
s. Moulmein (Archdeacon Clark), 2.
Var. C. jalinder, typical.
t. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3.
u. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 2 .
v-x. Darjiling (Druce coll.) 6 3, Q.
y. Bhotan (Lidderdale), 2.
Hewitson coll. as (C. polyxena).
z. Without locality, 9.
aa. India, do.
True C. hipponax (probably wet-season form).
bb, cc. North India, d, 9.
394 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
dd. Darjiling (I%iss H. Dendy), 3.
ee. Darjiling (Indian Museum), 3.
ff. Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3 .
gg. Assam (Dr. Watt), 3.
hh. North India, 3.
11, 9). Nepal (Hardwicke), 3,2.
kk, Khasia Hills (Watson), 3.
Zl, Chin Hills, Burmah (Watson), 3.
127, CHARAXES BUPALUS.
Charaxes bupalus, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. 1889, p. 84.
a,b. Palawan (Dr. Platen), 3 3; from 8. & G. coll.
128. CHARAXES BORNEENSIS.
Charaxes borneensis, Butler, Lep. Ezot. i. p. 16, pl. vi. fig. 2 (1869).
a, b. Baram (Hverett), 5 3.
c-e. Borneo (Low), 5 3; from S. & G. coll.
129. CHARAXES PLEISTOANAX.
Charaxes pleistoanax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 443 (1867).
Var., Charaxes khasianus, Butler, Lep. Exot. xii. pl. xxxvil. fig. 6
(1872).
Var., Charaxes khimalara, Butler, l. c. fig. 1.
Typical form.
a. Sikhim (G. F. Hampson), 3.
6. Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3.
c. Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3.
d. Assam (coll. Druce), 3; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena).
é. Without locality, d.
Var. C. khasianus (probably the dry-season form).
Jf: Darjiling (@. A. J. Rothney), 3.
g- Darjiling (Lidderdale), 9.
h. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
7. Darjiling (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
j. Darjiling (H. J. Elwes), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
k. Darjiling (Indian Museum), 3.
l. Sikhim (Dr. 7. C. Jerdon), 3.
Dr. F. Moore is of opinion that C. khasianus is distinct from
C. pleistoanax, but it chiefly differs in its clearer and brighter
BUTYERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 395
colouring; I cannot believe it to be more than a seasonal
variety : the female differs rather more than the male.
Var. C. khimalara (probably extreme wet-season form).
m. Buxa (G. F. Hampson), 3.
n Darjiling (J. Fotheringham), 3.
This completes the so-called C. psaphon group, and commences
the C. marmax group ; the latter might formerly have been again
subdivided on account of the two types of males, only the species
now can be arranged to show a gradual transition from the one
type to the other ; the females show great uniformity of character
throughout the entire series.
23. C. MARMAX GROUP.
130. CHARAXES CIMON.
Charaxes cimon, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 439, pl. lviii. figs. 6, 7
(1867). .
a,b. Batchian (Wallace), 3, 2: from S. & G. coll.
c. Batchian (Dr. Platen), 2; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. as C. affinis.
d. Batchian, 3.
131. CHARAXES PAPUENSIS.
Charaxes papuensis, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 15, pl. vi. fig. 1 (1869).
Charaxes cimonides, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. ii. p. 356 (1894).
a. N.W. New Guinea (Burke), 3.
It is possible that there may be two species of nearly allied
Charaxes in New Guinea; but it seems more probable that the
differences between C. papuensis and C. cimonides indicated by
Mr. Rothschild are of seasonal than specific value. However,
with only one example before me, I do not feel competent to
form any decided opinion on this point and am quite open to
conviction.
132. CHaraxes LAYARDI, sp. n.
3. A representative of C. cimon, larger ; the inner edge of the
black border of primaries deeply notched and not quite so wide; a
black bar on the discocellulars in all the wings, but no markings
between the latter and the black border; the black border of
the secondaries narrower, the ocelloid submarginal spots more
396 DR. A. G@. BUTLER ON THE
isolated, not pupilled, excepting towards anal angle; under
surface altogether redder than in C. cimon, the ocelloid patches
on the secondaries smaller, forming a narrower belt, less brightly
coloured, and with their outer marginal black spots narrower
and more lunate in character; outer border more uniform in
eclouring, tawny, with greyer marginal band. Expanse of wings
99 millims.
Type,a. New Biitain (Mus. Godeffroy), 3.
b, c. New Ireland (Layard), 5 3; from 8. & G. coll.
133. CHARAXES MARS.
Charaxes mars, Staudinger, Exot. Schmett. p. 171 (1886).
Celebes.
This very fine species appears to belong to the C. cimon
group; it is not in the Museum series.
134. CHARAXES FERVENS, Sp. nN.
3. Size and general form of C. Layardi: pattern above very
similar to that of C. baya, but with the broadest portion of the
outer border of the primaries produced inwardly, the divided
black spot on the discocellulars and the black marginal lunate
streaks on the secondaries of C. parmenion (C. latona, 3); the
apical patch and subimarginal spots of the hind wings however
remain as in C. baya: on the under surface the pattern and
colouring show distinct affinity to C. cimon and allies, the band
before the middle is however better defined, standing out in
rufous on a yellowish background, and on the primaries it is
more oblique than in any of the allied species.
a. Nias (Dr. Schreiber).
135. CHARAXES AFFINIS.
3. Charaxes affinis, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 636, pl. xxxvu.
fig. 4.
“9 . Charaxes Wallacei, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 100, pl. xxxviii. fig. 2 (1872).
& var., Charaxes demonax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 440 (1867).
Type, a. Macassar (Wallace), 3.
6. Menado (Dr. Meyer), °.
c. Ternate (Wallace), 3, var. demonax; from§. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
d. Macassar, 3.
Type, e. Macassar, 2, as C. polyxena.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXKES. 397
136. CHARAXES LATONA.
@. Charaxes latona, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1865, p. 636, pl. xxxvii.
neal,
— brennus, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iu. p. 439, pl. lix. figs. 1, 2
(1867). ;
3. Charaxes parmenion, Felder, 1. c. n. 717.
Charaxes aruanus, Butler, Lep. Exot. p. 100 (1872).
a. Near Macassar (Wallace), d =C. parmenion.
Type, 6. Timor (Wallace), 2.
c. Amboyna, d; from 8S. & G. coll.
d. Aru (Wallace), 9 =C. arwanus; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as C. affinis).
e. Without locality, 3.
137. CHARAXES SCYLAX.
Charaxes scylax, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 442 (1867).
a. Java (Argent), 3.
138. CHARAXES AMYCUS.
Charaxes amycus, Felder, Wien. ent. Monatschr. v. p. 303 (186)).
Charaxes lunawara, Butler, Lep. Exot. pl. xxxvii. fig. 2 (1872).
a, b. Davao, S.E. Mindanao (Dr. Platen), 3,2; from
S. & G. coll.
c. Philippines (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
@. ‘ype a d. Without locality (Druce coll.), 2 *; from 8. & G.
CO. lunawara. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena).
e. Philippines, 9.
139. CHARAXES ARISTOGITON.
Charaxes aristogiton, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 445 (1867).
Charaxes desa, Moore, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1878, p. 832.
a-c. Darjiling (H..J. Elwes), $ 3; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Sikhim, ¢.
se oe } e. Upper Tenasserim (Wood-Mason), 3.
Dr. Moore has considered C. desa distinct on the ground that
the inner edge of the black border of the primaries is produced
inwards, to some distance beyond the lunate markings, upon the
costal area; this character, however, is certainly no more con-
stant in this species than in the allied C. marmaz.
* The male of C. dunawara is a slight variation of C. marmaz.
398 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
140. CHARAXES MARMAX.
Charaxes marmax, Westwood, Cab. Orient. Ent. pl. xxi. figs. 3-5 (1848).
a-c. Darjiling (H. J. Hlwes), 3 3, 2; from 8. & G. coll.
. Daryjiling (Lidderdale), @.
» Darjiling (Mrs. R. V. Boyle), 3 3.
. Khasia Hills (Watson), 3 3.
. Assam (Watson), 3.
. Silhet (#. Doubleday), 3.
. Silhet (Stainsforth), 3.
. Buxa (Knyvett), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
m. Mungphu (Atkinson), 3.
n. Hast Pegu (W. Doherty), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena).
o. Without locality, 3.
=
NPSL DW BY QB
141. CHARAXES KAHRUBA.
Haridra kahruba, Moore, Lepid. Ind. vol. ii. p. 235, pl. 171. figs. L a-e
(1895).
a. Assam (coll. Druce), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
b. Darjiling (Zidderdale), 2.
ec. Darjiling (Lidderdale), 2; from 8. & G. coll.
d. Darjiling (Mfrs. R. V. Boyle), 3.
e, f. Mungphu (Atkinson), 5 S.
g- Bhutan (G. C. Dudgeon), 3.
h. Silhet (Argent), 3.
Hewitson coll. (as C. polyxena).
i. Silhet, 3.
yj. North India, 3.
142. CHARAXES HARMODIUS.
Charaxes harmodius, Felder, Reise der Nov., Lep. iii. p. 445 (1867).
a, b. Palawan, Philippines (Dr. Platen), 3 3.
The above specimens are labelled as “ C. harpagon, Staud.,”
apparently a MS. name; they agree perfectly with the description
of Felder’s species from Java.
143. CHaraxes Distant.
Charaxes Distanti, Honrath, Berl. ent. Zeit. xxix. p. 277 (1885).
a, 6. Borneo (Low), 5 ¢; from S. & G. coll.
ec. N.W. Borneo (Hverett), 3.
d,e. Borneo, 5 d.
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 399
This species has much the aspect of a ruddy-bordered C. marmazx,
but the submarginal lunules on the under surface are far more
silvery.
24, C. EURYALUS GROUP.
144, CHARAXES EURYALUS.
Papilio euryalus, Cramer, Pap. Exot. i. pl. xxiv. A, B (1779).
Q. Papilio nisus, Cramer, 1. c. ii. pl. cl. A, B (1779).
a. Without locality (coll. Kaden), 3; from S. & G. coll.
6. Amboina (Wallace), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
e. Amboina (Wallace), 3.
Hewitson coll.
d. Amboina, ¢.
e, f. Without locality, 5, 2.
95. C. ETESIPE Group.
145. CHARAXES CACUTHIS.
Charaxes cacuthis, Hewitson, Exot. Butt. ii. Char. pl. iii. figs, 12, 13
(1863).
a. Madagascar, 3.
Hewitson coll.
b, c. Madagascar, 5, 2.
d. Without locality, 3.
146. CHARAXES TAVETENSIS.
Charaxes tavetensis, Rothschild, Novit. Zool. i. p. 535 (1894).
Taveta, E. Africa.
Not in the Museum collection.
147. CHARAXES ETESIPE.
Nymphalis etesipe, Godart, Enc. Méth. ix. p. 355 (1823); Butler,
Trans. Ent. Soc. 1869, p. 273, pl. v. figs. 5, 6.
Papilio etheocles, Drury (not Cramer), Ill. Exot. Ent. iii. pl. 10 (1782).
Nymphalis etheta, Godart, Enc. Meéth. ix. p. 356 (1823).
a. Barombi, Cameroons(Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
6b. Cameroons, 3; from S. & G. coll.
c. Cameroons (Druce coll.), 6; from S. & G. coll.
d. Cameroons, o.
e, f- West Africa, 2 9; from S. & G. coll.
gz. Isubu, 5 d, 2.
j, k. Old Calabar (White), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
I. Croboe district, Accra (Hickling), 3.
400 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
m—o. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 5 3, 2.
p. Sierra Leone (Crowley), ¢.
g. Sierra Leone (Barchara), °.
Hewitson coll.
yt. Sierra Leone, 5 do, 2.
u,v. Without locality, ¢, 9.
This completes the species usually considered to belong to the
genus Charaxes. In 1881, however, we received a species from
Socotra having all the characters of Charaxes excepting the
pattern (which is that of Palla varanes and allies). The supposed
genus Palla differs no more from Charaxes than the various
sections of the latter genus do from one another; the single
tail to the secondaries is characteristic of females in the C. mycerina
group.
26. C. varanes GRovpP.
148. CHaraxes BALFourRt.
Charaxes Balfouri, Butler, Proc. Zool. Soc. 1881, p. 176, pl. xviii. fig. 6.
Type, a. Socotra (Prof. I. B. Balfour).
149. CHARAXES VARANES.
Papilio varanes, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. elx. D, E (1779).
a. Caffraria (Druce coll.), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
. S. Africa (Sir Andrew Smith), 2.
. Natal (Druce coll.), 2; from S. & G. coll.
. Natal (Shelley), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
. Natal (Argent), 3.
. Natal (Gueinzius), 3d.
Durban (C. &. NV. Burrows), 3.
. Lake Mweru (Crawshay), 3.
Central Africa (Hmin Pasha), 3.
. British E. Africa (Dr. Gregory), 3.
. Lake Tanganyika (C. Hore), °.
. Taita, Hast Africa (J. A. Wray), 2.
. Zomba (Macclounie), 3.
o, p. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3.
Hewitson coll.
gq, r. Natal, 3, 2.
9. Without locality, 2.
=.
we
SS a Sie SS Sg SHS SY
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS OHARAXES. 401
150. CHARAXES NIGRESCENS.
Possibly a seasonal form of C. fulvescens ; in some respects
nearer to C. varanes, from which it differs in the yellowish basal
area and blackish external area of the upper surface ; the outer
or submarginal row of spots reduced to points, the inner row
small but sharply defined and ochreous ; spots on dise of secon-
daries large and black: under surface pale greenish-yellow
towards the base, all the markings strongly defined in biack,
the postmedian stripe dark and well defined, the first ocellus
very black, the external bordering of the postmedian stripe
very silvery, very metallic, not merely glaucous ; external area
more olivaceous than in C. varanes or C. fulvescens. Expanse of
wings 90-98 millims.
Type, a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 5; from 8. & G. coll.
6, c. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 2, 3d.
d,e. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3, 2.
F- Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3.
g. Accra (H. T. Carter), 3.
h. Ashanti, ¢.
Hewitson coll.
z. Gold Coast, 3.
I should unhesitatingly have considered this to be distinet
from C. fulvescens, but for the fact that Drury gives Sierra Leone
as the locality from which his specimen (figured as P. varanes)
was received.
151. CHARAXES FULVESCENS.
Charaxes fulvescens, Aurivillius, Ent. Tidskr. xii. p. 216 (1891).
Papilio varanes, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ins. ii. p. 42, pl. 31. figs. 1, 2 (1782).
a. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss}, ¢; from 8S. & G. coll.
b. Victoria, Cameroons (Druce coll.),3; from 8. & G. coll.
c. Congo (Bates coll.), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
d. Without locality.
27. C. ticHas GROUP.
152. CHARAXES LICHAS.
Philognoma lichas, Doubleday, Gen. Diurn. Lep. pl. 49. fig. 3 (1850).
a—c. Ashanti, d 5, °.
d. Ashanti (coll. Kaden), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
402 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE
e. Accra (HL. T. Carter), 3
f. Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3
g- Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
h, 2. Old Calabar (J. W. Cockburn), 3, 9.
j,k. Angola (Rogers), 3 3; from S. & G. coll.
1, m. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 9, 3; from S. & G. coll.
mn. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3
Hewitson coll.
o-q. Angola, dd.
7. Cameroons, 2.
158. CHARAXES FALCATA.
Philognoma falcata, Butler, Lepid. Exot. p. 101, pl. xxxvin. fig. |
(1872).
Types, a—-d. Ashanti, d dé.
e. Old Calabar (White), 3; from 8S. & G. coll.
This is a smaller, deeper coloured, more heavily black-bordered
and shorter-tailed species than OC. paphianus ; it may be a seasonal
form, for though we do not possess both from the same locality
exactly, the range of C. paphianus would embrace that of O. falcata.
I, however, am inclined to think that the latter is strictly a coast
species of limited range.
154. CHARAXES PAPHIANUS.
Charaxes paphianus, Ward, Ent. Month. Mag. vin. p. 120 (1871).
a. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
b. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), 3; from 8. & G. coll.
c. Angola (Rogers), 5; from 8. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
d,e. Angola, 6 3.
98. C. pEcIUS GROUP.
155. CHARAXES VIOLINITENS.
Philognoma violinitens, Crowley, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1890, p. 554, pl. xviii.
figs. 1, 2.
3 Accra, 2 Cameroons.
Hewitson coll. (as P. decius).
a. Old Calabar, 2.
T think it open to question whether the sexes figured by
Mr. Crowley actually belong to the same species, the female
BUTTERFLIES OF THE GENUS CHARAXES. 403
being remarkably near to an Angolan insect of which we have
both sexes; however, until females are received from Accra
which as nearly resemble the male, the point cannot be decided.
156. CHARAXES CONIGER, Sp. Nn.
Allied to C. decius, but the males with the white band much
more broadly bordered with silvery-blue and extending to just
below the median vein of secondaries, the orange-tawny patch
which joins it at this point much brighter in colour and forming
a well-defined cone, the outer edge of which is mottled with
blackish and bounded by the third median branch ; the tail,
which is longer than in C. decius, is also tawny, but tipped with
creamy-white ; the submarginal ocellus in the radial interspace
is isolated ; the females resemble the insect figured as CO. violinitens
2, excepting in having a submarginal band of six hastate tawny
(and a seventh nearly white, costal) spots on the primaries. In
other respects this species agrees almost in every detail with
C. decius.
Types, a, 6. Old Calabar, ¢ 3; from 8. & G. coll.
ce. Congo (Bates coll.), 9; from S. & G. coll.
d. Angola (Monteiro), 3; trom 8. & G. coli.
Hewitson coll. (as C. decius).
ey fseangola, dg, 2.
It is just possible that this may be a seasonal form of C. decius,
and C. publius a seasonal form of C. Ussheri ; but only breeding
ean decide this.
157. CHARAXES DECIUS.
Papilio decius, Cramer, Pap. Exot. ii. pl. exiv. A, B (1779).
a. Accra (E. 7. Carter), 3.
b. Croboe district, Accra (Higlett), 3.
c. West Atrica, 2.
d, e. Ashanti, d do.
jf. Sierra Leone (Rev. D. F. Morgan), 2.
Hewitson coll.
g. Without locality, ¢.
158. CHARAXES PUBLIUS.
Palla publius, Staudinger, Deutsche ent. Zeit., Lep. v. p. 267 (1892).
Philognoma rectifascia, Weymer, Stett. ent. Zeit. liii. p- 91 (1892).
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. Xxv. 33
404 DR. A. G. BUTLER ON THE GENUS CHARAXES.
a-c. Old Calabar (White), 5 5, 2; from S. & G. coll.
d. West Africa, 2; from S. & G. coll.
Hewitson coll.
e. Angola, 9.
f- Without locality, 2.
159. Caaraxes UssueErt.
Philognoma Ussheri, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1870, p. 124; Lep. Eaot.
Ns Jolla sorte Unley G(s Ye
Nymphalis decius, Lucas, Lep. Exot. pl. lxiv. fig. 2 (1835).
a-c. Sierra Leone (Dr. Preuss), ¢ S$, 2; from 8. & G. coll.
d, e. Sierra Leone (Barchard), 3
f. Sierra Leone (P. Crowley), 3
g. Sierra Leone (Druce coll.), 3; from S. & G. coll.
h, zi. Barombi, Cameroons (Dr. Preuss), d, 2; from 8. & G.
coll.
j. Cameroons, do.
k,l. Old Calabar (White), 3 5; from 8. & G. coll.
m. Old Calabar, 3.
n. Congo (Bates coll.), 5; from S. & G. coll.
o. Dahomey (Bates coll.), 2; from 8S. & G. coll.
pg. Ashanti, 9.
Nore.—Since this paper was read, Dr. F. Moore has described
and figured the following species, namely :—Haridra Adamsonz,
Lepidopt. Indica, vol. 11. p. 236, pl. 173, and Hulepis Wardii,
tom. cit. p. 262, pl. 188.—A. G. B., July 16, 1896.
id
REMARKABLE USE OF ANTS IN ASIA MINOR. 405
On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor. By Rozerr
Morton Mivpteroy, Jr., F.1S., F.Z.8.
[Read 6th February, 1896.]
I wAvE lately had the opportunity of making the acquaintance
of Mr. Miltiades D. Issigonis, a Greek gentleman from Smyrna,
now residing in London. Mr. Issigonis fell from his horse in
Smyrna about six years ago, and received a severe but clean cut of
an inch or rather more in length on the forehead above the right
eye. In accordance with the custom of the country, he went
to a Greek barber* to have the wound dressed, and the barber
employed at least ten living ants to bite the two sides together.
Pressing together the margins of the cut with the fingers of the
left hand, he applied the insect by means of a pair of forceps
held in the right hand. The mandibles of the ant were widely
open for self-defence, and as the insect was carefully brought
near to the wound, it seized upon the raised surface, penetrated
the skin on both sides, and remained tenaciously fixed while the
operator severed the head from the thorax, so leaving the
mandibles grasping the wound. The same operation was re-
peated until about ten ants’ heads were fixed on the wound,
and left in position for three days or thereabouts, when the
cut was healed and the heads removed. The ant employed is
described by Mr. Issigonis as being about three-eighths of an
inch long, very dark brown in colour, and of a particularly fierce
disposition. Mr. Issigonis has kindly endeavoured to obtain
the ants from Smyrna, and I hope that some may arrive ere
long. We have together examined the specimens in the Natural
History Museum, by the courtesy of Mr. W. F. Kirby, F.LS.,
and Mr. Issigonis identified a rather large-headed Camponotus
from India, not yet specifically named, as being nearer to the
species in question than anything else in the National collection.
The only other observation of a similar nature hitherto recorded
appears to have been that of Mons. Emile Mocquerys, of Rouen,
who was in South America fifty or sixty years ago, and was elected
a member of the Entomological Society of France in 1844. Sir
John Lubbock, in his most valuable work on ‘ Ants, Bees, and
Wasps,’ says in chapter 5, with reference to ants generaliy :—
“The tenacity with which they retain their hold on an enemy
* The barber-surgeons of the Levant still perform the old operations of
blood-letting and cupping on English sailors for all sorts of ailments.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 34
406 REMARKABLE USE OF ANTS IN ASIA MINOR.
they have once seized is well known. M. Mocquerys even
assures us that the Indians of Brazil made use of this quality in
the case of wounds ; causing an ant to bite the two lips of the cut
aud thus bring them together, after which they snip off the ant’s
head, which thus holds the lips together. He asserts that he
has often seen natives with wounds in course of healing with the
assistance of seven or eight ants’ heads.” *
The species which Mocquerys saw thus employed in Brazil
was the well-known Satibay or Umbrella-ant (now called Atta
cephalotes, Linn. ; the genus Atta being the creation of Fabricius).
It is admirably described by Bates {, who truly speaks of the
heads of the “‘ worker-majors,” one of the three forms of workers,
as “enormously large, hard, and indestructible”’§; he says,
however, that these ants are “not very pugnacious’’ ||. The
Umbrella-ants are peculiar to Tropical America, Atta cepha-
lotes, L., extending into Mexico.
It is remarkable that neither Wallace nor Bates should, appa-
rently, have heard of the use of the Umbrella-ant as a substitute
for the stitching-up of a wound; but it is still more extraordinary
that Mocquerys’ statement should be confirmed, after the lapse
of so many years, by the discovery of the identical method among
the Greek inhabitants of Asia Minor. Mr. Issigonis, who has
unfortunately just telegrapbed that he is unable to come to this
meeting on account of indisposition, tells me that the operation
is a frequent one in the vicinity of Smyrna, and is, to the best of
his belief, practised by the Turks themselves as well as by the
other nationalities found in Asiatic Turkey. Unfortunately, he
can give no information as to whether this treatment of cuts is
followed in Greece, European Turkey, or elsewhere.
* Ann. Soc. Ent. France, 2 sér., tom. il. p. xvii. The actual record is as
follows, viz. :—‘‘ Bulletin Entomologique. Séance du 23 Octobre, 1844. Com-
munications. M. Reiche donne, d’aprés M. EK. Mocquerys, quelques détails sur
une fourmi du genre Gicodome (codoma cephalotes, Latr., Formica cephalotes,
Jinn.) x * * * x Les sauyages emploient la méme espéce pour retenir
rapprochés les bords d'une plaie ; ils font mordre par cet insecte les deux bords
de la plaie, puis leur arrachent l’abdomen et le thorax et ne laissent par con-
séquent que la téte, qui maintient ainsi les bords de la plaie rapprochés. I]
n’est pas rare de voir des Brésiliens indigénes qui ont ainsi une plaie en voie de
cicatrisation au moyen de sept ov huit tétes de cette fourmi.”
+ “Saitiba” is the Indian name of this ant, and means, as Prof. Trail, F.R.S.,
kindly informs me, ‘the destroyer of the leaf.”
t ‘The Naturalist on the River Amazons,’ pp. 23-33.
§ Page 31. | Page 32.
THORACIC GLANDS IN LARVH OF TRICHOPTERA. 407
On Segmentally disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larve of the
Trichoptera. By Gustave Gison, Professor of Zoology at
the University of Louvain. (Communicated by Prof. G. B.
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 5th March, 1896.]
In the course of some researches on the silk-glands of the Tricho-
ptera, my attention was attracted by a pointed prominence on
the ventral face of the first thoracic segment of the larva.
This chitinous prominence looks very much like tie spinneret
of certain larval Lepidoptera, though it is usually a little longer
than that. In fact it was taken for the spinneret by Réaumur*,
who had not detected the very short spinning-tube on the
labium. Recently Prof. Miall, in his excellent book on Aquatic
Insects +, has recognized that the thoracic plug-like organ is
not the spinning-tube (the labial spinneret being known to him).
He does not attempt, however, to determine its use and true
significance, but declares it to be an organ the function of
which is as yet unknown.
A careful dissection of the ventral organs in the fore part of
the body led me to the discovery of some very interesting glands,
one of which is in connection with the afore-mentioned pro-
thoracic prominence.
In Phryganea grandis each of the three thoracic segments
bears one of these glands. All three are composed of two
bundles of slightly moniliform tubules, lying, on each side,
between the outer tunic and the body-wall (fig. 1).
The tubules of each bundle unite to form one main tube which
passes obliquely towards the median line, where it joins its
fellow of the opposite side to form a common duct. This, in
the prothorax, is rather long; it enters the base of the cuticular
prominence, at the tip of which it opens through a very tiny
aperture. There is a small reservoir at the point of junction of
the tubes.
The glands in the meso- and metathorax are almost identical
in structure with that of the prothorax, being only a little
smaller in size and having a smaller number of tubules. Their
common duct is, however, extremely short and opens freely on the
-* Réaumur, ‘Mémoires pour servir a l’Histoire des Insectes.’ Paris, 1734.
t+ Miall, ‘The Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ p. 251. London, 1895.
34*
408 PROF. G. GILSON ON SEGMENTALLY DISPOSED
ventral face, through a very small opening, no spinneret-like
organ existing on these two segments. The aperture is ex-
tremely difficult to detect from the exterior, even with the help
of good lenses, on account of its lying either inside or on the
very edge of a deep cuticular fold.
Fig. 1.—Phryganea grandis. Dissection (dorsal aspect).
9, 9’, g?. Thoracic glands.
sg. Silk-gland.
m. Muscles.
@. Cisophagus.
md, Mandibles.
In other species, for instance in Limnophilus flavicornis, the
prothoracic gland is alone represented, and (¢. fig. 2) this single
gland differs considerably from that of Phryganea grandis. It
THORACIC GLANDS IN THE LARVH OF TRICHOPTERA.- 409
consists of a single glandular tube, the inner part of which is
composed of large gland-cells, the terminal part being a thin
chitinous tube opening at the tip of a very long prominence
similar to that of Phryganea grandis, between the two pro-
thoracic legs.
Fig. 2.—Limnophilus flavicornis.
Prothoracic gland (g') with a part of cuticle bearing the plug-like organ (p).
The meso- and metathorax contain no gland, and no trace of
a prominence is to be seen on their ventral face.
The structure of the tubules is the same in all segments. The
glandular epithelium consists of a small number of large cells,
the central lumen being lined by a strong chitinous membrane.
This cuticle, or so-called cxtima, is quite smooth and entirely
devoid of pores or any kind of apertures through which the secre-
tory product could be supposed to flow out of the cells. The
presence of such a non-porous lining to a glandular tube is a
remarkable feature of these organs, though not an unknown
one amongst the Tracheata.
410 PROF. G. GILSON ON SEGMENTALLY DISPOSED
The secretion is not miscible with water, and presents the ap-
pearance of an oily fluid, though it is undoubtedly very different
from a fatty substance in the chemical sense of the term.
These remarkable organs seem to deserve closer investigation
and minute description. Being engaged in other work, I have
asked one of my pupils, Dr. Henseval, to take up the subject.
He will shortly publish a paper dealing with these glands and
several others, as well as with the results of his researches on the
chemical nature of the “ oil” produced by the maxillary glands of
Cossus ligniperda*, a substance which seems to be identical with
that excreted by the thoracic glands of Trichoptera.
A peculiar interest attaches to these thoracic glands of the
larval Trichoptera, in its possible bearing on the question of
persistence of Annelidan features in the Tracheata.
That they are newly acquired or adaptive organs, arising in
relation with the tubicolous habit, seems very unlikely, for if
the mere utility of their oily product is sufficient to account for
their appearance and development into important organs, there
seems to me no reason why they should be segmentally repeated.
One single gland, no matter where it lay, could furnish a suit-
able quantity of “oil”? quite as well as the three moderately
large glands lying in close proximity to one another but on
separate segments.
There is an organ undoubtedly homologous with the thoracic
glands of Trichoptera which has obviously nothing to do with
tubicolous life, z. e. the ventral gland, “‘ Bauchdriise,’ described
by Professors Poulton and Schiffer in certain non-tubiculous
caterpillars.
It appears to me, therefore, much more probable that the
thoracic glands are inherited organs; and that the aquatic and
tubicolous habits of the larva may account for their preservation.
The question then presents itself, with which of the segmentally
disposed organs of Annelids and Per¢patus are the thoracic glands
of T'richoptera to be considered homologous ?
Only two kinds of organs may possibly be considered ancestral
to these glands—the nephridia and the coxal glands. If the
thoracic glands could be wholly or in part recognized as meso-
blastic in origin, little doubt would remain as to their nepbridial
* This paper was published during the passage of these pages through the
printers’ hands, under the title “ Etude comparée des Glandes de Gilson,” ‘ La
Cellule,’ tome ix. pp. 329-354.—Eb.
THORACIC GLANDS IN THE LARVA OF TRICHOPTERA. 411
‘relationship. But this is not the case: nothing is known of the
development of these till lately undiscovered organs. And if they
were known to be epiblastic, as they probably are, it would not
settle the question, as they could then be the remains of the outer
part of the nephridia which so often originates as aa epiblastic in-
growth, the mesoblastic or proper nephridial part having vanished
in the course of evolution. No conclusion could be drawn against
their nephridial relationships, whatever might be their origin.
They appear to me, however, to be more likely nephridial than
coxal, for the following reasons :—
1. They have no connection with the appendages. This fact,
though not finally disposing of belief in their coxal nature, seems
worth consideration, as no organ undoubtedly coxal is known
to have moved far from the limb and met its fellow in the median
line.
2. On the other hand, certain organs, the nephridial sig-
nificance of which it is scarcely possible to doubt, unite in the
median line and open there through one common aperture. Such
are the so-called “ salivary glands” of Peripatus. These are long
tubes entirely disconnected in the embryo, and provided each
with a funnel or nephrostome. Later on they lose their inner
opening, and meet at the median line, just as the thoracic glands
doin Trichoptera. The same is true of the disposition of the silk-
glands of larval insects and, in many an adult form, of the true
salivary glands, both being considered as modified nephridia.
3. There is a striking analogy between the arrangement of
the tubules of the thoracic glands of Trichoptera and that of
the Malpighian vessels generally. Both are derivatives of two
chief tubes (at least this is the primitive disposition of the Mal-
pighian vessels). These chief canals open in both cases through
a single epiblastic ingrowth, and the common duct of the thoracic
glands would thus appear to be equivalent in its relationships to
the proctodeum. We have now much reason for regarding the
Malpighian vessels as modified nephridia ; and Gegenbaur’s hypo-
thesis that these vessels primitively opened on the surface of the
body has received a strong confirmation from the fact, discovered
by Wheeler *, that in Doryphora they early appear in the form
of ingrowths from the walls of the proctodeum, while this
* Wheeler, “The Embryology of Blatta germanica and Doryphora decem-
lineata.’ ‘Journal of Morphology,’ vol. iii. 1889.
412 THORACIC GLANDS IN LARVE OF TRICHOPTERA.
epiblastic invagination is still very shallow. Their nephridial
significance, suggested already by their excretory function, is thus
supported by serious morphological considerations.
The similarity of structure between the Malpighian nephridia
and the glands here noticed seems thus to plead in favour of the
nephridial character of the latter.
No trace of segmentally repeated organs, be they coxal or
nephridial, has been hitherto detected, so far as I am aware, on
the thoracic segments of the Hexapoda. Even in the lowest
forms of insects (Thysanura), where remains of segmental organs,
probably coxal, may be detected on all the abdominal segments *,
no trace whatever of such organs is known on the thoracic, with
the exception of the single “ Bauchdriise” in the prothorax of
certain Lepidoptera, and some scent-glands in certain Hemiptera.
Jt is thus worthy of remark that in Trichoptera each of the
thoracic segments of the larva may possess a gland, and in its
segmental repetition they reveal an ancestral character that
could not be affixed with security to the single “‘ Bauchdriise” or
to the scent-glands. There is thus possibly no segment of the
Hexapod body left that can be said to be completely wanting in
traces of segmental organs in some member of the group.
Conclusion.
1. In the larval Trichoptera each of the thoracic segments may
be provided with more or less complex glandular organs more
nearly representing nephridia than the coxal glands of Annelids
and Peripatus. By the discovery of these it may now be said
that :
2. In the Hexapoda remains of segmentally disposed glandular
organs, be they coxal or nephridial, are known for the whole
length of the body, from the mandibular to the posterior abdo-
minal segments.
* Oudemans, ‘Beitrige zur Kenntniss des Thysanure und Collembolx,’
Berlin, 1888.
THE LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 413
The Larval Gills of the Odonata. By G. Gixson, Professor, and
J. Saponzs, Assistant, at the Zoological Institute of the
University of Louvain. (Communicated by Prof. G. B.
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 5th March, 1896. ]
Tue rectal gills of Zibellula and 4’schna are well known to every
student of comparative anatomy, and have attracted much atten-
tion since they were first discovered by Swammerdam. Chun’s
paper on the so-called “rectal glands” of Insects* is usually
quoted as the most complete account of their structure. The
works of our predecessors, however, have left room for new
researches, and certain important physiological considerations
remain unnoticed.
‘Wherever the respiratory organs of terrestrial Arthropods con-
sist of numerous lamelle enclosed in a recess or cavity, there is
some structure present to prevent their adhering to one another,
some provision for keeping open the spaces between these
lamelle, and allowing the air, or water, to freely bathe their
surfaces. In the so-called lungs of spiders and scorpions, for
instance, the lamelle bear on one face at least numerous chitinous
rods or ramified arborescent prominencest. We were, therefore,
surprised not to find in the works of our predecessors any mention
of the existerce of such an apparently necessary mechanism in
the Odonata. We soon discovered, however, that the gills of
these insects are no exception to the rule. In Libellula depressa
each lamella bears three conical pillars, two on one face and one
on the other (fig. 1). The use of these pillars is obviously the
same as that of the prominences of the Arachnidan lung; but,
while the latter are only cuticular and merely more or less
complex thickenings of that layer, the pillars of Odonata are
outgrowths of the cuticle, followed by the subcuticular layer
and containing several nuclei.
The gill of Zzbellula and 4éschna is a leaf-like folding of the
proctodal epithelium and cuticle. The space between the two
lamin contains the main tracheal trunks. These divide very
* Chun, “ Ueber den Bau die Entwickelung und physiologischen Bedeutung
der Rectaldriisen bei den Insekten.” Abhandl. der Senckenb. naturf. Gesel.,
10 Bd., 1876.
‘+ See L. Berteaux, ‘“‘Le Poumon des Arachnides.” ‘ La Cellule,’ tom. y. fase. 2.
414 PROF. G. GILSON AND J. SADONES ON THE
soon into a bundle of very fine tubes that neither divide again
nor end freely, as is the case in other organs, but bend into a
series of very long, curved, intra-lamellar loops. These loops,
running parallel to the surface of the gill, reunite to form other
main trunks which shortly leave the lamella and open into some
branch of the same main tracheal tube that gives off the original
trunks from which they are derived (fig. 2). As this is so, the
Libellula depressa.
Fig. 1.—Schematic sections through five larval gills. p, p’, p”, pillars.
Tae. 2.—Surface view of one gill. p, p', p", pillars. ¢/., tracheal loops. ne,
main tracheal tubes. ¢r., external tracheal trunk. ep.d., epithelial disc.
air would not appear to circulate regularly through the system
of tracheal loops, as might be supposed to be the case if the
main lamellar trunks were branches of larger tubes coming from
different parts of the body. The contents of the loops must
be renewed, if at all, by some special mechanism, but we do not
here propose to further investigate this point.
The tracheal loops, which evidently constitute the functional
part of the system, do not hang freely in the space between the
two lamine: they enter the subcuticular layer and run their
whole length through it, usually not in contact with the outer
cuticle (fig. 3).
The subcuticular layer is a syncytium in which no cell-
boundaries can be detected. It contains two kinds of nuclei, and
Sa ane
LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 415
seems to be the result of the association and complete fusion of
two distinct elements—the subcuticular epithelium and the
tracheal cells.
As before remarked, the gills contain an intralamellar cavity
in which the tracheal tubes are lying. The existence of this
cavity was not easily observable, as the two plates of the
7. mtr, b.sp. im
tl.
Fig. 3.—Part of section through a rectal gill.
¢]., tracheal loops within the subcuticular layer, m.tr., main tracheal tube.
b.sp., blood-space. ., nucleus.
lamella, in sections of hardened objects, are usually found stick-
ing tightly to each other. We endeavoured to determine its
limitations by cautiously injecting Indian ink into the ‘“ body-
cavity.” The black particles were found between the two plates
up to the free edge. The existence of the cavity may, however,
be sometimes detected without any injection, and, even when the
plates are in contact, blood-cells are sometimes noticeable between
them. There is, therefore, not the slightest question about
the existence of an intralamellar cavity communicating with
the ccelom, and the presence of blood in the gill cannot be
doubted. The necessity for definitely establishing these points
is sufficient when it is remembered that the process of respira-
tion would appear to be very different in a “bloodless” gill
from what it is in an organ supplied with an elaborate blood-
system.
The tracheal loops of the gill were known to Leydig, and were
first described by Oustalet *. But no one, so far as we know,
has ever noticed that they are enclosed within the proto-
plasmic layer. Such gaseous interchange as takes place between
the contents of the tracheal loops and the exterior must first
involve this protoplasmic layer; and this fact appears to us im-
portant in its bearings on the conclusion now gaining ground, that
* Oustalet, “Mémoire sur la respiration des larves des Libellules.” Ann.
Sci. Nat. sér. 5, Zoologie, tom. 11 (1869).
416 PROF. G. GILSON AND J. SADONES ON THE
the absorption of oxygen is not a mere physical process but a
more complex one, in which the living protoplasm plays an active
part. Jt has been experimentally shown that the death of the
epithelial cells causes a striking change in the action of an organ
functioning, during life, as an osmotic divider between two dif-
ferent liquids or gases. As Professor Miall very rightly remarks,
the first setting up of the process in young larve, when small
bubbles of gas appear in the liquid that fills the tracheal tubes,
cannot possibly be explained as a mere physical phenomenon.
Whatever may be the mechanism of respiration, it is a process
much more intricate than the play of an ordinary osmotic appa-
ratus; a process that deserves the term “ vital,’? which we are
wont to apply to complex activities, the actual workings of which
escape our observation. The living protoplasm is the agent of
absorption and setting free of the oxygen as well as of the
emission of carbonic acid.
No wonder, therefore, that in the gills of Odonata the func-
tional air-tubes are completely imbedded in the protoplasm of
the subcuticular layer. And, as regards the absorption of
oxygen, there is no wonder that no special mechanism is provided
to renew or to remove the contents of the tracheal loops. If the
oxygen extracted from the surrounding water is actively dis-
charged into the tracheal cavity by the protoplasm, and a stream
of gas is continually blown out of the loops into the general
tracheal system, no external mechanism is wanted to clear out
the gaseous contents of the gill and transmit the oxygen to the
other parts of the body.
As regards the emission of carbonic acid a difficulty arises ; for
if the function of the gill be to excrete the carbonic acid as well
as to absorb the oxygen, it seems likely that the former must be
carried to the organ by some mechanism. If the tracheal tubes
furnished the only apparatus through which the carbonic acid
could be carried, it seems that a “ propelling’ mechanism, though
unnecessary as regards oxygen, would be required. But this is
not the case. Carbonic acid is carried away from the organs by
the blood and the blood-system enters the gills, as we have said
before. There it may be directly absorbed and ejected by the
subcuticular layer without ever entering the functional part of
the tracheal system. The only objection to this view is that the
blood is not very abundant in the gill, and that no special
mechanism is known to make it circulate through the organ.
LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA. 417
We hope to show in a subsequent paper, however, that the
existence of such a mechanism is quite possible though it can-
not be very efficient. Being thus led to enquire whether there
are no other organs to help in the excretory activity of the gill,
we have discovered, and intend soon to describe more fully,
two very remarkable and quite enigmatical organs in a part of
the digestive tract, which we propose to term the prerectal
vesicle.
The organs in question consist of two dises of very peculiar
epithelial cells which depend from the wall of this vesicle. They
appear to be non-glandular, and their function is quite unknown.
We have on several occasions found the prerectal vesicle filled up
and considerably swollen by a gaseous contents, and we incline
to the belief that the function of the “ discs,” as well as of other
productions in the basal part of the giil which are covered with
the same epithelium, may be the excretion of carbonic acid, but
we put this forward merely as a hypothesis, pending experi-
mental research on the subject.
Tn all non-tracheal gills, as well as in Arachnidan lungs, the
blood plays a very important part indeed in the process of respi-
ration—that of collecting and carrying away the oxygen to all
parts of the body. The osmotic process, on current theory, is
supposed to take place between the outer atmosphere or water
and the blood itself, through the cellular and cuticular wall.
Now, if there is a blood-space in the gill of Lzbellula, it may be
thought likely that the same process must take place there, just
as in the gills of Limulus and Isopods, or in the lungs of spiders,
because the same causes must produce similar effects under similar
circumstances, and a certain foundation cannot be refused this
hypothesis. We may remark, however, that the circumstances
are not exactly the same in tracheal and non-tracheal organs.
The presence of numerous tracheal loops in the protoplasmic
coating of the gill may alter considerably the conditions of the
process, and it could alter them even if it were a mere physical
one. But, knowing that this respiratory process is neither
so clear nor so simple as it is often said to be, we cannot retrain
from thinking that the functional protoplasm casts the greatest
part of the absorbed oxygen, if not the whole of it, into the
tracheal tubes that must carry it to every organ in the body,
and that the blood would seem to play a very unimportant part,
if any, in the absorption of that gas. On the other hand, it must
418 THE LARVAL GILLS OF THE ODONATA.
play a very important part in the excretion of carbonic acid, for
it has been shown before, and it should not be forgotten, that
its function in the gill is largely that of nourishing the tissues.
To recapitulate :—
1. The rectal tracheal gills of larval Odonata are prevented
from adhering to one another by the presence of three
conical pillars.
2. The main tracheal tubes alone are lodged between the two
plates that form the gill; the terminal loops, 7. e. the
functional parts of the system, run within the protoplasm
of the subcuticular layer.
3. A blood-space communicating with the “ body-cavity” exists
in the rectal gilis.
4, The oxygen seems to be absorbed through the tracheal loops
by the action of the subcuticular protoplasm only, and
to be discharged from these into the general tracheal
system.
5. Carbonic acid, on the contrary, appears not to be carried to
the gills by the tracheal tubes but by the blood alone,
certain enigmatical organs borne upon a “ prerectal
vesicle” being perhaps directly concerned in its excretion.
6. In any case the blood would appear to play an important
part in the excretion of carbonic acid, and a very un-
important one in the absorption of oxygen.
MR. G. 8. WEST ON OPISTHOGLYPHOUS SNAKES. 419
On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. By G.S. West,
A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College, Cambridge. (Com-
municated by Prof. G. B. Howns, Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 19th March, 1896.]
(Puate XVIII.)
Havine been recently engaged at the Royal College of Science,
London, in an investigation of the buccal apparatus of the
opisthoglyphous ophidians *, there were forwarded to me a few
months ago by Prof. Howes a couple of snakes, and with them a
note asking me to examine their buccal characters. At the same
time I also received a letter from Mr. G. A. Boulenger asking
me to clear up as much as I was able with regard to their glands
and teeth. One of the snakes was an Hrythrolamprus, and the
other an animal about which there was a doubt as to whether it
was an aglyphous variety of Hrythrolamprus or some other
snake. The latter was one of three specimens from Nicaragua,
all of which were aglyphous, which had been regarded as an
aglyphous variety of Erythrolamprus by Dr. Ginthert. In
external features and coloration the snakes were absolutely
identical, but if their dentition and buccal characters differed, it
was possible, as suggested by Mr. Boulenger, that the aglyphous
one might belong to a genus closely allied to Liophis.
The following is a description of the glands and teeth of the
first snake, viz. :—
ERYTHROLAMPRUS AiscuLAPII, Giinth.
The poison-gland (fig. 1 g.p.) isa large pear-shaped mags having
a slight sigmoid curve; its anterior pointed end is situated
under the eye, and its posterior end reaches almost to the arti-
culation of the mandible. It exhibits a marked lobulation, the
lobules being arranged in series converging towards the central
duct, which leaves the gland at about the middle of its ventro-
internal face and passes in a slightly forward direction to the
base of the first grooved tooth.
As in other opisthoglyphous snakes, the poison-gland is not
* Cf. P.Z.S. 1895, pp. 812-826.
t Biol. Centrali-Americ., Part exxi. p. 166.
420 MR. G. 8S. WEST ON
enveloped in any capsule of strong fibrous tissue, but is only held
in position by an attachment of fibrous connective tissue along
its inner surface. The alveoli of the poison-glands of all the
snakes of this group have only small cavities and can hold but
little of the secretion. There are no muscles related in any way
to the gland*, and therefore the secretion which finds its way to
the grooved teeth—and this can be but small in quantity—must
do so by the pressure of the bite alone. The gland more or less
overhangs the grooved teeth in most genera, and as the latter do
not come into use unless the snake has obtained a very firm bite,
it is evident that under these circumstances the pressure on the
gland will be considerable and will suffice to propel the ‘poison
through the comparatively short duct to the teeth.
The superior labial gland consists of two distinct and isolated
portions. The anterior part (q./.’) is composed of a series of
somewhat irregular lobules, slightly embracing the anterior end
of the poison-gland behind and reaching as far forwards as the
nostril; the posterior portion (g./.") is very small and consists of
a few lobules situated in the ventral hollow of the poison-gland
near its hinder end.
The znferior labial gland extends along the greater part of
the outer side of the mandible.
The Harderian gland (q.h.) is visible, on removing the skin, as a
glandular mass of considerable size posterior to the eye, partially
covered by the poison-gland.
The mawilla (fig. 2) possesses in all 12 teeth. The 10 anterior
teeth, which are in a uniform series, are short, thick, and much
curved, and they slightly increase in size towards the hinder end
of the maxilla. The two posterior teeth are larger, almost
straight, and directed backwards at a much greater angle than
the others. On their anterior face they possess a shallow,
* In the Hydrophiine (marine snakes) there are no muscles connected with
the poison-gland in Distira cyanocincta, Enhydris Hardwickii, or Platurus
fasciatus, but in Hydrus platurus the gland is in relation with the masseter
muscle.
C. J. Martin, “Snakes, Snake-poison, and Snake-bites,” Journ. Sydney Univ.
Medical Soc. vol. i. no. 2 (Hermes Med. Suppl.), remarks, p. xix, that “ the
fang, except in sea-snakes, is a functional tube.” I find the fangs of sea-snakes
to possess a closed groove quite as functional as that of the fang of an Hlapine
or Viperine snake. —
ie iia
LITTLE-KNOWN OPISTHOGLYPHOUS SNAKES. 421
widely open groove (vide fig. 4), and on their posterior face
there is developed a cutting-edge.
The mandibular teeth are 16 in number, very small and
upright, and set in a compact series with a slight increase in size
anteriorly.
Now with regard to the second snake, viz. :—
? Aglyphous variety of Hrythrolamprus, Giinther.
[? Ltophis, Boulenger. |
The buccal glands of this snake (cf. fig. 5) are precisely
identical with those of Hrythrolamprus, excepting that the
inferior labial gland (fig. 5, g.l.z.) is not quite so extensive.
The mandibular teeth (cf. fig. 7) are precisely like those of
Erythrolamprus, very small, closely set, and 17 in number.
There are the same number of maxillary teeth, viz.,12. The
10 anterior teeth are identical in form and disposition with the
corresponding ones in Hrythrolamprus, and the 2 posterior
enlarged teeth only differ from the corresponding teeth in the
latter genus i the entire absence of a groove (vide fig. 8). In
fact, this is the only character which in any way distinguishes
the buccal apparatus of these two snakes.
Hence this animal is nothing more nor less than an aglyphous
variety of Erythrolamprus, i.e. of an “ opisthoglyphous” snake.
This snake is famous for having bitten Mr. Quelch, the Curator
of the Georgetown Museum, and for having led bim* to a belief
in “the venomous action of the secretion of harmless snakes.”
The facts coucerning it herein dealt with have a special! interest
in their bearings on recent classification +, and in consideration
of the experimental work of Phisalix and Bertrand ¢ and others,
of the recent discovery of a Burmese snake § having the loreal
shield of a supposed harmless Colubrine and the poison appa-
ratus of a viper, and, last but not least, of the existence of
an individual of Distira cyanocincta with grooved mandibular
teeth ||.
* J. J. Quelch, ‘Venom in Harmless Snakes,’ Zool. (3) xvii. 1893, p. 30.
t Cf. Boulenger, ‘ Fauna of British India—Rept. and Batrachia,’ p. 277.
¢ Cf. especially Phisalix and Bertrand, Compt. Rend. tom, 118, p. 76.
§ Azemiops Fee, Boulenger, P. Z. 8. 1888, p. 266.
| Cf. P. Z.8. 1890, p. 618.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XxXyV. 35
429 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XVIII.
Fig. 1. Erythrolamprus Asculapii, Giinth. Head from right side. The
inferior labial gland is re-
moved.
2. ” 0 Right maxilla from below, x8.
3. ” ” Right mandible.
4. ” ” Transverse section of posterior
maxillary tooth.
5. Aglyphous variety of Erythrolamprus Aisculapii. Head from right
side.
6. 9 a m Left maxilla from
below, x 8.
7. ” “6 66 Right mandible.
8. ” a is Transverse section
of posterior maxillary tooth.
Reference letters.
g.4. Harderian gland.
on \ Supra-labial gland.
g.li. Infra-labial gland.
g-p. Parotid (Poison) gland.
On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Collection of the
British Museum, with Descriptions of New Species and
of a New Genus of the Pompilide. By Lt.-Col. C. T.
Binenam, F.Z.S., F.E.S. (Communicated by W. F. Kirzsy,
¥.L.S.)
[Read 2nd April, 1896. ]
(Puate XIX.)
Wuite engaged in incorporating accessions and rearranging the
collection of the Pompilide and other Fossorial Hymenoptera in
the Museum of Natural History at South Kensington, I have
found a number of species which, so far as I can make out, have
not previously been described. In the classification of the
Pompilide I have in this paper followed Kohl. His “ Die
Gattungen der Pompiliden,’ published in the Verhandlungen
der k.-k. zoologisch-botanischen Gesellschaft in Wien, 1884,
contains by far the best arrangement of the genera of that very
dificult and puzzling family.
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 423
Genus Myztne, Latr.
MYzINE DIMIDIATICORNIS, Sp. Nov.
3. Head, thorax, and abdomen punctured, the punctures
dense and coarse on the front of the face above the antenne, on
the sides of the thorax, mesonotum, and median segment above,
more distant and finer on the vertex, the back of the head, the
pronotum, and abdomen; clypeus constricted vertically, trans-
verse; the mandibles smooth; the antenne porrect and thickened;
the pronotum long, constricted anteriorly; mesonotum and median
segment coarsely cribrate, the latter truncated at apex, the
truncation punctured, an irregular central longitudinal carina
from its base to the margin of the truncation ; legs smooth, with
a few distant punctures, and slightly pubescent; abdomen long,
the base of the segments constricted, the apex below with a
strong recurved spine. Intensely black; the clypeus, scape of
the antenne, and the basal four joints of the flagellum above
and below dark ferruginous red ; abdomen with prismatic tints of
blueand purple. Wings—the fore wing clear hyaline at base up to
the basal nervure, fuscous beyond, witha superb purple effulgence;
hind wing fuscescent at apex, becoming gradually hyaline at base.
6. Length 13 millim.; exp. 22 millim.
Hab. Kumaon, N. India.
It somewhat resembles IZ. dimidiata, Smith, in the colour of
the wings, but that species has the median segment rounded
posteriorly, and the basal segment of the abdomen petiolate and
markedly constricted at apex, besides being totally black in colour.
Genus Scot, Fuér.
Discohia, Sauss.— With 2 cubital cells and one
recurrent nervure.
ScOLIA SIKKIMENSIS, sp. Nov.
9. Head smooth, thorax and abdomen punctured and pubes-
cent; clypeus with its anterior margin slightly arched and a
row of coarse submarginal punctures; antennal ridge short,
with a shallow abbreviated groove above it; mesonotum in the
middle and the apex of the scutellum smooth and shining;
median segment short posteriorly, roundly truncate, the trunca-
tion slightly convex; abdomen longer than the head and thorax,
the basal segment tuberculated in the middle above, the 2nd
segment constricted at base. Black, the pubescence fulvous
red ; the mandibles, the scape, and the Ist joint of the flagellum
30*
424, LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
of the antenne, the vertex and cheeks behind the eyes, the
posterior lateral angles of the median segment, a spot on
each side of the basal segment of the abdomen, and a broad
band at the base of the 2nd and 3rd segments above, yellow;
the band on the 2nd segment is deeply emarginate at the sides,
that on the 8rd segment is notched in the middle at base,
Wings flavo-hyaline, ferruginous along the costal margin, with a
long fuscous spot beyond the apex of the 2nd cubital cell.
3. Similar, but has in addition the clypeus, the pronotum, the
mesopleure, the tegule, a lateral longitudinal line on the meso-
notum above the tegule, the scutellum and postscutellum, a
band at the apex of the 4th abdominal segment, a lateral spot
on the 2nd and 4th, and a band on the 3rd ventral segment,
yellow; the coxe, femora, and tibie of the legs are also
variegated with yellow; the antenne, the vertex of the head,
and the intermediate and posterior tibie and tarsi are black.
2. Length 22-25 millim. ; exp. 44-48 millim.
3d. Length 18-22 millim.; exp. 40-45 millim.
Hab. Sikkim.
Closely allied to S. histrionica, Fabr., but differs considerably
in markings, and above all in the puncturing of the thorax and the
shape of the basal abdominal segment.
ScoLIA DESIDIOSA, Sp. NOV.
@. Closely resembles 8. decorata, Burm., but is smaller, and
the sculpture and markings are very different. Clypeus trans-
verse, a little convex in the middle, the margins closely punctured,
the vertex and front somewhat coarsely punctured, the thorax
finely and distantly, the mesonotum more closely punctured ;
the abdomen is smooth, with only a few scattered punctures,
the pubescence thin and sparse. Black; two spots above the
base of the antennae, the sides of the pronotum, a spot under
the base of the wings, the scutellum, two lateral spots on the
postscutellum, the posterior angles of the median segment, and
large oblong macule on the sides of the basal four segments of
the abdomen, yellow; the macule on the 2nd segment have a
large black spot at their base below. Wings fusco-hyaline, with
a dark subapical cloud at the apex of the fore wing.
@. Length 22-25 millim.; exp. 38-40 millim.
3. Length 14-16 millim.; exp. 40-44 millim.
Hab. Sikkim; Tenasserim.
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 425
ScOLIA FLORIDULA, sp. nov.
2. Closely resembles S. sikkimensis, but differs in sculpture
and markings. The clypeus is raised in the centre, almost tuber-
culate, the thorax and abdomen more coarsely and closely
punctured, and the basal segment of the latter is not tuberculate
at base. Black; a crescentic mark on the clypeus, the front of
the face above the antenne and as high as the anterior ocellus,
a line on the occiput prolonged behind the eyes, the pronotum,
a spot under the base of the wings, the scutellum, a line on the
postscutellum, two small lateral spots on the basal segment of the
abdomen, two larger lateral spots on the 2nd segment, and a broad
band at the base of the 3rd segment, yellow; the wings flavo-
hyaline, dark ferruginous along the costal margin, becoming
fusco-ferruginous at the apex; legs ferruginous, the anterior
pair variegated with yellow, the tarsi nigro-fuscous.
@. Length 18 millim.; exp. 34 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
Genus Crropatss, Latr.
CEROPALES PERNIX, sp. nov.
36. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, slightly shining;
clypeus large, its anterior margin widely emarginate; labrum
exserted, the apex emarginate; pronotum short, its posterior
margin arched; mesonotum subconvex, with two longitudinally
parallel, abbreviated, shallow furrows at the apex; scutellum and
postscutellum large, not laterally compressed; median segment
with a rounded slope posteriorly ; legs long, smooth, the claws
of the tarsi stout, but apparently without a tooth below at base.
Wings—the cubital and discoidal nervures of the fore wing both
reach the margin of the wing, the basal nervure interstitial, the
2nd and 3rd discoidal cells subequal. Ferruginous yellow, the
mandibles except at apex, the labrum, palpi, clypeus, sides and
front of face, a line behind the eyes, and the posterior margin of
the pronotum, light straw-yellow ; the abdomen, which is short,
has the posterior margins of the 1st to 5th segments above dull
yellow.
3S. Length 9 millim.; exp. 14 millim.
. Hab. Tenasserim.
A distinct little species.
426 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
Genus Psevupagenta, Kohl.
PSEUDAGENIA RAVA, Sp. NOV.
@. Pruinose; the clypeus short, its anterior margin rounded
and bearing an obscure transverse carina, front sub-convex ; the
ocelli placed in shallow pits, an impressed vertical line from the
anterior ocellus to between the bases of the antenne; head
transverse posteriorly; pronotum rather long, rounded anteriorly,
its posterior margin very slightly arched; median segment with
a rounded, rather steep slope posteriorly, feebly transversely
striated; legs long, the tibize and tarsi smooth or with a few
minute spines, claws unidentate ; abdomen fusiform, curved, the
petiole short, the ventral furrow well-marked. Black, with
dense grey pile which appears silvery in certain lights, and on
the posterior margins of the segments of the abdomen forms
silvery bands, that on the third segment being broadest and
produced angularly forward in the middle; wings flavo-hyaline,
the apical margins broadly fuscous.
@. Length 10 millim. ; exp. 18 millim.
Hab. Bangalore, 8. India.
Distantly resembles Pseudagenia novare, Sauss., from Australia,
but that species is larger, bas the antennz yellow, and the wings
Tuscous.
PsEuDAGENIA Erigone, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 1, 9.)
@. Head and thorax rugose; abdomen smooth and shining.
Head and pronctum very finely and closely punctured; mesonotum,
scutellum and postscutellum longitudinally, the median segment
transversely, and tke pleure obliquely striated, the strie very
fine on the mesonotum and pleure aud coarse on the scutellum,
postscutellum, and median segment; legs smooth, with extremely
minute spines on the tibiz and on the tarsi beneath, claws bifid
abdomen petiolate, the 2nd ventral segment with a deep trans-
verse furrow. Black, the head and thorax except the scutellum
opaque, the latter and the abdomen shining ebony-black ; wings
hyaline, with two fuscous transverse fasciz, the first at the basal
nervure very broad, and reaching from the costal to the anal
margin of the fore wing, the second narrow, occupying the basal
angle of the radial and the apices of the 2nd cubital and 2nd
discoidal cells.
¢ unknown.
Q@. Length 13 millim.; exp. 27 millim.
ae Oe! Aa
ee ee eS ae eee eee
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 427
Hab. Tenasserim.
A very distinct species, unlike any other in the sculpture of
the thorax and in having the fascia on the wing, close to the
base, broader than the subapical fascia.
PSEUDAGENIA ARTEMIS, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 2, 9.)
@. Head, pro- and mesonotum, scutellum and postscutellum,
and abdomen smooth and shining ; median segment transversely,
and the pleurz obliquely striate; clypeus convex, its anterior
margin obtusely angular; median segment with a rounded steep
slope to its apex ; legs long, the intermediate and posterior tibia
and tarsi with very minute spines, almost smooth, claws with an
obtuse strong tooth at base below; abdomen with the basal
segment less petiolate than in most other species of the genus.
Dark cobalt-blue ; the antennex, the femora, tibie, and tarsi of
the legs opaque black ; the fore wing dark fuscous with a purple
effulgence, the hind wing hyaline at base, lightly fuscous towards
the apex; nervures and tegulz piceous black; the face in front,
the sides of the thorax, and the median segment covered with a
thin soft silvery-white pubescence.
3 unknown.
@. Length 19 millim.; exp. 41 millim.
Hab. 'Tenasserim (Salween Valley).
Resembles somewhat the description, so far as it goes, of
Lepeletier’s Pallosoma cyanea, but that species is described as
having bluish-black pubescence and the wings “sans trans-
parence.”
PSEUDAGENIA CLYPEATA, Sp. nov.
Q. Pruinose; the pronotum very short, its anterior margin
nearly transverse, the posterior angularly arched; median
segment with a rounded, somewhat steep slope to its apex, and
a broad shallow longitudinal sulcation down the middle; legs
with the tibiz and tarsi with very minute spines, nearly smooth,
claws minutely unidentate; abdomen petiolated, the 2nd ventral
segment with a deeply impressed transverse furrow. Black, with
a dense soft white pruinosity giving it a greyish look; clypeus
yellowish white, with a minute black spot in the middle at base;
the anterior tibie and tarsi and the flagellum of the antenne
below, with three or four of the apical joints above, testaceous
red; the extreme apex of the intermediate femora, with the under-
side of the tibie and tarsi, and the posterior femora blood-red ;
428 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
wings hyaline, somewhat iridescent, the nervures and tegule
testaceous brown.
So similar, but has the femora, tibie, and tarsi of the anterior
legs and the posterior four femora testaceous red.
@. Length 9-11 millim.; exp. 20-24 millim.
3. Length 6-8 millim.; exp. 138-17 millim.
Hab. Generally distributed throughout Burma and Tenasserim.
Resembles Pseudagenia tincta and mutabilis of Smith, and
P. ariel, Cameron, but differs in the abbreviated prothorax and
the colouring of the clypeus, antenne, and legs, which is very
constant in this species.
PSEUDAGENTIA STULTA, Sp. Nov.
@. Head and thorax pruinose ; abdomen smooth, polished and
shining; clypeus narrow, almost transverse, its anterior margin
smooth and shining, arched, and produced a little in the middle;
the front above the antennz, the vertex, pro- and mesonotum
finely punctured, the punctures distant on the head and prono-
tum, somewhat closer together on the mesonotum; the front
subconvex; the pronotum transverse anteriorly, with the shoulders
prominent, almost tuberculate, posteriorly arched; mesonotum
with a central longitudinal carina at apex; scutellum broad, post-
scutellum rounded, not laterally compressed ; median segment
long, with a regular slope to its apex, transversely striated, a
central longitudinal broad furrow at base and apex, interrupted
in the middle; legs long, the tibiz and tarsi smooth, without
spines, claws unidentate ; abdomen as long as the head and thorax
together, the 2nd ventral segment with a transverse furrow ; the
fore wing with the basal nervure not interstitial, the hind wing
with the cubital nervure rising well after the apex of the anal
cell. Head and thorax opaque dull black, covered with a silky
silvery pile, most dense on the face in front and at the apex of
the median segment; the apical three or four joints of the
antenne and the coxe and trochanters of the legs testaceous
brown, the tibie and tarsi black; the abdomen shining black ;
wings hyaline, beautifully iridescent.
@. Length 11 millim.; exp. 20 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
This pretty little species resembles Pseudagenia tincta and
mutabilis, Smith,* but differs in being longer and slighter, in
the pronotum not being rounded but transverse in front with
prominent angles at the sides, in the metanotum being transversely
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 429
striated, and in the colour of the coxe and trochanters of the
legs, which in the others are black. From Pseudagenia ariel,
Cameron, it differs in not having the mandibles rugose, in the
shape of the prothorax, and in the colour of the legs and wings.
PARAGENTA, gen. nov.
Allied to Agenia, Schiddte, and Pseudagenia, Kohl; differs in
the body being more slender and the legs longer in proportion,
in the coxe and femora of the legs being thickened as in the
genus Wacromeris, particularly so in the male, which has, further,
the coxe of the intermediate legs produced in front into large,
remarkably prominent cone-shaped tubercles. In both sexes
the joints of the anterior tarsi are extremely attenuated at base.
The neuration of the wings is similar to that of Psewdagenia, the
species of which genus the type and only known species of
Paragenia resembles in its breeding-habits, making cone-shaped
nests of clay and filling them with spiders.
PARAGENIA ARGENTIFRONS. (Pl. XIX. figs. 3, 3a.)
Macromeris argentifrons, Smith, Journ. Linn. Soe. i. (1858),
p- 97. 2,2 3; id. xi. (1867) p. 356. 2; Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. &
Phil. Soc. 1891, p. 436. 3.
Hab. Borneo; Malacca; Java. Common in Burma and
Tenasserim, and in Sikkim.
I have a long series of this species, which I have compared care-
fully with the types in the British Museum. Smith placed it under
Lepeletier’s genus Macromeris, probably because of the swollen
coxe and femora in the male; but it cannot be classed under
that genus, as the fore wing hag the radial cell acuminate, not
rounded, at apex, the tibie and tarsi are spinose, and there is no
lateral tubercle on the thorax in front of the intermediate coxe.
Genus Pompitus, Fabr.
Pompitus D#DALvs, sp. nov.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth and shining; clypeus
convex, subtriangular, its anterior margin very slightly arched,
nearly transverse; the inner margin of the eyes with an outward
curve; the front sulcated from the anterior ocellus to between
the base of the antenne; the back of the head transverse; the
mesonotum with the sides raised and a short longitudinal
furrow on either side; the scutellum prominent; the median
430 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
segment short and truncated at the apex, the truncation
obscurely transversely striated; legs stout, spinose, claws bifid;
abdomen sessile, obscurely pruinose. Head, thorax, and abdomen
black, the antenne and the tibie and tarsi of all the legs dull
piceous red ; wings fuscous, with little or no effulgence, the apex
of the radial cell acutely angled, the 2nd and 3rd cubital cells
subequal ; abdomen with the posterior margins of the segments
narrowly testaceous.
@. Length 15-19 millim. ; exp. 28-36 millim.
Hab. Sikkim; Tenasserim.
The only two species this could be confounded with are P. cani-
Srons, Smith, and P. perplexus, Smith, but the former has the
‘¢ metathorax smooth, rounded behind,” and the latter is a smaller,
slighter insect, with much darker wings. From both species
P. Dedalus differs in the colour of the antenna, tibiz, and tarsi.
POMPILUS INFESTUS, sp. Dov.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth ; the clypeus convex,
transversely rectangular, its sides rounded ; the front of the face
flat, with an abbreviated impressed line from the anterior ocellus
to between the bases of the antenne; median segment short,
rounded posteriorly with a steep slope to its apex ; legs stout, the
tibiz and tarsi with a few scattered spines, claws unidentate.
Ferruginous red ; the wings flavo-hyaline, broadly fuscescent at
the apex, nervures brown, tegule ferruginous ; the clypeus, the
inner margin of the eyes, a line on the posterior border of the
pronotum,a spot on the posterior tibiz at base, the basal two joints
of the intermediate and posterior tarsi, and the 3rd and 4th
segments of the abdomen, rich chrome-yellow.
@. Length 15 millim.; exp. 25 millim.
Hab. India.
The type and only specimen is in the collection of the British
Museum. ‘This is a very distinct species—a true Pompilus with
the colouring of a Ceropales.
PoMPILUS UNIFAscIATUS. (Pl. XIX. figs. 4, 4a.)
Pompilus unifasciatus, Smith, Cat. Hym. i. p. 145. 188, 2 J;
id. Journ. Linn. Soe. xi. (1867), p. 352. 8.
Pompilus exortivus, Smith, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1873, p. 188.7,2.
From a comparison of the descriptions and of a specimen in
the Museum collection from Shanghai labelled Pompilus exortivus
{
3
|
1
}
|
HYMENOPTERA 1N THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 431
in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting, I have no doubt in my
mind that P. wnifasciatus and P. exortivus are one and the same
species. The type specimen of the latter is somewhat larger and
has the median segment more yellow and the legs with more black,
but otherwise they are identical in sculpture and markings.
POMPILUS BIOCULATUS, sp. nov.
Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, pruinose; clypeus
subconvex, its anterior margin arched, its posterior nearly trans-
verse; scutellum large, laterally compressed; the median segment
short, with a rounded truncation posteriorly ; legs with the tibize
and tarsi spinose, the spines short and stout, not disposed in rows,
claws unidentate ; abdomen sessile. Black; the head, except an
irregular black mark on the front reaching the base of the an-
tenne, abroad stripe on the posterior margin of the pronotum, a
square spot at the apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum in the
middle, the legs except the coxe, trochanters, base of the femora
and the apical joints of the tarsi, and two lateral linear spots at
the base of the 2nd segment of the abdomen, ferruginous yellow ;
wings ferruginous, with their apical margins broadly fuscous.
The spots on the abdomen are sometimes obsolete, but can nearly
always be detected by holding the insect up to a good light.
3. Very similar, has more black mixed with the ferruginous
yellow on the head and thorax, and is smaller and slighter.
2. Length 12-17 millim.; exp. 30-35 millim.
6. Length 10-11 millim.; exp. 25-32 millim.
Hab. Sikkim; Burma; Tenasserim; extending to China and
Japan.
In Mr. Rothney’s collection,worked out by Mr. Cameron, there
is one specimen of this species labelled Pompilus unifasciatus,
Smith, in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting, and is entered
under that name by Mr. Cameron in his paper (Hym. Orient.,
Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891, p.470), but with a note to
the effect that it differs from the type of P. wnifasciatus. I have
a series of over a hundred of both species, and the difference
between them is constant and well-marked.
Pompitus ALICIm, sp.nov. (Pl. XIX. figs. 5, 5a.)
2. Head, thorax, and abdomen smooth, very slightly pruinose;
celypeus broader than high, convex, shghtly projecting anteriorly,
somewhat emarginate in the middle; prothorax squarish in front;
posterior margin of the pronotum arched; median segment rounded,
432 LT.-COL. C. 1. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
with a very steep slope to the apex; legs stout, the tibie and tarsi
spinose, the spines long and irregular ; abdomen subsessile, as long
as the head and thorax together, its apical segment studded with
stiffhairs. Black ; the basal two-thirds of the clypeus, the front
and vertex, the scape of the antenne, a broad band on the pos-
terior margin of the pronotum, a square spot at the apex of the ©
mesonotum, the centre of the scutellum and postscutellum, and
the tibiz and tarsi of the legs, ferruginous yellow; wings ferru-
ginous, broadly infuscated at apex, the nervures and tegule
ferruginous; abdomen black, an abbreviated yellow line at the
base of the 2nd and 8rd segments above, the apical segment with
pale yellow silky pile and long ferruginous hairs. The ferrugi-
nous yellow markings on the head, thorax, and legs are sharply
defined off from the black.
@. Length 20 millim.; exp. 36 millim.
Hab. Mergui, South Tenasserim.
Resembles the preceding species, but differs in the shape of the
clypeus and the median segment and markedly in coloration.
Genus Saurus, Pabr.
Hemepepsis group.
Satius Auvrotycts, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 6, 2.)
@. Head and thorax opaque, pruinose; abdomen smooth and
shining; clypeus transverse, its anterior margin widely emarginate
in the middle, the sides oblique; the front subconcave, an im-
pressed line from the anterior ocellus to between the bases of the
antenne; the flagellum of the antenne thick, convolute; the vertex
strongly arched; the pronotuin short, rounded in front, its posterior
margin arched, the mesonotum subconvex; the scutellum and
postscutellum raised and laterally compressed ; median segment
long, rounded, transversely striated, its apex abruptly truncate,
the truncation smooth and shining; legs long, robust, the tibize
and tarsi strongly spinose; the intermediate and posterior tibiz
flattened and grooved above but not serrated, claws bidentate ;
abdomen sessile, the transverse furrow on the 2nd ventral segment
shallow. Black; the mandibles except at the apex, the clypeus,
and the antennz castaneous brown ; the head, pro - and mesonotum
covered with a short thick velvety pile; the coxe in front, the
femora, tibie, and tarsi ferruginous, shading to fuscous black on
the tarsi below; wings very dark brown, with a superb effulgence
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 433
of blue and purple; abdomen black, the apical three segments
with large obscure lateral spots of orange-red above, and similar
smaller spots on the ventral side.
@. Length 60 millim.; exp. 106 millim.
Hab. Kilimanjaro.
A large handsome species allied to Salus (Hemipepsis) pro-
digiosa, Gerst., but much larger, and differig in the shape and
sculpture of the thorax and in the colour of the abdomen.
SALIUS SATELLES, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 7, ¢.)
6. Pruinose; the clypeus smali, convex, its anterior margin
almost transverse in the middle and slightly bent downwards ;
the mesonotum broad, subconvex, slightly aciculate; scutellum
and postscutellum raised in the middle, very prominent, the latter
forming a tubercle; median segment long, somewhat truncate at
apex, transversely striated, raised in the middle, on either side of
which it is broadly longitudinally suleate, the sides again being
slightly raised and ending at the apex in well-marked but blunt pro-
jections; legs long and slender, the tibie and tarsi feebly spinose,
claws bidentate; abdomen short, vertically compressed, the ventral
furrow on the 2nd segment feebly indicated. Intensely black,
the clypeus only being alutaceous, and the underside of the
antenne slightly fulvous; wings fuscous, with a broad hyaline
yellow transverse band across the dise extending from the apical
half of the basal cell in the fore wing to a little beyond the base
of the 2ndicubital and 2nd discoidal cells; the nervures fuscous
black, yellow on the hyaline portion of the wing; tegule black.
3. Length 22 millim.; exp. 52 millim.
Hab. Ataran Valley, Tenasserim.
Allied to Salius bellicosus, Smith, Saliws anthracinus, Smith,
and Salius hercules, Cameron, compared with the same sex of
which it differs in being slighter and smaller, with proportionately
larger and broader wings, and in the shape and sculpturing of
the median segment.
SALIUS AUREOSERICEUS.
Pompilus aureosericeus, Guér. Voy. Coq., Zool. pt. 2, p. 256.
? Priocnemis gigas, Taschenb. Zeits. ges. Naturwiss. xxxiv.
(1869) p. 40.
Salius Elizabethe, Bingh. Journ. Bomb. Nat. Hist. Soe. viii.
p: 372, pl. 1. f. 9 (1894).
A very widely distributed and, so far as size and the colour of
434 LT.-COL..C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
the apical two segments of the abdomen go, very variable species.
There is I think no doubt that the Burmese form (my 8. Hliza-
bethe) is only a race of this species, and I have also united
to it, though with some doubt, Taschenberg’s Priocnemis gigas.
Taschenberg’s description clearly shows his species has the
Hemipepsis or Mygnimia neuration, and, so far as I can make out,
the sculpturing and colour agree very well with those of P. awreo-
sericeus. This species is a good example of the uselessness of
wing-neuration only as a generic character. I have examples of it,
all with bidentate claws, that have the typical M/ygnimia, and
others that have the Priocnemis neuration.
@. Length 32-41 millim.; exp. 66-84 millim.
3. Length 27-31 millim.; exp. 60-70 millim.
SaLIUS FENESTRATUS.
Mygnimia audax, Smith, Cat. Hym. ili. p. 182. 4, 2; nee
Pompilus (recte Salius) audax, Cat. ii. p. 186. 85.
Mygnimia fenestrata, Smith, Cat. iii. p. 184.:10, 3.
Salius audav, Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891,
p. 442.
Salius funestus, Cam. Mem. Manch. Lit. & Phil. Soc. 1891,
p- 444. 18.
Hab. Silhet; Kumaon ; Sikkim; Tenasserim.
This handsome species is common in Sikkim and on the higher
hills in Tenasserim. There seem to be two races—one (audaz,
Smith), with the wings deep ferruginous yellow; and a second
(fenestratus, Smith, funestus, Cam.), which has the wings dark
fuscous with a purple effulgence, though it is absolutely identical
in the form and sculpture and markings of the body. In fact
one specimen of the latter in the Museum collection is labelled
“ Mygnimia audax, var.” in the late Mr. Smith’s own handwriting.
Priocnemis group.
SaLIUS VALENTULUS, Sp. nov.
@. Head, pronotum, sides of the mesonotum, scutellum and
postscutellum smooth, very slightly pruinose; the mesonotum
aciculate in the middle; median segment finely and closely trans-
versely striate, posteriorly rounded with a gradual slope, the apex
truncate, the truncation slightly concave ; legs stout, the tibise and
tarsi strongly spinose, the posterior tibie serrated, claws bidentate;
abdomen short, with the basal segment petiolate, the 2nd ventral
segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Black; the wings
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 435
hyaline, broadly fuscescent at apex; the basal two segments of the
abdomen and the basal half of the 8rd segment above ferrugi-
nous red; the remaining segments black, the apical segment with
stiff fulvous hairs; beneath, only the Ist and basal half of the
2nd segment are red, the rest of the abdomen being black studded
with scanty fulvous hairs.
@. Length 16 millim; exp. 26 millim.
Hab. North-West Provinces, India.
Resembles Salius Juno, Cameron, with the type of which in
Mr. Rothney’s collection I have compared it; but, apart from
the great difference in size and in the colour of the abdomen, the
clypeus in this species has the anterior margin transverse, almost
truncate in the middle; in S. Juno it is rounded: the median
seoment in S, Juno is long and gradually rounded to the apex, in
S. valentulus it is short with the apex truncate.
SaLIUS TERRENUS, sp. nov. (PI. XIX. fig. 8, 2.)
@. Head and thorax pruinose, median segment finely trans-
versely striated, abdomen finely aciculate ; clypeus larze, its
anterior margin boldly arched and fringed with long hairs, the
posterior transverse ; scutellum and postscutellum laterally com-
pressed and very prominent, the former longitudinally and the
latter obliquely striated on the sides ; median segment with a very
steep slope to the apex, scarcely rounded above, somewhat com-
pressed at the sides ; legs long, the tibie and tarsi strongly
spinose, the posterior tibie serrated; abdomen petiolate, the 2nd
ventral segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Dull red;
the clypeus, the face in front, and the pro- and mesonotum with
dense golden pile, very brilliant and glittering in certain lights ;
median segment shaded with fuscous black ; abdomen with the
base of the Ist and apex of the Ist, 2nd, and 38rd segments
broadly black, the black not continued as bands on the underside ;
the wings a pale oily brown, hyaline, and in certain lights
iridescent ; a faint fuscous cloud occupies the 2nd and 8rd cubital
and upper part of the 2nd discoidal cells.
3S similar, but the wings have a larger faint fuscous cloud at
apex beyond the 2nd cubital cell.
@. Length 20 millim.; exp. 44 millim.
S$. Length 18 millim.; exp. 38 millim.
Hab. Sikkim; Burma; Tenasserim.
Resembles Saliws Nicevilliiz, mihi, from which it differs in
being much smaller, duller in colour, and in the median segment
436 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
being produced but slightly posteriorly, only sloping steeply
from base to apex.
SALIUS GRASSATOR, Sp. NOV.
3. Pruinose; the clypeus small, convex, its anterior margin
sharply transverse, the sides oblique, above it is subangular, the
base being truncate; eyes very convergent above, ocelli remark-
ably large and prominent; the antenne straight and filiform;
prothorax short, rounded in front, the posterior margin sub-
arcuate; scutellum and postscutellum prominent; median segment
long, with a very gradual slope to its apex, finely transversely
striated and bearing a medial longitudinal furrow from base to
apex; legs long, the tibie and tarsi spinose, the posterior tibiz
with the serrations just indicated; claws strongly unidentate
below; abdomen petiolate, slightly aciculate, the 2nd ventral
segment with a well-marked transverse furrow. Head, thorax in
front, and the femora, tibie, and tarsi of the legs ferruginous
red; the sides of the thorax, pectus, median segment, coxze and
trochanters dull blackish; the whole thorax covered with a fine
sericeous golden pile, dense on the face in front, pro- and meso-
notum, and thin and scanty on the sides of the thorax and
median segment; abdomen dark castaneous red, lighter in the
middle of the basal segment, and covered with a short fine ferru-
ginous pile seen only in certain lights; wings pale flavo-hyaline,
the anex of the fore wing from beyond the middle of the 2nd
cubital cell to the apex of the 3rd dark fuscous, beyond that to
the apex of the wing lightly fuscescent.
3. Length 17 millim.; exp. 36 millim.
Hab. Sikkim, at low elevations. <A very distinct species.
SALIUS GEMINUS, Sp. Nov.
@. Closely resembles the European Salius serripes, Deahipeas
and is in fact the Himalayan representative of that species.
Head, thorax in front, and abdomen smooth; median segment
lightly transversely striate ; clypeus transversely oval, its anterior
margin thickly fringed with long hairs; front slightly convex, an
impressed vertical line from the anterior ocellus to between the
base of the antenne ; median segment long, as long as the rest
of the thorax, rounded with a gradual slope to its apex; antenne
and legs long, the tibiz and tarsi of the latter strongly spinose,
the posterior tibie markedly serrate; abdomen fusiform, petiolate,
as long as the head and thorax together, the 2nd ventral segment
a st ee ee
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 437
with a deep transverse furrow. Dull opaque black, the basal two
segments above and below and basal half of the 3rd segment of the
abdomen above red ; there are also indications of the red colour
on the apical margins above of the 3rd and 4th segments; the
thin scattered pubescence on the head and thorax is black, and on
the apical segments of the abdomen ferruginous; wings byaline,
the apex of the fore wing broadly fuscescent.
9. Length 18 millim.; exp. 22 millim.
Hab. Mussoorie, N.W. Himalayas.
SALIUS VENATORIUS, sp. nov. (Pl. XIX. fig. 9, 2.)
36. Head, thorax in front, and abdomen smooth, very slightly
pruinose, median segment lightly transversely rugose; clypeus
large, its anterior margin arcuate and slightly reversed, posterior
bisinuate; front of the face slightly concave, an impressed
vertical line from the anterior ocellus to between the antenne;
vertex of the head compressed, narrow ; antenne thick, setaceous ;
pronotum very short, anteriorly and posteriorly arched ; post-
scutellum compressed, tuberculate; median segment long, witha
very gradual slope to the apex, a deep short fovea at its base ;
legs long, the tibiz and tarsi slightly spinose, claws unidentate ;
abdomen vertically compressed, the furrow on the 2nd ventral
segment barely indicated. The head, pronotum, apex of the
femora, tibie and tarsi light ferruginous, a dusky stain on the
front from the vertex to the base of the antenne, the antenne
at apex fuscous; the thorax except the front of thé prothorax,
cox, trochanters, basal half of the femora, and abdomen aluta-
ceous brown, the last with a rich purple bloom in certain lights;
wings fuscous brown, flavo-hyaline on the dise from the apical
half of the Ist cubital and 1st discoidal cells to the 3rd cubital
and 8rd discoidal cells; a dark spot with a hyaline border
posteriorly at the base of the 1st discoidal cell.
3. Length 13-18 millim.; exp. 24-28 millim.
Hab. Hills of Burma and Tenasserim.
Re:embles 8. satelles, but is structurally and in coloration
abundantly different.
SALIUS PLACIDUS, Sp. NOv.
6. Head and thorax densely pruinose; abdomen smooth
and shining; clypeus short, vertical; nearly flat, its anterior
margin transverse in the middle, oblique at the sides; antennze
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 36
438 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
very long and thick, the scape laterally compressed, somewhat
flattened, front concave, frontal furrow well-marked ; ocelli large
and prominent ; pronotum very short, rather square anteriorly,
arched behind; scutellum and postscutellum laterally compressed ;
median segment long, rounded posteriorly, with a very gradual
slope to its apex, smooth, with only a few transverse striz; legs
long, the tibie and tarsi only slightly spinose; claws unidentate ;
abdomen vertically compressed, the transverse furrow on the
2nd ventral segment barely indicated. Head and thorax black ;
the femora, tibix, and tarsi of the legs light ferruginous ; abdomen
ferruginous red; the mandibles except at their apex, the clypeus
except a spot in the middle, the face below the antenne, and the
inner margin of the eyes, not reaching the vertex, pale yellow; the
antenne beneath and the anterior coxe in front fulvous, the
base of the abdomen fuscous. The head and thorax are covered
with a glistening silvery silky pile, and in certain lights the
apical margins of segments 1-4 of the abdomen above are seen
to be broadly darker in colour. Wings subhyaline purplish brown,
with clear hyaline spaces in the 1st discoidal and 2nd submedial
cells of the fore wing, and in the anal and discoidal cells of the
hind wing.
3. Length 15 millim.; exp. 34 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
A very distinct little species.
Genus Macromeris, Lepel.
MAcROMERIS CASTANEA, Sp. nov.
@. Head and thorax in front pruinose, median segment
coarsely rugose; legs and the abdomen smooth and shining;
clypeus large, subeconvex, covered with long pubescence, its
anterior margin arched with a waved outline, the middle produced
into an acute tooth with a blunt rounded projection on each side ;
mesonotum convex ; scutellum and postscutellum raised, promi-
nent, the latter tuberculate in the middle; median segment
rounded, steeply sloped posteriorly, coarsely cribrate; the
mesonotum at apex, the sides of the scutellum and postscutellum,
and the thorax beneath the wings obliquely striated, the latter
below, in front of the intermediate cox, produced into prominent
lateral tubercles; the wings have the radial cell in the fore wing
large and rounded at apex, the Ist recurrent nervure is received
in the apical third of the 2nd cubital cell, and the 2nd recurrent
a
oe a
ST Se ee eT dens te ae, ee Ee eS eee
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 439
nervure in the middle of the 3rd cubital cell; legs long, smooth,
and entirely without spines, claws bidentate ; abdomen petiolate,
the 2nd ventral segment with a well-marked transverse furrow.
Colour dark chestnut-red; the vertex, sides of the thorax, and
abbreviated apical bands on segments 1-4 of the abdomen
fuscous black, these bands produced forward angularly in the
middle; wings hyaline with a yellowish tint, nervures and tegule
testaceous brown. The short, fine, scanty pubescence on the
head and thorax anteriorly chestnut-brown.
@. Length 24 millim.; exp. 50 millim.
Hab. Java.
A very distinct and well-marked form, differing from the only
two other described species of the genus in the shape of the
thorax and notably in the colour of the body and wings. The
type and only specimen is evidently an insect collected many
years ago, though still in fair preservation.
Genus Doticnurus, Latr.
DoLicHuRUS BIPUNCTATUS, Sp. Nov.
¢. Head in frontand the median segment rugose ; the vertex,
back of the head, pro- and mesonotum, and abdomen smooth ;
head and thorax with a thin short pubescence, dense only on the
clypeus ; pronotum transverse, the tubercles at the anterior angles
well-marked and prominent; mesonotum with two medial, longi-
tudinal, somewhat deep furrows ; median segment flat above, the
sides steeply sloped, the apex truncate, a transverse carina at the
base, two medial longitudinal carine from the base to the margin
of the truncation, with a transverse carina there joining them,
two other outer carine parallel to them, with a second transverse
carina below the margin of the truncation joining them, the
surface between the carine is roughly transversely striate ; legs
stout, without spines, the femora flattened; abdomen short, the
posterior margins of the basal two segments strongly constricted,
the Ist above and below, the 2nd only above. Black, the
pubescence fulvous white ; the concave projecting plate above the
antenne, on the outer margin, and the tubercles at the outer
angles of the pronotum yellow; wings hyaline and iridescent,
nervures and tegule testaceous.
6. Length 9 millim.; exp. 16 millim.
Hab. Pegu Hills, Burma.
Nearly allied to D. taprobane, Smith, but that species has the
&6*
— 440 LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXCTIC FOSSORIAL
front of the head smooth, not punctured, the thorax for the most
part and the abdomen polished and shining, and the super-
antennal plate on the outer margin with the tubercles on the
pronotum black not yellow.
Genus Puitantuus, Pabr.
Div. 1. Abdomen sessile.
PHILANTHUS AVIDUS, Sp. NOV.
2. Head very closely and finely, thorax and posterior margin
of the basal segment of the abdomen more distantly and coarsely
punctured, the base of the 1st, the 2nd and following segments
of the abdomen smooth; head broad, as broad as the thorax ;
mesonotum strongly convex; median segment short, subcylin-
drical above, level and with the apex steeply sloped, almost
truncate, a central longitudinal broad but shallow furrow runs
from base to apex, the sides and apex with a thin scanty
pubescence; legs with the tibie and tarsi spinose ; abdomen with
the basal segment slightly constricted along the extreme apex of
the posterior margin above, the apical segments of the abdomen
slightly pubescent. Black; the mandibles except at apex, the
clypeus, a moon-shaped spot above it, a spot on each side of the
face above the base of the antennez, the scape in front, the
inner margin of the eyes, a line behind them, a line on the front
of the pronotum, the tegule, the postscutellum, the tibie and
tarsi of the legs above, two lateral subapical spots on the basal
segment, and narrow subapical bands, contmued on the ventral
side, on segments 2-5 of the abdomen pale yellowish white;
the basal segment, except for a narrow subapical border above,
deep red; wings hyaline, faintly fuscous and in certain lights
iridescent.
@. Length 10 millim.; exp. 16 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
Closest to P. pulcherrimus, Smith: differs in the thorax being
more closely punctured, and in the abdomen being smooth with-
out punctures: in colour it differs considerably ; the scutellum is
black not yellow, the coxe and femora are black not rufo-piceous, .
and the apical segment is black not yellowish white. It is also
a considerably larger and stouter insect than P. pulcherrimus.
From P. basalis, Smith, it differs in being much slighter, and in
the colour of the legs and the markings on the head and face.
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. . 44.1
PHILANTHUS ORDINARIUS, Sp. Nov.
. Head and thorax closely and finely punctured; abdomen
smooth, opaque ; head slightly broader than the thorax, flattened
in front ; mesonotum convex, smooth and shiniug in the middle ;
scutellum large, prominent, without punctures in the middle;
median segment rounded posteriorly, with a narrow central
longitudinal furrow from base to apex, the apex and sides
pubescent; legs with the tibie and tarsi, especially of the posterior
pair, strongly spinose ; abdomen broad and about as long as the
head and thorax together. Black; the mandibles except at apex,
the clypeus, a semicircular spot above it, the inner orbits as high
as the emargination of the eyes, a line along the outer orbits not
reaching the vertex, a line on the pronotum, the tegule, a line
on the posterior margin of the postscutellum, two small lateral
spots on the median segment, the femora, tibie and tarsi of the
anterior legs, the apex of the femora, the tibie, and tarsi of the
four posterior legs above, and an irregular waved subapical line
above and below on segments 2-4 of the abdomen, pale yellowish
white; the base of the 1st segment broadly and of the 2nd
narrowly red; wings hyaline, nervures sordid yellow.
@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
Resembles the preceding species, but differs in the shape
of the median segment and scutellum, and considerably in the
markings. It is smaller than the type of P. basalis, Smith,
in the Museum, and differs also from it in the markings and in
the sculpture of the thorax.
PHILANTHUS NIGRICEPS, sp. Nov.
3. Head finely and closely punctured, thorax smooth and
shining, the mesonotum, scutellum, and postscutellum with a few
distant punctures ; the median segment smooth and impunctate
at base and down a central line to the apex, the apex on either side
closely punctured and pubescent ; the legs punctured and covered
with a thin fine pubescence; abdomen shining, with the bases
of segments 2-5 broadly depressed, the depressions forming
marked bands very finely transversely striate ; the basal segment,
the apical margins of the 2nd to 5th, and the apical two segments
finely and distantly punctured, the last slightly pubescent at the
sides and below. A remarkable feature is the clypeus, which is
porrect and broadly emarginate in the middle anteriorly. The
443, LT.-COL. C. T. BINGHAM ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL
head and thorax black, abdomen dark chestnut-red; the mandibles
except at their apex, the clypeus, two spots above it, the inner
margin of the eyes broadly but diminishing in width upwards,
two large spots behind the eyes, a line on the pronotum, a spot
before the tegule,a line on the postscutellum anteriorly, and
large triangular lateral subapical spots on segments 1-4 of
the abdomen, with an irregular line interrupted in the middle on
the 5th segment above, yellow; legs rufo-piceous, the anterior
femora, tibie, and tarsi, and the apex of the femora, the tibie and
tarsi of the intermediate legs with a deep fulvous tinge; wings
fusco-hyaline and iridescent, the nervures and tegule testaceous.
Pubescence fulvous.
3. Length 13 millim.; exp. 24 millim.
Hab. India.
A large and very distinct species, unlike any other known
to me.
Div. 2. Abdomen petiolate.
PHILANTHUS CONCINNUS, Sp. NOV.
@. Head and thorax finely and closely punctured, abdomen
smooth but not shining; head broad, broader than the thorax,
obscurely subpubescent ; mesonotum broad convex; scutellum
prominent, divided longitudinally by a broad shallow furrow ;
median segment rounded and steeply sloped posteriorly; legsstout,
the tibie and tarsi of the intermediate and posterior legs thickly
spinose, the anterior tarsi ciliated on the outside ; abdomen long,
as long as the head and thorax together, the petiole constricted
at apex. Black; the base of the mandibles, the clypeus, a cres-
centic mark above it, the inner margin of the eyes as high as
the insertion of the antennz, a spot on the scape in front, a
narrow line sloping obliquely back behind the eyes, an abbrevi-
ated line on the pronotum broadly interrupted in the middle, a
spot on the tegule in front, two minute, obliquely placed spots
in the centre of the postscutellum, and an irregular waved sub-
apical line, continued on the ventral side, on the posterior margins
of segments 2-4 of the abdomen, with a transverse spot on
the apical margin of the 5th, yellow. The line on the 2nd seg-
ment is narrowly interrupted in the middle, and there is a large
lateral red spot coalescing in the middle at the base of the same
segment. Legs variegated with yellow; wings lightly fusco-
hyaline and iridescent, nervures and tegule testaceous. The
HYMENOPTERA IN THE BRITISH MUSEUM. 44.3
fine sparse pubescence on the head and sides of the median
segment is white. A variety has the yellow markings on the
postscutellum, the legs, and abdomen obsolete, or nearly obsolete,
reduced on the last, in some specimens, to an oval spot on either
side of the 2nd segment, and only indications of a yellow line on
the 4th and 5th segments.
@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 millim.
Hab. Tenasserim.
Genus Psen, Latr.
PsEN PULCHERRIMUS, Sp. Nov.
@. Head above, thorax, and abdomen smooth and shining, the
clypeus densely pilose; clypeus small, convex, the front between
the eyes broad; the flagellum of the antenne testaceous, the 2nd
joint as long as or longer than the 3rd and 4th together; ocelli
ina triangle wide apart from each other, each ocellus in a pit ;
the apex of the mesonotum and the sides and apex of the post-
scutellum with coarse outwardly oblique striz; median segment
long, rounded posteriorly, with a well-marked longitudinal fur-
row in the middle from base to apex; legs stout, the posterior
tibia with very minute spines; abdomen with the apices of
segments 2-4 slightly constricted. Head and thorax black,
abdomen ferruginous red; the scape and the basal five joints of
the flagellum of the antenne below, a line on the pronotum, a
spot before the tegulz, the tegule, a large square spot at the
apex of the mesonotum, the scutellum and postscutellum, two
large oblong spots at the apex of the median segment, the apex
of the coxex, the trochanters, femora, tibiz, and tarsi of the legs,
aud the petiole of the abdomen, yellow; the femora, tibiz, and
tarsi of the posterior legs have a fuscous stain, and the apex
of the petiole below is black; wings hyaline and beautifully
iridescent, the nervures testaceous.
@. Length 7 millim. ; exp. 12 millim.
Hab. Amherst (Tenasserim).
Genus CraBro, Habr.
Div. 1. Abdomen sessile.
CraBRO ALACER, Sp. Ov.
@. Head, thorax, and abdomen punctured, the punctures on
the head and especially on the abdomen very fine and close, on
A444, . ON EXOTIC FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA.
the thorax they are fine anteriorly, gradually becoming coarser
towards the back, till on the apex of the mesonotum, scutellum,
and postscutellum they run into longitudinal strie, and on the
median segment form a coarsely rugose cribrate surface ; clypeus
and base of the mandibles densely pubescent with silvery pile ;
a short vertical furrow between the bases of the antennzx, and a
central longitudinal carina from the middle of the mesonotum to
the anterior margin ; the tibie of the legs broad, coarsely rugose
on the outside ; abdomen with the bases of the segments slightly
constricted. Intense black, the scape of the antenne in front
yellow; the posterior margin of the pronotum, an oblong large
spot in the middle of the scutellum, the posterior margins
narrowly of segments 1-4 of the abdomen, a broad band in the
middle of the 2nd segment, and a spot on either side in the
middle of the 3rd segment, brick-red; the apical two segments
fringed posteriorly with thin golden pubescence; wings fusco-
hyaline, slightly iridescent, nervures and tegule testaceous.
@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 22 miliim.
Hab. Sumatra.
Allied to C. tridentatus, Smith, from Australia, but smaller,
and differing considerably in the puncturing and sculpture of the
head and thorax. In ¢tridentatus the head and thorax anteriorly
are smooth but not shining, and the median segment is only
longitudinally striate at base, not roughly cribrate.
Div. 2. Abdomen petiolate.
CraBro (RHopatumM) Brooxtt, sp. nov.
Q. Head, thorax, and abdomen opaque, very closely and
finely punctured ; the clypeus, front above the antenne, the cheeks
bebind the eyes, and the sides of the thorax with thick silvery
pubescence ; the extreme apical margin of the mesonotum with
short longitudinal, and the postscutellum and base of the median
segment with oblique divergent strix, the last subtruncate, with
an enclosed triangular space at the base, a central longitudinal
furrow, and an oblique outwardly diverging furrow on the
posterior angles ; legs with the intermediate and posterior tibie
broad and somewhat spinose; abdomen, the petiole constricted
at apex ; the apex of the abdomen acute. Black; the scape of the
antenne, a line on the pronotum, a large and a small spot at the
outer angles of the scutellum, with the tibia and basal joints of
the tarsi of all the legs on the outer side yellow, apical joints
ind
ON THE TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANID&. 445
of the tarsi ferruginous; abdomen with the apical segment above
obscurely, and an irregular oblique streak on each side of the 3rd
segment at base a beautiful pale green, the apical two segments
are also fringed with a thin white pubescence; wings hyaline
and iridescent, nervures aud tegule testaceous.
@. Length 12 millim.; exp. 20 millim.
Hab. Kumaon, N. India.
A very beautiful and distinct species, which I have ventured to
name after its collector.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XIX.
Fig. 1. Pseudagenia Brigone, sp. nov., 2.
2. 5 artemis, sp. nov., 2.
3. Paragenia argentifrons, Smith, 9.
3a. a H is 6. Outline of intermediate coxa.
4. Pompilus unifasciatus, Smith, 2.
4a. 5 % 5 ©. Head from the front.
5. » Alicie, sp. nov., 9.
5a. ‘ 5 9 ©. Head from the front.
6. Salius Autolycus, sp. nov., 2.
7. ,, satelles, sp. nov., 3.
8. ,, terrenus, sp. nov., 2.
9. 4, venatorius, sp. nov., d.
On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. By H. W. Marerr
Tims, M.D., F.Z.8., Lecturer on Biology and Comparative
Anatomy, Westminster Hospital Medical School. (From
the Huxley Research Laboratory, Royal College of Science,
London.) (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn.
Soc.)
[Read 7th May, 1896.]
THE main object with which this research was undertaken was
to trace the order of cusp-development and the inter-relationships
of the various cusps in the teeth of the Canide, and to examine
into the evidence thereby obtained bearing upon important and
interesting problems of Phylogeny.
While this has been the main object, other secondary questions
have not been overlooked. These questions may be briefly
euumerated as follows :—
446 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
Ci.) Whether of the upper cheek-teeth, pm.* or m.’ more
nearly approximates to the type tooth, and is therefore
safest for the comparison of known forms ?
(ii.) Is there a diverse modification of the teeth for opposite
ends of the jaw ?
Gu.) Is the Mik or the Permanent dentition the more
primitive ?
(iv.) Is Otocyon primitive in the number and characters of
its teeth ?
To these questions I have endeavoured to give an answer.
The general character of the teeth of the Common Dog are
known to all, and a brief description of these characters is to be
found in most text-books of Comparative Anatomy ; but, so far
as I am aware, no detailed description of the individual teeth in
this and other members of the same family has as yet been given.
In 1880 the late Professor Huxley published (7) his well-known
monograph “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the
Canide.” In this paper a classification of the Dogs was pro-
posed, based largely upon certain dental characters, especially
size in relation to the basi-cranial axis. He did not touch upon
the characters of the imdividual teeth which bear upon the
homologies and inter-relationships of the cusps.
I propose therefore, in the first instance, to give a detailed
description of the Milk and Permanent teeth of the Dog. In
doing so, I shall employ Osborn’s terms, but I shall do so merely
as a matter of convenience and not as implying that I thereby
accept the Tritubercular theory which he upholds.
Method.—The jaws of animals varying in age from about the
seventh week of intra-uterine life up to three months were
examined. After being thoroughly dehydrated and clarified in
oil of cloves, one side of the jaw was dissected off and the teeth
examined in situ. The younger specimens were also examined
microscopically. The jaws were decalcified in a 1-per-cent. solu-
tion of chromic and hydrochloric acids. After staining in
borax-carmine, serial sections were cut and models made in wax
of some of the developing teeth.
Description of the Milk-teeth—The dental formula of the
. > - 3-3 1—] 3—3
deciduous teeth is i, gee Ch ee) 3328. The order and
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDS. 447
dates of eruption are as follows :—The first tooth to cut the gum
is the lower carnassial (dpm.‘), and this is quickly succeeded by the
upper (dpm.*), The former just makes its appearance about the
end of the second week. By the end of the third week these
teeth are well through and dpm. and ¢. are commencing to
appear, the former slightly preceding the latter. These are soon
followed by ¢- and i’, which cut the gum at nearly the same time.
dpm.’ appears next, and about the same time dpm.*, These are
followed by the remaining upper incisors, and then by the lower
incisors. The last deciduous tooth to be erupted is dpm2, which
does not appear until nearly the third month.
Fig. 1.
Deciduous dentition of Canis familiaris, seen from the left side.
Lettering explained in the text.
Upper Teeth—The three upper incisors increase somewhat in
size from within outwards, but they are all of the same pattern.
When viewed anteriorly their crowns may be likened to a “ fleur-
de-lis,” consisting of a main central cone with a small, but well-
marked cusp on each of its sides (fig. 1, ca and cp). On the
internal face there is a well-marked cingulum, which is seen to
be continuous with these smaller cusps. On comparing the
outer with the central incisors, it will be seen that the ante-
rior (inner) cusp has a decided tendency to reduction or non-
448 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
development in the former, while the outer (posterior) cusp
becomes decidedly more pronounced.
The canines are long, pointed, and recurved; the cingulum is
scarcely, if at all, perceptible ; the posterior cusp is usually to be
recognized, and occasionally, but more rarely, the anterior one
also. The cusps may be seen in fig. 1; the anterior cusps are
marked ca and the posterior ep.
The first functional deciduous premolar (dpm.*) is a conical .
tooth with two fangs. The cingulum is to be made out and in
connection with it anterior and posterior cusps ; the latter is the
more pronounced and lies in the same antero-posterior line as
the main cone, while the anterior cusp is placed slightly to the
inner side of that line and is quite small.
The second functional deciduous tooth or milk carnassial
(dpm.*) is a much larger tooth and considerably more extended in
the antero-posterior direction, as will be seen on reference to
fig. 1. It bears two external cusps: the anterior, or Paracone
(pa), considerably the larger, is conical, and its anterior slope is
much greater than its posterior. The posterior, or Metacone
(me), has a horizontal cutting-edge. The cingulum is well-
marked along the inner side of the postero-external cusp and at
the antero-internal side of the main cone, and in this latter
situation is a well-marked cusp, the Protocone (pr). This tooth
has three fangs—two in the antero-posterior line, as in the tooth
in front, and a third sloping inwards and forwards like a buttress.
The latter is united to the tooth on the inner face of the main
cone, and it is here that the cingulum is deficient.
The third functional deciduous premolar (dpm*) bears two
external subequal cusps, the Paracone and Metacone (pa and
me). The cingulum appears to surround these on the anterior,
external, and posterior faces, while internally it is well-marked
but carried inwards some distance, having a well-marked depression
between it and the Paracone and Metacone. This is seen in fig. 3.
At its most internal part the cingulum is raised up into a pro-
nounced ridge-like cusp, the Protocone (cz).
Lower Milk-teeth.—The description already given of the upper
incisors and canine will apply equally well to the corresponding
teeth of the lower jaw.
The first functioual deciduous premolar (dpm.) has a prominent
conical cusp, the anterior border of which is almost perpendicular.
The posterior border has a more decided slope, in the middle of
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 44.9
which is an indication of a cusp. On the inner side is a distinct
cingulum, giving rise to well-marked anterior and posterior cusps
(ea and cp), the former lying slightly to the inner side of the
main cone, as is the case in the corresponding tooth of the upper
jaw.
The second functional deciduous premolar (dpm.*) has exactly
the same characters, but more pronounced, especially in the case
of the cusp (g) on the posterior slope of the main cone, which is
here of considerable size.
The third functional deciduous premolar, or lower carnassial
(dpm.*), is a large and massive tooth and of considerable antero-
posterior extent. It has a prominent cone about the middle of
the external face, the Protoconid (fig. 1, pr’), in front of which
is the Paraconid (ca), the free end of which forms a cutting-edge.
Posteriorly is a cusp (g) entering into the formation of the
so-called heel, and separated from the Protoconid by a large
depression. The cingulum is marked on the posterior half of
the internal face of this tooth; it gives rise to a minute cusp at
the postero-external border of the tooth. On the ridge of the
cingulum are two well-marked cusps—an anterior Metaconid,
the larger, lying at the postero-internal angle of the Protoconid ;
and posteriorly a smaller cusp.
It will be noticed that I have refrained from applying names
to any but the three primary cusps. I have done so, as lam
unable to reconcile the cusps of some of the teeth, notably the
lower carnassial, with the descriptions usually given. Even the
Paraconid (the cusp usually described as the autero-internal), if
examined in the lower carnassial, is antero-external, rather than
antero-internal.
But, omitting these minor difficulties, is it possible to homo-
logize the all-important Protocone ?
I have been unable to find that any attempt has been made
by the upholders of the Tritubercular theory to homologize the
cusps of the premolar teeth with those of the molars. Scott (23)
believes that in the upper premolars the protocone forms the
antero-external cusp, a conclusion with which, as will be seen
below, I entirely agree, and which appears to have been tacitly
accepted by Osborn (16 & 17). But these writers do not
appear to adopt the view that the main cone of the premolars is
homologous with the paracone of the true molars. On p. 442 of
his paper cited, Scott states that, “ assuming the correctness of
450 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
Osborn’s results as to the homologies of the molar cusps, those
of the premolars are differently arranged.”
In consideration of these facts, I would submit the following
attempt at identification :—
To start from the upper carnassial tooth, in which there are
two external cusps and a very minute antero-internal cingulum-
cusp. Following Cope (2), the Paracone and Metacone are
defined as the antero- and postero-external cusps, and I think
it is justifiable to name the two main cones (fig. 1, pa and me)
of this tooth the Paracone and Metacone. ‘The other very
minute cusp must then be the Protecone or antero-internal cusp.
It is remarkable that the cone representing the primitive reptilian
cone should be so diminutive, even allowing with Prof. Osborn
(13) that the Paracone and Metacone have undergone “ accele-
rated development.”
Turning now to my own identifications in the dpm.*. There is
a main cone with its internal cingulum, the latter structure
giving rise to a small antero-internal cusp and a somewhat more
pronounced posterior cusp lying in the same antero-posterior line
as the main cone. I presume that the main or antero-external
cone would be regarded by Professors Cope and Osborn as the
Paracone, the postero-external cusp, which, as we have seen, is
formed by the cingulum, as the Metacone, and the antero-internal
cingulum-cusp as the Protocone. If this be so, and I see no
other alternative, the Protocone is still more reduced, indeed
scarcely perceptible.
In dealing with the canines and incisors there are two alter-
natives :—
(i.) That there is no internal cusp, and that therefore there
can be no Protocone present; or
(ii.) That the cusp homologous with the so-called Protocone
of the deciduous premolars is the small anterior
cingulum-cusp (fig. 1, ea).
The latter alternative I believe to be the more probable. If
this be so, I think it is trespassing too much upon credulity to
regard this minute cingulum-cusp, and not the main central cone,
as the primitive cone from which all the others have been
derived. Moreover, this cusp is formed by the cingulum, which
is itself regarded as a mammalian structure superadded to the
reptilian type of tooth; and consequently it is a “reductio ad
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 451
absurdum ” to derive the remainder of the tooth from this, a
structure of admittedly later appearance than the tooth itself.
From this it will be seen that I regard the Protocone of the
upper carnassial and the anterior cingulum-cusps of the anterior
premolar, the canine, and the incisors as homologous.
Fig. 2.
Permanent dentition of Canis familiaris. Lettering explained in text.
Description of the Permanent Teeth of the Dog. (Fig. 2.)
The cusp hy is homolcgous with the cusp inadvertently lettered g in fig. 1.
Upper Jaw.—The central incisor has a well-marked central cone and decided
lateral cusps, continuous with and formed by the cingulum.
The outer cusp is more distinct than the inner.
i.” possesses the same characters, but is somewhat larger.
i? is more caniniform. The anterior (inner) cusp (ca) is scarcely noticeable,
while the posterior is marked and situated nearer to the base of the tooth (cp).
All these teeth have well-marked internal cingula continuous with these small
cusps.
The canine is a long, somewhat compressed, recurved tooth ; the lateral cusps
are not so distinct as in the deciduous canine, though the posterior cusp (cp)
is still to be made out.
The first premolar (pm.') is small and conical, its posterior slope being
greater than the anterior. There is a posterior prominence (cp), hardly to be
ealled a cusp, into which the well-marked internal cingulum runs. The cingulum
452 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
gives rise also to a slight indication of an antero-internal cusp. This tooth has
but one fang.
The second premolar (pm.*) has two fangs. Itis larger than pm.! but with
the same characters more pronounced. In addition there is a minute cusp
(me) between the main cone and the posterior cingulum-cusp (cp).
The third premolar (pm.*) has all these characters, but is larger and more
pronounced. It is 2-fanged.
The carnassial (pm.*) again has the same characters, but the Protocone is
proportionately more marked and supported on a separate fang, although very
diminutive compared with the other cones.
The first molar (m.) has well-marked Para- and Metacones (pa and me), the
former being slightly the larger. The cingulum is traceable on the external
face and becomes prominent at the antero-external angle of the Paracone, in
front of which it is continued. At the antero-internal angle at the base of this
cone the cingulum divides, both portions being continued backwards sepa-
rately to the postero-internal angle at the base of the Metacone. On the outer
of these two cingulum-ridges rises the well-marked Protocone, between the base
of which and the Paracone is a smaller cusp (tig. 3,d). At the posterior part
of the outer cingulum, immediately behind the Protocone, is another cusp
(fig. 3, 2) ; the inner cingulum has two cusps placed upon it, as shown in fig. 3, A.
The second molar (m.*) has the same characters, but all is much smaller.
Lower Jaw.—The description given above of the upper incisors will apply
equally to the corresponding teeth of the lower jaw, with the slight difference
that the anterior (inner) cusp is less pronounced in the latter.
Canine. Same as in upper jaw.
Premolars. With the exception of the fact that the ‘cusp (Ay) situated
between the main cone and the posterior cingulum-cusp is better marked, the
characters of these teeth are the same as of the corresponding teeih in the upper
series.
The first molar, or lower carnassial (m!.), bears a high main central cone,
the Protoconid (fig. 2, pr’), with an exceedingly well-marked Paraconid (pa’)
anteriorly aud slightly internal to the Protoconid. Posteriorly to the main
cone is the so-called Hypoconid (Ay), and at the posterior end of this the
cingulum forms a small cusp (cp). On the inner side of the Hypoconid the
cingulum is prominent and terminates anteriorly in the Metaconid (me) at
the postero-internal angle of the Protoconid. At the postero-internal angle
of the cingulum is another marked cusp, the Entoconid, between the base of
which and the Metaconid is another small cusp.
The second molar (n.”) presents the same characters, with the exception of
the absence of the Paraconid and that the Protoconid is scarcely higher than
the other cusps.
From a consideration of these teeth, the same difficulty in
homologizing the Protocone is to be met with as has been
pointed out in the deciduous teeth.
On external comparison of the two dentitions certain points
are to be noted. In the first place, there is the well-known fact
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDE. 453
that the upper permanent carnassial is preceded by a deciduous
tooth molariform in character, and that the penultimate de-
ciduous premolar has the general characters of the permanent
carnassial. The same holds in the lower jaw in relation to pm#
and m.‘,
Again, if the upper milk and permanent carnassials be com-
pared, it will be seen that in the latter three external cusps are
present, the posterior being the cingulum-cusp, whereas in the
former the division of the Metacone into two cusps is not
so clearly distinguishable. In the second functional deciduous
premolar (dpm.*) there is but the very faintest indication of a
second cusp externally, which is very much more marked in its
permanent successor. The same thing is to be noted in the
lower jaw, but in a lesser degree. From these considerations it
will be seen that the teeth of the permanent dentition show an
increase both in the number and size of the cusps over the corre-
sponding milk-teeth ; in other words, the teeth of the deciduous
are simpler than those of the permanent dentition. This fact is
still more strikingly shown if the biting-surface of the crowns of
the teeth be examined. In fig. 3 is shown the biting-surface
Fig. 3.
A, the biting-surface of First Permanent Molar, and B, of the Fourth
Deciduous Premolar of the Dog.
of dpm.* and m'
m" of Canis familiaris; in the former there are
indications of fowr cusps, whereas in the latter seven are to be
seen.
But this comparison brings out another very important fact.
I think it will be generally admitted that the cusp (pr) in ™-* is
the Protocone; and on comparison with 4pm.* it will be seen that
in the latter this cusp, the Protocone, is entirely absent.
This conclusion I think is very damaging to the Tritubercular
theory as I understand it.
The difficulty in homologiz'ng the Protocone in the various
teeth of Canis familiaris has already been poiuted ont, but it is
LINN. JOURN.—ZOULOGY, VOL. XXV. 37
A454 DR. H. W. MABETT TIMS ON THE
still further increased by a comparison of the teeth in this Dog
with the corresponding teeth in other members of the Canide.
If pm.* and m.* of the Jackal (C. awreus) be examined and
compared, it will be seen that, if any reliance is to be placed
upon the homologies of cusps, there is present a very marked
difference.
Firstly, there is a large well-marked cusp (fig. 4 B, pr) forming
Fig, 4.
A. The kiting-surface of the Fourth Premolar and First Molar Teeth of Cyon
rutilans. B. Similar view of the corresponding teeth of Canis aureus.
with the two external cusps (ya and me) a complete triangle
present on the biting-surface of the crown of m-' This cusp is
the one, I presume, the Trituberculist would regard as the
Protocone. Situated antero-externally to this is a second cusp
(d), and between this and the Paracone (pa) is another small
cusp (e) placed on a somewhat prominent ridge passing between
cusp @d and the Paracone. On comparing the crown of this
tooth with that of the upper carnassial, it would appear that the
two cusps (d' and e') present on the inner part of the tooth are
homologous with the cusps d and e of the molar tooth, and
that the cusp pr of the labter tooth, the all important Frotocone,
is absent entirely from pm.*
If, again, the upper sarnpisstal tooth of C. aureus be compared
with the corresponding tooth of such a form as Cyon rutilans, or
even with many examples of the common Dog, it will be seen that
the eusp d’ present in C. awreus appears to be absent in Cyon
rutilans (fig. 4A), and that the only trace of a cusp on the imper
side of pm.* in the latter animal seems to be homologous with
the cusp e’ of the Jackal.
I would here draw attention to the great similarity between
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 455
m.1 of Cyon rutilans and dpm. of Canis familiaris, a point which
will be referred to subsequently. Compare fig. 3 B and fig. 4A.
It may be urged that the first molar and the fourth premolar
belong to an entirely different series, and are not in any way
comparable. Such an objection has, I believe, never been raised
by any of the supporters of the Tritubercular theory ; they have
always regarded these teeth as tritubercular derivatives (2), and
therefore, I think, one is quite justified in attempting to
homologize these various cusps.
If this be allowed, then, I think it must be said that the
Protocone of the molars is not represented in the premolars of a
form like the Jackal, and that this is still more accentuated in
Cyon. Consequently, if we are to interpret the anterior premolars
in the light of the fourth of the series of the upper si# cheek-
teeth, the four premolars would appear to have the all important
Protccone wanting.
From these considerations I cannot but think that the greatest
doubt is thrown upon the Tritubercular theory by a careful study
of the cusps themselves in the various teeth.
Microscopical Examination.
By the discoveries of Flower, Kiikenthal, and others the term
Monophyodont, in its strictest sense, has become useless, though
still employed to designate those animals which have only one
functional set of teeth.
The Marsupials, the Edentates, and the Cetacea have all
histological representatives of at least two deutitious.
In the Dog, indications of three dentitions are to be found,
namely, the Milk, Permanent, and Post-permanent; the last beiny
especially well-marked in the region of the third upper incisor
of an animal about three weeks old (27). In all the specimens
that I have examived, including a foetus as early as the seventh
week, I have been unable to find any trace of a Pre-milk
dentition.
Evidences of the Post-permanent dentition have also been
adduced by Leche (10) and Kikenthal (8) in the Seai, Rése (21)
in Man, and M. F. Woodward (29) in Hrinaceus. Three den-
titions are thus represented in all these animals. The same
number is found represented in the Marsupials, but these Leche
has referred to a Pre-milk, Milk, and Permanent. He was led
thus to regard them !rom the fact of the functional dentition of
37*
456 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
the Marsupials being supposed to be the milk series; and this
conclusion was based on the fact that Kiikenthal had discovered
strong swellings of the dental lamina on the lingual side of these
teeth in Didelphys (9).
In the absence of any evidence of four dentitions being repre-
sented in any one part of the jaw of any animal, it seems to me
to be only reasonable to infer that the three dentitions of the
Marsupials are the same as those represented in the Seal, Man,
Hedgehog, and Dog; and, consequently, I would regard Leche’s
Pre-milk dentition as the vestigial remains of the milk series and
the functional set as belonging to the true permanent series,
thus reverting to the view long ago held by Flower and Oldfield
Thomas. The formerly vexed question as to which is the super-
added dentition, the Milk or Permanent, is no longer a serious
one, as the three dentitions are an inheritance from polyphyodont
ancestors.
The next question arises, to which dentition do pm.* and the
true molars belong ? since they are functional in one series only.
Tf sections of an animal three days old be examined, in the region
of the first premolar tooth, three downgrowths of the dental
lamina are to be seen, and it is from the central one of these
that the tooth develops (27). Regarding these three down-
growths as representing the same three dentitions found in the
outer incisor region, I would consider this first premolar tooth
as belonging to the Permanent or Successional series. This con-
clusion is, I think, in harmony with that of the majority of
observers; but there are some who prefer to regard it as a delayed
milk-tooth. This tooth is replaced in one or two animals only,
namely, the Indian Taper (19), the Hyrax (8), occasionally the
Pig (12) and Rhinoceros, and the extinct Paleotherium (4). In
these cases the two teeth may be of the milk and permanent, or
of the permanent and post-permanent series. I am not as yet
in a position to say anything definite upon this point, though,
from the appearances of the dental lamina in the Dog and in the
Pig, I incline to the latter view.
With regard to the true molar teeth opposing views have also
been held, namely, that they are permanent teeth, or that they
are delayed milk-teeth. Hoffmann (6) has recently concluded
that the Ungulate molars belong to the milk series ; and Leche
(10), though admitting that this is by no means settled, is
inclined to the same opinion. jah as
\
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDE. 457
If, however, my aforementioned conclusions with regard tu
pm.* be accepted, it must I think be concluded that the molars
belong also to the permanent series. If the molar region of a
foetal pup be examined at about the seventh week, the tooth will
be seen developing, and there is a slight trace of the dental
lamina on its labial side. At a later period, after birth, this
labial downgrowth has disappeared, the tooth itself is well de-
veloped, and, in addition, there is a strong downgrowth of the
dental lamina on the lingual side. Here then, again, are evidences
of three dentitivus, from the central one of which the molars
develop; and, consequently, I regard them as belonging to the
permanent series.
Again, it is a very curious but well-known fact that in the
upper jaw of the Dog the characters of the last deciduous pre-
molar are similar to those of the first true molar, and those of
the penultimate deciduous premolar to those of the permanent
varnassial ; that is to say, that the specialized carnassial tooth is
preceded in position by a tooth molariform in character.
It the last deciduous premolar of a Dog, about three days old,
be examined in serial sections, we find a condition identical with
that already described in the foetal condition of the true molar
region: namely, a labial downgrowth of the dental lamina, a
central one from which this deciduous tooth is developed, and a
lingual downgrowth (27). This last dowugrowth ultimately dis-
appears, the permanent carnassial developing anteriorly and
altogether independently of it.
The conditions in the case of this last deciduous premolar
being the same as in the case of the true molars, the conclusion
must be the same; that is to say, that this deciduous tooth
belongs to the same series as the true molars, which it resembles
in characters, and that its successor in position, the permanent
carnassial tooth, is not its true morphological successor, that
successor not developing *.
There here arises the question, to what dentition is the per-
manent carnassial to be referred? Does it belong to tne per-
manent series; or is it, owing to its great development, a
delayed milk-tooth, as my friend Mr. M. F. Woodward has
suggested ?
In a seven weeks’ fcetal pup we find the developing tooth (fig. 5,
* This is in agreement with the conclusion by M. F. Woodward for the
Insectivora, in Brit. Assoc. Reports, Ipswich, 1895, p. 736.
458 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
pm. 4’) with a Jabial downgrowth of the dental lamina (pm. 4").
I would here digress to remark on the peculiarity of this down-
growth. Itassumes at its free extremity a well-marked spherical
shape, the epithelial cells becoming concentrically arranged, the
central ones having a translucent appearance. Jt is distinctly
connected with the dental lamina. Mr. Woodward tells me he
has fonnd a similar structure, in precisely the same situation, in
Fig. 5.--Transverse section through the developing Upper Carnassial of the
7 weeks’ foetal Pup.
Gymnura. Iam not able to give an explanation of the condi-
tion, but from the facts of its connection with the dental lamina
and its presence in precisely the same situation in these forms,
I do not think it is a chance structure, and it is possible that it
may represent the remains of the predecessor to this tooth which
has taken on this peculiar character. The point is, however, I
think, worth further investigation..
At a later period in the development of this tooth a well-
marked lingual downgrowth of tlie dental lamina is to be seen,
and thus the conditions of its development are identical with
those found in the development of the molars.
a Sn
pm. 4’
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDH. 459
From these considerations I am of opinion that the upper
permanent carnassial does really belong to the so-called Per-
manent dentition; and that by the great development and ex-
tension backwards and upwards of the Metacone the anterior
molar has been pushed downwards so as to cut the gum with
the milk-teeth.
These facts are of additional interest in that they may afford
an explanation of the somewhat similar condition found in
some of the Marsupials, in which the posterior premolar alone
replaces in position a tooth molariform in character. This
deciduous tooth has been regarded as the only one “comparable
to the milk-teeth of the Eutheria”’ (4); and the study of its
relationships led Flower and Thomas to regard the functional
set of the Marsupials as belonging to the permanent series.
Since Kiikenthal’s discoveries in the Didelphyide (9), this suc-
cession has been explained otherwise. The dentition of the
Marsupials is now regarded as a persistent milk series, this tooth
alone having a permanent successor. I have given reasons above
for reverting to the former view ; and the fact that this tooth
alone is replaced is explained by the entire absence of any func-
tional milk-teeth. LIregard this single deciduous tooth as in
reality the anterior molar pushed downwards by the overlapping
as it were of the premolars and molars at this point, due possibly
in the first instance to the gradual shortening of the jaw, and
assisted, as in the Carnivora, by the greater development of the
Metacone, which by its extension upwards and backwards would
tend to force the first molar through the gum. This may be
represented diagrammatically in this way :
premotars ( _/ aia) Cn
In cases where the first of the two factors (namely the
shortening of the jaw) is alone in operation, the result would be
simply to delay the appearance of the successional tooth, as is
seen in such forms as Potorous; but when the additional factor
(namely the extension backwards of the Metacone) comes into
play also, the result would be that the deciduous tooth would be
shed at an earlier age—that is, it would be accelerated, as is the
case in Thylacinus and the Carnivora.
The next point of interest in the microscopic examination of
460 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE ©
these specimens is whether there is any evidence of the previous
existence of additional ieeth, and in this connection there are
two points which may be mentioned.
(i.) In the incisor region of the upper jaw the dental lamina
between i.? and ¢ maintains a position extending well down into
the substance of the jaw, and does not shorten up as it does
between any two of the other teeth. Midway between these
Fig. 6.—Section through the region posterior to the Third Upper Incisor
of a 12 hours’ Pup, showing apparent vestigial Fourth Incisor.
teeth there is a slight enlargement, somewhat forked (fig. 6,i.°),
which only extends through a few sections. The position of the
dental lamina might be explained by the great development of the
canine retaining it deeply in the jaw ; but if it were due to this,
one would expect to find the same condition behind the canine
as well, which is not the case. It is possible that there is here
present the vestigial remains of a fourth upper incisor, though
the facts are not conclusive.
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 461
Gi.) Behind the last upper molar the dental lamina is con-
tinued backwards for some distance; it gets considerably dis-
torted and broken up; but one part of it is more enlarged
than the rest. The facts do not allow one to speak with any
certainty, but I think it is possible to recognize in it the vestigial
remains of a third upper molar, since I can find no trace of such
remains in the corresponding position in the lower jaw.
Numerical Variation of the Teeth of the Carnivora.
The number of teeth present in the permanent dentition in
living Mammalia varies greatly, and though this variation is
somewhat narrower among the Carnivora still it is far from being
uniform. This is shown in the accompanying Table (p. 462), which
I have compiled from Flower and Lydekker’s ‘ Mammalia,’ and
certain points, which are worthy of note, may be readily seen.
(.) 4luroidea. The maximum number of teeth present among
the members of this group is 40, the Felidse and Proteleide
falling as low as 30.
(ii.) Cynoidea. The teeth vary from 40 in Cyon to 46 or 48 in
Otocyon ; the Canide possessing 42.
(1ii.) Arctoidea. The Mustelide have the smallest number (38),
while the Urside have 42.
From this it will be seen that the maximum numerical varia-
tion is attained among the luroidea, the minimum by the
Arctoidea, while the Cynoidea occupy an intermediate position ;
und, moreover, by far the greater number of its members have
the same number of teeth, 42. This, i think, justifies the well-
established deduction that the ancestral form had 42 or more
teeth. It was also probably Pentadactyloid and Plantigrade.
These three characteristics are present among the living Urside.
To effect the numerical variations one of two things must
have happened—(i.) either teeth must have, in some instances,
been superadded, causing an increase in the number; or (ii.)
some teeth must have become suppressed. I think the balance
of evidence is decidedly in favour of the latter, for the following
reasons :—
Gi.) Sapernumerary teeth, of which examples are given by
Bateson (1) in his book ‘Materials for the Study of Variation,’
are very rare; and the number is never in excess of that found
among fossil forms, and may be regarded as “reversions to a
DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
462
Cea nO™ ea, |
icenQe == yogsnpr (A)
Ge-9e= aie puyol ( |
‘OF= G ia T € -mpuohoorg. (qd) \ “-Baploqoly
GPI& |
. Sar Sp
= aps) (2
Gy=— cPIE pst? (P) |
F Se IES -uchoorg (*) \ |
"BY 19 9F a0 g) F18 | |
pa CEL wos; tet
Waren io (o) + vaproud) |
POPE | |
. =| ee “DPUUn, D
WO coosie 7 De) |
: : 10 : ‘T GALT SUILOF [ISSO} OULOS ‘7S = pe wpuHehy (9) ) |
& } : ‘Og ee ‘u-d‘t ‘9&1 -amapaqon (A) |
‘g[dunts puv Tjems £19A suvpoul pur savpouodd gs 5 7 ee 119 )9}ONT |
z |
=n “um 6) GEILE . wat . ; )
OF=(Hopouomgd ww z ae (11) OW GIOBIE goruanry (G) r = Boploiniay
Con@ wane 9 ) |
‘go— lve nao0udogdhyy (1) :
171s |
‘og=t Ton TE -opyag (») )
“DLOUULDD ay) fo DINUWLoT 10/UaT quoidh) aLow ay4 fp haaing qo.auay v burary
‘Ty atavy
‘VaaA
VuUOAINUVO
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 463
regularity” (Darwin); while examples of numerical reduction
are comparatively common.
(ii.) Embryology has brought to light the presence of vestigial
remains of additional teeth. Such examples have been furnished
by Oldfield Thomas (26) and M. F. Woodward (30) among Mar-
supials, and I have already given reasons for believing that the
same are probably present in the Dog.
One has only to look at such a table as that accompanying
Oldfield Thomas’s (26) paper to see how very general is such a
suppression.
ii.) Paleontological evidence shows that a large number of
Mesozoic Mammals had a greater number of teeth than the
majority of those living. That the tendency to the suppression
of teeth has been in operation in past ages is amply testified
by Osborn (14) in his paper “ On the Structure and Classi-
fication of the Mesozoic Mammalia.” In this paper he gives the
dental formula of the primitive heterodont Mammalia as i. 4, ¢. 1,
pm. 4, m. 8 (p. 249); and he goes on to say, “ Reduction of this
formula was effected by the loss of the lateral incisors, resulting
possibly from the hypertrophy of the adjoining canine ; the pre-
molars were reduced by regular antero-posterior suppression, or
by the loss of the first or secoud member of the series; the
molars were reduced either by antero-posterior or by postero-
anterior reduction or by simultaneous reduction of both ends of
the series.” °
And (iv.) if the Mammalia are descended from Reptilian an-
cestors, as is generally believed, then certainly a reduction in the
number of teeth, as well asin the number of dentitions, must
have taken place.
From these reasons it is posible to conclude, other things being
equal, that the member of a mammalian group which has the
greatest number of teeth retains, in that particular, the more
primitive condition. If this be so, then I think we must regard
the Urside among the Arctoidea, the Viverring (with the ex-
ception of Prionodon) among the Aluroidea, and Otocyon not
only among the Cynvoidea, but among the whole Carnivora, as
retaining the most primitive condition as to the number of their
teeth, which in the last-named genus is 46 and in one specimen
48. That Oftocyon is in this respect the most primitive, among
the Cynoidea, was a view long ago held by Huxley (7).
464 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
Cope, in his paper “ On the Mechanical Origin of the
Sectorial Teeth of the Carnivora” (2), remarks ‘it is well known
that in the evolution of the sectorial dentition of the Carni-
vora the number of molars and premolars has considerably
diminished.”
It has been said (4), in connection with the primitive dentition
of Otocyon, that “there is at present no paleontological proof
of this, as none of the numerous fossil forms of Canide yet
discovered have more than the normal number of molars.” I
would point, in answer to this, to such a form as the Oligocene
43
Daphenus with a dental formula es = 44, which, according to
W. B. Scott (24), is in the direct line of ancestry of the Dog.
This genus differs from the specimens of Ofocyon, with the single
exception above referred to, in the loss of one lower molar only.
If we look at all the members of the Carnivora in which the
number of molars is not equal in both jaws, it will be seen that
the number is always greater in the lower jaw, from which one
might imfer that the upper molars were the first to undergo
numerical reduction; and from this it follows that, given an
equal number of true molars in both jaws, if any teeth have
undergone suppression, the last tooth to have been suppressed
would be in the lower jaw. If this inference be allowable, then
we may presume that one of the more immediate ancestors of
Daphenus had an additional lower molar, the loss of which
alone distinguished it from Otocyon.
That the Canide very early acquired a reduced dentition is a
fact, and it is, I think, in accordance with their great number
and wide distribution both at the present time and in past ages ;
and, conversely, the retention by Otocyon of a primitive dentition
agrees with its restricted area of distribution, one species
(O. megalotis) only being known.
From these considerations I am the more inclined to the
opinion that in Olocyon we have to do with a form in which
a very primitive numerical condition of the teeth has been
retained.
Description of the Permanent Teeth of Otocyon megalotis.
Upper Jaw.—The first and second incisors are very similar to those of the
Dogs generally. Between the i.” and i.* is a slight diastema.
The third incisor is somewhat larger than the others. It has a cingulum on ©
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANID&. 465
its internal face which runs upwards, at the margins of the tooth, to the apex
of the crown. Between this tooth and the canine is a wide diastema.
The canine is long, pointed, and recurved, and shows a similar condition of
the cingulum on its internal face. Between this tooth and pm.! is a very wide
diastema.
The first premolar is much reduced and with but a mere trace of an internal
cingulum. The posterior margin of the tooth shows a slight angulation which
in tke more posterior premolars appears as a minute cusp. Between this
tooth and pm.? is a distinct diastema.
The second premolar is rather larger than the first and has two fangs. A
minute cusp is to be seen at the posterior border formed by the internal cin-
gulum which runs into it. The cingulum is also more noticeable on the inner
face of the anterior root ; that is, in the position of the Protocone.
Slight diastema between pm.” and pm.°
The third premolar has characters similar to those of the second but more
marked, as it is a somewhat larger tooth.
The fourth premolar has a main cone with a well-marked cusp anteriorly
and another posteriorly to it. There is a very well-marked ridged cingulum
on the internal face of tlie main cone, which leads up to and forms the anterior
and posterior cusps. The Protocore is large, almost as high as the main cone,
and placed in the same transverse line. I¢ is distinctly a cingulum-cusp.
On the ridge of the cingulum, leading from the Protocone to the posterior
cusp, is another small cuspule placed somewhat nearer to the Protocone. On
the posterior slope of the main cone of the tooth is seen a minute cusp, distinct
from the posterior cingulum-cusp, which is, however, more marked in pm.4,
A slight trace of the cingulum can be seen on the outer face of pm.*.
The first molar has two external cusps of about equal size. The cingulum
is seen anteriorly and posteriorly to these and also slightly on the external
face, especially of the anterior cusp (Paracone), where it becomes continuous
with the Protocone. The cusp situated between the Protocone and the posterior
part of the cingulum (seen in miniature in pm.*) is well-marked.
Internally to this again is a secondary cingulum, upon which is placed a
pronounced postero-lingual cusp, in front of which the secondary cingulum
shelves downwards and forwards; it then bifurcates, one part running into
the Protocone, the other passing round in front of it to fuse with the primary
cingulum, externally to the Protocone.
The second molar has similar characters to mi", but the Paracone is higher
and more pointed than the Metacone.
The third molar is of the same pattern but is a smaller tooth, and therefore
the individual cusps are not so clearly differentiate1.
Lower Jaw.—Incisors small and more procumbent than in the Dogs generally.
Ail are about equal in size.
No diastema between i.? and i3.
The third incisor has a well-marked internal cingulum rising into two small
cusps at its extremities, but from the position of the tooth they lie more
on the internal face than laterally.
466 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
Practically no diastema between i.° and c.
The canine is smaller than c. Internal cingulum present.
The first, second, and third premolars possess similar characters to the cor-
responding teeth in the upper jaw, with the addition that in pm.° the anterior
cingulum-cusp is more pronounced.
The fourth premolar. The main cusp has a well-marked secondary cusp on
its posterior slope. The cingulum is not very distinct in the middle of the
inner face of the main cone; but anteriorly it gives rise to a cusp, and
posteriorly, where it becomes broader and more prominent, it forms two small
cusps which are situated transversely side by side.
First molar. Outer surface. Two cusps are to be seen, an antero-external
(Protoconid), which is higher and stronger than the postero-external (Hypo-
conid).
Inner surface. Two cusps also, an antero-internal (Metaconid) and a posterior
(Entoconid) cusp, the former being the higher.
Anterior surface. The Paraconid, which has more of the character of a
transversely elongated ridge than a cone.
Posterior surface. The cingulum is to be traced around the bases, posteriorly,
of the Entoconid and Hypoconid, and opposite the interval between these two
cusps is the Hypoconulid, placed on the cingulum.
At the antero-external angle of the tooth is a small secondary cingulum,
which becomes lost upon the anterior surface of the Paraconid. ’
The second molar has the same pattern as the first, the differences being that
the Metaconid is more developed than the Protoconid ; the Paraconid is more
pronounced than in mu,
The secondary cingulum at the antero-external angle of the tooth is more
marked and bears a cusp, in consequence of which the Protoconid appears to
lie more towards the middle (antero-posterior) line of the tooth.
The presence of this cusp on the external cingulum is a fact upon which I
wish to lay stress, and to which I shall again refer.
The third molar has the same characters, but smaller. Paraconid still more
reduced.
The fourth molar is much smaller. Paraconid scarcely visible.
I have given reasons above for believing that Otocyon is pri-
mitive in respect to the number of its teeth, and I thiuk it will
readily be admitted, from a consideration of the teeth themselves,
that they possess decidedly multituberculate characters. The
question once more arises, Is this multituberculate conditicn
primitive or not? The consideration of the answer to this
question has an important bearing upon the theory of the multi-
tnuberculate origin of the Mammalian teeth, as put forward by
Forsyth Major (11), and supported by Goodrich (5) and others.
In dealing with this question it is necessary to here examine
the teeth of various species of Dogs. This I have had an oppor-
—_"
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDZ. 467
tunity of doing through the kindness of Mr. Oldfield Thomas,
to whom my best thanks are due for having allowed me to have
free access to the specimens in the British Museum. In earry-
ing on this part of my investigation I have taken Huxley’s
monograph, “On the Cranial and Dental Characters of the
Canide” (7), as my guide.
In this paper Huxley divided the Canide primarily into two
series, the Thooid and Alopecoid, and arranged several of the
members in each series in a fairly definite order of specialization,
distinguishing the Macrodont trom the Micro dont forms.
It will not be necessary to take each member of the series
individually. Commencing with the Thooid series, it will be
sufficient to examine C. Azare (817 4), C. cancrivorus (46. 1. 28.
57), C. magellanicus (1846), C. anthus (816 a)*.
The biting-surface of the First Right Upper Molar Tooth of—A. Canis Azare ;
B. C. canerivorus; C. C. magellanicus; D. C. anthus. (Thooid Series.)
Fig. 7 delineates the crown of the jirst right upper molar in
each of these forms. C. Azare (A) and C. cancrivorus (B) belong
to the Microdont series, and have the fewest cusps, the former
having siz and the latter eight; whereas C. anthus (D) (which
with C. awreus belongs to the Macrodont series) has ten cusps.
The measurements of C. magellanicus (C) appear to vary, but
working out the measurements given by Huxley (op. cit. p. 247), it
* These numbers refer to the particular British Museum specimens from
which the drawings were taken.
468 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
also would certainly belong to the Macrodont series and it has like-
wise ten cusps. The same increase in the number of cusps may
be seen in the lower carnassial teeth in members from opposite
ends of the series. I would also draw attention to the increase in
size of the external cingulum in passing up the series; indeed,
in C. anthus it forms a projection at the antero-external angle of
the tooth, nearly half the height of the Paracone itself. This I
regard as an important point, as I have already shown that cusps
are formed on it in Otocyon. The same condition is also to be
seen in some of the Insectivora—a condition which, I believe,
should necessitate reconsideration of the interpretation of the
cusps in some of those forms which are regarded as having
typically tritubercular teeth.
The same increase in the number of cusps may be noted
in the Alopecoid series. In fiz. 8 are shown the biting-
The biting-surface of the First Right Upper Molar tooth of—A. Canis
littoralis ; B. C. niloticus; C. . lagopus. (Alopecoid Series.)
surfaces of the first right upper molar of C. littoralis (C. virgi-
nianus, Mivart) (88. 11. 25. 2), C. nilo/tcus (56. 3. 12. 14), and
of O. lagopus (88. 2. 20.12). C.littoralis is one of the lower
Microdont Alopecoid dogs, while the two latter belong to the ©
Macrodont series, and in these more cusps are present than in
C. littoralis.
This conclusion has been arrived at after a very careful study
of the large number of skulls of the Canide preserved in the
British Museum. In some cases the teeth were too worn to
afford very reliable information; I was therefore led to select
YOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDH. 469
individual skulls,in which the tooth-cusps were more complete (7. e.
least worn), for special illustration, but the general conclusion
was in entire accordance with the view just stated.
The outcome of these considerations, with regard to Otocyon,
is—that it is primitive in respect to the number, but specialized
in respect to the multituberculate condition of its teeth.
. These conclusions are apparently in direct contradiction to those
arising out of the study of the genus Cyon. The members of
this genus are distinguished from the true Dogs chiefly by the
loss of the last lower molar. I have already drawn attention to
the fact of the great simplicity of m.* of Cyon rutilans, a tooth
more primitive even, according to my views, than dpm.* of the
Dog.
I am not in a position to do more than suggest, as a possible
explanation, that the genus Cyon became separated off from the
true Dogs at an early period, and that its teeth, while retaining
the simplicity of their crowns, have undergone numerical reduction.
These animals also differ from the ordinary Wolves, Jackals, and
great majority of domestic Dogs, according to Huxley (7), in the
breadth of the jaws and the convexity of the facial line. I would
emphasize the great resemblance which exists, both in the number
and pattern of the teeth, between the members of this genus and
Viverrine, as tending tothe suggestion that they have all descended
from a common stock, early separated from the true Canide.
Embryological Evidence as to the order of Cusp-development.
The value of evidence of this nature is based unon the assump-
tion that Ontogeny recapitulates Phylogeny. Of course this
assumption may be doubted, but it is interesting to note that
Osborn, a great upholder of the tritubercular view, believes in
it strongly, as may be gathered from the following. In an address
“On the History of the Cusps of the Human Molar Teeth,”
delivered before the New York Institute of Stomatology in
April 1895 (15), occur the following words :—‘‘ We should expect,
‘in the embryonic jaw, that the calcification of the tooth-germ
would be very significant, because we know that the embryonic
structures in their development follow the order of addition or
evolution.” Having made this definite statement, in the next
sentence he makes a partial retraction by saying, “The order of
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 38
470 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
evolution is, fo a certain extent” (the italics are mine), “repeated
in embryonic development.” However, we can gather from this
that Osborn admits the validity of the assumption.
Upon this basis, let us see how the facts may be reconciled with
the tritubercular theory. According to this, the Protocone should
be developed first, and the Paracone and Metacone almost simul-
taneously but at a later period, and the talon, or heel, still later.
This is the order in which the various cusps have arisen, according
to Prof. Cope (2); consequently this is the order in which they
should appear ontogenetically.
The cusp-development has been worked out by Rése (22) in the
Primates and Marsupials, and by Taeker (25) in the Ungulates.
Their results are seen in the accompanying Table (1I.), copied
Tasre II.
Urrrrn Mo wars. °
Primates. Marsupials. Ungulates.
1. Paracone. Paracone. Paracone. 1.
2. Protocone. Protocone. Metacone. 2. .
3. Metacone. Metacone. Protocone. 3.
4, Hypocone. Hypocone. Hypocone. 4.
Lower Mo.ars.
1. Protoconid. Protoconid. Protoconid. 1.
2. Metaconid. Paraconid. Metaconid. 2.
3. Hypoconid. Hypoconid. Hypoconid. 3.
4, Entoconid. Entoconid. Entoconid. 4.
5. Hypoconulid. Metaconid.
from a paper by Osborn (13), and with them my own results,
as seen in’ the Dog, are in agreement. From a study of this
table the most striking fact is revealed that while in not one of
the four orders does the Protocone develop first, the Protoconid
does so in every instance. This is a very important point.
In the above-mentioned address by Osborn (15), the fact
of the agreement in the lower jaw and disagreement in the
upper jaw is thus referred to ; he says :—‘“‘ In the lower molar
teeth the order of calcification is precisely the order of evolution;”
and after dealing with this order of development, he goes on
to say: “So we find that the order of embryonic development
exactly repeats the order of historical development, and in every
way presents the strongest kind of confirmation of the theory of
cusp-formation which we have been discussing.” He omits to
mention that the Paraconid does not develop at all.
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDS. 471
Of course Osborn is dealing here with the human teeth
only : otherwise, if he were dealing with the Marsupials as well
he could hardly be so satisfied, for in these the Metaconid,
instead of developing almost simultaneously with the Paraconid,
does not appear until after the Hypo- and Entoconid.
In the same address, in dealing with the upper jaw, Osborn
says so little, that I may quote it all:—“ But this, you see,
is not exactly the case in the upper molars. Nevertheless,
out of eight cusps in the upper and lower molars considered
together, s¢# cusps calcify in the order in which they were
successively added to the single reptilian cone.” Surely this
representative of the reptilian cone is ¢he important one, and the
fact that it does not develop first in any one of these four orders
is a point not easily to be explained away.
Again, it appears to me that Osborn gives undue weight
to the lower jaw, almost ignoring the upper, which does not
fit in with his views. I would point out that in the Canide
the secondary cusps are better developed in the teeth of the
lower jaw than in the corresponding teeth of the upper, both in
the milk and permanent dentitions; and I have already pointed
out that the more primitive the teeth the fewer the cusps: con-
sequently, it follows that the teeth of the upper jaw retain more
of the primitive character than do those of the lower. Hence, if
reliance is to be placed on the cusp-development of the teeth in
one jaw over those of another, it is the upper jaw which, to my
mind, should be selected, and not the lower.
From a consideration of the results obtained by investigation
into the embryological history of the cusps, I think it must be
admitted that Osborn’s conclusions are not borne out, but
are, on the contrary, disproved, and this by the very kind of
evidence upon which he places reliance.
There are still other objections which may be urged against
the Tritubercular theory. The upholders of this view assume
that there has been a rotation of the Paraconid and Metaconid
inwards in the lower jaw and outwards in the upper, giving rise
to the Tritubercular as opposed to the Triconodon type of tooth.
A great objection to this has been put forward by E. S. Good-
rich (5), who points out that there is no evidence whatever of
any traces of the beginning of the movement of cusps from the
Triconodont to the Tritubercular form,
4.72 DR. H. W. MARET! TIMS ON THE
It may be as well to summarize the arguments which may
be now urged against the Tritubercular theory :—
(i.) That in not one of the four orders, Marsupials, Ungulates,
Carnivora, or Primates, does the Protocone develop first.
(ii.) That in ¢wo out of the four orders it does not even develop
second, being preceded by the Metacone.
(iii.) The frequent absence of the Paraconid.
(iv.) That in the Marsupials the Metaconid, which, together
with the Paraconid, is second in importance only to the Proto-
conid, is developmentally preceded by the Hypoconid and
Entoconid.
(v.) That if the homology of the cusps which I have already
attempted to give be correct, it follows that the Protocone is
absent from all the teeth of the Canidz, and, I think it may be
added, from all the teeth of the Carnivora, with the exception of
the true molars.
(vi.) That the Protocone is absent from the molariform dpm.*
of the Dog, a tooth of exceedingly primitive characters.
(vii.) The absence of the Protocone from the ™.1 of such a
form as Cyon rutilans, this tooth, as I have already pointed out,
having characters very similar to dpm.* of the Dog.
(viii.) The absence of any evidence of the commencement of
the movement of rotation of the cusps, such as is presumed to
have taken place; and
(ix.) The existence of the Multituberculata at such an early
geological period.
In addition to these, several very weighty objections have been
forcibly urged by Dr. Forsyth Major in his paper on the Miocene
Squirrels (11).
Another theory to account for the tooth-genesis of the Mam-
malia is that which was advanced by Forsyth Major (11), and
supported by Goodrich(5) and others, and is known as the
Multitubercular theory.
These authors would derive all teeth from the Multituberculate
type; but J think there are strong objections to this view also,
for the following reasons :—
(i.) This view does not attach any special importance to any
one cusp over another; and yet we find that the antero-external
cusp always develops first both in the upper and lower jaws,
the other cusps being added subsequently in a more or less
ee a Te pee
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 473
definite order, and not that several cusps appear at first and
subsequently some become suppressed.
(ii.) All the fossil Multituberculata have a specialized dental
formula with numerically reduced incisors and no canines: con-
sequently I am unable to believe that the Carnivora and Insecti-
vora, with their full dental formule, have been derived from
these.
(iii.) That there is a progressive increase in the number of
cusps in both the Thooid and Alopecoid series of Dogs, in passing
upwards from the more primitive forms.
(iv.) That the teeth of the deciduous dentition are more primi-
tive than those of the permanent and have fewer cusps.
(v.) Goodrich remarks that “‘ Multituberculate forms increase
in number the lower we search:” this increase, of which I am
unable to convince myself, must be very small, and the total
number found at present is greatly below that of non-multi-
tuberculate forms, and of equal, but not greater antiquity.
Such forms as Otocyon, which I consider to be primitive in
the number of its teeth, have, I believe, secondarily acquired the
multituberculate condition. The Monotremes may be directly
descended from the Multituberculata, as may also such orders
as the Rodentia with their specialized dental formule, though,
as I have not specially worked at this point, I am not in a
position to express a more definite opinion.
Having thus seen that neither the Tritubercular nor the
Multitubercular theory satisfactorily explains the origin of the
teeth of the Carnivora, the question naturally arises, Is there
any alternative theory that may explain it? I venture to think
there is.
In the first place, the history of the development of the cusps
shows that the antero-external cone is the first to develop,
both in the upper and lower jaws, in all four of the orders to
which I have referred. This uniformity cannot be without signi-
ficance, and I think one must regard this cone as the representa-
tive of the primitive reptilian cone*: in other words, I would
regard the Paracone and Protoconoid as homologous cusps, and
to avoid confusion I would term this the primary cone. The
* This conclusion appears to be in accordance with the views of Winge (28 .
From his illustrations he appears to regard the Paracone as homologous with
the Protoconid, and the Metacone with the Hypoconid.
474, DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
next structure to which I attach great importance is the internal
cingulum. We have already noted its constant presence. That
it is a structure of great antiquity is proved both embryologically
and paleontologically. If the teeth of a foetal pup be examined
the cingulum is, proportionately to the primary cone, much
larger than in the fully-developed tooth. It is also present in
some of the fossil Mammalia of the Stonesfield Slate (5); as, for
example, Amphitherium. The ends of this internal cingulum,
which is generally regarded as a mammalian characteristic, give
rise to the small anterior and posterior cusps, such as we have
seen exist in the incisor teeth of the Dog. Such a form of tooth
at once suggests that of the fossil Microconodon. In the more
specialized cheek-teeth the cingulum, though always more marked
internally, is continued round the external face of the tooth, and,
as we have seen, may give rise to cusps externally, as in Ofocyon
and possibly some of the Insectivora.
This description of a tooth with a main cone and small anterior
and posterior cusps agrees with the description of the premolars
of Amphitherium Prevostit given by Owen(18). These teeth,
he says, “consist of a single compressed conical cusp with a
minute tubercle at the hind part of its base and a more minute
one in front.” We have already seen that in the teeth of the
Dog the posterior cingulum-cusp is usually more marked than
the anterior. Goodrich (5), in describing the British Museum
specimen of A. Prevostii, which he has fully exposed, says (p. 414)
that the premolars have “a laterally compressed crown bearing
one large cusp, a very small anterior cingulum-cusp, and a
posterior heel.”
The anterior cingulum-cusp does not usually undergo further
development. In certain cases, however, in which it does do so,
it may form an anterior cone, thus giving rise to a Triconodont
tooth. The only teeth in the Dog in which it undergoes deve-
lopment are the deciduous and permanent lower carnassials,
giving rise to the cusp usually termed the Paraccnid. In these
teeth the cingulum runs right up into that cusp, and does not
extend forwards as is the case at the posterior end of the tooth.
This anterior cingulum-cusp is placed somewhat to the inner
side of the primary cone, giving rise to the Protocone of the
upper premolars of the Dog and the Paraconid of the lower
carnassial.
The posterior cingulum-cusp is usually well-marked, and in
eS a.
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 475
the upper carnassial of the Dog forms the posterior part of the
Metacone, and in the lower the posterior (smaller) part of the
Hypoconid. Consequently, it will be seen that the talon of
the lower carnassial appears very early. This is in accordance
with the early appearance, geologically, of the trituberculo-
sectorial type of tooth. Moreover, Forsyth Major (11) asserts
that the talon, though reduced, as compared with the rest of the
tooth, in the Carnivora, is well developed in all other orders—
therefore, a priori, it is not a late development; and he also
points to the fact that several Archaic Eutheria, including some
Creodonta from the Cernaysian fauna of Rheims, have a more
distinctly marked talon than in many later forms, both in longi-
tudinal extension and in height of cusps. Again, Goodrich affirms
(5) that we must conclude that the common ancestors of both
Placentals and Marsupials possessed this (trituberculo-sectorial)
type of tooth.
Following upon this, the next structure to be added is what
I propose to term the Secondary Cone. It arises upon the
posterior slope of the Primary cone, and is of mechanical origin
due to contact with the Primary cone of the opposite jaw. This
cone is seen in its most rudimentary form in the anterior pre-
molars of the Dog. The more it becomes developed the more
the opposing cusp would tend to wedge it backwards and
separate it from the Primary cone from which it has been de-
veloped. This cone forms the anterior part of the Metacone of
the upper carnassial, and the Metacone of the upper true molars.
In the lower carnassial it forms the anterior, larger portion of
the talon, and postero-external cusp of m.”. This cusp only
develops, to any extent, in the premolars of those forms whose
dentition approximates to the Carnivorous type.
Upon the internal cingulum there develops a Centro-internal
cusp, situated slightly posteriorly to the middle of the antero-
posterior line of the tooth. This cusp is not developed in the
premolars of the Canidx. It forms in the molars the cusp ci
(fig. 3, B) and gives rise to the Metaconid of the lower carnassial.
As the upper jaw comes to overlap the lower, the opposing
cusps would so interlock that the internal cingula of the molars
would tend to be wedged inwards away from the main mass of
the tooth; the depression thus formed, other cusps would tend
to be formed, giving rise to those marked pr and 7 in the same
figures.
476 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
With regard to these smaller cusps it is difficult to express
any opinion as to the precise order of evolution, as the results,
both paleontological and embryological, are at present somewhat
conflicting.
It will be noticed that I have reserved the term Cone for that
which I regard as the representative of the Reptilian tooth and
to its secondary derivative; while the term Cusp I have applied
to the remainder, all of which I regard as having been developed
upon the cingulum.
Table ILI. gives the order of evolution of the cones and cusps
according to this view, and also the cusps with which they cer-
respond, according to the system of nomenclature now in vogue.
Tt will be readily understood that it is impossible fully to deal
with this question in a small space, as, from what I have attempted
to show above, cusps bearing the same name in different teeth,
and even the same teeth in different species, are in reality not
homologous. I have therefore confined myself almost entirely
to a consideration of the teeth in the Canide.
TasreE III.
Showing the order of development of the Cusps according to
the Theory of Cingulum-cusp Development and the Cusps which
they represent in the Upper and Lower Jaws of the Dog.
1. Primary Cone ...... Paracone. Protoconid.
(2. Anterior Cingulum- Usually remains minute; Remains minute in all ex-
cusp. forms the Protocone of cept the lower carnassial,
the upper premolars. in which it forms the Para-
conid.
lo, Posterior Cingulum- Forms posterior part of Minute. Enters into the
\ cusp. the Metacone. formation of the Hypo-
conid at its posterior part.
3. Centro - Internal Absent in the premolars. Absentin premolars. Forms
Cingulum-cusp. Forms the Protocone of Metacoid.
dpm.4 and the heed of ™.1,
4. Secondary Cone ... Anterior part of Metacone Anterior part of the Hypo-
in the premolars and conid and postero-external
almost the entire Meta- cusp of molars.
cone in the molars.
Having thus given a brief outline of what may be termed a
Theory of Cingulum-cusp development, it is necessary to ex-
- amine how far such a theory is borne out by Paleontology and
Embryology. .
(i.) Paleontological evidence—Starting from the Haplodont
ee ee ee ee a ee
ee ee eae ee
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 477
cone, the next form would be that of a tooth with a main central
cone and minute lateral cusps. Such teeth are to be found
in Micoconodon. The prominence of the Internal Cingulum
with the formation of a central cusp upon itis clearly to be
seen in such teeth as those of Amphitherium Prevostic and
Peraspalax ; whilst the presence of the Secondary cone is to be
noted in the molar teeth of almost all forms. From the con-
sideration of such forms as these, I think it is evident that
Paleontology furnishes quite as streng evidence in favour of
such a theory as I have attempted to describe,.as it does for
either the Tritubercular or Multitubercular theory.
(u.) Himbryological evidence.—The strongest confirmation of
this view is to be found in the fact that in all the orders in
which the cusp evolution has at present been worked out, the
Primary cone (Paracone and Protuconid) develops first in every
instance, in both upper and lower jaws.
That the Cingulum is a structure of great antiquity and im-
portance is borne out by the fact that it appears developmentally
very shortly after the Primary cone can be distinguished. In
the teeth of the foetal Dog it is comparatively very largely
developed, especially in the incisors. The internal cingulum is
more marked in the lower members of both the Thooid and Alo-
pecoid series than it is in the higher ; and its presence, together
with the small anterior and posterior cingulum-cusps to which it
gives rise, is to be noted in all the teeth of the Dog, both milk
and permanent. So far this theory is im accordance with all
known embryological facts; the difficulty arises in connection
with the secondary cusps. To explain my meaning more fully :
if the development of the cusps of dpm.* be traced, the so-called
Protocone of that tooth commences to appear before the Meta-
cone, though the latter soon surpasses it in size; this result
agrees with those of Rose for the Primates and Marsupials
(the teeth in the latter I have given reasons for regarding as
milk-teeth) ; whereas in the development of m.* of the Dog the
Metacone develops before the Protocone of that tooth, in
accordance with Taeker’s results in the Ungulates.
A further difficulty is to be found in connection with the
Metacone of the upper carnassial teeth of the Carnivora and
with the Hypoconid of the lower. We have seen that two
factors enter into the formation of both these cusps, namely, the
Posterior Cingulum-cusp and the Secondary Coue, but they do
LINN. JOURN. —ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXy¥. 39
478 DR. H. W. MARETT TIMS ON THE
not always participate to the same extent. If, for instance, the
carnassial teeth of the Tiger, Dog, and Bear be compared, this
faet at once becomes apparent. And since I regard the Posterior
Cingulum-cusp as a structure of greater antiquity than the
Secondary cone, I conclude that the greater the share which the
Posterior Cingulum-cusp takes in the formation of the Metacone,
the earlier will that Metacone be developed, and vice versa.
Such is, I believe, the explanation to be given of the somewhat
varying results obtained by the aforementioned observers.
I have, I hope, said sufficient to indicate the main points of my
Theory of Cingulum-cusp development. I do not say that there
may not be many objections to it, but I think that it is, at any
rate, free from serious ones.
The points in its favour may be thus summarized :—
(i.) It harmonizes more fully with what is known of the
development of the teeth than either the Tritubercular
or Multitubercular theory, the Primary cone repre-
senting the Reptilian cone and being always present.
(u.) It is quite possible and easy thus to homologize the
cusps of all teeth, except perhaps those derivative of
the Multituberculate type.
(i.) It is in accordance with Paleontological history.
(iv.) No supposed rotation of cusps is required to have taken
place.
It is probable that in time, with greater knowledge and ex-
perience, many of the points of detail will have to be modified ;
indeed, I wish now only to give an outline of this hypothesis in
order that it may be more generally tested. Great difficulty has
been found in endeavouring to write a lucid explanation of this
view, owing to the impossibility of homologizing the cusps under
the old terminolegy.
Tn conclusion, I most gratefully express my thanks to Prof. G.
B. Howes, not only for having suggested this subject for investi-
gation, but also for having enabled me to carry it out in the
Laboratory under his charge and for much kind advice and
criticism. J would also express my thanks to Mr. G. L. Parsons,
of the Westminster Medical School, for having made the
drawings necessary for illustration of this paper.
10.
ine
12.
13.
14.
15.
TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA. 479
Bibliography.
. Barrson, W.— Materials for the Study of Variation.
London, 1894.
. Corr, E. D.—“ On the Mechanical Origin of the Sectorial
Teeth of the Carnivora.” Proc. Amer. Assoc. Adv. Sci.
vol. xxxvl. p. 254.
. Cuvier, G.—Ossemens Fossiles. Paris, 1837.
. Frowerr, W. H., and Lyprxxer, R.—Mammals, living and
extinct. London, 1891.
. Goonpricu, E. S.—“ On the Fossil Mammalia of the Stone-
field Slate.” Quart. Journ. Micros. Sci. vol. xxxv. p. 407.
. Horrmann.— Ueber die Entwicklung des Kronencementes
an den Backenziihnen der Wiederkiuer mit Beriicksichtigung
der Zahnentwicklung in Allgemeinen.” Zeitschr. fir wiss.
Zool., Bd. lviii. 1894, pp. 566-617.
. Huxtey, T. H.—‘‘ On the Cranial and Dental Characters of
the Canide.” Proc. Zook. Soc. Lond. 1880, p. 238.
. KixentHart, W.—‘ Entwickelungsgesehichtliche Untersuch-
ungen am Pinnipediergebisse.” Jen. Zeitschr. f. Naturw.,
Bd. xxviii. 1893-94, p. 76.
. Kixenruat, W.—‘ Das Gebiss von Didelphys.” Anat. Anz.,
Bd. vi. pp. 658-666.
Lrcnr, W.—“‘Studien tiber die Entwicklung des Zahnsystems
bei den Saugethieren.” Morphol. Jahrb., Bd. xix. p. 502;
and Bd. xx. p. 113.
Majsor, Forsyta.—‘‘On some Miocene Squirrels, with re-
marks on the Dentition and Classification of the Sciurine.”
Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 179.
Nawroru.—Zur Ontogenese der Schweinemolaren. In-
augural-Dissertation. Berlin, 1893.
Oszory, H. F.—“ Recent Researches upon the Succession of
the Teeth in Mammals.” American Naturalist, vol. xxvii.
1893, p. 493.
Osporn, H. F.—“ On the Structure and Classification of the
Mesozoic Mammalia.” Journ. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. vol. ix.
p- 186.
Oszorn, H. F.—* The History of the Cusps of the Human
Molar Teeth.” Address before the New York Inst. of
Stomatology, April 1895. Reprinted in Journ. of Brit.
Dental Assoc. vol. xvi. pp. 625-635.
480
16.
Wf
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
25.
26.
te
28.
29.
30.
ON THE TOOTH-GENESIS IN THE CANIDA.
Ogsporn and Wortman.— Fossil Mammalia of the Wah-
satch and Wind River Beds.” Bulletin of Amer. Mus.
Nat. Hist. vol. iv. 1892.
Osgorn and Worrman. —“ Perissodactyls of the Lower
Miocene White River Beds.” Bulletin of Amer. Mus. Nat.
Hist. vol. vil. pp. 343-875.
Owen, R.—‘‘ Monograph of the Fossil Mammalia of the
Mesozoic formations.” Monogr. Paleontogr. Soe. vol. xxiv.
Parker, W. N.—“ On some points in the Anatomy of the
Indian Tapir.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1882, p. 768.
Roésr.—“ Ueber die Entwicklung der Zaihne des Menschen.”
Archiv. mikr. Anat., Bd. xxxvii. 1891, p. 447.
Rosu.— “Ueber die Entstehung und Formabinderungen der
menuschlichen Molaren.” Anat. Anz., Bd. vu. 1892, p. 392.
Rész.—“ Ueber die Zahnentwickelung der Beutelthiere.”
Anat. Anz., Bd. vii. 1892, p. 693.
Scorr, W. B.—“ The Evolution of the Premolar Teeth in the
Mammalia.” Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 1892, p. 405.
Scorr, W. B.—* Mammals of the Deep River Beds.” Trans.
Amer. Philos. Soe. vol. xviii. p.
Tanker, J.—Zur Kenntniss der Odontogenese bei Ungulaten.
Inaugural-Dissertation. Dorpat, 1892.
Tomas, OLtprreirp.—‘ On the Homologies and Succession
of the Teeth in the Dasyuride.” Phil. Trans. vol. elxxvii. |
1887, p. 443.
Trims, H. W. M.—‘“ Notes on the Dentition of the Dog.”
Anat. Anz., Bd. xi. 1896, pp. 537-546.
Winer, O.—“ Om Pattedyrenes Tandskifte, iser med Hensyn
til Tandernes Former.” Vidensk. Meddel. fra den naturh.
Foren. i Kjobenhavn, 1882, pp. 1-52.
Woopwagn, M. F.—“ On the Development of the Teeth of
certain Insectivora.” Report of the Brit. Assoc. Adv. Sci.
1895, p. 736. i
Woopwagp, M. F.—“ On the Development of the Teeth of
the Macropodide.” Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond. 1893, p. 450.
DR. A. R. WALLACE ON THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 481
Tae Propiem or Urrirry: Are Specific Characters always or
generally Useful? By Atrrep R. Watuacz, LL.D., F.RB.S.,
BAS:
[Read 18th June, 1896.]
THE above stated question is discussed at great length in the
second part of the late Mr. Romanes’ work on ‘ Darwin and After
Darwin,’ fully half of the volume being devoted to it; and in the
preface the author states his belief that his arguments are so con-
clusive that he has “broken to fragments” the doctrine of utility,
and that he has “‘ made a full end thereof.” A careful perusal of
the volume, and a full consideration of all the facts and argu-
ments adduced therein, seem to me to leave the problem just
where it was before ; but the variety of the subjects discussed,
the great mass of details referred to, and the ingenuity of some
of the arguments in support of the author’s view, lead me to
think that I have not hitherto set forth the facts and argu-
ments in favour of the utility-theory with sufficient completeness,
while I am indebted to the lamented author for pointing out one
or two weak points in my discussion of the question, and for a
number of useful references to Darwin’s statements on the
points at issue, some of which I had overlooked. Although
Mr. Romanes’ discussion of the question is so lengthy, the
problem itself is in its essence a comparatively simple one, and
is I believe capable of being solved by a reference to well-known
facts and admitted principles. The reason why Mr. Romanes is
uble to support his views by so many quotations from Darwin’s
works, is due to the fact that Darwin was firmly convinced
of the heredity of acquired characters, and especially of the
influence of food and climate and the effects of use and disuse;
and this belief must be borne in mind whenever he speaks of
specific characters being due to other causes than natural
selection. It must also be remembered that Darwin was not
acquainted with the evidence we now possess as to the extreme
frequency of variation everywhere in nature, its large amount,
and its universality in every organ and every character that can
be measured or otherwise estimated. Had he known what we
now know on this subject, he would not so frequently have made
the proviso—“if they vary, for without variation natural selection
can do nothing,” or have alluded to the possibility of variations
of the same kind occurring ‘“‘ perhaps after.a long interval of
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 40
482 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
time.” We now know that variations of almost every conceivable
kind occur, in all the more abundant species, in every genera-
tion, and that the material for natural selection to work upon
is never wanting. Accepting, then, these facts of variation, and
always keeping in mind the severity of the struggle for existence,
nine tenths at least of the progeny of the higher animals perishing
annually before reaching maturity, thus leading to a systematic
and continual weeding out of the less fit—let us endeavour to
realize the process of the formation of new species and the
nature of the characters which distinguish allied species from
each other. 3
In my article on “ Mimicry and other Protective Resemblances
among Animals,” first published in 1867, I laid down the
principle of utility, perhaps a little too absolutely, in the following
passage :— ‘“‘ Perhaps no principle has ever been announced so
fertile in results as that which Mr. Darwin so earnestly impresses
upon us, and which is indeed a necessary deduction from the
theory of Natural Selection, namely—that none of the definite’
facts of organic nature, no special organ, no characteristic
form or marking, no peculiarities of instinct or of habit, no
relations between species or between groups of species, can
exist but which must now be or once have been wseful to the
individuals or races which possess them.” Professor Huxley,
in his obituary notice of Darwin, expressed the same idea as
follows :—‘‘ Every variety which is selected into a species is
favoured and preserved in consequence of being, in some one
or more respects, better adapted to its surroundings than its
rivals... «|. For, as has been pointed out, it is a necessary
consequence of the theory of Selection that every species must
have some one or more structural or functional peculiarities, in
virtue of the advantage conferred by which it has fought through
the crowd of its competitors and achieved a certain duration. In
this sense it is true that every species has been ‘originated by
selection.’ Now these characters, in virtue of which the
variety has become a species, are in fact its “specific characters,”
and they alone wil absolutely differentiate it from all other
species. We need not trouble ourselves about the cases of
doubtful species, in which the distinctive characters are either so
minute or so unstable that we cannot invariably determine
them. On the theory of evolution by natural selection there
must be such cases. They are species in the making and not
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 483
quite completed. But in the great majority of species definite
characters do exist by which any single individual can be
recognized and the species to which it belongs be determined ;
and the question is, whether or no the characters, or combination
of characters, which thus differentiate it are now useful or were
useful at the time of its origination*. In order to answer this
question, we must briefly summarize both the facts and the
admitted principles or theories which bear upon it.
Every extensive area contains a number of large and dominant
species which appear to be, and probably are for considerable
periods, stable, both in average population and in the extent of
the area they occupy. Taking any one of these species—say
of bird or mammal—so long as the whole conditions of its
environment remain unchanged or very little changed it will,
theoretically, continue to maintain itself, as we know many
species have maintained themselves during the whole period
since the glacial epoch, and some very much longer. The
species, however, is not absolutely homogeneous. It varies in
every generation, not minutely or infinitesimally as was formerly
supposed, but very considerably, the variations being easily seen
and measured by any one who looks for them; and they extend,
so far as we know, to every part of the organism, external and
internal, since no part has yet been found to be invariable when
a large number of individuals have been compared. The species
is therefore composed of a fluctuating mass of variable units
which yet maintain the same general average of characters, and
this it can only do by a constant or intermittent weeding out of
the extremes in every direction. Such a weeding out on a large
scale takes place annually, because, although the annual increase
by birth is very large, the population of adults remains approxi-
mately fixed. The species is maintained in harmony with its
environment by the survival of the fittest.
But now let some important change occur, either in climate,
in abundance of food, or by the irruption of some new and
hitherto unknown enemies, a change which at first injuriously
* To this should be added—“ or were correlated with some useful characters.”
I have referred to such correlations in my ‘ Natural Selection and Tropical
Nature,’ pp. 172 and 175; and as to apparently useless characters being in
some cases correlated with those which are useful, in my ‘ Darwinism,’ p. 140 ;
but it is cumbersome to restate this part of the theory whenever it is stated
that all specific characters are useful.
40*
484, DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
affects the species. It must, therefore, undergo some amount of
modification, either structural or functional, in order to succeed
under the new conditions; and the constant variations of every
part around its mean furnish the materials for adapting the
organism to these new conditions. If a new enemy is the
danger to be guarded against, this adaptation may be effected in
several ways. Swiftness in running or flying, habits of conceal-
ment, or seeking new kinds of food in places inacessible to the
enemy, may each lead to the survival of those individuals which
were sufficiently intelligent to adopt them or sufficiently favoured
by rapid variation in the desired direction. Survival of the fittest in
these respects, going on year by year, might lead to the formation
of two or more diverging races each able to maintain itself in the
presence of the new enemy, while the former average type of
the species rapidly became extinct. We should thus have two
or three incipient new species; but they would not become well
differentiated species till they had acquired certain definite and
inportant characteristics. These are (1) some amount of infer-
tility when crossed with the parent form or with each other; and
(2) some distinct and conspicuous external characters by means
of which the new varieties could readily distinguish their own kind
even when at considerable distances or when partially concealed ;
or, in the case of flowering plants, be distinguished by the insects
which fertilize them.
The greatest danger to a species under new and adverse
conditions is, that it should not be able to adapt itself to them
with sufficient rapidity. It is for this reason that, as Darwin
concludes, new species arise, mainly, from those which have a
large population, which occupy a wide area, and which present
much variation—a combination rarely found except in continental
areas. But this danger is evidently much ‘increased if crossing
with the parent form is not at first checked and soon afterwards
completely prevented, except as a quite exceptional occurrence.
The means of preventing this intercrossing are, for animals,
either infertility, external distinctions leading to the preferential
mating of similar forms, or physical isolation., The latter I
believe, with Darwin, to be of comparatively little importance
and to have very rarely been the chief agent in modification. In
the great majority of cases a new species must arise amidst the
population of an existing species; and while its adaptation is
progressing any intercrossing with the parent form will be
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 485
injurious. I have endeavoured to show, and can still find no flaw
in my reasoning, that mutual infertility would be usually
brought about by natural selection wherever the two forms were
in contact, and also that the early occurrence of well-marked
external differences would assist greatly in the rapidity of
adaptation *. This view will explain the curious fact of the well-
marked differences of colour or form which almost invariably
characterize allied species. These “ recognition marks,” as I have
termed them, are of great use even to existing well-defined species,
but they must have been of still greater use during the earlier
stages of differentiation, when the very existence of the new
form must have largely depended on them.
I may here remark that it is because these external differences
of colour or marking are quite as constantly present in peculiar
insular species as in those inhabiting a continent, that I do not
believe in local isolation as of any importance in species-formation.
Insular species may have been produced in two ways. Hither
a portion of a declining species may have reached the island,
where it survived through the more favourable conditions while
it became extinct on the continent; or, a few individuals of a
dominant species reached the island, where, owing to the absence
of competition, they rapidly increayed till the island became fully
stocked with the unchanged species. Then (and then only) sur-
vival of the fittest wouid begin to act, and the differences of
food and climate, with the different kinds of enemies, would render
some modifications of structure, form, or colour advantageous, and
thus a new species would be formed by adaptation from the old
one in almost exactly the same way as on the continent. In
both these cases recognition-characters, to aid in the prevention
of intercrossing, would be produced by natural selection. But
if insular species have usually been formed by a few individuals
somewhat different from the type having first reached the
island and thereafter preserved their peculiarities, there is no
reason why any distinctive and stable form of coloration or
marking should have been developed, since there would be no
similar species from which it would need to be differentiated.
Neither is the small amount of divergence that usually prevails
between the mean of a few individuals taken at random, such as
might have accidentally reached an island, and the average type
* « Darwinism,’ pp. 174-180.
A86 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
of the species, at all comparable with the well-marked characters
that usually distinguish insular forms, and there is nothing in
mere isolation without selection which can increase the difference.
As examples we may refer to the many peculiar species of
butterflies and birds found in the various islands of the West
Indian and Malayan Archipelagoes, which are quite as distinct
from each other as are allied continental species, and which
exhibit all the characteristics of forms which have been fully
differentiated by natural selection.
The sketch now given of the usual mode of formation of new
species under natural selection leads to the conclusion that every
species (of the higher animals at all events) will usually possess
at least three peculiarities: in the first place, it must exhibit
some difference of structure or function adapting it to new con-
ditions ; secondly, some distinction of colour, form, or peculiar
ornament serving as distinctive recognition marks ; and, thirdly,
the physiological peculiarity of some amount of infertility when
crossed with allied species. The first two constitute its “ specific
characters.” But if we consider that every species in the long
line of its ancestry must have had similar specific characters,
adapting it to the peculiar conditions of its environment and
distinguishing it from its nearest allies; that some of these
characters, when generally useful, have persisted, and now con-
stitute generic or family characters; that others have been again
and again modified so as to adapt them to new and sometimes
quite different conditions ; and that others again, becoming use-
less, persist when quite harmless or remain in a more or less
rudimentary condition; and when we further consider that many
genera and families extend far back into geological time and must
have originated in the midst of a physical and biological environ-
ment very different from that which now prevails, we shall dimly
understand how complex are the forces and processes which have
led to the assemblage of characters now presented by each
organism, and how difficult it must be to determine positively
that any one of these characters is not, nor ever has been, useful
to its possessor. Yet this is what is done by those writers who
maintain, as did the late Mr. Romanes, that the majority of
specific characters are not and never have been useful, but
have arisen through definite variation under the influence of
definite causes, and, when neither useful nor hurtful, persist and
constitute the main external differences which we observe between
—
oe re ee eee
tad
ee enn
=
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 487
species and species. This theory, which, although to some extent
held by Darwin himself, I consider to be wholly erroneous, we
will now proceed to discuss.
Jt may be well first to dispose of a point, made much of by
Mr. Romanes, that I do not urge utility as a characteristic either
of varieties or of genera and higher groups, and that it is there-
fore illogical to claim it for species. But this isa misapprehension,
since I do claim that when varieties are constant, are hereditary,
and occupy a definite area, and are therefore what Darwin termed
“incipient species,” the characteristics which distinguish them
from the parent species are, to some extent, adaptive and useful,
and will become fully so when the variety becomes a fully differ-
entiated species. And as to genera and families, it is obvious
that every one of their distinguishing characters was once a
specific character, since genera are merely groups of species, all
of which were derived from one parent species, and which have
become more or less isolated by the extinction of intermediate
forms. Families are, in the same way, derived from a single
genus and ultimately from a single species, and the same reasoning
applies to them. The reason why my argument on this question
has been limited to species is, because the whole problem is in-
cluded in that of species: it 1s in them that the process and
laws of development can be best studied free from many of those
complexities of modification and survival of disused and partially
aborted parts and organs which often constitute generic or family
characters. If every one of the new characters or new com-
binations of characters which arise when a new species becomes
differentiated from its parent-form,—if every one of these is
adaptive and utilitarian, then no higher groups can possess
characters other than those which were once adaptive, since
genera and families can never acquire new characters except
through every one of their component species acquiring those
characters. The problem as exhibited in species includes there-
fore the problem in all higher groups.
I have already set forth in some detail the argument for utility
founded on the fact of the continuous progress of the discovery
of utilities with the continuous growth of our knowledge of the
life-histories and inter-relations of plants and animals*. I will
therefore now devote more special attention to the fundamental
argument, that whereas every modification of a species which
* ‘Darwinism,’ pp. 131-142.
488 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
arises under the influence of natural selection must, from the
very nature of its origin, be useful to the new form, no other
agency has been shown to exist capable of producing non-utili-
tarian characters in every individual constituting a species, neither
more nor less. Now the general cause which is adduced as being
able to do this is stated by Darwin in the following passages, which
are quoted by Mr. Romanes as expressing his own views :—
“ There must be some efficient cause for each slight dividual
difference, as well as for more strongly marked variations which
occasionally arise ; and if the unknown cause were to act per-
sistently, it is almost certain that al] the individuals of the species
would be similarly modified” (‘ Origin of Species,’ p. 171).
Again, after referring to cleistogamic flowers and degraded
parasitic animals, he says :—
“We are ignorant of the exciting cause of the above specified
modifications ; but if the unknown cause were to act almost
uniformly for a length of time, we may infer that the result
would be almost uniform ; and in this case all the individuals of the
species would be modified in the same manner” (‘ Origin,’ p. 175)*.
Now these passages, merely as stating a possibility or a prob-
ability, appear to me to be wanting both as regards logic and
in the absence of any appeal to the actual facts of variation.
For the argument is, briefly, that the same causes will always
produce the same or closely similar results. But this is only true
when the same causes act upon identical materials and under
identical conditions. But the very foundation of the Darwinian
theory is, that the materials—the individuals of a species—are
not identical, but that they vary indefinitely and in many directions
even under closely similar conditions. How then can any external
er internal causes produce an identical result—a definite new
variation—in al] the individuals of a species, born as they are of
varying parents, of different ages, and subject to ever fluctuating
conditions? It seems to me, therefore, that the @ priori prob-
abilities are all against Darwin’s supposition.
Now let us see how far the facts of variation give any support
to the theory of useless specific characters. If there is one
thing better established than another it is that the individual
variations which are constantly occurring in all common species
* In my ‘Darwinism,’ p. 141, I have stated my opinion that Darwin did not
believe in the production of useless characters in a/l the individuals of a species.
I had overlooked the passages quoted by Mr. Romanes and given above, which
certainly show that he did believe it.
THE PROBLiM OF UTILITY. 489
are indefinite in their character and very unequal in their amount.
Some species are much more variable than others, and Darwin
has shown reasons for believing that any change of conditions
induces variability, but not that it causes definite variations.
The two things are radically distinct. So far as I am aware, no
evidence has been adduced of any special conditions which have
produced a definite variation in the whole offspring of all the
individuals subjected to it. But it must do more than this. For
it must produce a variation so exceptionally stable that it con-
stantly recurs in all the offspring of successive generations, even
though those offspring are subjected to considerable change of
conditions, as are the individuals of all species except the rarest
or the most local. Only with such constancy and stability of
inheritance could a useless character become fixed in every indi-
vidual of a species, which it must be to be a “ specific’’ character.
It must, therefore, from the very first have been invariable.
But this feature of invariability without selection has not been
found to characterize any variation, whether occurring among
wild or domesticated organisms. Such an occurrence would
necessarily have forced itself upon the attention of breeders and
horticulturists. For if the theory is true that the majority of
specific characters are of this useless kind, their occurrence as
permanent and unchangeable variations must be a common phe-
nomenon, and we ought to find that foreign plants when first
cultivated very often present new characters, not sporadically
but appearing in every individual, and which cannot be got rid
of, since they do not vary and selection would therefore be
powerless to eliminate them. Has any indication of a phenomenon
of this kind ever been noted?
Let us come now to the actual causes said to produce useless
specific characters. According to Mr. Romanes they are five
in number: Climate, Food, Sexual Selection, Isolation, and Laws
of Growth. Let us consider how these are known to act or are
alleged to act. Climate and Food undoubtedly produce modifica-
tion in the individual, but it has not yet been proved that these
modifications are hereditary. If this could be proved the whole
discussion on the heredity of acquired characters would be settled
in the affirmative. The supposed proof that these causes produce
definite changes which are hereditary is derived from the fact
that there is often a simultaneous change in the colours of many
animals, or in the form or texture of the foliage of many plants,
in different parts of the area they occupy which are characterized
490 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
by differences of climate. But in every case these changes can
be interpreted as adaptations for protection in the case of the
animals, and as either adaptations or individual non-hereditary
modifications in the case of the plants. The firm belief that such
individual characters were usually, if not always, inherited led to
some looseness in Darwin’s reasoning on this point, and still
more so in that of most modern upholders of the theory.
The next alleged cause, Sexual Selection, whether we limit it,
as I do, to the struggies of the males, leading to the development
of weapons and defensive armour, or with Darwin extend it to the
choice by the females of the more ornamental males, thus leading
to the development of decorative plumes &c., is really a form of
natural selection, and sexual characters are therefore useful cha-
racters. It is true that, from my point of view, male distinctive
colour and ornament have not this particular use; and Mr. Romanes
makes a good point against me when he says that in imputing
their origin and development to the surplus vitality and energy
of the male I give away my case, since I admit that useless
specific characters may be developed independently of natural
selection. This is owing to my having omitted to lay special
stress on the specific part of each ornament being really a
“recognition mark,’ and therefore essential both to the first
production and. subsequent well-being of every species. In the
summary of my argument (‘ Darwinism,’ p. 298) I have adduced
the need of recognition as the cause of specific specialization of
colour, but in the body of my discussion as to sexual ornaments
I have not referred to it, and this omission greatly weakens my
argument. I should have said that the accessory plumes and.
other ornaments originate at points of great nervous and
muscular excitation, and are developed through surplus energy ;
and that, from their first appearance, they were wtilized for
purposes of recognition, which explains both their comparative
stability in each species and their distinctness in allied forms *.
* Since writing this paper I have carefully studied Professor Weismann’s
new theory of ‘Germinal Selection,” which seems to me to have a high degree
of probability, and which, if true, enables us to explain two phenomena which
have not hitherto been fully explicable. These are (1) the complete or almost
complete disappearance of many characters which have become useless; and
(2) the development of secondary sexual characters far beyond the point of
utility as recognition marks, and, apparently, up to the extreme point of
incipient hurtfulness. It thus furnishes the one link necessary in the chain of
argument proving that these secondary sexual characters are explicable with-
out calling in the very problematical agency of female choice.
= ee ey
Se ee
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 491
The next alleged cause, Isolation, I do not admit to be a vera
causa at all, for reasons already given. It is, at most, an aid to
the differentiation of new species by natural selection.
The last alleged cause, the Laws of Growth, can never, of
itself, account for specific characters, but only for those struc-
tural and histological peculiarities of organisms which characterize
the higher groups such as classes and sometimes perhaps orders
and families; and even these must always, when they first
originated, have had a utilitarian character, since it is almost
impossible to conceive that the details of structure of the various
tissues or organs produced under the action of these laws were
absolutely indifferent to the well-being of the organism.
If, then, we admit, as I do admit, that certain growths,
appendages, or markings, which are of no use to the organism,
do occasionally appear, no agency has been adduced which could,
first, cause these useless cheracters to appear in every individual
of a species, and then totally cease to appear whenever any
portion of this species is selected and slightly modified so as to
occupy a new place in nature or to save itself from extinction by
some new enemy. Whenever useless characters are said to be
** specific,” it seems to be forgotten that one species has always
passed continuously into another by a process of normal indi-
vidual variation and survival of the fittest. There is no chasm
in such a process, no sudden transition from one creature to
another of a different nature. The transition is by a purely
normal and almost imperceptible process of adaptation to new
conditions, and in itself furnishes no reason whatever why any
useless character, if it had constantly reappeared in the
countless millions of individuals during all the millions of
generations of the duration of the species, should at once
disappear, or be replaced by some new character equally uni-
versal, equally invariable, and equally useless.
I strongly urge, therefore, that the general causes suggested
by Darwin as possibly leading to the production of useless
specific characters, as well as the more special causes enumerated
by Mr. Romanes, do not apply to the actual facts of variation
and heredity so far as they are yet known to us; and further,
that no attempt has been made to show, even hypothetically,
how, through the action of known causes, such characters, when
they do arise, can become first extended to every individual of a
species, and then be totally obliterated as regards any portion of
the species which may become modified so as to constitute a new
492 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
species. Useful characters thus strictly limited are the necessary
and logical results of modification through survival of the fittest.
No agency has been shown to exist capable of producing useless
characters similarly limited. And as it is beyond the powers of
human reason to know absolutely that any characters so limited
as to be really specific are and always have been useless, it is
both unscientific and illogical to postulate such characters as
being present in all or many species, and therefore as consti-
tuting an essential characteristic feature of specific forms.
The preceding discussion may, I hope, be considered sufficient
to show that useless specific characters, if they exist, can only
be the result of some comparatively rare and exceptional con-
ditions, and that they certainly are not, as has been alleged, a
general characteristic of species ; but it may be as well to notice
a few of the special cases which have been adduced by Mr.
Romanes and others as examples of their existence or as illus-
trating their formation.
The Niata cattle of South America, which have strangely
upturned jaws, are said to breed very true and to form a definite
well-marked race which, if the character were not injurious but
simply indifferent, might lead to the formation of a species
defined by this useless specific character. The short-legged
Ancon sheep, and the six-toed cats, are other examples of such
remarkable abnormalities or sports which have the curious
property of being strongly hereditary, and yet, apparently, of
never leading to the formation of new species. Almost all
students of evolution now admit that “sports” or large and
sudden divergencies from the specific type are not the materials
from which new species have been formed, the reason being that
they are extremely rare occurrences; and when any such
“ sport” appeared in a species, the individual presenting it would
either be avoided by its fellows and leave no offspring, or by
repeated crossings with the normal type the sport would disappear.
‘We may, no doubt, imagine conditions under which a sport of
this kind, once appearing in both sexes, might lead to the
formation of a breed and ultimately of a species; but the
combination of conditions requisite to bring this about is so
improbable that we can only look upon it as a bare possibility.
But the question we are discussing is not whether, under certain
very rare and exceptional conditions, a few species may possibly
be formed which are distinguished only by altogether useless
characters, but whether such characters are common in the
ee ee
| Sn IS: ee re a,
“oly pee
aie SO
ore os of ey 1 ee
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 493
majority of species and, to use Mr. Romanes’ words, exist in
“enormous numbers.” The case of abnormal sports or mon-
strosities such as those here referred to can certainly not be
adduced as giving any support to this view.
The next case, that of the Porto Santo rabbits, is held by
Mr. Romanes to prove that the constant characters which dis-
tinguished them from common rabbits were only results of the
action of peculiar conditions on individuals, and were not produced
by natural selection. He arrives at this conclusion from the fact
that one of the two which died at the Zoological Gardens after
four years’ captivity was sent to Darwin, who found that the
special colouring that distinguished the breed—the absence of
black on the tail and ear-tips and the reddish colour on the
back—had almost disappeared, and that the whole colouring was
very little different from that of the common wild rabbit. Hence
Mr. Romanes concludes that other wild species may be really
only climatal forms, and their peculiar characters be non-
adaptive. But no mention is made of the remarkably small size
of these rabbits, which were only about half the weight of the
eommon wild species and which looked no larger than average
rats. If this also were a result of the action on the individuals
of scanty food or a peculiar climate, it would have rapidly
disappeared with ample food at the Zoological Gardens; and
neither in this point nor in the peculiar form of the posterior
end of the skull and interparietal bone, which was go distinet
that Darwin figured it (see ‘ Animals and Plants under Domesti-
cation,’ i. p. 118), did he note any difference in the dead animal.
It seems probable, therefore, that the colour-peculiarities of the
Porto Santo rabbits were due to a change of tint of the longer
hairs which may have been lost during the illness which led to
the animal’s death. And as we have no information as to the
supposed change having been progressive during the four years
of confinement, or that it affected the second specimen, no such
conclusion as that drawn by Mr. Romanes can be held to be
established.
The only other case of much importance is that of changes of
colour said to be directly caused by changes of climate, and
especially by darkness in cave-animals. In this latter case it is
declared by Mr. Romanes that the loss of colour cannot be of
any use and cannot have been caused by natural selection. It
is, therefore, an example of a useless character occurring in all
the individuals of many unconnected species. In the case of the
494 DR. ALFRED R. WALLACE ON
Proteus, however, it is stated that when subjected to the action
of light in confinement, the skin becomes dark, showing that the
character is in some degree an individual one, due probably to
deficiency of nutrition or, partially, to the need of light for the
secretion of the pigment. The whiteness is here not a specific
character. And if, in other cases, it is permanent and specific,
it may have had a very obvious use in the early stages of the
modification of a cave-fauna. For if any animals were isolated
in caverns which were not totally dark, the light tints would be
important as recognition marks, enabling the sexes to find each
other ; and when, at a later period, the species spread into the
parts which were totally dark, there would be no cause leading
to a return of the positive colour, especially as all cave-animals
subjected to total darkness must at first have been in great
danger of extinction from deficiency of food, and there would
thus be no surplus nourishment available for the production
of pigments.
Several biological friends with whom I have discussed this
question, while agreeing that the majority of specific characters
are useful, have suggested that useless characters may have been
produced in some such manner as the following. If some useless
character appears aS a variation in some individuals of excep-
tional vigour, it may increase by interbreeding, and its repeated
production being perhaps favoured by some local conditions, it
may come to form a marked local variety. Now, if the conditions
become unfavourable to the species in the area occupied by the
type, this may in course of time become extinct, and the variety
distinguished by the altogether useless character will remain as
the only representative of the species. It may be admitted that
such a mode of origin of a non-utilitarian specific character is
conceivable, but whether it ever actually occurs in nature may
be doubted; while if it does occur, it must be owing to so rare a
combination of circumstances that it can produce no such general
prevalence of useless specific characters as is claimed by the
advocates of that theory *.
In order to ascertain whether the immediate antecedent to
such a mode of species-formation as is suggested is at all common,
and thinking that British flowering plants offer the best materials
for its detection, I put the case to two experienced British
* If, however, the variation is preserved because it occurs in exceptionally
vigorous individuals, it is correlated with a character which is useful.
THE PROBLEM OF UTILITY. 495
botanists as follows :—Are there any examples within your know-
ledge of well-marked varieties (not mere individual states due to
local conditions) which occupy a considerable area to the ex-
clusion of the parent species, and which do not occupy auy area,
or only a very small one, withthe type? Each of them suggested
several species which seemed to answer to the conditions, but
on further consideration it appeared that they did not do so, and
we were finally reduced toa single case, that of one of the species
of Rubus, a genus which most botanists will regard as a very
unsafe one to draw any conclusionsfrom. Rubus radula, Weihe,
is said to be abundant in the Midland parts of England, but in
the Southern and South-western counties to be replaced by the
variety anglicanus of W. M. Rogers, the type never having been
found in the area occupied by this variety. If this is the case,
and the two forms, said to be easily recognizable, really occupy
distinct areas and nowhere overlap, or very slightly so, then we
have the condition precedent to the formation of a species by the
extinction of the type, thus leaving the variety to represent the
species. Of course in this case we do not know that the characters
which distinguish the variety are useless; but if they are so,
and if the variety should possess some superior vigour of con-
stitution or other useful peculiarity which enables it to survive
when the type dies out, we should have an illustration of one mode
in which useless specific characters may possibly have arisen.
The enquiry is interesting, however, because it brings to light
the rather unexpected fact, that fixed varieties of plants oceupy-
ing considerable areas to the exclusion of the type are not
common, and, perhaps, in our island do not exist. And should
they be found to occur more frequently in other countries—as
varieties of birds, mammals, and reptiles do occur in separate
areas in North America—they may be usually explained as
adaptations to very different climatic conditions, in which case
the distinguishing characters will be utilitarian, and the local
varieties will be really incipient species.
The preceding enquiry leads us to certain very definite con-
clusions. In the first place, we see that species, which have been
differentiated as such by the laws of variation and survival of
the fittest, must be characterized by certain peculiarities whereby
they have obtained an advantage in the struggle with their
fellows. These peculiarities constitute their “ specific characters,”
496 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
and these must be useful. As this applies also to every species
in the direct line of descent, the characters which are sectional or
generic must also, at the time of their origin, have been useful.
In the second place, although non-utilitarian characters do
undoubtedly appear in the normal course of variation, no agency
has yet been detected adequate to the extension of these useless
peculiarities to all the individuals which constitute a species,
and, further, to prevent their extension to any of the varieties
which are destined to become new species. Unless the power in
question can have this twofold effect it cannot lead, except by
accident, to the production of useless specific characters. .
Under conceivable conditions, however, it is possible that certain
useless characteristics may become limited to the individuals of a
single species. But what we know of the modes of variation
and the distribution of varieties indicates that, if at any time so
produced, they must be altogether exceptional and of the nature
of chance products; and that they cannot possibly constitute
such a general characteristic of species as has been suggested.
Our final conclusion is that, whether we can discover their
use or no, there is an overwhelming probability in favour of the
statement that every truly specific character is or has been
useful, or, if not itself useful, is strictly correlated with such a
character.
On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus Ramulina.
By T. Rurrerr Jones, F.R.S., and F. Coapman, A.LS.,
F.R.M.S.
[Read 16th January, 1896.]
Parr I.
The Fistulose Polymorphine.
Iv having been suggested that the several specimens referred to
the genus Ramulina, Rupert Jones, may possibly belong to
fistulose Polymorphme,* this memoir has been undertaken to
show what evidence there is for or against the suggestion.
With this object in view, it is necessary for us to define the
special Polymorphine which bear extraneous growths of fistulose
form. Therefore, in the first place, we propose to take a survey
of the known fistulose, tubulose, and racemose Polymorphine.
* FW. B. Barxwitt and F. W. Mituzrt.—“ The Foraminifera of Galway.
Journ. Microsc. Nat. Sci., vol. iii. 1884, p. 33.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINE, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 497
These admit of being grouped as follow :—
I. Apical.—Those which have the exogenous shell-growth
confined to the apical or oral extremity of the shell
(apical): and of this kind there are five recognizable
varieties, namely,—
1. Single crest. A simple comb or crest with marginal
tubes.
2. Circular and flat. A flat circular top with marginal
tubes.
3. Fadiate cushion. Tubes radiating from a cushion-like
mass.
4. Radiate cluster. Radiate or subradiate cluster of tubes.
5. facemose. An irregular fistulose mass.
II. Subapical.—Those in which the fistulose outgrowths are
confined to the region just below the apertural apex.
III. On the general surface.—Those which have either tubes
or irregular fistulose patches scattered on the general
surface.
* IV. Marginal.—Those in which the extra shell-matter ig
arranged as a thin outstanding flange or wing on the
margin.—Most of these last were perhaps parasitic,
attached to some object.
V. Mixed.—There are many specimens which combine more
or less of the foregoing kinds of outgrowths,—thus
apical, subapical, on the general surface, and on the sides
or the margin; and therefore they cannot stand as
specially separate varieties.
I, 1-5.—The first four groups of the apical growths seem to
keep tolerably separate from the others in being confined to the
apical region, and do not occur in the mixed forms; but the
racemose style of outgrowth is variously modified in the general-
surface, marginal, and mixed groups.
Il. Subapical growths.—The examples of the subapical or
cervical arrangement of tubules or fistula are not common as a
distinct group. They consist in one case (39*) of coarse tubes
* These numbers refer to the detailed catalogue at pp. 508-516.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 41
498 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
* (broken) far apart and irregular. In another (40) two circles
of small holes and one broken tube remain in evidence.
Amongst examples in which the style of outgrowth is mixed,
one (62) has a single circle of subapical holes (equivalent to lost
tubules), but these are associated with scattered and exogenous
patches, and sinuous rows of holes disposed over the general
surface. The bases of some strong cervical tubes exist in
another (60), together with an apical growth. These specimens
indicate the existence of the subapical kind of growth; but show
also that it becomes mixed with other conditions.
III. Fistulose growths on the general surface; variable in
extent.—The outgrowth in some examples (42) is very redundant
and somewhat obscures the form of the initial Polymorphine
series. ‘The specimen 43 is a good example of iubular fistulose
outgrowths disposed over the general surface and with some
apical tubes more limited in extent. In another form (46) the
outgrowths have a tendency to become lateral and are more
or less flattened. Short thick tubules, not at all confluent at
their bases, scattered over all the surface, in 47, characterize
apparently a distinct variety.
IV. Marginal outgrowths.—The simplest example of marginal
growth is 48, showing a double series of perforations along one
edge and the base of the shell, whence doubtlessly outgrowth
had, as it were, taken root, the sarcode having been extruded
through the shell to form calcified processes. The exact con-
dition of this fistulose growth is indeterminable.
A good marginal growth, chiefly at the oral end, on one side,
-and at the base, in 49, has a somewhat racemose edge; and 58
has a more continuous and more racemose marginal expansion.
Still more freely branching is the marginal investment of 58.
A simple marginal wing, nearly flat or merely undulose,
belongs to the attached form, Polymorphina concava, Williamson,
54. <A similar form is 56, but the flange shows indications of
the septation of the shell being continued in it; and the edge
in this instance is more or less dentate.
In the coarsely tubulated marginal outgrowth of 57 (unfortu-
nately broken), we have a somewhat different condition of this
kind of growth, less confluent than in others.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 499
In 5 the marginal growth, being only at the oral end of the
shell, presents, though it is strongly dentate, an analogy to the
cerest-like apical growth (“‘ damecornis’’) of 4, and is here
grouped with it.
V. Mixed growths.—A flatly racemose marginal outgrowth is
associated with the apical in 67; also with the apical (broken)
in 68; and with both apical and subapical growths in 69:
therefore it cannot be regarded as a peculiar or special con-
dition.
So also the mixed conditions of apical with subapical, or with
scattered patches and tubules, cannot be set apart; for the
racemose-apical falls in with some of the other modifications, as
61, 62, 68, 66—see the list of forms.
The frequent occurrence of apical extrusions, and the proba-
bility of the marginal and other superficial exogenous growths
having started from the aperture of the apex and stretched
downwards (backwards), shows at least that only adult
individuals produced them ; and probably the perforations left
after excrescences have been removed were due to absorption of
the intervening shell-wall (as suggested by T. Alcock), so as to
allow of direct communication of the inner and outer sarcode *.
We cannot entertain the notion formerly advanced by
M. O. Terquem, that any of these outer growths may be due to
parasitical Polyzoa allied to Cellepora +; for we regard them as
a permanent calcareous tubing of the chief pseudopodia.
In none of the foregoing Fistulose Polymorphine do we find
tubes and tubules exactly corresponding with the tubular struc-
tures that have been referred to Ramulina.
A Polymorphine form figured by Beissel, and much like our
“ diffusa,’ shows a peculiar structure, such as we find in Ramu-
linat. Hence we think it best to take this internal structure,
* T. Atcock.—“On Polymorphina tubulosa.” Proc. Lit. Phil. Soc. Man-
chester, vol. vi. 1867, pp. 85-90.
t O. Terquem.—‘ Les Foraminiféres du Pliocéne supérieur de l’Isle de
Rhodes.” Mém. Soc. Géol. France, sér. 3, vol. i. 1878, no. 3, pp. 1-183.
{ T. Burssen and EH. Houzarren.— Die Foraminiferen der Aachener
Kreide.” Abhandl. Konig]. Preuss. geol. Landesanstalt, neue Folge, Heft 3,
1891, p. 59, pl. xii. figs. 9-16.
41*
500 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
instead of the outer aspect, as a guide in determining the
systematic relationship of this form.
The aulostomate or exogenous growth in the Foraminifera is
not confined to the genus Polymorphina, as will be seen on
referring to the figures of the interesting examples of Cristellaria
crepidula and C. calcar [var.], given by Dr. Goés in his work
on the Foraminifera of the Caribbean Sea*. Here we see the
terminal growth and stag-horn condition of the aperture well
marked; the last chamber having given off tubular sheaths for
a few large pseudopodia.
The following is, so far as we are aware, a complete list of
the known forms of fistulose Polymorphine. They are grouped
according to their mutual relationships, with reference to their
zoological type-forms, and accompanied with concise notes on
the characters of the outgrowths. Thus adding to our know-
ledge of the genus, this (first) part of our paper may be regarded
as supplemental to the Monograph of Polymorphina by Messrs.
Brady, Parker, and Jones, in the Transactions of the Linnean
Society, vol. xxvii. 1870 +.
* A. Gots—‘“On the Reticularian Rhizopoda of the Caribbean Sea.”
Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akad. Handlingar, vol. xix. 1882, no. 4, pp. 43 and
49, pl. iii. figs. 40, 52.
+ The history and affinities of this genus are fully treated of in the Mono-
graph referred to; but the critical examination of the Foraminifera depicted
in Ehrenberg’s ‘ Mikrogeologie’ not having been completed when that Mono-
graph was published in 1870, several inaccuracies were introduced; and
certain errors should be corrected according to Parker and Jones's critical
determinations given in the ‘ Annals and Magazine of Natural History,’ ser. 4,
vol. ix. 1872, pp. 211-230, 280-303 ; vol. x. 1872, pp. 184-200, 253-271, 453-
457.
Thus at page 213 delete Strophoconus ovum, spicula, and [ Grammostomum|
laxus; at p. 219, Strophcconus stiliger and acanthopus; at p. 220, Grammo-
stomum turio; at p. 223, Strophoconus Hemprichii; at p. 224, Spheroidina
Parisiensis; at p. 227, the Ist, 2nd, 3rd, 5th, 6th, 8th to the 16th, and the
19th of Hhrenberg’s species; and add Loxostomum vorax, pl. xxviii. fig. 24;
at p. 232 delete Polymorphina asparagus and turio, Sagrina longirostris, and
Vaginulina obscura; at p. 233, Vaginulina paradora; at p. 234, Polymor-
phina nucleus; at p. 288, Grammostomum costulatum; at p. 242 add, under
Globulina tuberculata, Proroporus verrucosus, pl. xxix. fig. 19.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 501
CLASSIFICATION OF THE FistuLOSE PoLYMORPHIN®.
SERIES I.—APICAL OUTGROWTHS.
Figs. 1-23.
Group No. 1.—Apicau Orzsts.
[N.B.—Surface of outgrowth is smooth unless otherwise stated. |
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed
names *. ist, pp. 508-516,
of test.
( a. Simple crest over apical (oral) pia 1, 2, and 3.
[Those marked thus 2 are figured here. |
1. Var. damecornis, | b. Crest or comb on the apex, with
Reuss. Figs. 1-3. marginal tubules (unequal); and | 4 and 5.
with inferior flange-like series
| iN one instance.
¢e. An irregular crest, terminating in
{somewhat lengthened tubules. }
Var. DAMECORNIS, Reuss.
Fig. 1. Polymorphina gibba (V’Orb.). [Globulina transversa, Terquem, 1882.]
» 2. P. trigonula (Reuss). [Polymorphina (Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss,
1845.]
» 3. P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones. [Polymorphina regina, fistulose
form, Wright, 1886. ]
Group No. 2.—Apicat Crowns.
2. Var. coronula, is Flat circular top, with marginal
7 and 8.
nov. Figs. 4, 5. tubules, horizontal and equal. } “a
Var. CORONULA, nov.
Fig. 4. P. gibba, VOrb. [Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875.]
5. P. gibba, dOrb. Chapman Coll.
* For the application of these varietal names, see further on, p, 516.
502 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
Group No. 3.
APICAL CUSHIONED OUTGROWTHS.
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detatled
names.
list, pp. 508-516.
(a. Amore or legs distinctly cushioned 9,10, 11, 12, and
and sessile mass, giving off radial + 0
tubules. ;
. Var. acuplacenta, }
noe Big 69 p {2 Similar, with thetestand a up,
prickly.
ce. Similar, with the surface of only 15
| the outgrowth prickly. } ;
Var. ACUPLACENTA, NOV.
Figs. 6a, b,c. P. gibba, d’Orb. a and 3, lateral aspects; ¢, oral aspect.
[ Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1878. ]
» Ta, 6. P. gibba,dVOrb. a, lateral EERE 5 6, oral aspect. [Guttulina
gravida, Terquem, 1878.]
» 8a, b. Ps gutta, d’Orb. 4, lateral aspect ; 6, oral aspect.
Roemeri, Reuss (P. diluta, Bornemann), 1870.]
» 9. P. communis, d’Orb. [Polymorphina lactea (fistulose form), Brady,
[ Polymorphina
1884. ]
Group No. 4.
Apican CiustEeR or TuBES.
16, 17, 18, 79,
a. Low radiate cluster of tubules. 20, 21, 22, and
4. Var. horrida, 2.
Reuss. Figs, 10-{ 0. Irregular subradiate cluster of | 24.
16. tubules.
| ¢. Similar, with surfaces of test and
25 and 26,
\ outgrowth prickly. } i,
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®”, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 503
Var. HORRIDA, Reuss.
Fig. 10. P. gutta, WOrbigny. [Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1845.]
11, 12. P. fusiformis, Roemer. Fig. 12=fistulose extremity more highly
magnified. [Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1870. |
13. P. fusiformis, Roemer. [Polymorphina prisca, Berthelin, 1880.]
14. P. fusiformis, Roemer. [Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875.]
15. P. fusiformis, Roemer. (A hirsute subvariety.) [Polymorphina
fusiformis, fistulose var., Chapman, 1896.]
16. P. hirsuta, d’Orbigny. [Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1850.]
Lay
Group No. 5.—Aprican RAcEmus.
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed
ist, pp. 508-516.
a. Group of separate tubules goes | ov.
branching (broken) around apex
name.
6. Branching (racemose) group, eee 28. 29. 30. $1
not cushioned. NEAL)
tubules,—low racemose.
d. Low racemose tubules, smooth, but \ 33
with prickly initial series. :
Regularly racemose outgrowth, ea 3h
initial test finely striate. ;
Bog van, ace- a Rough mass with short irregular } 32
\ Fistulee scattered over apical region ... 398.
504: MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
Var. RACEMOSA, Noy.
Fig. 17. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and
Brady, 1866.]
18. P. gibba, @Orbigny. [Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and
Brady, 1866. ]
19 a,6. Near P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). a, lateral aspect; 0, oral
aspect. [Globulina oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., about 1846. ]
20. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina prelonga, Terquem,
1878. ]
21 a,b. P. hirsuta, Reuss. a, lateral aspect; 6, oral aspect. [Poly-
morphina hirsuta, Reuss, 1870.}
22. P. virgata (Searles Wood, MS.) [Globulina virgata, Searles Wood,
MS., about 1846.]
23. P. fusiformis, Roemer.
”
9
tb)
39
Fragments or AprcAL OuTGROWTHS.
Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed
list, pp. 508-516.
a*, Fragment of smooth bifid tubule, } 36
branching at the ends. ;
bie Fragment of smooth bifid tubule ...... 37.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#A, AND GENUS BAMULINA. 505
SERIES II.
Group No. 6.—Susarican OuTGROwTHS.
Figs. 24, 25.
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths,
Nos. in detailed
Names.
list, pp. 508-516.
Warrciculanis. (a. ‘Cubules'apart) <...-+sccrssceecasesseneeecces 38 and 39,
noy. Figs, 24,
25. 6. Tubules in two circles 40.
Var. CIRCULARIS, nov.
Fig. 24,6. Near P. gibba, d’Orbigny. With wrinked surface. [‘‘ Testa
incertz sedis,” Terquem, 1878.] a, lateral aspect ; 0, oral aspect.
», 25. P. problema, d’Orbigny. [Guttulina racemosa, Terquem, 1878.]
SERIES III.
Group No. 7.—OvrtcGrowtTHs on THE GENERAL SURFACE.
Figs. 26-29.
(a. Irregular tubules, lumpy and short. 41 and 42.
hoe Gates, i Short irregular tubules, of various \ 43.
: sizes, some broken.
nov. Figs.
26-29. @,, Meester | oehte Ge aegeeeBec ar puupseeeeneseee 44, 45, and 46.
d. Short fistule, regularly scattered ...... + 47.
Var. DIFFUSA, nov.
Fig. 26. P. gibba, d’Orbigny.
Brady, 1866.]
», 27. P. rotundata (Bornemann). [Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878.]
», 28. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina solidula, Terquem,
1878.]
» 29. P. gutta, dOrbigny.
1896. ]
[Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and
[Polymorphina gutta, fistulose var., Chapman,
506 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE 5
SERIES Iv. ;
Group No. 8.—Mareinat Ourcrowrus. ;
Figs. 30-37. 7
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed
name. list, pp. 508-516.
(a Marginal (broken); no apical out- | 48.
| growth.
6. Marginal, modified, racemose, chiefly \ 49
at the oral end. ;
c. Marginal, chiefly at the aboralend ... 50.
d. Marginal, lateral, and at the aboral | Fal
end.
Var. marginalis,
nov. Figs.
30-37,
e. Marginal, more or less complete ...... 52 and 53.
m-sep-
Ania. bos and 55.
| f. Marginal, attached, plate no
| g. Marginal, attached, plate septate ...... 56.
| h
1
. Marginal, striate surface to initial test
and outgrowth smooth (? attached). }
i. Marginal, racemose edges, aculeate 58
{ (? attached). | :
Var. MARGINALIS, nov.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 507
Fi
_
g. 30a, b,c. P. Humboldtii, Bornemann. a, lateral aspect; 6, oral aspect ;
ce, latero-peripheral aspect. [Polymorphina communis (part),
Parker and Jones, 1857; P. lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones,
1865.]
, ol. P. gibba, POrbigny. [Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Brady,
1884. ]
», 32. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina gibba, Goés, 1894.]
», 33. P. gibba, dOrbigny. [Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Wright,
1885. |
» o4. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). [Polymorphina concava, Williamson,
1858. ]
35 a, b. P. lactea (Walker and Jacob). a, lateral aspect of free surface ;
b, surface formerly attached. [Polymorphina concava, var. denti-
marginata, Chapman, 1894. |
» 936. P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones. [Polymorphina Orbignii
(striate-fistulose specimen), Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870. ]
37. P. compressa, d’Orbigny. [Polymorphina compressa (fistulose form),
Brady, 1884. ]
”
SERIES V.
Grove No. 9.—Mixxp OutcrowTus.
Figs. 38-42.
Proposed varietal Salient characters of Outgrowths. Nos. in detailed
name. list, pp. 508-516.
(a. Examples, figured by Soldani, of | 59
| apical and marginal outgrowths. :
6. Apical and sub-apical (broken, pro- | 60
bably racemose).
ce. Apical (broken), and limited patch of | ¢1
sub-apical. }
| d. Apical, sub-apical, and general surface | 62
Var. complicata, | (near racemose).
nov. Figs. 4
38-42. Zs ieee and sub-apical (broken) ...... 63.
Apical and sub-apical .................. 64 and 65.
| f. Apical cluster, and lateral (obscure)... 66,
| g. Apical and marginal, attached; sur- |
67.
face aculeate.
h, Apical (broken) and marginal (? at- } 68
tached). :
z, Apical, sub-apical, and marginal, |
69.
tached.
908 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
Var. COMPLICATA, nov.
Fig. 38. P. angusta, Egger. [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and
Jones, 1870.]
39. P. rotundata (Bornemann). [ Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878.]
40. P. gibba, d’Orbigny. [Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1882.]
4l. P. hirsuta, Reuss. [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and
Jones, 1870.]
42, P. rotundata (Bornemann). [Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker,
and Jones, 1870.]
”
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINZ.
Series 1.—ApicaL OuteROWTHS (page 501).
Group No. 1.—<Apical Crests. Figs. 1-8.
1. ‘Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceograph.
ac Zoophytograph. vol. i. part 2, p. 114, pl. 110. fig. P.
Zoological type : Polymorphina communis, d’Orb. Recent ;
Mediterranean.
2. Globulina transversa, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 8, vol. ii. Mém. 8, p. 129, pl. xiii. fig. 17. Zool. type:
Polymorphina gibba, @Orb. Eocene; Paris Basin.—Fig. 1.
3. Guttulina problema, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 8, vol. ii. Mém. 3, p. 184, pl. xii. fig. 44. Zool. type:
P. problema, d’Orb. Eocene; Paris Basin.
4. Polymorphina (Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss, 1845, Verstein.
bohm. Kreidef. pt.i. p. 40, pl. xii. fig. 85. Zool. type:
P. trigonula (Reuss). Planer-Mergel; Bohemia.—Fig. 2.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINA, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 509
5. Polymorphina regina, var. fistulose form, Wright, 1886,
Proceed. Belfast Nat. F. Club, Appendix IX, p. 331, pl. xxvii.
fig. 13. Zool. type: P. regina, Brady, Parker, and Jones.
Chalk; Keady Hill, North Ireland.—Fig. 3.
6. Polymorphina compressa, Goés, 1894, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Hand-
lingar, vol. xxv. no. 9, p. 58, pl. x. fig. 549. Zool. type:
P. compressa, d’Orb. Recent; Coast of Norway.
Group No. 2.—Apical Crowns. Figs. 4 and 5.
7. Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proce. Belf.
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix III, p. 88, pl. iii.
figs. 16 a,b. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb. Chalk; North-
Hast Ireland.—Fig. 4.
8. Chapman Collection. Zool. type: Polymorphine gibba, d’Orb.
Gault; Folkestone. Outgrowth consisting of numerous
tube-like extensions, breaking out peripherically from a
flattened apical crown.—Fig. 5.
Group No. 3.—Apical cushioned Outgrowths. Figs. 6-9.
9. ‘ Polymorpha subovalia,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i.
pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 114. figs. p, z. Zool. type; P. communis,
dOrb. Recent; Mediterranean.
10. Globulina tubulosa, d’Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne,
p. 228, pl. xii. fig. 16. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb. Miocene
Tertiary ; Vienna.
11. Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866,
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soe.), pl. i. fig. 71. [Also a
reproduction by Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, in Trans.
Linn. Soc. vol. xxvu. pl. xlil. fig. 889.] Zool. type: P.
gibba, @Orb. Pliocene ; Suffolk.
12. Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 43, pl. iv. (ix.) figs. 2 and 3a, b.
Also Guttulina gravida, Terquem, 1878, ibid. p. 47, pl. iv.
(ix.) figs. 30a, 6. Zool. type: P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene;
Island of Rhodes.—Figs. 64, 6,¢ (“gibba”); figs. 7 a,
b (“ gravida”’).
13. Polymorphina Roemeri, Reuss (P. diluta, Born.), 1870,
Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss. Wien, vol. Ixii. p.485 ; Schlicht, 1870,
Foram. Pietzpuhl, pl. xxxiv.. figs. 4-12. Zool. type: P.
gutta, Orb. Oligocene; Pietzpuhl, North Germany.—Fig.8.
510
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
2
23.
24.
MESSRS. T. R. JONHS AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
Polymorphina lactea (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall.
Rep. vol. ix. p. 560, pl. Ixxii. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. com-
munis, @Orb. Recent.—Fig. 9.
Polymorphina sororia (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, ibid.
p- 562, pl. Ixxiii. fig. 15. Zool. type: P. sororia, Reuss.
Recent.
Group No. 4.—Apical Cluster of Tubules. Figs. 10-16.
‘Polymorpha subovalia,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia, vol. i.
pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 115. fig. 0. Zool. type: P. communis,
@’Orb. Recent; Mediterranean.
Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1845, Verstein. bohm. Kreideform.
pt. ii. p. 110, pl. xliti. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb.
Pliner-Mergel; Bohemia.—Fig. 10.
Polymorphina horrida, Burrows, Sherborn, and Bailey, 1890,
Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. p. 561, pl. xi. fig. 14. Zool. type:
P. fusiformis, Romer. Red Chalk; Speeton, Yorkshire.
Polymorphina lanceolata, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss.
Wien, vol. lxii. p. 487, no. 12; Schlicht, 1870, Foram.
Septarienthones von Pietzpuhl, pl. xxxi. figs. 25-28. Also
Polymorphina gracilis, Reuss, 1870, 1. ¢. p. 486, no. 7;
Schlicht, 1870, J. ¢. pl. xxxi. figs. 36, 87. Zool. type: P.
fusiformis, Romer. Oligocene ; Pietzpuhl, North Germany.
—Figs. 11 & 12.
Polymorphina Roemert, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss.
Wien, vol. lxii. p. 485; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. Pietzpuhl,
pl. xxxiv. fig. 14. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb. Oligocene ;
Pietzpubl.
Polymorphina prisca, Berthelin, 1880, Mém. Soc. Geéol.
France, sér. 8, vol. i. Mém. no. 5, p. 57, pl. iv. (xxvii.)
fig. 21. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer. Gault ;
Monteley (Doubs), France.—Fig. 13.
Globulina tubulosa, d Orbigny, 1846, Foram. Foss. Vienne,
p- 228, pl. xi. fig, 15. Zool. type: P. gibba, d’Orb.
Miocene ; Vienna.
Aulostomella pediculus, Alth, 1850, Haidinger Naturw.
Abhandl. iii. p. 204, pl. xi. fig. 17. Zool. type: P. sororia,
Reuss. Cretaceous; Lemberg, East Galicia, Austria.
Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proc. Belfast
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, p. 85, pl. m1.
25.
26.
27.
28.
29.
30.
dl.
32.
38.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 511
fie. 14. Zool. type; P. fusiformis, Rimer. Chalk; North-
East Ireland.—Fig. 14.
Chapman Collection. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer.
Gault; Folkestone.—The Polymorphine series of chambers
agrees in form with P. prisca (Reuss), but the surface is
rather thickly covered with fine prickles. Outgrowth apical,
consisting of six or more limited tubes, which turn slightly
outwards and downwards in a radial manner. The surface
of the fistulose portion is also aculeate.—Fig. 15.
Globulina horrida, Reuss, 1850, Haid. Abhandl. iv. p. 438,
pl. iv. fig. 8. Zool. type: P. hirsuta, Reuss. Chalk-marl ;
Lemberg.—Fig. 16.
Group No. 5.—Apical and Racemose. Figs. 17-23.
‘Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia,
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 110. fig. 7. Zool. type: P. gibba,
d’Orb. (?). Recent; Mediterranean.
Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866,
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. figs. 74, 75. [Re-
production of fig. 74 as P. Orbignii, by Brady, Parker, and
Jones, 1870, in Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. pl. xlii. fig. 38 ¢.]
Zool. type: P. gibba, @ Orb. Pliocene ; Suffolk.—Fig. 17.
Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866,
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. 1. fig. 72. Zool. type:
P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene; Suffolk.—Fig. 18.
Polymorphina damecornis, Wright, 1875, Rep. and Proe.
Belfast Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, p. 85,
pl. iu. fig. 17. Zool.type: P. gibba,d’Orb. Chalk; North-
Kast Ireland.
Globulina oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., about 1846. Zool.
type: Near P. lactea (W. & J.). Pliocene; Suffolk.
Apical outgrowth racemose, sessile, and regularly branched.
—Figs. 19a, b.
Polymorphina prelonga, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol.
France, sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 39, pl. iii. (viii.) fig. 21. P.
amygdaloides, idem, ibid. p. 39, pl. iii. (viil.) fig. 28. Zool.
type: P. lactea(W.&J.). Island of Rhodes.—Fig. 20.
Polymorphina hirsuta, Reuss, 1870, Sitzungsb. Ak. Wiss.
Wien, vol. Ixu. p. 486; Schlicht, 1870, Foram. Septarien-
thones von Pietzpuhl, p. 88, pl. xxxiv. figs. 1-3. Zool. type:
y
512 MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
P. hirsuta, Reuss [non B., P., & J.J. Oligocene ; Pietzpuhl,
N. Germany.—Figs. 21a, 6.
34. Globulina virgata, Searles Wood, MS. (about 1846). Zool.
type: P. virgata (Searles Wood, MS.). Plocene; Suffolk. —
The initial test differs from the costate form, P. regina,
B., P., & J., in having a finely striate surface. The apical
outgrowth is very regularly racemose, 7. e. the branches are of
nearly equal extent.—Fig. 22.
35. Chapman Collection, I. Zool. type: P. fusiformis, Romer.
(An acerate subvariety.) Gault; Folkestone—A Poly-
morphine series of chambers twisted in its growth, and
bearing round the apical (oral) end numerous limited and
irregular thorn-like outgrowths. The whole surface of the
test is covered with fine prickles.—Fig. 23.
Fragments of Apical Outgrowths.
36. Polymorphina communis (part), Parker and Jones, 1857,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 283, pl. xi. fig. 34;
and P. lactea var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 1865, Phil.
Trans. vol. 155, p. 362, pl. xii. fig. 52d. Zool. type: P.
lactea (W. & J.). Recent; Norwegian coast.
37. *Tubuli leves, lucido-candidi, ramulosi,’ etc., Soldani, 1780,
Sageio Orittografico, p. 112, pl. ix. fig. 56¢. Zool. type: ?
Recent ; Mediterranean.
Serres I].—Susaricat Ourerowrus (page 505).
Group No. 6.—Tubules apart or in circles. Figs. 24 & 25.
38. ‘Polymorpha oviformia, pyriformia, oliviformia,’ ete., Soldani,
1791, Testaceographia, vol. i. pt. 2, p. 116, pl. 121. figs. 2,
kk, mm, nn, 00, and pp. Zool. type: P. gibba, dOrb.
Recent; Mediterranean.
39, ‘Teste incerte sedis,’ Terquem, 1878, Mem. Soc. Géol. France,
gér. 3, vol. i. no. 8, p. 47, pl. iv. (ix.) figs. 41a, 6. Zool.
type: Near P. gibba, d’Orb., but having the surface wrinkled.
Pliocene ; Island of Rhodes.—Figs. 24a, b.
40. Guttulina racemosa, Terquem, 1878, ibid. p. 46, pl. iv. ix.)
fig. 24. Zool. type: P. problema, dOrb. Pliocene; Island
of Rhodes.—Fig. 25.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHINA, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 513
Series III. OurgrowtuHs ON THE GENERAL SURFACE (page 505)
Group No. 7.—Regular or irregular. Figs. 26-29.
41. ‘ Polymorpha subovalia,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia,
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 115. fig. p; pl. 127. figs. ur, m; p.118,
pl. 128. fig. n; pl. 129. figs. ee, gg, hh. Zool. type: P. com-
munis, @ Orb. Recent; Mediterranean.
42. Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866,
Monoer. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. fig. 73. Zool. type:
P. gibba,d’Orb. Pliocene; Suaffolk.—Fig. 26.
43. Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 3, vol. 1. no. 3, p. 44, pl. iv. (ix.) fig. 11. Zool. type:
P. rotundata(Born.). Pliocene ; Island of Rhodes.—F ig. 27.
44, ‘ Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ Soldani, 1791, Testaceographia,
vol. i. pt. 2, p. 114, pl. 109. figs. H, 1. Zool. typ.: P. lactea
(W.&J.). Recent; Mediterranean.
45. Raphanulina Humboldtii, Zhorzewski, 1834, Nouv. Mém.
Soe. Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. i. p. 311, pl. xxviii. fig. la.
Zool. type: P. communis, VOrb. Tertiary; S.W. Russia
46. Polymorphina solidula, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Geéol.
Franee, sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 40, pl. ui. (vill.) fig. 33.
Zool. type: P. lactea (W. & J.). Pliocene; Island of
Rhodes.— Fig. 28.
47. Chapman Collection, K. Zool. type: P. gutta, d’Orb.
Gault; Folkestone. Several short, rounded tubercles
disposed over the general surface.—Fig. 29.
Series TV. Mareinat on PERIPHERAL OuTGROWTHS (page 508).
Group No. 8.—Regular or irregular ; shell free or attached.
Figs. 30-37.
48. Polymorphina communis, in part, Parker and Jones, 1857,
Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 2, vol. xix. p. 283, pl. x. figs. 25—
27; andas P. lactea, var. tubulosa, Parker and Jones, 1865,
Phil. Trans. vol. 155, p. 362, pl. xii. figs. 52 a-c. Zool.
type: P. Humboldtii, Bornemann. Recent; coast of Fin-
mark.— Figs. 30a, 8, e.
49. Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall.
Reports, vol. ix. p. 562, pl. Ixin. fig. 16. Zool. type:
P. gibba, Orb. Recent.—Fig. 381.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 42
514
50.
52.
53.
54.
55.
56.
57.
58.
MESSRS. T. R. JONES AND F. CHAPMAN ON THE
Polymorphina gibba, Goés, 1894, Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Handl.
vol. xxv. no. 9, p. 55, pl. ix. fig. 522. Zool. type: P. gibba,
d’Orb. Recent; Coast of Norway.—Fig. 32.
- Misilus aquatifer, Montfort, 1808, Conch. Syst. vol. i. p. 294,
74° genre. See Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. ser. 3, vol. vi. 1860,
p- 845. Zool. type: P. lactea(W. & J.). Recent; Medi-
terranean.
‘ Polymorpha corcula spinosa,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceo-
graphia, vol. i. part 2, p. 114, pl. 109. figs. a, m, 3; pl. 110.
figs. n,8; pl. 111. figs. x, aa, ce,dd. Zool. type: P.gibba,
d’Orb. Recent; Mediterranean.
Polymorphina gibba (fistulose form), Wright, 1886, Proceed.
Belfast. Nat. F. Club, 1884-85, Appendix, 1886, p. 324,
pl. xxvi. fig. 11. Zool. type: P. gibba, d@Orb. Recent;
Belfast Lough.—Fig. 33.
Polymorphina concava, Williamson, 1858, Recent. Foram.
Gt. Britain, p.72, pl. vi. figs. 151, 152; refigured by Brady,
Parker, & Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 236,
pl. xl. figs. 32, a,b. Zool. type: P. lactea(W.& J.). Recent;
British coast.—Fig. 34.
Polymorphina concava, R. Jones, Monogr. Crag Foram.
Part II. 1895, pl. v. fig. 22 (Millett’s Collection). Zool.
type: PB. lactea(W.& J.). Pliocene; Suffolk.
Polymorphina concava, var. dentimarginata, Chapman, 1894,
Quart. Journ. Geol. Soe. vol. 1. p. 717, pl. xxxiv. figs. 14 a, b.
Zool. type: BP. lactea (W. & J.). Lower Greensand ;
Surrey.—Outgrowth a shelly capsule surrounding the initial
test, lengthened and acuminate at the oral and aboral extre-
mities, the edge finely acerate. The whole of the capsule is
septate, divided into about five chambers. The surface of
attachment, together with the initial test, is perfectly flat
and smooth.—Figs. 35 a, 6.
Polymorphina Orbigniit (striate-fistulose specimen), Brady,
Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244,
pl. xlu. fig. 88m. Zool. type: P. regina, B., P., & J. Plio-
cene; Suffolk.—Fig. 36.
Polymorphina compressa (fistulose form), Brady, 1884, Chall.
Reports, vol. ix. p. 566, pl. Ixxii. fig. 17. Zool. type:
P. compressa, VOrb. Recent.—Fig. 37.
59.
60.
61.
62.
63.
64.
65.
66.
67.
68.
FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN#, AND GENUS RAMULINA. 515
Serres V.—Mixep Ovuterowrus (page 507).
Group No. 9.—Apical, Subapical, Marginal, Sc.
Figs. 38-42.
‘Polymorpha corcula, spinosa,’ etc., Soldani, 1791, Testaceo-
graphia, vol. 1. part 2, p. 114, pl. 109. fig. x; p.114, pl. 110.
ES ONO; Ey Vis pe LI4) pl. Til. fiess ve zubaee eta.
pl. 121. figs. hh, 71. Zool. type: P. gibba, dOrb., etc.
Recent ; Mediterranean.
Polymorphina tubulosa, Jones, Parker, and Brady, 1866,
Monogr. Crag Foram. (Pal. Soc.), pl. i. fig. 70. [See also
reproduction=P. Orbignii, Brady, Parker, & Jones, 1870,
Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xii. fig. 887] Zool.
type: P. gibba, VOrb. Pliocene; Suffolk.
Polymorphina Orbignii, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870,
Trans. Linn. Soc.. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig 38 e. Zool.
type: P. angusta, Egger. Recent.—Fig. 38.
Globulina oviformis, Terquem, 1878, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 3, vol. i. no. 3, p. 44, pl. iv. (ix.) fig. 12. Zool. type:
P. rotundata (Born.). Pliocene; Island of Rhodes.—
Fig. 39.
Aulostomelia dorsigera, Costa, 1856, Atti Acad. Pontaniana,
vol. vii. fase. 2, p. 281, pl. xviii. figs. 20a, 4,B. Zool. type
P.sororia, Reuss. Tertiary ; Cannitella, Calabria.
Apiopterina Orbignii, Zbherzewski, 1834, Nouv. Mém. Soe.
Imp. Nat. Moscou, vol. iit. p. 311, pl. 28. fig. 26. Zool.
type: P. lactea(W.& J.). Tertiary ; South-West Russia.
Globulina gibba, Terquem, 1882, Mém. Soc. Géol. France,
sér. 3, vol. iii. Mém. 3, p. 130, pl. xiii. fig. 22. Zool. type:
P. gibba, Orb. Eocene; Septeuil, near Paris.—Fig. 40,
Polymorphina horrida, Wright, 1875, Rep. & Proc. Belf.
Nat. F. Club, vol. for 1873-74, Appendix ITI, 1875, p. 85,
pl. i. fig. 15. Zool. type: P. lactea (W. & J.). Upper
Cretaceous; North Ireland.
Polymorphina Orbigniit, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870,
Trans. Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig. 387. Zool.
type: P. hirsuta, Reuss. Recent; English Channel.—
Fig. 41.
Polymorphina lactea, var. fistulosa, Williamson, 1858, Rec.
Foram. Gt. Brit. p. 72, pl. vis fig. 150. Also figured as
P. Orbignit by Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans. Linn.
42*
516 ON THE FISTULOSE POLYMORPHIN®#.
Soe. vol. xxvil. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig.38d. Zool. type: P. com-
pressa, @Orb. Recent; Coast of Britain.
69. Polymorphina Orbignit, Brady, Parker, and Jones, 1870, Trans.
Linn. Soe. vol. xxvii. p. 244, pl. xlii. fig. 387. Zool. type:
P. rotundata (Born.). Pliocene; Suffolk.—Fig. 42.
TasuLaR Synopsis of the Fistulose Polymorphine, showing
the relative proportion of the several Species to the Groups
or Varieties described above; and arranged on the basis of the
foregoing catalogue.
Varieties......... i. 2, 3. 4, 5, 6. 7. 8. 9.
Polymorphina
communis ...) * | v1.0. *% lcs Seceul| erect *
GUEWE sooadnooo * * xx * HK * * HXX | 3
POTOUIET OM Np reli Mexia alten a) taceue nal eenereece (eee see *
trigonula ...) x
SOROPIG gaacce|| acavge. hr onsbes x tome | Sencnb: |! Gann0s, || codoa9 |] ce2006 *
UGE otras lel tases I ade sell aerareies 2) || adod0e |] daodon *
UF SUTAGD io essl\ bars athsciel Weasees eh Bete AC * Saab lsticdeG Ol) Sadéco)"||))ooodce *
JORGOPHBS x05] oc0n00 |) ccocce || conoo- a6 *
WORE oss NAa cane tacseice |e eee nen een *
UKCRED. alc etsal Ma ecoehnl BERENS NL be See Wicicoee SESE | eserves, Ul eevee HH
(ROGIRIGHTEGS, avell anodes | Gntode. odadsee ir docoess |leannosee Le accanc % || seca *
NLU TOOOUUCAG HM eee neil weeseeiegll waseeey | ca desees Ide asec: ee cote alee *
AGH Ole basta ental hortoetielel arco stan lnerecceeu leaseacan iikemcssem k aeacak lonners *
GOUGRREEE soc\) cacv0e |} ooocan || on0050 || asccaa |} sao0cs || coca0s |} oacdos * *
CUIXGURS 0s conoog| | aconest |peeednen| | edaeeeen’| | ecacoon || cance only oeeceen||oobdes ||| ocodec *
Note.—The asterisks indicate occurrence and relative abundance.
Varieties:—1. damecornis, Reuss; 2. coronula, nov.; 3. acu-
placenta, nov.; 4. horrida, Reuss; 5. racemosa, nov. (1-5;
Series I, apical growths): 6. circularis, nov. (Series II, sub-
apical): 7. diffusa, nov. (Series III, diffuse) : 8. marginalis, nov.
(Series IV, marginal): 9. complicata, nov. (Series V, mixed).
It will of course be obvious that, in many cases, these varietal
names will have to be applied to more than one species of the
genus, since the latter, as a whole, shows a strong tendency to
take on one or more of these redundant fistulose outgrowths.
From this Table it is evident that Polymorphina gibba supplies
by far the greatest number and the greatest variety of exogenous
growths in this genus ; in fact, showing examples of each kind.
ON THE EPIPHRAGM OF HELIX ASPERSA. O17
Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix aspersa.
By Prof. G. J. Auuman, M.D., F.R.S.
[Read 18th June, 1896.]
THe mode of formation of the epiphragm or temporary lid by
which our common garden snail (Helix aspersa) closes the
aperture of its shell on the approach of winter, and during the
continuance of hot and dry weather, does not appear to have
been as yet satisfactorily described.
The epiphragm of various species of Helix forms the subject
of a memoir by Fischer*, who erroneously assigns its formation
to a secretion from the foot. Binney + has made some interesting
observations on its formation in Helia hortensis, and attributes
it to the collar or adherent mantle-margin—a conclusion which,
so far as it goes, is correct, but he takes no notice of any special
modification by which this part of the animal may become fitted
for the duties assigned to it. Vogt and Yungf refer to its
formation in Helix pomatia; and while they also regard it as a
secretion from the collar, they enter into no further anatomical
or physiological details.
In Helix aspersa the epiphragm is formed by a secretion
from the surface of a specially modified area of the mantle-
margin. It will be borne in mind that in Helix, as in other
terrestrial representatives of the testaceous pulmonary Gas-
tropods, the proper mantle possesses no free mantle skirt, but
is represented by the general integument of the body (pl.),
terminating ventrally in an even rounded and slightly thickened
and everted margin, which, like the rest of the mantle, except
where it lies over the respiratory chamber, is adnate to the
surface of the body. This rounded mantle-margin is the so-
called collar. From its whole extent there is developed a thin
glandular fold (c.z.) which is inflected over the ventral side of
the snail, where it forms a centrally perforated muscular dise.
On retraction of the animal within its shell, this can be
extended centripetally, so that its inner edge may reach the
centre, and thus completely close the aperture. It is from the
* Paul Fischer, “ De l’Epiphragme et de sa formation,” Journ. de Conchylio-
logie, 1853, vol. iv. p. 397.
+ W. G. Binney, “The Terrestrial Air-breathing Molluscs of the United
States,” Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harvard Coll., vol. iv. 1878.
{ Carl Vogt et Emile Yung, ‘Traité d’Anatomie Compuiée pratique, 1888,
vol. i. p. 772.
518 PROF: G. J. ALLMAN ON THE
outer surface of this inflected inner collar-lobe or phragmato-
genie disc that the epiphragm is mainly formed, as a mucous
secretion which soon hardens into a thin membrane of horny
consistency, and which may increase in thickness by successive
deposits from the dise.
By the contraction of the inflected dise an open space of
greater or less extent will be left in its centre, and through this
\
Formation of the Epiphragm in Heléx aspersa.
I. Longitudinal dorso-ventral section through ventral region,
II. Transverse dorso-ventral section through ventral region.
III. Front view of aperture of shell, showing the inflected disc for the secretion
of the epiphragm.
ct. Mantle-rim. Inner collar-lobe or phragmatogenic disc. (In I. and II. with
the central opening expanded for the protrusion of the ventral region
of the snail. In IIT. with the central vpening nearly closed.)
¢.0. Mantle-rim (“collar”) on the collar-lobe.
er. Respiratory chamber.
0. Osphradium ?
0.7. Respiratory orifice. (In III. showing the fissure which connects the
orifice with the central opening.)
pd. Foot.
pl. Mantle coincident with the general integument.
s. Margin of shell.
The figures are diagrammatic.
the foot and head of the snail may be protruded and again
entirely withdrawn.
=
EPIPHRAGM OF HELIX ASPERSA. 519
Close to the rim of the mantle, on the right side of the
animal, the dise is perforated by the respiratory orifice (0.r.)
leading directely into the respiratory chamber (c.r.). This orifice
is connected with the central aperture of the disc by a fissure
(fig. ITI.), which, like the central aperture, can be closed by the
approximation of its edges.
When the epiphragm is about to be formed, the foot and head
of the snail are much contracted and entirely withdrawn deep
into the shell through the central opening in the disc, which
is then completely closed, leaving an even continuous surface for
the secretion of the epiphragm.
Immediately over the site of the respiratory orifice the
epiphragm is perforated by a small aperture which affords access
from without to the atmospheric air, which even during the
period of repose may still be needed for respiration—a function
which during the dormancy of the animal is probably not quite
arrested *.
Access to the atmospheric air is also probably connected with
the presence of an osphradium or olfactory organ, which may
perhaps be recognized in a small patch of modified ectoderm (0,
fig. II.) visible close to the edge of the respiratory orifice.
It may also be noted that the perforation of the epiphragm
has an uneven edge, and gives the impression of having been
caused by the action of some solvent on the substance of the
epiphragm. When we bear in mind that it is in close proximity
with the respiratory orifice, that exit is given to the renal
secretion as well as to the contents of the alimentary canal
after this has received the secretion of the digestive gland (so-
called liver), we shall perhaps deem it not improbable that some
of these secretions have acted as a solvent on the epiphragm,
the orifice of which is situated exactly in the position best fitted
to bring it within reach ot their action.
When the conditions which call for the formation of an epi-
phragm are present, the snail seeks for some surface to which it
may apply the aperture of its shell in such a way as to exclude
the free access of the external air. This may be the shell of
* Thave never met with Helix aspersain a state of hybernation in which the
perforation of the epiphragm was not present ; and yet I can find no published
account of it. In conversation, however, with Col. Godwin-Austen, whose
researches among the terrestrial Gastropods have contributed so largly to our
knowledge of these animals, I found that its existence was well known to him.
520 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON
another snail; and we frequently find during the winter months
large colonies of hybernating snails attached firmly to one
another. After selecting a suitable locality the first act is to
throw out from the mantle-margin, in which the secreting
function would seem to be especially active, sufficient material
to glue the edge of the shell firmly to the subjacent surface.
When this has been accomplished, the epiphragm is completed
by a secretion from the general surface of the phragmatogenic
disc.
On the approach of spring, and when the conditions rendering
necessary the presence of an epiphragm no longer exist, the
snail once more awakens from its sleep, and the central opening
in the phragmatogenic disc again makes its appearance, and gives
exit to the foot and head of the snail, which then, pressing on the
membranous epiphragm, rupture it, and thus allows the animal to
enter freely into all its relations with the surrounding medium.
— ———————
Descriptions of new Species of Forficulide in the Collection
of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.) 8. Kensington. By
W. F. Kirsy, F.L.S., F.E.S.
[Read 18th June, 1896. ]
(Puats XX.)
Since the publication of my “ Revision of the Forficulide ” (Linn.
Soc. Journ., Zool. vol. xxiii. pp. 502-531), little of importance
has been published on the family, except an article by De Bor-
mans in the ‘ Biologia Centrali-Americana,’ and the descriptions
of a few new species by De Bormans, Brunner von Wattenwyl,
and others. orficulide are insects which are seldom collected,
and they generally arrive as single specimens, which are fre-
quently damaged, or, if perfect, are not sufficiently well marked
to render it advisable to characterize them from a single speci-
men, necessarily representing only one sex. Consequently, I
have only about a dozen new species to describe in the present
paper; but some of them are extremely handsome and remark-
able forms acquired from the collection of the late Mr. Pascoe
and from other sources.
There is an error in my Table of Genera (pp. 504-505 of the
above-quoted paper), which it may be as well to take the present
opportunity of conspicuously rectifying. On p. 504, 2nd &
NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDS. 521
8rd cols., line 9, for “ Brachylabis. S. America, Java,” read
“ Anisolabis. General Distribution”; and on p. 505, 2nd &
3rd cols., line 8, for “ Anisolabis. General Distribution,” read
‘* Brachylabis. S. America.”
Gmnus Apacuys, Serv.
ApacHys Pascozt, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 1.)
Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 35 millim.; lat. 7 millim.; long.
tegm. 10 millim.; al. 5; term. segm. cum pygid. 10; long.
forcip. 8.
Male. Head black, shining; a deep semicircular depression
between the eyes on the vertex; face below the antenne tes-
taceous, blackish at the lower end of the clypeus. Antenne broken
(15 joints remaining), blackish brown, the second joint reddish ;
scape broad, about twice as long as broad, testaceous at the
extremity ; the 2nd transverse, the 3rd twice as long as broad, the
4th, 5th, and 6th transverse, the remainder gradually lengthening,
but the last remaiuing hardly twice as long as broad. Thorax
black, shining, longer than broad, narrowed in front; scutellum
triangular, very large; a central groove running from the occiput
to the scutellum; elytra shading into chocolate-brown or reddish,
the basal two-thirds slightly lobate at the sides, where they are
edged with whitish. Visible portion of the wings yellow in the
middle, and more ochreous outwardly. Abdomen reddish, blackish
towards the sides, the front segments longitudinally striated, the
terminal segment strongly granulated; the pygidium very large,
subrotund, obtusely angulated at the extremity, with the lateral
angles indicated by slight projections. Forceps nearly semicir-
cular, but incurved before the middle, beyond which they are
slightly flattened ; a strong ridge on the inner side at the base.
Legs smooth, shining, blackish, shading into chocolate-brown or
testaceous ; femora thickened; second joint of tarsi very small,
third joint nearly twice as long as second.
Hab. Sylhet.
The genera Apachys and Tagalina are generally characterized
as having the first joint of the tarsi no longer than the second ;
but this is by no means an invariable character. Apachys, how-
ever, may be recognized at once by the semicircular forceps,
placed before the base of the very large pygidium. The present
species is from the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe, and
§22 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON
is one of the finest earwigs known, being nearly twice as large
as any previously described species of Apachys, and equalling a
Pygidicrana im size.
The specimen is carded, which interferes with a complete
examination. This is the first species recorded from the main-
land of Asia, though the genus occurs in Africa, Borneo, Sumatra,
and New Guinea. It appears to be most nearly allied to A.
Beccarit, Dubrony, from New Guinea, but the latter is a much
smaller species, with the exposed part of the wings broadly
bordered with brown.
Genus Pyarprcrana, Serv.
PYG@IDICRANA FORCIPATA, Sp. 0.
Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 23°5 millim.; long. forcip. 10
millim.
Male. Head black, clypeus testaceous below, lower mouth-
parts reddish. Vertex testaceous in the middle, this colour pro-
jecting in two points both in front and behind, and also on each
side, behind the eye. Antennz with at least 30 joints, brown ;
the scape testaceous, pyriform, and much expanded ; the flagellum
with the joints towards the base transverse, but the succeeding
ones gradually becoming longer and thinner. Pronotum half as
long again as broad, convexly narrowed in front, and also slightly
narrowed, but truncated, behind ; testaceous, with two black
bands, diverging beyond the middle but nearly meeting behind.
Scutellum yellowish, forming a slightly acute triangle; a narrow
groove runs from the occiput to the scutellum. Tegmina black-
ish ; prejecting portions of wings testaceous. Abdomen blackish,
dull; terminal segment and forceps more shining, somewhat
castaneous, and expanded. Forceps with a projection on the
inside at the base, ending in three blunt teeth, then curving round,
and projecting a tooth inwards at two-thirds of their length,
beyond which they are nearly straight, very distinctly denticulated
on the inner edge, and terminating in a sharp hook turned inwards.
Legs testaceous, femora more or less varied with black, broad,
flattened, and strongly carinated in the middle.
Hab. Para.
From the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe.
Allied to P. v-nigra, Serv., but the black tegmina and the dif-
ferent form of the forceps are amply sufficient characters for its
identification.
NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 523
PYGIDICRANA EGREGIA, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 3.)
Long. corp. (absque forcip.) 30 millim.; long. forcip. 8 millim.
Female. Head black, the greater part of the head behind the
eyes covered by a testaceous patch not extending to the margins,
narrowed in front, and ending in a sharp projection on each side
before the eye; palpi reddish, testaceous towards the base.
Antenne 35-jointed ; scape testaceous, black at the tip, twice as
broad as long, and stouter than the flagellum. Flagellum reddish
brown, darkest at the extremity; the first two joints a little
broader than long, the next three annular, the remainder longer
than broad and generally lengthening, the last five slenderer
than the rest. Pronotum almost globular, truncated behind,
testaceous, narrowly edged with black in front, and with a thick
U-shaped mark, with a heavy base, resting on the hinder margin.
Seutellum yellow. Tegmina black, with two wide testaceous
bands running from the base—one spindle-shaped, ceasing at
about two-thirds of the length of the tegmina; the other lateral,
submarginal, and extending for the whole length of the tegmina,
except for the outer black edging. Projecting portion of wings
testaceous, with the outer half brown. Abdomen stout, pubes-
cent, with the sides nearly parallel; the terminal segment thickly
eranulated. Forceps very thick, converging to a point at the
extremity, a strong ridge above at the base, the lower inner
edge denticulate, especially towards the base; a rather stronger
tooth just beyond the middle. Legs testaceous, slightly lined
with black, and with the joints marked with black.
Hab. Santa Catharina.
From the collection of the late Mr. F. P. Pascoe.
A very fine species, allied to P. v-nigra, Serv., but larger,
darker, and with longer forceps.
Genus CYLINDROGASTER, S¢dl.
I cannot agree with De Bormans in regarding the genus
Cylindrogaster, Stal, as the same as Diplatys, Serv., though I have
not yet seen a specimen of the latter genus.
CYLINDROGASTER NIGRICEPS.
Cylindrogaster nigriceps, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiii.
p. 507 (1890).
This species was described from Hong Kong. Other speci-
mens have since been received from Bombay and Ceylon.
524 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON
CYLINDROGASTER RUFESCENS, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 2.)
Long. corp. cum forcip. 11 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip.
2°3 millim.
Female. Head, pronotum, tegmina, and exposed part of wings
reddish chestnut; mouth-parts yellow, with a transverse reddish
band, and reddish beneath ; antenne light reddish brown, with
yellow incisions ; legs yellow, femora and tibiw mostly reddish in
the middle. Wings extending beyond the tegmina for fully half
the length of the latter; pronotum rather large, the sides and
hinder border lighter, slightly raised, bordered within by a rather
distinctive blackish U-shaped mark. Abdomen rufo-testaceous,
the forceps, and the greater part of the terminal segment reddish.
Forceps as long as the latter, stout, contiguous, incurved and
pointed at the tips.
Hab. North India (Capt. Reid).
This is a stouter insect than the female of C. nigriceps, and
differs from it also in its colour, larger pronotum, and longer
wings. ;
Genus Lapipura, Leach.
Lapipura (?) WALKERI, sp.n. (PI. XX. fig. 6.)
Long. corp. cum forcip. 22 millim.; long. forcip. 8°5 millim.
Male. Rufo-castaneous, pubescent ; head and pronotum black,
shining, clypeus bordered below with testaceous, palpi yellowish ;
antenns testaceous, shading into brown; legs testaceous. Pro-
notum rather longer than broad, with a central groove, crossed
by a transverse one beyond the middle, and with two shght
depressions in front. Exposed part of the wings rounded off at
the sides; the suture testaceous. Abdomen with segments 3-5
with a moderate-sized lateral spine on each; segment 2 with a
small tubercle ; segments 2-7 with a double row of short striz
in front, on each side of the back; terminal segment slightly
grooved in the middle, and finely punctured towards the sides.
Forceps nearly straight, slightly curved inwards in the middle,
and then again outwards, the points turned rather sharply
inwards at the extremity. No projecting teeth, but a row of
small denticulations towards the base on the lower edge.
Hab. Hong Kong (J. J. Walker).
Differs from all the described species of the group of L. sea-
ee ee
NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDS. 525
spinosa, Dohrn, by the absence of large teeth on the inner edge
of the forceps.
The spiny Zabidure should form a new genus, but I have not
sufficient materials before me at present to characterize it.
Genus Psatts, Serv.
PSALIS BORNEENSIS, Sp. 0.
Long. corp. cum forcip. 21 millim.; lat. 5 millim.; long. segm.
term. cum forcip. 7 millim.
Female. Black, shining, with long scattered setw# on the legs
and sides of the body. Antenne with 10 joints preserved; scape
linear, about thrice as long as broad ; joints 3 and 4 moniliform,
the rest longer than broad, those of the flagellum bearing short
whorls of hair. Pronotum about as broad as long, with a central
groove, not extending to the hinder part, which is somewhat
raised ; the sides are also raised. Exposed part of wings obtuse,
with a reddish spot at the base of the suture and a larger one
beyond it. Abdomen not tuberculate, thickly but rather finely
punctured, and milled at the extremities of the segments; ter-
minal segment longitudinally punctate-striate, and grooved in the
middle. Forceps rather longer than the terminal segment, very
stout, contiguous, hooked at the extremity, with about 3 short
obtuse teeth on the inside towards the base. Femora smooth, ex-
panded, and hollowed beneath; tarsi clothed beneath with golden
hair, the second joint with a tuft projecting beneath the third.
Hab. Baram, N.W. Borneo.
Closely allied to Psalis indica, Burm., of which it may even
be amelanoticform. LP. zndica was placed by Dohrn in Labidura,
but is certainly much nearer allied to the American species of
Psalis.
Genus ANISOLABIS, Fieber.
ANISOLABIS OCCIDENTALIS, sp.n. (Pl. XX. fig. 5.)
Long. corp. 20 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip. 5 millim.
Female. Head reddish, shining; antenne and legs testaceous
yellow. Antenne 20-jointed ; scape linear, stouter than the
flagellum; 3rd joint twice as long as broad; 2nd, 4th, and 5th
about as long as broad, the rest becoming gradually longer;
thoracic segments rufo-testaceous, obsoletely bordered behind
with blackish. First segment of abdomen blackish brown, with
a dark red shine; abdomen finely punctured, most distinctly
526 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON
towards the extremity. Forceps longer than the last segment,
very stout, contiguous at the base and curving inwards at the
tips; towards the base is a strong tooth on the inner edge,
which is finely denticulated beyond.
Hab. Cape Leeuwin, W. Australia.
Described from two specimens. Resembles A. littorea,
White, from New Zealand, but is more slender, lighter in
colour, and the forceps is differently formed.
Genus Sparatra, Serv.
SPARATTA APICALIS, sp. n. (Pl. XX. fig.7; 7a, pygidium and
forceps.)
Long. corp. cum forcip. 10 millim. ; segm. term. cum forcip.
3 millim.
Shining black, mouth-parts testaceous; antenne dirty
yellowish brown, the joimts white at the base; head with a
conspicuous white line crossing the vertex before the occiput,
and running round the front of the clypeus; legs dirty yellow,
the femora brown; terminal segment luteous, often more or less
blackish in the middle. Forceps luteous, gradually curved,
denticulated to the middle on the upper and inner carinz, and
with a small tooth about the middle of the latter ; in the male,
the tips are black, and more strongly incurved than in the
female. Pygidium in the male short, broad, with a tubercle at
the sides, and barely convex in the middle; in the female almost
square, with a tubercle at the angles, and the centre but slightly
projecting in a very obtuse angle.
Hab. Theresopolis (Fruhstorfer); Rio (Fry).
A very distinct species, probably allied to S. peluimetra, Serville;
but in that species the abdomen is described as reddish fulvous,
with the extremity darker.
SparaTTa CuaRKkil, sp. n.- (Pl. XX. figs.8; 8a, pygidium
and forceps.)
Long. corp. cum forcip. 14 millim.; segm. term. cum forcip.
7 millim.; long. forcip. 3°5 millim.
Head, pronotum, tegmina, and exposed part of wings black
and shining, lower edge of clypeus grey, palpi luteous. Antenne
with the scape and the short 2nd joint black, the latter more
or less reddish; the following joints reddish to about the 8th or
NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 527
9th, when they again become black. Abdomen, forceps, and
legs luteous, the terminal joint of the abdomen often blackish,
and the tibie always black. Forceps flattened, triquetral, with
a row of tubercles on the upper ridge, and also on the inner
ridge, to beyond the middle, where there is a strong triangular
tooth ; the tips strongly and suddenly incurved; in the female
these characters are less strongly marked. In the male the
pygidium is short and rounded; in the female it is long and
narrow, twice as long as broad, with a strong tubercle at each
angle, and the centre triangularly pointed.
Hab. Tejuca, Petropolis, and Constancia (Rev. Hamlet Clark);
Theresopolis (Fruhstorfer).
SPARATTA PYGIDIATA, sp. n. (Pl. XX. fig. 10; 10a, pygidium
aud forceps.)
Differs very slightly from the last species in colour, except
that the terminal segment is less frequently marked with
blackish, and the tibie are more brown than black, and the
elytra, &c. have a slight purplish shine. In the male, the
pygidium is shorter, broader, and less convex than in 9. Olarkiz,
and the tubercles on the lower carina of the basal half of the
forceps before the tooth are more regularly arranged. In the
female, the pygidium is very short and broad (much broader
than long), with a much shorter projection in the middle.
Hab. Rio Janeiro (Fry).
These species are so closely allied that they can only be
separated by the different shape of the pygidium, which is most
conspicuous in the female. They are allied to S. rujina, Stl,
and S. Schott, Dohrn, and are perhaps confounded with them
in collections. S. pygidiata answers so well to Stal’s description
of S. rufina, that I should have regarded it as that species, but
that Stal does not mention the strong central tooth on the
inner edge of the forceps beyond the denticulations. Dohrn’s
description is shorter than Stal’s, but he compares the species
with 8. pelvimetra, Serville, which has the forceps very sharply
angulated. He also mentions that the scape of the antennz was
black in his specimens; the rest being red. Stal says: “ An-
tennis articulis subelongatis, flavotestaceis, extus fuscescentibus.”
The British Museum at present possesses no specimen which I
can refer to the true S.rujfina. The male specimen from Guate-
mala, described and figured by De Bormans in the ‘ Biologia
528 MR. W. F. KIRBY ON
Centrali-Americana’ as “‘ Sparatta pelvimetra var. rufina,” agrees
with the descriptions of typical S. pelvimetra, Serville, even to
the thorax being reddish; and as such I shall regard it, unless
further material, when obtained, proves it to be a distinct
species.
Sparatta Clarkii and S. pygidiata differ from 8. Schotti, Dohrn,
in the antenne. Those of S. Schotti are described as brown,
with joints 9-12 pale. There is a female specimen labelled
S. Schotti from Mexico in the Godman and Salvin collection,
which has brown antenne, with the two basal joints blackish
(8 only preserved). The pygidium is moderately long and
broad, with the lateral angles well marked, and the central part
projecting rectangularly and longer than the basal part. It is
evidently distinct, for the head and pronotum, which ought to be
red in typical S. Schotti, are shining black. It may be called
S. Bormanst.
SPARATTA SEMIRUFA,Sp.n. (Pl. XX. figs. 4, 4a.)
Long. corp. cum forcip. 10-12 millim.; long. forcip. 2-3-5
millim.
Rufo-testaceous ; tegmina and exposed part of wings violet-
black, shining; antenne 14-joited, and, as well as the palpi,
luteous or brownish yellow ; head with a large square brownish
patch in front, mouth-parts clothed with yellowish hair; pro-
notum usually with a short dark dash on each side; elytra with
the margins, and sometimes the base, shading more or less into
testaceous. Forceps long, with the basal half nearly straight,
and with several serrations on the inner edge as far as a strong
tooth just beyond the middle, then gradually incurved. In the
female they are stouter, and the tooth, which is placed before the
middle, is much smaller and more obtuse, and the denticula-
tions preceding it are much smaller than in the male. The
pygidium in both sexes is short and broad, with the lateral
angles projecting strongly outwards, and the central part
moderately convex.
Hab. Igaurassu (near Pernambuco), Brazil.
This species agrees with the very brief description of S. Schottz,
Dohrn, except that in S. Schotti the antenne should be brown,
with joints 9-12 pale.
NEW SPECIES OF FORFICULIDA. 529
Genus SPHINGOLABIS, De Bormans.
I have taken the present opportunity of figuring three
interesting species of this genus, which, though previously
described, had not been figured before.
SPHINGOLABIS VARIEGATA. (Pl. XX. fig. 9.)
Sphingolabis variegata, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soc., Zool. xxii
p- 526 (1891).
Hab. Sierra Leone.
SPHINGOLABIS (?)SUBAPTERA. (Pl. XX. figs. 12, 12a.)
Sphingolabis (?) subaptera, Kirb. Journ. Linn. Soe., Zool. xxiii.
p- 527 (1891).
Hab. Queensland.
SpHincoLasis Ertcusonr. (PI. XX. figs. 11, 11a.)
Apterygida Erichsoni, Dohrn, Stett. ent. Zeit. xxii. p. 231,
note (1862).
Forficula rwficeps, Erichson (nec Burm.), Arch. f. Nat. viii. (1)
p. 246 (1842).
Hab. Tasmania.
A conspicuous species, easily recognizable by Erichson’s
diagnosis alone, even without his more detailed description:
“Nigra, nitida, capite forcipeque rufis, pedibus testaceo-variis.”
EXPLANATION OF PLATE XX.
Fig. 1. Apachys Pascoei.
2. Cylindrogaster rufescens.
3. Pygidicrana egregia.
4, 4a. Sparatta semirufa.
5. Anisolabis occidentalis.
6. Labidura Walkert.
7, 7a. Sparatta apicalis.
8, 8a. Sparatta Clarkiz.
9. Sphingolabis variegata.
10, 10a. Sparatta pygidiata.
11, lla. Sphingolabis Erichsoni.
12, 12a. Sphingolabis (?) subaptera.
- Figures 1, 3, 5,6, 9, 11, and 12 are represented of the natural size; figures 2,
4,7, 8, 10 are enlarged twice. The separate figures of the forceps &c. are
enlarged four times, except fig. Lla@, which is enlarged only three times.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 43
530 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
The Mesial Fins of Ganoids ,and Teleosts. By Professor
T. W. Brives, D.Se. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes,
Sec. Linn. Soc.)
[Read 18th June, 1896.]
(Puares XXI.-XXIII.)
Page Page
T. INTRODUCTORY ............0..085 530 ACANTHOPTERYGII ......... 560
II. Duscrirvive .........0.0eeeeeeees 533 IEA MOGED Aagosonaponcesec-0 560
HILASMOBRANCHIL .............+ 533 Percidas, .i2iteeeneee 564
HIOLOCEPHADA ...........c000005 534 Sparide ik... see 566
GeANOID IDS. PG eee cae te tee ke 584 Scomipridce\ ee: aeeeeeeeeee 567
Acipenseride ............... 534 Carangidse (Ca: ceseeaneee 569
Polyodontide .............4. 536 Sphyreenidze ......2.-.:- 569
Amides (AMAR... 537 Cottide:. ..:..) eee are!
Lepidosteide ............... 540 IMineilideaeeet eee 572
Poliypuericeerey secre rece ere: 541 Blenntida ee eee 573
IDE OSTET Ieee ence ares 544 IDANOEICED | oondeconoss connec 574.
TPRAYSORMIOIE ogc saosocedeonae 544 Fistulariidg .......0.... 576
Osteoglosside ............ 544 Cyclopteride ............ 577
Mursenide ............... 545 Trachypteride............ 577
T BSGovervales ete meee ee ae 545 LOPHOBRANCHII ............ 578
(Chios) osasoqopasaoon 547 Syngnathide ............ 578
Salmonide ............... 550 | ~ PLECTOGNATHI .............+. 578
Silanilese se csetsey eects 550 Selerodenmij sess tee 578
Characinide ............ 556 Gymnodontes ............ 581
fi lupeicrema see ene 5b a\) QUES UMN, het ee eee 584
Gymmotidee yc. 5b | LV. REKERENCEs 2 5..0c- pee 600
ANACANTHINI ..............- 558 V. ExpLanation or Puarss;
ClVERGED —Secomoccoosesaeite, 558 REFERENCE LETTERS ......... 601
Pleuronectide ......... 559
I. INTRODUCTORY.
THERE seems to be a certain amount of obscurity in the ordinary
text-book and other references to the structure and disposition of
the supporting skeletal elements of the mesial fins of Ganoid and
Teleostean Fishes. These structures are usually referred to as.
‘“‘interspinous bones or cartilages,” and as a rule are described as
elongated, dagger-shaped bones which at their inner extremities
are intercalated between the vertebral neural or hemal spines,
and support distally the series of dermal fin-rays. It seems also
to have been tacitly assumed, if not actually so stated, that in
most imstances each “ interspinous ” element is a simple unseg-
mented structure. Thus, Parker [1] in his paper on the skeleton
of Regalecus argenteus, after referring to the presence of a series
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 531
of ovoidal nodules of cartilage in connexion with the distal
extremities of the interspinous bones of the mesial fins of this
fish, remarks (p. 24):—“I have not met with cartilages of this
kind in any fish which has come under my notice, and I can find
no account of any such in works at my disposal. I regard them
as representing a second or distal series of radials or pterygo-
phores, the interspinous bones forming the proximal series.”
That Parker was correct in his view of the nature of these
cartilages there can be no doubt; and so far as I have been able
to discover he appears to have been the first to recognize the
existence of bisegmental “interspinous ” elements in any Teleost.
More recently it has been shown by Ryder [2] and Harrison [8],
that in the development of the fins in those Teleosts which they
examined each “interspinous” element consists of a proximal
division to which is appended a distal nodule of cartilage for the
immediate support of a dermal fin-ray, and hence, as in Rega-
lecus, such elements are bisegmental. It is, however, by no
means difficult to show that these cartilages, or their equivalents
in the form of osseous nodules, are very generally present in
Teleosts; and further, that in not a few families the intercala-
tion of a hitherto unrecorded * series of mesial ossicles between
the proximal and distal segments renders such “interspinous
elements’ trisegmental.
The main object of the present communication is to describe
(a) the degree of segmentation and the more characteristic
modifications of the “interspinous elements” of the dorsal
and anal fins of Teleosts ; (6) the extent to which such modifi-
cations are characteristic of particular groups or families ;
and (c) thd various methods by which in different families the
segments of the “interspinous” elements contribute to the
support of the fin-rays. With these ideas in view a large
number of Teleosts were examined, and as far as possible the
species selected for examination are typical representatives of
the leading subdivisions of the group. Although this paper was
originally intended to deal exclusively with Teleosts, it has been
thought desirable to include the Ganoids, and also to refer
briefly to the Holocephala and Elasmobrauchs, in order that an
accurate comparison of the fin-supports in these four great
groups of Fishes might be made.
The early stages in the development of the mesial fins of
* See reference to Giinther’s figure of Bery« decadactylus, p. 563.
43*
532 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
certain Teleosts have been described by Ryder (J. c.), and recently
in an admirable paper by Harrison (J. c.). The observations to
be recorded here refer only to adult specimens, and hence may
perhaps be regarded in the light of a sequel to the embryological
work of these writers.
I have purposely omitted all reference to the supporting
skeletal elements of the caudal fins, for the reason that these
structures have already received considerable attention at the
hands of Kolliker, Huxley, Emery, Lotz, Ryder, and others, to
whose researches I have nothing to add.
With regard to the nomenclature to be applied to the so-called
“‘interspinous ”’ bones, and to the seoments of which they are
composed in different fishes, I must admit that I have experienced
some difficulty in the selection of suitable terms. By different
writers these structures have been described as “ interspimous
bones or cartilages,” “interspinalia,” “ fin-bearers,” “ pterygo-
phores.”’ Ryder (J. ¢.) refers to the distal nodules of cartilage
supporting the fin-rays as “actinophores,” which, from their
relation in the anal or dorsal fins to the hemal or neural spines
of contiguous vertebra, become interhemal (hypaxial), or inter-
neural (epaxial) actinophores, the proximal divisions being spoken
of as ‘“‘interspinous elements.” Dean [4] designates the two
divisions of a bisegmental “ interspinous bone ”’ as “ radials” and
“basals””—the former term applying to the ordinary dagger-shaped
interspinous elements, and the latter to the distal cartilaginous
nodules or “ actinophores’’ of Ryder*; while Parker (/. ¢.) has
suggested the term ‘“‘ pterygophore ” as applicable to “any radial
or fin-supporting cartilage in either the median or paired fins.”
It is clearly desirable, in selecting appropriate terms for these
structures, that they should be equally applicable to the support-
ing elements not only of the unpaired dorsal, anal, and caudal
fins, but also to the homodynamous structures in the paired
pectoral and pelvic fins; and from this point of view such terms
as “interspinous bones,” or “ interspinalia,” are obviously unsuit-
able. ‘‘ Pterygophore’’ is a somewhat cumbersome term, especi-
ally when it is necessary, as is often the case, to indicate the
segments of which a “ pterygophore”’ is composed. “ Radials ”
and “ basals”’ are convenient terms when a fin-support is biseg-
mental, but scarcely so in the case of trisegmental structures.
a
* The terms “baseost” and ‘“‘¢xonost” have also been suggested (Cope,
Am. Nat. 1890, p. 415).
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 533
I would suggest, therefore, the use of the term “radial element”
as the unit of the series of skeletal fin-supporting bones, or
cartilages, in both the mesial and paired fins; and in those
instances in which such elements undergo segmentation, the terms
proximal, mesial, or distal segments may be adopted.
The various species referred to in the descriptive section of
this paper are those enumerated by Dr. Giinther in the British
Museum Catalogue of Fishes (1st ed.), and for this reason the
authorities for the specific names have been omitted in the text.
In most instances in the description of the radial elements of
different species the number of these elements has been given,
but as these structures are liable to some slight individual varia-
tion in the same species, the number mentioned must be taken as
applying only to the particular specimen examined.
II. DESCRIPTIVE.
ELASMOBRANCHII.
The dorsal and anal fins, but more particularly the dorsal fins,
have been so fully and carefully described by Thacker [5] and
Mivart [6], that it is unnecessary to do more than direct atten-
tion to a few of their results for the sake of comparison with
other types. In the majority of the species described and figured
by Mivart (J. ¢.) the radial elements are cartilaginous, rod-like
structures, generally of fairly uniform thickness throughout
their length, and usually divided into proximal, mesial, and distal
segments. The individual segments vary in length, and, in
different species, each may in turn become the longest. The
various radiai elements in each fin may afford mutual support to
one another, and gain in strength, through their arrangement in
close parallel relations throughout their entire length, but occa-
sionally they may separate slightly from one another, either
proximally or distally, or even at both extremities. In no
instance is there any definite articulation between particular
segments of contiguous radialelements. The central, or approxi-
mately, central, radial elements in either fin are usually the
longest, but almost invariably the most anterior and posterior of
the series undergo a reduction in length and also lose one or
more of their constituent segments.
From this general type of fin-structure the more important
deviations in particular genera are brought about by (a) the
more or less extensive longitudinal concrescence of the proximal
534 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
segments of the radial elements, or of both proximal and mesial ;
(5) the suppression by fusion or atrophy of particular segments,
so that more or fewer of the elements become bisegmental instead
of trisegmental ; and (c) the apparently secondary subdivision of
the distal segments.
The horny fibres which support the peripheral portions of the
fins are several times more numerous than the supporting radial
cartilages.
HOLOCEPHALA.
According to Mivart (7. c.), the second dorsal fin of Callo-
rhynchus antarcticus is supported by a series of forty-one, not
guite contiguous, simple and undivided radial elements, of which
the anterior are the longest, the remainder gradually decreasing
in length from before backwards.
In a skeleton of Chimera monstrosa in the Mason College
Zoological Museum there are about one hundred and two
similarly simple elements in the relatively much longer posterior
dorsal fin of this species. None of the cartilages are in appo-
sition, all being separated to a greater or less extent, while at the
same time they are connected and supported by the longitudinal
fibrous septum separating the dorso-lateral muscles of opposite
sides of the body. As is well-known, the radial elements of the
anterior dorsal fin in both genera are greatly modified by con-
crescence and in other ways, for the support of the powerful
spine.
GANOIDEI.
ACIPENSERIDA.
Acipenser sturio.
As might be expected, the fin-supports of this and the next
species are essentially similar to those of the Elasmobranchs,
except for their partial ossification.
Dorsal fin.—In Acipenser the dorsal fin is supported by a
series of sixteen distally distinct radial elements, each of whieh,
with the exception of the first two, consists of three segments,
the proximal being the longest, while the distal is reduced to
little more tnan a mere nodule. The first and second have appa-
rently lost their distal segments. The longest radial element is
the third, the first and second being somewhat shorter, while those
behind the third gradually diminish in iength to the two or three
most posterior ones, which are by far the shortest of the series.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 535
As a rule each element is of the same thickness throughout its
length, or nearly so, and the proximal segments are never dagger-
shaped. Concrescence is still evident in the fusion of the
proximal segments of the first and second, the eleventh, twelfth,
and thirteenth, and those of the fourteenth, fifteenth, and
sixteenth, into a single basal segment in each case. The radial
elements are but feebly ossified. The first, including the basal
segment which it shares with the second, the last two, and the
distal segments of all, are wholly cartilaginous, but, with these
exceptions, the proximal and mesial segments are partially
ossified. Jn all cases, however, ossification extends only to the
formation of a thin crust of superficial bone round an axial core
of unaltered cartilage, and leaves the extremities of the segments
entirely free from ossific deposit. There is no definite method of
articulation between the segments of contiguous elements,
although, as in the Elasmobranchs, the latter afford one another
mutual support by their parallel disposition, fairly close appo-
sition, and fibrous connexion throughout the greater part of
their length.
The characteristic horny fibres of the Elasmobranchs and
Holocephala are here replaced by partially ossified, multiarticu-
late dermal rays, which, as in the higher Ganoids and in Teleosts,
are bifurcate proximally and branched distally. The dermal
rays still, however, retain traces of the characteristic arrangement
of the horny fibres of the preceding groups, in the fact that their
cleft proximal extremities embrace not only the distal but to
some extent also the mesial segments of their supporting radial
elements ; and also in their greater number. Altogether there
are about forty dermal rays, or approximately about two and a
half as many as the radial elements which support them.
Anal fin.—This fin is very similar to the dorsal. There are,
however, only ten radial elements, all of which are trisegmental.
The second is slightly the longest of the series, those behind
eradually decreasing in length from before backwards. The
proximal segments of the first and second, and those of the third
and fourth, coalesce to form a single basal segment in each case.
As far as the particular segments which undergo partial ossification
are concerned, the anal differs but little from the dorsal fin, but
ossification is somewhat more complete, and to a greater extent
replaces the primitive cartilage in the former than in the latter.
About twenty-five dermal rays are supported by the radial
elements.
536 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
It may be remarked that the precise number of radial ele-
ments in the mesial fins and the extent of their concrescence
are subject to variation in different individuals. In a much
larger specimen (about 8 feet in length) the number of radial
elements in the dorsal fin was the same as in the smaller one;
but the proximal segments which had fused into single basal
pieces were those of the first and second, the third and fourth,
and the fifteenth and sixteenth. In the anal fin only the
proximal segments of the third and fourth had fused. The
figure of the dorsal fin of an Acipenser given by Thacker [5],
and reproduced by Mivart [6], exhibits only fifteen radial ele-
ments, and those represented with fused proximal segments are
the first and second, and the eighth and ninth, while the tenth
and thirteenth inclusive, in addition to the first, are figured as
wanting their distal segments. It is also evident, from a com-
parison of the two specimens referred to above, that the older
the fish the more complete is the extent to which the proximal
and mesial segments become ossified, and the less intimately are
the various radial elements related to one another.
PoLYODONTID.
Polyodon folium.
The mesial fins of Polyodon are, in the main, very similar to
those of Acipenser, but indications of increasing specialization,
and of a gradual approximation to the higher Ganoids, in certain
minor points are not wanting.
Dorsal fin.—The dorsal fin is supported by a series of twenty
radial elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 1), of which the approximately central
ones are the longest, and the most anterior and posterior the
shortest. All of them are divided into proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.),
and distal (d.s.) segments, except the first and the last, which are
without distal segments. .The proximal segment in each element
is about the same length as the mesial, or only slightly exceeds
it, and is now somewhat dagger-shaped, with a pointed inner
extremity and a much thicker distal portion. The distal seg-
ments are mere cartilaginous nodules, forming by their close
apposition a well-defined and continuous margin to the periphery
of the fin-supports, and also exhibiting a tendency to alternate
with the cartilaginous distal ends of the mesial segments. The
connexion between the various radial elements is, perhaps, less
intimate than in Acipenser; only along the centre of the series,
~~
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 537
that is at or near the junctions of the proximal and mesial seg-
ments, and distally are the elements in actual contact or fairly
close relations with one another. Concrescence is less marked
and is evident only in the case of the proximal segments of the
first and second, and those of the nineteenth and twentieth.
With the exception of those belonging to the last radial element,
and the mesial segment of the first, all the proximal and mesial
segments are fairly well ossified. The inner portions of the
proximal segments are entirely osseous, but towards the middle
of the length of each segment a slender axial core of cartilage
makes its appearance round which the bone forms a thick layer.
From the centre outwards the bone gradually thins away, while
the core of cartilage thickens and eventually forms the wholly
cartilaginous distal extremity of the segment. The mesial seg-
ments are, for the most part, solid bone in the centre, but from
this point in either direction an axial core of cartilage appears,
and the superficial bones gradually thinning away leaves the
two extremities of the segment entirely cartilaginous.
From 51 to 53 dermal rays are supported by the twenty radial
elements, and, as in Acipenser, their deeply cleft proximal
extremities embrace the distal, and partially also the mesial
segments of the different elements.
Anal fin.—In this fin there are eighteen radial elements, all of
which are irisegmental. The only indication of concrescence
is the fusion of the proximal segments of the first and second
elements. In other respects the anal fin is very similar to the
dorsal. The number of dorsal rays is approximately forty-nine.
AMIID &.
Amia calva.
Dorsal fin.—The long dorsal fin of this Ganoid is supported by
a series of forty-nine radial elements, all of which are triseg-
mental with the exception of the first two, the fifth, and the last.
The first element is represented only by its proximal segment,
which at its distal extremity is tipped with cartilage and
supports the first dermal ray. The proximal segment of the
second supports a smail nodule of cartilage which apparently
represents a distal segment. The fifth has no proper proximal
segment, and consists only of small cartilaginous mesial and distal
segments supported by the proximal segment of the sixth. The
forty-ninth, or last of the series of ray-bearing radial elements,
538 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
resembles the second*. In all the remaining trisegmental
elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 2) the proximal segment (p.s.) is a some-
what dagger-shaped bone, slightly broader at its distal extremity
where itis tipped with cartilage, but pointed and completely bony
at its inner end; and, moreover, presents no trace of the cha-
racteristic lateral longitudinal ridges which in most Teleosts
separate the elevator and depressor muscles of the fin-rays.
The mesial segments (m.s.), on the other hand, are short, some-
what hour-glass-shaped bones with cartilaginous extremities,
while the distal segments (d.s.) are invariably small cartilaginous
nodules. The three segments of each complete radial element
are in ligamentous connexion with one another, and also with
the corresponding segments of contiguous elements.
In one important feature the radial elements of Amia differ
greatly from those of Polyodon, Acipenser, and the Elasmobranchs,
and resemble the corresponding structures in Lepidosteus, and
in those Teleosts in which the trisegmental type of radial
element exists. The proximal segments are widely separated
from one another, and the only connexion between them is the
median vertical sheet of fibrous tissue in which they are
imbedded; but the mutual relations of the mesial and distal seg-
ments are nevertheless such that the various radial elements
afford one another mutual support, and two of them contribute
to the support of each dermal fin-ray. Thus, each mesial seg-
ment is inclined backwards at an angle with the proximal
segment and its distal or hinder extremity articulates with, or at.
all events rests upon, the anterior margin of the distal extremity
of the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial element,
while each distal segment is in part supported by its own mesial
segment and in part by the anterior or upper margin of the mesial
segment of the next radial element. Hence, as each distal
segment carries a soft fin-ray, it follows that the latter is sup-
ported partly by the distal segment of the radial element to
which it normally belongs, aud partly also, but indirectly, by the
mesial segment of the next succeeding element. All the fin-rays
are of the soft multiarticulate kind, and each is cleft basally for
the reception of the distal segment of a radial element.
The numerical disproportion between the radial elements and
* Immediately behind the forty-ninth, and in close relation with it, there is
a vestigial element, consisting of a proximal segment only and without a dermal
ray.
ee ee ee eee
FINS OF GANOTDS AND TELEOSTS. 539
the dermal fin-rays, which is so characteristic a feature in the ©
lower types, is altogether wanting in Amia. In the latter fish
the two are numerically identical, each of the forty-nine radial
elements having only a single fin-ray, and this appears to be the
typical relation of the two series of structures in all the higher
Fishes.
Anal fin—In the anal fin eleven radial elements support a
corresponding number of soft fin-rays. The radial elements are
very similar to those of the dorsal fin, both in structure and
mutual relations. All are trisegmental except the first two, the
first consisting only of a proximal segment, and the second, in
addition, of a nodular cartilaginous distal segment. The mesial
segments of the third and fourth, and those of the tenth and
eleventh, and the distal segments of all the radial elements are
cartilaginous.
It would seem that both the anal and dorsal fins are liable to
individual variation as regards the precise number of their radial
elements. In the specimen described and figured by Franque
[7] there were apparently fifty-three elements, including the
vestigial rayless one which, as in my specimens, lies immediately
behind the last ray-supporting element, and fifty-three dermal fin-
rays. The proximal segments of the first and second are figured
as if fused together, which was certainly not the case in the
specimens I have examined. Shufeldt [8] also mentions fifty-
three as the number of radial elements in the specimens he
examined. The anal fin is figured by Franque (J. ¢.) as having
twelve radial elements, and this seems also to have been the case
in Shufeldt’s specimens.
It may be remarked that both Franque and Shufeldt over-
looked the presence of the distal series of segments in both the
anal and dorsal fins. The latter writer, for example, in referring
to the fin-rays of the dorsal fin says, ‘‘ These rays are supported
by an equal number of interspinous bones, through the inter-
vention of little ossicles that pass obliquely from one to the
other” (J.c. p. 85). The “little ossicles’? are the mesial
segments, the so-called “ interspinous bones” being the struc-
tures which I have termed proximal segments, but no reference
is made to the series of distal segments. Franque (J. c.) also makes
a similar omission, although he has quite correctly figured the
shape and mutual relations of the proximal and mesial segments.
Shufeldt (7. ¢.) figures and describes five “delicate little
540 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
bones” which lie behind the radial elements of the dorsal fin
and continue the series as far as the caudal fin, and had pre-
viously been overlooked by Franque. In one of two specimens I
examined four such structures were present and in the other
three, in the form of elongated but extremely slender ossicles.
As to the nature of these structures, there can be no doubt that
they are the persistent proximal segments of a series of vestigial
radial elements, and indicate the primitive continuity of the
dorsal and caudal fins. The discrepancy in numbers in the
different specimens examined is probably due to the well-known
variability of such vestigial structures, of which yet another
instance may be mentioned. In Shufeldt’s figure of these vestiges
(J. ¢., pl. ix. fig. 25) they are represented as without dermal rays,
but, curiously enough, in one of my specimens the last two of
the series were related distally to two small broadly V-shaped
vestigial fin-rays, which were wholly imbedded in the subcu-
taneous connective tissue; in the second specimen no trace of
these structures could be found.
LEPIDOSTEID &.
Lepidosteus osseus.
Dorsal fin.—In this Ganoid the dorsal fin is situated imme-
diately anterior to the anal fin, and consists of eight radial
elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 3), supporting eleven soft dermal fin-ray s.
The 2nd to the 8th inclusive are trisegmental, and in shape and
in their relations to one another and to those of contiguous
elements the different segments closely resemble those of Amaia.
The mesial segments, like the proximal, are all well ossified, with
the exception of that belonging to the second radial element,
which, as is. also the case with all the distal segments, 1s carti-
Jaginous. The first radial element (7.e.") has a much larger
proximal segment than any of the others, and the simple elon-
vated nodule of cartilage which is attached to its distal extremity
apparently represents a distal segment. Of the eleven fin-rays,
the first three are supported by the distal segments of the first
radial element, and the tenth and eleventh by the corresponding
segment of the last element. The remaining fin-rays are each
supported by a distal segment, precisely as in Ama.
The fact that the proximal segment of the first radial ele-
ment is larger than any of the other proximal segments, and
is related to three dermal rays, suggests the possibility of the
fusion of certain of the anterior supporting elements of the fin.
Be a
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 541
The segment itself, however, exhibits no indication that its
size is due to the union of originally distinct elements; and
Tam inclined to think that the fact that it happens to support
two rays in addition to the one, viz. the third, which properly
belongs to it, is simply due to the concentration of certain of
the anterior fin-rays, which have apparently lost their radial
elements during the partial atrophy of a primitively more
extensive fin. Similar instances of this concentration of fin-rays,
and the support of two or more of them by a single radial
element, are to be noted in the last radial element of the dorsal
fin of Lepidosteus and in the first and last of a large number of
Teleosts.
Anal fin.—The anal fin lies immediately beneath the dorsal
fin, and consists of nine radial elements and thirteen fin-rays.
All the radial elements, including the first, are precisely similar
to the corresponding structures in the dorsal fin, but the last,
as well as the first, supports three fin-rays.
POLYPTERIDA.
Polypterus bichir.
Dorsal fin.—The anterior section of the dorsal fin is composed
of fourteen * more or less distinct finlets, each of which consists
of a stout spine and a posterior membranous portion supported
by four soft multiarticulate rays which are attached by their
proximal extremities to the upper half of the posterior margin of
the spine. The more posterior finlets exhibit a tendency to fuse
with one another through the gradual extension backwards of
the membranous portion and its attachment to the basal portion
of the spine of the succeeding finlet. The last spine, that is the
fourteenth, is united by the membranous part of its finlet to the
first of a series of eight stout, similarly united, slightly branched
and rultiarticulate fin-rays, which form the posterior section of
the dorsal fin. The latter fringe the dorsal margin of the
terminal portion of the tail, and are continuous behind with the
similarly constituted infra-caudal rays. The fourteen finlet-spines
* The number of finlets, and consequently also the number of radial elements,
is liable to individual variation (¢/. Ginther, Brit. Mus. Cat. of Fishes, vol. viii.
pp. 327 & 517): hence the figures given above must be taken to apply only
to the particular specimen examined, which was 15 inches in length. It is
interesting to note that a somewhat similar individual variation has recently
been recorded for the Notacanthid Teleosteans (Goode & Bean, Proc. U.S. Nat.
Mus. vol. xvii. pp. 456-470).
542, PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
(Pl. XXI. fig. 4, sp.r.)are supported by an equal number of simple,
laterally-compressed, unsegmented, and widely separated radial
elements (r.e.). The latter are somewhat slender, and the slightly
thickened upper or distal extremity of each is tipped with carti-
lage and forms a globose condyle, which fits into a suitable socket
in the expanded base of its finlet-spine. The radial elements
supporting the multiarticulate posterior series of fin-rays (fig. 5)
are similar to those supporting the finlets, except for their greater
length and more cylindrical shape. They are also more concen-
trated, and, instead of articulating with their rays by a ball-and-
socket joint, the cleft base of each ray simply embraces the
cartilage-tipped distal end of its supporting radial element.
Most of the anterior radial elements are very obliquely dis-
posed, their inner extremities being directed forwards and only
to a slight extent downwards, so that practically the arrange-
ment of these elements is nearly horizontal. More posteriorly,
where the finlets become replaced by a continuous dorsal fin, the
radial elements gradually become less horizontal, and, while still
remaining obliquely disposed, approximate more to the vertical
and interdigitate with the neural spines of the subjacent ver-
tebre. All the radial elements are embedded in the median
vertical fibrous septum separating the dorso-lateral musculature
of opposite sides of the body, and by it are connected with one
another.
Thin, somewhat triangular, cartilaginous lamine (fig. 5, 2) are
attached to the posterior margins of more or fewer of the radial
elements, near their outer or distal extremities. These lamine
first make their appearance on the ninth, and gradually increase
in size to the fifteenth. From the fifteenth to the twenty-first
they diminish in size and finally disappear, the last one or two
elements exhibiting no trace of them. In the twelfth to the
fourteenth elements, inclusive, the laminw become more or less
completely ossified. Whether osseous or cartilaginous, the
Jamin project backwards from the various radial elements with
which they are in ligamentous connexion into the fibrous septum
separating the dorso-lateral musculatures. These structures
can scarcely belong to the category of radial elements, and are
probably mere chondrifications of the intermuscular septum,
developed for the purpose of strengthening the points of origin
of the powerful erector muscles of the spines and fin-rays. At
any rate the erectores of each spine or fin-ray take origin not
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 543
only from the anterior surface of its supporting radial element,
but also from opposite sides of the intermuscular septum in
which the lamina of the next anterior element is developed, and
thence run obliquely backwards to their insertion into the base
of the spine or fin-ray as the case may be *.
It may be mentioned that Mivart [6] seems to have entirely
misunderstood the nature of the fin-supports of Polypterus. In
his description of the dorsal fin he says :—* This fin is supported
by radials which give off on one side small secondary rays pro-
ceeding dorsad and postaxiad” (J. c. p. 458 ; also pl. lxxix. fig. 6).
It is clear from the use of the term “ radials,” as well as from
the accompanying figure, that Mivart is here describing the
spines and soft rays of the series of finlets, and has entirely
overlooked the true ‘‘ radials,” which are situated beneath and
support the finlets. It is probable that this usually accurate
morphologist only had access to an imperfectly prepared skeleton.
Anal jfin.—The anal fin of Polypterus consists of six radial
elements (fig. 6), of which the first (7.e.') is a simple bony rod,
slightly thickened and tipped with cartilage at its ventral end.
The remainder are bisegmental, each consisting of a ventral
segment (v.s¢.) similar to the simple segment of the first, and a
slender styliform dorsal segment (d.st.). The segments of all
the elements are well ossified, with the exception of the dorsal
seement of the last one, which is cartilaginous. The distal
extremities of the ventral segments are in close contact with
one another so as to form a continuous, even if somewhat ir-
regular, peripheral margin. The first five radial elements are
situated in front of the first complete hemal arch (h.s.), to the
spine of which the sixth is attached by ligament.
Thirteen soft multiarticulate and slightly branched fin-rays
are supported by the six radial elements, the ventral segments
of the latter being embraced for a third of their length by the
cleft rays. Each element, however, obviously contributes to the
support of at least two fin-rays.
In older and larger specimens than that described above,
the ventral divisions of the different radial elements are not
merely larger and relatively more expanded towards their distal
extremities, but the three anterior ones, which are longer than
* Ryder (2. Pl. v, fig. 2) gives a figure, “from Agassiz’s ‘ Poissons Fossiles,’
modified after Kolliker,” in which these’ structures are described as ‘“‘ non-ray-
bearing interspinous epural elements.”
544, PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
the others, are partially confluent proximally and distally, although
separated centrally by large oval or elongated vacuities. The
fin-supports of a specimen of this character are represented in a
figure by Mivart (J. c. pl. xxix. fig. 8), which is perfectly accurate
‘so far as the ventral segments are concerned, although, curiously
enough, the dorsal segments of the radial elements are neither
represented in the figure nor referred to in the text.
TELEOSTEI.
PHYSOSTOMI.
OsTEOGLOSSID 2.
Osteoglossum formosum.
Dorsal fin.—In a skeleton of this species in the Mason College
Zoological Museum there are eighteen soft fin-rays and nineteen *
radial elements in the dorsal fin. The penultimate radial element
consists of a proximal and a distal segment, the latter supporting a
fin-ray ; the last has only a proximal segment, and is also without
afin-ray. All the remaining elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 7), including
the first, are trisegmental, and each consists of a long and some-
what dagger-shaped slender proximal segment (p.s.); a much
shorter, slender, and slightly hour-glass-shaped mesial segment
(m.s.); and a rounded, nodular distal segment (d.s.). All the
segments are completely ossified. The proximal segments exhibit
no trace of the strong lateral longitudinal ridges which in most
Teleosts separate the erector and depressor muscles of the fin-
rays while providing surfaces for their origin. The articular
interconnexions of the various radial elements for mutual support
are very similar to those of Amza and Lepidosteus. The slightly
enlarged distal extremity of each proximal segment is divided
into an anterior and a posterior facet. The posterior facet
articulates with the mesial segment, which is directed obliquely
backwards and upwards, and in turn articulates with the distal
segment, but the latter is also supported by the anterior facet of
the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial element.
With the exception of the last, all the radial elements support
fin-rays. The cleft proximal end of each ray (f-r.) embraces the
distal segment of its proper supporting radial element, but
from what has been said as to the articular relations of each
* Exclusive of a slender splint-like bone which is situated immediately
anterior to the first of the fin-bearing series, and is apparently a vestigial radial
element.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 545
distal segment it is clear that two elements contribute to the
support of each ray.
Anal fin.—The anal fin (fig. 8) is a facsimile of the dorsal fin
except for an increase in the number of radial olements and fin-
rays, there being twenty-six of the former and twenty-five of the
latter.
MuRr2zNID#.
Conger conger.
Dorsal fin.—The extensive dorsal fin of this species resembles
that of Osteoglossum, and is equally primitive. All the radial
elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 9) are similar in character, and all are tri-
segmental. The mesial segments (m.s.) are well developed, and
although firmly united at one extremity to the proximal seg-
ments (p.s.), are nevertheless separated from the latter by well-
marked sutures. The relations and articulations of the various
segments of a radial element to one another and to those of
contiguous elements for mutual support are much the same as
in Osteoglossum.
As in Amia and Lepidosteus, and as in most other Teleosts
with trisegmental radial elements, an interossicular ligament
(fig. 9, int. lig.) extends between and connects together the distal
and mesial segments of successive radial elements.
The fin-rays, as usual, are bifid at the base for the purpose of
clipping the distal radial segments by which they are supported.
Each of the basal arms of a fin-ray (fig. 10 fir.) is provided with a
peg-like projection or tubercle on its inner surface, and the two
tubercles of each ray fit into shallow pits or sockets on the
lateral surfaces of the distal segment (fig. 10, d.s.; also fig. 9).
This method of connexion between fin-rays and the distal seg-
ments of their supporting radial elements will in future be referred
to as a “ peg-and-socket ” articulation.
Anal fin.—The radial elements are precisely similar to those
of the dorsal fin.
Anguilla anguilla.
In so far as the fin-supports are concerned, this species closely
resembles the preceding.
Hsocip#.
Esox lucius.
Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of about twenty-one soft fin-rays,
supported by twenty radial elements (Pl. XXI. fig. 11). The
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 44
546 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
first radial element (7.e.’) consists only of a bony proximal segment
which has the usual dagger-like shape, and, in addition to being
slightly expanded, is tipped with a pad of cartilage at its distal
extremity. In the second (7-.e.*) the cartilaginous distal portion of
the segment becomes slightly elongated upwards and backwards,
and a distal segment is added. In the third and succeeding
elements as far as the seventeenth, the distal cartilaginous
epiphyses of the proximal segments (p.s.) gradually assume
the proportions and relations of true mesial segments. In the
sixth element (7.e.°) an ossific centre makes its appearance
in the epipbyses, and, gradually enlarging in the succeeding
elements, becomes in the eighth to the twelfth inclusive (7.e."—
7.e.”) a fairly well-developed hour-glass-shaped mesial segment
(m.s.). From the twelfth to the fifteenth the ossified mesial
segment becomes gradually smaller and finally disappears. Pos-
terior to the seventeenth element the cartilaginous epiphyses of
the remaining proximal segments fuse into a continuous strip of
cartilage supporting dorsally the corresponding distal segments.
All the radial elements, except the first, possess distal segments
(d.s.), which from the fourth to the fifteenth are more or less
completely ossified, but remain simple cartilaginous nodules in
front cf the fourth and posterior to the fifteenth. The relations
of the distal segments to the mesial segments, and to the proximal
segments of contiguous elements, are precisely the same as in
Osteoglossum.
It is obvious, therefore, that the central radial elements of the
dorsal fin of Hsoz—that is from the sixth to the fifteenth inclustve—
are typically trisegmental, and that anterior and posterior to
these the elements become bisegmental or unisegmental accord-
ing as a distal segment is, or is not, present.
All the proximal segments, except those pertaining to the first
two and the last five radial elements, have each of their lateral
surfaces traversed by a more or less well-marked longitudinal
ridge, which separates the elevator and depressor muscles of each
fin-ray and serves for the partial origin of both.
Of the twenty-one fin-rays the third, like those succeeding it,
is supported by the distal segment of its proper radial element
(viz., the third), which is, as it were, clipped by the cleft base
of the ray. The two anterior rays simply rest basally on the
thickened cartilaginous extremities of the proximal segments of
the first and second radial elements.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 547
In a second specimen examined, twenty-two fin-rays were
present, the first three in this case being supported by the
proximal segments of the first two radial elements.
Anal jfin.—This fin very closely resembles the dorsal fin.
There are fewer radial elements and fin-rays, viz., eighteen and
twenty respectively, but all the central fin-supports are tri-
segmental.
CYPRINIDA.
Barbus vulgaris.
Dorsal fin.—In this Cyprinoid the dorsal fin consists of twelve
fin-rays, supported by ten radial elements (Pl. XXI. fig.12). Of
the latter the fifth to the ninth (7.e.’-7.e.°) inclusive are the most
complete, each consisting of proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.), aud
distal (d.s.)segments. Each proximal segment isa relatively large
and somewhat dagger-shaped bone, which for a variable portion
of its length articulates by its straight and almost parallel
anterior and posterior margins with the corresponding edges of
the proximal segments in front and behind, and is traversed on
each of its lateral surfaces by a prominent longitudinal ridge.
The distal end of the segment is greatly thickened, and provided
anteriorly with three facets, one median and two lateral, and
posteriorly with a fourth articular surface. The mesial segments
are short thick ossicles, suturally united at one extremity to the
posterior facet on the distal end of the corresponding proximal
segment, and with the usual oblique inclination backwards to its
articulation with the somewhat quadrate aud much smaller distal
segment. The distal segment, as well as the contiguous margin
of the mesial segment, rest inferiorly on the median facet of the
next succeeding proximal segment. The first to the fourth
radial elements (7.¢.'.e.") inclusive lack separable mesial seg-
ments, but possess instead, at first a facet, and ultimately an
upwardly and backwardly directed postero-superior process with
a terminal articular surface for the distal segment. The tenth
or last (v.e.) is a vestigial element, being represented by a
proximal segment only.
Of the twelve fin-rays, the first four are spines of variable
lengta, decreasing in size from behind forwards; the remainder
are soft multiarticulate rays. The first three spines are carried
by the laterally expanded distal end of the proximal segment
of the first radial element. The fourth, or large defensive spine
44*
548 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
(d.s.), is the proper fin-ray of the first radial element, but
although its bifid base clips the distal segment of that element,
it is mainly supported by the two laterally-placed facets on the
hinder margin of the distal extremity of the second proximal
segment. The twelfth fin-ray mainly is supported by the distal
segment of the ninth radial element (7.e.°). All the remaining
fin-rays are supported by a corresponding number of radial
elements, viz., by the second to the eighth inclusive. In most
instances not only does the cleft base of the fin-ray clip the
distal segment of its radial element but, in addition, articulates
by two basal condyles with the two facets on the anterior margin
of the distal end of the proximal segment of the next succeeding
element.
As in some other Cyprinoids, there are two or three vestigial
radial elements which are represented only by proximal segmentsin
the form of small, thin, and somewhat irregularly shaped lamin
of bone, and are situated immediately anterior to the first ray-
bearing element. The vestigial elements undoubtedly indicate
the existence of a primitively longer dorsal fin than is present in
the adult, and it is quite possible that they may represent the
original fin-supports of those additional fin-rays which are sup-
ported by the first of the normal series of radial elements.
Anal fin.—This fin eonsists of seven radial elements and nine
fin-rays, and, on the whole, is very similar to the dorsal fin
(Pl. X XI. fig. 13). In the series of radial elements, the presence
of a distinct mesial segment in addition to proximal and distal
seements is restricted to the fourth, fifth, and sixth. In front
of the fourth the elements are bisegmental, while the seventh has
only a proximal segment. ‘The first element supports two fin-
rays in addition to partially supporting the third, which is its
proper ray. The fin-ray of the last radial element is firmly
attached to its predecessor, and is really supported by the distal
seoment of the penultimate element. All the remaining fin-rays
are supported precisely as in the dorsal fin.
Cyprinus carpio.
Dorsal fin —Except for its greater length and the consequent
increase in the number of radial elements and fin-rays, which are
twenty-two and twenty-five respectively, the dorsal fin of the
Carp closely resembles that of the Barbel. The trisegmental
radial elements are the third to the twenty-first inclusive, the
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 549
first and second having only proximal and distal segments, and
the last a proximal segment. It is, perhaps, worth remarking
that the distal segments of more or fewer of the anterior elements
apparently ossify from two distinct lateral centres, which entirely
replace the primitive cartilage but nevertheless leave a persistent
longitudinal suture.
The fourth fin-ray, the defensive spine, is the ray which rightly
belongs to the first radial element, although, as in Barbus, it is
mainly supported by the two laterally situated facets on the
adjacent extremity of the proximal segment of the second. The
three short anterior fin-spines, also as in Barbus, are supported
by the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial
element.
The articular relations of the segments of the same radial
element to one another and to those of contiguous elements, as
well as the relations of the fin-rays to both, are much the same
ay in the preceding species.
Anal jin.—In all essentials this fin resembles the dorsal fin.
There are seven radial elements and nine fin-rays. Of the former
three, viz., the fourth, fifth, and sixth, are trisegmental, those
anterior to them being bisegmental, while the seventh has only a
proximal segment. The serrated defensive spine is the third of
the series of fin-rays, and, as in the dorsal fin, is the one pertaining
to the first radial element.
Abramis brama,
Tinea tinca.
Both the Bream and the Tench are very similar to the preceding
Cyprinoids in the character of their radial skeletal elements. In
both the dorsal and anal fins all, except the most anterior and
posterior, are trisegmental, the remainder being bisegmental or
unisegmental.
The Bream is remarkable for possessing a series of about eight
well-developed lamellar ossicles which are situated immediately
anterior to the normal ray-bearing radial elements of the
dorsal fin, and le between the neural spines of the subjacent
vertebre. These ossicles are the proximal segments of the fiu-
supports of the atrophied anterior section of the dorsal fin.
an
Ou
jo)
PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
SaLMONIDE.
Coregonus pollan.
Dorsal fin—In the rayed dorsal fin there are twelve radial
elements, supporting thirteen fin-rays. Of the radial elements,
six, viz. the sixth to the eleventh inclusive, are trisegmental. The
suture between the mesial and proximal segments is occasionally
somewhat difficult to detect, but sections taken through the lime
of junction readily prove its existence. The first two elements
and the last consist of proximal segments only, and the third,
‘fourth, and fifth of a distal segment in addition.
The first radial element supports two fin-rays, of which the
second rightly belongs to that element. All the remaining
elements are each related to a single ray, although, as in the
preceding Teleosts, two elements contribute, directly or indirectly,
to the support of each.
A series of fifteen slender bones is situated in front of the first
of the ray-bearing radial elements, imbedded in the median
fibrous sheet separating the dorso-lateral muscles of opposite
sides of the body, and agreeing in number with the subjacent
vertebre. Anteriorly to these, and continuing the series to the
posterior face of the skull, there are two thin Jamelliform bony
plates, of which the anterior is much the larger. The seventeen
slender or lamelliform ossicles are the proximal elements of a
series of vestigial radial elements, and may be taken as an indi-
cation of a primitive extension of the dorsal fin as far forwards
as the head.
Anal fin.—Hleven radial elements and thirteen fin-rays are
present. The third to the eleventh of the radial series inclusive
are trisegmental, the first and last unisegmental, and the second
bisegmental.
The third fin-ray is the one belonging to the first radial
element, which therefore supports two rays in addition to its
own proper ray.
SILURIDE.
Platystoma tigrinum.
Dorsal fin.—W ith the exception of certain minor differences, the
dorsal fin of this Siluroid resembles that of Améurus catus which
has been described by McMurrich [9]. There are eight distinet
radial elements anda corresponding number of fin-rays (Pl. XXI.
fig. 14). The five posterior radial elements are fairly similar,
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 551
and each consists of a proximal (p.s.) and a distal (d.s.) segment.
Each proximal segment is broad above, but becomes slender and
tapering towards its inner extremity. For the upper half of its
extent the segment suturally articulates with its fellows in front
and behind by straight or slightly curved anterior and posterior
margins, while the distal extremity is somewhat expanded laterally
and, at the same time, produced obliquely upwards and backwards
into an abruptly truncated “ postero-superior ” process (ps-.p.)
which articulates with the distal segment, and almost precisely
resembles a confluent mesial segment both in its relations to the
distal segment and in its mode of articulation with the antero-
superior margin of the next succeeding proximal segment. The
postero-superior process and the adjacent anterior portion of
the distal end of the segment furnish a smooth concave surface
for articulation with the base of a fin-ray. The distal extremity
of the proximal segment of the last radial element is produced
backwards into a thick lamina of bone, which may possibly
represent one or more fused segments.
The distal segments are simple osseous nodules. Interossicular
ligaments extend from the upper surface of the postero-superior
process of each proximal segment to the distal segment, and from
the latter to the postero-superior process of the next succeeding
proximal segment.
The first three radial elements (7.¢.'-r.¢.*) differ somewhat from
the others. They are more or less firmly united together by
suture throughout their entire length, and are otherwise modified
for the support of the large defensive spine and the smaller
spine in front of it—the “ guard-spine ’»—which provides for the
support and fixation of the defensive spine in the erect position.
The first (7.e.') includes only a proximal segment (p.s.), and is
represented by a somewhat triangular bony plate with the apex
directed forwards and its base firmly attached by suture to the
proximal segment of the second. Distally, the piate is produced
outwards into two prominent lateral ridges. The second also
consists only of a proximal segment (7-e.', p.s.) similar in shape
to those which succeed it, but terminating distally in a projecting
process (p.), provided with a smooth anterior surface, for the
support of the “guard-spine”’ (g.sp.). Distally also, but at a
point anterior to the projecting process already mentioned, the
lateral margins of the segment are produced outwards and back-
wards in such a way as to form a horizontally disposed V-shaped
502 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESTAL
lamina of bone (Pl. XXI. fig. 15, 7.e.?, p.s.), in the angle of which is
situated the “‘ guard-spine,” while the apex is suturally articulated
with the produced lateral margins of the first proximal segment
(r.e.', p s.). The third radial element (fig. 14, 7.e.°) is more normal,
and consists of a proximal segment (p.s.) with a postero-superior
process and an ossified cubical distal segment (d.s.) embraced by
the cleft base of the third fin-ray. The proximal segment, like
those of the preceding radial elements, has the lateral margins of
its distal extremity produced outwards in the form of wing-like
lamin (fig. 15, r.e.°, p.s.), which, superiorly, form a transversely
elongated surface for the support of the defensive spine (fig. 14,
d.sp.), and at either extremity suturally articulate with the hinder
ends of the V-shaped lamina of the second proximal segment
(fig. 15). The arrangement of the foramina for the transmission
of the erector muscles of the guard and defensive spines is very
similar to that described by McMurrich in the case of Amiwrus
catus. In a dorsal view (fig. 15) it will be seen that the V-shaped
lamina, in conjunction with the lateral wings of the third proximal
segment, encloses a somewhat triangular space in which are situ-
ated the bases of the two spines and their supports. The large
foramen on each side of these structures (f) transmits the
erector muscles of the defensive spine, the corresponding muscles
of the “ guard-spine ” passing from their origin to their insertion
through two much smaller lateral foramina (f1) which perforate
the distal end of the second proximal segment immediately
beneath the V-shaped lamina.
There are eight fin-rays, which in order from before backwards
include (1.) the “ guard-spine,” (ii.) the large defensive spine, and
(iii.) a series of six soft multiarticulate rays. The third to the
eighth inclusive, that is the six soft rays, are perfectly normal in
their mode of support and in their relations to the last six of the
radial series. Hach ray (fig. 14) is supported partly by the distal
segment of its proper radial element and partly also—and this is
more particularly the case with the third, fourth, and sixth rays—
by the articulation of its bifid condylar base with the distal ex-
tremity of the next succeeding proximal segment. The guard
and defensive spines, however, are somewhat peculiar. The
defensive spine, instead of being bifid, has a transversely elon-
gated base, divided into a median and two lateral condyles, and
apparently formed by the secondary fusion of the basal extremities
of an ordinary cleft ray. The lateral condyles articulate with
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 553
the lateral wings at the distal end of the third proximal segment,
immediately anterior to the origin of its postero-superior process,
while the median condyle fits into a mesial pit. Above the three
condyles, the base of the spine is perforated by an oval forainen
through which is prolonged a curious hook-shaped process (/)
developed from the anterior or dorsal surface of the postero-
superior process, and from the extremity of the hook a stout
ligament extends to an insertion into the distal end of the second
proximal segment. This hook probably owes its formation to the
partial ossification of the strong interossicular ligament which,
in the absence of distal segments, passes between the distal ex-
tremities of the proximal segments of the first two radial elements,
and in other Siluroids, where the ligament is completely ossified,
gives rise to the characteristic “chain-link” articulation of the
defensive spine with its supporting radial element. As the third
radial element is already provided with a fin-ray, viz. the first
soft ray, the defensive spine must be regarded as the ray normally
pertaining to the second element. The “ guard-spine”’ isa simple,
short, V-shaped ossicle and, alihough supported by the second
radial element, is really the fin-ray of the first.
This view of the relations of the anterior fin-rays to their
supporting radial elements differs from that given by McMurrich
in the case of Amiurus in one or two particulars. According to
this writer the radial element of the defensive spine is the third,
that of the “ guard-spine”’ being the second, while the fin-ray of the
first element is represented by the V-shaped lamina. The reason
assigned for the last suggestion is—that what corresponds to the
V-shaped lamina in Amiurus is an ossification in membrane, and
ought therefore to be regarded as belonging to the category of
fin-rays, inasmuch as the radial elements are always preformed
in cartilage. In my opinion this reason is scarcely a conclusive
one. The lateral wings of the third proximal segment in Pla-
tystoma are almost certainly formed of membrane-bone, and
the same is in all probability true of the produced lateral
margins of the first; but these facts alone are quite insufficient to
justify one in regarding such outgrowths as degenerate fin-rays.
Moreover, it is admitted by McMurrich that portions of the first
and third “interspinalia’’ in Améwrus are formed of membrane-
bone, and yet it is not suggested that such portions represent fin-
rays. It seems more reasonable to infer that the partial ossifi-
cation of certain proximal segments from membrane is the result
554 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
-of the expansion of their distal extremities for the support of
the modified defensive and guard spines. It may further be
pointed out that, if the relations of the various radial elements to
the series of fin-rays be traced from behind forwards, no special
difficulty with regard to the mutual relations of the more anterior
of them need be experienced. It is only necessary to bear in
mind (i.) that in the normal portion of the fin each fin-ray is
supported by two contiguous radial elements, although it is to
the anterior of the two that the ray rightly belongs; and (ii.)
that in the anterior portion of the fin the loss of the distal
segments of their proper radial elements has led to the backward
displacement of certain of the fin-rays (that is, the guard and
defensive spines), and also to their exclusive support by the
proximal segménts of the radial elements immediately posterior
to those to which they really belong. In the light of these
considerations, it is an easy matter in the case of Platystoma to
correlate the eight radial elements with the eight fin-rays in the
order of their sequence from before backwards.
Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are thirteen radial elements
and sixteen fin-rays. The fourth to the thirteenth radial elements
(fig. 16) inclusive are composed of both proximal (p.s.) and distal
(d.s.) segments, but without any trace of separable mesial seg-
ments. Each proximal segment is produced downward and back-
ward into a postero-inferior process (pi.p), precisely analogous
to the postero-superior processes of the dorsal fin, and, like
the latter, having the appearance and relations of a confluent
mesial segment. Hach of the first three radial elements consists
of a proximal segment only, which has no trace of the postero-
inferior process of the succeeding segments. Concentration of
the fin-rays is apparent at each extremity of theseries. The last
radial element supports two rays, while the first three support
between them the first five fin-rays, of which the third is the
normal ray of the first radial element. All the fin-rays have
cleft bases and, with the exception of the first five, their mode of
support is similar to that of the central and posterior rays of the
dorsal fin. In the absence of distal segments, the first five rays
are supported by the three anterior proximal segments.
Amiurus catus.
Dorsal fin.—This fin is very similar to the corresponding fin
in the preceding species, and for an account of its structure and
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 555
development reference may be made to MceMurrich’s description
of the osteology of Amiurus (I. ¢.).
Anal fin.—The anal fin is also very similar to that of Platy-
stoma except for the greater number of radial elements and fin-
rays, which in the specimen examined were twenty-one and
twenty-two respectively.
Cnidoglanis megastoma.
In this Siluroid there are two dorsal fins, an anterior situated
immediately behind the head, and a long posterior which is co-
extensive with the caudal section of the trunk and continuous
posteriorly with the caudal fin.
Anterior dorsal fin —This fin is very similar to the dorsal fin
of Amiurus and Platystoma, except that there are but six radial
elements and seven fin-rays. The first three radial elements are
precisely similar to those of Platystoma, both in structure and in
their relations to the guard and defensive spines, the reduction
in the number of radial elements being at the expense of the
hinder of the series. The distal segment of the last radial element
supports two dermal rays.
Posterior dorsal fin—tThe posterior section of the dorsal fin is
supported by a series of slender fin-rays, all of which are deeply
cleft proximally and slightly branched distally. The proximal
ends of the rays are pointed, and penetrate between the neural
spines of the subjacent vertebre into the median fibrous septum
which separates the dorsal muscles of the trunk. Proximally
alse the rays are in ligamentous connexion with one another and
with the extremities of the neural spines. There is no trace of
radial elements in any part of the fin. With the possible excep-
tion of a few other Siluroids, the presence of fin-rays without
supporting radial elements is a condition which is unique among
Teleostean Fishes ; and I am inclined to regard the total suppres-
sion of such elements as a transitional stage in the degeneration
of the posterior dorsal fin to a vestigial adipose fin.
Anal jin.—In external appearance the anal fin is extremely
similar to the posterior dorsal fin, but structurally the two are
very different. A complete series of radial elements is present,
in number about sixty-three or sixty-four, and, with the exception
of the first, all are bisegmental, consisting of slender, distally
expanded proximal segments and small nodular distal segments.
The fin-rays and their mode of support are also perfectly normal.
556 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
There are indications of the concentration of fin-rays at the
anterior end of the fin in the presence of two rays in excess of
the number of radial elements.
CHARACINID A.
Citharinus Geoffroyi.
Dorsal fin.—There are sixteen radial elements supporting
nineteen dermal fin-rays. The radial elements (Pl. X XI. fig. 17)
are all bisegmental, consisting of proximal (p.s) and distal (d.s.)
Segments, with no trace of mesial segments or of the postero-
superior processes which so often take their place. The distal
segments are somewhat interesting inasmuch as they illustrate a
further stage in the gradual conversion of the segment into the
hook-shaped distal segment of many Acanthopterygian Teleosts.
The distal segment of the first radial element (r.e.', d.s.) 1s larger
than any of the others, and in the form of an elongated and
somewhat quadrate ossicle articulates with the distal end of its
proximal segment (p.s.), and also partially overlaps the corre-
sponding extremity of the next proximal segment and suturally
articulates with its distal segment. The remaining distal seg-
ments are somewhat smaller, and many of them exhibit traces of
a median longitudinal suture, but all of them have similar
relations to their own and succeeding proximal segments as well
as to contiguous distal segments. Excluding the first, each
distal segment has on its lateral surfaces, near the anterior end
of the segment, a concavity so deep that the two nearly meet in
the centre of the segment (fig. 17). These concavities or sockets
are for the reception of the condylar projections from the inner
surfaces of the cleft basal end of a fin-ray (see dorsal view,
fig. 18), and hence the mode of articulation of the two structures
assumes a further extension of the “ peg-and-socket ” joint already
indicated in the case of Conger. A slight extension of this
modification in the direction of extending the inward growth of
the two condylar projections of the fin-ray so that they meet and
fuse, while at the same time. the posterior end of each distal seg-
ment becomes contracted and curved into a hook, and the charac-
teristic “chain-link” articulation of so many Acanthopterygii
is easily reached. The distal sezment of the first radial element
differs from the rest in having three pairs of lateral sockets, the
last pair, however, being in part formed by the hinder portion of
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 557
the corresponding segment of the second radial element. The
first radial element is related to four fin-rays, of which the first
three are but feebly developed. The first ray simply rests on
the anterior margin of the distal end of the proximal segment;
but the second, third, and fourth, the last mentioned being the
ray strictly belonging to the first radial element, articulate with
the three pairs of sockets on the distal segment.
Anterior to the first ray-supporting radial element there are
seven flattened lamellar bones extending forwards nearly to the
supraoccipital spine, and apparently representing a series of
vestigial proximal radial segments which have lost their fin-rays.
Anal fin.—This fin in all essentials very closely resembles the
dorsal fin, except for the larger number of radial elements (viz.,
twenty-five) and fin-rays (viz., twenty-eight). This distal segment
of the first radial element is, however, apparently double.
CLUPEID &.
Clupea harengus.
Dorsal fin.—In this species the eighteen fin-rays of the dorsal
fiu are supported by a corresponding number of radial elements.
All the radial elements are very similar, and each consists of a
proximal and a distal segment, the former having a well-marked
postero-superior process. No distinct mesial segments could be
detected. The nodular distal segments are simply clipped by
the cleft bases of the various dermal rays. In front of the first
ray-bearing radial element there is a series of about eighteen
slender vestigial proximal segments extending forwards at regular
intervals to the skull.
Anal jin.—There are fifteen radial elements, all of which are
very similar to those of the dorsal fin, and seventeen fin-rays.
The first radial element supports two fin-rays, of which the
second clips the distal segment. The last radial element is also
related to two fin-rays supported by its distal segment.
GYMNOTIDA.
Gymnotus electricus.
The dorsal fin is entirely absent.
Anal jfin.—The long anal fin of this species is supported by an
equally extensive series of radial elements. The latter (Pl. XXII.
558 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
fig. 19) consist of long, slender, rod-like proximal segments (p.s.),
each of which is slightly expanded and tipped with cartilage at its
distal end. There is no trace of mesial segments, or of postero-
superior processes to the proximal segments, and a series of
fibrous pads, interposed between the proximal segments and the
fin-rays, are all that represent the osseous or cartilaginous distal
segments of other Fishes. The radial elements have no articular
connexion with one another, and, except for a continuous liga-
mentous connexion between the distal extremities of their
proximal segments, are quite distinct.
The fin-rays (f-7) correspond in number with their supporting
radial elements, and each is supported solely by a single element.
Their cleft basal extremities, which have irregular dentate edges
instead of smooth articular surfaces asin most other Teleosts,
embrace between them the fibrous representatives of the distal
radial segments.
ANACANTHINI.
GaADIDZ.
Gadus eglefinus.
In this Gadoid there are three dorsal fins—an anterior, a
mesial, and a posterior, separated from one another by short
but distinct intervals. The anal fin is also divided into similarly
separated anterior and posterior divisions.
Anterior dorsal jin.—Sixteen radial elements form the support-
ing skeleton of this section of the dorsal fin. All but the last
consist of a large well-ossified proximal segment with a well-
developed postero-superior process, and a small, cartilaginous,
nodular distal segment, which is embraced by the cleft base of its
dermal fin-ray. The last of the series consists of a small proximal
segment only, without a distal segment or a fin-ray.
Mesial dorsal fin.—This fin is very similar to the anterior dorsal
but includes nineteen radial elements, each, including the last,
consisting of proximal and distal segments and supporting a
fin-ray.
Posterior dorsal fin.—The posterior division of the dorsal fin
very closely resembles the mesial section. There are, however,
twenty radial elements and a corresponding number of fin-
rays.
It may be noted that in each section of the dorsal fin the fin-
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 559
supports gradually diminish in size from before backwards, and
the same may be said of the three sections collectively.
Three vestigial radial elements, without distal segments or
fin-rays, are interposed between the mesial and porterivr dorsal
fins. It may in fact be said that, so far as their radial elements
are concerned, these fins form a continuous structure, the interval
between them which is apparent externally being simply due to
the suppression of the three fin-rays corresponding to the three
vestigial radial elements.
No vestigial elements between the anterior and mesial dorsal
fins could be detected.
Anterior anal fin—This section of the anai fin consists of
twenty-five radial elements and twenty-six fin-rays. Of the
former, all but the last are bisegmental, and in other respects
are very similar to the corresponding structures of the dorsal
fin. The last of the series is much smaller than the rest, almost
horizontal in position, and, in the absence of a distal segment,
its cartilaginous extremity supports a feebly developed ray. In
addition to its own proper ray, the second of the series, the first
radial element supports a feeble ray in front of the former.
Posterior anal fin.—In this fin there are twenty radial elements
and an equal number of fin-rays. All but the last, which lacks a
distal segment, are bisegmental.
As in the case of the mesial and posterior dorsal fins, the
interval between the anterior and posterior anal fins is occupied
by three vestigial radial elements which complete the continuity
of the two series.
Gadus morrhua and Merluccius vulgaris.
In both these Gadoids the radial elements are essentially
similar to those of the preceding species.
PLEURONECTID&.
Pleuronectes platessa.
Dorsal fin.—The continuous dorsal fin not only extends nearly
the whole length of the body but also on to the posterior three-
fourths of the head. The supporting radial elements (Pl. XXII.
fig. 20), including those on the head, are all bisegmental. The
proximal segments (p.s.) are long, relatively narrow, vertically
disposed structures. Distally, each segment terminates in a
560 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESTAL
cartilage-tipped extremity, provided with two flat oblique surfaces
meeting at an angle. The distal segments (d.s.) are all carti-
laginous, somewhat plano-convex in shape, and intercalated
between the distal ends of the proximal segments in such a way
that the convex inferior surface of each articulates with two
oblique surfaces furnished by the distal extremities of two con-
tiguous proximal segments. Towards the anterior and posterior
extremities of the fin, the distal segments to some extent lose
their usual intercalated arrangement and become more directly
related to the distal ends of the proximal segments to which they
belong.
All the fin-rays are cleft basally and clip the distal segments
of their supporting radial elements.
Anal fin.—In the structure and disposition of its radial elements
the long anal fin closely resembles the dorsal.
ACANTHOPTERYGII.
BERYCID2.
Holocentrum spiniferosum.
Dorsal jfin.—The dorsal fin consists of an anterior spinose
portion and a posterior section consisting of soft multiarticulate
fin-rays. There is, however, no interruption in the sequence of
either the fin-rays or the supporting radial elements, Twenty-five
radial elements (Pl. XXII. fig. 21, 7.e.’-r.e.”) are present, of which
the first ten support eleven stout spines, the remaining fifteen
supporting sixteen soft rays. The ten spine-bearing elements
(r.e.'-r.e."°) are bisegmental, each consisting of a dagger-shaped
proximal segment (p.s.) with well-marked lateral longitudinal
ridges, and, in addition, a distal segment (d.s.). Each proximal
segment has at its distal end (i.) an anterior facet for arti-
culation with the distal segment of the radial element immediately
anterior to it; and (ii.) behind the facet a transversely disposed
articular surface for the condylar base of a fin-ray. Posteriorly
to this the distal end of the segment contracts somewhat, and then
widens out into two transversely disposed lateral wings (fig. 22,
p-s.) which are directed upwards as well as outwards, and, in
conjunction with similar wings developed from the distal seg-
ment (d.s.), form a section of a well-marked medio-dorsal bony
groove extending the whole length of the spinose portion of the
fin, and serving for the reception of the spines when the latter
are deflected. The lateral notches (”) which are to be seen
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 561
between successive sections of the osseous groove serve for the
transmission of the elevator and depressor muscles of the spines.
Each distal segment (Pl. XXII. figs. 21, 22, d.s.) suturally artieu-
lates with the hinder margin of the distal end of the corresponding
proximal segment, and consists of (a) a central nodular portion,
(0) the lateral wings already mentioned, and (c) a hook-shaped pro-
longation (h) from the centre of its hinder margin, which, after
curving backwards and a little downwards, becomes tirmly con-
nected by ligament with an osseous tubercle (¢) on the adjacent
distal end of the proximal segment of the next succeeding radial
element in such a way that the hook and tubercle together form
a bony link or loop. Posteriorly, the distal segment articu-
lates with the anterior of the two facets with which the distal
end of the next succeeding proximal segment is furnished.
The spinose fin-rays have much the same structure throughout
the series. In each case the base of the spine forms a trans-
versely elongated condyle for articulation with a similar facet on
the distal end of the proximal radial segment, immediately behind
that to which it rightly belongs; while above the condyle the
base of the spine is perforated by a foramen, through which
passes the bony hook formed by the distal segment of its proper
radial element, that is, the next anterior element.
The evolution of this method of articulation between a distal
radial segment and a fin-ray is, I believe, an extreme modi-
fication of the ““peg-and-socket ” articulation, the first appearance
of which was noted in the Conger and a later stage in Ottharinus.
The ingrowths from the inner surfaces of the originally cleft
base of a fin-ray have now met and fused, forming a transverse
basal condyle for articulation with a proximal radial segment,
but above the condyle there is left a foramen through which passes
the now contracted and hook-like posterior portion of the distal
segment. This mode of articulation is extremely characteristic
of many Acanthopterygian Teleosts, and in future will be referred
to as a “chain-link,” although I may so far anticipate the sequel
as to say that “chain-link” articulations may be formed by
various methods in different Teleosts.
The first radial element (Pl. XXII. fig. 21, 7.e.') supports two
spines, of which the first has a chain-link articulation with the distal
extremity of the proximal segment, while the second spine, the
proper ray to this element, has thenormal “ chain-link ” connexion
with the distal segment. It is somewhat difficult to account for
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXY. 45
562 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
the mode of articulation of the first spine; but I am inclined
to think that the chain-link in this case is due to a modification
similar to that by which the same kind of articulation is brought
about in the case of the distal segments and spines of the rest
of the fin, viz., by the ingrowth of the basal extremities of an
ordinary cleft ray through the distal end of a proximal segmeut.
There is a striking contrast between the radial elements already
described and the fifteen (r.e."-r.e.”) supporting the sixteen
soft rays of the hinder section of the dorsal fin. The elements
are all trisegmental, consisting of proximal (p.s.), mesial (m.s.),
and distal (d.s.) segments, which have almost precisely similar
relations to one another, and to those of contiguous elements, as
in the Cyprinide and other Teleosts with trisegmental radial
elements. Behind the fifteenth there is a vestigial proximal
segment (v.e.) suturally united to the one in front.
Each fin-ray is cleft basally and clips the distal segment of
its proper radial element, although, as usual, the ray is partly
supported by the next succeeding proximal segment. The
distal segment of the last element contributes to the support of
two rays.
Immediately anterior to the first radial element of the dorsal
fin there are two vestigial elements without rays.
Anal jin.—There are twelve radial elements (fig. 23) and
fifteen fin-rays, and, of the latter, four are spinose and the
remainder soft and multiarticulate.
The third to the twelfth radial elements inclusive (7.¢.*—7.e."”)
are trisegmental and in every respect similar to those in the
hinder section of the dorsal fin, but the first and second (7.e."—
re.) have only proximal and distal segments (p.s.,d.s.). The
proximal segments of the first two elements are exceptionally
long ana stout, and are firmly, but suturally, united together ;
the remainder are slender and gradually decrease in size as they
extend backwards. The distal segment of the third radial
element is a simple cubical ossicle similar to those of the
succeeding elements ; but those of the first and second consist
of a cubical body produced distally into anterior and posterior
hook-like processes, of which the anterior is simply due to the
ossification of the interossicular ligament in continuity with the
segment itself. The proximal and distal segments of the first
two radial elements furnish either peg-and-socket or chain-link
articulations for the first four spinose fin-rays. A tubercle on
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 563
the anterior margin of the distal end of the first proximal seg-
ment has two lateral pits for the first spine, which therefore has a
“ peg-and-socket ”’ articulation with that segment. Behind these
lateral pits there is a bony loop formed anteriorly by a process
of the same segment, and behind by the anterior limb of the
distal segment and furnishing a chain-link articulation for
the second spine. Posteriorly to this a second ring is formed,
partly by the hook-lke posterior limb of the same distal segment
and*completed by the ossified interossicular ligament which
extends from the extremity of the hook backwards to the distal
extremity of the second proximal segment this bony loop has a
chain-link connexion with the third and largest of the spinose rays.
Finally, the hooked distal segment of the second element in
conjunction with the mesial segment of the third forms a third
bony ring for a similar articulation with the fourth and last
spinose ray. A comparison of these spines and their relations
to their fin-supports renders it clear that the third spine is that
rightly belonging to the first radial element, and that the
first and second have lost their normal fin-supports and acquired
a secondary connexion with the first persistent, ray-bearmg
element.
All the soft rays are basally cleft and simply clip the distal
segments of their supporting radial elements. The last element,
however, supports two feebly developed rays.
Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. & Val.
In a figure of the skeleton of this species by Ginther (9¢,
pl. vi.) more or fewer of the radial elements in the soft-rayed
portions of the dorsal and anal fins are represented as triseg-
mental. The sutures between the proximal and mesial segments
are somewhat indistinct in the dorsal fin, but are quite obvious
in the anal fin. ‘This is the only instance of which I am aware
in which the trisegmental character of the radial elements of a
Teleost has been previously recognized. It must be pointed
out, however, that Giinther gives no description of the radial
elements, nor does he in any way refer in the text to their
segmentation.
Three vestigial elements, consisting of proximal segments only,
are figured in front of the first ray-bearing element of the
dorsal fin.
45*
564 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
PERCID2.
Perea fluviatilis.
Except for the absence of mesial segments, the fins and fin-
supports of this species have a fairly close resemblance to those
of Holocentrum.
Anterior Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of fifteen spinose rays
supported by a like number of radial elements. All the radial
elements are bisegmental except the last three, which have
proximal segments only. Most of the proximal segments have
well marked postero-superior processes which appear to take the
place of the missing mesial segments. As in Holocentrum, all
the distal segments are provided with hook-like processes. The
distal segment of the first element seems, however, to have fused
with the proximal segment, a groove at its base alone indicating
its original distinctness.
A median dorsal bony groove for the reception of the deflected
spines is present in Perca, but the successive sections are formed
by lateral wings developed from the postero-superior processes
of the proximal segments, in conjunction with those contributed
by the distal segments.
The first spine has a “chain-link” articulation with the
distal end of the first proximal segment. The second, a similar
articulation with the corresponding distal segment, and, in
addition, a basal articulation with a transversely elongated
articular surface on the distal extremity of the second proximal
segment. The remaining spines have precisely similar arti-
culations, two successive elements contributing to the support
of each spine. The last three radial elements being without
distal segments, it follows that the last and penultimate spines,
which are very feebly developed, and rightly belong to the
thirteenth and fourteenth elements, are supported solely by the
fourteenth and fifteenth proximal segments respectively. The
first two of these spines have simple cleft basal ends, without
articular surfaces, and merely clip the dorsal extremities of their
fin-supports ; the third is a simple undivided ray, and is supported
by fitting into a cleft in the distal extremity of the last proximal
segment.
Anterior to the first ray-bearing. radial element there is a
vestigial proximal segment which is probably the normal fin-
support to the first spine.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 563
Posterior Dorsal jin.—In this fin there are fifteen radial
elements all of which consist of a proximal segment, with a well-
marked postero-superior process, and a simple cubical distal
segment, with no trace of a hooked process. The fifteen fin-rays
are all soft and multiarticulate, and their cleft basal extremities
simply embrace the distal segments.
Anal fin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements and eleven
fin-rays, of which two are spinose and the remainder soft. With
the possible exception of the first, all the radial elements are
bisegmental, and similar, both in structure and in their mode of
articulation with the fin-rays, to those of the posterior dorsal
fin. All the proximal segments, except the first, have well-
developed postero-inferior processes. ‘The first element has no
distinct distal segment, but it is nevertheless possible that the
bony loop which grows backwards from the hinder margin of the
distal end of its proximal segment, aud fuses with the contiguous
extremity of the second proximal segment, may, as in the anterior
dorsal fin, represent a fused distal segment. The first spine has
a “chain-link” articulation with the proximal segment of the
first radial element; the second a similar articulation with the
bony loop between the proximal segments of the first and
second elements; while the remaining soft rays clip the distal
segments of their respective radial elements, the last two rays,
however, being supported by the same distal segment.
Mesoprion gembra.
Dorsal fin.—Although a continuous structure, the dorsal fin
consists of an anterior spinose portion and a posterior section
composed of soft multiarticulate rays. The spinose portion con-
sists of ten spines supported basally by a series of eight biseg-
mental (P]. XXII. fig. 24, v.e.’-7.e.') radial elements, all of which,
including the first, have distinct hooked distal segments. Both
in structure and in their articular relations to the spinose fin-
rays, the radial elements are similar to the corresponding elements
in Perca, except that neither the postero-superior processes of
the proximal segments nor the distal segments develop lateral
wing-like outgrowths, and hence there is no obvious bony groove
for the deflected spines.
In addition to its normal spine, the third, the first radial
element supports two additional spines, viz., the first and second,
which are connected with the anterior portion of the distal end
566 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
of the proximal segment by “ chain-link ” articulations (r.e.", p.s.).
Three vestigial proximal segments without fin-rays lie anterior
to the first ray-bearing radial element.
In the soft posterior section of the fin there are fourteen
radial elements, exclusive of a small vestigial proximal segment
behind the Jast ray-bearing element. All are bisegmental
(fig. 25) except the last four, which, curiously enough, possess
a separable mesial segment, and are therefore trisegmental, and
each supports a soft fin-ray. The connexion of the rays with
the distal segment is by means of a “ peg-and-socket ” articulation
in the ease of the more anterior ones; posteriorly, however, the
cleft rays merely embrace the distal segments.
Anal jfin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements, of which
the first to the sixth inclusive are bisegmental (Pl. XXII. fig. 26,
y.es—r.e-) and the last three trisegmental. The first supports
three spines, two by means of “ chain-link” articulations and
the third by its hooked distal segment, precisely as in the first
radial element of the dorsal fin. The remaining eight soft rays
are also supported in much the same way as those of the hinder
section of the dorsal fin.
There is a small vestigial proximal segment immediately
behind the last ray-bearing element.
SPARID&.
Pagellus centrodontus.
Dorsal jfin.—In Pagellus the dorsal fin consists of twenty
radial elements, of which the anterior ten support twelve spinose
rays and the remainder a series of soft rays. Anterior to the
first spine-bearing element three vestigial elementsare represented
by their massive T-shaped proximal segments without fin-rays.
The spine-bearing elements are almost precisely similar to those of
Perca. The postero-superior processes of the proximal segments
and the distal segments possess unusually well-developed lateral
wings, so that the groove for the deflected spines 1s exceptionally
well marked.
Tn addition to its proper ray, the third, the first radial element
supports two additional spines, of which the first has an incom-
plete “ chain-link” articulation with the distal end of the proximal
segment and the second a complete one.
The ten radial elements which support the soft rays are all
bisegmental, resembling in this respect, as well as in the method by
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 567
which their rays are supported, the majority of the corresponding
rays in Perca. The distal segment of the last radial element
supports two rays, and in sutural connexion with the proximal
segment of the same element there is a vestigial proximal segment
which has no fin-ray.
All the distal segments in this portion of the fin appear to
consist of two conjoined lateral halves separated by a distinct
median longitudinal suture.
Anai fin.—There are ten bisegmental radial elements, and
behind the last of the series a vestigial proximal segment similar
to that in the dorsal fin. The first radial element supports
three spines—two by “ chain-link” articulations with the distal
end of the proximal segment, and the third, the proper ray of
this element, by the hooked distal segment. The remaining
ten rays are soft and most of them have a “ peg-and-socket ”’
articulation with the distal segments of their respective radial
elements. The distal segment of the last element, however,
supports two rays.
ScoMBRID&.
Scomber scomber.
Although essentially similar in structure to those of the
preceding Acanthopterygian Teleosts, there are nevertheless
certain interesting variations in the structure of the dorsal and
anal fins in this species. The dorsal fin consists of (4) an
anterior spinose portion; (6) a median non-spinose section ;
and (c) a series of six detached finlets extending backwards to
the root of the caudal fin. It is, however, worthy of note that
so far as the supporting radial elements are concerned there is
no interruption in the continuity of these externally distinct
divisions of the fin. The anal fin also consists of an anterior
section succeeded by six detached finlets.
Anterior Dorsal jfin.—Fourteen radial elements are present,
all of which are bisegmental. Each of the first nine consists of a
proximal segment, with a postero-superior process, and a hooked
distal segment. Both the postero-superior processes and the
distal segment have well-developed lateral wings, and the medio-
dorsal bony groove of which they form the sections is, in conse-
quence, unusually deep and broadly V-shaped. Towards the hinder
end of the fin the proximal segments gradually diminish in size,
and in the tenth radial element the distal segment loses its
568 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE
hooked process. In the eleventh and succeeding elements the
distal segments retain only a loose ligamentous connexion with
the postero-superior processes of their proximal segments, and
become entirely supported by the proximal segments of the next
succeeding radial elements, instead of by two contiguous segments
as is the case with the more anterior ones.
There are fourteen spinose fin-rays which gradually decrease
in length from before backwards, the hinder ones being purely
vestigial. The transversely elongated basal condyle of the first
spine fits into a similarly disposed groove on the distal end of the
proximal segment of the first radial element; the second spine
has the usual “chain-link” articulation with the distal segment;
and the remaining spines, as far as that normally belonging to
the ninth element, have similar articulations. The succeeding
spines have, however, simple cleft basal extremities, which clip
the distal ends of the proximal radial segments immediately
posterior to those to which they strictly belong. The last radial
element has no proper spine, although it supports the spine
belonging to the element immediately anterior.
Median Dorsal fin.—There are eleven radial elements, support-
ing a similar number of fin-rays, of which the first only is
spinose. All the elements are bisegmental. The first has a
hooked distal segment for articulation with the single spine; all
the others have simple cubical distal segments, the more anterior
of which have a “ peg-and-socket” articulation with their fin-
rays, the posterior being simply embraced by the cleft bases of
the rays. Between the anterior and median divisions of the
dorsal fin there is a continuous series of fifteen vestigial proximal
segments in the form of slender splint-like ossicles, embedded in
the median fibrous septum between the dorsal muscles, and
indicating the primitive continuity of the two fins.
The Finlets—Six radial elements support the six detached
finlets, and form a continuous series with one another and with
those of the median dorsal fin. Their adaptation for mutual
support is brought about by the excessive elongation of their
postero-superior processes, which enables each process slightly
to overlap the base of the corresponding process of the next
succeeding proximal segment. Each of the elements is biseg-
mental, and its distal segment is clipped in the usual fashion by
the cleft base of the single multiarticulate and branched fin-ray
of which each finiet is composed.
MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 569
Anal fin.—The anterior division of the anal fin consists of
twelve bisegmental radial elements, supporting thirteen fin-rays.
The first element supports two spinose rays, the first by a
“chain-link” articulation with the distal end of its proximal
segment, and the second by an articulation with the hooked
distal segment, in conjunction with a facet on the proximal
segment of the second radial element. The remainder support —
soft rays in the ordinary way. ‘The relations of the six radial
elements supporting the six isolated finlets to one another and
to those of the anterior part of the anal fin are precisely as in
the dorsal fin.
CaRANGID.
Caranx georgianus.
Apart from variations in the number of radial elements and
fin-rays and other minor differences, the dorsal and anal fins of
Caranz are essentially similar to those of the more typical
Acanthopterygi, such as Perca and Pagellus.
SPAYRENIDS.
Sphyrena Commersonit.
This Teleost is interesting as affording a transition from the
more typical Acantboptery gil previously described to such tamilies
as the Cottide and Mugilide, in which more or fewer of the
radial elements of the dorsal fin become unisegmental by the loss
of their distal segments.
Anterior Dorsal fin.—The short anterior dorsal fin of this
species consists of five radial elements (Pl. XXII. fig. 27) and an
equal number of spinose rays. All the radial elements, except
the last, are bisegmental, and the postero-superior processes of
their proximal segments in conjunction with the distal segments
form sections of a shallow medio-dorsal bony groove, as in many
of the preceding types. None of the distal segments are
hooked, and the method by which the fin-rays are supported is
very uulike anything hitherto described. All the spines are
furnished with imperforate bases terminating in a transversely
elongated condyle. The first spine (sp.7.) articulates with a groove
on the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial
element, but with all the remaining spines (figs. 27 and 28) the
groove (9) for the reception of the condyle is formed by the distal
570 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
and proximal segments of two contiguous radial elements, the
groove being bounded anteriorly by the posterior margin of a
distal segment (d.s.), and behind and below by the anterior
portion of the distal extremity of the next proximal segment (p.s-).
As the second spine is the normal fin-ray of the first radial
element, it is evident that the last element has no proper spine
of its own, although it contributes to the formation of the groove
for the fifth spine.
Three large T-shaped vestigial radial elements are situated
immediately anterior to the first spine-bearing one.
Posterior Dorsal fin.—There are ten radial elements and eleven
fin-rays. Of the radial elements the first five are bisegmental ;
the remainder, owing to the presence of mesial segments, are
trisegmental. Behind the last there is a vestigial proximal
segment partially fused with the corresponding segment of the
antecedent radial element.
The first fin-ray is a spine, and its mode of articulation with
the distal segment of the first radial element affords a further
illustration of the method by which an ordinary cubical distal
segment may become converted into a “ hooked segment,” with
its characteristic articulation with the perforate base of a fin-ray.
The distal segment in question is cubical anteriorly but behind
contracts into a short, slightly curved hook-like process. The
cleft base of the spine has two ingrowing processes, which, how-
ever, do not meet so as to bound a complete basal foramen ;
nevertheless, the hooked end of the distal segment fits into this
incomplete foramen. The formation of the hook-lke process
seems, without doubt, to be due to the ingrowth of the two
processes of the spine, and the consequent constriction of the
posterior half of the segment to the condition of a relatively
slender hook, which, however, still retains its normal position in
the cleft of the spine. The distal segment of the second radial
element is somewhat similar to that of the first, but more closely
resembles the ordinary cubical distal segments of the rest of the
fin, which are simply clipped by the cleft bases of the fin-rays.
The last distal seement supports two feeble fin-rays.
Anal fin.— Nine radial elements and eleven fin-rays are present
in this fin. The fin-supports are similar to those of the posterior
dorsal fin, and, as in the latter, certain of them are trisegmental,
viz. the sixth to the ninth inclusive, while the remainder are
bisegmental. Behind the last of the series there is a vestigial
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 571
proximal segment suturally joined to the penultimate one. The
first radial element supports two rays, and the last also two.
The distal segments of the first two radial elements have incipient
“chain-link ” artivulations with the second and third rays, as in
the second dorsal fin.
CorTtipa”.
Trigla gurnardus.
Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of a continuous series of twenty-
nine radial elements supporting anteriorly eleven spinose rays and
posteriorly nineteen soft, flexible, but unbranched rays. The first
ten radial elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 29) are unisegmental, consist-
ing of proximal segments (p.s.) only. Hach proximal segment is
produced into a postero-superior process which is provided with
well-developed lateral wings for the enclosure of a section of the
medio-dorsal groove (fig. 29). The wings are somewhat con-
tracted at their origin, but expand distally so as to overlap in an
imbricated fashion the similar wings of contiguous segments,
and, in consequence, the usual clefts between them for the
transmission of the depressor and elevator muscles of the spines
become converted into complete foramina (f). At the distal
end of each proximal segment, near its anterior margin, there are
two articular facets, one (fe.') for articulation with the hinder
margin of the postero-superior process of the proximal radial
segment in front, and a second ( fc.”), situated immediately in front
of the first, for articulation with the condylar base of a spine.
The eleven spinose rays have imperforate bases terminating in
a transversely elongated condyle, and in the absence of distal
radial segments each spine is supported solely by the facet on
the proximal segment immediately behind that to which it
properly belongs. The second spine is that which strictly belongs
to the first radial element, the first really belonging to an
anterior suppressed element. The eleventh element supports the
eleventh spine, in addition to the first of the series of flexible
rays. The last three spines are more or less vestigial, and hence,
externally, there is an apparent interruption in the continuity of
the spinose and soft sections of the fin.
The remaining nineteen radial elements are precisely similar
to those of the anterior portion of the fin except that they all
possess nodular bony distal segments, which have the usual
articulation with their own proximal segments and also with
572 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
those immediately posterior. The segments are clipped by the
cleft bases of the soft rays.
Anal fin.—In this fin there are seventeen radial elements and
nineteen fin-rays. The radial elements are all bisegmental and
resemble those of the posterior section of the dorsal fin, except
that the postero-inferior processes of the proximal segments have
no lateral wing-like outgrowths. The fin-rays are also similar,
but the first and last of the supporting radial elements carry
each two rays.
Mueinipa.
Mugil capito.
This species has an anterior and a posterior dorsal, and an
anal fin.
Anterior Dorsal fin—There are four radial elements (Pl. XXIII.
fig. 80) consisting of proximal segments only, and a like number of
spinose fin-rays. The distal end of each proximal radial segment
forms a transversely elongated groove into which fits a similarly
elongated condyle formed by the base of a spinose ray. The
first three spines have perforated bases, the foramen being
situated just above the basal condyle; the fourth, however, is
imperfcrate. In addition to its basal support the first spine has
a “chain-link”’ articulation with the first radial element; the
second a “hook-link”’ articulation, the hook* bemg developed
from the hinder margin of the distal end of the second radial
element, and curving forwards so as to hook into the foramen in
the base of its spine; the third, like the fourth, has a simple
condylar articulation with its supporting radial element, although
its base is perforate.
Posterior Dorsal fin.—In this fin there are nine radial elements
and eight soft fin-rays. With the exception of the ninth, which
has neither a distal segment nor a fin-ray, all the radial elements
are bisegmental, and each supports a fin-ray. The fin-rays are
cleft basally, and clip the distal segments of their respective
radial elements.
Three vestigial unsegmented radial elements are present in
the somewhat considerable interval which separates the two
dorsal fins.
Anal fin—There are ten bisegmental radial elements and
thirteen fin-rays. The proximal segment of the first element
* Vide Anarrhichas lupus, p. 573.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 573
has a “chain-link” articulation with the first ray, and, besides
furnishing a hook-like process which curves backwards and
books into the perforated base of the second ray, contributes by
its distal segment to the support of its proper ray—the third.
The remaining fin-rays clip their distal radial segments in the
usual fashion, but the last two are both supported by the
same distal seyment, viz., that belonging to the last radial
element.
BLENNIID A.
Anarrhichas lupus.
Dorsal fin.—In the long dorsal fin of this species there are
seventy-five radial elements and seventy-six long flexible spinose
fin-rays. All the radial elements are unisegmental (Pl. XXIII.
fig. 31), consisting only of proximal segments (p.s.) without any
trace of mesial or distal segments ; and, with the exception of the
last, all support in a precisely similar fashion their respective fin-
rays. Near its distal extremity each proximal segment abruptly
contracts into a nearly vertical postero-superior process, and from
the anterior surface of this process a slightly curved bony hook
extends forwards. The anterior extremity of the hook is con-
nected by ligament with the distal end of the postero-superior
process of the proximal segment immediately anterior, and I have
no doubt that in this species, as with the second radial element
of the anterior dorsal fin of Mugil, the hook owes its existence to
the partial ossification of the ligament (interossicular ligament)
which extends between the postero-superior processes of con-
tiguous proximal segments. On the anterior side of the base of
the postero-superior process there are two laterally situated
facets ( fc.) for the fin-ray.
Each fin-ray (f-r.) is cleft proximally into two basal arms,
which converge somewhat without actually meeting, and finally
terminate in two condylar extremities. Each ray is supported
solely by a single radial element, partly by its two basal condyles
which articulate with the two facets at the base of a postero-
Superior process, and partly by the extension of the hooked
process of the latter through the nearly complete foramen
enclosed by the cleft base of the ray. The rays are further
retained in position by a stout longitudinally disposed ligament
passing between their basal extremities, and also between the
postero-superior processes of successive proximal segments. Of
574 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
the last two fin-rays, the first has the normal relations to the last
radial element, but the second merely embraces the hinder margin
of the postero-superior process.
It is worthy of note that, owing to the suppression of the distal
segments of the various radial elements, each fin-ray is solely
supported by its secondary connexion with the element immedi-
ately posterior to that to which it rightly belongs.
Anal fin.—The anal fin is altogether more normal in the
structure and relations of its radial elements, of which there are
forty-five, supporting an equal number of fin-rays. All the
elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 32, re.) have well-developed distal (d.s.)
in addition to proximal (p.s.) segments, and the position and re-
lations of the former are such that each is supported partly by the
corresponding proximal segment, and partly also by that pertain-
ing to the next succeeding element. The distal segments are
apparently ossified from two lateral centres, and in the specimen
examined, which was about two anda half feet in length, were still
separated by an intervening tract of cartilage.
All the fin-rays are cleft proximally and embrace the distal
segments of their supporting radial elements.
LaBripe.
Pseudoscarus superbus.
Dorsal fin.—There are eighteen radial elements and nineteen
fin-rays. The first eight of the series of radial elements (Pl. XXIII.
fig. 33, r.e.°-r.e.°) are al) unisegmental, consisting only of proximal
segments (p.s.). Hach proximal segment is more or less dagger-
shaped, with a short and nearly vertical postero-superior process,
as in Anarrhichas. At its distal extremity a slender bar of bone
passes from the base of the postero-superior process, and,
curving downwards and forwards, fuses with the anterior margin
of the segment in such a way as to form the outer half of a
bony chain-link. The ninth proximal segment (r.c.", p.s.) differs
from the preceding in the greater length and oblique backward
prolongation of its postero-superior process, and also in the fact
that it possesses an osseous distal segment (d.s.) for the support
of the first soft ray in addition to the more anteriorly placed
“ chain-link” for the last of the spinose rays. The remaining
elements are essentially similar to the ninth, although they have
no “ chain-link’? and gradually decrease in size. Behind the
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 575
eighteenth, to the proximal segment of which it is suturally
attached, there is a small osseous nodule which apparently repre-
sents an additional vestigial element.
The nine spinose rays have perforate bases for articulation by
“chain-links”’ with the first nine of the series of radial elements.
The ten soft rays, on the contrary, have the usual cleft bases for
the reception of the distal segments of the radial elements from
the ninth to the eighteenth, inclusive. Both the ninth and
tenth soft rays, however, are supported by a single distal
segment, viz., by that belonging to the last radial element.
The nature of the “ chain-link” of the first nine radial
elements appears somewhat puzzling. At first sight it seemed
possible that it might owe its formation to the fusion of a
hooked distal segment of one radial element with the anterior
distal margin of the next succeeding proximal segment ; but it is
certain that no trace of any such fusion can be detected even if
sections be taken through the possible line of junction and
microscopically examined. On the other hand, it seems
extremely probable that the chain-link results from a further
extension of a modification already pointed out in the case of
Anarrhichas, and also in the second radial element of the anterior
dorsal fin of Mugil. If the hook-like process of a proximal
segment in these Fishes were to curve forwards and downwards
to a still greater extent, as the result of a further ossification
of the interossicular ligament, and eventually fuse in front
with the anterior margin of the segment, we should at once
have a chain-link precisely similar to that of Pseudoscarus.
This conclusion derives additional support from the essential
similarity of the anterior radial elements of Pseuwdoscarus to
those supporting the entire fin in Anarrhichas. In both genera
the postero-superior processes are nearly vertical, and the fin-
rays are supported solely by the radial elements immediately
posterior to those to which they rightly belong.
Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are ten radial elements and
twelve fin-rays. All the radial elements are bisegmental. Behind
the last there is a vestigial proximal segment, without a fin-ray,
as in the dorsal fin.
Of the three anterior spinose rays the first two articulate with
the distal end of the proximal segment of the first radial
element. The first spine is cleft proximally and simply clips the
distal margin of the segment, while the second has a transversely
576 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
extended basal condyle fitting into a corresponding groove.
The base of the third spine is perforated by a foramen, into
which projects the contracted hinder end of the distal segment
of the same element. The soft rays immediately behind the
last spine have “peg-and-socket ” articulations with the distal
segments, but the more posterior rays simply embrace those
segments in the usual manner. The distal segment of the last
radial element supports the last two rays, the second of which
probably belongs to the vestigial element.
Labrichthys tetrica.
This species very closely resembles the preceding in the
character of its radial elements, and also in the mode of articu-
lation of the fin-rays to their supporting elements. Anterior to
the first of the ray-bearing series there is a vestigial element, in
addition to one behind the last of the series.
FIsTULARIID &.
Aulostoma chinense.
Anterior Dorsal fin—The continuous anterior spinose section
of the dorsal fin of other Acanthopterygii is represented in
Aulostoma by a series of eleven slender isolated spines, supported
by a corresponding number of similarly isolated radial elements.
Each radial element consists only of a proximal segment, which
is transversely grooved at its distal end for articulation with a
similarly modified condyle furnished by the uncleft base of a
spinose ray. The various segments are almost horizontally
disposed, the proximal extremity of each being directed forwards.
Posterior Dorsal jfin.—In this there are twenty-five radial
elements and twenty-seven soft fin-rays. All the radial elements,
except the last two, are bisegmental, consisting of both proximal
and distal segments, the former having well marked pcstero-
superior processes, and both having the usual relations for
mutual support. The last two of the series have a single large
distal segment between them, and this supports four fin-rays.
All the remainder support each a single fin-ray.
Anal fin.—This fin very closely resembles the posterior dorsal
in all essential features.
Or
NI
‘
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS.
CYCLOPTERIDZ.
Cyclopterus lwmpus.
Dorsal jfin.—The hinder dorsal fin of this species, corre-
sponding to the non-spinose portion of the dorsal fin of other
Acanthopterygii, consists of ten soft rays, supported by an equal
number of radial elements, all of which are bisegmental. The
proximal segments of the radial elements are nearly straight, or
at any rate are so slightly angulated at their distal extremities
as to present only slight traces of postero-superior processes.
The distal segments are small nodular ossicles. The connexion
of the distal and proximal segments of the same radial element,
and with those of contiguous elements, is loose and ligamentous,
and there are no articular relations between the different elements
for mutual support.
The basal ends of the cleft fin-rays are rugose and without
basal articular surfaces : their cleft proximal extremities embrace
the distal radial segments.
Anal fin.—This fin is precisely similar to the dorsal.
TRACHYPTERIDZ.
Regalecus argenteus.
From Parker’s description and figures [1] of the dorsal fin of
this species, it would seem that the supporting radial elements
are bisegmental. Except for a short distance anteriorly each
proximal radial segment is V-shaped, consisting of an anterior
and a posterior arm,andastem. The posterior arm is apparently
the equivalent of the postero-superior process of other Teleosts,
but the anterior arm is, so far as I am aware, peculiar. The
segments are so arranged in longitudinal series that the distal
extremity of the anterior arm of one abuts against the extremity
of the posterior arm of the segment immediately anterior, while
between the two, and supported to an equal extent by both, is
the distal radial segment, clipped by the cleft base of its fin-ray.
In the more anterior elements the two arms become merged in a
single triangular plate. The first five proximal segments are
partially fused and otherwise modified to support the fin-rays of
the characteristic head-crest of this species.
There is no anal fin.
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 46
578 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
LoPHOBRANCHII.
SYNGNATHIDA.
Siphonostoma typhle.
Here is a well-developed dorsal fin and a small, almost
vestigial anal fin.
Dorsal fin.—This fin consists of thirty-four bisegmental radial
elements, supporting a like number of soft finrays. The
proximal radial segments are very slender splint-like bones
without any trace of lateral longitudinal ridges, and exhibiting a
slight tendency to become arranged in groups of four each. In
each group the segments converge slightly towards their
proximal ends, where they are firmly attached to the summit of
the neural arch of a subjacent vertebra. Distally, the segments
diverge slightly and their dorsal extremities expanding some-
what come into apposition, and form with one another and with
those of other groups a continuous peripheral margin. The
distal segments consist of a series of rounded cartilagmous
nodules connected with one another longitudinally by ligament,
and but loosely connected by the same means with the distal
extremities of the proximal segments.
The fin-rays are slightly bifurcate at their basal extremities
and partially embrace the distal radial segments, to which they
are intimately united by fibrous tissue.
Hippocampus guttulatus.
Except for reduction in number, the fin-rays and their radial
elements in this species are essentially similar to those of the
preceding.
PLECTOGNATHI.
SCLERODERMI.
Balistes capriscus.
Anterior Dorsal fin.—The three spinose rays, with their osseous
supports and muscles, in Balistes vetula have been described
and figured by Sorensen [10]. The corresponding structures in
B. capriscus are precisely similar, except for the diminutive
size of the third spine. The radial elements supporting the
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 579
modified and highly specialized spines have apparently fused
together to form a curious boat-like structure furnished with
two large lateral foramina, through which are transmitted the
depressor muscles of the first spine and the erectores of the
second. Anteriorly this singular fin-support rests on the
posterior face of the skull, and behind it is attached by ligament
to the distal end of a fairly stout, shaft-like bone, the “ tige
apophysaire” of Holland*, the proximal extremity of which is
in ligamentous connexion with the distal end of one of the
anterior neural spines. The identification of the component
elements of the fiu-support is extremely difficult in adult speci-
mens, and hence any comparison with the more normal elements
of the posterior dorsal fin is likely to prove misleading. I am
inclined to think that three radial elements enter into its
formation, but to what extent the usual segments of these
elements are represented I can offer no opinion.
Posterior Dorsal fin.—In this fin there are twenty-seven radial
elements, supporting a corresponding number of soft, branched
and multiarticulate fin-rays. All the radial elements (Pl. XXIIL.
fig. 34, r.e.) are bisegmental, each consisting of a proximal (p.s.)
and a distal (d.s.) segment. The proximal segments exhibit a
general resemblance to the ordinary dagger-shaped bones of other
Teleosts, and for the greater part of the length of their parallel
and serrated anterior and posterior margins are in close sutural
connexion with one another, the union in those more posterior
extending even to partial anchylosis; they also interdigitate
with the subjacent neural spines, to which they are firmly and
rigidly attached. Superiorly, the proximal segments terminate
in cartilaginous extremities, which are in close apposition and
form an even dorsal margin traversed by a slight longitudinal
groove for articulation with the series of distal segments. On
the outer surface of each proximal segment there is a prominent
longitudinal bony ridge, which, however, ceases a little short of
the extreme distal end of the segment.
The distal segments, on the contrary, are small, somewhat
cubical, cartilaginous nodules with flat distal and convex
proximal surfaces, and so arranged that while in close ligamen-
tous connexion with one another in a longitudinal series they
tend to alternate with the proximal segments. The connexion
* Quoted by Sorensen, J. ¢,
4.6*
580 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
between the distal and proximal segments is less intimate than
in most other Teleosts. To some extent the series of distal
segments articulate with the longitudinal groove on the distal
margin of the series of proximal segments, and a short, relatively
stout ligament passes from each distal segment to the subjacent
proximal segments ; but the articulation between the two series
of segments is, nevertheless, unusually mobile—in fact, the
connexion of the distal segments with one another is much more
intimate than is their relation to the series of rigidly intercon-
nected proximal segments.
Each fin-ray (f-r.) is cleft basally and the two arms, which
terminate inferiorly in thin, plate-like expansions, and not in
articular surfaces, closely and firmly clip a distal radial segment.
Anal fin.—In the anal fin there are twenty-four radial
elements and a corresponding number of soft fin-rays, both of
which in structure and in mutual relations precisely resemble
those of the posterior dorsal fin,
Monacanthus granulosus.
As in Balistes, this species is provided with a short spinose
anterior dorsal fin and a soft posterior one, in addition to an
anal fin.
Anterior Dorsal jfin.—Sorensen [10] has also figured and
described the two spines with their supports and muscles in
M. pardalis, to which species MW. granulosus exhibits a fairly
close resemblance in so far as the structures in question are
concerned. The bony support for the spines is somewhat
similar to that of Balistes capriscus, but is shallower, with the
two lateral foramina replaced by notches, and, as it is wholly
supported by the hinder part of the cranial roof, the “tige apo-
physaire”’ is wanting. As in Balistes, the fin-support bears no
resemblance to the ordinary radial elements of the posterior
dorsal fin, and no suggestion can therefore be offered as to the
number or nature of such elements, or their segments, which
enter into its formation.
Posterior Dorsal jin.—This fin is very similar to the corre-
sponding fin in Balistes, and consists of twenty-eight or twenty-
nine radial elements and a corresponding number of soft rays.
The proximal radial segments are firmly connected with one
another by squamous sutures, and also with the subjacent neural
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 581
Spines between which they are interposed. In addition to the
lateral longitudinal bony ridge, each segment is furnished with
two lateral bony processes projecting outwards at right angles
to its long axis from a point a little below its distal end. The
distal segments are also similar to those of Balistes in their
relations and connexions inter se, the mobility of their articula-
tion with the proximal segments, and in their mode of insertion
into the cleft bases of their fin-rays.
Anal fin.—In almost every respect the anal fin is similar to
the posterior dorsal fin.
GYMNODONTES.
Tetrodon immaculatus.
Dorsal fin.—In this species the single short dorsal fin, which
is apparently the equivalent of the posterior dorsal fin of the
preceding species, consists of ten soft rays supported by a series
of seven radial elements (Pl. XXIII. fig. 35, 7.e."-7.e."). All the
elements are bisegmental. Their proximal segments (p.s.) are
elongated and somewhat irregular in shape, without any trace of
the usual lateral longitudinal ridges, and all are more or less
firmly connected together for a portion of their length by
squamous sutures. The cartilaginous distal extremities of the
segments fuse together into a continuous peripheral margin
(c.m.), which is separated from, but at the same time loosely
connected with, the distal segments by an intervening tract of
fibrous tissue (J.g.).
The distal segments are represented by a series of simple,
cubical, cartilaginous nodules (d.s.), widely separated from tie
proximal segments, although corresponding with them in
number. As in the two preceding species, the distal segments
are intimately connected together in a longitudinal series by
fibrous tissue.
The ten fin-rays have cleft bases, into which are inserted the
supporting distal radial segments. Towards the hinder part of
the fin more than one ray may be wholly or in part supported
by the same distal segment.
Anal fin—In this fin there are only four radial elements
(fig. 36, 7.e.'-7.e."), but at least ten soft fin-rays. The proximal
radial segments (p.s.) are firmly connected together although,
perhaps, less intimately than in the dorsal fin, and the first of
582 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
the series is exceptionally long and stout. The four cartilagi-
nous nodules representing the distal segments (d.s.) do not
correspond in position with the dorsal extremities of their
proximal segments, but are concentrated towards the anterior
border of the fin, and support in the usual manner the first four
fin-rays. The remaining rays have their bases imbedded in a
posterior extension of the fibrous tissue (/.g.), which in the
anterior part of the fin connects the fused cartilaginous
extremities of the proximal segments with the distal segments.
In all other respects the anal fin closely resembles the dorsal.
Diodon hystrix.
Dorsal jin—There are eleven proximal radial segments
(Pl. XXIII. fig. 37, p.s.), all of which, except the first and last,
are cylindrical for the middle portion of their length, but fused
distally into a continuous, dorsally grooved, cartilaginous margin
(c.m.), while their expanded and cartilage-tipped proximal extre-
mities are suturally united and at the same time firmly wedged in
between the neural spines of the subjacent vertebre. The first
and last of the series are much more massive and differ some-
what in shape from the others. The distal segments (d.s.) are
more numerous than the proximal, being sixteen in number.
The first is thick and cubical in shape; the remainder are more
or less elongated cartilaginous rods, except the last two or three,
which are much shorter and approximate to the condition of
simple nodules. The fin-rays are also sixteen in number, and
their bifid basal ends (fig. 38, fir.) ensheath the distal radial
segments (d.s.).
Anal fin.—This fin consists of nine proximal radial segments,
fifteen distal segments, and fifteen soft fin-rays, but in all other
respects it is almost precisely similar to the dorsal fin.
Orthagoriscus mola.
The fins and fin-supports of this species, with the remaining
portions of the skeleton, have been described and figured by
Wellenbergh [13] and Cleland [14]. As far as the fins are
concerned, Cleland’s account and figures are on the whole the
more detailed and accurate, but in some respects his description
is either incomplete or not sufficiently clear to admit of the
comparison of these structures with those of other Teleosts.
For this reason I have thought it desirable to revise Cleland’s
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 583
account in the light of an examination of a specimen of the
same species which I have recently had the opportunity of
dissecting.
Dorsal fin.—In all essential features this fin closely resembles
that of Diodon hystrix. In the series of radial elements there
are fifteen proximal segments and seventeen distal. Of the
proximal segments, the first differs in shape from the others, and,
as it takes no share in the support of the fin-rays, simply acts as
a buttress to the second, to the anterior margin of which it is
closely applied. The remaining proximal segments are expanded
and flattened out at their proximal extremities, where they are
in close contact with one another and, at the same time, wedged
in between the vertebral neural spines. Towards their distal
ends the segments contract and become nearly cylindrical, and,
finally, their cartilaginous distal extremities fuse indistinguish-
ably into an exceptionally thick, longitudinally disposed mass
of cartilage, which is marked by a longitudinal groove along its
dorsal border and traversed by a succession of deep vertical
grooves on each of its lateral surfaces for the passage of the
tendons of the fin-muscles.
The distal segments vary considerably im size and shape.
The first is short, thick, and somewhat flattened laterally ; the
succeeding four or five rapidly elongate and become thick,
four-sided, tapering cartilaginous rods; those following, while
retaining much the same shape, gradually diminish in length and
become more slender; while the last two or three of the series
are irregularly shaped cartilaginous masses. All the distal
segments are firmly connected with one another by ligament,
and their rounded proximal ends fit into the longitudinal groove
on the dorsal margin of the proximal segments; they are also
in ligamentous connexion with the proximal segments, but the
union is, nevertheless, of such a character that the distal seg-
ments and their fin-rays are capable of a considerable range of
ateral movement on their basal supports.
The fin-rays agree in number with the distal radial segments.
Of the anterior six the first is short, but the others, rapidly
increasing in length, remain undivided and support the relatively
unyielding anterior margin of the fin. The remaining eleven
rays fray out, as it were, at the distal ends and, gradually
diminishing in length, support the flexible cutaneous fold which
fringes the posterior margin of the fin from its apex downwards.
584 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
- Each fin-ray is cleft longitudinally for the proximal three-fourths
of its length, and its lateral halves expand towards the base of
the ray into thin splint-like plates, and firmly embrace between
them for nearly its whole length one of the distal radial
segments. In striking contrast to their massive supporting
cartilages, the posterior two or three rays are very feebly
developed.
Anal fin-—In the anal fin there are eleven proximal radial
segments, and fifteen distal segments supporting a like number
of fin-rays. Except for the partial fusion of the first two
proximal radial segments, the fin and its fin-supports differ but
little from the description of the dorsal fin given above.
III. SUMMARY.
In this section it is proposed to institute a comparison of the
principal modifications of the radial elements of the mesial fins
with regard to their degree of segmentation, the extent to which
they are affected by degeneration and concrescence, and the
variable modes of support they offer to the fin-rays, in different
groups of Fishes.
The most primitive type of radial element is to be found in the
Marsipobranchs, where they exist in the form of unsegmented
cartilaginous rods, either simple or dichotomously branched
towards their distal ends, and, in the absence of horny fibres or
fin-rays, they extend to the peripheral margins of the fins and
constitute their sole skeletal support.
In retaining the condition of simple unsegmented cartilaginous
rods, the radial elements of the Holocephala resemble those of the
Marsipobranchs; but how far the simplicity of these structures
is primitive, or has been acquired by the suppression of segments,
cannot at present be determined. Actinotrichia in the form of
horny fibres support the periphery of the fins.
In the most primitive of extinct Elasmobranchs (e. g. Clado-
selache, Plewracanthus) the radial elements of the dorsal fins
become complicated by segmentation, each being divided into a
basal and a distal segment, of which the distal is the longer. As
pointed out by Dean [11], the various elements extend to the
periphery of the fin and in conjunction with horny fibres, which
in Oladoselache are of secondary importance and lie between the
former, contribute to the support of the fin.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 585
In the Arthrodira (e. g. Coccosteus) [Smith Woodward, 12] the
radial elements are very similar bisegmental structures.
In existing Elasmobranchs the typically rod-like cartilaginous
radial elements are generally trisegmental, exhibiting a division
into proximal, mesial, and distal segments, flexibly connected with
one another by ligament, and in fairly close apposition throughout
their length for mutual support. The central or approximately
central elements are usually the longest, and almost invariably
the most anterior and posterior undergo reduction in length and
lose one or more of their constituent seements—facts which find
their legitimate explanation in the partial atrophy of an origi-
nally more extensive fin and the concentration of the persistent
residue of the fin-supports. The horny fibres, as was probably
also the case in the fossil Elasmobranchs above-mentioned, are
much more numerous than the supporting cartilages, and to
a greater extent than in extinct types they supplant the latter in
supporting the flexible peripheral margins of the fins. As has
already been pointed out, the radial elements are liable to con-
siderable modifications in different genera through (a) the longi-
tudinal concrescence of the proximal segments, or of both proximal
and mesial; (6) the suppression of particular segments in certain
of the elements ; and (¢) the apparently secondary subdivision of
the distal segments.
The polymorphic character of existing Ganoids is well illus-
trated by the existence of striking variations in the structure of
the radial elements, of which three well-marked types are repre-
sented within the limits of the group.
(1) In Acipenser and Polyodon the trisegmental radial ele-
ments are essentially similar to those of Elasmobranchs in shape
and mutual relations, in the large relative size of the mesial
segments, the tendency to occasional concrescence on the part of
the proximal segments, the excess in the number of dermal fin-
rays which they support, and also in the fact that the cleft bases
of the fin-rays embrace between them not only the distal but to
some extent the mesial segments also. On the other hand, there ,
are not wanting indications of increasing specialization in the
partial ossification of the proximal and mesial segments, and the
reduction of the distal segments to the condition of simple carti-
laginous nodules. The fin-rays also exhibit modifications in
the same direction. Not only are they partially ossified, but,
although more numerous than the supporting radial elements,
586 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
there is not that marked disparity which is so characteristic of
Elasmobranchs. Their reduction in number, as well as their
increase in size, is presumably due to the fusion of primitive
“actinotrichia ;”” and, in consequence of the more deeply seated
position of the radial elements, they now become the chief support
of the external portions of the fins.
(2) In Amia and Lepidosteus the radial elements exhibit a
decided approximation to the condition of these structures in the
more generalized Teleosts. ‘They are trisegmental, each element
consisting of an ossified dagger-shaped proximal segment, an hour-
glass-shaped mesial segment also ossified, and a nodular eartila-
ginous distal segment. The various segments afford mutual
Support to one another, not by their parallelism and apposition,
but by the articulation of the mesial and distal segments of one
element with the proximal and mesial segments of that next
succeeding. A marked reduction in the number of fin-rays has
taken place, and each radial element has now but a single ray,
which is cleft basally and clips the distal segment of its proper
radial element ; but from what has been said as to the articular
relations of the segments of contiguous elements, it is obvious
that two elements contribute directly or indirectly to the support
of each ray. The dermal fin-rays are now the exclusive support
of the externally visible portions of the fins, the radial elements
having become deeply seated between the dorso-lateral muscles
of opposite sides of the body—a position which they retain in the
remaining Ganoids and in all Teleosts. Indications of suppres-
sion of segments of particular elements are not wanting, and, as
in Elasmobranchs, they are characteristic of the more anterior or
posterior of the supporting elements of the fins, which, in con-
sequence, may become bisegmental or even unisegmental. The
fact that in Lepidosteus the first and last of the radial elements
of both the dorsal and anal fins support one or two rays, in addition
to the single ray which normally belongs to each, is probably
due to the concentration of certain rays which have lost their
radial elements during the atrophy of a primitively more extensive
fin, on the first and last of the persistent residue of the fin-
supports. The presence of vestigial radial elements (Amia)
between the dorsal and anal fins indicates the primitive continuity
of these structures.
(8) The third type, represented by Polypterus, is of a singularly
aberrant character. The simple bisegmental elements of the
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 587
more primitive anal fin cannot readily be compared with those
of other Ganoids. The dorsal and ventral segments of each
element may correspond to the proximal and mesial segments of
other Ganoids, the distal segment having been suppressed, but it is
by no means clear that this is the correct interpretation. I am
inclined to think that the counterpart of this type of fin-support
must be looked for in older and more primitive forms. Com-
parison with the simple bisegmental radial elements of the dorsal
fins of such ancient Elasmobranchs as Cladoselache and Pleura-
canthus, or of such Arthrodira as Coccosteus, reveals a very close
agreement with Polypterus, and suggests that the latter has
retained in its anal fin a more primitive type of fin-support than
any living fish except, perhaps, the Marsipobranchs. Further
indications of the primitive character of the anal fin of Polypterus
are to be found in the absence of the characteristic articulation
between contiguous radial elements which is so marked a feature
in. Amia and Lepidosteus, and in the fact that the dermal fin-rays
are twice as numerous as their supporting elements.
The radial elements of the dorsal fin present a striking contrast
to those ofthe anal fin. That their simple unsegmented condition
is not due to the retention of a primitive character, but, on the
‘contrary, is the result of specialization, is suggested by the size
of the structures they support. The spines of the anterior part
of the fin, and even the multiarticulate branched rays of the
hinder part, are exceptionally massive, and the segmentation of
the supporting elements would obviously detract somewhat from
their value as skeletal supports for the former. Hence, whatever
may have been the primitive condition of the fin-supports, and
the probability is that they resembled those of the anal fin, it
seems legitimate to infer that the reduction of each element to a
single segment is correlated with their function as supports for
exceptionally large dermal fin-rays. A precisely similar modifi-
cation and reduction is frequently associated with the develop-
ment of unusually large spines in many Teleosts *. But if this
explanation be correct, it might reasonably be anticipated that
fossil Crossopterygidz with soft fin-rays would throw some light
on the primitive character of the fin-supports in this group; but
unfortunately the evidence available from this source, although
not opposed to the suggestion, is by no means conclusive. In
* See also Aulostoma chinense, where a modification very similar to that
referred to in Polypterus has taken place in the anterior dorsal fin.
588 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
Eusthenopteron Foordi, Whiteaves, the radial elements in both
the dorsal and anal fins are apparently bisegmental, but the
basal segments in each fin are confluent, although three distal
segments are distinct and support the numerous fin-rays. In
Undina gulo, Egerton, two radial elements are present in each fin,
which are fused distally but distinct and divergent proximally ;
and in Diplurus longicaudatus, Newberry, the fin-supports of the
two dorsal fins have fused into a single piece in each case, which
dorsally supports the dermal fin-rays. The fin-supports of
Eusthenopteron Foordi are obviously derived from a primitive
bisegmental type; but it is equally clear in this species, as well
as in Diplurus and Undina, that the structures in question have
undergone considerable specialization in which concrescence has
played an important part.
In several families of Physostomous Teleosts, viz., the Osteo-
glossidx, Murznidx, Hsocide, Cyprinide, Salmonide, and possibly
in others, more or fewer of the radial elements of both the dorsal
and anal fins are trisegmental; and in this respect, as well as in
the relations of the segments of contiguous elements for mutual
support, these families more or less closely resemble the Ganoid
genera Amia and Lepidosteus. Of the five families, the Osteo-
glosside and the Murenide are undoubtedly the most primitive
in so far as the character of the fin-supports is concerned, and
approach most closely to the two Ganoid genera. In the
Murenide (Conger and Anguilla) all the radial elements are
trisegmental; and there is no concentration of fin-rays on the
first or last of the series, each element possessing only a single
ray. In the Osteoglosside suppression has slightly modified
certain elements to the extent that the last two in the dorsal
and anal fins have lost their distal segments.
In the three remaining families there is a tendency to a
variable reduction in the number of radial elements which retain
the primitive trisegmental character, the reduction affecting the
more anterior and posterior of the series, which in consequence
become bisegmental or even unisegmental. The reduction in the
case of the anterior elements is undoubtedly associated with the
requirements of a firm support for the large and often spinose
anterior dermal fin-rays; in the case of the posterior elements
the reduction is clearly due to degeneration, and is invariably
associated with the presence of feebly developed rays or their
absence (e. g. Barbus). The extent to which reduction modifies
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 589
the character of the radial elements of different portions of the
dorsal fin in these families may be represented in the following
Table.
Number of
Name of Species. radial | Trisegmental.} Bisegmental. |Unisegmental.
elements.
Esocidee.
Hsox luctus .......-- 20 6-15 2-5, 16-20 1
Oyprinide.
Barbus vulgaris ... 10 5-9 14 10
Cyprinus carpio ... 22 3-21 1-2 22
Salmonide.
Coregonus pollan... 12 6-11 3-5 1-2, 12
The existence of trisegmental radial elements in Teleosts has
not previously been recorded, at all events so far as I have been
able to discover. The development of the radial elements has
been studied by Harrison [3]; and from the results of his
investigations in Salmo salar and Carassius auratus it would
appear that each element first makes its appearance in the form
of a somewhat curved cartilaginous rod or “ Flossenstrahltrager,”
the convexity of which is directed forwards. “ Schliesslich bildet
sich aus dem undifferenzirten Gewebe am Ende jedes Flossen-
strahltragers ein kleiner kugelformiger Knorpel, mit dem sich
der Flossenstrahl eng verbindet. Jedes Flossenstrahlpaar um-
greift die knorpelige Kugel mit ihrem centrale Ende, welches
zu einem kurzen und beinahe horizontalen Fortsatz umgebogen
ist, und zwei Gebilde vereinigen sich vollstandig vermittelst
eines starken Bindegewebes” (J. c. p.521). Nomention is made
of mesial segments, although such segments are undoubtedly
present in both the Salmonide and Cyprinide in the adult state,
but it is probable that the omission is due to the fact that
Harrison’s investigations were principally directed to the origin
and metameric relations of the fin-muscles, and ceased at a much
earlier stage than that at which the radial elements attain their
adult characters. As regards the origin of the mesial segments,
two alternative methods may be suggested. It is of course
possible that, like the distal segments, they owe their forma-
tion to the chondrification of indifferent connective tissue
between the “ Flossenstrahltrager ’’ and the cartilaginous nodule
representing the distal segment ata later stage; or it may be
590 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
that they result from secondary segmentation of the distal part
of the “ Flossenstrahltrager.” The latter of the two suggestions
seems the more reasonable; for the curvature of the “ Flossen-
strahltriger ” is strongly suggestive of the similarly bent shape
of an ordinary proximal and mesial segment taken together. It
is nevertheless probable that the cutting-off of the mesial segment
may in some cases precede ossification, while in others it may be
the result of the appearance of a separate centre of ossification
at the distal end of the “ Flossenstrabltrager.” _Lepidosteus and
Amia are, perhaps, examples of the former method, inasmuch
as in these genera the cartilage-tipped mesial segments are
separated by a very evident suture from the similarly tipped
distal extremities of the proximal segments. On the other hand,
in Esox (Pl. XXI. fig. 11), and possibly in other Teleosts with
trisegmental elements, the second method has been the one
adopted, the mesial segments in the more anterior radial elements
of the dorsal fin being represented by small ossific centres in
the unsegmented cartilaginous extremity of a backwardly curved
“ Flossenstrahltriger.”’
The existence of separable mesial segments in Teleosts, not
only in the families above mentioned but also in certain
Acanthopterygii, renders it possible to regard the radial elements
of Teleosts as typically trisegmental, and therefore directly com-
parable with the corresponding structures in Ganoids (excluding
Polypterus) and existing Elasmobranchs.
As regards the relative constancy of the three typical segments
of a radial element, it seems reasonable to infer, from the order
of their suppression, that not only in the families above men-
tioned, but in Teleosts generally, the proximal segment is the
most constant, that the distal segment is next constant, while the
mesial is apparently the least constant and that most likely to
disappear first.
In the Physostome families the itiiriate! Characinida, and the
Clupeide the radial elements are either bisegmental or uniseg-
mental, never, owing to the absence of a distinct mesial segment,
trisegmental: very rarely is it the case, as in some Siluride (e. g.
Cnidoglanis), that a functional dorsal fin has no radial elements but
is supported solely by its fin-rays. In the Characinide (Citharinus)
and the Clupeide (Clupea) all the radial elements in both fins
are bisegmental, consisting of proximal and distal segments. In
the Silurids (Platystoma, Amiuwrus), while the great majority of
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 591
the elements remain bisegmental, more or fewer of the anterior
ones become specialized for the support of powerful defensive
spines, and in consequence lose their distal segments and become
unisegmental, as, for example, the first two elements of the dorsal
fin. On the other hand, in the Gymnotide the distal segments
are either entirely wanting or are represented by simple fibrous
pads interposed between the fin-rays and the distal extremities
of the proximal segments.
It is nevertheless interesting to note that in the Clupeide and
Siluride, as in so many other Teleosts, the distal extremities of
the proximal radial segments of the dorsal fin, with the occasional
exception of the more anterior of the series, are produced
obliquely upwards and backwards into well-marked postero-
superior processes, which in their relations to the distal segments,
as well as in their articulation with the proximal segments of the
next succeeding elements, exhibit a striking resemblance to the
mesial segments of Amiaand Lepidosteus and of those Physostomi
with trisegmental elements. There is, however, no evidence that
these processes are mesial segments which have fused with the
proximal segments, or that they can be looked upon in any other
light than as modifications of the distal extremities of ordinary
proximal segments that have taken the place of the missing
mesial segments ; and this conclusion is supported by the fact that
in some Teleosts (e. g. Regalecus) similar processes, but antero-
superior in position, may be developed from the distal ends of
the proximal segments and exist in conjunction with ordinary
postero-superior processes *. In the Characinide (Citharinus)
these processes are entirely wanting, and the proximal segments
derive mutual support from the simple apposition of their distal
extremities. In the Gymnotide (Gymnotus) not only are
postero-superior processes undeveloped, but the proximal seg-
ments have no articular relations, and except for their ligamentous
connexion are quite distinct from one another T.
As regards the ossification of the radial elements, the proximal,
and the mesial segments when present are invariably ossified :
* Tt is not altogether improbable, however, that a proximal segment and its
postero-superior process may correspond to Harrison’s “ Flossenstrahltrager,”
and therefore represent an undivided proximo-mesial segment ossified continu-
ously from a single centre.
t The .proximal radial segments of the anal fin very generally possess
oblique postero-inferior, processes which are smilar in their mutual relations to
the postero-superior processes of the dorsal fin.
592 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
the distal segments are variable in this respect, and may either
be simple cartilaginous nodules (Hsox), or become ossified
(Cyprinus, Barbus, Osteoglossum, Citharinus), in some (e. g. Cy-
prinus) from two lateral centres.
Lateral longitudinal ridges on the outer surfaces of the
proximal radial segments are now generally present, as in most
other Teleosts, and serve to increase the surface available for the
origin of the erector and depressor muscles of the fin-rays.
In the Anacanthini, represented by the Gadidx (Gadus, Mer-
luccius) and the Pleuronectide (Pleuronectes), the radial elements ;
with the occasional exception of the last of the series, are biseg-
mental, mesial segments being invariably wanting. The persist-
ence of simple nodular distal segments, usually cartilaginous,
throughout the series, even in the anterior elements, is evidently
associated with the absence of spinose fin-rays. In the Gadide
the proximal segments possess well-developed postero-superior
processes in the dorsal and postero-inferior processes in the anal
fin, with the usual articular relations with the distal segments and
with contiguous proximal segments. In the Pleuronectide these
processes are wanting, the proximal segments being in simple
parallel apposition.
In the Acanthopterygian Teleosts, as might be expected, there
is a wide range of variation in the condition of the radial elements.
The only families in which the trisegmental type occurs are the
Berycide (Holocentrum), Percide (Mesoprion), and the Sphyre-
nide (Sphyrena). In Holocentrum, all the ray-bearing elements
of the posterior non-spinose section of the dorsal fin, and, with
the exception of the first three, all those of the anal fin are tri-
segmental. In Sphyrena only the last five of the soft portion
of the dorsal fin and the last four of the anal fin are triseg-
mental; andin Mesoprion the last four of the posterior dorsal fin
and the last three of the anal fin. The remaining elements of the
posterior dorsal and the anal fins of the last two genera and the
first three of the anal fin in Holocentrum are bisegmental, as also
are those which support the anterior spinose section of the dorsal
fin in all three genera*. In the remaining Acanthopterygii,
* Tt may be remarked that Holocentrum is a modern representative of one
of the oldest families of existing Teleosts; and from this point of view the
fact that the radial elements of the hinder section of the dorsal fin and the
anal fin retain their primitive trisegmental character to a greater extent than
in any other living Acanthopterygii is of considerable interest.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 593
excluding the Blenniide, the supporting elements of the hinder
soft-rayed portion of the dorsal fin and also those of the anal fin
(if present) are bisegmental; and the same may be said of the
fin-supports of the spinose portion of the dorsal fin in the
Percide, Sparide, Scombride, and Carangide, and of the whole
dorsal fin of the Trachypteride. On the other hand, in the
Cottide, Mugilide, Labride, and Fistulariide the anterior
Spinose dorsal fin is supported by radial elements which consist
only of proximal segments, and are therefore unisegmental. In
the Blenniide the whole of the extensive dorsal fin is supported
by unisegmental elements. As arule, the posterior soft-rayed
part of the dorsal fin and the anal fin more or less closely agree
in the character of their radial elements ; the Blenniide, in which
the elements of the dorsal fin are unisegmental while those of the
anal are bisegmental, being the only family in which there is any
marked difference between the two series.
Indications of the suppression of segments are not wanting in
fins in which the majority of the radial elements are either
trisegmental or bisegmental: this is apparent, for example, in
Perca, where the last three elements of the spinose part of the
dorsal fin have lost their distal segments, and in Awlostoma,
where the last two of the posterior dorsal fin are similarly
modified.
In nearly all the Acanthopterygii the proximal radial segments
of the dorsal and anal fins are furnished with postero-superior or
postero-inferior processes with the usual articular relations: they
are, however, usually wanting in the more anterior elements of
each fin.
In the more typical Acanthopterygii, such as the Berycide,
Percide (excluding Mesoprion), Sparidz, and the Scombride, the
postero-superior processes in the spinose part of the dorsal fin,
and the distal radial segments which articulate with them, are
laterally expanded and bent upwards so as to form sections of a
continuous, medio-dorsal, bony groove for the reception of the
spines when deflected. In the Cottide, where distal segments
are wanting, the postero-superior processes are alone concerned
in the formation of the groove. In others, as in the Blenniide,
the groove is absent. Occasionally, through their considerable
increase in length, the postero-superior and postero-inferior pro-
cesses serve to connect together the otherwise widely separated
radial elements which support externally distinct fins or finlets,
LINN. JOURN.— ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXV. 47
594 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
as is the case with the isolated dorsal and ventral finlets of
Scomber. Inthe Trachypterid (Regalecus) only are the proximal
radial segments provided with antero-superior processes either
singly or in conjunction with postero-superior ones.
In the Lophobranchii, as represented by the Syngnathide
(Siphonostoma), the radial elements of the dorsal fin are all
bisegmental, consisting of proximal and distal segments only.
The proximal segments are simple elongated ossicles, without
lateral longitudinal ridges or postero-superior processes, and are
in simple apposition by their cartilage-tipped distal extremities.
The distal segments agree in number with the proximal, and are
simple cartilaginous nodules connected with one another by
ligament in a longitudinal series.
In the Plectognathi the radial elements are essentially similar
in the single dorsal and the anal fin of the Gymnodontes (Diodon,
Tetrodon, and Orthagoriscus), and in the posterior dorsal and
anal fins of the Sclerodermi (Balistes, Monacanthus), but are
modified by fusion, and in other respects, in the anterior dorsal
fin of the two latter genera. Inthe Sclerodermi the cartilaginous
distal extremities of the proximal radial segments, although in
close apposition so as to form an even dorsal margin for articu-
lation with the distal segments, are nevertheless distinct ; in the
Gymnodontes, on the contrary, the extremities fuse into a con-
tinuous margin of cartilage traversed by a longitudinal groove for
articulation with the series of distal segments. In the Sclero-
dermi, and in Zetrodon among the Gymnodontes, the distal
segments agree in number with the proximal; but in Diodon
and Orthagoriscus the former are the more numerous, and agree
numerically with the fin-rays they support. In the two last-
mentioned genera the distal segments, instead of being small in
size and cubical in shape, assume the form of elongated cartila-
ginous rods, a condition which exists in no other Teleosts. The
Gymnodontes are also peculiar among Teleosts in that the vertebral
extremities of the proximal radial segments are provided with
cartilaginous epiphyses.
Vestigial radial elements in the form of slender rod-like
ossicles, or flattened lamellar bony plates, are of frequent occur-
rence in Teleosts, and apparently represent persistent proximal
segments which have lost their dermal fin-rays. Very often there
is a single vestigial element immediately posterior to the last ray-
bearing element of the dorsal fin (e. g. Holocentrum, Mesoprion,
Sphyrena), and not infrequently a more or less extensive series
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 595
is to be found in front of the first. Thus in the latter position
there may be only one vestigial element (e. g. Perca), or three
(Mesoprion, Pagellus, Caranz), or seven (Citharinus) or eight
(Abramis) ; and in a few instances the number may be so con-
siderable as to extend the series to the posterior face of the skull,
as, for example, where the numbers are seventeen (Coregonus),
or eighteen (Clupea). In some instances such vestigial elements
are interposed between the ray-bearing elements of fins which
externally are discontinuous: thus, between the mesial and
posterior dorsal fins of Gadus eglefinus there are three vestigial
elements; between the anterior and posterior dorsal fins of
Scomber scomber fifteen; and in a similar position in Mugil
capito three. The presence of these ossicles must be regarded
as indicating the existence of a primitively more extensive dorsal
fin ; and in the case of Scomber, Gadus, and Mugil proves also the
original continuity of fins which in the adult are distinct. No
vestigial elements are ever present anterior to the first ray-bearing
element of the anal fin, although somewhat rarely there may be
one behind the last.
Radial elements are in ligamentous connexion with one
another ; and in the absence of definite articulations, inter se, this
may be the only bond of union between them (e. g. Cyclopterus).
Where the elements are trisegmental, a ligament (interossicular _
ligament) extends backwards from each distal segment to the
mesial and distal segments of the next succeeding element. In
the absence of a mesial segment, the postero-superior or postero-
inferior process takes its place as a point of attachment for the
ligament ; and when both mesial and distal segments are wanting,
the ligament extends between the distal extremities of successive
proximal segments. In some genera the ossification of the
ligaments, or of portions of them, may give rise to bony hook-
like processes for articulation with the dermal fin-rays (Holocen-
trum, Mugil, Anarrhichas).
Relations of the various Segments of the Radial Elements to the
Dermal Fin-rays in different Teleosts.
Asin Lepidosteus and Amia, so in the majority of Teleosts, each
element normally possesses only a single fin-ray ; but owing to the
fact that the distal segments which directly support the fin-rays
articulate not only with the mesial or, in their absence, the
proximal segment of the same radial element, but also with the
proximal segment of the next succeeding element, it is very
47*
596 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
generally the case that two elements contribute directly or
indirectly to the support of each ray. In certain families, how-
ever, as the result of the suppression of both mesial and distal
segments, either in the entire dorsal fin or in the anterior
section of it, the fin-rays become disassociated from their own
proper elements, and are supported solely by the proximal
radial segments immediately posterior to those to which they
really belong (e.g. Blenniide, Labride). In only one or
two families (e. g. Cyclopteride), and probably as the result of
degeneration, are the fin-rays exclusively supported by their own
proper radial elements. Evidence of the concentration of fin-
rays is apparent in the dorsal and anal fins of most Teleostean
Fishes. Thus, the first radial element of the dorsal fin in Hsox
and Coregonus supports two rays, of which the second is, without
doubt, its proper ray ; in Barbus and Cyprinus it supports three
rays in addition to the fourth—the proper ray of this element.
The corresponding radial element of the anal fin may also suport
additional rays, as may the last element of both the dorsal
and anal fins. In all these instances the explanation previously
given in the case of Amia and Lepidosteus holds good. It is
possible in those genera (e. g. Citharinus) where the first radial
element of the dorsal fin possesses supernumerary rays or spines,
and there are also vestigial elements anterior to it, that the
additional rays pertain to certain of the hinder vestigial elements.
The mode of articulation of the dermal fin-rays with their
supporting radial elements is subject to a wide range of variation
in different Teleosts, and even in different portions of the same
fin. The more characteristic articulations are, for the most part,
well known to ichthyologists ; but it is nevertheless worth while
to summarize the part played by the different segments of the
radial elements in their formation. Briefly, it may be said that
the method of articulation is dependent upon (1) the size of the
dermal fin-rays; (2) the extent and kind of movement which
takes place between the rays and the radial elements; and (8)
variations in the metbed by which similar results are produced
in different groups of Fishes.
The simplest, and probably the more primitive method, occurs
in such instances where, as in Amia and Lepidosteus, Osteoglossum
and Murena, the cleft base of each fin-ray merely embraces or
clips the distal segment of its radial element. This method
is characteristic of the soft multiarticulate variety of fin-ray,
and is sometimes to be found throughout the whole extent
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 597
of a fin, not only in the genera above mentioned, but in the
Pleuronectide, Gymnotide, Lophobranchii, and Plectognathi,
and very generally also in the feebler rays which constitute the
hinder part of the fin in such Teleosts as possess a distal series
of radial segments. With an increase in the size of the soft
fin-rays towards the central and anterior portions of a fin, the
proximal extremities of the cleft base of a ray may become
enlarged and terminate in two lateral basal condyles which
acquire a definite articulation with facets on the anterior portion
of the distal end of the next succeeding proximal segment, in
addition to its normal relations with its own distal radial seg-
ment; while it may not infrequeutly be the case that a firmer
connexion between the distal segment and its fin-ray is brought
about, by the development of two in-growing tubercular or peg-
like processes from the inner surfaces of the cleft base of a ray,
which fit into corresponding sockets on the lateral surfaces of the
distal segment (peg-and-socket joint), as, for example, in Citha-
rinus and Conger. In the case of the spinose and often massive
rays of the anterior portion of a fin, the methods of articulation
are many and various. Excluding the Acanthopterygii and
dealing first with the Physostomi, the base of a spine, by the
secondary closure of the basal cleft, may become converted into
a transversely extended condyle articulating, in the absence of
a distal segment, with a suitably modified surface or groove on
the distal extremity of the proximal radial segment, and, in
addition, possessing also a “ hook-link”’ or even a “chain-link ”
connexion with the same segment, as is the case, for example, with
the defensive spines of many Siluride ; or the spines, retaining
their cleft bases, may simply clip the dorsal margin of the segment
(e. g. the guard-spines of the Siluride) ; or, finally, their method
of articulation may be precisely similar to that of the larger soft
rays, as in the serrated defensive spines of Cyprinus and Barbus.
The most characteristic methods of connexion between the
spinose rays and their radial elements are, however, the “ chain-
link ” and “ hook-link” articulations of the anterior dorsal fin of
the Acanthopterygil.
“ Chain-link ” articulations may be formed in several ways :—
(a) By the formation of a hook-like bony process from the
hinder margin of a distal radial segment, which extends back-
wards to a sutural or a firm ligamentous connexion with a bony
tubercle on the distal end of the next succeeding proximal
segment, the bony loop thus formed traversing a foramen in the
598 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
base of the spinose ray. As previously mentioned in the case of
Conger, Citharinus, and Holocentrum, the hook-like process pro-
bably owes its formation to a further modification of the “ peg-
and-socket ” method of articulation. Examples of this form of
“ chain-link” articulation are to be found in the Scombride,
Percide, Berycide, and Sparide.
(6) The suppression of the series of mesial and distal seg-
ments and the extension of the bony tubercle already mentioned
above in the form of a loop forwards and downwards to its
fusion with the distal end of the same proximal segment ata
point more anterior to its origin—the loop, as before, traversing
a foramen in the base of the spine. In this case there can be
little doubt that the loop owes its formation to the growth of the
bony tubercle by the ossification of the interossicular ligament.
The Mugilide and the Labride furnish examples of this variety
of “ chain-link.”
(c) The ingrowth of tubercles from the inner surfaces of the
basal halves of a cleft spine through the distal margin of a
proximal segment and their subsequent mesial union. This
method is probably due to a modification of the “ peg-and-
socket ” joint, except that the ingrewing tubercles perforate the
superior margin of a proximal radial segment instead of a
distal segment. Examples of this method of articulation may
be found in the anterior and usually supernumerary spinose rays
of the dorsal or anal fins of the Percide (Mesoprion), Sparide
(Pagellus), Scombride (Scomber), Carangide (Caranx), and
Mugilide (Mugil). It is possible, however, in some cases, as
in the particular instance of the second and third anal spines of
Holocentrum, that the ossification of the interossicular ligament,
by which the Jistal radial segments are connected with their own
and with immediately adjacent proximal segments, may contribute
to the formation of the bony loops.
The “‘ hook-link ” is, so to speak, an incipient stage in develop-
ment of a form of chain-link (0), and is associated with the
suppression of both the mesial and radial segments and the
growth of the bony tubercle above mentioned in the form of a
hook through a foramen in the base of a fin-ray, but without
again uniting with the proximal segment to which it belongs.
Tn this form of joint, as previously pointed out, each ray or spine
is solely supported by the proximal radial segment immediately
posterior to that to which it rightly pertains, as, for example,
in the dorsal fin of the Blennide.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 599
In the Sphyrenide and the Cottide may be found examples of
peculiar methods of articulation which are different from any of
those hitherto considered. In the former of the two families the
distal radial segments have no hook-like processes, and the base
of each spine forms a transversely elongated condyle which fits
into a corresponding groove between the distal segment of one
radial element and the adjacent distal end of the next succeeding
proximal segment. The latter family exhibit a somewhat similar
method of articulation, except that in the absence of distal
segments the hinder margin of a postero-superior process forms
the anterior boundary of the articular groove for reception of the
condylar base of the spinose fin-ray.
From what has been said as to the articular relations of the
fin-rays and their supporting radial elements, it is obvious that
the development of spinose rays in Teleosts is one of the factors
concerned in the reduction of typically trisegmental elements to
the bisegmental or unisegmental condition. ‘The existence of
trisegmental elements is always associated with the support of
soft multiarticulate rays, and there is not a single Teleost in
which such elements support spines. And even where the
majority of the elements are bisegmental, as in the anterior
dorsal fin of the Siluroids, the development of special defensive or
“ ouard-spines ” is associated with the reduction of their supports
to the unisegmental type. An increase even in the size of the
soft rays is occasionally attended by a reduction from the tri-
segmental to the bisegmental condition, as may be seen in the
anterior elements of the first dorsal fin in several of the Cypri-
noids. It is, moreover, in the anterior spinose dorsal fin of the
Acanthopterygian Teleosts that the reduction reaches its maxi-
mum, extending, as it does in whole families, to the existence of
simple unisegmental elements. It is nevertheless certain that
increase in the growth of spinose rays is not the only factor in
this process of reduction. The Gymnotidz have sott rays com-
bined with unisegmental elements. The large anterior dorsal
spines of the Percidx, Berycide, and Sparidz are supported by
bisegmental elements, but the relatively much less massive spines
of the Cottide and Mugilide by unisegmental elements. The
development of spines may have been one of the factors in
reduction, but there is also little doubt that the increasing
specialization of existing Teleosts and the gradual loss of many
of their more primitive characters are contributory eauses.
600 PROF. T. W. BRIDGE ON THE MESIAL
IV. REFERENCES.
1. Parxer, T. J.— “Studies in New Zealand Ichthyology.
i. On the Skeleton of Regalecus argenteus.” Trans. Zool.
Soe. vol. xu. pt. 1, 1886.
29. Ryper, J. A—On the Origin of Heterocerey and the
Evolution of the Fins and Fin-rays of Fishes.” United
States Commission of Fish and Fisheries: Commissioner’s
Report for 1884, Part 12.
3. Harrison, R. G.—“ Die Entwicklung der unpaaren und
paarigen Flossen der Teleostier.” Archiv fir mikr.
Anatomie, Bd. xlvi. 1895 ; also Johns Hopkins University
Circulars, vol. xiil., no. 11., 1894.
4. Dean, Basurorp.—Fishes, Living and Fossil. Columbia
University Biological Series, i11., 1895.
5. Toacker, J. K.—“ Median and Paired Fins. A Contri-
bution to the History of the Vertebrate Limbs.” Trans.
Connecticut Academy, vol. ii., 1877.
6. Mivarr, St. G.—“ Notes on the Fins of Elasmobranchs,
with considerations on the Nature and Homologues of
Vertebrate Limbs.” Trans. Zool. Soc. vol. x., 1878.
7, Franque, Henricus.—Amiz Calyee anatomium descripsit
tabulaque illustravit. Berlin, 1847.
8. SuurrzpT, R. W.—“ The Osteology of Amia calva.” Ex-
tracted from the Annual Report of the Commissioner of
Fish and Fisheries for 1883. Washington, 1885.
9. McMurricu, J. P.—‘ Contributions to the Anatomy of
Amiurus.’ Toronto, 1884. Reprinted from Proce.
Canadian Institute, (n. s.) vol. 11., 1884.
9a. GinruEeR, A.—Deep-Sea Fishes. ‘Challenger’ Reports,
vol. XXil.
10. SérENsEN, W.—Om Lydorganer hos Fiske. Copenhagen,
1884.
41. Dean, Basurorp. Journ. Morph. vol. ix. p. 87; ¢f also
Natural Science, vol. viii. p. 245.
12. Woopwarp, A. S.—British Museum Catalogue of Fossil
Fishes, vol. i., 1891.
13. WentensercH, P. H. J.—Observationes Anatomice de
Orthagoriscus mola. 1840.
14, Crenanp, J—“On the Anatomy of the Short Sun-fish (Ortha-
goriscus mola). Nat. Hist. Review, vol. i. 1862, p. 170.
FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS. 601
EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.
[Unless otherwise stated the figures are natural size. |
Puatr XXI.
Fig.1. Polyodon folium. Radial elements of the dorsal fin.
2. Amia calva. Radial elements of the central portion of the dorsal fin.
3. Lepidosteus osseus. Radial elements of dorsal fin.
4. Polypterus bichir. Two radial elements, with their finlets and spines,
from anterior part of dorsal fin.
(3), = Two similar radial elements from posterior part of
dorsal fin (supra-caudal fin).
6. % S Radial elements of anal fin.
7. Osteoglossum formosum. Five radial elements from eentral portion of
dorsal fin, with four fin-rays. Twice natural
size.
8. = 5 Four radial elements of anal fin and four fin-
rays. ‘Twice nat. size.
9. Conger conger. Four radia] elements of dorsal fin.
OS 5 9 Distal radial segment and its ‘‘ peg-and-socket ” articu-
lation with a fin-ray.
11. ELsox lucius. Radial elements of dorsal fin and their fin-rays.
12. Barbus vulgaris. Radial elements of dorsal fin and fin-rays.
1. ha = Radial elements of anal fin and fin-rays.
14. Platystoma tigrinum. Radial elements of dorsal fin and their fin-rays.
IB, is ws Dorsal view of anterior radial elements.
16. be " Four radial elements of anal fin.
17. Citharinus Geoffroyi. First four radial elements of dorsal fin.
18. a as Dorsal view of first three radial elements, showing
mode of articulation of fin-rays with distal radial segment. Twice
nat. size.
Puate XXII.
Fig.19. Gymnotus electricus. Four radial elements of anal fin.
20. Pleuronectes platessa. Five radial. elements of dorsal fin.
21. Holocentrum spiniferosum. The first four and the last eighteeen radial
elements of the dorsal fin.
22. Fe 3 Dorsal view of four radial elements from
anterior section of dorsal fin, to show
mode of formation of the “ chain-link”
articulation and the dorsal groove.
23. 5 %5 Radial elements of anal fin.
24, Mesoprion gembra, The first four radial elements of the dorsal fin.
2d; HA 3 Three radial elements from the non-spinose
posterior section of the dorsal fin.
602
. Mesoprion gembra.
. Sphyrena Commersonit.
. Lrigla gurnardus.
. Mugil capito.
. Anarrhichas lupus.
. Pseudoscarus superbus.
. Letrodon tmmnaculatus.
. Diodon hystrix.
int.lig.
MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS.
Puate XXIII.
First four radial elements of anal fin.
Six radial elements of anterior dorsal fin.
Dorsal view of three elements from the same
fin, and one spinose ray.
Dorsal view of four radial elements from anterior
Spinose portion of dorsal fin.
Four radial elements of anterior dorsal fin.
Four elements from dorsal fin and one fin-ray.
Four radial elements from anal fin. Half nat. size.
The sixth to the eleventh (inclusive) radial
elements of the dorsal fin.
99 th)
99 39
. Balistes capriscus. Radial elements from the central portion of the
posterior dorsal fin. Enlarged.
Radial elements of dorsal fin.
eo Radial elements of anal fin.
Radial elements of dorsal fin.
5 c Vertical section of a radial element and its fin-ray, to
show the relations of a fin-ray to its distal radial segment, and the
mode of articulation between the distal and proximal segments.
Reference Letters.
Distal segment of a radial element.
d.sp. Defensive spine.
d.st. Dorsal radial segment (anal fin of Polypterus).
f. Foramen for the passage of the muscles of fin-rays.
je. Articular facet.
fr. Fin-ray.
g.sp. Guard-spine.
h. Wook-like process.
h.s. Heemal spine.
Interossicular ligament.
n. Notch for passage of muscles of fin-rays.
m.s. Mesial segment of a radial element.
p.s. Proximal segment of a radial element.
pi.p. Postero-inferior process.
ps.p. Postero-superior process.
r.é. Radial element.
d.s.
r.e.', 7.€.2, and so on. First, second, and other radial elements.
sp.r. Spinose ray.
v.e. Vestigial radial element.
v.st. Ventral radial segment (anal fin of Polypterus).
[The reference letters are uniform throughout. |
INDEX.
[Synonyms and native names are printed in italics.
A star is added
to names which appear to be used here for the first time. ]
Abramis, 595.
brama, 549.
Acanthopterygii, 530, 560, 569, 598,
597
Acanthoscelio, Ashm., 218.
Acarina, 39.
Acerota, Forster, 233.
confusa, Ashm. * , 233.
Acipenser, 556-538, 585.
sturio, 534.
Acipenseridz, 530, 534.
Acoloides, Howard, 214.
fascipennis, Ashm. * , 214.
ochraceus, Ashm. * , 214, 215.
subfuscus, Ashm. * , 214, 215.
Acrocormus, Forster, 155.
megastigmus, Ashm. * , 155.
Acroperus, 2.
Acrydium, Geoffr., 281.
peregrinum, Oliv., 281.
tataricum, 281.
Ademon, Hal., 133.
Adesmia acervata, Klug, 290.
assimilis, Gahan * , 290.
austera, Baudi, 290.
cancellata, K/ug, var., 289.
interrupta, Klug, 289.
lacunosa, Klug, 289.
tuberculifera, Gahan * , 289.
ffluroidea, dentition of, 461,
463.
Ainasius, Walk., 60, 88.
hyettus, Walk., 60, 89.
Aischna, 413; rectal gills of, 413.
Agathidine, 58, 128.
Agathis, Latr., 128.
pectoralis, Ashm. * , 129.
rubricinetus, Ashm. * , 128.
Agenia, Schiddte, 429.
Aglaotoma, Forster, 63, 66.
basalis, Ashm. * , 63, 64, 65.
longicornis, Ashm.* , 63, 65.
pallida, Ash. *, 63, 64.
yariabilis, Ashm.*, 68, 64,
6d.
462,
Allman, Prof. G. J., Note on the Form-
ation of the Epiphragm of Helix
aspersa, 517-520.
Alysia, Latr., 58.
analis, Cr., 58-
Alysidium Lafontii, ftnote 267.
Alysiine, 58, 137.
Amauris, 347.
dominicanus, 343, 345, 348.
echeria, 343, 545.
egialea, 343, 548.
Amblyaspis, Forster, 253, 234.
nigricornis, Ashm. * , 234.
triangularis, Askm. * , 233.
verticillatus, Ashm. * , 234, 230.
xanthopus, dshm.* , 234, 236.
Amia, 52, 53, 538, 544, 545, 587, 588,
590, 591, 595, 596.
calya, 537.
Amiide, 530, 537.
Amiurus, 553, 554, 555, 590.
catus, 550, 554.
Amphipnous, 53, 54.
chuchia, 54.
Amphitherium, 474.
Prevostii, 474, 477.
Anacanthini, 530, 558, 592.
Anarrhichas, 575, 595.
lupus, ftnote 572, 573, 602.
Anderson, Dr. John, Scorpions cbtained
in Egypt and the Soudan by (R. I.
Pocock), 299.
Androctonide, 303,
Androctonus, 303.
macrocentrus, Hempr. & Ehrenb.,
300.
thebanus, Hempr. & Ehrenb., 300.
(Leiurus) Jdeptochelys, Hempr. &
Ehrenb., 299.
) quinquestriatus, Hempr. &
Ehrenb., 299.
Anectclis, sp., read Anectoclis rufipes,
How., 77, 254.
Anectoclis, Forster, '77.
rufipes, How. * , 77, 254.
604
Anepisceptus horridus, Burm., 280,
282.
Anguilla, 588.
anguilla, 545.
Anilocra, 388.
Anisolabis, Fieber, 521, 525.
littorea, White, 526.
occidentalis, Kirby * , 525, 529.
Anopedias, Forster, 239.
conica, Ashm. * , 239.
error, Fitch, 240.
Anozus, Forster, 179.
Ant, Umbrella, 406.
Anteris, Forster, 217, 227.
rufipes, Ashm. * , 227.
Anthia duodecimguttata, Bon., 286.
Antrocephalus, Kirby, 59, 81.
punctigerus, Fabr., 59, 81.
Ants, On a remarkable use of, in Asia
Minor, by R. Morton Middleton, Jr.,
405.
Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus
fossilis, by R. H. Burne, 48-55.
Apachys, Serv., 521, 522.
Becearii, Dubrony, 522.
Pascoei, Kirby * , 521, 529.
Apegus, Forster, 217.
Apheenogaster barbara, Linn., 280, 283.
Aphelinine, &c., of the Island of St.
Vincent, Report on the (l. O.
Howard), 56, 79, 97.
Aphidiine, 137.
Apiopterina Orbignii, Zborzewski, 515.
Apterygida Erichsoni, Dohrn, 529.
Arachnida and Myriopoda of Bent’s
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South
Arabia, by R. I. Pocock, 292-297.
Aranez (Spiders), 296.
Araneide, 38.
Arctoidea, dentition of, 461, 462, 463.
Arthrodira, 585.
Aseirba, Cam., 86, 87.
Asellus, 32.
Ashmead, W. H., Report on the Para-
sitic Cynipide, part ot the Braconide,
the Ichneumonide, the Proctotry-
pide, and part of the Chalcidide, of
the Island of St. Vincent, Part I. 61;
Part IT. 108; Part ILI. 188.
, Report upon the Parasitic Hy-
menoptera of the Island of St.
Vincent, see Riley, C. V., 56-254.
Ashmeadia, How., 61, 145, 146.
abnormicornis, Ashm. * , 148, 145.
insularis, Ashm. * , 143, 144.
megastigma, Ashi. * , 144, 145.
pallidipes, Ashm. * , 144.
pulchra, Ashm. * , 144, 145.
Aspicera difoveolata, Cr., 58, 78.
rufipes, Cr., 78.
INDEX.
Aspongopus viduatus, Fabr., 280, 283.
Astrorhizide, On a new Genus of
Foraminifera of the Family, by
A. Vaughan Jennings, 320-321.
Atta, Habr., 406.
cephalotes, Lznn., 406. ~
Atypus, 44.
Aulostoma, 576, 593.
chinense, 576, ftnote 587.
Aulostomella dorsigera, Costa, 515.
pediculus, Alzh, 510.
Azemiops Fez, Bou/., 121.
Bacillus egyptiacus, Westw., 281.
Bacteria egyptiaca, Gray, 281.
Beoneura, Forster, 217.
Balistes, 580, 594.
capriscus, 578, 579, 602.
vetula, 578.
Barbus, 588, 592, 596, 597.
vulgaris, 547, 589, 601.
Baryconus, Forster, 216.
Baryscapus, Forster, 182.
Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut,
South Arabia, Reports on, 279-299.
Bephrata, Cam., 146.
cultriformis, Ashm. * , 146.
Bernard, H. M., On the Spinning-
Glands in Phrynus ; with an Account
of the so-called ‘‘ Penis” and of the
Morphology of the Operculum, 272-
278
Berycide, 530, 560, 592, 593, 598, 599.
Beryx decadactylus, Cuv. § Val., finote
531, 563.
Bethylinz, 188, 192.
Bingham, Lt.-Col. C. T., On some
Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the
Collection of the British Museum,
with Descriptions of New Species and
of a New Genus of the Pompilide,
422-445,
Blacine, 131.
Blacus, Nees, 131.
rubriceps, Ashm. * , 131.
Blastophagine, 59.
Blatta germanica, ftnote 411.
Blattidx, 279, 281.
Blenniidx, 530, 573, 593, 596, 598.
Bolina, 339.
Bosmina, 2, 4.
Botellina, 320.
labyrinthica, Brady, 320, 321.
Brachycerus sp., 290.
Brachylabis, 521.
Brachylaimus, 323.
Bracon, Fabr., 108.
femoratus, Ashm. * , 109, 112.
flavomaculatus, Ashm.*, 109, 111. _
maculiceps, Ashm.*, 109, 111.
INDEX.
Bracon niger, Ashm. * , 109.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 109, 112.
seminiger, Ashi. * , 109, 110.
vulgaris, Ashm. * , 109, 112.
xanthospilus, Ashm. * , 109, 110.
Braconidz, Report on, of the Island
of St. Vincent (W. H. Ashmead),
108-1388.
Braconine, 108.
Bridge, Prof. T. W., The Mesial Fins
of Ganoids and Teleosts, 530-602.
Bryozoa, On Mediterranean and New-
Zealand Reteporz and a Fenestrate,
by A. W. Waters, 255-271.
Bugula reticulata, 267.
Buprestidz, 287.
Burne, R. H., On the Aortic-Arch
System of Saccobranchus fossilis, 48-
55.
Butheolus, 316.
thalassinus, Sim., 295, 316.
Buthide, 303.
Buthus, 307.
acute-carinatus, Simon, 292, 300,
316.
alticola, Pocock * , 302, 315.
anthracinus, Pocock *, 294, 295,
315,
arenicola, Sim., 300.
Benti, 316.
dimidiatus, Simon, 292, 293, 294,
500-302, 316.
europus, Linn., 299.
Jayakari, Pocock * , 300, 315.
qudaicus, 302.
leptochelys, Hempr.
299, 300, 807.
quinquestriatus, Hempr. § Ehrenb.,
292, 299.
scaber, Hempr. & Ehrenb., 298.
villosus, Simon, 311.
Butler, A. G., An Account of the
Butterflies of the Genus Charaxes in
the Collection of the British Museum,
348-404.
& Ehrenb.,
Caberia, 263.
Cacus, Riley, 217, 226.
insularis, Ashm.* , 226, 227.
laticinctus, Ashm. * , 226, 227.
Callichthys, 55.
Calliploea Hopfferi, Felder, 342.
Calliscelio, Ashm., 216, 228.
laticinctus, Ashm. * , 228,
Caloteleia, Westw., 216, 218.
senea, Ashi. * , 218, 219.
elongata, Ashm. * , 218, 219.
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 218, 221.
ocularis, Ashm. * , 218, 220.
605
Caloteleia punctata, Ashm. * , 218, 221.
puncticeps, Ashm. * , 218, 219.
Calyostichus, Mayr., 152.
auratus, Ashm. * , 152.
Calyptine, 131.
Calyptus, Haliday, 131.
thoracicus, Ashm. *, 131.
Camponotus, 405.
Campoplex, Grav., 139.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 139.
Canidz, On the Tooth-genesis in the,
by Dr. H. W. Marett Tims, 445-480.
Canis anthus, 467, 468; dentition of,
467, 468.
aureus, 454; dentition of, 467.
Azarx, 467 ; dentition of, 467.
cancrivorus, 467; dentition of,
467.
familiaris, 447, 453; dentition of,
447-455.
lagopus, 468 ; dentition of, 468.
littoralis, 468 ; dentition of, 468.
magellanicus, 467; dentition of, 467.
niloticus, 468 ; dentition of, 468.
virginianus, Mivart, 468 ; dentition
of, 468.
Canthocamptus, 18.
minutus, O. #. M., 18.
Carabidz, 286.
Carangidee, 530, 569, 595, 598.
Caranx, 569, 595, 598.
georgianus, 569.
Carassius auratus, 589.
Carnivora, dentition of, 459; variation
of teeth of, 461.
Carpenteria, 317-319.
rhaphidodendron, M60., 317.
Catharsius inermis, Casteln., 287.
Catolaccus, Thomson, 60, 163.
helice, Walk., 60, 163.
pallipes, Ashm. * , 163.
vulgaris, Ashm. * , 163, 164.
Cellepora, 499.
Cellulariidx, ftnote 267.
Cephalomyia maculata, Wiedem., 280,
285.
Cerambycide, 291.
Ceranisus, Walk., 182.
Ceraphron, Jurine, 198.
fummipennis [read fumipennis],
Ashi. * , 198, 199, 200.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 199, 200.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 198, 199,
solitarius, Ashm. * , 199, 200.
Ceraphronine, 198.
Ceratacis, Thoms., 236.
Ceratodus, 51.
Ceratoneura, Ashi. * , 178.
pallida, Ashm. *, 179.
petiolata, Ashm. * , 179.
606
Cerchysius, Westw., 86, 87.
pulchricornis, How. * , 87.
terebratus, How. *, 87, 88.
urocerus, Dalm., 86.
Ceriodaphnia, 2.
Ceropales, Latr., 425, 430.
pernix, Bingh. * , 425.
Cestracion francisci, Girard, 325.
galeatus, Giinther, 325, 326, 327,
328, 329.
japonicus, Macleay, 325.
Philippi, Schneider, 326, 327, 328,
329.
zebra, Gray, 325.
Cetonia (Pachnoda) histrio, Fabr., 287.
Chalcididz, Report on, of the Island of
St. Vincent (W. H. Ashmead), 143-188.
, of the Subfamilies Chalcidine, &c.
of the Island of St. Vincent, Report
on the (L. O. Howard), 79-108.
Chalcidinz, &c., of the Island of St.
Vincent, Report on (L. O. Howard),
79-108.
Chalcis, Fahr., 59.
annulatus, fabr., 59, 80.
Jasciata, Oliv., 79.
punctigera, Kabr., 81, 82.
Chalcura, Kirby, 85.
americana, How. * , 85.
Chanos salmonzeus, 53.
Chapman, F., and T. Rupert Jones, On
the Fistulose Polymorphine and on
the Genus Ramulina, 496-516.
Characinidz, 530, 556, 590.
Charaxes, An Account of the Butterflies
of the Genus, in the Collection of the
British Museum, by A. G. Butler,
348-404.
Charaxes achemenes, Melder, 356.
affinis, Butler, 391, 396, 397.
, var. demonax, Felder, 396.
agabo, Distant, 371.
agna, Moore, 390.
agrarius, Swinh., 382.
albanus, Rober, 385.
alladinis, Butler, 358, 360, 361.
alladinis, Dewilz, 362.
alphius, Staud., 384.
Ameliz, Doumet, 374.
amycus, Helder, 397.
analava, Ward, 369.
andara, Ward, 351.
andranodorus, Mabzlle, 351.
, var. zoippus, Madille, 351.
andriba, Ward, 369.
antamboulou, Lucas, 368.
anticlea, Drury, 364.
Antonius, Semper, 389.
argynnides, Westw., 371.
aristogiton, Felder, 397.
INDEX.
Charaxes arja, Felder, 384.
aruanus, Butler, 397.
athamas, Drury, 382, 383, 384, 386.
, var. attalus, Helder, 383, 384.
, var. samatha, Moore, 383,
384.
attalus, Felder, 383.
attila, H. Grose Smith, 387.
azota, Hewits., 365.
Balfouri, Butler, 348, 400.
Baumanni, Rogenh., 362, 363.
baya, Moore, 391, 396.
bayula, Staud. in litt., 391.
Bernardus, Hudr., 392, 393.
betanimena, Lucas, 369, 370.
betsimiseraka, Lucas, 370, 371.
bharata, Felder, 382.
bipunctatus, Rothsch., 378.
Bohemani, Felder, 378.
borneensis, Butler, 394.
Boueti, Heisth., 367.
brennus, Felder, 397.
brutus, Cramer, 350.
bupalus, Staud., 394.
cacuthis, Hewits., 399.
calliclea, H. Grose Smith, 365.
candiope, Godart, 365, 367, 368.
caphontis, Hewits., 388.
Carteri, Butler, 361.
castor, Cramer, 353.
, var. flavifasciatus, Butler, 353.
cedreatis, Hewits., 361.
chiron, Staud., 359.
cimon, Felder, 395, 396.
cimonides, Rothsch., 395.
cinadon, Hewits., 351.
citheron, Helder, 375.
clitarchus, Hewitts., 388.
clitiphron, Oberth., 381.
cognatus, Vollenh., 386.
concha, Vollenh., 379.
coniger, Butler * , 403.
corax, Felder, 391.
Cowani, Butler, 368.
cynthia, Butler, 366.
decius, Cramer, 403.
delphis, Dowb/., 379.
desa, Moore, 397.
Dewitzi, Butler, 360, 362, 363.
Distanti, Honr., 398.
dolon, Westw., 379.
Druceanus, Butler, 351.
Durnfordi, Distant, 349, 389,
echo, Butler, 357.
Ehmckei, Dewitz, 369, 370.
ephyra, Godart, 357, 359, 361, 363.
epigenes, Godm. § Salv., 388.
epijasius, Reiche, 355.
etesipe, Godart, 366, 399.
ethalion, Boisd., 357, 360, 362, 363.
Charaxes ethalion, var.
INDEX.
Baumanni,
Rogenh., 362.
etheocles, Cramer, 358, 362.
eudamippus, Dowbl., 380.
, var, mandarinus, Felder, 381.
—,, var. thibetanus, Oberth., 381.
eudoxus, Fahr., 349, 352.
eupale, Drury, 378.
euryalus, Cramer, 399.
Hveretti, Rothsch., 349, 389.
fabius, Habr., 356.
faleata, Butler, 402.
fallax, Rober, 385.
, var. javanus, dber, 385.
fervens, Butler * , 396.
flavitasciatus, Butler, 3538, 354.
Fruhstorferi, Rober, 388.
fulvescens, Awriv., 401.
gabonica, Crowley, 381.
galaxia, Butler, 387.
ganymedes, Staud., 385, 386.
ganymedes, Leech, 380.
georgius, Staud., 391.
gilolensis, Butler, 387.
Guderiana, Dewitz, 358.
hadrianus, Ward, 381.
hamasta, Moore, 382.
hamatus, Dewitz, 372.
hannibal, Butler, 357.
Hansalii, Felder, 353.
harmodius, Felder, 398.
harpagon, Staud., 398.
harpax, Felder, 390.
hebe, Butler, 382, 385.
, var. ganymedes, Staud., 385.
hemana, Butler, 391.
heracles, Rober, 385.
hierax, Felder, 390.
Hildebrandti, Dewitz, 363.
hindia, Butler, 393.
hipponax, Felder, 393.
, var. hindia, Butler, 393.
, var. jalinder, Butler, 393.
Hollandi, Butler, 362.
homerus, Staud., 371.
Homeyeri, Dewitz, 370.
imna, Butler, 390.
imperialis, Butler, 374.
jahlusa, Trimen, 371, 372.
jalinder, Butler, 393.
jalysus, Felder, 382.
jason, Linn., 355.
javanus, Rober, 385.
jocaste, Boisd. MS., 356.
jupiter, Butler, 387.
, var. attila, H. Grose Smith,
387.
kaba, Kheil, 385-
Kadenii, Felder, 386.
Kahldeni, Dewitz, 370.
607
Charaxes kahruba, Moore, 398.
khasianus, Butler, 394.
khimalara, Butler, 394, 395.
Kirki, Butler, 358.
lactetinetus. Karsch, 349, 365.
lampedo, Hiibner, 356, 357.
laodice, Drury, 372, 373.
Lasti, H. Grose Smith, 367.
latona, Butler, 396, 397.
Layardi, Butler * , 395, 396.
leoninus, Butler, 372.
lichas, Doudled., 401.
lucretius, Cramer, 365, 366.
lunawara, Butler, 397.
lysianassa, Westw., 366.
Macclounii, Butler, 367.
mandarinus, Felder, 380, 381.
manica, Trimen, 360.
epbyra, Dewitz, 360.
marmax, Westw., 395, 397, 398.
mars, Staud., 396.
menedemus, Overth., 381.
midas, Staud., 372.
mixtus, Rothsch., 377.
Monteiri, Staud., 376.
Moorei, Distant, 385.
mycerina, Godart, 372, 373, 375.
narceus, Hewits., 880, 381.
nausica, Staud., 373.
neanthes, Hewzts., 369, 370.
nepenthes, H. Grose Smith, 380.
nesea, H. Grose Smith, 375.
niasicus, Butler, 386.
nichetes, H. Grose Smith, 372.
Nicholii, HZ. Grose Smith, 389.
nigrescens, Butler * , 401.
nitebis, Hewits., 388.
nobilis, Druce, 371.
numenes, Hewits., 377.
nyasana, Butler, 365.
odysseus, Staud., 349, 366.
ogovensis, Holland, 372.
orilus, Butler, 357.
paphianus, Ward, 402.
papuensis, Butler, 395.
parmenion, Felder, 396, 397.
pelias, Cramer, 354, 355.
pheeus, Hewits., 360, 361.
pheebus, Butler, 352.
phraortes, Doubled., 352.
phrixus, Rober, 383.
pithodoris, Hewits., 375.
Plateni; Staud., 390.
pleistoanax, elder, 394.
, var. khasianus, Butler, 394.
——, var. khimalara, Butler, 394.
395.
pollux, Cramer, 352, 353.
polyxena, Cramer, 392, 393, 394,
396-398,
=
608
Charaxes porthos, H. Grose Smith,
372.
posidonius, Leech, 381.
princeps, Butler * , 376.
protoclea, Fezsth., 364,
psaphon, Westw., 389, 890, 395.
publius, Staud., 403.
pyrrhus, Linn., 387.
pythodoris, Hewits., 375.
pythodorus, Kirby , 375.
regius, Awriv., 374.
relatus, Butler, 371.
repetitus, Butler * , 392.
rose, Butler, 360.
, var. alladinis, Dewitz, 360.
Rothschildi, Leech, 380.
samatha, Moore, 383, 384.
saturnus, Butler, 354.
, var. laticinetus, Butler, 354.
satyrina, Butler, var. menedemus,
Oberth., 381.
Schreiberi, Godart, 386.
scylax, Felder, 397.
Selousi, Trimen, 363.
sempronius, Fabr., 387, 388.
——, var. tyrteus, Felder, 388.
serendiba, Moore, 390.
smaragdalis, Butler, 375, 376.
Staudingeri, Rothsch., 349, 389.
talaguge, Holland, 363.
tavetensis, Rothsch., 399.
thibetanus, Oberth., 381.
thomasius, Staud., 368.
Thysii, Capron., 364, 374.
tiridates, Cramer, 374, 377, 378.
, var. mixtus, Lothsch., 377.
tyrteus, Felder, 388.
Ussheri, Butler, 403, 404.
yaranes, Cramer, 348, 365, 370, 400.
viola, Butler, 359, 361.
violetta, H. Grose Smith, 376.
violinitens, Crowley, 402.
viridicostatus, Auriv., 367, 368.
Wallacei, Butler, 396.
Watti, Butler, 390.
Whytei, Butler, 363, 374.
xiphares, Cramer, 376.
zelica, Butler, 372.
zephyrus, Butler, 356.
zoippus, Mabille, 351.
zoolina, Doubled. & Hewits., 369,
370.
Cheironitis orsidis, Reiche, 287.
Cheloninez, 124.
Chelonus, Jurine, 126.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 126.
Chernetidze, 272-278.
Childonia Cordierii, 268.
Chilopoda, 297.
Chirocerus furcatus, Brullé, 84.
INDEX.
Chiropachides, 155.
Chirosa eurypon, Hewits., 342,
Chlzenius canariensis, De7., 286.
seminitidus, Chaud., 286.
Chrestosema, Forster, 68.
pallidipes, Ashm. * , 68.
robusta, Ashm. * , 68.
Chromoteleia, Ashm., 216, 224.
semicyanea, Ashm. * , 224.
Chrysidea, Spinola, 150.
aurata, Ashm.* , 150.
Chrysididz, 280, 282.
Chrysis amethystina, Fabr., 282.
cyanura, Forster, 282.
Chrysocharis, Forster, 174, 175, 177.
lividiceps, Ashm. * , 175, 176.
lividus, Ashm. * , 175.
stigmatus, Ashm. * , 174, 179.
thoracicus, Ashm. * , 175, 176.
Chrysocharodes, Ashm.* , 177.
petiolata, Ashm. * , 177.
Chrysoglyphe, Ashm. * , 160.
albipes, Ashm. * , 161, 162.
apicalis, Ashm. *, 161.
Cimex militaris, Fabr., 284.
viduatus, Fabr., 283.
Cirrospilus, Westw., 182.
Citharinus, 590, 592, 595-598.
Geoffroyi, 556, 601.
Cladocera, 2-19.
Cladoselache, 584, 587.
Cleonus dealbatus, Gevm., 290.
hieroglyphicus, Oliv., 290.
Clinocentrus, Haliday, 123.
flaviventris, Ashm. * , 128.
Closterocerus, Westw., 176.
albipes, Ashm. * , 176, 177.
auriceps, Ashm. * , 176, 177.
leucopus, Ashm. * , 176, 177.
Clupea, 590, 595.
harengus, 557.
Clupeide, 530, 557, 590, 591.
Cnidoglanis, 590.
megastoma, 555.
Coccophagus, Westw., 60, 97.
Lecanii, Mitch, 60, 97.
Coccosteus, 585, 587.
Ceelopelta, Ashm. * , 238.
mirabilis, Ashm. * , 238.
Colastes, Haliday, 128.
Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s
collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expe-
dition to the Hadramaut, South
Arabia, by C. J. Gahan, 285-291.
Collaria morsitans, 298.
Colubridz, Opisthoglyphous, 322.
Compsomeris vestita, K/ug, 280, 283.
Comys, Forster, 60, 92.
bicolor, How., 60, 92.
Conger, 556, 561, 588, 597, 598.
INDEX.
Conger conger, 545, 601.
Conorhinus, Zap., 284.
Copidosoma, Ratzeb., 92.
diversicornis, How., 92.
Coptops fusea, Oliv., 291.
Coregonus, 595, 596.
pollan, 550, 589.
Cossus ligniperda, 410.
Cottidz, 530, 569, 571, 593, 599.
Crabro, Fabr., 443.
alacer, Bingh. * , 443.
femoratus, Fabr., 79.
tridentatus, Smith, 444.
(Rhopalum) Brookii, Bingh. * , 444.
Crasodactylus punctatus, Guér., 286.
Cremastobzeus, Ashi. * , 217, 228.
bicolor, Ashm. * , 228.
niger, Ashm. * , 228.
Cremastus, Grav., 140.
insularis, Ashm. * , 148.
Cristellaria calear, 500.
crepidula, 500.
Crossopterygide, 587.
Crypting, 138.
Cuchia eel, 53.
Curculionide, 290.
Cybister tripunctatus, Oliv., 286.
vulneratus, Klug, 286.
Cyclops, 16, 17.
affinis, G. O. Sars, 18.
magnoctavus, Cragin, 17.
phaleratus, Koch, 18.
prasinus, Jurine (=C. magnocta-
vus, Cragin), 17.
signatus, Koch, 17.
tenuicornis, Claus, 17.
Cyclopteridx, 530, 577, 596.
Cyclopterus, 595.
lumpus, 577.
Cylindrogaster, S¢@/, 525.
nigriceps, Kirby, 523, 524.
rufescens, Kirby * , 524, 529.
Cynipide, Report on the Parasitic,
of the Island of St. Vincent (W. H.
Ashmead), 61-78.
Cynipine, 78.
Cynips, Linn., 78.
armatus, C7., 78.
Cynoidea, dentition of, 461-463.
Cyon, 469.
rutilans, 454, 469; dentition of,
454, 455, 469, 472.
Cypria, 2.
Cyprinide, 530, 547. 588, 589.
Cyprinus, 592, 596, 597.
carpio, 548, 589.
Cypris, 2, 3.
monacha, Baird, 5.
Cyrtogaster, Walk., 60, 155.
vulgaris, Walk., 60, 155.
609
Damon medius, 38.
Danainez, 340.
Danais, 340-347.
alcippus, Cram., 340, 345, 348.
chionippe, Hiibn., 342, 347.
chrysippus, Linn., 340, 341, 345,
346, 347, 348.
dorippus, Klug, 340, 341, 3465,
346, 348.
Daphenus, dentition of, 464.
Daphnia, 2, 3.
mucronata, Baird, 5.
Scheefferi, Baird, 2;
London Docks, 2.
Decatoma, Spinola, 59.
oretilia, Walk., 59.
Decatomidea, Ashm. * , 147.
pallidicornis, Ashm. * , 147.
Decticus vittatus, Klug, 282.
Dectisus read Decticus vitiatus, Klug,
282.
Dentalina aculeata, D’Orb., 319.
Derostenus, Westw., 173, 175, 177.
acutus, Ashm. * , 173, 174.
quadrimaculatus, Ashm. * , 173.
rotundus, Ashm.* , 173, 174.
Diachasma, Forster, 137.
pilosipes, Ashm. * , 137.
Diadema, 339.
Diapria, Latr., 251.
mellea, Ashm. * , 251.
Diapriinz, 243, 248.
Diaptomus, 16.
Didelphys, dentition of, 456.
Diglyphosema, Forster, 61.
flavipes, Ashm. * , 61.
Diglyphus, Thomson, 167, 168.
albipes, Ashm. * , 167.
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 167.
Dimeris, Ruthe, 123.
maculipennis, Ashm. * , 123.
Dineutes zreus, Klug, 287.
Dinotus, 155.
Diodon, 594.
hystrix, 582, 583, 602.
Diparides, 156.
Diplatys, Serv., 528.
Diplopoda, 298.
Diplurus, 588.
longicaudatus, Newberry, 588.
Dipneumones, 42.
Diptera: Bent’s Expedition to the
Hadramant, South Arabia (W. F.
Kirby), 280-285.
Discolia, Sauss., 423.
Dissomphalus, Ashi * , 192.
bisuleus, Ashm.* , 193, 194.
confusus, Ashm. * , 193, 194.
politus, Ashm. * . 193, 195.
tuberculatus, Ashm. * , 192, 193.
occurring in
LINN. JOURN.—ZOOLOGY, VOL. XXv. 48
610°
Distira cyanocincta, ftnote 420, 421.
Distomum, On a new Species of, by G.
S. West, 822-324.
Distomum Barnaldii, Sonsino, 323.
Boscii, Cobb., 322.
incerta, Cobb., 322.
nigrovenosum, Bellingh., ftnote
323.
Philodryadum, G. S. West * , 322,
323, 324.
signatum, Duj., 323.
variable, Leidy, 323.
Dog-fishes (Scyllium), ege-cases of,
325.
Dolichurus, Latr., 439.
bipunctatus, Bingh. * , 439.
taprobana, Smith, 439.
Doras, 55.
Doryphora, 411.
decemlineata, ftnote 411.
Dryininz, 197.
Dytiscide, 286.
Ketrichodia Andersoni, Kirby *, 280,
284.
gigas, Herr.-Schiff., 284.
Egg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks,
by H. R. Waite, 325-329.
Hiphosoma, Cresson, 58.
annulator, Cr., 58.
Elachistinz, &c. of the Island of St.
Vincent (L. O. Howard), 79-108.
Elachistus, Spin., 107.
albiventris, Spin., 105.
aureus, How. *, 108.
caudatus, How. * , 107.
scutellatus, How. *, 107, 108.
Hlasmine, &e. of the Island of St. Vin-
cent, Report on the (L. O. Howard),
56, 79-108.
Elasmobranchii, 580, 583, 584, 585.
Elasmus, Westw., 101.
flaviventris, How. * , 101, 104.
flavus, How. * , 101, 104, 105.
helvus, How. * , 101, 103, 104.
levifrons, How.*, 101, 102, 103,
105.
maculatus, How. *, 101, 103, 104,
105.
punctatulus, How. *, 101, 102.
punctatus, How. * , 101, 105.
rugosus, How.*, 101, 102, 108,
104.
Smithii, How. *, 101, 104.
Enearsia, Forster, 97.
flaviclava, How. * , 97.
Encyrtinz, &c. of the Island of St. Vin-
cent, Report on the (L. O. Howard),
56, 60, 79-108.
Encyrtus, Dalm., 60, 86, 93.
INDEX.
Eneyrtus argentipes, How. * , 93, 95.
brevicornis, Dalm., 95.
clavellatus, Dalm., 93.
conifere, Walk., 97.
erassus, How. * , 93.
cupratus, Forster, 97.
flaviclayus, How. * , 93, 96.
fuscipennis, Dalm., 94.
hirtus, How. * , 93, 95.
hyettus, Walk., 88, 89.
inquisitor, How. * , 93.
nitidus, How. * , 93, 94.
quadricolor, How. * , 93,
tiliaris, Dalm., 60, 86, 93, 97.
uroceras, Dalm., 86.
Enhydris Hardwickii, ftnote 420.
Entedonine, 168.
Entomostraca and the Surface-film of
Water, by D. J. Scourfield, 1-19.
Epiphragm, Note on the Formation of
the, of Helix aspersa, by Prof. G. J.
Allman, 517-520.
Epyris, Westw., 188.
incertus, Ashm. *, 189.
insularis, Ashm. * , 188, 189.
Eretes helvolus, K/ug, 286.
sticticus, Linn., 286.
succinctus, Klug, 286.
Hribcea lampedo, Hiibn., 356.
unedonis, Hiibn., 355.
Hrinaceus, dentition of, 455.
Hrotolepsia, How.*, 99.
compacta, How. *, 100.
Erythrinus, 55.
Erythrolamprus, Giinth., 419, 421.
/Esculapii, Giinth., 419, 421, 422
poison-gland of, 419.
Esocide, 5389, 545, 588, 589.
Hsox, 546, 590, 592, 596.
- lucius, 545, 589, 601.
Hucharine, &c. of the Island of St.
Vincent, Report on the (lL. O. How
ard), 56, 59, 79-108.
Hucharis flabellata, Fabr., 84.
Surcata, Fabr., 84.
Eucoila, Westw., 57, 75.
basalis, Cr., 57, '75.
carinata, Or., 77.
claripennis, Ashm. * , 75, 76.
ovalis, Ashm. *, 75, 76.
Hucoilidea, Ashm. * , 57, 62.
canadensis, Ashm. * , 57, 62.
Hucoiline, 57, 61.
Hulepis hamasta, Moore, 382.
Wardii, Moore, 404.
EHulophine, 60, 165.
Eulophus, Geoff, 166.
auripunctatus, Ashkm. *, 166.
Hupelmine, 56, 87, 91.
Huplectrus, Westw., 60, 105.
INDEX.
Euplectrus bicolor, Swed., 105.
furnius, Waik., 60, 165.
maculiventris, Westw., 105.
Euplea, 341, 342-347.
climena, Cram., 341.
core, Cram., 341, 345.
Hopfferi, 548.
margoensis, Butler, 342,
polymena, 342, 348.
pyrgion, 342, 348.
singapura, Moore, 342.
Whitmei, Butler, 342.
Huprepocnemis littoralis, Ramb., 280,
282.
Eurycercus, 2, 3.
Eurypteride, 39.
Eurytoma, Mliger, 147, 150.
insularis, Ashm. * , 147, 148, 149.
maculiventris, Ashm. * , 148, 149.
perafiinis, Ashm. * , 147, 148, 149.
Eurytomine, 59, 61, 143.
Eurytomocharis, Ashm. *, 151.
minima, Ashm. * , 151.
Kusthenopteron Foordi, Whiteaves, 588.
Evania, Fabr., 58.
appendigaster, Linn., 58.
Hyaniide, 58.
Exochus, Grav., 141.
tegularis, Ashi. * , 141.
validus, Cr., 141.
Felide, dentition of, 461.
Fenestella, 267, 268.
Fenestellidz, 267.
Figitine, 58, 78.
Filistata testacea, Latr., 296.
Fins, the Mesial, of Ganoids and Tele-
osts, by Prof. 'T. W. Bridge, 530-602.
Fistulariidx, 530, 576, 593.
Fistulose Polymorphine, on the, and on
the Genus Ramulina, by T. Rupert
Jones and F. Chapman, 496-516.
Flustra cribriformis, 267.
Foraminifera, On a new Genus of, of
the Family Astrorhizide, by A.
Vaughan Jennings, 320-321.
Forficula ruficeps, Hrichs., 529.
Forficulidz, Description of new Species
of, in the Collection of the British
Museum, by W. F. Kirby, 520-529.
Formica barbara, Linn., 283.
cephalotes, Linn., ftnote 406.
Formicide, 280, 283.
Fossorial Hymenoptera, On some Exotic,
in the Collection of the British
Museum, with Descriptions of New
Species and of a new Genus of the
Pompilide, by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bing-
ham, 422-445.
Frondipora verrucosa, 259, ftnote 262.
611
Gadidex, 530, 558, 592.
Gadus, 592, 595.
weletinus, 558, 595.
morrhua, 559.
Gahan. C. J., On the Coleoptera obtained
by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Ha-
dramaut, South Arabia, 285-291.
Galeodes, 32, 35, 37-39, 275, 277.
Galesus, Curtis, 248.
bipunctatus, Ashm. * , 248.
Ganaspis, Horster, 66.
apicalis, Ashi. * , 66, 67.
atriceps, Ashm. * , 66, 67.
Ganoids and Teleosts, The Mesial Fins
of, by Prof. T. W. Bridge, 5380-602.
Ganychorus, Haliday, 131.
collaris, Ashm. * , 131.
Gasteruption, La7r., 58.
Guildingii, Westw., 58.
rufipectus, Westw., 58.
Gilson, Prof. G., On Seymentally dis-
posed Thoracic Glands in the Lary
of the Trichoptera, 407-412.
, and Sadones, J., The Larval Gills
of the Odonata, 413-418.
Globulina gibba, Terguem, 502, 508,
509, 515.
horrida, Reuss, 503, 510, 511.
oviformis, Searles Wood, MS., 504,
Salt.
oviformis, Terquem, 505, 508, 513,
il:
transversa, Terquem, 501, 508.
tuberculata, ftnote 500.
tubulosa, @’ Orb., 509, 510.
virgata, Searles Wood, MS., 504,
512
Glyphe, Walk., 162.
punctata, Ashm. * , 162.
Gnamptodon, Haliday * , 133.
atricaudus, Ashm. * , 138.
Goniozus, Forster, 195.
incompletus, Ashm. * , 195, 196.
nigrifemur, Ashm. * , 195, 196.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 195, 196.
Grammostomum costulatum, ftnote
500.
laxus, ftnote 500.
turio, ftnote, 500.
Graptoleberis testudinaria, Fischer, 15.
Gryllus bipunctatus, 281.
littoralis, Ramb., 282.
subulatus, Linn., 281.
(Locusta) egyptius, Linn., 281.
Guttulina damzcornis, Reuss, 501, 508.
gravida, Terguem, 502, 509.
problema, Terquem, 508
racemosa, Terguem, 505, 512.
Gymnodontes, 530, 581, 594.
48*
612
Gymnotide, 530, 557, 591, 597, 599.
Gymnotus, 591.
electricus, 557, 601.
Gyrinide, 287.
Gyrinus, 14.
Gyrolasia, Forster, 179.
bicolor, Ashm. * , 179, 180.
ciliata, Ashm. * , 180.
femorata, Ashm. * , 180.
metallica, Ashm. *, 180, 181.
Habrolepis, 95.
Dalmanni, Westw., 91.
Habrolepoidea, How. * , 89.
glauca, How. * , 90.
Hadronotus, Forster, 217, 229.
bicolor, Ashm. * , 229, 231.
, carinatifrons, Ashi. * , 229, 230.
insularis, Ashm. * , 229, 230.
politus, Ashm. * , 229, 230.
Haliphysema, 321.
Halticella diversicornis, Walk., 81.
fascicornis, Walk., 81.
Halticide, 291.
Haridra Adamsoni, Moore, 404.
kahruba, Moore, 398.
Hecaboling, 58, 115.
Heliocopris gigas, Linn., 287.
Helix aspersa, Note on the Formation of
the Epiphragm of, by Prof. G. J.
Allman, 517-520.
Helix hortensis, 517.
pomatia, 517.
Hemepepsis 7ead Hemipepsis, 432.
Hemilexis, Forster, 244.
latipennis, Ashm. * , 244.
Hemilexodes, Ashm., 244.
filiformis, Ashm.* , 244.
Hemipepsis, 432.
prodigiosa, Gerst., 433.
Hemiptera Heteroptera: Bent’s Expe-
dition to the Hadramaut, South
Arabia, 280, 288.
Hemiscorpius lepturus, Pez., 316.
Hemitrichus, Thomson, 157.
varipes, Ashm. * , 157.
Henicetrus, Thomson, 98.
Heptameris, Forster, 71.
flavipes, Ashm.* , 71.
rufipes, Ashm. * , 71.
Herbertia, How. * , 98, 99.
lucens, How. * , 98.
Herpetocypris, 2.
Heterobuthus, 309.
Heterogamia conspersa, Brunner, 281.
Heteroptera, 283.
Heterospilus, Haliday, 58, 115.
carbonarius, Ashm.* , 115, 117.
fasciatus, Ashm. * , 115, 118.
ferruginus, Ashm. *, 115, 117.
INDEX.
Heterospilus humeralis, dshm.* 117,
121
longicaudus, Ashm. * , 116, 119.
nigrescens, Ashm. * , 116, 120.
pallidipes, Ashm.*, 116, 119.
questor, Ashm. *, 58, 116.
variegatus, Ashm.* , 117, 120.
Heterotis Ebrenbergii, 53.
Hetrodes horridus, Burm., 282.
Hexacola, Forster, 66, 72, 77.
modesta, Ashm. * , 72, ‘73.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * ,72, 73, 74.
solitaria, Ashm. * , 72, '73.
Hexaplasta, Morster, 77.
incerta, Ash. * , 77.
Himatismus villosus, Haag, 290.
Hippocampus guttulatus, 578.
Hirdagra fraterna, Felder, 342.
Histeromimus, Gahan * , 288.
arabicus, Gahan * , 288.
Histeromorphus, Kraatz, 288.
plicatus, Kraatz, 288. ;
Holocentrum, 564, 592, 594, 595, 598.
spiniferosum, 560, 601.
Holocephala, 530, 534, 584.
Homalopoda, How. * , 90.
cristata, How. * , 91.
Hoplocrepis, Ashm. * , 60, 165.
albiclavus, Ashm. * , 60, 165.
Hoploteleia, Ashm., 217.
Howard, L. O., Report on the Chalci-
didz of the subfamilies Chalcidine,
Eucharinex, Perilampine, Encyrtine,
Aphelinine, Pirenine, Elasmine, and
Elachistine, of the Island of St.
Vincent, 79-108.
, Report upon the Parasitic Hymen-
optera of the Island of Vincent, see
Riley, C. V., 56-254.
Hydaticus decorus, Klug, 286.
histrio, Clark, 286.
rectangulus, Sharp, 286.
Hydrophiine, ftnote 420.
Hydrophilide, 287.
Hydrous senegalensis, Perch., 287.
Hydrus platurus, ftnote 420.
Hymenoptera: Bent’s Expedition to
the Hadramaut, South Arabia, by
W. F. Kirby, 280-282.
Hymenoptera, Parasitic, of the Island
of St. Vincent: Report upon, by C. V.
Riley, W. H. Ashmead, and L. O.
Howard, 56-254.
Hymenoptera, Onsome Exotic Fossorial,
in the Collection of the British Mu-
seum, with Descriptions of New
Species and of a New Genus of the
Pompilide, by Lt.-Col. C. T. Bing-
ham, 422-445,
Hypolethria, Forster, 71.
INDEX.
Hypolethria longicornis, Ashm. * , 71.
Hypolimnas, Mimicry in the Butterflies
of the Genus, by Col. Chas. Swinhoe,
339-348.
Hypolimnas anomale, 341.
bolina, Linn., 339-848.
dubia, 343, 348.
marginalis, 343, 348.
mina read mima, Trim., 343.
misippus, Linn., 339-348.
polymena, 342, 348.
scopas, 342, 348.
Hypostomos, 55.
Ichneumonide, Report on the, of the
Island of St. Vincent (W. H. Ash-
mead), 56, 138-143.
Ichthyoxenos, Herklots, 337.
Idarnes, Walk., 59.
carme, Walk., 59.
Idiotypa, Forster, 243.
pallida, Ashm. * , 248.
Idmonea, 267.
flabellata, Kirchenp., 267.
interjuncta, 267.
Milneana, 267.
Idris, Forster, 217, 231.
zenea, Ashm.* , 231.
Inostemma, Ha/., 232, 233.
bicornutus, Ashin. * , 232.
Lintnerii, Ashm., 233.
simillimus, Ashm. * , 232.
Insects other than Coleoptera obtained
by Dr. Anderson’s Collector during
Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Ha-
dramaut, South Arabia, 279-285.
Isamia (Huplea) singapura, Moore, 342.
Isobrachium, Férster, 190, 192.
albipes, Ashm. * , 190, 191.
collinum, Ashm.* , 190.
Isocratus, Forster, 59, 170.
vulgaris, Walk., 59.
Tsopod, On the Structure of the, Genus
Ourozeuktes, Milne-Kdwards, by A.
Vaughan Jennings, 329-538.
Isopods, gills of, 417.
Isosoma, Walk., 149, 151.
heteromera, Ashm. * , 151.
Tsosomodes, Ashm., 59
gigantea, Ashm., 59.
Jasia australis, Swains., 388.
Jennings, A. Vaughan, On the True
Nature of*‘Mobiusispongia parasitica,”
Duncan, 317-319.
, On a new Genus of Foraminifera
of the Family Astrorhizidx, 320-321.
—, On the Structure of the Isopod
Genus Owrozeuktes, Milne-Edwards,
329-338.
613
Jones, T. Rupert, and Chapman, F., On
the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on
the Genus Ramulina, 496-516.
Kapala, Cameron, 59, 84.
furcata, Fabr., 59, 84.
Kirby, W. F., Descriptions of new
Species of Forficulide in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum, 520-529.
, Insects other than Coleoptera
obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector
during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the
Hadramaut, South Arabia, 279-285.
Kleidotoma, Westw., 69.
insularis, Ashm. * , 69.
Labeo, Hal., 197.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 197.
simulans, Ashm. * , 197, 198.
Labidura, Leach, 524, 525.
sexspinosa, Dohrn, 524.
Walkeri, Kirby * , 524, 529.
Labrichthys tetrica, 576.
Labridx, 530, 574, 593, 596, 598.
Labyrinthici, epibranchial organ in,
mentioned, 53.
Laccotrephes ruber, Linn., 280, 284.
Lampronota, Curtis, 142.
albomaculata, Ashi. * , 142.
Lapitha, Ashm., 217, 226.
spinosa, Ashm. * , 226.
Larval Gills of the Odonata, Prof. G.
Gilson and J. Sadones on, 413-418.
Lathrodectus 13-guttatus, Hoss?, 296.
Laurie, M., On the Morphology of the
Pedipalpi, 20-48.
Lecanium hesperidum, Linn., 92, 97.
quercitronis, Fitch, 97.
Leiurus leptochelys, Hempr. § Ehrenb.,
299.
(a aes ass Hempr. § Ehrenb.,
.
Lelaps, Hal., 60, 156.
flavescens, Ashm. * , 156.
pulchricornis, Hal.,60, 156.
Lepidosiren, 52, 54.
paradoxa, ftnote 52.
Lepidosteidx, 530, 540.
Lepidosteus, 538, 541, 544, 545,586-596.
osseus, 540, 601.
Lepralia, 257.
Leptacis, Forster, 236.
erythropus, Ashm. * , 236, 257.
obscuripes, Ashin. * , 236.
Leptomastix, Horster, 60, 92.
dactylopii, How., 60, 92.
Leptopilina, Horster, 70.
minuta, Ashm. * , 70.
Libellula, 413, 417.
depressa, 413, 414.
614
Limnophilus flavicornis, 408, 409.
Limulus, 33, 37-46, 275, 277, 417.
Liophis, 419.
Liophron, Nees, 132.
minutus, Ashm. * , 182.
Liophronine, 132.
Liphistius, 42, 46.
Lituolidz, 321.
Lochites, Forster, 153.
auriceps, Ashm. * , 153.
Locusta egyptius, Linn., 281.
Locustide, 280; 281, 282.
Lophobranchii, 530, 578, 594, 597.
Lophocomus, Hal., 165.
Loxostomum vorax, ftnote 500.
Loxotropa, Morster, 249.
columbiana, Ashm. * , 249.
thoracica, Ashm. * , 249.
Lutodeira chanos, Hyrti, 53.
Lygeide, 280, 284.
Lygeeus militaris, Mabr., 280, 284.
Lysiphlebus, Forster, 137.
meridionalis, Ashm. *, 137.
Lysitermus, Forster, 121.
fascipennis, Ashm. * , 121, 122.
terminalis, dshm.*, 121.
Macromeris, Lepel., 429, 438.
argentifrons, Smith, 429.
castanea, Bingh. * , 438.
Macroteleia, Westw., 216, 217, 222.
carinata, Ashm. * , 222.
erythrogaster, Ashm. * , 222, 223.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 222, 223.
Marsipella, 321.
Marsipobranchs, 584, 587.
Marsupials, dentition of, 456.
Melittobia, Westw., 182.
Meraporus, WValk., 159.
nigrocyaneus, Ashm. * , 159.
Merluccius, 592.
vulgaris, 559.
Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts, by
Prof. T. W. Bridge, 580-602.
Mesochorus, Grav., 140.
americanus, C7., 141.
annulitarsis, Ashm. * , 140.
Mesoprion, 592-595, 598.
gembra, 565, 601, 602.
Mesostena puncticollis, So/., 289.
Mesostenus, Grav., 138.
insularis, Ashm. * , 138.
Micoconodon read Microconodon, 477.
Microbracon, Ashm., 114.
pilosithorax, Ashm. *, 114.
Microconodon, 474, 477.
Microdus, Nees, 58, 129.
insularis, Ashm. * , 130.
Smithii, Ashm. * , 129.
stigmaterus, Cr., 58.
INDEX.
Microdus unicinctus, Ashm. * , 129.
varipes, Cr., 58.
Microgasterine, 56.
Middleton, R. Morton, Jn., on a remark-
able use of Ants in Asia Minor, 405.
Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus
Hypolimnas, by Col. Chas. Swinhoe,
339-348.
Miotropis, Thomson, 106.
nigricans, How. *, 106.
platynote, How., 106.
versicolor, How. * , 106.
Misilus aquatifer, Montfort, 514.
Mobiusispongia parasitica, Duncan, on
the True Nature of, by A. Vaughan
Jennings, 317-319.
Monaeanthus, 336, 594.
granulosus, 580.
pardalis, 580.
Morpho, 380.
Mueil, 575, 575, 598.
capito, 572, 595, 602.
Mugilidee, 580, 569, 572, 593, 595, 598,
599.
Murena, 596.
Mureenide, 530, 545, 588.
Mustelide, dentition of, 461.
Mygnimia, 454.
audax, Smith, 434.
Fenestrata, Smith, 434.
Myosoma, brudié, 113.
pilosipes, Ashm. *, 113.
Myriopoda and Arachnida: Bent’s
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South
Arabia, by R. I. Pocock, 297-299.
Myrmicine, 283.
Myzine, Latr., 423.
dimidiata, Smzth, 4238.
dimidiaticornis, Bingh.* , 423.
Nanobuthus, Pocock * , 314.
Andersoni, Pocock * , 314.
Nebo flavipes, Simon, 295, 316.
Nepa grossa, abr. 284, 285.
rubra, Linn., 284, 285.
Nepidee, 280, 284.
Neuroptera: Bent’s Expedition to the
Hadramaut, South Arabia (W. F.
Kirby), 280-282.
Newnhamia, King, 5.
Notaspis, Walk., 59, 83.
formiciformis, Walk., 59, 83.
Notodromas, 5, 11, 12, 15, 16, 17.
monacha, O. Ff. M., 5, 10, 12, 18, 19.
Nototrachys, Marshall, 139.
minimus, Ashm. * , 159.
niger, Ashm. * , 139.
Nubecularia, 321.
Nymphalis candiope, Godart, 367.
decius, Lucas, 404.
INDEX.
Nymphalis erithalion, Westw. § Hewits.,
362
etesipe, Godart, 399.
etheocles, Drury, 399.
Freyi, Brancsik, 369.
Guderiana, Dewitz, 358.
jahlusa, Trimen, 371.
mycerina, Godart, 372.
nesiope, Hewits., 379.
nitebis, Hewits., 388.
numenes, Hewits., 376.
pyrrhus, Lucas, 387.
Schreiberi, Godart, 386.
thieste, Westw., 376.
thurius, Godart, 376,
zoolina, Doubl. § Hewits., 370.
Ocnera hispida, Forsh., 290.
persea, Baudi, 290.
Odonata, The Larval Gills of the, by
Prof. G. Gilson and J. Sadones,
413-418.
Cicodoma cephalotes, Latr., ftnote 406.
idipodanebulosa, Hisch.de Waldh., 281.
Cistridee, 280, 285.
strus maculatus, Wiedem., 285.
Olinx, Forster, 166.
Omphale, Hal., 168.
varicolor, Ashi. * , 168.
Onitis alexis, K/ug, 287.
Ophiocephalide, 53.
Ophion, Fabr., 58.
concolor, Cr , 58.
cubensis, Nort., 58.
flavum, Fabr., 58.
Ophionine, 58, 139.
Opiine, 133.
Opisthacantha, Ashm., 216, 224.
pallida, Ashi. * , 225.
polita, Ashm. * , 224, 225.
Opisthoglyphous Snakes, On two little-
known, by G. 8. West, 419-422.
Opius, Wesm., 135.
annulicornis, Ashm. * , 134, 136.
atriceps, Ashm. *, 134, 136.
insularis, Ashm. * , 133, 135.
interstitialis, Ashm.* , 184, 135.
melanocephalus, Ashm. * , 153, 134.
rejectus, Ashm. * , 134, 136.
Salvini, Ashm. * , 133, 134.
unifasciatus, Ashm. * , 134, 135.
Orasema, Cameron, 59, 84.
minutissima, How. * , 84.
stramineipes, Cameron, 59, 85.
Orgilus, Haliday, 130.
pallidus, Ashm. * , 130.
Orthagoriscus, 594.
mola, 582.
Orthocentrus, Grav., 141.
insularis, Ashm. * , 142.
615
Orthocentrus variabilis, Ashm. * , 141.
Orthochirus melanurus, Kessler, 294.
Schneideri, L. Koch, 295.
Orthoptera : Bent’s Expedition to the
Hadramaut, South Arabia (W. F.
Kirby), 279-281.
Oryctes boas, Fahbr., 287.
rhinoceros, Linn., 287.
Osteoglossidze, 53, 530, 544, 588.
Osteoglossum, 545, 546, 592, 596.
formosum, 544, 601.
Ostracoda, 2-19.
Otocyon, dentition of, 461-474.
megalotis, 464; dentition of, 464-
467.
Ourozeuktes, Milne-Edwards, On the
Structure of the Isopod Genus, by
A. Vaughan Jennings, 329-338.
Ourozeuktes caudatus, Schiddte &
Meinert, 336.
monacanthi, Schiddte § Meinert,336.
Owenii, Milne-Edw., 330, 338.
pyriformis, Hasw., 336.
Oxycara sp., 289.
Pachnoda histrio, Fabr., 287.
Pagellus, 566, 569, 595, 598.
centrodontus, 566.
Palla, 348, 370.
publius, Staud., 403.
Pallosoma cyanea, Lep., 427.
Palmicellaria, 267.
parallelata, 255, 267, 268, 271.
Pamboline, 122.
Pambolus, Haliday, 122.
annulicornis, Ashm, * , 122.
Paphagus, Walk., 59.
sidero, Walh., 59.
Paphia Schreibers, Horsf., 386,
Papilio amasia, Habr., 378.
anticlea, Drury, 364.
athamas, Drury, 383.
Bernardus, Fabr., 392.
brutus, Cramer, 350.
cajus, Herbst, 350.
camulus, Drury, 352.
castor, Cramer, 353.
cenea, Stoll, 345.
decius, Cramer, 403.
ephyra, Godart, 359.
etheocles, Cramer, 359.
etheocles, Drury, 399.
eudoxus, Fadr., 352.
eupale, Drury, 378.
euphanes, H’sper, 356.
euryalus, Cramer, 399.
Fabius, Fabr., 356.
Horatius, Fabr., 364.
jasius, Fabr., 355.
jason, Linn., 355.
616
Papilio laodice, Drury, 373.
lucretius, Cramer, 366.
lycurgus, Fabr., 373.
marica, Habr., 377.
merope, 343, 344.
nisus, Cramer, 399.
pelias, Cramer, 355.
pollux, Cramer, 352, 353.
polyxena, Cramer, 392.
pyrrhus, Linn., 387.
pyrrhus, Donov., 384.
rhea, Hiibner, 355.
sempronius, /abr., 388.
solon, Fabr., 356.
tiridates, Cramer, 377.
thyestes, Stol/, 376.
varanes, Cramer, 400, 401.
xiphares, Cramer, 376.
Parabuthus, Pocock, 309, 311.
brevimanus, Thorell, 309.
capensis, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 309.
fulvipes, Simon, 309.
granimanus, Pocock * ,311, 312,315.
Hunteri, Pocock *, 309, 310, 311,
312.
iros, C. Koch, 309.
liosoma, Hempr. & Hhrenb., 295,
309, 310, 311, 312, 315, 316.
pallidus, Pocock * , 312.
planicauda, Pocock, 309.
segnis, Zhorell, 309.
villosus, Peters, 3809, 316.
Paragenia, Bingh. * , 429.
argentifrons, Smith, 429, 445.
Parallelata vitrea, 267.
Paramesius, Westw., 245,
thoracicus, Ashm. * , 245.
Paraolinx, Ashm. * , 166.
lineatifrons, Ashm. * , 166.
Pedipalpi, On the Morphology of, by
M. Laurie, 20-48.
Pedipalpi, 296.
Pentacrita, Forster, 70.
obseuripes, Ashm.* , 70.
Pentastichus, Ashm. * , 187.
xanthopus, Ashm. * , 188.
Pentatoma nigroviolacea, Beawy., 283.
Pentatomide, 280, 283.
Peraspalax, 477.
Perea, 564, 567, 569, 593, 595.
fluviatilis, 564.
Percide, 530, 564, 592, 598, 598, 599.
Perilampine &c. of the Island of
St. Vincent, Report on the (L. O.
Howard), 56, 79-108.
Perilampus, Latr., 85.
politifrons, How. * , 85.
Peripatus, 410; salivary glands of, 411,
412.
Petralia, 255, 260.
INDEX.
Petralia undata, 267.
Peucetia arabica, Simon, 296.
Pheenocarpa, Forster, 137.
pleuralis, Ashm. * , 137.
Phenopria, Ashm., 253.
simillima, Ashm. * , 253.
subclayata, Ashm. * , 253, 254.
Phzenotoma, Wesm., 124.
fuscovaria, Ashm. * , 124, 126.
humeralis, Ashm. * , 124, 125, 126.
insularis, Ashm. * , 124.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 124, 125.
Phalangide, 21, 38, 39.
Phalangium, 34, 44.
Phanurus, Thomson, 200.
affinis, Ashm. *, 200.
ovivorus, Ashm., 201.
Phasma, Oliv., 281.
xgyptiacum, Gray, 279, 281.
rossia, Haér.,
Phasmide, 279, 281.
Pheropsophus africanus, De., var., 286.
Philanthus, Fabr., 440.
avidus, Bingh. * , 440.
basalis, Smith, 441.
concinnus, Bingh. * , 441.
nigriceps, Bingh. * , 441.
ordinarius, Bingh. *, 441.
pulcherrimus, Syith, 440.
Philodryas Schottii, 322.
Philognoma azota, Hewits., 365.
faleata, Butler, 402.
lichas, Doubled., 401.
rectifascia, Weymer, 403.
Ussheri, Butler, 404.
violinitens, Crowley, 402.
Phryganea grandis, 407, 408, 409.
Phrynichus ceylonicus, 38.
Deflersi, Simon, 296.
Jayakari, Poc., 296.
Phipsoni, 296.
pusillus, 296.
Phrynus: On the Spinning-Glands in,
with an Account of the so-called
“Penis,” and of the Morphology of
the Operculum, by H. M. Bernard,
272-278.
Phrynus, 20, 21, 25, 38, 40-48 ; embryos
of, 30.
annulatipes, 48.
reniformis, 31, 48.
Phyllopods, 2.
Physostomi, 530, 544, 597.
Picroscytus, Thomson, 157.
nigro-cyaneus, Ashm, * , 158.
Pilulina, 321.
Pimelia arabica, Klug, 290.
sp., 290.
Pimpline, 142.
Pirates, Burm., 284.
INDEX.
Pirenine, &e., of the Island of St.
Vincent, Report on the (L. O.
Howard), 56, 79-108.
Placopsilina, 321,
bulla, 321.
Platurus fasciatus, ftnote 420.
Platygaster Lecanti, Fitch, 97.
Platygasterinz, 232,
Platynota rostrana, Walk., 107.
Platystoma, 553, 554, 555, 590.
tigrinum, 550, 601.
Plectognathi, 530, 578, 594, 597.
Pleuracanthus, 584, 587.
Pleuronectes, 592.
platessa, 559, 601.
Pleuronectide, 530, 559, 592, 597.
Ploczderus denticornis, Fabr., 291.
melancholicus, Gahan, var., 291.
Pocock, R. I., On the Arachnida and
Myriopoda obtained by Dr. Ander-
son’s collector during Mr. T. Bent’s
Expedition to the Hadramaut, South
Arabia ; with a Supplement upon the
Scorpions obtained by Dr. Anderson
in Egypt and the Hastern Soudan;
292-316.
—, List of the Scorpions obtained by
Colonel Yerbury at Aden in the
Spring of 1895, 316.
, Supplementary Note upon the
Scorpions obtained in Egypt and the
Soudan by Dr. John Anderson, 299.
Podagrion, Spin., 83.
brasiliensis, How, * , 83.
Peecilocera, 282.
vittata, Klug, 280, 282.
Polyclada Benti, Gahan * , 291.
pectinicornis, Oliv., 291.
Polygnotus, Forster, 240.
gracilicornis, Ashm.* , 241, 242.
insularis, dshm. * , 240, 241, 242.
laticlayus, Ashm. * , 241, 242.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 240, 241.
pallidicoxalis, Ashm.* , 241, 248.
Polymecus, Forster, 237.
insularis, Ashm. * , 237.
Polymorpha corcula spinosa, Soldani,
508, 511, 513, 514.
oliviformia, Soldani, 512.
oviformia, So/dant, 512.
pyriformis, Soldani, 512.
subovalia, Soldani, 509, 510, 513.
Polymorphina amygdaloides, Zerquem,
511
angusta, Hgger, 508, 515, 516.
, var. complicata, Jones &
Chapm. * , 507, 508, 516.
asparagus, ftnote 500.
communis, d@’Orb., 502, 508-510,
513, 516.
617
Polymorphina communis, var. acupla-
centa, Jones & Chapm. * ,502, 516.
, var. horrida, Reuss, 502, 503,
516.
communis, Parker & Jones, 507,
512, 513.
compressa, @’ Orb., 507, 514, 516.
, var. marginalis, Jones &
Chapm. * , 507, 516.
compressa, Brady, 514.
compressa, Goés, 509.
concava, Williamson, 498, 507, 514.
, var. dentimarginata, Chapm.,
507, 514.
concava, R. Jones, 514.
damexcornis, Wright, 501, 509, 511.
damecornis, Reuss, 501.
diffusa, 499.
diluta, Bornem., 502.
fusiformis, Roemer,505,510-512,516.
, var. horrida, Reuss, 503, 516.
—, var. racemosa, Jones &
Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516.
gibba, d’ Orb, 501, 502, 508-516.
» var. ‘acuplacenta, Jones §
Chapm. * , 502, 516.
—, var. circularis,
ee: * 905, 516.
var. ” complicata, Jones &§
Oe. * , 507, 508, 516.
, var. coronula, Jones &
Chapm. * , 501, 516.
, var. dameecornis, Reuss, 501,
Jones &§
516.
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * ,
505, 516.
——, var. marginalis, Jones ¢
Chap. * , 506, 516.
—, var. racemosa, Jones &
Chapm. * , 003, 504, 516.
gibba, Brady, 513.
gibba, Goés, 514.
gibba, Wright, 514.
gracilis, Fewss, 510.
gutta, d@’Orb., 502, 505, 509, 510,
513, 516.
——, var. acuplacenta, Jones &
Chapnr. * , 502, 516.
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * ,
505, 516.
hirsuta, d’ Ord., 503, 516.
, var. complicata, Jones &
Chapm.* , 507, 508, 516.
, var. horrida, Reuss, 502, 503,
516.
hirsuta, Reuss, 511, 512, 515.
horrida, Wright, 503, 510, 515.
horrida, Burrows, Sherborn, &
Bailey. 510.
Humboldtii, Bornem., 507,513, 516.
618 INDEX.
Polymorphina Humboldtii, var. margi-
nalis, Jones ¢ Chapm. * , 506, 516.
lactea, Walk. & Jacob, 502, 511-516.
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * ,
505, 516.
, var. fistulosa, Welliams, 515.
——, var. marginalis, Jones &
Chapm. * , 507, 516.
——, var. racemosa, Jones &
Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516.
—, var. tubulosa, Parker &
Jones, 507, 512, 513.
lactea, Brady, 502, 510.
lanceolata, Reuss, 503, 510.
nucleus, ftnote 500.
Orbienii, Brady, Parker, § Jones,
507, 508, 511, 515-516.
prelonga, Terquem, 504, 511.
prisea, Berthelin, 503, 510.
prisca, Reuss, 511.
Pompilide, 422.
Pompilus, Fabr., 429.
Alicie, Bingh. * , 431, 445.
aureosericeus, Guér., 433, 434.
bioculatus, Bingh. *, 431.
canifrons, Smith, 430.
Deedalus, Bingh. * , 429.
exortivus, Smith, 430, 431.
infestus, Bingh. * , 430.
perplexus, Smith, 430.
unifasciatus, Smith, 430, 451, 434.
Porcellanea, 321.
Potorous, dentition of, 459.
Prioenemis, 454,
gigas, Taschenb., 433, 434.
Prionodon, 463.
Prionotheca carinata, Oliv., 290.
Prionurus, 303, 305, 309.
seneas, C. Koch, 309.
australis, Linn., 805, 306.
problema, d’ Orb., 505, 508, 512, 516.
, var. cireularis, Jones &
Chapm.* , 505, 516.
regina, Brady, Parker, § Jones,
501, 509, 512, 514, 516.
——,, fistulose form, Wright, 509.
, var. damecornis, euss, 501,
516.
, var. marginalis, Jones &
Chapm.* , 507, 516.
Roemeri, Reuss, 502, 509, 510.
rotundata, Bornem., 505, 513, 515,
516.
——, var. complicata, Bornem.,
507, 508, 516.
bicolor, Hempr. & Hhrenb., 294, 307,
308, 309.
citrinus, Hempr. §& EHhrenb., 304,
305, 306, 307, 308.
erassicauda, Oliv., 292, 303, 307,
308, 309.
funestus, Hempr. § Ehrenb., 303,
3804, 305, 309.
hector, Koch, 304, 305, 306, 307.
libyeus, Hempr. 4 Ehrenb., 304,
305, 306, 307, 308.
melanophysa, Hhrenb., 304, 305, 306.
priamus, Koch, 305, 306, 307, 308.
Proctotrypide, Report on the, of the
Island of St. Vincent (W. H. Ash-
, var. diffusa,Jones § Chapm. * ,
505, 516.
solidula, Terguem, 505, 513.
sororia, Reuss, 510, 515, 516.
trigonula, Hewss, 501, 508, 516.
, var. damzecornis, Meuss, 501,
516.
tubulosa, Jones, Parker, § Brady,
499, 504, 505, 509, 511, 5138, 515,
516.
turio, ftnote 500.
virgata, Searles Wood, 504, 512, 516.
, var. racemosa, Jones &
Chapm. * , 503, 504, 516.
(Guttulina) damecornis, Reuss,
501, 508.
Polymorphinz, On the Fistulose, and
on the Genus Ramulina, by Tl. Rupert
Jones and FH. Chapman, 496-516.
Polyodon, 536, 538, 585.
folium, 536, 601.
Polyodontide, 530, 536.
Polyphaga syriaca, Sauss., 279, 281.
Polypteride, 530, 541.
Polypterus, 543, 586, 587, 590, 602.
bichir, 541, 601.
mead), 56, 188-254.
Prodaticus pictus, Sharp, 286.
Proroporus verrucosus, ftnote 500.
Prosacantha, Nees, 213.
brevispina, Ashm. * , 213.
sublineata, Ashm. * , 213, 214.
tibialis, Ashm. * , 213, 214.
Proteleidz, dentition of, 461.
Protopterus, 52, 53.
annectens, ftnote 52.
Psalis, Serv., 525.
borneensis, Kirby * , 525.
indica, Burm., 525.
Psen, Latr., 443.
pulcherrimus, Bingh. * , 443.
Pseudagenia, Kohl, 426, 429.
artemis, Bingh. * , 427, 445.
clypeata, Bingh. * , 4217.
Hrigonx, Bingh.* , 426, 445.
mutabilis, Smith, 428.
novare, Sauss., 426.
rava, Bingh.* , 426.
stulta, Bingh.* , 428.
tincta, Smith, 428,
Pseudosearus, 575.
superbus, 574, 602.
INDEX.
Pseudoscorpions, 37, 39.
Pteromalinz, 60, 155, 157.
Pteromalus, Swed., 165.
rugosopunctatus, Ashm. * , 165.
Pterygotus, 37.
Pulvinaria innumerabilis, Rathvon, 97.
Puntius maculatus, Bleeker, 337.
Pygidicrana, Serv., 522.
egregia, Kirby * , 523, 529.
forcipata, Kirby * , 522
y-nigra, Serv., 522, 523.
Ramulina, On the Genus, and on the
Fistulose Polymorphine, by T.
Rupert Jones and F, Chapman, 496-
516.
Ramulina, Wright, 318, 319.
globulifera, Brady, 319.
Grimaldi, Schlumb., 319.
Raphanulina Humboldtii, Zborzewski,
513.
Reduviide, 280, 284.
Regalecus, 591, 594.
argeuteus, 530, 577.
Retehornera, 267.
Retepore, and a Fenestrate Bryozoa, On
Mediterranean and New-Zealand, by
A. W. Waters, 255-271.
Retepora, 255, 257, 260.
aporosa, Waters, 260, 261.
arborea, Jullien, 264, 265.
atlantica, Busk, 259, 261, 264.
aurantiaca, 269.
avicularis, MacG., 256, 262.
Beaniana, King, 259, 260, 261, 264,
271.
cellulosa, Linn., 256, 259, 260, 261,
268, 266-271.
—., forma Beaniana, var. medi-
terranea, Smitt, 263.
cellulosa, Smitt, 259.
cellulosa, Van Beneden, 264.
cellulosa, Waters, 263.
Colensoi, Bust MS., 270.
columnifera, Busk, 256, 261.
complanata, Waters, 260, 261, 2638,
271.
contortuplicata, Busk, 256, 261.
Couchii, Hincks, 256, 261-263.
, var. aporosa, Waters, 262, 271.
, var. biaviculata, Waters, 262,
denticulata, 256.
deserta, Waters, 268.
elegans, Reuss, ftnote 255.
elongata, Smitt, 256, 257, 262, 265,
278.
——,, Smit¢ (=R. tenella, Ortm.),
261.
escharoides, 257.
fissa, MacG., 256, 259, 260, 261,
269, 271.
619
Retepora formosa, MacG., 258, 261.
gigantea, Busk, 256, 269.
granulata, 257, 269.
Imperati, Busk, 256, 257, 258, 262,
265, 266, 270, 271.
Jacksoniensis, Busk, 256, 261.
lata, Busk, 262.
lucida, 260.
magellensis, Busk, 262.
maorica, Busk MS., 269.
marsupiata, Sm., 260.
mediterranea, Smit, 256, 259, 260,
261, 263, 271.
monilifera, 256, 258, 261, 269.
, forma munita, Hincks,
269.
, var. minuta, MacG., 260,
271.
munita, MacG., 261, 269.
nove zealandizx, Waters, 262, 270,
271.
parallelata, Waters, 266.
plana, Hincks, ftnote 257.
porcellana, MaeG., 261, 269.
preetenuis (=R. marsupiata, Sim.),
260.
producta, Busk, 257, 261.
reticulata, Lamk., 259, 262.
sinuosa, Kirkp., 257, 262.
Solanderia, Risso, 256, 257, 258,
262, 264, 265, 266, 271.
tenella, Ortm., 265.
tessellata, Hineks, 257, 258, 259,
262, 271.
, var. ceespitosa, Busk, ftnote
256, 265, 271.
tubulata, Busk, 256, 261.
tumescens, Ortm., 265.
umbonata, MacG., 260, 261.
victoriensis, Busk, 261.
Reteporella, Busk, 258, 265.
Solanderia, 258.
Worsleyi, MacG., 258.
Reticulipora dorsalis, Waters, 265.
Rhaphidoscene, Jennings * , 321.
conica, Jennings * , 321.
Rhogadinz, 123.
Rhogas, Nees, 123.
pectoralis, Ashm.*, 123.
Rbhopalum Brookti, Bingh. * , 444.
Rhoptromeris, Forster, 74.
insularis, Férster, 74.
Rhyssalinz, 127.
Rhyssalus, Haliday, 127, 128.
brunneiventris, Ashm. * , 128.
cznophanoides, Ashm. * , 127.
melleus, Ashm. * , 127,
Riley, C. V., W. H. Ashmead, and L. O.
Howard, Report upon the Parasitic
Hymenoptera of the Island of St.
Vincent, 56-254.
Rileya, Ashm., 61, 143.
620
Roptrocerus, Ratzeb., 158.
auratus, Ashm. % , 158.
Saccobranchus fossilis, On the Aortic-
Arch System of, by R. H. Burne, 48-
55.
Saccobranchus singio, 54.
Sactogaster, Forster, 237.
affinis, Ashm. * , 238.
anomaliventris, Ashm., 238.
rufipes, Ashm. * , 238.
Sadones, J., and Prof. G. Gilson, The
Larval Gills of the Odonata, 413-
418.
Sagrina longirostris, ftnote 500.
Salius, Faér., 432.
anthracin us, Smith, 433.
audax, Cam., 434.
aureosericeus, Gwér., 433.
Autolycus, Bingh.* , 432, 445.
bellicosus, Smith, 438.
Elizabeth, Bingh., 433, 434.
fenestratus, Smith, 434.
funestus, Cam., 434.
geminus, Bingh. * , 436.
grassator, Bingh. * , 436.
hercules, Cam., 433.
Juno, Cam., 439.
Nicevillii, Bengh., 435.
placidus, Bingh. * , 437.
prodigiosa, Gerst., ‘433.
satelles, Bingh. * | 433, 487, 445.
serripes, Dahibom, 436.
terrenus, Bingh. * , 435, 445.
valentulus, Bingh. * , 434.
venatorius, Bingh,* , 437, 445.
(Hemipepsis) prodigiosa, Gerst.,
433.
Salmo salar, 589.
Salmonide, 530, 550, 588.
Scapholeberi is; LO Iba 2 Loy TOS Lg.
mucronata, O. F. M., 5, 13, 19.
Scarabzeidee, 287.
Scarabzeus isidis, Oasteln., 287.
Scelio, Latr., 218.
Sceliomorpha, Ashm., 218.
Scelioninge, 200.
Schistocerca, 281.
exeyptia, Linn., 280, 281.
peregrina, Oliv., 280, 281.
Schizonotus, 41.
Schizoretepora, 257.
Selerodermi, 530, 578, 594.
Scolia, Fabr., 423.
decorata, Burm., 424.
desidiosa, Bingh.* , 424.
floridula, Bingh.* , 425.
histrionica, Fabr., 424.
sikkimensis, Bingh. * , 423, 425.
INDEX.
Scolia vestita, Klug, 283.
Scoliidz, 280, 283.
Scolopendra TBalfouri, Pocock, 297,
298.
deserticola, Pocock, 297.
persica, Pocock, 297.
truncaticeps, Pocock, 297.
valida, Luc., 297.
Scolopendride, 297.
Scomber, 594, 595, 598.
scomber, 567, 595.
Scombridz, 530, 567, 593, 598.
Scorpions, Abdominal Appendages and
Respiratory Organs in, 40.
, Post-oral Thoracic Appendagesin,
37-38.
——, Supplementary Note upon the,
obtained in Heypt and the
Soudan by Dr. John Anderson,
299.
— obtained by Colonel Yerbury at
Aden in the Spring of 1895 (R. I.
Pocock), 316.
Scourfield, D. J., Entomostraca and the
Surface-film of Water, 1-19.
Scrupocellaria, 267.
Scyllium, egg-cases of, 325.
Selenops xgyptiacus, Sav., 296.
Sharks, On the a ee cases of some Port
Jackson, by E. R. Waite, 325-529.
Siluride, 530, 50, 590, 591, 597.
Simocephalus, 2.
Siphonostoma, 594.
typhle, 578.
Slimonia, 36, 276. .
Smicra dorsivittata, Cam., 79.
femorata, Fabr., 79.
Sulvescens, Walk., 79.
nigropicta, Oress., 7 %
subpunctata, Walk.,
Snakes, Opisthoglyphous, On two little-
known, by G. 8. West, 419-422.
Solenaspis, Ashm., 58, 78.
bifoveolata, Or., 58, 78.
rufipes, Cr., 78.
Solifugee, 47.
Spalangia, Lafr., 59.
drosophilz, " Ashin., 59.
nigra, Latr., 59.
Spalangiine, 59.
Sparasion, Jurine, 218.
Sparassus Walckenaerii, Sav., 296.
Sparatta, Serv., 526.
apicalis, Kirby y * , 526, 529.
Bormansi, Kirby * 528.
Clarkii, Kirby *, 526, 527, 528,
529.
pelvimetra, Serv., 526, 527.
, var. rufina, 528.
pygidiata, Kirby C , 527, 528, 529.
IN DEX.
Sparatta rufina, S¢@/, 527.
Schotti, Dohrn, 527, 528.
semirufa, Kirby * , 528, 529.
Sparide, 530, 566, 593, 598, 599.
Spathiine, 58, 114.
Specific Characters, A R. Wallace on,
481-496.
Spheroidina Parisiensis, ftnote 500.
Sphegigastrides, 155.
Sphex punctata, Fabr., 79.
Sphingolabis, De Bormans, 529.
Hrichsoni, Dohrn, 529.
subaptera, Kirby, 529.
variegata, Kirby, 529.
Sphingonotus nebulosus, Fisch., 280,
281.
Sphyrzena, 592, 594.
Commersonii, 569, 602.
Sphyrznide, 530, 569, 592, 599.
Spilochalcis, Thomson, 59, 79.
femoratus, Fabr., 59, 79.
fulvescens, Walk., 59, 79.
misturatus, How. *, 80.
nigritus, How. * , 79.
torvina, Cresson, 80.
Spilomicrus, Westw., 248, 246.
aneurus, Ashi. * , 246.
vulgaris, Ash. * , 246, 247.
Spinning-Glands in Phrynus (H. M.
Bernard), 272-278.
Spintherus, Thomson, 159.
dubius, Ashm. * , 159.
Spirostreptus arabs, Pocock*, 298,
Spyrathus, 288.
Squamulina, Schultze, 321.
scopula, Carter, 321.
Stenomalus, Zhomson, 60.
musecarum, Walk., 60.
Stenomesius, Westw., 60, 106.
platynote, How., 60, 106.
Stenophasinus, Smith, 58, 114.
pusillus, Cr., 58.
terminalis, Ashm. * , 114.
Sternolophus solieri, Casteln., 287.
Stilbum cyanurum, Forst., 280, 282.
, var. amethystinum, fadr.,
280.
Strophoconus acanthopus, ftnote 500.
Hemprichii, ftnote 500.
laxus, ftnote 500.
ovum, ftnote 500.
spicula, ftnote 500.
stiliger, ftnote 500.
Stylomerus, 36.
Sudis, 55.
Swinhoe, Col. Chas., On Mimicry in
Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas,
3839-348.
Sympiesis, /ors¢er, 166.
621
Syngnathide, 530, 578, 594.
Synopeas, Forster, 239.
dubius, Ashi, * , 239.
Syntomaspis, Forster, 154.
punctifrons, Ashm. * , 154.
Syntomosphyrum, F%rster, 179, 181.
insularis, Ashm. * , 181.
Systole, Walk., 146.
abnormis, Walk., 146.
Tagalina, 521.
Tarantula pumilis, C. LZ. Koch, 38.
tessellata, Pocock, 272, 278.
Technitella, 321.
Teleasini, 213.
Telenomus, Hal., 201.
confusus, Ashm. * , 201, 204.
cubiceps, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 206.
difformis, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 205.
flavicornis, Ashm. * , 202, 203, 210.
flavopetiolatus, Ashm. * , 202, 203,
207.
fuscipennis, Ashm. * , 203, 210.
impressus, Asam. * , 202, 203, 204.
magniclayus, Ashm.*, 202, 203,
205.
medius, Ashm. * , 202, 207.
megacephalus, Ashm. * , 203, 212.
meridionalis, Ashm. * , 202, 208.
monilicornis, Ashm. * , 203.
nigrocoxalis, Ashm. * , 202, 211.
pectoralis. Ashm. * , 203, 206.
pygmeeus, Ashm. * , 202, 208.
Sancti-Vincenti, Ashm. * , 202, 203,
DAM
scaber, Ashi. * , 202, 208.
Smithii, Ashin. * , 202, 203, 209.
Teleosts and Ganoids, The Mesial Fins
of, by Prof. T. W. Bridge, 530-602.
Temnopterus spinipennis, Gory, 287.
Tenebrionid, 288.
Tentyria orbiculata, Fabr., var. glabra,
Sol.?, 289.
sp., 289.
Termitidx, 280, 282.
Testg incertz sedis, Terguem, 512.
Tetranychus, 275.
Tetrarhapta, Forster, 69.
rufipes, Ashm. * , 69.
Tetrastichine, 178.
Tetrastichodes, Ashm., 181.
cupreus, Ashm. * , 182.
femoratus, Ashm. * , 182, 183.
Tetrastichus, Hal., 178, 183, 187.
acutipennis, Ashm. * , 184, 186.
basilaris, Ashm. * , 184, 186.
cupreus, Ashm. * , 183, 184.
fasciatus, Ashm. * , 184, 187.
longicornis, Ashm. * , 184, 185.
punctifrons, Ashm.* , 184, 187.
622
Tetrastichus vulgaris, Ashm. * , 183, 185.
Tetrodon, 594.
immaculatus, 581, 602.
Thelyphonus, Anatomy of (M. Laurie),
20-37, 41-44, 274-278.
Thoracantha furcata, Hadl., 84,
Thriptera crinita, Klug, 290.
Thylacinus, dentition of, 459.
Tims, Dr. H. W. Marett, On the Tooth-
genesis in the Canidz, 445-480.
Tinea tinea, 549.
Tiphia collaris, Coqueb., 283.
Tooth-genesis in the Canide, by Dr. H.
W. Marett Tims, 445-480.
Torymine, 152.
Torymus, Dalm., 153.
pallidipes, Ashm. * , 153.
rugosipunctatus, Ashm.* , 153.
Toxoneura, Say, 132.
atricornis, Ashm. * , 132.
Toxoneurinx, 132.
Trachypteride, 530, 577, 593, 594.
Triarthrus, ftnote 277.
Trichacis, Horster, 240.
rubicola, Ashin., 240.
Trichopria, Ashm., 251.
atriceps, Ashm.* , 251, 252, 253.
insularis, Ashm. * , 251, 252.
pleuralis, Ashm. * , 251, 252.
Trichoptera, On Segmentally disposed
Thoracie Glands in the Larve of the,
by Prof. G. Gilson, 407-412.
Tridymine, 154.
Tridymus, Ratzeb., 154.
solitarius, Ashm. *, 154.
Trigla gurnardus, 571, 602.
Trigonia, 325.
Trissoleus, Ashm., 212.
laticeps, Ashm. * , 212.
Tropidonotus natrix, ftnote 323.
Tropidopria, Ashm., 249.
nigriceps, Ashm. * , 249, 250.
pallida, Ashm. * , 249, 250.
triangularis, Ashm. * , 249.
INDEX.
Tropidopsis, Ashm., 245.
clavata, Ashm. * , 245.
Truneatulina lobatula, 320.
refulgens, Montf., 320.
Tryphonine, 141.
Tubuli leeves, lucido-candidi, ramulosi,
ete., Soldani, 512.
Umbrella-ant, 406.
Undina, 588.
culo, Hgerton, 588.
Urside, dentition of, 461, 463.
Utility, The Problem of: Are Specific
Characters always or generally Use-
ful? by A. R. Wallace, 481-496.
Vaginulina obscura, ftnote 500.
paradoxa, ftnote 500.
Vibraculina, ftnote 267.
Conti, Neviani, {tnote 267.
Vieta, sp., 290.
Viverrinz, 463, 469.
Waite, H. R., On the Egg-cases of some
Port Jackson Sharks, 325-329.
Wallace, A. R., The Problem of Utility :
Are Specific Characters always or
generally Useful ?, 481-496.
Waters, A. W., On Mediterranean and
New Zealand Retepore, and a Ken-
estrate Bryozoa, 255-271.
Webbina, 321.
West, G. S., On a new Species of Disto-
mum, 822-324.
, On two little-known Opistho-
elyphous Snakes, 419-422.
Whirligig-beetles (Gyrinus), 14.
Yerbury, Colonel, List of Scorpions ob-
tained at Aden in the Spring of 1895
by (R. I. Pocock), 316.
Zamenis viridiflayus, Lacép., 323.
Zophosis sp., 288.
END OF THE TWENTY-FIFTH VOLUME.
PRINTED BY TAYLOR AND FRANCIS, RED LION COURT, FLEET STREET.
i
Pi
XV
JOouRN®Z0O0L. VoL XX
ral
Linn. Sor
Scourfield .
DJS. del. A.R Hammond ith.
1-5. SCAPHOLEBERIS MUCRONATA.9¢
6-86 NOTODROMAS
MONACHA 9
Dp. 9
a)
tL
Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoot Vor XXV
Scourfield_
Ca TE OF
Pa J oo FS
|
"a a oo wo (<9 2
Pd
O oF
i <
(oy jay
oy AO
Ne SG
— pa
©
=
A
_
Zip O GE
NU I ss aS
RSS Sr
S
Z
%C% A SS
Naa AA See
MUS
1-3. SCAPHOLEBERIS
4. NOTODROMAS
BOS del. AR Hammond lith
ae
PO OLaNy
Lies
Soc. Journ. Zoo. Von. XXV. PL
iN.
Nh
Loy
WestNewran Lith & imp.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PEDIPALPT.
Limw. Soc. Journ. Zoo. Vou. XXV. Pl. 4.
. toe
3
I Aa ee =
S_
& Pos
a
nei
~.
Sa
SS
SR GS ne TNE IS
was
&>
Saar
SOS
“3
ne ee cea
West, Newman hth & imp
MORPHOLOGY OP THE PEDIPALPT.
Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoom. Vou. XXV P15.
West, Newman th & imp.
MORPHOLOGY OF THE PHEDIPALPT.
but
ers
Linn.Soc.Journ, Zoor,.Vor..AXV. P16.
West, Newman mrp
MEHDITH RRANEAN RETEPORA.
AT. Hollick lith .
AWWeters del.
Lunn ‘Soc. Journ. Zoor.Vor, XXV. PL.
Waters.
West Newman imp
AW Waters del.
AT Hollick lith.
MEDITERRANEAN & NEW ZEALAND RETEPORA.
H.M Bernarddel.
MP. Parker lith.
Lryw. Soc. Journ. Zoot. Vou. XXV P18.
West,Newman imp.
SPINNING GLANDS IN PHRYNUS.
Borjeaue& Highley del et lith .
SCORPIONS
Linn. Soc.Journ.Zoot Vou.XXV. Pu.9.
Hanhart
OF HEYPT tc ARABIA.
hts
Jennings. Lisw. Soc. Journ. Zoot, Vor. XXV P1.10
AN. J delt West,Newman ith.
RHAPHIDOSCENE CONICA on BOTELLINA LABYRINTHICA.
oF
Linn. Soc.J SueM. LOO, Neu worm dee
J
— OSWest del.
_ AR.Harmmond lith. WOR: Hanhart imp.
BY ANATOMY OF DISTOMUM PHILODRYADUM. n.sp.
Nass =A
Lr, h
\
1
i
J
Waite Linn.Soc.Journ.Zoou.You.XXY.Pr 12.
E Waite del .
A R.Hammond lith .
Hanhart imp.
EGG CASES OF CESTRACION
1.2.0 PHILIPPI Schneider. 38.C. CALEATUS, Ganther .
a
p
ip
“
|
;
a OF ee ee ee ee
a8] ennings.
Linw. Soc. Journ. Zoor.. Vor. XXV.PI1. 13.
MP Parker hth
West, Newman imp.
OUROZEUKTES OWHINIL. Miine Hawards.
Eixternal form of adult &larva.
s
Jennings. Linn, Soc. Journ. Zoor.Vou XAV .PL.14.
AV J.del.
MP Parker hth. West,Newman ump.
OUROZEUKTES OWENIL. Mine Hadwards.
Appendages &c
‘ S 5 aa a TV 5B)
Swinhoae. Linn. SoagJourn. Zoom. Vor. XXV. PI.15
EC Knight delet lth. West, Newman chromo.
1.3.5. HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS, 2 (3 FORMS) 2.DANAIS CHRYSIPPUS.
4. DANAIS DORIPPUS. 6.DANAIS .ALCIPPUS.
Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoor. Vor, XXV.P1.16.
EC Knight del.etlith.
West, Newman imp.
l HUPL@A HOPFFERI. 2. HYPOLIMNAS POLYMENA.
3.5 HYPOLIMNAS SCOPAS b.9. 4.6.BUPLC2A PYRGION, 3.9.
Lin. Soc. Journ. Zoon. Vol. XXV. PL17.
_ BC Knight del.et hth. West, Newman imp.
1. HYPOLIMNAS SP. 3.H MARGINALIS. 5.H.DUBIA.
2. HUPL@A POLYMENA. 4. AMAURIS. DOMINICANUS. 6.A-EGIALE A. |
ay
rk . i * ¥ .
West. _ Lam. Sec, Journ. Zoor, Vou. XXV. P18.
GS West del. West, Newman imap
MPVFarker lith.
HRYTHROLAMPRUS A SCULAPII
&
Linn. Soc. Jourw. Zoot .Vou. XXV_ FL.19.
Bingham.
é West Newman imp
EXOTIC FOSSORIAL HYMENOPTERA.
MH Fisher del.et lth.
West Newman imp.
Lann Soc. Journ. Zoot. Vou. AXV, PL.20.
NEW & LITTLE KNOWN FORFICULIDA.
FUH Michael ad nat. hth
FW.Crispe del.ad nat. FH Michael hth.
Linn. Soc. Journ. Zoonu.Vor.XXV.Pu.el.
1 *
xy | >
SD) Rae LA
Mn
GHG YG (Lh) [7
rief e° DS. M.S.
NIND) WE ILE OS TS. Mintern Bros.imp.
Bridge 5
FW Crispe del ad nat. FH Michael lth.
Mintern Bros.imp.
Bridge. Linn.Soc.Journ. Zoor.Vou.XXV.Pu.c2e.
FW.Crispe del.adnat.
EH Michael lith.
MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS.
Mintern Bros.imp.
Linn. Soc.Jounn.Zoon.Vou.XXV.Pu.283.
EW Crispedel.adnat. ~
FHMicheel lth. Mintern Bros .imp.
MESIAL FINS OF GANOIDS AND TELEOSTS.
“A ‘
i Liew TAT a "
7 ei 7 A Cae
‘
i
7
preheat
:
‘
“
ao
EAS
OcroseEr 31. Price 5s.
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vor. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 158.
CONTENTS.
Page
1. Entomostraca and the Surface-film of Water. By
: D.J.Scourrrerp. (Communicated by L. C. Mratt,
E.RS., F.L.S., Professor of Biology, Yorkshire Col-
Pegeeiceds;) (Plates I) & 11.) 2::...0..0.. 2 een 1
II. On the Morphology of the Pedipalpi. By Matcoum
fave: BSc, F.L.8.° (Plates III—V.) .........5...4 + 20
TII. On the Aortic-Arch System of Saccobranchus fossilis.
_ By R. H. Burns, B.A. Oxon., Assistant in Museum,
Royal College of Surgeons, London. (Communicated
by, Prot. G. B: Howes, F.L.S.) ......-. 0:00.02. eee AS
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.;
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1894.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1894.
PRESIDENT.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.8. | Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S.
TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Hsq. | W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
COUNCIL.
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Arthur Lister, Esq.
William Carruthers, F.R.S., F.G.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
C. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S8. George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S8.
Herbert Druce, F.Z.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Sc. | Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S.
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S8.
LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.M., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1894-95, in addition to the officers, are :—
James Britten, Hsq. George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.5.
William Carruthers, F.R.S. R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Prof. G. B. Howes, ¥.Z.8.
Norrt.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
|
|
E
2
|
#. oe
DECEMBER 29. Price 6s.
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vou. XXV.
ZOOLOGY. _ Nos. 159-160.
CONTENTS.
Report upon the Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island Sie
of St. Vincent. By C. V. Ritey, W. H. Asumeap,
and L.O. Howarp. (Communicated by Davin Suazp,
iteteere Wokyies ELIS.) o 2. vse nnvioncsclsltee cos pon rue acttan Savage 56
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1894.
tom
oo
*&
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Hlected 24th May, 1894.
PRESIDENT.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.8.8., F.G.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.8., F.G.S.
| Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
| Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S.
TREASURER,
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Hsq.
| W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
COUNCIL.
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.8.
John Gilbert Baker, F'.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S8., F.G.S.
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
Herbert Druce, F.Z.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.
Dr. A. Ginther, F.R.S8.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Arthur Lister, Hsq.
Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H.
Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
W. Percy Sladen, F'.G.S.
Prof. Charles Stewart, M.R.C.S.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Hdmund Harting, F.Z.8.
LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session.
The Members for
1894-95, in addition to the officers, are :—
James Britten, Esq.
William Carruthers, E.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A.
George R. M. Murray, F.R.S.H.
R. Bowdler Sharpe, LL.D.
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.8.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.} A. Smith Woodward, F.G.8., F.Z.8.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.
Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
EER
Juxny 31. Price 3s.
THE JOURNAL
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Von. x XV. ; ZOOLOGY. i. N : 161.
CONTENTS.
Page
I. On Mediterranean and New Zealand Retepore aud a
Fenestrate Bryozoa. By Arrour Wm. Watens,
TD SOS RNG) 2 284 ir 6 OB) en ence eee ei?)
II. On the Spinning-Glands in Phrynus ; with an Account
of the so-called “Penis” and of the Morphology
of the Operculum. By H. M. Bernarp, M.A.
Contab., Was Pa. “(Plate VILL) ....., ese. 272
II]. On the Insects other than Coleoptera obtained by
Dr. Anderson’s Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Ex-
pedition to the Hadramaut, South Arabia. By W. I.
1 SSP RTE Agegs Dial Dt Sag] 6) DES a nea err eee ors eee 279
IV. On the Coleoptera obtained by Dr. Anderson’s Collector
during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition to the Hadramaut,
South Arabia. By C.J. Ganay, M.A., of the British
Museum (Natural History). (Communicated by W.
Percy Suapen, Sec. Linn. Soc.) .........ceeeeenee ene ees 285
V. On the Arachnida and Myriopoda obtained by Dr. An-
derson’s Collector during Mr. T. Bent’s Expedition
to the Hadramaut, South Arabia; with a Supple-
ment upon some Scorpions obtained in Egypt and the
Soudan. By R. I. Pococg, of the British Museum
(Natural History). (Communicated by W. Percy
Siapen, Sec. Linn, Soc.) (Plate IX.) ................. 292
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY'S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1898.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1895.
PRESIDENT.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
Arthur Lister, Hsq.
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Prof, G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
COUNCIL.
Dr. John Anderson, F.R.S.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S8.
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A.
Anthony Gepp, M.A.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, M.A., B.Se.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
Arthur Lister, Hsq.
Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S.
Howard Saunders, F.Z.8.
W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
‘This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Oouncil in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 P.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1895-96, in addition to the officers, are :—
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc.
James Britten, Esq.
William Carruthers, F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A.
Prof. G. B. Howes, ¥.Z.8.
D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.
Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S.
A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8.
Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
’
q
:
|
FEesrRuary 28. Price 3s.
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vou. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 162.
CONTENTS.
I. On the True Nature of “ Wobiusispongia parasitica,”
Duncan. By A. Vavenan Jennives, F.LS., F.G.S. 317
II. On a New Genus of Foraminifera of the Family Astro-
rhizide. By A. Vavenan Jennines, F.LS., F.G.S.
LE 2G) as AE EE ce 320
III. Ona New Species of Distomum. By G. S. West,
A.R.C.S. (From the Biological Laboratory, Roy.
Coll. Sci. Londen.) (Communicated by Prof. G. B.
Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XI.) .................. 322
IVY. On the Bgg-cases of some Port Jackson Sharks. By
Epear R. Warre, F.L.S., Zoologist, Australian Mu-
seu: Sydney: 2i(Plate XI) Ami ae BO
V. On the Structure of the Isopod Genus Ourozeuktes,
Milne-Edwards. By A. Vavenan Jeynines, F.LS.,
GS, -CPlgtes SPIES XUV IS. sci cs eect ey aaeeee
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1896.
——
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 24th May, 1895.
PRESIDENT.
Charles Baron Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. Arthur Lister, Hsq.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
FREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
Bb, Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.
COUNCIL.
John Anderson, M.D., F.R.S8. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
John Gilbert Baker, F.R.S. | Arthur Lister, Esq.
O. B. Clarke, M.A , F.R.S., F.G.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S_
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Howard Saunders, F.Z.S.
Anthony Gepp, M.A. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARY COMMITTEE,
This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1895-96, in addition to the officers, are :—
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.RB.S.
James Britten, Esq. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S. Prof. W. F. R. Weldon, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.
Notr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
=
AL
SFC YS
JuLy 30. Price 4s.
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Wit. XV: ZOOLOGY. No. 163.
CONTENTS.
Page
I. On Mimicry in Butterflies of the Genus Hypolimnas.
By Colonel Cartes Swinuor, F.L.S., F.Z.S. (Plates
BME ROWE St Sat cle sacccarne teen see pvorasienammpie (as - 339
II. An Account of the Butterflies of the Genus Charazes in
the Collection of the British Museum. By Arrnuur
G. Burner, Ph.D. &c., Senior Assistant- Keeper,
Zoological Department ...............+6 ses adoon et tuted eee 348
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1896.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 4th June, 1896.
PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.8. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
COUNCIL.
W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S., F.G.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S.
Anthony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F-R.S.
A.O.L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.S.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Kdmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARY COMMITTEE.
This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :—
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rey. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S. |
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.8., F.R.M.S.
D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
a a eae
’
LP Oe st Ff
Novemser 5. Price As.
THE JOURNAL
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
Vor. XXV. ZOOLOGY. No. 164.
CONTENTS. ~
I. On a remarkable use of Ants in Asia Minor. By
Rozsert Morton Mippteron, Jr., F.L.S., F.Z.8. ... 400
II. On Segmentally disposed Thoracic Glands in the Larvee
of the Trichoptera. By Gustave Ginson, Protessor
of Zoology at the University of Louvain. (Communi-
cated by Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. Linn. Soc.) ........, 4.07
III. The Larval Gills of the Odonata. By G. Gtrson,
Professor, and J. Sapones, Assistant, at the Zoolo-
gical Institute of the University of Louvain. (Com-
municated by Prof. G. B. Howss, Sec. Linn. Soe.) ... 418
IV. On two little-known Opisthoglyphous Snakes. By
G. S. West, A.R.C.S., Scholar of St. John’s College,
Cambridge. (Communicated by Prof. G. B. Howes,
Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plate XVIIL.) ............-..- esses 419
V. On some Exotic Fossorial Hymenoptera in the Col-
lection of the British Museum, with Descriptions of
New Species and of a New Genus of the Pompilide.
By Lt.-Col. C. T. Brnenam, F.Z8., F.E.S. (Com-
municated by W. F. Krasy, F.L.S.) (Plate XIX.) . 42
VI. On the Tooth-genesis in the Canide. By H. W.
Marerr Tims, M.D., F.Z.S., Lecturer on Biology
and Comparative Anatomy, Westminster Hospital
Medical School. (From the Huxley Research Lato-
ratory, Royal College of Science, London.) (Com-
municated by Prof. G. B. Howes, Sec. Linn, Soc.)... 445
bo
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON:
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSE,
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO.,
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1896.
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON.
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 4th June, 1896.
PRESIDENT.
Albert C. L. G. Gimther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
COUNCIL.
W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
(0, B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, ¥.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S.
Antony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
A.C. 1. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8. i
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARY OOMMITTEE.
This consists of nine Fellows (three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Oouncil in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.u., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :—
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.S.
William Carruthers, F.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S. -
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rev. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S.
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.S8., F.R.M.S.
D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Norr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
S30 @ ¥ /
DECEMBER 381. Price 8s.
THE JOURNAL
OF
THE LINNEAN SOCIETY.
oe. XOX V.
ZOOLOGY. No. 165.
CONTENTS.
Page
I. Tue Prosiem or Uriuiry: Are Specific Characters
always or generally Useful P By Atrrep R.
erniens GD, WER.S., PoLSa scion. a ed etn 481
Ji. On the Fistulose Polymorphine, and on the Genus
Ramulina. By T. Rurerr Jonus, F.R.S., and
Hep reeMeA NR ASS, FORM Se cecal Aa ed 496
III. Note on the Formation of the Epiphragm of Helix
aspersa. By Prof. G. J. Atuman, M.D., F.R.S.,
LILES GON ae nee Se eG P/U 517
JV. Descriptions of New Species of Forficulide in the
Collection of the British Museum (Nat. Hist.),
S. Kensington. By W. F. Kirsy, F.LS., F.ES.
Ee PNG Near aes oa Let Jaci secu cndSice ane cewrepites aaaneee ga 520
Y. The Mesial Fins of Ganoids and Teleosts. By Prof.
T. W. Bripaz, D.Sc. (Communicated by Prof. G.
B. Howes, Sec. Linn. Soc.) (Plates XXI.-XXIIT.) 530
Index, Titlepage, and Contents.
See Notice on last page of Wrapper.
LONDON: |
SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S APARTMENTS, BURLINGTON HOUSH, |
PICCADILLY, W.,
AND BY ‘
LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO., |
AND
WILLIAMS AND NORGATE.
1896.
{
|
LINNEAN SOCIETY OF LONDON. ;
LIST OF THE OFFICERS AND COUNCIL.
Elected 4th June, 1896.
PRESIDENT.
Albert OC. L. G. Gimther, M.A., M.D., F.RB.S.
VICE-PRESIDENTS.
Charles Baron Clarke, F.R.S. Albert D. Michael, ¥.Z.8S., F.R.M.S.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
TREASURER.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A.
SECRETARIES.
8B. Daydon Jackson, Esq. | Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.S.
COUNCIL.
W. Carruthers, F.R.S. B. Daydon Jackson, Esq.
O. B. Clarke, M.A., F.R.S. Sir Hugh Low, G.C.M.G.
Frank Crisp, LL.B., B.A. Albert D. Michael, F.Z.S., F.R.M.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Dr. St. George Mivart, F.R.S.
Antony Gepp, M.A. Osbert Salvin, M.A., F.R.S.
Prof. J. Reynolds Green, D.Sc., F.R.S.| D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
A.C.L. G. Ginther, M.A., M.D., F.R.S.| A. Smith Woodward, F.G.S., F.Z.8.
Prof. G. B. Howes, F.Z.8.
LIBRARIAN AND ASSISTANT SECRETARY.
James Edmund Harting, F.Z.S.
LIBRARY OOMMITTEE.
This consists of nine Fellows(three of whom retire annually) and of the four
officers ex officio, in all thirteen members. The former are elected annually
by the Council in June, and serve till the succeeding Anniversary. The
Committee meet at 4 p.m., at intervals during the Session. The Members for
1896-97, in addition to the officers, are :—
A. W. Bennett, M.A., B.Sc. David Sharp, M.B., F.R.8.
William Carruthers, E.R.S. W. Percy Sladen, F.G.S.
Prof. J. B. Farmer, M.A. Rey. T. Stebbing, M.A., F.R.S.
George Murray, F.R.S.E. B. B. Woodward, F.G.8., F.R.M.S.
D. H. Scott, Ph.D., F.R.S.
Notr.—The Charter and Bye-Laws of the Society, as amended to
the 19th March, 1891, may be had on application.
"9681 ‘TUPI API
‘NHCGVIS AOUHd “M SHAOWD SHINVE |
‘swonpny ) ‘NOSMOVEL NOGAVA ‘a& ‘AUNEGNVH ‘£ Ty ‘yoomtoo punof pus
‘duvVMCGOOM HLINS V ‘AMUWIO “£ 'O SASTONOA OT} U}IM PSULUUBKe Taeq oAvy S}UMO000B Surose10f otf],
6 8 8ossr ‘waunsvarT, “ASTHO MNVAA
feck ie Hh eee Seria srareaits ovalnzas ete en lerelers AOOSA DOMED EGER DOO CE eccraistetslstaietete arele aletoielarol vieibvelate)te wiato's ole sieeinreinivlareraitcs) souterececes Suv cecee sie cissiece * (qsanbeg, poom4se AA ) S[Osuo(D
IO GO sre ot or a ae aC aes aang “( pany Aaeagyy B SB jeonbag, g,uINGIUOg, “AP “ZIA) YOoyg “yueo sod F er eas Avery osputg, Yqtouy
POS peojuviwny “ques ted g Avmiey vpnsurueg UeIpuy yor
Sopees sete pei OSSD aod ¢ FE SILOAA JO PLBOg, ueppodo.yeyy
Pikescertane ee Shee oce hon he te wate, Mente eo sneer cee eee AA a Se cao ase On UC RGU IT oRUU ETON 10675 s[Osttog
ps F
“OBST “YI0E [may wo spuaunsaauy
0 GI GISed 0 BL BoNeF
Oe GEG. fcr 9681 ‘Tady 08 Oe eee eda eee eek |
Ame ie a eoep RP Le Sivan ic aeaiona sn osangawse ses BJuoMIySaA ty !
ole Se (oSujsog pur veg, Sutpnpout) sosuedxg Ayjeq |
Bee OG hae Ee ee £1QU0I}ZLIG pUS SUTJULIG snoouLT[ostf[ |
CamolvGlOt ae ae
A 0G oP apne baat nonnoc Lee + uornqiysiqy
ute es + -guoleaSNULT
SE Temata eee CED eeeGee -“Suryurtg » gl 406 ————
—; suolyvor[qug jo sesuedxy 9 OLO “1 gsanSo[eyeQ puB SHUIpoeDo1g
Or Tt 108 awe te ah eo Fees greULMO f
6 OL Gh eeoreeee ose ee renee ee oreere sooeee tree SUIpUulg, - 61 a Sa eA) ASAE AY
Siok ou SbpeconBcoutenee teeaeeeecresersaree By OORT —: suoqvoyqng Jo sepeg
—; Areiquy EY (de ae -- suoiqisodui0g
8 st eeeseens Baar oR maUek IC OMU Gua tye (eee OL L Sat seeeseeetecencecenssecrerereresoorescreess STIOTINGEIUO) [BNUUY
FE agin eee OR Heereeeeees ge DUB 8/BOQ OO BRL ececccreeeesterttsessetesssecesests S997 WOISS]UPY
ete Ba PRA Fat ASR eOO US OROCOOG “antag pue saredoxy Me edde ee +108 g]WAUJSOAUT UO 4892090]
9 GL GI vevenereeceesaetsnepeceesecseeceesrereerse QOUIBINSUT PUB SOXE I, fee Noelia ee CEST ‘ABIL JST UO sloyuEg ye oouepeg
p's F “squauhng Fe ae “say
“OBST “Y708 14 02 ‘GERI ‘AST hoy woul ‘hjzat0gy unauuyT ays fo syuawhog pun szdroooy
(3 9681 ae oun f clea ale
IMPORTANT NOTICE.
Journal of Zoology.
The present Volume, Vol. XXXV., commenced with the
issue of Part No. 158; Part Nos. 159-160 constitutes a double
number, aud is entirely occupied with a Report upon the
Parasitic Hymenoptera of the Island of St. Vincent. Nos. 161
to 164 have since appeared. The present Part, numbered 165,
with Titlepage, Contents, and Index, concludes the Volume and
arrears of publications for the Zoolosical Journal, |
The Council have recently decided that in future the
Journal (both Zoological and Botanica!) shail be issued
in THREE PARTS PER ANNUM as follows :—
Parr I., containing papers read from November to the middle
of January, on April Ist.
Parr II., containing papers read from the middle of January
to the end of April, on July ist.
Parr III., containing papers read in May and June, on
November ist.
Fellows are requested to compare these statements with their
own copies before applying to the Lrprariaw for apparenily
missing Parts.
A General Index to the first twenty Volumes of the Journal
(ZooLoGy) is now ready, and may be had on application, either
in cloth or in sheets for binding.
A new CaraLoGur or THE Liprary is also ready and may
be had on application. Price to Fellows, 5s.; to Public, 10s.
aA Whe,
it Ves
TT